UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)

 

¨REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 20112014

OR

 

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

¨SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

For the transition period fromto

 

Commission file number: 001-09526 Commission file number: 001-31714
BHP BILLITON LIMITED BHP BILLITON PLC
(ABN 49 004 028 077) (REG. NO. 3196209)
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
VICTORIA, AUSTRALIA ENGLAND AND WALES
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation) (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)
180 LONSDALE171 COLLINS STREET, MELBOURNE,
VICTORIA 3000 AUSTRALIA
 

NEATHOUSE PLACE, VICTORIA, LONDON

UNITED KINGDOM

(Address of principal executive offices) (Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on
which registered

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on
which registered

American Depositary

Shares*

 New York Stock Exchange American Depositary Shares* New York Stock Exchange

Ordinary Shares**

 New York Stock Exchange 

Ordinary Shares, nominal


value US$0.50 each**

 New York Stock Exchange

 

*Evidenced by American Depositary Receipts. Each American Depositary Receipt represents two ordinary shares of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, as the case may be.
**Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing of the applicable American Depositary Shares.


Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

   BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares

  3,211,654,687      2,138,367,191
   BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares

  3,211,691,105  2,136,185,454

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ¨     No  x

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ¨     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer    x

Accelerated filer    ¨

 

Accelerated filer    ¨

Non-accelerated filer    ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ¨

  International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board  x
  Other  ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17  ¨    Item 18  ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

1 

Key information

   1    Strategic Report   1  
1.1 

Our business

   1    Our Company   1  
1.2 

Chairman’s Review

   2    BHP Billiton locations   5  
1.3 

Chief Executive Officer’s Report

   4    Chairman’s Review   7  
1.4 

Selected key measures

   5    Chief Executive Officer’s Report   8  
1.5 

Risk factors

   7    Our strategy and business model   9  
1.6 

Forward looking statements

   13    Strategic priorities   16  
1.7  Our management of risk   24  
1.8  Our approach to corporate governance   34  
1.9  Our approach to remuneration   35  
1.10  Key performance indicators   37  
1.11  Summary of consolidated performance   41  
1.12  Our Businesses   46  
1.13  Our people   68  
1.14  Sustainability   72  
1.15  Additional information   86  
2 

Information on the Company

   15    Our assets   106  
2.1 

BHP Billiton locations

   15    Businesses overview   106  
2.1.1  Petroleum and Potash Business   106  
2.1.2  Copper Business   122  
2.1.3  Iron Ore Business   130  
2.1.4  Coal Business   140  
2.1.5  Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business   151  
2.1.6  Marketing   165  
2.2 

Business overview

   20    Production   167  
2.3 

Production

   67    Reserves   172  
2.4 

Marketing

   72    Major projects   192  
2.5 

Minerals exploration

   72    Business performance   194  
2.6 

Resource and Business Optimisation

   73  
2.7 

Government regulations

   73  
2.8 

Sustainability

   76  
2.9 

Employees

   91  
2.10 

Organisational structure

   92  
2.11 

Material contracts

   95  
2.12 

Constitution

   96  
2.13 

Reserves

   102  
3 

Operating and financial review and prospects

   118    Corporate Governance Statement   217  
3.1 

Introduction

   118    Governance at BHP Billiton   217  
3.2 

Our strategy

   119    Board of Directors and Group Management Committee   219  
3.3 

Key measures

   120    Shareholder engagement   228  
3.4 

External factors and trends affecting our results

   123    Role and responsibilities of the Board   231  
3.5 

Application of critical accounting policies

   129    Board membership   233  
3.6 

Operating results

   130    Chairman   234  
3.7 

Liquidity and capital resources

   150    Senior Independent Director   234  
3.8 

Off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual commitments

   156    Directors skills, experience and attributes   234  
3.9 

Subsidiaries and related party transactions

   156    Director induction, training and development   240  
3.10 

Significant changes

   156    Independence   242  
4 

Board of Directors and Group Management Committee

   157  
4.1 

Board of Directors

   157  
4.2 

Group Management Committee

   163  
5 

Corporate Governance Statement

   165  
5.1 

Governance at BHP Billiton

   165  
5.2 

Shareholder engagement

   166  
5.3 

Board of Directors

   167  
5.4 

Board of Directors – Review, re-election and renewal

   178  
5.5 

Board Committees

   181  
5.6 

Risk management

   190  
5.7 

Management

   193  
5.8 

Diversity at BHP Billiton

   193  
5.9 

Business conduct

   194  
5.10 

Market disclosure

   195  
5.11 

Conformance with corporate governance standards

   196  
5.12 

Additional UK disclosure

   197  
3.11  Board evaluation   245  
3.12  

Board meetings and attendance

   248  
3.13  

Director re-election

   248  
3.14  

Board committees

   249  
3.15  

Risk management governance structure

   266  
3.16  

Management

   267  
3.17  

Business conduct

   269  
3.18  

Diversity and inclusion at BHP Billiton

   270  
3.19  

Market disclosure

   270  
3.20  

Remuneration

   271  
3.21  

Directors’ share ownership

   271  
3.22  

Company secretaries

   271  
3.23  

Conformance with corporate governance standards

   271  

 

i


6 

Remuneration report

   198  
6.1 

Message from the Remuneration Committee Chairman

   199  
6.2 

Our approach to remuneration

   200  
6.3 

Remuneration governance

   216  
6.4 

Executive remuneration disclosures

   218  
6.5 

Aggregate Directors’ remuneration

   230  
6.6 

Non-executive Director arrangements

   230  
7 

Directors’ Report

   233  
7.1 

Principal activities, state of affairs and business review

   233  
7.2 

Share capital and buy-back program

   235  
7.3 

Results, financial instruments and going concern

   237  
7.4 

Directors

   237  
7.5 

Remuneration and share interests

   237  
7.6 

Secretaries

   238  
7.7 

Indemnities and insurance

   238  
7.8 

Employee policies and involvement

   239  
7.9 

Environmental performance

   240  
7.10 

Corporate Governance

   240  
7.11 

Dividends

   240  
7.12 

Auditors

   240  
7.13 

Non-audit services

   241  
7.14 

Value of land

   241  
7.15 

Political and charitable donations

   241  
7.16 

Exploration, research and development

   241  
7.17 

Creditor payment policy

   241  
7.18 

Class order

   241  
7.19 

Proceedings on behalf of BHP Billiton Limited

   242  
7.20 

Directors’ shareholdings

   242  
7.21 

GMC members’ shareholdings (other than Directors)

   243  
7.22 

Performance in relation to environmental regulation

   243  
7.23 

Share capital, restrictions on transfer of shares and other additional information

   244  
8 

Legal proceedings

   245  
9 

Financial Statements

   248  
10 

Glossary

   249  
10.1 

Non-mining terms

   249  
10.2 

Mining and mining-related terms

   253  
10.3 

Chemical terms

   256  
10.4 

Units of measure

   257  
11 

Shareholder information

   258  
11.1 

Markets

   258  
11.2 

Share ownership

   258  
11.3 

Dividends

   262  
11.4 

Share price information

   263  
11.5 

American Depositary Receipts (ADR) fees and charges

   264  
11.6 

Taxation

   265  
11.7 

Ancillary information for our shareholders

   272  
12 

Exhibits

   274  
3.24  

Additional UK disclosure

   272  
4  

Remuneration Report

   273  
4.1  

Annual statement by the Remuneration Committee Chairman

   274  
4.2  

Introduction to the Remuneration Report

   276  
4.3  

Remuneration policy report

   278  
4.4  

Annual report on remuneration

   296  
5  

Directors’ Report

   335  
5.1  

Review of operations, principal activities and state of affairs

   335  
5.2  

Share capital and buy-back programs

   336  
5.3  

Results, financial instruments and going concern

   337  
5.4  

Directors

   338  
5.5  

Remuneration and share interests

   338  
5.6  

Secretaries

   339  
5.7  

Indemnities and insurance

   339  
5.8  

Employee policies

   340  
5.9  

Corporate governance

   340  
5.10  

Dividends

   340  
5.11  

Auditors

   340  
5.12  

Non-audit services

   341  
5.13  

Political donations

   341  
5.14  

Exploration, research and development

   341  
5.15  

Class order

   341  
5.16  

Proceedings on behalf of BHP Billiton Limited

   341  
5.17  

Directors’ shareholdings

   341  
5.18  

GMC members’ shareholders (other than Directors)

   341  
5.19  

Performance in relation to environmental Regulation

   342  
5.20  

Share capital, restrictions on transfer of shares and other additional information

   343  
6  

Legal proceedings

   344  
7  

Financial statements

   346  
8  

Glossary

   347  
8.1  Mining, oil and gas-related terms   347  
8.2  Non-mining, oil and gas terms   351  
8.3  Terms used in reserves and resources   356  
8.4  Units of measure   357  
9  

Shareholder information

   358  
9.1  History and development   358  
9.2  Markets   358  
9.3  Organisational structure   358  
9.4  Material contracts   361  
9.5  Constitution   361  
9.6  Share ownership   367  
9.7  Dividends   371  
9.8  Share price information   372  
9.9  American Depositary Receipts fees and charges   374  
9.10  Taxation   375  
9.11  Government regulations   383  
9.12  Ancillary information for our shareholders   386  
10  

Exhibits

   391  

 

ii


Form 20-F Cross Reference Table

 

Item Number

 

Description

  

Report section reference

1.

 Identity of directors, senior management and advisors  Not applicable

2.

 Offer statistics and expected timetable  Not applicable

3.

 Key Information  

    A

 Selected financial information  1.4.11.

    B

 Capitalisation and indebtedness  Not applicable

    C

 Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds  Not applicable

    D

 Risk factors  1.51.7

4.

 Information on the company  

    A

 History and development of the company  2.2.1, 2.2.2 to 2.2.10, 2.3, 2.101.12, 2.1, 2.2, and 39.3

    B

 Business overview  1, 2.21.5 to 2.8 and 3.11.15, 2.1 to 2.5

    C

 Organisational structure  2.109.2 and Note 2526 to the Financial Statements

    D

 Property, plant and equipment  1.12, 2.1 2.2.2 to 2.2.10, 2.3, 2.8, 2.13 and 3.7.22.4

4A.

 Unresolved staff comments  None

5.

 Operating and financial review and prospects  

    A

 Operating results  1.5, 2.7, 3.3, 3.4, 3.61.10,1.11,1.15

    B

 Liquidity and capital resources  3.71.15.4, 1.15.5

    C

 Research and development, patents and licences etc  2.5, 2.62.3, and 7.165.14

    D

 Trend information  3.4.1 to 3.4.81.15.1

    E

 Off-balance sheet arrangements  3.81.15.6 and Notes 21 and 22 to the Financial Statements

    F

 Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations  3.81.15.6 and Notes 21 and 22 to the Financial Statements

6.

 Directors, senior management and employees  

    A

 Directors and senior management  4.1 and 4.23.2

    B

 Compensation  64

    C

 Board practices  4.1,3.2, 3, 4.2 5, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.6

    D

 Employees  2.91.14 and 7.85.8

    E

 Share ownership  6, 7.8, 7.204, 5.8, 5.17 and 7.215.18

7.

 Major shareholders and related party transactions  

    A

 Major shareholders  11.29.6

    B

 Related party transactions  3.91.15.6 and Note 3132 to the Financial Statements

    C

 Interests of experts and counsel  Not applicable

8.

 Financial Informationinformation  

    A

 Consolidated statements and other financial information  8, 9, 11.37, 9.7 and the pages beginning on page F-1 to F-101 and
F-107 to F-114in this Annual Report

    B

 Significant changes  3.101.15.6

9.

 The offer and listing  

    A

 Offer and listing details  11.49.8

    B

 Plan of distribution  Not applicable

    C

 Markets  11.19.2

    D

 Selling shareholders  Not applicable

    E

 Dilution  Not applicable

    F

 Expenses of the issue  Not applicable

10.

Additional Information

    A

Share capitalNot applicable

    B

Memorandum and articles of association9.5 and 9.11

    C

Material contracts9.4

 

iii


Item Number

 

Description

  

Report section reference

 

Description

  

Report section reference

10.

 Additional Information  

A

 Share capital  Not applicable

B

 Memorandum and articles of association  2.7.3 and 2.12

C

 Material contracts  2.11

D

 Exchange controls  2.7.3 Exchange controls  9.11.2

E

 Taxation  11.6 Taxation  9.10

F

 Dividends and paying agents  Not applicable Dividends and paying agents  Not applicable

G

 Statement by experts  Not applicable Statement by experts  Not applicable

H

 Documents on display  2.12.14 Documents on display  9.5.14

I

 Subsidiary information  3.9 and Note 25 to the Financial Statements Subsidiary information  1.15.6 and Note 26 to the Financial Statements

11.

 Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk  3.7.4 and Note 28 to the Financial Statements Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk  1.15.6 and Note 29 to the Financial Statements

12.

 Description of securities other than equity securities   Description of securities other than equity securities  

A

 Debt Securities  Not Applicable Debt Securities  Not applicable

B

 Warrants and Rights  Not applicable Warrants and Rights  Not applicable

C

 Other Securities  Not applicable Other Securities  Not applicable

D

 American Depositary Shares  11.5 American Depositary Shares  9.9

13.

 Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies  There have been no defaults, dividend arrearages or delinquencies Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies  There have been no defaults, dividend arrearages or delinquencies

14.

 Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds  There have been no material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds since our last Annual Report Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds  There have been no material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds since our last Annual Report

15.

 Controls and procedures  5.5.1 Controls and procedures  3.14.1

16.

      

A

 Audit committee financial expert  4.1 and 5.5.1 Audit committee financial expert  3.2.1 and 3.14.1

B

 Code of ethics  5.9 Code of ethics  3.17

C

 Principal accountant fees and services  5.5.1 and Note 34 to the Financial Statements Principal accountant fees and services  3.14.1 and Note 35 to the Financial Statements

D

 Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees  Not applicable Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees  Not applicable

E

 Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers  7.2 Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers  5.2

F

 Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant  There has been no change of the Registrant’s Certifying Accountant since our last Annual Report Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant  

3.14.1

G

 Corporate Governance  5.11 Corporate Governance  3.23

J (proposed)

 Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) Disclosure  The information concerning mine safety violations or other regulatory matters required by section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. This item is included in Exhibit 99.1

H (proposed)

 Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) Disclosure  The information concerning mine safety violations or other regulatory matters required by section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. This item is included in Exhibit 95.1

17.

 Financial statements  Not applicable as Item 18 complied with Financial statements  Not applicable as Item 18 complied with

18.

 Financial statements  F-1 to F-101 and F-107 to F-114, Exhibit 15.1 Financial statements  The pages beginning on page F-1 in this Annual Report, Exhibit 15.1

19.

 Exhibits  12 Exhibits  10

 

iv


1    Key informationStrategic Report

1.1    Our businessCompany

1.1.1    Group overview

We are BHP Billiton, a leading global resources company. We are among the world’s largest diversified natural resources company. top producers of major commodities, including iron ore, metallurgical and energy coal, conventional and unconventional oil and gas, copper, aluminium, manganese, uranium, nickel and silver.

Our corporate objectivestrategy is to create long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, developmentown and marketing of natural resources.

We pursue this through our consistent strategy of owning and operatingoperate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market. Our portfolio of high-quality growth opportunities positions BHP Billiton to continue to meet the changing needs of our customers and the resource demands of emerging and developed economies at every stage of their growth.

This strategy means more predictable business performance over time which,We extract and process minerals, oil and gas from our production operations located primarily in turn, underpinsAustralia, the creationAmericas and southern Africa. We sell our products globally with sales and marketing taking place principally through Singapore and Houston, United States. In FY2014, our workforce consisted of value for our shareholders, customers,approximately 123,800 employees and importantly,contractors at 130 locations in 21 countries.

The safety and health of our people and of the broader communities in which we operate.operate are central to the success of our organisation. Regardless of where our people are located, the area of the organisation in which they work or the type of work they undertake, we strive to create an environment that is free from occupational illness or injury.

The long-term nature of our operations allows us to build collaborative community relationships. Our size and scope mean we can make a meaningful contribution to communities in which we operate, while we support the continued development of global economic growth.

We have strong governance processes in place, high standards of ethical and responsible behaviour, and we are amongan active contributor to societal development. We care as much about how results are achieved as we do about the world’s top producersresults themselves. Our BHP BillitonCode of major commodities, including aluminium, energy coal, metallurgical coal, copper, manganese, iron ore, uranium, nickel, silverBusiness Conduct and titanium minerals,specific internal policies prohibit bribery and have substantial interestscorruption in oil and gas.

We continue to invest in the future.

The Group is headquartered in Melbourne, Australia, and consistsall our business dealings regardless of the country or culture within which our people work.

1.1.2    Our structure

BHP Billiton Limited Group and the BHP Billiton Plc Group asoperates under a combined enterprise, following the completion of the Dual Listed Company (DLC) merger in June 2001.

structure, with two parent companies BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have each retained their separate corporate identities and maintained their separate stock exchange listings, but they are operated and managed as a single unified economic entity, with their boardsrun by a unified Board and senior executive management comprising the same people.team. Our headquarters are located in Melbourne, Australia.

BHP Billiton Limited has a primary listing on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) in Australia. BHP Billiton Plc has a premium listing on the UK Listing Authority’s Official List and its ordinary shares are admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) in the UKUnited Kingdom and a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) in South Africa. In addition, BHP Billiton Limited American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) and BHP Billiton Plc ADRs trade on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in the US.United States.

Our Operating Model describes the way the Company is organised and sets out the relationship between the Businesses, Group Functions and Marketing. The Operating Model defines how we work, how we are organised and how we measure performance.

Businesses: Our assets, operations and interests are separated into five business units. These Businesses are: Petroleum and Potash; Copper; Iron Ore; Coal; and Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel. The Operating Model has been designed to ensure that decision-making remains as close to the Businesses as possible.

Group Functions: Group Functions support the Businesses and operate under a defined set of accountabilities authorised by the Group Management Committee (GMC). Our Group Functions are primarily located in Melbourne, London and Singapore.

Marketing: Marketing is responsible for selling our products and for the purchase of all major raw materials; managing the supply chain from assets to markets and raw materials from suppliers to assets; achieving market clearing prices for the Group’s products; managing price risk; and developing a single Company view of the markets.

The core principles of the Operating Model include mandatory performance requirements, common organisational design, common systems and processes, and common planning and reporting.

The Operating Model is designed to deliver a simple and scalable organisation to achieve a sustainable improvement in productivity by providing performance transparency, eliminating duplication of effort and enabling the more rapid identification and deployment of best practice.

1.1.3    Strategic context

The mineral and energy commodities we produce are crucial at all stages of economic development. Emerging economies require construction materials like steel as their populations expand and new cities and heavy industry develop. As economies grow and people become wealthier, a consumer economy emerges and steel intensity slows while demand increases for materials that are used in consumer goods, such as copper. Agricultural demand increases steadily with income.

Access to energy underpins economic development. The most rapid demand growth comes at the earliest stages when people first gain access to modern energy supplies. In the next 20 years, we expect 1.7 billion people to gain access to electricity for the first time. Reliable and affordable energy supports the development of industry and as incomes rise, more people can buy consumer goods, like cars and appliances, further increasing the demand for energy.

We are proud that the supply of our products supports global economic growth and development, with the associated reduction in poverty and improvement in living standards. Continued global development depends on access to affordable energy and other critical resources.

Demand for energy is widely expected to increase by more than 30 June 2011,per cent in the next 20 years, with two thirds of new demand originating from Asia and half from China and India. Africa is expected to see the fastest growth, albeit from a lower base. The way these regions meet their energy needs will significantly influence commodity demand.

Every nation will choose a different mix of energy sources, which balances affordability and security of supply. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), the International Energy Agency and others believe that over the next few decades fossil fuels will remain central to the energy mix as their affordability and the scale of existing infrastructure make them hard to practically replace, although their exact percentage varies across a range of scenarios.

Our strategy is tied to economic growth in both emerging and developed economies. Sustainable growth requires an effective response to climate change. BHP Billiton accepts the IPCC’s assessment of climate change science, which has found that warming of the climate is unequivocal, the human influence is clear and physical impacts are unavoidable. We believe that the world must pursue the twin objectives of limiting climate change to the lower end of the IPCC emission scenarios in line with current international agreements, while providing access to the affordable energy required to continue the economic growth essential for maintaining living standards and alleviating poverty.

The global challenge of climate change remains a priority for us. Our approach to investment decision-making and portfolio management and the diversity of our overall portfolio positions us not only to manage and respond to changes, but also to capture opportunities to grow shareholder value over time. We are taking action by focusing on reducing our emissions, increasing our preparedness for physical climate impacts and working with others, including industry and governments, to support effective responses to climate change. We support development of a long-term policy framework that uses a portfolio of complementary measures, including a price on carbon that addresses competitiveness concerns, support for energy efficiency and low emissions technologies, and measures to build resilience. A price on carbon is an effective measure to drive greenhouse gas emission reductions and technological innovation. To effectively address the challenge of climate change, there must be a significant focus on developing and deploying low-emissions technologies. We will, through material investments in low-emissions technology, contribute to reducing emissions from fossil fuels.

1.1.4    FY2014 performance highlights

Not required for US reporting. Refer to sections 1.11 and 1.15.

1.1.5    About this Strategic Report

This Strategic Report meets the requirements of the Strategic Reporting required by the UK Companies Act and the Operating and Financial Review required by the Australian Corporations Act.

This Strategic Report provides insight into BHP Billiton’s strategy, operating and business model and objectives. It describes the principal risks the Company faces and how these risks might affect our future prospects. It also gives our perspective on our recent operational and financial performance.

We intend this disclosure to assist shareholders and other stakeholders to understand and interpret the Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) included in this Annual Report. The basis of preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements is set out in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’ to the Financial Statements. To obtain full details of the financial and operational performance of BHP Billiton this Strategic Report should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes.

Section 1 of this Annual Report 2014 constitutes our Strategic Report 2014. References to sections beyond section 1 are references to sections in this Annual Report 2014. Shareholders may obtain a hard copy of the Annual Report free of charge by contacting our registrars, whose details are set out in our Corporate Directory at the end of this Annual Report.

All references to websites in this Annual Report are, unless expressly stated otherwise, intended to be inactive textual references for information only and any information contained in or accessible through any such website does not form a part of this Annual Report.

1.1.6    Forward looking statements

This Annual Report contains forward looking statements, including statements regarding trends in commodity prices and currency exchange rates; demand for commodities; production forecasts; plans, strategies and objectives of management; closure or divestment of certain operations or facilities (including associated costs); anticipated production or construction commencement dates; capital costs and scheduling; operating costs; anticipated productive lives of projects, mines and facilities; provisions and contingent liabilities; and tax and regulatory developments.

Forward looking statements can be identified by the use of terminology such as ‘intend’, ‘aim’, ‘project’, ‘anticipate’, ‘estimate’, ‘plan’, ‘believe’, ‘expect’, ‘may’, ‘should’, ‘will’, ‘continue’ or similar words. These statements discuss future expectations concerning the results of operations or financial condition, or provide other forward looking statements.

These forward looking statements are not guarantees or predictions of future performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, and which may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the statements contained in this Annual Report. Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward looking statements.

For example, our future revenues from our operations, projects or mines described in this Annual Report will be based, in part, upon the market price of the minerals, metals or petroleum products produced, which may vary significantly from current levels. These variations, if materially adverse, may affect the timing or the feasibility of the development of a particular project, the expansion of certain facilities or mines, or the continuation of existing operations.

Other factors that may affect the actual construction or production commencement dates, costs or production output and anticipated lives of operations, mines or facilities include our ability to profitably produce and transport the minerals, petroleum and/or metals extracted to applicable markets; the impact of foreign currency exchange rates on the market prices of the minerals, petroleum or metals we hadproduce; activities of government authorities in the countries where we are exploring or developing projects, facilities or mines, including increases in taxes, changes in environmental and other regulations and political uncertainty; labour unrest; and other factors identified in the risk factors in section 1.7.2 of this Annual Report.

Except as required by applicable regulations or by law, the Group does not undertake to publicly update or review any forward looking statements, whether as a market capitalisationresult of approximately US$233.9 billion. Fornew information or future events.

Past performance cannot be relied on as a guide to future performance.

1.1.7    Proposed demerger of assets

On 19 August 2014, we announced plans to create an independent global metals and mining company based on a selection of BHP Billiton’s high-quality aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver assets. Separating these assets via a demerger has the FY2011,potential to unlock shareholder value by significantly simplifying the BHP Billiton Group and creating a new company specifically designed to enhance the performance of its assets.

Once simplified, BHP Billiton will be almost exclusively focused on our large, long-life iron ore, copper, coal, petroleum and potash basins. With fewer assets and a greater upstream focus, we reported net operatingplan to reduce costs and improve the productivity of our largest Businesses more quickly. As a result, our portfolio is expected to generate growth in free cash flow and a superior return on investment.

A final Board decision on the proposed demerger will only be made once the necessary government, taxation, regulatory and other third party approvals are secured on satisfactory terms. Once the necessary approvals are in place, shareholders will have the opportunity to vote on the proposed demerger.

For additional information on the proposed demerger of US$30.1 billion, profit attributableassets, refer to shareholderssection 1.6.4 of US$23.6 billion and revenue of US$71.7 billion. We have approximately 100,000 employees and contractors working in more than 100 locations worldwide.this Annual Report.

We operate nine businesses, called Customer Sector Groups (CSGs), which are aligned with the commodities we extract and market:

Petroleum

Aluminium

Base Metals (including Uranium)

Diamonds and Specialty Products

Stainless Steel Materials

Iron Ore

Manganese

Metallurgical Coal

Energy Coal

1.2    BHP Billiton locations

LOGO

LOGO

1.3    Chairman’s Review

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to report that despite the challenges in the global economy, BHP Billiton performed wellyour Company delivered strong performance this past financial year.

Net attributable BHP Billiton reported an Attributable profit (excluding exceptional items) of US$21.713.8 billion was up 74 per cent, with netand Net operating cash flowsflow of US$30 billion25.4 billion. These strong results were underpinned by increased production and an underlying return on capital of 39 per cent. During the year, we invested about US$18 billion in growthproductivity-led cost efficiencies.

Our balance sheet remains strong and exploration activities and returned US$15 billion to shareholders in dividends and capital returns. More recently, we committed US$15 billion to acquire additional tier one shale assets.

There are several reasons underpinning these good results, but let me highlight two key factors.

The first is the strength of our diversified portfolio of tier one natural resources. For many years, we have implementedmaintained our strategy of investing in large, high-quality assets that deliver growth and superior margins throughout the economic cycle to create long-term shareholder value. Our performance reflects our asset quality, our strategy to maximise production and our commitment to take market prices for our products. This year we achieved production records in four commodities, including an eleventh consecutive record in iron ore.

solid ‘A’ credit rating. The second factor is robust demand underpinnedfull-year progressive base dividend was increased by the urbanisation and industrialisation of China and other developing countries on a scale that is lifting hundreds of millions of people out of poverty. Resources are fundamental for the economic growth of developing countries as they are needed for buildings, transport and infrastructure. Over the past decade these economies have contributed more to global growth than the developed world.

However, we recognise that in the short term, global imbalances and high levels of debt in Europe and the United States create uncertainty, making volatility and a protracted recovery likely. At the same time, we are positive on the longer-term outlook for the global economy as overall growth will continue to be driven by the developing countries. We believe that the Chinese Government has the appropriate policy settings to sustain its long-term ambitions for economic growth. This level of economic development will support demand and operating margins for low-cost diversified producers like BHP Billiton.

As a result of our overall performance and outlook, we completed a US$10 billion share buy-back and increased our dividend by 164.3 per cent to 101121 US cents a share, or US$5.5 billion.

During the year your Board also approved eleven major growth projects with a total investment value of around US$13 billion in natural gas, iron ore, metallurgical and energy coal, copper and diamonds. Our organic growth program is expected to exceed US$80 billion over five years to 2015.

Investments in products like potash in Canada and recent acquisitions in the United States demonstrate our ability to meet our customers’ changing needs by continuing to build our diversified tier one resources portfolio, which generates options for long-term value creation.

Our US$4.8 billion acquisition of Chesapeake Energy’s Fayetteville assets, followed by our recent US$15 billion acquisition of Petrohawk Energy, provide us with a world-class on-shore shale gas and liquids resource in the US.

While the resources industry is critical for global economic development and growth, our commitment at the community level is just as significant. We create jobs, support local industry and invest capital in projects across communities and regions.

As part of our commitment, we contribute one per cent of our pre-tax profit, on a three-year rolling average, to community programs. This year, we allocated US$195.5 million to a wide range of community programs, some of which are detailed in our Sustainability Report.

We also pay taxes and royalties to governments. Last year our total tax and royalty expense (excluding the effects of exceptional items) was US$12.3 billion, and while we recognise it is appropriate for countries to periodically review tax law, we also believe any change should ensure the resources sector remains globally competitive.share. At the same time, the industry’s substantialCompany has continued to invest in high-return growth options within the existing portfolio.

Markets for our commodities have been affected by the mixed global economic environment, with solid but moderately slower Chinese growth, underlying momentum in the United States and ongoing investmentsome positive signs in jobs, skills,Japan, while the European Union has remained weak. Overall, demand for our commodities continues to be strong, underpinning the long-term outlook for our portfolio of products.

We continuously review our strategy against changes in the external environment, including climate change. We consider various scenarios and the risks and opportunities facing the natural resources sector and seek to optimise the investments we make on behalf of shareholders.

Our position on climate change is clear. Sustainable growth and development of new sectorsrequires an effective response to climate change. We accept the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s assessment that warming of the economy shouldclimate is unequivocal, the human influence is clear and the physical impacts are unavoidable. We believe that the Board’s approach to strategy, investment decision-making and portfolio management, as well as the diversity of our overall portfolio, positions us to manage and respond to changes and capture opportunities to grow shareholder value over time. We believe that the resilience of our portfolio under a range of climate change scenarios is underpinned by its diversity and by the relatively short pay-back periods for most of our present and future investments in fossil fuels production. BHP Billiton is committed to reducing greenhouse gas emissions in its own operations, to actively participating in the development and deployment of low-emissions technologies and to being a leader in our sector on climate change action and advocacy.

Next year marks the 130th anniversary of the founding and stock exchange listing of The Broken Hill Proprietary Company Limited. Over these years the Company has reshaped its business to maintain its industry leadership. We moved from mining silver, lead and zinc at Broken Hill, to producing steel, and then to petroleum in Bass Strait, iron ore in the Pilbara, metallurgical coal in the Bowen Basin and copper in the Andes.

For the past 10 years we have also been simplifying our portfolio and looking at ways to make your Company simpler and more productive. In the last two years alone we have sold US$6.7 billion of assets at attractive prices. This year, we have proposed another step in our evolution with the demerger of selected aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver assets. This proposed demerger will allow BHP Billiton to improve the productivity of our largest businesses more quickly and create a new global metals and mining company specifically designed to enhance the performance of the demerged assets. All BHP Billiton shareholders would retain their existing shares in BHP Billiton and receive shares in the new company pro rata with your BHP Billiton shareholding. Following the demerger, BHP Billiton would seek to steadily increase or at least maintain its dividend per share in US dollar terms – implying a higher payout ratio. Subject to final Board approval to proceed, shareholder approval and the receipt of satisfactory third party approvals, the demerger is expected to be recognised.completed in the first half of the 2015 calendar year.

Your Board also recognises thatAgainst the backdrop of external and organisational change, we operate in an industry where the foundation for everythingcontinue to be guided byOur BHP Billiton Charter, which defines our values. Our first Charter value is Sustainability and we do is our commitment tomaintain a relentless focus on the health and safety of our people and sustainability of the environment and communities in which we work. We have a deep focus on both what we do and on how we do it. The safety and health of our employees, contractors and communities are values that will not be compromised.operate. This year, we had tworeported a record low total recordable injury frequency and no fatalities at our operations in South Africa; sadly, two fatalities too many. Thisoperated assets during the period. While this is unacceptablean encouraging result, our efforts to protect the health and safety of our people will be unrelenting.

We are committed to making a tragedy for their families, friendspositive contribution to the communities where we live and colleagues. On behalf of the Board, we extendconduct our sincere sympathies.

It is important to outline some key changes to your Board.business. This year, we announced the appointmentscontributed one per cent of Baroness Shriti Vaderapre-tax profit, investing US$242 million across a wide range of programs and Lindsay Maxsted who, together, bring deep expertise in finance, corporate restructuring, risk management, emerging markets and public policy. With regret, we also announced the retirement of Alan Boeckmann.

In summary, we face the future with some confidence. There continuesactivities to be robust demand forsupport our products. Our tier one resource base is diverse, of high quality and not easy to duplicate. We have talented people at all levels and we have a solid balance sheet that gives us the flexibility to pursue high-return investment opportunities while rewarding shareholders.

On your behalf, I thank the BHP Billiton team, led by your Chief Executive, Marius Kloppers, for another year of strong performance. I also thank you, our shareholders, for your continued support.

Jacques Nasser AO

Chairman

1.3    Chief Executive Officer’s Report

I am very pleased to report that in FY2011 BHP Billiton produced a record set of financial results and completed a significant capital management program while maintaining a strong balance sheet, allowing us to continue to grow and invest in our business.

This record result and sustained growth was achieved against the backdrop of a volatile global economy and a tightening of the regulatory environment worldwide. The strong performance was also delivered despite a number of unexpected operational challenges during the year,communities. These funds support local programs, such as the severe wet weather that affected our Queensland metallurgical coal operations andLEAD project which seeks to improve the drilling moratorium imposedlives of smallholder farmers in the Gulfrural Maputo Province of Mexico, and capital cost pressure on some of our large-scale projects.

Tragically, we lost two of our colleagues to workplace accidentsMozambique; an innovative education program in FY2011. Every fatality has a lasting impact on family, friends and colleagues and we will never be truly successful unless we eliminate all risk of injury from our business. Safety is not an aspiration, it is something we need to live and breathe every day we are at work. Reducing the risks in our business requires strong, accountable leadership with a focus on identifying and managing hazards.

While the recovery of commodity prices and the global economy was a major factor in our excellent financial position, it is the commitment to our tier one strategyPakistan that has not only allowed BHP Billitonseen 800 children graduate from the program with another 2,000 currently studying in 13 model schools; the ANDA project which addresses the needs of people displaced by conflict and vulnerable communities in the Cordoba District of Colombia to continue to outperform today, but will entrench strong relative performance through all parts ofcomplement poverty reduction efforts by the economic cycle.national government; and Bush Blitz, a unique species discovery program in Australia.

Our consistent strategy of investingcommunity programs are in large, long-life, low-cost, expandable assets, diversified by commodity, market and operating geography has left us in a positionaddition to continue to deliver value to our shareholders.

In our minerals businesses, we are particularly focused on our expandable resources basins – Western Australia Iron Ore, Queensland coal and Olympic Dam copper/uranium in Australia, potash in Saskatchewan Canada and Escondida copper in Chile – where large potential mineralisation can create significant options for growth. During the year, BHP Billiton outlined plans to invest in excess of US$809.9 billion in the next five years on these key resource hubs, which includes more than US$12.9 billiontaxes and royalties we paid to governments and our broader economic contribution in project approvals in the last financial year.

In addition, BHP Billiton made an entry into the United States shale gas business with our acquisitionterms of Chesapeake Energy Corporation’s interest in the Fayetteville Shale, US, a world-class onshore natural gas resource. We followed this with our acquisitionjobs, capital investment and support of Petrohawk Energy Corporation’s natural gas and liquid rich shale asset.

The past year also saw the industry take a big step forward in its approach to bulk commodity pricing. We have for a long time held the view that the most open and transparent way to discover the price for our products is through simple supply and demand economics. We are seeing this evolution across our business and now have higher volumes of our commodities sold on shorter-term reference pricing. For those businesses that in the past had to negotiate long-term prices each year, such as iron ore and metallurgical coal, this is a fundamental and positive shift to a new model that we believe is beneficial to both customers and producers, providing a clearer signal of the supply and demand picture.

As we grow, the creation of a simple, accountable and scalable organisation will ensure we remain capable of managing the larger footprint that will result over time. To this end, through the BHP Billiton Operating Model, we have set up the organisation to be more scalable, more functionally specialised and in a position to deploy capital easily when required. By having a simple structure, we can organise work more effectively and let our people focus on doing what is important.

We must earn the right to grow our business by growing safely, through operating discipline and strong leadership. As an organisation, we are committed to the highest level of governance and strive to foster a culture that values and rewards exemplary ethical standards, personal and corporate integrity and respect for others.local businesses.

I would like to take thethis opportunity to passacknowledge David Crawford who will retire from the BHP Billiton Board in November 2014. David has served with distinction on my thanksthe board of BHP and BHP Billiton for 20 years. In announcing our plans to create an independent global metals and mining company we said that David would become the new company’s inaugural chairman. His skills and experience make David the right person to guide the new company through its entry into the global resources sector.

In line with our planned approach to Board succession, we have appointed Malcolm Brinded to the Board as a Non-executive Director and member of the Sustainability Committee. Malcolm’s deep experience in energy, governance and sustainability will make a significant contribution to the Board.

In summary, a strong management team and over 123,000 talented employees and contractors in 21 countries have improved safety, increased production and delivered more value for shareholders and all our stakeholders. Your company does make a positive difference. BHP Billiton helps lift living standards for people around the world and we work hard to add value to the communities, regions and countries where we live and do business.

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

1.4    Chief Executive Officer’s Report

I am pleased to report that BHP Billiton delivered a strong set of financial results in FY2014, with improvements in operating performance and safety supported by a continued focus on productivity. This performance was achieved against a background of improving economic conditions in the United States, Japan and the European Union, solid but slower Chinese economic growth and a decline in key commodity prices in a highly competitive global marketplace.

In a year of record production we had no fatalities at our operated assets and improved our total recordable injury frequency performance by nine per cent to 4.2 injuries per million hours worked. While we are encouraged to have recorded a year without fatalities, we must never rest on past performance. We will continue to relentlessly identify and manage material health and safety risks to protect our people and communities.

Annual production records were achieved at 12 of our operations and across four commodities. Western Australia Iron Ore and Queensland Coal both increased annual production volume by more than 20 per cent as we delivered more tonnes from existing infrastructure and growth projects ahead of schedule. These results were supported by our Onshore US petroleum asset delivering a 73 per cent increase in petroleum liquids production.

Our safety performance improves through our continued focus on accelerating sustainable improvements in productivity by finding more efficient and effective ways of performing day-to-day operations. We delivered more than US$6.6 billion of sustainable productivity-led gains over the last two years. There are more achievements in productivity still to come as our teams continue to innovate and learn from each other, replicating best practice and operating on a common data platform across the organisation.

We continue to invest selectively in those projects that meet our demanding criteria. In FY2014, we reduced our share of exploration and capital expenditure by 32 per cent to US$15.2 billion and expect this to decline to US$14.8 billion in FY2015. This approach has increased internal competition for capital, improved our capital efficiency and provides for long-term, sustainable shareholder value.

In August 2014, we announced a proposal to create an independent global metals and mining company based on a selection of BHP Billiton’s high-quality aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver assets. Separating these assets via a demerger has the potential to unlock shareholder value by significantly simplifying the BHP Billiton Group and creating two portfolios of complementary assets. Once simplified, BHP Billiton would be almost exclusively focused on our large, long-life iron ore, copper, coal, petroleum and potash basins. With fewer assets and a greater upstream focus, BHP Billiton would be able to reduce costs and improve the productivity of our largest businesses more quickly. The proposed demerger remains subject to the receipt of satisfactory third party approvals, final Board approval and shareholder vote.

In addition to our work to simplify BHP Billiton’s portfolio, we continue to support the communities where we operate. We support local economies through employment, infrastructure development, taxes and royalties, as well as purchasing local goods and services. We are part of these communities and we strive to be a positive and active participant in community life. In FY2014, our voluntary community investment amounted to US$242 million.

We are proud that the supply of our products supports global economic growth and development, with the associated reduction in poverty and improvement in living standards. Continued global development depends on access to affordable energy and other critical resources.

Sustainable growth requires an effective response to climate change. We accept the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s assessment that warming of the climate is unequivocal, the human influence is clear, and physical impacts are unavoidable. We are taking action by focusing on reducing our emissions, increasing our preparedness for physical climate impacts and working with others, including industry and governments, to support effective responses to climate change. We will, through material investments in low-emissions technology, contribute to reducing emissions from fossil fuels. We view climate change as a critical element in our approach to risk management across our business.

In everything we do, we are guided by Our BHP Billiton Chartervalues of Sustainability, Integrity, Respect, Performance, Simplicity and Accountability. These are the foundation of who deal with BHP Billiton. And,we are, and how we perform our role as an active and engaged corporate citizen. I am honoured to be part of a company where we live our values every day.

Finally, I would like to thank all our suppliers, customers, host communities and shareholders for their continued support over the past year as we strive to be a valued partner of choice. I would especially like to thank our employees and contractors whose commitment and work have contributed so much tocontribution is the cornerstone of the success of this Company.

Marius KloppersAndrew Mackenzie

Chief Executive Officer

1.4    Selected key measures1.5    Our strategy and business model

1.4.1    Financial information1.5.1    Our consistent strategy

Our selectedpurpose

Our corporate purpose is to create long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources.

Our strategy

Our strategy is to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market.

Our unique position in the resources industry is due to our proven and consistent strategy. In line with our strategy, we pursue growth opportunities consistent with our core skills of:

evaluating, developing and extracting resources in our Businesses;

distributing and selling our products, and managing financial risk associated with our revenue through Marketing;

defining and governing world-class functional standards, which are implemented Group-wide through our Group Functions.

We operate in a dynamic external environment and this strategy has delivered strong company performance over time which, in turn, underpins the creation of long-term sustainable value for our shareholders, customers, employees and the communities in which we operate. We aim to deliver long-term sustainable value rather than focusing on short-term returns.

Our values

In pursuing our strategy through all stages of the economic and commodity cycles, we are guided byOur BHP BillitonCharter values of Sustainability, Integrity, Respect, Performance, Simplicity and Accountability.

Our overriding commitment is to ensuring the safety of our people, and respecting our environment and the communities in which we work. This commitment informs everything we do and influences every aspect of our work.

Operational capability is fundamental to our strategy. It is reflected inOur Charter, in particular our values of Performance – achieving superior business results by stretching our capabilities, and Simplicity – focusing our efforts on the things that matter most.

Our success factors

We are successful when:

our people start each day with a sense of purpose and end the day with a sense of accomplishment;

our communities, customers and suppliers value their relationships with us;

our asset portfolio is world-class and sustainably developed;

our operational discipline and financial strength enables our future growth; and

our shareholders receive a superior return on their investment.

Our key performance indicators presented in section 1.10 of this Annual Report enable our Group Management Committee (GMC) to measure our performance.

1.5.2    Our business model

Exploration and evaluation

Discovery through brownfield and greenfield exploration.

Evaluating our portfolio.

Divestment and acquisition.

Over the past six years, brownfield exploration has increased our reserve base around our portfolio of existing assets in large resource basins, which now provide us with significant growth opportunities. This has allowed us to reduce brownfield exploration expenditure and rationalise our greenfield exploration program to focus on copper in Chile and Peru and conventional oil and gas, predominantly offshore in the Gulf of Mexico and Western Australia.

We evaluate the results of our brownfield and greenfield exploration to identify future growth projects consistent with our strategy to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets. We also continually evaluate our portfolio and consider divestment and acquisition opportunities.

Development

Evaluating and developing projects.

The evaluation and development of large-scale resource projects generates significant value for BHP Billiton. We have a number of high-quality growth projects currently under development. We also have a large number of growth opportunities in our project pipeline in varying stages of evaluation.

In our development process, these projects progress through feasibility to execution only after external approvals. Our rigorous internal review process requires projects to pass through various tollgates for internal approvals at each stage, including Board approval for major projects.

Potential expansion projects must compete for capital in BHP Billiton and are only approved if they meet our strict criteria for investment.

Extraction, processing and transportation

Open-pit and underground mining.

Extracting conventional and unconventional oil and gas.

Processing and refining.

Across our global operations, the diversification of our portfolio of assets by commodity, geography and market continues to be one of our differentiating features. Our goal is to safely operate all our assets at capacity through mining, extracting, processing and transporting commodities.

We continue to set production records at a number of assets. Through the development and use of standard operating practices and technology, we are driving efficiencies through improved capital intensity, labour productivity and increased utilisation of plant and machinery.

Our extraction and processing activities are mindful of our ongoing sustainability obligations, including rehabilitation at the end of the asset life.

Marketing and logistics

BHP Billiton’s Marketing network manages the Group’s revenue line and is responsible for:

Selling the Group’s products and purchasing all major raw materials.

Supporting the Businesses to maximise the value of upstream resources.

Managing the supply chain to customers.

Achieving market clearing prices for the Group’s products.

Developing the Group-wide view of the markets and future pricing.

The primary hub for our marketing activities is Singapore, while our marketing of oil and gas is headquartered in Houston, United States. In addition, we have marketers located close to our customers in 14 cities around the world.

Marketing’s responsibilities require an active presence in the various commodities markets, the global freight market and the crude and gas pipeline transportation market, through which we manage the supply chain for our products and develop strong integrated relationships between our Businesses and our customers.

Our market insight is strengthened by the multi-commodity nature of our organisation, our proximity to our customers and the flow of information in our centralised marketing structure.

A description of our risk factors, including those that impact our business model, and our approach to risk management are presented in section 1.7 of this Annual Report.

1.5.3    External factors and trends

Economic outlook

The global economy grew at a moderate rate in FY2014. Momentum in the United States, Japan and the United Kingdom was underpinned by central bank monetary policy. Europe’s economy improved marginally, although the recovery was constrained by high levels of unemployment. Emerging markets, including China, experienced a moderate slowdown.

In a relative sense, the Chinese economy continues to grow strongly with signs that it is rebalancing. Consumption continued to be supported by higher household incomes while fixed asset investment softened, led by the property sector, as the central bank restricted access to credit. Rapid credit growth in the non-bank financial sector remained an important concern for policy makers.

We remain confident in the short-term to medium-term outlook for the Chinese economy. Measured stimulus recently introduced by the government demonstrates their commitment to maintain economic growth above seven per cent. We believe consumption and services will continue to increase in importance, while the market’s role in allocating capital will be enhanced. Greater transparency within the fiscal system is also expected to reshape the relationship between central and local government.

The underlying performance of the US economy continued to improve despite the significant disruption caused by severe weather in the March 2014 quarter. The curtailment of quantitative easing appears to have had a limited impact on sentiment as a solid increase in demand reflects a stronger labour market, rising disposable incomes, and higher equities and housing prices. Business investment has been a weak link in the recovery so far as companies have responded slowly to better economic conditions, despite higher levels of profitability. An increase in capital spending by the global business community will be required to sustain the recovery in the medium term.

The Japanese economy has responded strongly to expansionary monetary and fiscal policy over the past year. Investment spending and wages increased as corporate profits benefited from the depreciation of the Yen, while an increase in the national sales tax in April had a limited impact on consumption. These factors have increased the potential for faster growth in the short term, although a longer-term, sustainable recovery will be contingent on the scale and speed of structural reform.

With regard to the global economy, stronger US growth and an associated tightening of monetary policy could result in the rapid outflow of capital from emerging economies. However, developing nations with sound macroeconomic fundamentals would be less likely to experience a severe impact from this transition.

Climate change

The physical impacts of climate change on our operations are uncertain and particular to geographic circumstances. In addition, a number of national governments have already introduced or are contemplating the introduction of regulatory responses to greenhouse gas emissions from the combustion of fossil fuels to address the impacts of climate change. These physical effects and regulatory responses may adversely impact the productivity and financial performance of our operations.

Other external factors and trends

A number of external factors and trends have had and may continue to have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations, as described in section 1.15.1 of this Annual Report. These factors include commodity prices, exchange rates, changes in product demand and supply, and operating costs.

The chart below presents the movements in annual average prices in our core Business commodities over the past 10 years to 30 June 2014. Over most of this period we have benefited from generally rising commodity prices while our diversified portfolio provides resilience to decreases in the price of some commodities.

Commodity prices 2005–2014

LOGO

Commodity prices have generally declined over the past three fiscal years and this trend has continued post 30 June 2014. A summary of the pricing trends for our most significant commodities for FY2014 is presented in section 1.15.1 of this Annual Report, along with movements in the year end commodity price of 10 per cent or more subsequent to 30 June 2014 (as at 31 August 2014).

1.5.4    Corporate planning

At BHP Billiton, we have a long-standing and robust corporate planning process, which is central to the effective development and delivery of our strategy.

Our planning process continuously reviews our strategy against a constantly changing external environment and the risks and opportunities this presents, to optimise both our returns to our shareholders, and our broader contribution to society.

Core principles

The corporate planning process is designed with the following core principles:

Board and GMC ownership and regular review of strategy and strategic priorities.

Clear accountabilities – regular engagement through ‘Appraisals’ by the GMC with the Businesses, Marketing and Group Functions.

Alignment – consistent and integrated Business, Marketing and Group Functions planning process with individual plans aggregated to form the overall corporate plan.

Long to short – long-term strategic plans are followed by short-term delivery plans.

Robustness – our plan should be resilient under both a range of long-term scenarios and short-term shock events.

Corporate planning framework

The flowchart below illustrates our corporate planning framework.

LOGO

An annual Board Strategic Planning review is the start of each Corporate planning cycle, where the GMC and the Board actively discusses the Group’s strategy. A key outcome is the CEO Message to all employees which sets the long-term direction of the Group and aligns expectations.

The Directional Planning (long-term strategic planning) phase begins with the CEO Message and the issuing of long-term scenarios. Businesses use the CEO Message and scenarios to prepare their Directional Plans, which include life of asset resource plans. Plans are discussed with the GMC at the Business Directional Appraisals.

We prepare a Group-wide 20-year Plan which includes input from the Businesses’ Directional Plans. A total annual capital allocation limit is set to maximise total shareholder returns, while ensuring financial risks are appropriately mitigated. Within this capital ceiling, major growth options are optimally sequenced over the20-year Plan through our capital allocation process.

The capital allocation process includes analysis of net present value (NPV), internal rates of return (IRR), return on capital (ROC) and margin analysis to inform decision-making. This process is further described in section 1.6.3 of this Annual Report. All available growth options are assessed and prioritised to generate a high-value and capital-efficient portfolio which provides flexibility to return excess cash to shareholders. The increased competition for capital has improved our capital productivity.

The Delivery Planning (short-term to mid-term planning) phase begins with the CEO Letter of Intent which provides capital guidance and sets the context for the Business five-year plans and two-year budgets. Again, plans are discussed with the GMC, this time at the Business Delivery Appraisals.

We believe that the rigour of our corporate planning process, combined with the flexibility it provides the Group to quickly respond to an inherently dynamic external environment, is essential to maximise total shareholder returns.

Scenarios

The corporate planning process is underpinned by scenarios that encompass a wide spectrum of potential outcomes for key global uncertainties driven by factors external to BHP Billiton. Designed to interpret technical, economic, political and global governance trends facing the resources industry, the scenarios offer a means by which to explore potential portfolio discontinuities and opportunities, as well as to test the robustness of decisions.

It should be noted that the scenarios do not constitute preferred outcomes for BHP Billiton. The Company’s approach to critical global challenges, such as the importance of addressing climate change, continues to be based onOur Charter values, including our value of Sustainability. Our position on climate change is discussed further in section 1.6.1.

The starting point of our scenario development is the construction of a Central Case, built through an in-depth, bottom up analysis using rigorous processes, benchmarked with external views, thoroughly reviewed and endorsed annually by the GMC and the Board. Currently our Central Case considers expected levels of US economic recovery, progressive development of China and India, integration of developing economies into a multi-polar economic environment, as well as action on climate change centred on national policies withshort-term prioritisation to adaptation and a long-term shift to mitigation.

The scenarios are designed to be divergent, but also plausible and internally consistent, spanning different potential future business environments. A description of the key characteristics of each of our scenarios is summarised below:

Good global growth underpinned by significant technological breakthroughs. Climate change science and need to act is acknowledged globally, resulting in global cooperation to mitigate carbon emissions and consumer pull for green products and services.

Strong global growth, liberal trade flows, significant investment in research and technology underpinned by high gross domestic product (GDP), and a coordinated response to addressing climate change.

Solid economic growth, potential new supply from key resource basins failing to meet expectations, climate change remains a secondary issue with research focused on adaptive technology to address greater pollution, and renewable energy technologies progressing above expectations.

A future state enmeshed in stagnation and protectionism, regional conflicts abound, domestic resources are prioritised for consumption even if sub-economic, low investment in research and development, and climate change commitments are abandoned in favour of adaptation.

Alongside scenarios, associated signposts (trends) and triggers (events) allow early awareness for the potential advent of a scenario, offering a powerful decision-making tool. For example, rising GDP per capita in key commodity importing countries is a signpost to an earlier shift to consumption driven economies. Another example of a potential trigger is if an accord on climate change were to be ratified during the 2015 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change Conference of the Parties, and then enacted globally.

We believe that our uniquely diversified portfolio is robust, both across these scenarios, and also shorter-term shock events. As an example, in a severely carbon constrained world, we believe there is significant upside for our potash and uranium commodities, and also for our high-quality hard coking coal (lower smelting emissions) and iron ore lump product (direct blast furnace feed), while copper is resilient. In aggregate these mitigate potential negative impacts in other commodities, given the relatively short pay-back periods for most present and future investments in fossil fuel production. Conversely, our portfolio allows us to capture upsides in an environment where developing countries experience strong global growth.

1.6    Strategic priorities

Our Group Management Committee (GMC) maintains a strong focus on the following strategic priorities in order to execute the Company’s strategy. A number of these priorities are monitored by the GMC using the key performance indicators as presented in section 1.10 of this Annual Report.

1.6.1    Continue to operate sustainably

We will continue to operate sustainably with our focus on the following areas:

Protect our people and improve the health and safety of our operations

The health, safety and wellbeing of our people are central to the success of our organisation. Regardless of where our people are located or the type of work they undertake, we strive to create a working environment that is free from occupational illness or injury. Identifying and managing material risk is a critical component of our management approach. By understanding and managing our risks, we provide greater protection for our people, communities and assets.

Support sustainable development of our host communities

We are a global company that values our host communities. We strive to be part of the communities in which we operate and through all our interactions seek to foster meaningful long-term relationships, which respect local cultures and create lasting benefits. Our contribution to our host communities is broad ranging. Through employment, taxes and royalties, we support local, regional and national economies. We purchase local goods and services and develop infrastructure that benefits entire communities.

We voluntarily invest one per cent of our pre-tax profit (calculated on the average of the previous three years’ pre-tax profit) in community programs that aim to have a long-lasting, positive impact on people’s quality of life. This includes implementing new and supporting existing community projects. During FY2014, our voluntary community investment totalled US$241.7 million, comprising US$141.7 million in cash, in-kind support and administrative costs, and a US$100 million contribution to the BHP Billiton Group,Foundation.

Strategic approach to climate change

As energy demand continues to increase, the global challenge of climate change remains a priority for our organisation. We are taking action by focusing on reducing our emissions, increasing our preparedness for physical climate impacts and should be read in conjunctionworking with others, including industry and governments, to support effective responses to climate change. Our approach to investment decision-making and portfolio management and the 2011 financial statements, together with the accompanying notes.diversity of our overall portfolio positions us not only to manage and respond to change, but also to capture opportunities to grow shareholder value over time.

Our position on climate change

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued byaccept the International Accounting Standards Board,Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s (IPCC) assessment of climate change science which has found that warming of the climate is unequivocal, the human influence is clear and as outlined in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’ to the financial statements in this Annual Report. physical impacts are unavoidable.

We publish our consolidated financial statements in US dollars.believe that:

 

   2011  2010  2009  2008  2007(a) 

Consolidated Income Statement (US$M except per share data)

      

Revenue

   71,739    52,798    50,211    59,473    47,473  

Profit from operations

   31,816    20,031    12,160    24,145    19,724  

Profit attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

   23,648    12,722    5,877    15,390    13,416  

Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (US cents)

   91.0    83.0    82.0    56.0    38.5  

Dividends per ordinary share – declared in respect of the period (US cents)

   101.0    87.0    82.0    70.0    47.0  

Earnings per ordinary share (basic) (US cents)(b)

   429.1    228.6    105.6    275.3    229.5  

Earnings per ordinary share (diluted) (US cents)(b)

   426.9    227.8    105.4    274.8    228.9  

Number of ordinary shares (millions)

      

– At period end

   5,350    5,589    5,589    5,589    5,724  

– Weighted average

   5,511    5,565    5,565    5,590    5,846  

– Diluted

   5,540    5,595    5,598    5,605    5,866  

Consolidated Balance Sheet (US$M)

      

Total assets

   102,891    88,852    78,770    76,008    61,404  

Share capital (including share premium)

   2,771    2,861    2,861    2,861    2,922  

Total equity attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

   56,762    48,525    39,954    38,335    29,667  

Other financial information

      

Underlying EBIT (US$M)(c)

   31,980    19,719    18,214    24,282    20,067  

Underlying EBIT margin(c)(d)(e)

   47.0  40.7  40.1  47.5  48.4

Return on capital employed(e)

   38.5  26.4  24.6  37.5  38.4

Net operating cash flow (US$M)(f)

   30,080    16,890    17,854    16,958    15,418  

Project investment (US$M)(e)

   24,517    10,770    13,965    11,440    12,781  

Gearing(e)

   9.2  6.3  12.1  17.8  25.0
The world must pursue the twin objective of:

 

(a)

On 1 July 2007,

limiting climate change to the Group adopted the policy of recognising its proportionate interest in the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of jointly controlled entities within each applicable line itemlower end of the financial statements. All such interests were previously recognised using the equity method. Comparative figures for 2007 that were affected by the policy change have been restated.

IPCC emission scenarios in line with current international agreements; while

 

(b)

The calculation of

providing access to the number of ordinary shares used inaffordable energy required to continue the computation of basic earnings per share is the aggregate of the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period of BHP Billiton Limitedeconomic growth essential for maintaining living standards and BHP Billiton Plc after deduction of the weighted average number of shares held by the Billiton share repurchase scheme and the Billiton Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust and the BHP Bonus Equity Plan Trust and adjusting for the BHP Billiton Limited bonus share issue. Included in the calculation of fully diluted earnings per share are shares contingently issuable under Employee Share Ownership Plans.

(c)

Underlying EBIT is profit from operations, excluding the effect of exceptional items. See section 3.3 for more information about this measure, including a reconciliation to profit from operations.

alleviating poverty.

 

(d)

Underlying EBIT margin is profit from operations, excluding the effect of exceptional items before taxation and excluding third party production, divided by revenue from Group production. See section 3.3 for more information about this measure.

Under all current plausible scenarios, fossil fuels will continue to be a significant part of the energy mix for decades.

There needs to be an acceleration of effort to drive energy efficiency, develop and deploy low-emissions technology and adapt to the impacts of climate change.

There should be a price on carbon, implemented in a way that addresses competitiveness concerns and achieves lowest cost emissions reductions.

We will:

continue to take action to reduce our emissions;

build resilience of our operations, investments, communities and ecosystems to climate change impacts;

recognising their role as policy makers, seek to enhance the global response by engaging with governments;

work in partnership with resource sector peers to improve sectoral performance and increase industry’s influence in policy development to deliver effective long-term regulatory responses;

through material investments in low-emission technology, contribute to reducing emissions from the use of fossil fuels.

Further information on our sustainability commitments, standards and performance can be found in sections 1.14 of this Annual Report.

Additional information is also available in the Sustainability Report 2014, which can be found online atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

1.6.2    Creating a more productive organisation

We are focused on achieving sustainable improvement in productivity across all aspects of our business. We believe our systems, structures, culture, people and portfolio should enable the creation of a competitive

advantage by working smarter to safely deliver greater volume growth from existing plant and equipment at lower unit costs.

During the past year, we have continued to implement and embed our Operating Model, which guides how we work, defines how we are organised and enables the measurement of operational and financial performance across the Group. The Operating Model lays the foundation for sustainable productivity gains by supporting the building of capability, eliminating the duplication of effort and enabling the rapid identification and deployment of best practices.

Recognising that culture also drives performance, BHP Billiton is continuing to create an inclusive environment where every employee feels engaged. We want our people to feel listened to, be motivated to contribute to their potential and work together to unlock world-class productivity from the ground up. We support the development of our people and encourage our teams to learn from each other, identify more productive ways of working and achieve functional excellence across the Group.

Following the October 2013 completion of our deployment of 1SAP, our single Group-wide common enterprise resource planning system, we are now using common world-class business processes, standard metrics and reports that are supported by robust data. The implementation of 1SAP across the organisation supports our ability to pursue sustained improvement through the application of standard processes and performance transparency.

Our long-term commitment to improve productivity across the organisation has the potential to create significant value for shareholders and other stakeholders. Our focus on productivity has already resulted in significant improvement in operating performance at each of our major Businesses this year and record output at 12 operations.

Case study: Cost and time reductions in Petroleum’s Onshore US shale drilling and completions

Objective: To reduce the time and cost required to put each well online.

Approach: Opportunities were identified through statistical analysis and comparison against internal best practice and external benchmarks. Improvements in performance were sought in three areas: engineering (changes in the design of each well); operations (changes in how operations are conducted in the field); and supply (shifts in what and how goods and services are procured and delivered).

Outcomes: Rig mobilisation times have been cut by 12 per cent in FY2014 through the development and implementation of an optimised rig move procedure. The average drilling time for a shale gas well has declined in FY2014, while the productivity of hydraulic fracturing crews (stages completed per crew per month) has grown in FY2014.

Productivity results: Overall, total Onshore US shale drilling costs per well decreased by 15 per cent in FY2014.

1.6.3    Disciplined approach to capital management

Our priorities for capital management remain unchanged. The quality of our assets and adherence to our strategy has differentiated our performance and maximised shareholder returns by allocating capital in a disciplined manner.

Our diversified and high-margin portfolio delivers a higher return on capital with lower volatility, when compared with many peers. Over the last 10 years, we have returned US$64 billion to shareholders in the form of dividends and buy-backs.

Many of the areas to which we direct our cash flow are interconnected. In order to make capital allocation decisions, we test each decision against a range of short-term and long-term criteria across several scenarios. We aim to optimise for net present value (NPV), return on capital (ROC), internal rate of return (IRR) and margin, while remaining mindful of portfolio construction and cash flow at risk. No single metric can dominate the process given the potential to create imbalances and all alternatives, including an investment in our own shares, actively compete.

Our portfolio remains a key point of difference. However, because it is opportunity-rich, capital discipline is more important. By reducing annual expenditure, we have created even more competition for capital and we have sharpened our focus on our core commodities and our high-margin major basins.

Given our portfolio of long-life orebodies, we also consider the value of future options as we must preserve their value at low cost.

The following factors are considered when making capital allocation decisions:

A strong balance sheet

Our solid ‘A’ credit rating provides flexibility and access to debt capital markets. The Group’s balance sheet continued to strengthen during FY2014. As at 30 June 2014, net debt was US$25.8 billion, a decrease of US$1.7 billion compared to the net debt position at 30 June 2013. As at 30 June 2014, the Group’s cash and cash equivalents on hand were US$8.8 billion.

During FY2014, the Group issued a four tranche Global Bond totalling US$5 billion comprising US$500 million Senior Floating Notes due 2016 paying interest at three-month US dollar LIBOR plus 25 basis points, US$500 million 2.050 per cent Senior Notes due 2018, US$1.5 billion, 3.850 per cent Senior Notes due 2023, and US$2.5 billion 5.000 per cent Senior Notes due 2043.

These funds and our balance sheet capacity were used to meet a series of financing commitments, including debt repayments of US$7.2 billion and dividend payments of US$6.4 billion.

Progressive base dividend

BHP Billiton has a progressive dividend policy. The aim of this policy is to steadily increase or at least maintain our base dividend in US dollars at each half-yearly payment. Our progressive base dividend is the minimum annual distribution that a shareholder should expect and is expected to grow broadly in accordance with the growth of our business.

On 19 August 2014, the Board determined a final dividend for the year of 62 US cents per share. Together with the interim dividend of 59 US cents per share paid to shareholders on 26 March 2014, this brought the total dividend determined for the year to 121 US cents per share, a 4.3 per cent increase over the previous year’sfull-year dividend of 116 US cents per share.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 

Dividends determined in respect of the period (US cents per share)

      

Interim dividend

   59.0     57.0     55.0  

Final dividend

   62.0     59.0     57.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   121.0     116.0     112.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Internal competition for capital investment

By reducing annual capital expenditure and increasing competition for capital within the Group, we have prioritised higher quality growth at a higher average rate of return on incremental investment. We continue to invest selectively in those projects that meet our criteria.

During FY2014, eight projects were completed, including:

Macedon (Petroleum), which delivered first petroleum production in the September 2013 quarter. Our share of development costs was approximately US$1.2 billion.

North West Shelf North Rankin B Gas Compression (Petroleum), which delivered first gas production in the December 2013 quarter. Our share of development costs was approximately US$721 million as of 30 June 2014.

Jimblebar mine expansion (Iron Ore), which delivered first iron ore production in the September 2013 quarter. Our share of development costs was approximately US$3.4 billion.

Port blending facilities and rail yard (Iron Ore), which was completed in the December 2013 quarter. The project was delivered at a cost of US$1.1 billion (BHP Billiton share US$916 million).

Samarco fourth pellet plant (Iron Ore), which delivered first iron ore pellet production in the March 2014 quarter. The final spend of the project was US$3.2 billion (BHP Billiton share US$1.6 billion).

Caval Ridge (Coal), which delivered first metallurgical coal production in the June 2014 quarter. BHP Billiton’s share of the project’s cost was US$1.9 billion.

Eight major projects were in execution at 30 June 2014. Seven of our development projects are brownfield in nature, which are inherently lower risk than new greenfield projects.

Capital expenditure

Capital and exploration expenditure is disclosed for each Business in the table below.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Capital and exploration expenditure (1)

      

Petroleum and Potash

   7,070     8,439     7,063  

Copper

   3,873     4,204     3,889  

Iron Ore

   3,118     6,196     4,745  

Coal

   2,379     3,665     3,277  

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

   542     950     2,020  

Group and unallocated items

   21     140     136  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Group

   17,003     23,594     21,130  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(e)(1)

See section 10 for glossary definitions.

Capital expenditure is presented on a cash basis and excludes capitalised interest, but includes capitalised exploration. Exploration expenditure is capitalised in accordance with our accounting policies, as set out in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’ in the Financial Statements.

Capital expenditure encompasses expenditure on major projects, as set out in section 2.4 of this Annual Report, and capital expenditure on sustaining and other items.

(f)

‘Improvements to IFRSs 2009’/AASB 2009-4 ‘Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the Annual Improvements Project’ and AASB 2009-5 ‘Further Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the Annual Improvements Project’ include a requirement to classify expenditures which do not result in a recognised asset as a cash flow from operating activities. This has resulted in exploration cash flows which are not recognised as assets being reclassified from net investing cash flows to net operating cash flows for all comparative figures to 2011.

1.4.2    Operational information

Year ended 30 June

  2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Capital expenditure

    

Growth

   13,130    18,678    14,994  

Sustaining and other

   2,863    3,565    3,643  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   15,993    22,243    18,637  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exploration expenditure

    

Petroleum

   600    675    1,355  

Minerals

   410    676    1,138  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   1,010    1,351    2,493  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total capital and exploration expenditure (cash basis)

   17,003    23,594    21,130  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Add: equity accounted investments

   871    1,493    1,164  

Less: capitalised deferred stripping

   (1,421  (1,650  (1,531

Less: non-controlling interests

   (1,272  (1,146  (970
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total capital and exploration expenditure (BHP Billiton share)

   15,181    22,291    19,793  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton’s share of capital and exploration expenditure declined by 32 per cent during FY2014 to US$15.2 billion. Our rate of investment is expected to decline further in FY2015 with planned capital and exploration expenditure of approximately US$14.8 billion (BHP Billiton share).

A detailed discussion of our project pipeline (including projects approved after 30 June 2014) is located in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Returning excess capital to shareholders

During the last 10 years, we supplemented our progressive base dividend by returning excess capital to shareholders and returned US$23 billion in the form of buy-backs, which is almost 35 per cent of total capital returned.

We have now returned US$64 billion in the form of dividends and buy-backs over the last 10 years, equivalent to an underlying payout ratio of approximately 50 per cent.

We continue to focus on the things we can control to maximise free cash flow, like productivity and the rate at which we invest. The pace at which our balance sheet strengthens, however, will also depend on external factors like prices and foreign exchange rates. We monitor this closely and seek to return excess cash consistently and predictably.

1.6.4    Active management of our portfolio

We are concentrating our efforts on those basins where we enjoy economies of scale and a competitive advantage. Our focus on four major Businesses of Iron Ore, Petroleum, Copper, and Coal, with Potash as a potential fifth, provides the benefits of diversification.

Proposed demerger of assets

On 19 August 2014, we announced a plan to create an independent global metals and mining company based on a selection of our high-quality aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver assets.

As a result of the growth of our major Businesses and the Group’s substantial investment in recent years, BHP Billiton now has two great companies embedded within its portfolio. Separating these assets via a demerger has the potential to unlock shareholder value by significantly simplifying the Group.

BHP Billiton’s continued diversification

If the demerger is approved, we would focus almost exclusively on our large, long-life iron ore, copper, coal, petroleum and potash basins. By concentrating on the development and operation of these basins, BHP Billiton expects to reduce costs and improve productivity more quickly.

Following the demerger, BHP Billiton would have a simpler portfolio with fewer assets and a greater focus on upstream operations.

BHP Billiton would remain:

the largest exporter of metallurgical coal;

a global top three producer of iron ore;

a global top four exporter of copper concentrate;

the largest overseas investor in onshore US shale;

the developer of the world’s best undeveloped potash resource in Saskatchewan, Canada.

Consistent with our established strategy, our portfolio provides broad exposure to steelmaking raw materials, copper, energy and potentially agricultural markets and will remain diversified by commodity, geography and market.

Our Charter values and commitment to putting health and safety first, being environmentally responsible and supporting the communities in which we operate will remain unchanged.

We will continue to simplify our portfolio and as part of this process are reviewing our Nickel West, New Mexico Coal and smaller petroleum assets.

A new global metals and mining company

The new company would have assets in five countries. Many of its operations are among the most competitive in their industries. Its assets would include:

BHP Billiton’s integrated Aluminium business;

Cannington silver;

Energy Coal South Africa;

Illawarra metallurgical coal;

Cerro Matoso nickel;

BHP Billiton’s Manganese business.

By tailoring its approach, and retaining some elements of BHP Billiton’s common systems and processes, the new company would be designed to operate safely, reduce overheads and deliver improved performance.

Management, board and listings

It is proposed that the Chairman of the new company would be David Crawford, who will retire from the BHP Billiton Board in November 2014. Graham Kerr, BHP Billiton’s Chief Financial Officer, would assume the role of Chief Executive Officer of the new company, based in Perth. It is intended that Keith Rumble will become a Non-executive Director of the new company that BHP Billiton plans to form in the proposed demerger. Mr Rumble would retire from the BHP Billiton Board at the time the shareholders vote on this demerger proposal. The BHP Billiton Board also intends to nominate Xolani Mkhwanazi, currently BHP Billiton’s Chairman South Africa, as a Non-executive Director of the new company.

The importance of South Africa to the new company would be reflected in the formation of its board and management team, as well as its commitment to the country’s economic development and transformation objectives.

The new company is intended to be listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) with an inward secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE).

A responsible operator

The new company would be committed to responsible environmental management, the safe operation of its assets and to making a positive contribution to its host communities and nations. BHP Billiton’s existing community commitments will be fulfilled, while the new company would foster its own partnerships and establish its own community programs.

BHP Billiton shareholders

BHP Billiton Limited and Plc shareholders would be entitled to 100 per cent of the shares in the new listed company through a pro-rata, in-specie distribution, as well as retaining their existing shares in the Group.

Subject to final Board approval to proceed, shareholder approval and the receipt of satisfactory third party approvals, the demerger is expected to be completed in the first half of the 2015 calendar year.

Targeted divestment program

We also continue to execute a targeted divestment program, with major transactions totalling US$6.7 billion completed since FY2013. The transactions completed during FY2014 included:

the sale of the Pinto Valley mining operation and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company to Capstone Mining Corp for an aggregate cash consideration of US$653 million;

the sale of our interest in our Onshore US South Midland shale operation, located in the Permian Basin, to EP Energy for a cash consideration of US$153 million;

the sale of Liverpool Bay, comprising a 46.1 per cent interest in five producing offshore oil and gas fields in the Irish Sea, United Kingdom and the Point of Ayr onshore processing plant in northern Wales and associated infrastructure. The sale was completed on 31 March 2014 to ENI ULX Limited for a cash consideration of US$29 million; and

the extension of our Western Australia Iron Ore long-term joint venture relationship with ITOCHU and Mitsui to include Jimblebar, following the issuing of equity on 10 July 2013 in a subsidiary company, for which BHP Billiton received a total consideration of US$1.5 billion in shares and loans of the subsidiary.

1.7    Our management of risk

1.7.1    Approach to risk management

We believe the identification and management of risk is central to achieving our corporate purpose of creating long-term shareholder value.

Risk can present itself in many forms, has the potential to impact our health and safety, environment, community, reputation, regulatory, market and financial performance and thereby the achievement of our corporate purpose.

By understanding and managing risk, we provide greater certainty and confidence for our shareholders, employees, customers, suppliers, and for the communities in which we operate. Successful risk management can be a source of competitive advantage.

Our Boardrisks are viewed and Group Management Committee monitor a range of financial and operational performance indicators, reportedmanaged on a monthly basis, to measure performance over time. We also monitorGroup-wide basis. The natural diversification in our portfolio of commodities, geographies, currencies, assets and liabilities is a comprehensive setkey element in our risk management approach.

Risk management is embedded in our critical business activities, functions and processes. Materiality and our tolerance for risk are key considerations in our decision-making.

Risk issues are identified, analysed and assessed in a consistent manner. Performance requirements exist for the identification, assessment, control and monitoring of health, safety, environmentmaterial risk issues that could threaten our corporate purpose and community contribution indicators.business plans. These include:

 

   2011   2010   2009 

People and Licence to operate – Health, safety, environment and community

      

Total recordable injury frequency (TRIF)(a)

   5.0     5.3     5.6  

Community investment (US$M)(a)(b)

   195.5     200.5     197.8 (b) 

Production(c)

      

Total Petroleum production (million barrels of oil equivalent)

   159.38     158.56     137.97  

Alumina (’000 tonnes)

   4,010     3,841     4,396  

Aluminium (’000 tonnes)

   1,246     1,241     1,233  

Copper cathode and concentrate (’000 tonnes)

   1,139.4     1,075.2     1,207.1  

Nickel (’000 tonnes)

   152.7     176.2     173.1  

Iron ore (’000 tonnes)

   134,406     124,962     114,415  

Manganese alloys (’000 tonnes)

   753     583     513  

Manganese ores (’000 tonnes)

   7,093     6,124     4,475  

Metallurgical coal (’000 tonnes)

   32,678     37,381     36,416  

Energy coal (’000 tonnes)

   69,500     66,131     66,401  
The potential for impacts on the achievement of our corporate purpose and business plans is identified through risk assessments using approved materiality and tolerability criteria. The severity of any risk event is assessed according to a matrix that describes the degree of harm, injury or loss from the most severe impact associated with that risk event, assuming reasonable effectiveness of controls.

 

(a)

See section 10 for glossary definitions.

A risk assessment (risk identification, risk analysis, including likelihood and impact assessment and risk evaluation) is conducted for material risk issues.

 

(b)

In FY2009 we established a UK-based charitable company, BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities, registered with the UK Charities Commission for the purpose of funding community investment globally. In FY2011 our voluntary community contribution included the provision of US$30 million (2010: US$80 million, 2009: US$60 million) to BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities.

Risk controls are designed, implemented, operated and assessed to produce a residual risk that is tolerable. Performance standards are established for critical controls over material risks with supporting verification processes.

(c)

Further details appear in section 2.3 of this Report.

We have established processes that apply when entering or commencing new activities in high-risk countries. Risk assessments and a supporting risk management plan are required to ensure that potential reputation, legal, business conduct and corruption-related exposures are managed and legislative compliance is maintained, including relevant anti-corruption legislation and the application of any sanctions or trade embargos.

Our risk management governance approach is described in sections 3.14.1 and 3.15 of this Annual Report.

1.51.7.2    Risk factors

We believe that because of the international scope of our operations and the industries in which we are engaged, there are numerous factors whichthat may have an adverse effect on our results and operations. The following describes the material risks that could affect the BHP Billiton Group.Billiton.

External risks

Fluctuations in commodity prices and impacts of theongoing global financial crisiseconomic volatility may negatively affect our results, including cash flows and asset values

The prices we obtain for our oil, gas minerals and other commoditiesminerals are determined by, or linked to, prices in world markets, which have historically been subject to substantial variations. The Group’svolatility. Our usual policy is to sell itsour products at the prevailing market prices. The diversity provided by the Group’sour relatively broad portfolio of commodities maydoes not fully insulate the effects of price changes. Fluctuations in commodity prices can occur due to sustained price shifts reflecting underlying global economic and geopolitical factors, industry demand, andincreased supply balances,due to the development of new productive resources, technological change, product substitution and national tariffs. The ongoing effectsWe are particularly exposed to price movements in iron ore, coal, copper, and oil and gas. For example, a US$1 per tonne decline in the average iron ore price and US$1 per barrel decline in the average oil price would have an estimated impact on FY2014 profit after taxation of the global financialUS$112 million and European sovereign debt crises have affected commodity market prices, demand and volatility. The ongoing uncertainty and impact onUS$54 million, respectively. Volatility in global economic growth, particularly in the developeddeveloping economies, mayhas the potential to adversely affectimpact future demand and prices for commodities. The impact of potential longer-termlong-term sustained price shifts and shorter-termshort-term price volatility, including the effects of unwinding the sustained monetary stimulus in the United States, creates the risk that our financial and operating results including cash flows and asset values, will be materially and adversely affected by unforeseen declines in the prevailing prices of our products.

We seek to maintain a solid ‘A’ credit rating as part of our strategy; however, fluctuations in commodity prices and the ongoing effects of the global financial and European sovereign debt crises may adversely impact our future cash flows, ability to adequately access and source capital from financial markets and our credit rating.

Our financial results may be negatively affected by currency exchange rate fluctuations

Our assets, earnings and cash flows are influenced by a wide variety of currencies due to the geographic diversity of the countries in which we operate. Fluctuations in the exchange rates of those currencies may have a significant impact on our financial results. The US dollar is the currency in which the majority of our sales are denominated. Operating costs are influenced by the currencies of those countries where our mines and processing plants are located and also by those currencies in which the costs of imported equipment and services are determined. The Australian dollar, South African rand, Chilean peso, Brazilian real and US dollar are some of the most important currencies influencing our operating costs. Over recent years, higher exchange rates (compared to the US dollar) of currencies in which the majority of our operating costs are incurred have and may continue to adversely impact our profit margins. Given the dominant role of the US currency in our affairs, the US dollar is the currency in which we present financial performance. It is also the natural currency for borrowing and holding surplus cash. We do not generally believe that active currency hedging provides long-term benefits to our shareholders. We mayFrom time to time, we consider currency protection measures appropriate in specific commercial circumstances, subject to strict limits established by our Board. Therefore, in any particular year, currency fluctuations may have a significant impact on our financial results.

The commercial counterparties we transact with may not meet their obligations which may negatively impact our results

We contract with a large number of commercial and financial counterparties including customers, suppliers, and financial institutions. The global financial and European sovereign debt crises have placed strains on global financial markets, reduced liquidity and impacted business conditions generally. Our existing counterparty credit controls may not prevent a material loss due to credit exposure to a major customer or financial counterparty. In addition, customers, suppliers, contractors or joint venture partners may fail to perform against existing contracts and obligations. Non-supply of key inputs or equipment may unfavourably impact our operations. Reduced liquidity and available sources of capital in financial markets may impact the cost and ability to fund planned investments. These factors could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to discover new reserves, maintain or enhance existing reserves or develop new operations could negatively affect our future results and financial condition

The increased demand for our products and increased production rates from our operations in recent years has resulted in existing reserves being depleted at an accelerated rate. As our revenues and profits are related to our oil and gas and minerals operations, our results and financial condition are directly related to the success of our exploration and acquisition efforts, and our ability to replace existing reserves. Exploration activity occurs adjacent to established operations and in new regions, in developed and less developed countries. These activities may increase land tenure, infrastructure and related political risks. A failure in our ability to discover new reserves, enhance existing reserves or develop new operations in sufficient quantities to maintain or grow the current level of our reserves could negatively affect our results, financial condition and prospects.

There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating ore and oil and gas reserves, and geological, technical and economic assumptions that are valid at the time of estimation may change significantly when new information becomes available. The uncertain global financial outlook may affect economic assumptions related to reserve recovery and require reserve restatements. Reserve restatements could negatively affect our results and prospects.

Reduction in Chinese demand may negatively impact our results

The Chinese market has become a significant source of global demand for commodities. In CY2010, China represented 59 per cent of global seaborne iron ore demand, 39 per cent of copper demand, 38 per cent of nickel demand, 41 per cent of aluminium demand, 42 per cent of energy coal demand and 10 per cent of oil demand. China’s demand for these commodities has been driving global materials demand and pricing over the past decade.

Sales into China generated US$20.323.3 billion (FY2010:(FY2013: US$13.220.1 billion), or 28.234.7 per cent (FY2010: 25.1(FY2013: 30.4 per cent), of our revenue in the year ended 30 June 2011.FY2014. The FY2014 sales into China by Business included 64.9 per cent Iron Ore, 17.8 per cent Copper, 8.5 per cent Coal, 6.6 per cent Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel and 2.2 per cent Petroleum. A slowing in China’s economic growth could result in lower prices and less demand for our products and negatively impact our results.results including cash flows.

In response to its increased demand for commodities, China is increasingly seeking strategic self-sufficiency in key commodities, including investments in existing businesses or new developments in other countries. These investments may adversely impact future commodity demand and supply balances and prices.

Actions by governments or political events in the countries in which we operate could have a negative impact on our business

We have operations in many countries around the globe, which have varying degrees of political and commercial stability. We operate in emerging markets, which may involve additional risks that could have an adverse impact uponon the profitability of an operation. These risks could include terrorism, civil unrest, nationalisation, renegotiation or nullification of existing contracts, leases, permits or other agreements, restrictions on repatriation of earnings or capital and changes in laws and policy, as well as other unforeseeable risks. Risks relating to bribery and corruption, including possible delays or disruption resulting from a refusal to makeso-called facilitation payments, may be prevalent in some of the countries in which we operate. If any of our major projects isoperations are affected by one or more of these risks, it could have a negative effect on theour operations in those countries, as well as the Group’s overall operating results and financial condition and reputation.condition.

Our operations are based on material long-term investments that anticipateare dependent on long-term fiscal stability. Following the global financial crisis some governments face increased debtstability and funding obligations and may seek additional sourcescould be adversely impacted by changes in fiscal legislation. The natural resources industry continues to be regarded as a source of tax revenue and economic rentcan also be impacted by increasing rates of taxation, royalties or resource rent taxesbroader fiscal measures applying to levels that are globally uncompetitive to the resource industry. Such taxes may negatively impact the financial results of existing businesses and reduce the anticipated future returns and overall level of prospective investment in those countries.

On 2 July 2010, the Australian Government proposed a Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT), at a rate of 30 per cent (with a 25 per cent extraction allowance – effectively resulting in a 22.5 per cent additional tax on

profits) for Australian iron ore and coal operations, while the current Petroleum Resource Rent Tax (PRRT) is proposed to be extended to all Australian oil and gas projects, including the North West Shelf. Legislation is proposed to be introduced into parliament in late CY2011, ahead of the proposed 1 July 2012 commencement date. The MRRT would operate in parallel with State and Territory royalty regimes, with all current and future royalties fully creditable against the MRRT. The proposed MRRT and PRRT extension will increase the effective tax rate of Australian coal and iron ore operations and the North West Shelf project. This could have a negative effect on the operating results of the Group’s Australian operations. The MRRT and PRRT extension is subject to the passing of legislation by the Australian Parliament, and the final legislation may differ (wholly or in part) in its final form from current expectations.business generally.

Our business could be adversely affected by new government regulation,regulations, such as controls on imports, exports, prices and prices.greenhouse gas emissions. Increasing requirements relating to regulatory, environmental and social approvals can potentially result in significant delays in construction and may adversely impact uponaffect the economics of new mining and oil and gas projects, the expansion of existing operations and results of our operations.

We have oil and gas operations located in the Gulf of Mexico region of the United States. In October 2010, the United States Government lifted the deepwater drilling moratorium in the Gulf of Mexico initially put in place in May 2010 in response to the oil spill from BP’s Macondo well. Although the moratorium was lifted the industry now faces more stringent permitting requirements. Despite our management processes, delays or additional costs may occur in receiving future permits and the conduct of deepwater drilling activities in the Gulf of Mexico.

Infrastructure, such as rail, ports, power and water, is critical to our business operations. We have operations or potential development projects in countries where government providedgovernment-provided infrastructure or regulatory regimes for access to infrastructure, including our own privately operated infrastructure, may be inadequate or uncertain.uncertain or subject to legislative change. These may adversely impact the efficient operations and expansion of our businesses. On 30 June 2010, the Australian Competition Tribunal granted declaration of BHP Billiton’s Goldsworthy rail line, but rejected the application for declaration of our Newman rail line under Part IIIA of the Trade Practices Act. Following the tribunal’s decision, access seekers may now negotiate for access to the Goldsworthy railway. These negotiations, and the availability and terms of access, would be governed by the Part IIIA statutory framework, and either the access seeker or BHP Billiton could refer disputed matters to the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission for arbitration. The outcome of this process would govern whether access would be provided and on what terms.

In South Africa, the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act (2002) (MPRDA) came into effect on 1 May 2004. The law provides for the conversion of existing mining rights (so called ‘Old Order Rights’) to rights under the new regime (‘New Order Rights’) subject to certain undertakings to be made by the company applying for such conversion. The Mining Charter requires that mining companies achieve 15 per cent ownership by historically disadvantaged South Africans of South African mining assets by 1 May 2009 and 26 per cent ownership by 1 May 2014. If we are unable to convert our South African mining rights in accordance with the MPRDA and the Mining Charter, we could lose some of those rights. Where New Order Rights are obtained under the MPRDA, these rights may not be equivalent to the Old Order Rights in terms of duration, renewal, rights and obligations.Businesses.

We operate in several countries where ownership of land is uncertain and where disputes may arise in relation to ownership. In Australia, the Native Title Act (1993)1993 provides for the establishment and recognition of native title under certain circumstances. In South Africa, the Extension of Security of Tenure Act (1997) and the Restitution of Land Rights Act (1994) provide for various landholding rights. Such legislation could negatively affect new or existing projects.

These regulations are complex, difficult to predict and outside of our control and could negatively affect our businessCompany, future results and results.

our financial condition.

Business risks

We may not be ableFailure to successfully integratediscover or acquire new resources, maintain reserves or develop new operations could negatively affect our acquired businessesfuture results and financial condition

We have grownThe demand for our businessproducts and production from our operations results in part through acquisitions. We expect that someexisting reserves being depleted over time. As our revenues and profits are derived from our oil and gas and minerals operations, our results and financial condition are directly related to the success of our exploration and acquisition efforts, and our ability to generate reserves to meet our production requirements. Exploration activity occurs adjacent to established operations and in new regions, in developed and less-developed countries. These activities may increase land tenure, infrastructure and related political risks. A failure in our ability to discover or acquire new resources, maintain reserves or develop new operations in sufficient quantities to maintain or grow the current level of our reserves could negatively affect our results, financial condition and prospects.

Future deterioration in commodities pricing may make some existing reserves uneconomic. Our actual drilling activities and future growthdrilling budget will stem from acquisitions. depend on our mineral inventory size and quality, drilling results, commodity prices, drilling and production costs, availability of drilling services and equipment, lease expirations, transportation pipelines and other infrastructure constraints, regulatory approvals and other factors.

There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating mineral and oil and gas reserves. Geological assumptions about our mineralisation that are valid at the time of estimation may change significantly when new information becomes available. Estimates that the indicated amount of reserves will be recovered or that it will be recovered at the cost we anticipate are based on uncertain assumptions. The uncertain global financial outlook may affect economic assumptions related to reserve recovery and may require reserve restatements. Reserve restatements could negatively affect our results and prospects.

Potential changes to our portfolio of assets through acquisitions and divestments may have a material adverse effect on our future results and financial condition

We regularly review the composition of our asset portfolio and from time to time may add assets to the portfolio or divest assets from the portfolio. There are a number of risks encountered in business combinations.associated with such acquisitions or divestments. These include adverse market reaction to such changes or the timing or terms on which such changes are made, the imposition of adverse regulatory conditions and obligations, commercial objectives not being achieved due to minority interests,as expected, unforeseen liabilities arising from such changes to the acquired businesses, retention of key staff,portfolio, sales revenues and the operational performance not meeting our expectations, anticipated synergies andor cost savings being delayed or not being achieved, uncertainty in sales proceeds from planned divestments,inability to retain key staff and planned expansion projectstransaction-related costs being delayed or costing more than anticipated. These factors could negatively affect our reputation, future results and financial condition.

Our human resource talent pool may not be adequate to support our growth

Our existing operations and especially our pipeline of development projects in regions of numerous large projects, such as Western Australia and Queensland, when activated, require many highly skilled staff with relevant industry and technical experience. In the competitive labour markets that exist in these regions, the inability of the Group and industry to attract and retain such people may adversely impact our ability to adequately meet demand in projects. Skills shortages in engineering, technical service, construction and maintenance may adversely affect activities. These shortages may adversely impact the cost and schedule of development projects and the cost and efficiency of existing operations.

Increased costs and schedule delays may adversely affect our development projects

Although we devote significant time and resources to our project planning, approval and review process, wemany of our development projects are highly complex and rely on factors that are outside our control, which may cause us to underestimate the cost or time required to complete a project. For instance, accidents during development projects may cause setbacks or cost overruns, required licences, permits or authorisations to build a project may be unobtainable at anticipated costs, or may be obtained only after significant delay and market conditions may change making a project less profitable than initially projected.

In addition, we may fail to manage projects as effectively as we anticipate and unforeseen challenges may emerge.

Any of these may result in increased capital costs and schedule delays at our development projects, adversely affecting our development projects and impacting anticipated financial returns.

Financial risks

If our liquidity and cash flow deteriorate significantly it could adversely affect our ability to fund our major capital programs

We seek to maintain a solid ‘A’ credit rating as part of our strategy. However, fluctuations in commodity prices and the ongoing global economic volatility may adversely impact our future cash flows and ability to access capital from financial markets at acceptable pricing. If our key financial ratios and credit rating are not maintained, our liquidity and cash reserves, interest rate costs on borrowed debt, future access to financial capital markets and the ability to fund current and future major capital programs could be adversely affected.

We may not recover our investments in mining, and oil and gas projectsassets, which may require financial write-downs

Our operationsOne or more of our assets may be impacted by changed market or industry structures, commodity prices, technical operating difficulties, inability to recover our mineral, oil or gas reserves and increased operating cost levels. These may impact the ability for assetscause us to fail to recover their historicalall or a portion of our investment in mining and oil and gas assets and may require financial write-downs, including goodwill adversely impacting our financial results.

Our non-controlled assetsThe commercial counterparties we transact with may not complymeet their obligations, which may negatively impact our results

We contract with our standardsa large number of commercial and financial counterparties, including end-customers, suppliers and financial institutions. Global economic volatility continues to strain global financial markets, with tighter liquidity in China and uncertain business conditions generally. We maintain a ‘one book’ approach with commercial counterparties to ensure all credit exposures are quantified. Our existing counterparty credit controls may not prevent a material loss due to credit exposure to a major customer or financial counterparty. In addition,

Some of our assets are controlled and managed by joint venture partners

customers, suppliers, contractors or by other companies. Some joint venture partners may have divergent business objectives whichfail to perform against existing contracts and obligations. Non-supply of key inputs, such as tyres, mining and mobile equipment, diesel and other key consumables, may unfavourably impact business and financial results. Management of our non-controlled assets may not comply with our management and operating standards, controls and procedures (including our health, safety, and environment standards). Failure to adopt equivalent standards, controls and procedures at these assets could lead to higher costs and reduced production at our operations. These factors could negatively affect our financial condition and adversely impact our results and reputation.of operations.

Operating costOperational risks

Cost pressures and shortagesreduced productivity could negatively impact our operating margins and expansion plans

Increasing costCost pressures and shortages in skilled personnel, contractors, materials and supplies that are required as critical inputsmay continue to our existing operations and planned developments may occur across the resources industry. As the prices for our products are determined by the global commodity markets in which we operate, we maydo not generally have the ability to offset these cost pressures through corresponding price increases, resulting inwhich can adversely affect our operating margins being reduced.margins. Notwithstanding our efforts to reduce costs and a number of key cost inputs being commodity price-linked, the inability to reduce costs and a timing lag may adversely impact our operating margins for an extended period. Our Australian-based operations may continue to be affected by the Australian Fair Work Act 2009 as labour

agreements expire and businesses are required to negotiate labour agreements with unions. There is some evidence that labour unions are increasingly likely to pursue claims in the bargaining process about union access and involvement in operational decision-making relating to the implementation of change. These claims may adversely affect workplace flexibility, productivity and costs. Industrial action in pursuit of claims associated with the bargaining process has occurred in a number of businesses and is likely to continue to occur as unions press for new claims as part of the negotiation around new agreements.

A number of our operations, such as aluminium and copper, are energy or water intensive and, as a result, the Group’s costs and earnings could be adversely affected by rising costs or by supply interruptions. These could include the unavailability of energy, fuel or water due to a variety of reasons, including fluctuations in climate, significant increases in costs, inadequate infrastructure capacity, interruptions in supply due to equipment failure or other causes and the inability to extend supply contracts on economicaleconomic terms.

Our Australian-based operations may continue to be affected by the Australian Fair Work Act 2009 as labour agreements expire and businesses are required to collectively bargain with unions. In some instances, labour unions are pursuing wage claims in the bargaining process, and/or claims about union involvement in operational decision-making. Claims or labour disputes may adversely affect productivity and costs. Industrial action in pursuit of claims associated with the bargaining process has occurred or been threatened in some Businesses, and is likely to continue to occur as unions press claims as part of the collective bargaining process.

These factors could lead to increased operating costs at existing operations and could negatively impact our operating margins and expansion plans.

Health,Unexpected natural and operational catastrophes may adversely impact our operations

We operate extractive, processing and logistical operations in many geographic locations, both onshore and offshore. Our key port facilities are located at Port Hedland and Hay Point in Australia. We have 11 underground mines, including seven underground coal mines. Our operational processes may be subject to operational accidents, such as port and shipping incidents, underground mine and processing plant fire and explosion, open-cut pit wall failures, loss of power supply, railroad incidents, loss of well control, environmental pollution and mechanical critical equipment failures. Our operations may also be subject to unexpected natural catastrophes such as earthquakes, flood, hurricanes and tsunamis. Our northwest Western Australia iron ore, Queensland coal and Gulf of Mexico oil and gas operations are located in areas subject to cyclones or hurricanes. Our Chilean copper operations are located in a known earthquake and tsunami zone. Based on our risk management and concerns about the value of external insurance in the natural resource sector, our risk financing (insurance) approach is to minimise or not to purchase external insurance for certain risks, including property damage, business interruption, construction-related risk, marine cargo and primary liability risks. Existing business continuity plans may not provide protection for all of the costs that arise from such events. The impact of these events could lead to disruptions in production, increased costs and loss of facilities more than offsetting external premiums saved, which would adversely affect our financial results and prospects. Where external insurance is purchased, third party claims arising from these events may exceed the limit of liability of the insurance policies we have in place.

Our non-operated assets may not comply with our standards

Some of our assets are operated and managed by joint venture partners or by other companies. Management of our non-operated assets may not comply with our management and operating standards, controls and procedures, including our health, safety, environment and community (HSEC) standards. Failure to adopt equivalent standards, controls and procedures at these assets could lead to higher costs and reduced production and adversely impact our results and reputation.

Breaches in our information technology security processes may adversely impact our business activities

We maintain global information technology (IT) systems, consisting of infrastructure, applications and communications networks to support our business activities. These systems could be subject to security breaches (e.g. cyber-crime) resulting in theft, disclosure or corruption of information, including information relating to acquisitions and divestments, strategic decision-making, non-public investment market communications or commercially sensitive information relating to major contracts. Security breaches could also result in misappropriation of funds or disruptions to our operations.

Sustainability risks

Safety, health, environmental and community impacts, incidents or accidents and related regulations may adversely affect our people, operations and reputation or licence to operate

We are a major producer of carbon-related products such as energy and metallurgical coal, oil, gas, and liquefied natural gas. Our oil and gas operations are both onshore and offshore.

The nature of the industries in which we operate means that many of our activities are highly regulated by health, safety and environmental laws. As regulatory standards and expectations are constantly developing, we may be exposed to increased litigation, compliance costs and unforeseen environmental rehabilitation expenses.Safety

Potential health, safety environmental and community events that may have a material adverse impact on our operations include rockfallfire, explosion or rock fall incidents in underground mining operations, personnel conveyance equipment failures in underground operations, aircraft incidents, incidents involving light vehicle incidents,vehicles and mining mobile equipment, ground control failures, well blowouts, explosions or gas leaks, incidentsand accidents involving mobile equipment, uncontrolled tailings breaches, escape of polluting substances, uncontrolled releases of hydrocarbons, human rights breachesinadequate isolation and community protestsworking from heights or civil unrest.lifting operations.

Health

Health risks faced include fatigue, musculoskeletal illnesses and occupational exposure to noise, silica, manganese, diesel exhaust particulate, fluorides, coal tar pitch, nickel and sulphuric acid mist. Longer-term health impacts may arise due to unanticipated workplace exposures or historical exposures of our workforce to employees or site contractors.hazardous substances. These effects may create future financial compensation obligations.

We may continue to be exposed to increased operational costs due to the costs and lost time associated with infectiousInfectious diseases such as HIV/AIDS and malaria mainly withinmay have a material adverse impact upon our African workforce and the increasing global burden of chronic disease.workers or on our communities, primarily in Africa. Because we operate globally, we may be affected by potential pandemic influenza outbreaks, such as A(H1N1) and avian flu, in any of the regions in which we operate.

Environment

Environmental incidents have the potential to lead to material adverse impacts on our operations. These include uncontrolled tailings containment breaches, subsidence from mining activities, escape of polluting substances and uncontrolled releases of hydrocarbons.

Our operations by their nature have the potential to adversely impact biodiversity, water resources and related ecosystem services. Changes in scientific understanding of these impacts, regulatory requirements or stakeholder expectations may prevent or delay project approvals and result in increased costs for mitigation, offsets or compensatory actions.

We provide for operational closure and site rehabilitation. Our operating and closed facilities are required to have closure plans. Changes in regulatory or community expectations may result in the relevant plans not being adequate. This may increase financial provisioning and costs at the affected operations.

Community

Local communities may become dissatisfied with the impact of our operations or oppose our new development projects, including through litigation, potentially affecting costs and production, and in extreme cases viability. Community related risks may include community protests or civil unrest, and may cause delays to proposed developments. Our operations or activities also risk inadvertent breaches of human rights or other international laws or conventions.

HSE legislation

The nature of the industries in which we operate means many of our activities are highly regulated by health, safety and environmental (HSE) laws. As regulatory standards and expectations are constantly developing, we may be exposed to increased litigation, compliance costs and unforeseen environmental rehabilitation expenses.

Legislation requiring manufacturers, importers and downstream users of chemical substances, including metals and minerals, to establish that the substances can be used without negatively affecting health or the environment may impact our operations and markets. These potential compliance costs, litigation expenses, regulatory delays, rehabilitation expenses and operational costs could negatively affect our financial results.

During FY2011, BHP Billiton acquired Chesapeake Energy Corporation’s interests in the Fayetteville Shale operation. On 14 July 2011, BHP Billiton announced an agreement to acquire Petrohawk Energy Corporation, an independent oil and natural gas company engaged in the exploration, development and production ofHydraulic fracturing

Our Onshore US shale gas, and on 21 August 2011, we announced that the tender offer had been completed successfully. Both businesses include operations which involve hydraulic fracturing, – a processan essential and common practice in the oil and gas industry to stimulate production of pumpingnatural gas and oil from dense subsurface rock formations. Hydraulic fracturing involves using water, sand and a small amount of chemical additives into the shale formationchemicals to fracture the hydrocarbon-bearing rock formation, to allow flow of hydrocarbons into the wellbore. We routinely apply hydraulic fracturing techniques in our drilling and releasecompletion programs.

Attention given to the resource.hydraulic fracturing process could lead to greater opposition to oil and gas production activities using hydraulic fracturing techniques. Increased regulation could impose more stringent permitting, public disclosure and well construction requirements on hydraulic fracturing operations. In responsethe United States, the hydraulic fracturing process is typically regulated by relevant US state regulatory bodies. Some states are considering changes to expressed healthregulations in relation to permitting, public disclosure, and/or well construction requirements on hydraulic fracturing and environmental concerns, variousrelated operations, including the possibility of outright bans on the process. Arkansas, Louisiana and Texas (the states in which shalewe currently operate) have adopted various laws, regulations or issued regulatory guidance concerning hydraulic fracturing.

Several US federal agencies are also reviewing or advancing regulatory proposals concerning hydraulic fracturing and related operations. The US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) commenced a study of the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing activities on drinking water resources and issued a non-determinative Progress Report in December 2012. A draft report, not including prospective case study work, is expected in late CY2014. The EPA is expected to issue a final report for peer review in CY2016. The EPA’s Office of Inspector General is researching the EPA’s and states’ ability to manage potential threats to water resources from hydraulic fracturing, with a possible longer-term study to follow. The US Bureau of Land Management (BLM) is planning to issue a revised proposed rule in CY2014 that would impose new requirements on hydraulic fracturing operations conducted on federal lands, including the disclosure of chemicals used, wellbore integrity, water use and disposal of flow back water. Activity at the federal level, including the ongoing EPA study, BLM rules and other analysis by federal and state agencies to assess the impacts of hydraulic fracturing could spur additional legislative or regulatory actions.

While we have not experienced a material delay or substantially higher operating costs as a result of current regulatory requirements in our Onshore US operations, we cannot predict whether additional federal, state or local laws or regulations will be enacted and what such actions would require or prohibit. Additional legislation or regulation could subject our operations to delays and increased costs, or prohibit certain activities, which could adversely affect the financial performance of our Onshore US operations.

occur have recently adopted disclosure regulations requiring companies to disclose the chemicals used in the fracturing operations. Additionally, some states have adopted, and other states are considering adopting, regulations that could restrict hydraulic fracturing in certain circumstances. Additional costs may result from more demanding regulatory requirements and potential class action claims.

We provide for operational closure and site rehabilitation. Our operating and closed facilities are required to have closure plans. Changes in regulatory or community expectations may result in the relevant plans not being adequate. This may impact financial provisioning and costs at the affected operations.

We contributeDue to the communities in which we operate by providing skilled employment opportunities, salaries and wages, taxes and royalties and community development programs. Notwithstanding these actions, local communities may become dissatisfied with the impactnature of our operations, potentially affecting costs and production, and in extreme cases viability.

Despite our best efforts and best intentions, there remains a risk that health, safety, environmental and/or communityHSEC incidents or accidents and related regulations may adversely affect our reputation or licence to operate.

Unexpected natural and operational catastrophes may adversely impact our operations

We operate extractive, processing and logistical operations in many geographic locations both onshore and offshore. Our operational processes may be subject to operational accidents such as port and shipping incidents, fire and explosion, pitwall failures, loss of power supply, railroad incidents, loss of well control, environmental pollution and mechanical failures. Our operations may also be subject to unexpected natural catastrophes such as earthquakes, flood, hurricanes and tsunamis. Based on our claims, insurance premiums and loss experience, our risk management approach is not to purchase insurance for property damage, business interruption and construction related risk exposures. Existing business continuity plans may not provide protection for all of the costs that arise from such events. The impact of these events could lead to disruptions in production, increased costs and loss of facilities more than offsetting premiums saved which would adversely affect our financial results and prospects. Third party claims arising from these events may exceed the limit of liability insurance policies we have in place.

Climate change and greenhouse effects may adversely impact the value of our Company, and our operations and markets

Carbon-based energy isThe physical impacts of climate change and various regulations that seek to address climate change may negatively affect our operations, productivity and the markets in which we sell our products. According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), fossil fuel-related emissions are a significant inputsource of greenhouse gases contributing to climate change. We produce fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas for sale to customers, and we use fossil fuels in a number of the Group’sour mining and processing operations and we have significant saleseither directly or through the purchase of carbon-based energy products.fossil-fuel based electricity.

A number of national governments or governmental bodies have already introduced or are contemplating the introduction of regulatory change in responseresponses to greenhouse gas emissions from the combustion of fossil fuels to address the impacts of climate change. UnderThis includes countries where we have operations such as Australia, the December 2009 Copenhagen Accord, developed countries established individual greenhouse gas targetsUnited States, South Africa and developing countries established national mitigation actions. The European Union Emissions Trading System (EU ETS), which came into effect on 1 January 2005, has had an impact on greenhouse gasChile, as well as customer markets such as China, India and energy-intensive businesses based in the EU. Our Petroleum assets in the UK are currently subject to the EU ETS, as are our EU based customers. Elsewhere, there is current and emerging climate change regulation that will affect energy prices, demand and margins for carbon intensive products. The Australian Government’s plan of action on climate change includes the introduction of a fixed price on carbon emissions beginning 1 July 2012 and converting to an emissions trading scheme after three years, and a mandatory renewable energy target of 20 per cent by the year 2020.Europe. From a medium to long-term perspective, we are likely to see some adverse changes in the cost position of our greenhouse-gas-intensivegreenhouse gas-intensive assets and energy-intensive assets as a result of regulatory impacts in the countries in whichwhere we operate. These proposed regulatory mechanisms may impact our operations directly or indirectly viathrough our suppliers and customers. Inconsistency of regulations particularly between developed and developing countries may also change the competitive position of some of our assets. Assessments of the potential impact of future climate change regulation are uncertain given the wide scope of potential regulatory change in the many countries in which we operate.

For example, the Australian Government repealed a carbon tax in 2014, the South African Government plans to introduce a carbon tax beginning in 2016 and carbon pricing is being discussed as part of a broader tax reform package in Chile.

There is a potential gap between the current valuation of fossil fuel reserves on the balance sheets of companies and in global equities markets and the reduced value that could result if a significant proportion of reserves were rendered incapable of extraction in an economically viable fashion due to regulatory or market responses to climate change. In such a scenario, reserve assets held on our balance sheet may need to be impaired or written off and our inability to make productive use of such assets may also negatively impact our financial condition and results.

Changing consumer demand towards alternative energy supply options could present a threat to existing fossil fuel markets.

The physical impactseffects of climate change on our operations are highly uncertain and will be particular to the geographic circumstances. These may include changes in rainfall patterns, water shortages, rising sea levels, increased storm intensities and higher average temperature levels.temperatures. These effects may adversely impact the productivity and financial performance of our operations.

Breaches in our information technology (IT) security processes may adversely impact the conduct of our business activities

We maintain global IT and communication networks and applications to support our business activities. IT security processes protecting these systems are in place and subject to assessment as part of the review of internal control over financial reporting. These processes may not prevent future malicious action or fraud by individuals or groups, resulting in the corruption of operating systems, theft of commercially sensitive data, misappropriation of funds and disruptions to our business operations.

A breach of our governance processes may lead to regulatory penalties and loss of reputation

We operate in a global environment straddlingthat encompasses multiple jurisdictions and complex regulatory frameworks. Our governance and compliance processes, which include the review of internal controlcontrols over financial reporting and specific internal controls in relation to offers of things of value to government officials and representatives of state-owned enterprises, may not prevent future potential breaches of law, accounting or governance practice. TheOurBHP BillitonCode of Business Conduct, together with our anti-briberymandatory policies, such as the anti-corruption, trade and corruption,financial sanctions and anti-trust standardscompetition policies, may not prevent instances of fraudulent behaviour and dishonesty nor guarantee compliance with legal or regulatory requirements. This may lead to regulatory fines, disgorgement of profits, litigation, loss of operating licences or lossreputational damage.

1.7.3    Management of reputation.principal risks

1.6    Forward looking statements

This Annual Report contains forward looking statements, including statements regarding:

estimated reserves

trendsThe scope of our operations and the number of industries in commodity priceswhich we operate and currency exchange rates

demand for commodities

plans, strategiesengage mean that a range of factors may impact our results. Material risks that could negatively affect our results and objectivesperformance are described in section 1.7.2 of management

closure or divestment of certain operations or facilities (including associated costs)

anticipated production or construction commencement dates

expected costs or production output

anticipated productive lives of projects, mines and facilities

provisions and contingent liabilities

tax and regulatory developments.

Forward looking statements can be identified by the use of terminology such as ‘intend’, ‘aim’, ‘project’, ‘anticipate’, ‘estimate’, ‘plan’, ‘believe’, ‘expect’, ‘may’, ‘should’, ‘will’, ‘continue’ or similar words. These statements discuss future expectations concerning the results of operations or financial condition, or provide other forward looking statements.

These forward looking statements are not guarantees or predictions of future performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, and which may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the statements contained in this Annual Report. Readers are cautioned notOur approach to put undue reliance on forward looking statements.

For example, our future revenues from our operations, projects or mines described in this Annual Report will be based, in part, upon the market price of the minerals, metals or petroleum produced, which may vary

significantly from current levels. These variations, if materially adverse, may affect the timing or the feasibility of the development of a particular project, the expansion of certain facilities or mines, or the continuation of existing operations.

Other factors that may affect the actual construction or production commencement dates, costs or production output and anticipated lives of operations, mines or facilities include our ability to profitably produce and transport the minerals, petroleum and/or metals extracted to applicable markets; the impact of foreign currency exchange rates on the market prices of the minerals, petroleum or metals we produce; activities of government authorities in some of the countries where we are exploring or developingmanaging these projects, facilities or mines, including increases in taxes, changes in environmental and other regulations and political uncertainty; and other factors identified in the description of the risk factors above.

We cannot assure you that our estimated economically recoverable reserve figures, closure or divestment of such operations or facilities, including associated costs, actual production or commencement dates, cost or production output or anticipated lives of the projects, mines and facilities discussed in this Annual Report, will not differ materially from the statements contained in this Annual Report.

Except as required by applicable regulations or by law, the Group does not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward looking statements, whether as a result of new information or future events.

2    Information on the Company

2.1    BHP Billiton locations

LOGO

Projects and exploration activities are not shown on this map.

Petroleum

Ref

  

Country

  Fields  

Description

  Ownership 

1

  Algeria  Ohanet  Joint operator with Sonatrach for onshore wet gas production (a)   45

2

  Algeria  ROD Integrated
Development
  Onshore oil production (a)   38

3

  Australia  Bass Strait  

Offshore Victoria oil, condensate, LPG,

natural gas and ethane production (a)

   50

4

  Australia  Minerva  Operator of offshore Victoria natural gas production   90

5

  Australia  North West
Shelf
  Offshore Western Australia oil, condensate, LPG, natural gas and LNG production (a)   8.3 – 16.7

6

  Australia  Pyrenees  Operator of offshore Western Australia oil production   40 – 71.4

7

  Australia  Stybarrow  Operator of offshore Western Australia oil production   50

8

  Pakistan  Zamzama  Operator of onshore natural gas production   38.5

9

  

Trinidad

and Tobago

  Angostura  Operator of offshore oil and natural gas production   45

10

  UK  Bruce/Keith  Offshore North Sea oil and natural gas production (a)   

 

Bruce – 16

Keith – 31.8


11

  UK  Liverpool Bay  Operator of offshore Irish Sea oil and natural gas production   46.1

12

  US  Fayetteville  Operator of onshore natural gas production   .03 – 100

13

  US  Gulf of Mexico  

Offshore oil, LPG and natural gas production

from several fields

- Shenzi 44%

- Neptune 35%

- Starlifter 31%

- WestCameron 33.8%

- Atlantis 44% (a)

- MadDog 23.9% (a)

- Genesis 5% (a)

  

Aluminium

Ref

  

Country

  Asset  

Description

  Ownership 

14

  Australia  Aluminium
Australia
  A joint venture where we operate the Worsley alumina refinery and Boddington bauxite mine in Western Australia   86

15

  Brazil  Alumar  Integrated alumina refinery and aluminium smelter (a)   36 – 40

16

  Brazil  Mineração
Rio do Norte
  An open-cut bauxite mine (a)   14.8

17

  Mozambique  Aluminium
Mozambique
  A joint venture where we operate the aluminium smelter (Mozal), located near Maputo   47.1

18

  South Africa  Aluminium
South Africa
  Hillside and Bayside aluminium smelters, located in Richards Bay   100

Base Metals

Ref

  

Country

  Asset  

Description

  Ownership 

19

  Australia  Cannington  Underground silver, lead and zinc mine, located in northwest Queensland   100

20

  Chile  Pampa Norte  Cerro Colorado and Spence open-cut mines producing copper cathode in the Atacama Desert, northern Chile   100

21

  Chile  Escondida  Comprises the world’s largest copper mine, concentrators and solvent extraction plants and port operations   57.5

22

  Peru  Antamina  A joint venture open-cut copper and zinc mine, located in the Andes north-central Peru(a)   33.8

23

  US  Base Metals
North America
  Includes the Pinto Valley open-cut copper mine, located in Arizona   100

Uranium(b)

Ref

  

Country

  

Asset

  

Description

  Ownership 

24

  Australia  

Olympic

Dam

  Large poly-metallic orebody and the world’s largest uranium deposit, producing copper, uranium, gold and silver   100

Diamonds and Specialty Products

Ref

  

Country

  

Asset

  

Description

  Ownership 

25

  Canada  EKATI Diamond Mine  Open-cut and underground diamond mines, located in the Northwest Territories of Canada   80

26

  South Africa  Richards Bay Minerals  Integrated titanium smelter and mineral sands mining operation(a)   37.8

Stainless Steel Materials

Ref

  

Country

  

Asset

  

Description

  Ownership 

27

  Australia  

Nickel

West

  Mt Keith and Leinster nickel-sulphide mines, Kalgoorlie nickel smelter, Kambalda nickel concentrator and the Kwinana nickel refinery   100

28

  Colombia  

Cerro

Matoso

  Integrated laterite ferronickel mining and smelting operation in northern Colombia   99.9

Iron Ore

Ref

  

Country

  

Asset

  

Description

  Ownership 

29

  Australia  Western Australia Iron Ore  Integrated iron ore mines (Area C, Jimblebar, Yandi, Newman and Yarrie), and rail and port operations in the Pilbara region of Western Australia   85 – 100

30

  Brazil  Samarco  Open-cut mine that produces iron ore pellets(a)   50

Manganese

Ref

  

Country

  

Asset

  

Description

  Ownership 

31

  Australia  Manganese Australia  Producer of manganese ore in the Northern Territory (GEMCO) and manganese alloys in Tasmania (TEMCO)   60

32

  South Africa  Manganese South Africa  Mamatwan open-cut and Wessels underground manganese mines and the Metalloys manganese alloy plant   44.4 – 60

Metallurgical Coal

Ref

  

Country

  

Asset

  

Description

  Ownership 

33

  Australia  

Illawarra

Coal

  Underground coal mines (West Cliff, Dendrobium, Appin) in southern NSW, with access to rail and port facilities   100

34

  Australia  BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance  Saraji, Goonyella Riverside, Peak Downs, Norwich Park, Gregory Crinum, Blackwater and Broadmeadow open-cut and underground mines in the Queensland Bowen Basin and Hay Point Coal Terminal   50

35

  Australia  BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal  South Walker Creek and Poitrel open-cut coal mines in the Queensland Bowen Basin   80

Energy Coal

Ref

  

Country

  

Asset

  

Description

  Ownership 

36

  Australia  

NSW

Energy Coal

  Mt Arthur open-cut coal mine   100

37

  Colombia  Cerrejón  An open-cut coal mine, with integrated rail and port operations(a)   33.3

38

  South Africa  Energy Coal South Africa  Khutala, Middelburg, Klipspruit, Wolvekrans open-cut and underground mines and coal processing operations   50 – 100

39

  US  New Mexico Coal  Navajo open-cut and San Juan underground mines   100

BHP Billiton office locationsrisks is outlined below.

 

Principal risk area

Risk management approach

External risks

Risks arise from falls in commodity prices and demand in major markets (such as China or Europe) or changes in currency exchange rates and actions by governments and political events that impact long-term fiscal stability.The diversification of our portfolio of commodities, geographies and currencies is a key strategy for reducing the effects of volatility. Section 1.15.1 describes external factors and trends affecting our results and note 29 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements outlines the Group’s financial risk management strategy, including market, commodity, and currency risk. The Financial Risk Management Committee oversees these risks as described in sections 3.15 and 3.16. We also engage with governments and other key stakeholders to ensure the potential adverse impacts of proposed fiscal, tax, resource investment, infrastructure access and regulatory changes are understood and where possible mitigated.

Business risks

Risks include the inherent uncertainty of identifying and proving reserves, adding and divesting assets and managing our capital development projects.

The Group Resource and Business Optimisation function provides governance and technical leadership for Mineral Resource development and Ore Reserves reporting as described in section 2.3.2. Our governance over reporting of Petroleum reserves is described in section 2.3.1.

We have established investment approval processes that apply to all major capital projects and asset divestment and acquisitions. The Investment Committee oversees these as described in sections 3.15 and 3.16. The Group Project Management function additionally seeks to ensure that projects are safe, predictable and competitive. We have established project hubs as operating centres for the study and execution of a pipeline of major capital projects using a program management approach.

Financial risks

Continued volatility in global financial markets may adversely impact future cash flows, our ability to adequately access and source capital from financial markets and our credit rating. Volatility may impact planned expenditures, as well as the ability to recover investments in mining and oil and gas projects. In addition, the commercial counterparties (customers, suppliers and financial institutions) we transact with may, due to adverse market conditions, fail to meet their contractual obligations.We seek to maintain a solid ‘A’ credit rating, supported by our portfolio risk management strategy. As part of this strategy, commodity prices and currency exchange rates are not hedged, and wherever possible we take the prevailing market price. We use Cash Flow at Risk analysis to monitor volatilities and key financial ratios. Credit limits and review processes are required to be established for all customers and financial counterparties. The Financial Risk Management Committee oversees these as described in sections 3.15 and 3.16. Note 29 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements outlines our financial risk management strategy.

RefPrincipal risk area

  

CountryRisk management approach

Operational risks

  
Operating cost pressures and reduced productivity could negatively impact operating margins and expansion plans. Non-operated assets may not comply with our standards. Unexpected natural and operational catastrophes may adversely impact our operations. Breaches in IT security processes may adversely impact the conduct of our business activities.

Office LocationWe seek to ensure that adequate operating margins are maintained through our strategy to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost and expandable upstream assets.

The capability to sustain productivity improvements is being further enhanced through continued refinements to our Operating Model. The Operating Model is designed to deliver a simple and scalable organisation, providing a competitive advantage through defining work, organisation and performance measurements. Defined global business processes, including 1SAP, provide a standardised way of working across the organisation. Common processes generate useful data and improve operating discipline. Global sourcing arrangements have been established to ensure continuity of supply and competitive costs for key supply inputs. We seek to influence the application of our standards to non-operated assets.

Through the application of our risk management processes, we identify catastrophic operational risks and implement the critical controls and performance requirements to maintain control effectiveness. Business continuity plans are required to be established to mitigate consequences. Consistent with our portfolio risk management approach, we continue to be largely self-insured for losses arising from property damage, business interruption and construction.

IT security controls to protect IT infrastructure, applications and communication networks and respond to security incidents are in place and subject to regular monitoring and assessment. To maintain adequate levels of protection, we also continue to monitor the development of threats in the external environment and assess potential responses to those threats.

Sustainability risks

  

Business Area

40

AustraliaAdelaideHSEC incidents or accidents and related regulations may adversely affect our people, operations and reputation or licence to operate. The potential physical impacts and related responses to climate change may impact the value of our Company, and operations and markets. Given we operate in a challenging global environment straddling multiple jurisdictions, a breach of our governance processes may lead to regulatory penalties and loss of reputation.  

Uranium Head OfficeOur approach to sustainability risks is reflected inOur Charterand described in section 1.14. A comprehensive set of Group Level Documents (GLD) set out Group-wide HSEC-related performance requirements to ensure effective management control of these risks.

Marketing Office

Our approach to corporate planning, investment decision-making and portfolio management provides a focus on the identification, assessment and management of climate change risks. We have been applying an internal price on carbon in our investment decisions for more than a decade. Through a comprehensive and strategic approach to corporate planning, we work with a

41Principal risk area

  Australia

Risk management approach

Brisbane  

Metallurgical Coal Head Officebroad range of scenarios to assess our portfolio, including consideration of a broad range of potential policy responses to and impacts from climate change. Our models suggest that BHP Billiton’s portfolio diversification results in the resilience of our overall asset valuation through all these scenarios.

Marketing Office

Project HubAs with our other risks, for climate change risk ourRisk Management GLD provides the framework for risk management. Internal audits are conducted to test compliance with GLD requirements and action plans are developed to address any gaps. Key findings are reported to senior management and reports are considered by relevant Board committees.

OurCode of Business Conductsets out requirements related to working with integrity, including dealings with government officials and third parties. Processes and controls are in place for the internal control over financial reporting, including under Sarbanes-Oxley. We have established anti-corruption and antitrust related performance requirements, which are overseen by the Legal and Compliance function. Additionally, the Disclosure Committee oversees our compliance with securities dealing obligations and continuous and periodic disclosure obligations as described in section 3.15 and 3.16.

1.8    Our approach to corporate governance

At BHP Billiton, we have a governance framework that goes beyond an interest in governance for its own sake or the need to simply comply with regulatory requirements. Instead, we believe high-quality governance supports long-term value creation. Simply put, we think good governance is good business, and our approach is to adopt what we consider to be the better of the prevailing governance standards in Australia, the United Kingdom and the United States.

In the same spirit, we do not see governance as just a matter for the Board. Good governance is also the responsibility of senior management and is embedded throughout the organisation.

The diagram below describes the governance framework at BHP Billiton. It shows the interaction between the shareholders and the Board, demonstrates how the Board Committee structure facilitates the interaction between the Board and the CEO and illustrates the flow of delegation from shareholders. We have robust processes in place to ensure the delegation flows through the Board and its committees to the CEO and the GMC and into the organisation. At the same time, accountability flows back upwards from the Company to shareholders. This process helps to ensure alignment with shareholders.

As part of our corporate planning cycle, we have embedded a range of scenarios that are reviewed annually and updated by the Group with the GMC’s involvement. The scenarios, and the governance process supporting them, also form part of the Board agenda.

These scenarios provide a lens to assess the performance of our business portfolio. They include assumptions around carbon and commodity prices, currencies, costs and tax rates and ranges for a number of risks that face the Group, including climate change, global growth, levels of trade, geopolitical situation and technology focus. All of the scenarios are used to inform BHP Billiton’s strategy and the resilience of our diversified asset portfolio over the short and long term.

As we set out in section 3 of this Annual Report, while the five committees have accountability for making recommendations to the Board on certain matters, such as remuneration and sustainability, we ensure all Board members have oversight and the opportunity for full discussion of those issues through the committee report-out process to the full Board.

Our Charter is core to the governance framework of BHP Billiton. It embodies our corporate purpose, strategy and values, and defines when we are successful. We foster a culture that values and rewards high ethical standards, personal and corporate integrity and respect for others.

We live the values enshrined inOur Charter and adhere to the standards of conduct required by ourCode of Business Conduct.

BHP Billiton governance structure

LOGO

Part of the Board’s commitment to high-quality governance is expressed through the approach BHP Billiton takes to engaging and communicating with shareholders. We encourage shareholders to make their views known to us.

Our shareholders are based across the globe. Outside of the Annual General Meetings (AGM), which are an important step in the governance and investor engagement process, the Board uses a range of formal and informal communication channels to understand shareholder views to ensure it can represent shareholders in governing BHP Billiton. Regular proactive engagement with institutional shareholders and investor representative organisations takes place in Australia, South Africa, the United Kingdom and the United States. The purpose of these meetings is to discuss the full range of governance issues, as well as the broad strategy of the Group. They offer an important opportunity to build relationships and to engage directly with governance managers, fund managers and governance advisers.

For more information on our corporate governance processes, refer to section 3 of this Annual Report.

1.9    Our approach to remuneration

Our Remuneration Committee recognises that remuneration has an important role to play in supporting the implementation and achievement of the Group’s strategy and our ongoing performance, aligning the activities of management to the interests of shareholders, and in supportingOur BHP Billiton Charter. The remuneration

policy is reviewed annually and, where appropriate, fine-tuned to ensure that it continues to be effective in achieving these goals.

Remuneration at BHP Billiton

The key principles of our remuneration policy, which remain unchanged, are to:

support the execution of the Group’s business strategy in accordance with a risk framework that is appropriate for the organisation;

provide competitive rewards to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled executives willing to work around the world;

apply demanding performance measures, including key financial and non-financial measures of performance;

link a significant component of pay to our performance and the creation of value for our shareholders from relative outperformance;

ensure remuneration arrangements are equitable and facilitate the deployment of people around the Group;

limit severance payments on termination to pre-established contractual arrangements (which do not commit us to making any unjustified payments).

Link to strategy

Our Charter sets out our purpose, strategy, values and how we measure our success. In framing how we remunerate our executives, we are guided by the measures of success contained inOur Charter. They are designed to ensure that executives take a long-term approach to decision-making and to minimise activities that focus only on short-term results at the expense of longer-term business growth and success. The Committee has considered the ways in which risk management and the long-term horizon are reflected throughout BHP Billiton’s remuneration arrangements for all executives, and is satisfied that our approach reinforces the desired behaviours.

This is largely achieved through the Group’s approach to short-term and long-term incentive awards, which comprise a significant portion of total remuneration for our Chief Executive Officer, Andrew Mackenzie, and other members of the Group Management Committee (GMC). The equity component of the short-term incentive award is deferred for a two-year period, and performance under the long-term incentive plan is measured over a five-year period. The actual rewards received by Mr Mackenzie and other members of the GMC therefore reflect the Group’s performance and share price over an extended period.

Our approach

There have been no substantial changes to our underlying approach – we ensure that remuneration outcomes reflect the performance of the Group, Businesses and individuals. This approach has enjoyed a strong level of support from shareholders, with a vote in favour for the Remuneration Report of 97 per cent at last year’s Annual General Meetings.

Our approach to incentive structures has been in place for more than a decade and has served both shareholders and participants well, delivering remuneration outcomes to executives aligned to the performance of the Group and of individuals. BHP Billiton adopted the deferral of a substantial portion of short-term incentive awards in equity in 2003, and a five-year term for long-term incentive awards in 2004. These approaches, which were then market leading, have since become more prevalent and acknowledged as best practice.

Notwithstanding our stable approach, the Committee and the Board continue to pay close attention to shareholders’ views so they can be factored into the Group’s future approach.

Summary

Our fundamental philosophies and approaches to remuneration have not changed – we trust that you will agree that our long held, consistent approach to aligning remuneration to performance has served shareholders well.

For more information on our remuneration policies and the remuneration outcomes for members of the GMC and Non-executive Directors, refer to section 4 of this Annual Report.

1.10    Key performance indicators

Our key performance indicators (KPIs) enable us to measure our financial and sustainable development performance. Their relevance to our strategy and our performance against these measures in FY2014 are explained below.

These KPIs are used as measures, directly and indirectly, in the short-term and/or long-term incentive arrangements for remuneration of senior executives. Certain KPIs (denoted with this symbolLOGO ) are used directly to calculate incentive outcomes and others (denoted with this symbolLOGO ) are considered more broadly in determining final overall results.

Our Remuneration Report is contained in section 4 of this Annual Report and provides information on our overall approach to remuneration of executives, including remuneration policies and the remuneration outcomes for members of the GMC and Non-executive Directors.

1.10.1    Sustainability KPIs

TRIF

42LOGO

LOGO

  AustraliaMelbourne

Global HeadquartersDefinition

Marketing Office

Total recordable injury frequency (TRIF) is an indicator in highlighting broad personal injury trends and is calculated based on the number of recordable injuries per million hours worked. This data only includes wholly owned and operated assets or assets operated in a joint venture operation from 1 July 2012 to 30 June 2014.

Link to strategy

Our overriding commitment is to ensuring the safety and health of our people and this is supported byOur Charter value of Sustainability.

FY2014 performance

Our TRIF has improved by 21 per cent over the last five years. During FY2014, we improved our TRIF by nine per cent and had no fatalities at our operated assets.

For information on our approach to health and safety and our performance, refer to section 1.14 of this Annual Report.

GHG emissions

43LOGO

LOGO

  AustraliaNewcastleMarketing Office

Definition

Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions are measured according to the World Resources Institute/World Business Council for Sustainable Development Greenhouse Gas Protocol. This data only includes wholly owned and operated assets or assets operated in a joint venture operation from 1 July 2012 to 30 June 2014.

Link to strategy

The global challenge of climate change remains a priority for our organisation and is core to our strategic decision-making. Our GHG emissions are monitored and our performance is tracked against our target.

FY2014 performance

The Group’s GHG emissions declined by 1.7 Mt CO2-e to 45.0 Mt CO2-e, which keeps our emissions in line to achieve our target.

For additional information on our GHG emissions, including a description of Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions, refer to section 1.14.4 of this Annual Report.

Community investment

44LOGO

LOGO

  AustraliaPerth

Iron Ore Head OfficeDefinition

Stainless Steel Materials Head Office

Marketing OfficeOur voluntary community investment comprising cash, in-kind support, administrative costs and contributions to the BHP Billiton Foundation and BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities (our corporate charities). Includes BHP Billiton’s equity share for both operated and non-operated joint venture operations.

Minerals Exploration Office

Project HubLink to strategy

We believe that in addition to operating a responsible and ethical company, we can make a broader contribution to the communities in which we operate and supportOur Charter value of Sustainability.

FY2014 performance

Our voluntary community investment totalled US$241.7 million, comprising US$141.7 million in cash, in-kind support and administrative costs, and a US$100 million contribution to the BHP Billiton Foundation.

For additional information on our community investment, refer to section 1.14 of this Annual Report.

1.10.2    Financial KPIs

Attributable profit

45LOGO

LOGO

  Australia

Definition

Attributable profit represents Profit after taxation attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group.

Link to strategy

This is a key financial measure that provides insight on the amount of profit available to distribute to shareholders, which aligns to our purpose as presented inOur Charter.

FY2014 performance

Attributable profit increased by 23 per cent to US$13.8 billion, benefiting from a reduction in the Group’s effective tax rate to 31.5 per cent.

For our Consolidated Financial Statements, refer to section 7 of this Annual Report.

(1)SydneyEnergy Coal Head OfficeRestated in the Financial Statements to be disclosed on the same basis as FY2014.

Underlying EBIT

46LOGO

LOGO

  Belgium

Definition

Underlying EBIT is earnings before net finance costs, taxation and any exceptional items.

Link to strategy

This is a key financial measure used across the Group. It gives insight to cost management, production growth and performance efficiency.

FY2014 performance

Underlying EBIT was unchanged for the year at US$22.9 billion as benefits attributable to productivity initiatives during the period and further volume increases from the successful commissioning and ramp-up of our low-risk, brownfield development projects were offset by the decrease in commodity prices, impact of inflation on costs and an increase in our depreciation and amortisation expense.

For a reconciliation of Underlying EBIT to Profit from operations, refer to section 1.11 of this Annual Report. For our Consolidated Financial Statements, refer to section 7 of this Annual Report.

(1)AntwerpMarketing OfficeRestated in the Financial Statements to be disclosed on the same basis as FY2014.

Net operating cash flow

47LOGO

LOGO

  Brazil

Definition

Net operating cash flow represents the cash generated by the Group’s consolidated operations, after dividends received, interest, taxation and royalty-related taxation. This figure excludes cash flows relating to investing and financing activities.

Link to strategy

Net operating cash flow provides insight into how we are managing costs and increasing efficiency and productivity across the Company.

FY2014 performance

Net operating cash flows after interest and tax increased by 26 per cent to US$25.4 billion. A US$2.6 billion increase in cash generated from operations (after changes in working capital balances) and a US$2.1 billion decrease in net taxes paid were the major contributors to the strong increase.

For our Consolidated Financial Statements, refer to section 7 of this Annual Report.

(1)Rio de JaneiroMarketing OfficeRestated in the Financial Statements to be disclosed on the same basis as FY2014.

1.10.3    Capital Management KPIs

Total Shareholder Return (TSR)

48LOGO

LOGO

  CanadaSaskatoonDiamonds

Definition

TSR shows the total return to the shareholder during the year. It combines both movements in share prices and Specialty Products Head Officedividends paid (which are assumed to be reinvested).

Link to strategy

TSR measures performance of the organisation in terms of shareholder wealth generation, which aligns to our purpose as presented inOur Charter, and enables the comparison of our performance with that of our peer companies.

FY2014 performance

TSR grew 13 per cent as a result of increases in both the BHP Billiton share price and the dividends paid. BHP Billiton outperformed its peer companies by 17.8 per cent from 1 July 2009 to 30 June 2014.

Long-term credit rating

49LOGO

LOGO

  CanadaTorontoProject Hub

50

ChileSantiago

Base Metals Head OfficeDefinition

Marketing Office

Minerals Exploration OfficeCredit ratings are forward-looking opinions about credit risk. Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s credit ratings express the opinion of each agency about the ability and willingness of BHP Billiton to meet its financial obligations in full and on time.

Project Hub

Link to strategy

One of BHP Billiton’s priorities for capital management is to maintain a solid ‘A’ credit rating, which indicates the strength of our balance sheet.

FY2014 performance

BHP Billiton has maintained a long-term credit rating of A+ from Standard & Poor’s and A1 from Moody’s over the last five years.

For additional information on our liquidity and capital resources, refer to section 1.15.5 of this Annual Report.

1.11    Summary of consolidated performance

1.11.1    Selected financial information

Our selected financial information reflects the operations of the BHP Billiton Group, and should be read in conjunction with the FY2014 Financial Statements, together with the accompanying notes.

We prepare our consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and as outlined in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’ to the Financial Statements in this Annual Report. We publish our consolidated Financial Statements in US dollars.

Comparative financial information for FY2013 and FY2012 has been restated for the effects of new accounting standards and interpretations which are effective in the financial year commencing from 1 July 2013 relating to:

IFRS 10/AASB 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ which is a replacement of IAS 27/AASB 127 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’;

IFRS 11/AASB 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’ which is a replacement of IAS 31/AASB 131 ‘Joint Ventures’;

IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’ which is a replacement of IAS 28 ‘Accounting for Investments in Associates’;

IFRIC 20 ‘Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine’;

IFRS 13/AASB 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’; and

Amendments to IAS 19/AASB 119 ‘Employee Benefits’.

The Group has also changed its Exploration and Evaluation Expenditure policy from 1 July 2013 such that all acquisitions of exploration leases are classified as intangible exploration assets or tangible exploration assets based on the nature of the assets acquired. For further detail of the nature and the impact of these changes, on comparative financial information, refer to note 37 ‘Impact of new accounting standards and change in accounting policies’ to the Financial Statements.

We use several financial measures to monitor the financial performance of our overall strategy. The two key measures are Profit after taxation attributable to members of the BHP Billiton Group (Attributable profit) and Underlying EBIT.

Year ended 30 June

US$M

  2014   2013   2012   2011 (5)   2010 (5) 

Consolidated Income Statement

          

Revenue

   67,206     65,953     70,477     71,739     52,798  

Profit from operations

   23,412     21,002     24,600     31,816     20,031  

Profit attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

   13,832     11,223     15,473     23,648     12,722  

Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (US cents)

   118.0     114.0     110.0     91.0     83.0  

Dividends per ordinary share – determined in respect of the period (US cents)

   121.0     116.0     112.0     101.0     87.0  

Earnings per ordinary share (basic) (US cents) (1)

   260.0     210.9     290.7     429.1     228.6  

Earnings per ordinary share (diluted) (US cents) (1)

   259.1     210.2     289.4     426.9     227.8  

Number of ordinary shares (millions)

          

– At period end

   5,348     5,348     5,348     5,350     5,589  

– Weighted average

   5,321     5,322     5,323     5,511     5,565  

– Diluted

   5,338     5,340     5,346     5,540     5,595  

Consolidated Balance Sheet

          

Total assets

   151,413     139,178     129,201     102,920     88,852  

Share capital (including share premium)

   2,773     2,773     2,773     2,771     2,861  

Total equity attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

   79,143     70,667     65,526     56,762     48,525  

Other financial information

          

Underlying EBITDA (2)

   32,359     30,308     34,617     37,093     24,513  

Underlying EBIT (2)

   22,861     22,930     28,086     31,980     19,719  

Underlying attributable profit (2)

   13,447     12,208     17,173     21,684     12,469  

Underlying basic earnings per share (US cents)

   252.7     229.4     322.6     393.5     224.1  

Capital and exploration expenditure (BHP Billiton share) (3)

   15,181     22,291     19,793     12,387     10,656  

Net operating cash flow (4)

   25,364     20,154     25,259     30,080     16,890  

(1)

51

ChinaShanghaiMarketing Office

52

IndiaNew DelhiMarketing Office

53

JapanTokyoMarketing Office

54

MalaysiaKuala LumpurGlobal Shared Services Centre

55

NetherlandsThe HagueMarketing Office

56

PakistanIslamabadMarketing Office

57

RussiaMoscowRepresentative Office

58

SingaporeSingapore

Corporate Centre

Marketing Head Office

Minerals Exploration Head Office

59

South AfricaJohannesburg

Manganese Head Office

Marketing Office

Minerals Exploration Office

60

South AfricaRichards BayMarketing Office

61

South KoreaSeoulMarketing Office

62

SwitzerlandBaarMarketing Office

63

UKLondon

Aluminium Head Office

Corporate Centre

64

USFarmingtonMarketing Office

65

USHouston

Petroleum Head Office

Marketing Office

Project Hub

66

USPittsburghMarketing OfficeFor more information on earnings per share refer to note 8 ‘Earnings per share’ to the Financial Statements.

 

(a)(2)JointlyUnderlying attributable profit, Underlying EBIT and Underlying EBITDA are used to reflect the underlying performance of BHP Billiton. Underlying attributable profit is Attributable profit excluding any exceptional items. Underlying EBIT is earnings before net finance costs, taxation and any exceptional items. Underlying EBITDA is Underlying EBIT before depreciation, impairments and amortisation. We believe that Underlying attributable profit, Underlying EBIT and Underlying EBITDA provide useful information, but should not be considered as an indication of, or non-operatedas an alternative to, Attributable profit as an indicator of actual operating performance or as an alternative to cash flow as a measure of liquidity. Underlying EBIT and Underlying EBITDA are included in the FY2014 Consolidated Financial Statements as required by IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’.

(3)Represents the share of capital and exploration expenditure attributable to BHP Billiton Assets or Fields.
(b)Uranium forms partshareholders on a cash basis. Includes BHP Billiton proportionate share of equity accounted investments; excludes capitalised deferred stripping and non-controlling interests. FY2011 and FY2010 data has not been restated and represents the capital and exploration expenditure of the Base Metals Customer Sector Group.Group on a cash basis, as published.

Percentage(4)ownership

Net operating cash flows are after net interest and taxation. On 1 July 2010, the Group adopted the policy of classifying exploration cash flows which are not recognised as assets as Net operating cash flows.

Previously such cash flows were classified as Net investing cash flows. The change in policy arose from amendments to IAS7/AASB7 ‘Cash Flows’. Comparative figures have been rounded to one decimal place.restated.

(5)FY2011 and FY2010 data has not been restated for the effects of new accounting standards and interpretations and other voluntary changes in accounting policy, which are effective in the financial year commencing from 1 July 2013.

Non-IFRS measures

2.2    Business overviewWe use a number of non-IFRS measures to assess our performance. Non-IFRS measures include the following:

2.2.1    History and development

Since 29 June 2001, we have operated under a Dual Listed Company (DLC) structure. Under the DLC structure, the two parent companies, BHP Billiton Limited (formerly BHP Limited and before that The Broken Hill Proprietary Company Limited) and BHP Billiton Plc (formerly Billiton Plc) operate as a single economic entity, run by a unified Board and management team. More details of the DLC structure are located under section 2.10 of this Report.

BHP Billiton Limited was incorporated in 1885 and is registered in Australia with ABN 49 004 028 077. BHP Billiton Plc was incorporated in 1996 and is registered in England and Wales with registration number 3196209. Successive predecessor entities

Underlying attributable profit – comprises Profit after taxation attributable to BHP Billiton Plc have operated since 1860.

The registered officemembers of BHP Billiton LimitedGroup less exceptional items as described in note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ to the Financial Statements.

Underlying basic earnings per share – represents basic earnings per share excluding any exceptional items.

Underlying EBITDA interest coverage – for the purpose of deriving interest coverage, net interest comprises Interest on bank loans and overdrafts, Interest on all other borrowings, Finance lease and hire purchase interest less Interest income.

Adjusted effective tax rate – comprises Total taxation expense excluding remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT), exceptional items and exchange rate movements included in taxation expense divided by Profit before taxation and exceptional items.

Underlying EBIT margin – comprises Underlying EBIT excluding third party product profit from operations, divided by revenue excluding third party product revenue.

Underlying EBITDA margin – comprises Underlying EBITDA excluding third party product EBITDA, divided by revenue excluding third party product revenue.

Underlying return on capital – represents net profit after tax, excluding exceptional items and net finance costs (after tax), divided by average capital employed. Capital employed is 180 Lonsdale Street, Melbourne, Victoria 3000, Australia,net assets before net debt.

Free cash flow – comprises Net operating cash flows less Net investing cash flows.

Net debt – comprises Interest bearing liabilities less Cash and its telephone numbercash equivalents.

Net operating assets – represents operating assets net of operating liabilities including the carrying value of equity accounted investments and predominantly excludes cash balances, interest bearing liabilities and deferred tax balances. The carrying value of investments accounted for using the equity accounted method represents the balance of the Group’s investment in equity accounted investments, with no adjustment for any cash balances, interest bearing liabilities and deferred tax balances of the associate.

In addition we analyse our change in revenue and costs using non-IFRS measures as noted in sections 1.15.3 and 2.5.

Financial results for year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

Revenue in FY2014 was US$67.2 billion, an increase of US$1.2 billion, or 1.9 per cent, from US$66.0 billion in the corresponding period. The revenue increase was primarily reflected in the Iron Ore and Petroleum and Potash Businesses, with increases of US$2.8 billion and US$1.6 billion, respectively. These increases were offset by decreases in our Copper Business of US$669 million, in our Coal Business of US$780 million, in our Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business of US$867 million and by the loss of revenue of our disposed former Diamonds and Specialty Products Business of US$325 million.

The increase in revenue in Iron Ore was primarily due to an increase in sales volumes of 17 per cent to 202 Mt, which contributed to an increase in revenue of US$3.2 billion, partially offset by a six per cent decline in average

realised price of iron ore to US$103 per wet metric tonne (FOB), which reduced revenue by US$522 million. The increase in revenue in Petroleum was primarily due to an increase in volume of four per cent in FY2014 to 246 MMboe, which contributed to an increase in revenue of US$1.4 billion, and to higher realised prices, which contributed to an additional increase of US$219 million. The decrease in other businesses mainly reflected lower realised prices in our Copper Business (US$1.2 billion), Coal Business (US$1.4 billion) and Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business (US$394 million).

Overall, the US$1.2 billion increase in revenue in FY2014 can be attributed to US$5.5 billion related to increased volumes, which are within our control, offset primarily by US$3.3 billion related to prices, which are uncontrollable, US$494 million for ceased and sold operations, and US$202 million for exchange rates.

Total expenses decreased from US$50.0 billion in FY2013 to US$46.5 billion in FY2014. Excluding exceptional items, the majority of which related to impairments in FY2013, total expenses have increased by US$1.6 billion or 3.5 per cent during FY2014 from US$45.0 billion to US$46.5 billion.

Year ended 30 June

  2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Raw materials and consumables used

   8,842    8,926    8,128  

Employee benefits expense

   6,903    7,168    6,035  

External services (including transportation)(1)

   11,736    12,478    14,293  

Third party commodity purchases

   2,935    2,759    3,402  

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

   100    (284  (571

Fair value change on derivatives

   (120  79    (141

Government royalties paid and payable

   2,760    2,562    2,880  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

   8,701    7,031    6,431  

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

   716    1,047    1,644  

Impairment of assets(2)

   797    5,496    3,763  

Operating lease rentals

   759    776    658  

Other operating expenses(3)

   2,384    2,002    2,122  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   46,513    50,040    48,644  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Less exceptional items

       (5,087  (3,786
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expenses excluding exceptional items

   46,513    44,953    44,858  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$96 million; 2012: US$ nil).

(2)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$5,149 million; 2012: US$3,663 million).

(3)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: credit of US$158 million; 2012: US$ nil).

The majority of the increase relates to non-cash expenses for depreciation and amortisation (US$1.7 billion), impairments not classified as exceptional items (US$450 million) and changes to provisions for mine site rehabilitation (US$300 million). Increases in other non-cash charges also included provisions for restructuring and a lower capitalisation rate for deferred stripping at Escondida and Pampa Norte. Increases in costs attributable to inflation were US$805 million.

Higher expenses associated with increased production across our four major Businesses of US$2.6 billion were more than offset by reduced operating costs. Our focus on reducing operating costs through productivity initiatives saw cost efficiencies in our Businesses, in particular our Coal Business.

Reductions in expenses (excluding exceptional items) were evident in Employee benefit expense (US$265 million), External services (US$646 million), Exploration and evaluation expenditure (US$331 million) and Raw materials and consumables (US$84 million). In total operating costs were aided by favourable exchange rate impacts of US$2.0 billion.

Other income decreased from US$3.9 billion in FY2013 to US$1.5 billion. Excluding exceptional items, the majority of which relates to gains on the sale of assets, other income increased from US$788 million to US$973 million.

Profit from operations increased by US$2.4 billion, or 11 per cent, from US$21.0 billion to US$23.4 billion. Exceptional items during FY2014 comprised a gain on sale of our Pinto Valley mining operation of US$551 million (before taxation), compared with net exceptional charges of US$1.9 billion (before taxation) in FY2013. In that context, in FY2014 Profit from operations excluding exceptional items, which we refer to as Underlying EBIT, declined by 0.3 per cent, or US$69 million, to US$22.9 billion.

Underlying EBIT

In discussing the operating results of the Group, we focus on a financial measure we refer to as Underlying EBIT. Underlying EBIT is 1300 55 47 57 (within Australia) or +61 3 9609 3333 (outside Australia). the key measure that management uses internally to assess the performance of our Businesses, make decisions on the allocation of resources and assess operational management. Management uses this measure because financing structures and tax regimes differ across our assets and substantial components of our tax and interest charges are levied at a Group level rather than an operational level.

We exclude exceptional items from Underlying EBIT in order to enhance the comparability of the measure from period to period and provide clarity into the underlying performance of our operations. Our management monitors exceptional items separately.

The registered officefollowing table reconciles Underlying EBIT to Profit from operations.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013  2012 
   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Underlying EBIT

   22,861     22,930    28,086  

Exceptional items (before taxation) – refer section 1.15.3

   551     (1,928  (3,486
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from operations (EBIT)

   23,412     21,002    24,600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable profit increased by 23 per cent to US$13.8 billion due to a decrease of the Group’s effective tax rate from 35.0 per cent to 31.5 per cent. Underlying attributable profit (comprising Profit after taxation attributable to members of BHP Billiton Plc is Neathouse Place, London SW1V 1BH, UK, and its telephone number is +44 20 7802 4000. Our agent for serviceGroup less exceptional items) of US$13.4 billion increased due to a decrease in the United StatesGroup’s adjusted effective tax rate from 34.2 per cent to 32.5 per cent.

Net operating cash flows after interest and tax increased by 26 per cent to US$25.4 billion in FY2014. A US$2.6 billion increase in cash generated from operations (after changes in working capital balances) and a US$2.1 billion decrease in net taxes paid were the major contributors to the strong increase. We delivered a substantial US$8.1 billion increase in free cash flow, being Net operating cash flows less Net investing cash flows, despite weaker commodity prices. In this context, capital and exploration expenditure (BHP Billiton share) declined by 32 per cent to US$15.2 billion in the period.

We finished the period with net debt of US$25.8 billion (2013: US$27.5 billion), which included finance leases of US$1.3 billion (2013: US$137 million), for a gearing ratio of 23 per cent (2013: 27 per cent).

Further analysis of Underlying EBIT for the Businesses is Marisa I. Reuterincluded in section 1.12 and for the Group in section 1.15.3 of this Annual Report.

1.11.2    Production performance

A summary of our production volumes for FY2014 and the previous two financial years is shown below. Further details appear in section 2.2 of this Annual Report.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 

Total Petroleum production (MMboe)

   246     236     222  

Copper (kt)

   1,727     1,689     1,468  

Iron ore (kt)

   203,564     169,856     159,478  

Metallurgical coal (kt)

   45,078     37,650     33,230  

Energy coal (kt)

   73,492     72,445     74,267  

Alumina (kt)

   5,178     4,880     4,152  

Aluminium (kt)

   1,174     1,179     1,153  

Manganese ores (kt)

   8,302     8,517     7,931  

Manganese alloys (kt)

   646     608     602  

Nickel (kt)

   143     154     158  

1.11.3    Projects and pipeline

Our project pipeline focuses on commodities that are expected to be high-margin and create significant future value. During FY2014, eight projects were completed for a total capital expenditure (subject to finalisation) of US$10.3 billion. At the end of FY2014, we had seven major projects under development in execution and one other project in pre-development phase with a combined budget of US$14.1 billion. This budget does not include an additional US$4.0 billion of capital expenditure that we expect to spend in FY2015 on development of our Onshore US Asset.

For more information on our major projects and pipeline refer to sections 1.12, 2.1 and 2.4 of this Annual Report.

1.12    Our Businesses

The description of our Businesses and a discussion of their performance is set out below.

For further information on our assets, production, results and reserves refer to section 2 of this Annual Report. For further information on the financial results of our Businesses, refer to note 2 ‘Segment reporting’ to the Financial Statements.

1.12.1    Revenue and Underlying EBIT performance by Business

The following tables provide a summary of Revenue and Underlying EBIT for FY2014 and the two prior corresponding periods of our Businesses and the Group. Our use of Underlying EBIT is explained in section 1.11.1.of this Annual Report.

Year ended 30 June

  2014  2013   2012 
   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Revenue (1)

     

Petroleum and Potash

   14,833    13,224     12,933  

Copper

   13,868    14,537     13,553  

Iron Ore

   21,356    18,593     20,605  

Coal

   9,115    9,895     12,512  

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

   8,411    9,278     9,911  

Group and unallocated items (2)

   (377  426     963  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Group

   67,206    65,953     70,477  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June

  2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Underlying EBIT

    

Petroleum and Potash

   5,287    5,636    6,033  

Copper

   5,080    5,639    5,313  

Iron Ore

   12,102    11,109    14,044  

Coal

   386    595    2,612  

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

   307    158    (24

Group and unallocated items(2)

   (301  (207  108  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Group

   22,861    22,930    28,086  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Includes the sale of third party products.

(2)Includes the Group’s diamonds business (divested effective 10 April 2013), interest in titanium minerals (divested effective 3 September 2012), non-Potash corporate costs incurred by the former Diamonds and Specialty Products Business, consolidation adjustments, unallocated items and external sales of freight and fuel via the Group’s transport and logistics operations.

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

Underlying EBIT for FY2014 was US$22.9 billion, basically unchanged from FY2013.

A substantial reduction in commodity prices reduced Underlying EBIT by US$3.4 billion. This was offset by cost improvements which underpinned a decrease in operating cash costs of US$1.5 billion and a decrease in exploration and business development costs of US$398 million. In addition, higher volumes attributed to our development projects coming on line and through productivity efficiencies at 1360 Post Oak Boulevard, Suite 150, Houston, TX 77056.existing assets, primarily in Iron Ore and Petroleum, contributed an additional US$2.9 billion to Underlying EBIT. This was offset by increased depreciation and amortisation which reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1.7 billion.

2.2.2The use of the term operating cash costs is described in section 1.15.3 of this Annual Report.

1.12.2    Petroleum Customer Sector Groupand Potash Business

Our Petroleum CSGand Potash Business headquartered in Houston, United States, comprises a base of large, long-life, low-unit costconventional and non-conventional operations that are located in six countries throughout the world.world and a potash project based in Saskatchewan, Canada.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revenue

   14,833     13,224     12,933  

Underlying EBIT

   5,287     5,636     6,033  

Capital expenditure

   6,423     7,675     5,488  

Net operating assets

   39,514     37,525     33,583  

Total petroleum production (MMboe)

   246     236     222  

Our Petroleum Business includes exploration, development, production and marketing activities. We pursue significant upstream opportunitieshave a high-quality resource base concentrated in the United States and Australia. Our core production operations are primarily located in the US Gulf of Mexico, Onshore US and in Australia. We also have operations in Trinidad and Tobago, Pakistan, Algeria and the United Kingdom. We produce crude oil and condensate, natural gas and natural gas liquids (NGLs). Our petroleum portfolio consisted of conventional oil and gas operations up until 2011, when we moved into the unconventional shale business. Our Onshore US operations evolved from the acquisition of the Fayetteville shale assets from Chesapeake Energy Corporation and the acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation.

A summary of our Petroleum and Potash Business’ assets, capital projects and FY2014 performance is presented below.

Description of the Petroleum Business

Our production operations include the following:

Gulf of Mexico (United States)

We operate two fields in the Gulf of Mexico (Shenzi with multiple options for growth to ensure continued success.

During FY2011, Petroleum delivereda 44 per cent interest and Neptune with a 35 per cent interest) and hold non-operating interests in three other fields (Atlantis with a 44 per cent interest, Mad Dog with a 23.9 per cent interest, and Genesis with a 4.95 per cent interest). We have on-going infill drilling in our fourth consecutive annual production record by realising 159.4Gulf of Mexico fields. We completed water injection development projects at Shenzi and Atlantis in CY2013. All the fields are located between 155 and 210 kilometres offshore of the US state of Louisiana. We also own 25 per cent and 22 per cent, respectively, of the companies that own and operate the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline. Production in FY2014 was 36.1 million barrels of oil equivalent (MMboe) up from 30.6 MMboe in FY2013.

Onshore US (United States)

We produce oil, condensate, NGLs and natural gas in four shale areas: Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville. The Eagle Ford area has two sections, Black Hawk and Hawkville. Much of the Eagle Ford and Permian areas are focused on hydrocarbon liquids. The Haynesville and Fayetteville areas are focused on natural gas. Our combined leasehold acreage onshore in the United States is approximately 1.2 million net acres. Our ownership interests in those leases range from less than one per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2014, we held an interest in approximately 7,700 gross wells and approximately 2,600 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 32 per cent of our gross wells. Production in FY2014 was 108.1 MMboe, up from 99.2 MMboe in FY2013.

Oil and gas production from our diverse global portfolio. Our operations achieved continued high uptime rates with strong reservoir performance from the operated Pyrenees (Australia) and Shenzi (US) fields. The Angostura Gas facility (Trinidad and Tobago) was brought on stream during the fourth quarter of FY2011. New production volumes were realised from the acquisition of the Fayetteville onshore shale areas is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines. Prices for oil, NGLs and natural gas operations (US) duringare based on US regional price indices, including West Texas Intermediate prices for oil, Henry Hub prices for natural gas and Mont Belvieu prices for NGLs.

During FY2014, we sold our interest in our Onshore US South Midland shale operation, located in the fourth quarterPermian Basin, to EP Energy for a cash consideration of FY2011. Continued high margins were achieved due to operating costs being maintained on average close to US$6 per barrel on the entire global portfolio.153 million.

Production from ourMap of Onshore US and Gulf of Mexico projects was materially impacted through FY2011 by a drilling moratorium imposed by the US Department

LOGO

Map of the Interior on all offshore oil and gas industry activities following the oil spill from BP’s Macondo well. Despite regulatory delays, BHP Billiton led the industry in returning to deepwater drilling operations and bringing the first new production on stream from our operated Shenzi field following the lifting of the moratorium on 12 October 2010. Drilling has not yet commenced in the Mad Dog and Atlantis fields operated by BP where we have a significant interest. Production in FY2011 was also adversely impacted by an active tropical cyclone season in Western Australia affecting our operated Pyrenees and Stybarrow oil operations and non-operated North West Shelf operations.

We continue to invest through economic cycles and maintain a long-term view. Our consistently strong project execution over the past five years has led us to successfully deliver five major operated projects, the latest one being the Angostura Gas platform offshore Trinidad and Tobago. This has continued our track record of delivering our projects safely, within budget and on schedule. We remain committed to growth through exploration and commenced a major international drilling campaign in FY2011 that will extend through FY2012

and beyond. We continue to build our inventory of acreage, leads and prospects as well as progressing our major capital projects. In February 2011, we successfully executed a major acquisition of the Fayetteville Shale gas interests in Arkansas for US$4.8 billion. On 21 August 2011, we announced the successful completion of the cash tender offer to acquire Petrohawk Energy Corporation, an independent oil and natural gas company engaged in the exploration, development and production of primarily shale gas and oil in Texas and Louisiana. The total price of the offer was approximately US$12.1 billion and the total enterprise value was approximately US$15.1 billion, including the assumption of net debt. We will continue to evaluate other commercial opportunities for growth as we move forward.

Our production operations are as follows:

Bass Strait

LOGO

Bass Strait (Australia)

Together with our 50-50 joint venture partner, Esso Australia (a subsidiary of ExxonMobil), through the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, we participated in the original discovery of hydrocarbons in 1965 and we have been producing oil and gas from Bass Strait for more than 40 years. The Bass Strait operations are located between 25 and 80 kilometres off the south-easternsoutheastern coast of Australia, for over 40 years, having participated in the original discovery of hydrocarbons in 1965. Australia.

We dispatchsell the majority of our Bass Strait crude oil and condensate production to refineries along the east coast of Australia.Australia under 12-month term contracts. The contract price is based on the average Dated Brent price. Gas is piped onshore to ourthe joint venture’s Longford processing facility, from which we sell our share of production to domestic distributors under contracts with periodic price reviews.

Production in FY2014 was 34.0 MMboe, down from 36.0 MMboe in FY2013.

North West Shelf (Australia)

We are a joint venture participant in the North West Shelf Project, located approximately 125 kilometres northwest of Dampier in Western Australia. The North West Shelf Project was developed in phases: the domestic gas phase supplies gas to the Western Australia domestic market, mainly under long-term contracts, and a series of liquefied natural gas (LNG) expansion phases supplying LNG to buyers in Japan, South Korea and China under a series of long-term contracts. Gas from North West Shelf is piped to the Karratha Gas Plant for processing. We are also a joint venture partner in four nearby oil fields. All North West Shelf gas and oil joint ventures are operated by Woodside. Production in FY2014 was 28.8 MMboe, down from 30.1 MMboe in FY2013.

Pyrenees (Australia)

We operate six oil fields in Pyrenees, which are located offshore approximately 23 kilometres northwest of Northwest Cape, Western Australia. We had an effective 62 per cent interest in the fields as at 30 June 2014, based on inception to-date production from two permits in which we have interests of 71.43 per cent and 40 per cent, respectively. The project uses a floating, production, storage and off-take (FPSO) facility. The crude oil produced is sold internationally on the spot market. Production in FY2014 was 7.5 MMboe down from 8.5 MMboe in FY2013.

Macedon (Australia)

We are the operator of Macedon (71.43 per cent interest), an offshore gas field located approximately 75 kilometres west of Onslow, Western Australia, and a gas processing facility onshore approximately 17 kilometres southwest of Onslow. The operation achieved first gas in August 2013 and consists of four subsea wells, with gas piped onshore to the processing plant. After processing, the gas is delivered into a pipeline and sold domestically under long-term contracts. First year production was 5.5 MMboe.

Greater Angostura (Trinidad and Tobago)

We operate the Greater Angostura field (45 per cent interest in the production sharing contract), an integrated oil and gas development, located offshore, 40 kilometres east of Trinidad. The crude oil is sold on a spot basis to international markets, while the gas is sold domestically under term contracts. Production in FY2014 was 7.5 MMboe, up from 7.4 MMboe in FY2013.

Other

We are the operator at the following operations: Minerva (90 per cent interest), a gas field located 11 kilometres south-southwest of Port Campbell in western Victoria, the Zamzama gas project (38.5 per cent interest) in the Sindh province of Pakistan and the Keith oil and gas field (31.83 per cent interest) in the North Sea. We have non-operating interests in ROD Integrated Development (38 per cent interest), which consists of six satellite oil fields in Algeria, and in the Bruce oil and gas field (16 per cent interest) in the North Sea. Production in FY2014 was 17.3 MMboe, down from 22.3 MMboe in FY2013.

More information on our assets and operations is presented in section 2.1.1 of this Annual Report.

Completed development projects

Macedon

Macedon is a domestic gas development that consists of a 200 million cubic feet per day (MMcf/d) standalone gas plant, four subsea production wells, a 90 kilometre 20-inch wet gas pipeline and a 67-kilometre 20-inch sales gas pipeline. The project was approved in August 2010. First gas occurred in August 2013.

North West Shelf North Rankin gas compression

The North West Shelf gas compression project was approved by the Board in March 2008 to recover remaining lower pressure gas from the North Rankin and Perseus gas fields. The project consisted of a new gas compression platform, North Rankin B, capable of processing 2,500 MMcf/d of gas, which was constructed adjacent to the existing North Rankin A platform, 135 kilometres offshore from Karratha on the northwest coast of Western Australia. The two platforms are connected by a 100-metre long bridge and operate as a single facility. First gas production occurred in October 2013. This project is operated by Woodside, with an equally shared interest between Woodside, BHP Billiton, BP, Chevron, MIMI and Shell.

Development projects in execution at year-end

North West Shelf Greater Western Flank–A

The North West Shelf Greater Western Flank–A (GWF-A) gas project was approved by the Board in November 2011 to recover gas from the near field Goodwyn H and Tidepole fields. The project consists of a five well subsea tie-back of the Goodwyn H and Tidepole fields to the Goodwyn A platform. The Goodwyn A platform is located in 130 metres of water, approximately 130 kilometres offshore from Karratha on the northwest coast of Australia. First gas production is expected in CY2016. Woodside is the operator and we own a 16.67 per cent interest.

Bass Strait Longford Gas Conditioning

The Longford Gas Conditioning Plant (LGCP) Project was approved by the Board in December 2012 to enable the production of Turrum reserves plus the production of Kipper and other undeveloped high carbon dioxide content hydrocarbons. The project scope includes a carbon dioxide extraction facility, brownfield tie-ins, an electrical upgrade and multiple supporting utilities. First gas production is expected in CY2016.

Onshore US Development

Drilling and development investment for Onshore US in FY2014 was US$4.2 billion, down from US$4.7 billion in FY2013, with US$3.6 billion (FY2013: US$3.8 billion) spent in the liquids-focused areas of Eagle Ford and Permian, and US$0.6 billion (FY2013: US$0.9 billion) in the gas-focused areas of Haynesville and Fayetteville. The expenditure primarily related to drilling and completion activities at all four areas. Our onshore drilling activity in FY2014 resulted in 413 net development wells completed primarily in the Eagle Ford and Permian areas.

Of the US$4.2 billion, approximately US$400 million was invested in the installation of more than 200 kilometres of pipeline infrastructure and additional gas processing facilities, primarily in our Eagle Ford and Permian areas. The majority of drilling and completion activity in Onshore US was directed towards the liquids-focused Eagle Ford and Permian areas to capitalise on the stronger liquid prices as compared with natural gas prices. At the end of FY2014, more than 85 per cent of drilling activity was conducted in these areas.

More information on our development and capital projects is presented in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Exploration and evaluation

Our exploration strategy is to focus on material opportunities, at high working interest, with a bias for liquids and operatorship. While the majority of our expenditure occurs in our two principal offshore areas of activity, the Gulf of Mexico and Western Australia, we also have exploration activities in Trinidad and Tobago, Brazil, South Africa, South East Asia and Onshore US.

We then perform development evaluation activities to determine the technical feasibility and commercial viability of prospective projects after exploration and appraisal.

More information on our development evaluation activities and exploration is presented in section 2.1.1 of this Annual Report.

Description of the Potash Business

Jansen Potash Project

Our Potash strategy is to build a material industry position over the long term.

We hold exploration permits and mining leases, issued by the Government of Saskatchewan, covering more than 14,000 square kilometres of mineral rights in the province of Saskatchewan in Canada. We have progressively explored our permit areas over the past seven years and continue to evaluate their economic development potential. We are converting our exploration permits to long-term leases as these permits mature in order to enable further evaluation. To date, we have secured 4,400 square kilometres under long-term mining leases.

We believe our Jansen Potash Project, a greenfield potash project in south-central Saskatchewan, is the world’s best undeveloped potash resource and is likely to be a low-cost source of supply once fully developed. Investment in Jansen could underpin a potential fifth pillar of BHP Billiton, given the opportunity to develop a multi-decade, multi-mine basin in Saskatchewan.

On 20 August 2013, we announced an additional US$2.6 billion investment for Jansen, bringing total approved spending to US$3.8 billion. This investment is funding the excavation and lining of the Project’s production and service shafts, and the installation of surface infrastructure and utilities. The level of expenditure on the Jansen Potash Project in FY2014 was US$596 million.

With our investment premised on the attractive longer-term market fundamentals for potash, we will continue to modulate the pace of development as we seek to time our entrance to meet market demand. The introduction of one or more minority partners, consistent with our approach for certain of our other resource operations, will be considered at the appropriate time.

On the basis of our current projections and assuming Board approval, the Jansen mine is likely to ramp-up to its nameplate capacity of approximately 10 Mtpa of agricultural grade potassium chloride in the decade beyond 2020.

Performance

Petroleum and Potash revenue increased by US$1.6 billion to US$14.8 billion, mainly due to Onshore US, which increased by 43 per cent to US$4.3 billion, and Atlantis, which increased by 80 per cent to US$1.5 billion.

The increase in revenue primarily resulted from an increase in volume of four per cent in FY2014 to 246 MMboe. A 16 MMboe increase in liquids production was underpinned by a 73 per cent increase in Onshore US liquids volumes and a near doubling of production at Atlantis. Natural gas volumes declined by four per cent as the delivery of first gas from Macedon partially offset lower demand at Bass Strait and natural field decline at Haynesville.

The average realised price of natural gas across our portfolio increased by 16 per cent to US$4.35 per thousand standard cubic feet (Mscf). This included a 25 per cent increase in the average realised price of US natural gas to US$4.10 per Mscf. This increase was partially offset by a four per cent decline in the average realised price of oil to US$102 per bbl, a one per cent decline in the average realised price of LNG to US$14.67 per Mscf and a seven per cent decline in the average realised price of natural gas liquids (NGL) to US$42.28 per barrel.

Underlying EBIT for Petroleum decreased by US$115 million to US$5.9 billion in FY2014. Price-related increases, net of price-linked costs, contributed US$113 million to Underlying EBIT and volumes contributed an additional US$994 million, although this was partially offset by an increase in depreciation and amortisation expense at Onshore US that reflected the ramp-up of liquids production and the progressive development of our Permian acreage. In this regard, our position within our focus area in the Permian increased by 25 per cent in the period to 74 thousand net acres.

Additional charges were also recognised during the period, including: a US$184 million impairment of minor Gulf of Mexico assets; a US$143 million adjustment to the Browse divestment proceeds; and a US$112 million UK pension plan expense. The Group also incurred a charge of US$135 million for underutilised gas pipeline capacity, primarily in the Haynesville.

The Onshore US Underlying EBIT for FY2014 was a loss of US$156 million compared with a loss in FY2013 of US$287 million. The Onshore US Underlying EBITDA for FY2014 was US$2.3 billion compared with US$1.5 billion in FY2013. Second half June 2014 EBITDA increased by more than 60 per cent to US$1.4 billion. As a result, Onshore US generated an Underlying EBIT of US$142 million during the second half of FY2014. This included the aforementioned underutilised gas pipeline capacity charges.

In FY2014, approximately 75 per cent of Onshore US drilling and development expenditure of US$4.2 billion was invested in the Eagle Ford, with the majority focused on our Black Hawk acreage. The repetitive, manufacturing-like nature of shale development is ideally suited to our productivity agenda. Drilling costs in the Black Hawk declined by 16 per cent to US$4.2 million per well during the period while spud to sales timing improved by 21 per cent.

Of the 24 operated drilling rigs in action at the end of the period (30 June 2013: 40), 17 were in the Eagle Ford (30 June 2013: 31), four were in the Permian (30 June 2013: four), three were in the Haynesville (30 June 2013: four), while no rigs were in the Fayetteville (30 June 2013: one).

A total of 138 net wells were put online in our prolific Black Hawk acreage during FY2014 (FY2013: 66 net wells) with an average 30-day initial production rate of 1,140 boe per day. An average one-year cumulative production rate per well of 208 thousand barrels of oil equivalent (Mboe) for the wells put online in FY2013 reflected advances in completions optimisation and the benefit of restricting initial flow rates. At the end of the period we had 284 net producing wells in the Black Hawk with an average rate of 82.4 Mboe per day achieved in the June 2014 quarter (43.0 Mboe per day in the June 2013 quarter).

Onshore US overview

      Liquids-
focused areas
(Eagle Ford
and
Permian)
  Gas-
focused areas
(Haynesville
and
Fayetteville)
  Total 

Year ended 30 June

  2014  2013  2014  2013  2014  2013 

Capital expenditure

  US$ billion   3.6    3.8    0.6    0.9    4.2    4.7  

Production

  MMboe   51.9    33.4    56.2    65.8    108.1    99.2  

Production mix

  Natural gas   36  42  100  100  69  80
  

Natural gas liquids

   22  23          11  8
  Crude and condensate   42  35          20  12

Petroleum exploration expenditure for FY2014 was US$600 million, of which US$369 million was expensed. During the period, we signed a production sharing contract for Block 23b (60 per cent interest and operator) and farmed into Blocks 23a and 14 (70 per cent interest and operator) in Trinidad and Tobago.

During the period, we completed the divestment of our 46.1 per cent interest in Liverpool Bay and our South Midland acreage in the Permian basin, Onshore US. Combined proceeds of US$182 million were realised (before customary adjustments) and a gain on sale of US$116 million was recognised in Underlying EBIT.

Potash recorded an Underlying EBIT loss of US$583 million. This included: a US$68 million impairment associated with our decision to allow the exclusivity agreement for Terminal 5 at the Port of Vancouver (US) to lapse; and a US$300 million charge related to the revision of mine site rehabilitation provisions for the Group’s North American closed mines, which are managed by our Potash Business. In addition, exploration expense for Potash was US$47 million, a US$42 million reduction from FY2013.

The Jansen Potash Project was 30 per cent complete at the end of the period with significant progress made on surface infrastructure and shaft excavation continuing.

Outlook

After adjusting for the sale of Liverpool Bay, Petroleum production is forecast to increase by five per cent in FY2015 to 255 MMboe with another 16 MMboe increase in total liquids production projected. Conventional volumes for FY2015 are forecast to remain broadly unchanged.

Petroleum capital expenditure of approximately US$5.6 billion is planned in FY2015. In our Onshore US Asset we will continue to prioritise investment in the liquids-focused Eagle Ford and Permian with up to 120 net wells expected to be put online in the Black Hawk. In our conventional business, we will remain focused on high-return infill drilling opportunities in the Gulf of Mexico and life extension projects at Bass Strait and North West Shelf.

A US$750 million exploration program, largely focused on the Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and the collection of seismic data in Trinidad and Tobago is planned for FY2015.

1.12.3    Copper Business

Our Copper Business, headquartered in Santiago, Chile, is one of the world’s premier producers of copper, silver, lead and uranium, and is a leading producer of zinc. We market five primary products: copper cathodes, copper, lead and zinc concentrates and uranium oxide.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revenue

   13,868     14,537     13,553  

Underlying EBIT

   5,080     5,639     5,313  

Capital expenditure

   3,757     3,930     3,518  

Net operating assets

   22,231     20,074     16,721  

Production – copper (kt)

   1,727     1,689     1,468  

A summary of our Copper Business’ assets and operations, development projects and FY2014 performance is presented below.

Description of the Copper Business

Our assets consist of the following:

Escondida (Chile)

Our 57.5 per cent owned and operated Escondida mine is the largest producer of copper in the world. Located in the Atacama Desert in northern Chile, Escondida employs approximately 14,000 operational employees and contractors and has the capacity to move in excess of 1.3 million tonnes (Mt) of material per day. Its two open-cut pits feed two concentrator plants, which use grinding and flotation technologies to produce copper concentrate, as well as two leaching operations (oxide and sulphide). In FY2014, our share of Escondida production was 485.7 kilotonnes (kt) of payable copper in concentrate and 177.1 kt of copper cathode. Escondida has a reserve life of 52 years.

Pampa Norte (Chile)

Pampa Norte consists of two wholly owned operations in the Atacama Desert in northern Chile – Spence and Cerro Colorado. During FY2014, Spence produced 152.8 kt of high-quality copper cathodes, using oxide and sulphide ore treatment through leaching, solvent extraction and electrowinning processes. Although production levels at Cerro Colorado have fallen in recent years as grades have declined, production in FY2014 reached 80.3 kt of copper cathode. Spence and Cerro Colorado have reserve lives of 10 and nine years, respectively.

A project, currently being studied, referred to as the Spence Growth Option (SGO), is being conducted to consider exploiting the hypogene sulphide resource with associated molybdenum sulphide by building a 95 kilotonnes per day (ktpd) concentrator at the Spence operation. SGO would extend the mine life by approximately 50 years following the current FY2025 closure date.

Antamina (Peru)

We own 33.75 per cent of Antamina, a large, long-life, low-cost copper and zinc mine in north central Peru. Our share of Antamina’s FY2014 production was 143.5 kt of copper in concentrate and 52.0 kt of zinc in concentrate. Antamina also produces molybdenum and lead/bismuth concentrate, as well as small amounts of silver in the form of by-products. Antamina has a reserve life of 13 years. In FY2014, Antamina commenced execution of a debottlenecking project, to increase milling capacity by 12 per cent to 145 ktpd.

Cannington (Australia)

Our wholly owned Cannington mine is one of the world’s largest producers of silver and lead. Located in northwest Queensland, Australia, the underground mine feeds a beneficiation processing facility that extracts silver/lead and zinc concentrates from sulphide ore. In FY2014, Cannington produced concentrates containing186.5 kt of lead, 57.9 kt of zinc and approximately 25.2 million ounces of silver. Cannington has a reserve life of nine years.

Olympic Dam (Australia)

Our wholly owned Olympic Dam mine in South Australia is a producer of copper cathode and uranium oxide and a refiner of gold and silver bullion. The site includes an underground mine, where the primary method of ore extraction is long-hole open stoping with cemented aggregate fill, and an integrated metallurgical processing plant. In FY2014, Olympic Dam produced 184.4 kt of copper cathode, 4.0 kt of uranium oxide, 121.3 kilo-ounces (koz) of refined gold and 972 koz of refined silver. Olympic Dam has a reserve life of 47 years.

A pre-feasibility study is being conducted into the proposed expansion of Olympic Dam. The objective of the study is to identify the full range of development path alternatives for Olympic Dam by investigating all possible mining methods and less capital-intensive designs, including new technologies.

In July 2014, we lodged an application for assessment by the Australian and South Australian Governments to construct and operate a demonstration plant on the existing mining lease at Olympic Dam. This process would enable heap leaching trials to progress to the next phase as part of our efforts to identify an alternative, less capital-intensive process for extracting metals from ore mined underground. Should Government and Board approvals be granted, construction of the demonstration plant is expected to commence in the second half of CY2015. A trial period of 36 months is envisaged, commencing in late 2016.

Divested asset – Pinto Valley (United States)

In October 2013, we completed the sale of our Pinto Valley mining operation and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company to Capstone Mining Corp. for US$653 million, after working capital adjustments.

More information on our assets and operations is presented in section 2.1.2 of this Annual Report.

Development projects in execution at year-end

Escondida

The Organic Growth Project 1 (OGP1) is the replacement for the Los Colorados concentrator with a new 152 ktpd plant. We expect this project to provide additional processing capacity and allows access to higher-grade ore. OGP1 was approved in February 2012 with budgeted expenditure of US$3.8 billion (BHP Billiton share US$2.2 billion). Project completion is targeted for the first half of CY2015. Work on OGP1 was 79 per cent complete at 30 June 2014.

We approved the Escondida Water Supply (EWS) project in July 2013, which consists of a new 2,500 litres per second sea water desalination facility. This project will provide an alternative water supply to Escondida, as water usage increases upon completion of the 152 ktpd OGP1 copper concentrator. Construction of the new desalination facility commenced in July 2013 and includes the development of two pipelines, four high-pressure pump stations, a reservoir at the mine site and high-voltage infrastructure to support the system. The new facility is expected to be commissioned in 2017 at a cost of US$3.4 billion (BHP Billiton share US$2.0 billion). Prior to completion of the EWS project, water supply for OGP1 will continue to be sourced from existing aquifers and the 500 litres per second desalination plant.

The Oxide Leach Area Project (OLAP), involves the creation of a new dynamic leaching pad and mineral handling system that will include several overland conveyors. The new pad is expected to maintain oxide leaching capacity at current levels following the exhaustion of the existing heap leach in CY2014. OLAP was approved in February 2012 with budgeted expenditure of US$721 million (BHP Billiton share US$414 million). A US$212 million increase in the budget of OLAP to US$933 million (BHP Billiton share US$536 million) was approved in March 2014. Work on the project was 93 per cent complete at 30 June 2014, and is expected to be completed in the second half of CY2014.

More information on our development projects is presented in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Exploration activities

Our greenfield copper exploration activities during FY2014 were focused on advancing targets within Chile and Peru. Greenfield activities include opportunity identification, application for and acquisition of mineral title, early reconnaissance operations and drilling programs.

Performance

Total copper production in FY2014 increased by two per cent to 1.7 Mt. Escondida copper production increased by two per cent to 1.2 Mt as an improvement in mill throughput and concentrator utilisation offset a nine per cent decline in ore grades. Record mining rates at Olympic Dam underpinned an 11 per cent increase in copper production to 184 kt while Pampa Norte copper production of 233 kt was unchanged from the prior period. Antamina achieved record annual mill throughput and copper production in FY2014.

Copper Business revenue decreased by US$669 million to US$13.9 billion. Revenue for Escondida decreased by six per cent to US$8.1 billion. The decrease in revenue primarily resulted from a five per cent decline in the average realised price of copper to US$3.22 per pound.

Lower average realised prices reduced Underlying EBIT by US$947 million, net of price-linked costs. In contrast, a stronger US dollar against the Chilean peso and Australian dollar increased Underlying EBIT by US$359 million.

Underlying EBIT for FY2014 decreased by US$559 million to US$5.1 billion. Unit cash costs, which we calculate excluding revenue from by-products, at our operated copper assets declined by six per cent during FY2014 despite the impact of the nine per cent reduction in ore grades at Escondida. In this context, productivity cost efficiencies increased Underlying EBIT by US$190 million and reflected insourcing initiatives and the broader optimisation of contractor activities across the business. A reduction in exploration and business development expenditure increased Underlying EBIT by a further US$217 million as the Group sharpened its focus on greenfield copper porphyry targets in Chile and Peru. In contrast, an increase in non-cash charges reflected a lower capitalisation rate for deferred stripping at Escondida and Pampa Norte, and a general increase in depreciation and amortisation, and reduced Underlying EBIT by US$337 million during the period.

Underlying EBIT of Olympic Dam for FY2014 increased by US$38 million to US$34 million, where costs efficiencies offset the decrease in commodities prices.

At 30 June 2014, the Group had 350 kt of outstanding copper sales that were revalued at a weighted average price of US$3.19 per pound. The final price of these sales will be determined in FY2015. In addition, 386 kt of copper sales from FY2013 were subject to a finalisation adjustment in FY2014. These provisional pricing and finalisation adjustments increased Underlying EBIT by US$73 million in FY2014 (FY2013: US$303 million decrease).

A gain on the sale of the Pinto Valley mining operation and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company of US$385 million (after tax) was recognised in FY2014 and was reported as an exceptional item.

Outlook

Total copper production is forecast to increase by five per cent in FY2015 to 1.8 Mt. With further improvements in productivity anticipated, Escondida is on track to produce approximately 1.27 Mt of copper in the period. Copper volumes at Pampa Norte and Olympic Dam are expected to remain at a similar level to FY2014, while lower average copper grades are expected to lead to a reduction in copper production at Antamina in FY2015, consistent with the mine plan.

The commissioning of OGP1, which remains on schedule to commence in the June 2015 quarter, will create 152 ktpd of valuable copper concentrator capacity. The Escondida OLAP and OGP1 are expected to maintain Escondida’s copper production.

1.12.4    Iron Ore Business

Our Iron Ore Business, headquartered in Perth, Australia, is one of the leading iron ore producers in the world. We sell lump and fines products produced in Australia and pellets from our operations in Brazil.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revenue

   21,356     18,593     20,605  

Underlying EBIT

   12,102     11,109     14,044  

Capital expenditure

   2,949     5,979     4,458  

Net operating assets

   23,390     22,126     17,375  

Production – iron ore (Mt)

   204     170     159  

A summary of our Iron Ore Business’ assets, development projects and FY2014 performance is presented below.

Description of the Iron Ore Business

Our assets consist of the following:

Western Australia Iron Ore (Australia)

Operations at Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) involve an integrated system of mines and more than 1,000 kilometres of rail infrastructure and port facilities in the Pilbara region of northern Western Australia, with the headquarters located in Perth. Our focus is to safely maximise output through operating our mines and utilising available infrastructure at our disposal. This includes our plan to continue to grow production following the recent completion of a number of expansion projects and ongoing debottlenecking of the supply chain to underpin further potential growth in capacity to 290 million tonnes per annum (Mtpa).

We have expanded our WAIO operations in response to increasing demand for iron ore, particularly from China. Since 2001, we have completed eight expansion projects to increase our mine, rail and port capacity. Our share of FY2014 production was 193 Mt of ore, which is expected to increase in FY2015 to 211 Mtpa.

We have been transitioning to owner-operated mines since 2011. We completed this transition with the last contractor run site, Orebody 18, finalising its transition during FY2014.

Lump and fines products are sold to steel mills in China, South Korea, Japan, Singapore, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Switzerland and Australia, under long-term and short-term contracts. Contract prices are generally linked to market indices.

In order to establish a consistent, long-term, high-quality lump ore product having a stable grade, we recently transitioned to a blended lump product. The product is a blend of lump ores produced from the Newman, Area C and Jimblebar mining areas, known as Newman Blend lump. During FY2014, 23 per cent of sales were lump and 77 per cent were fines.

Our WAIO operations consist of four main joint ventures: Mt Newman, Yandi, Mt Goldsworthy and Jimblebar. Our interest in the joint ventures is 85 per cent with Mitsui and ITOCHU owning the remaining 15 per cent. The joint ventures are unincorporated except Jimblebar, where we diluted our interest in a subsidiary company to 85 per cent in July 2013 for which BHP Billiton received total consideration of US$1.5 billion.

The Mt Newman Joint Venture consists of a number of orebodies joined by conveyors and spur lines to a mining hub at Mt Whaleback. Ore is crushed, beneficiated (where necessary) and blended to create the Newman Blend for lump and fines. The ore is then transported to port using our rail facilities. The Yandi JV comprises the Yandi mine where ore is crushed and screened and then transported by rail on the Newman main line. The Mt Goldsworthy JV consists of the Area C mine in the central Pilbara and the Yarrie mine in northern Pilbara. Ore is crushed and screened at Area C and transported by rail to the hub at Mt Whaleback. Production at Yarrie was suspended on 25 February 2014. The Jimblebar operation was officially opened on 23 April 2014 and comprises the new Jimblebar mine located 40 kilometres east of Newman. Jimblebar delivered first production in the September 2013 quarter and produced 9 Mt during FY2014.

Map of Western Australia Iron Ore

LOGO

Our rail operations are controlled from Perth via our integrated remote operations centre which co-locates rail control, port production control, mine dispatch control and mine fixed plant control.

Our port facilities are located on both sides of the harbour at Port Hedland. These facilities consist of Nelson Point and Finucane Island. The port facilities include five ore car dumpers, three screening plants, nine stackers, five reclaimers, stock and blending yards, and eight ship loaders.

The reserve life of our Western Australian mines is 16 years.

Samarco (Brazil)

We are a 50–50 joint venture partner with Vale at the Samarco operation in Brazil. Samarco is currently comprised of a mine and two concentrators, located in the state of Minas Gerais, and three pellet plants and a port, located in Anchieta in the state of Espirito Santo. Three 396-kilometre pipelines connect the mine site to the pelletising facilities.

Samarco’s main product is iron ore pellets. Extraction and beneficiation of iron ore is conducted at the Germano facilities in the municipalities of Mariana and Ouro Preto. Ore beneficiation occurs in concentrators after which concentrate is pumped through slurry pipelines to the pellet plant in Ubu, Anchieta. Pellets are independently marketed by Samarco and sold to steelmakers in 20 countries in the Americas, Asia, Africa, the Middle East and Europe, with prices generally linked to market indices. In FY2014, our share of production was 11 Mt of pellets. The reserve life of Samarco is 39 years.

More information on our assets and operations is presented in section 2.1.3 of this Annual Report.

Completed development projects

Western Australia Iron Ore

WAIO has been executing a number of expansion projects in recent years. These projects, approved in March 2011 for a total of US$7.4 billion (BHP Billiton share US$6.6 billion) plus pre-commitment funding of US$2.3 billion (BHP Billiton share US$2.1 billion) were designed to deliver an integrated operation with a minimum capacity of 220 Mtpa (100 per cent basis).

These projects included:

Jimblebar Mine Expansion project to develop the Jimblebar mine and rail links, and procure mining equipment and rolling stock to deliver a capacity of 35 Mtpa. The project costs as at 30 June 2014 amounted to US$3.4 billion (BHP Billiton share); final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$3.6 billion;

further development of Port Hedland, including two additional berths and ship loaders, a car dumper, connecting conveyor routes, and associated rail works and rolling stock. The project costs as at 30 June 2014 amounted to US$1.7 billion (BHP Billiton share); final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$1.9 billion;

port blending facilities and rail yards to enable ore blending, expand resource life and prepare for the anticipated growth of the business beyond the inner harbour. The project costs as at 30 June 2014 amounted to US$0.9 billion (BHP Billiton share); final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$1.0 billion.

Western Australia Iron Ore – Orebody 24 mine

In FY2014, WAIO completed execution of its development of the Orebody 24 mine, located approximately 10 kilometres northeast of Newman. Orebody 24 is a sustaining mine to maintain iron ore production output from the Mt Newman JV operations. The project was approved in November 2011 and included the construction of an ore crushing plant, train loadout facility, rail spur and other associated support facilities. The project was delivered at a cost of US$0.5 billion (BHP Billiton share), subject to finalisation, in the September 2014 quarter versus a budget of US$0.7 billion.

Samarco

During FY2011, Samarco shareholders approved a US$3.5 billion (BHP Billiton share US$1.75 billion) expansion project, consisting of a fourth pellet plant, a new concentrator and a third slurry pipeline. The project

is complete, with its first pellet production in March 2014. This has expanded Samarco’s iron ore pellet production capacity from 22.3 Mtpa to 30.5 Mtpa. The final cost of the project was US$3.2 billion (BHP Billiton share US$1.6 billion).

More information on our development projects is presented in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Exploration activities

Western Australia

WAIO has a substantial existing reserve base supported by considerable additional mineralisation all within a 250-kilometre radius of our existing infrastructure. This concentration of orebodies also gives WAIO the flexibility to add growth tonnes to existing hub infrastructure and link brownfield developments to our existing mainline rail and port facilities. The total area covered by exploration and mining tenure amounts to 6,500 square kilometres.

Total exploration expenditure in FY2014 amounted to US$166 million.

Guinea Iron Ore

On 29 July 2014 we signed an agreement with ArcelorMittal for the sale of our 41.3 per cent interest in a joint venture that holds the Nimba Mining Concession and four iron ore prospecting permits in southeast Guinea. Completion of the transaction is subject to the receipt of regulatory approval and other customary closing conditions.

Liberia Iron Ore

We have a 100 per cent interest in a Mineral Development Agreement with the Government of Liberia. This enables the further exploration and development of our Liberian iron ore mineral leases.

Performance

Iron Ore revenue increased by US$2.8 billion to US$21.4 billion. Revenue for WAIO increased by US$2.6 billion, an increase of 13.9 per cent. An 18 per cent increase in WAIO sales volumes was the major contributor, which was partially offset by a six per cent decline in average realised price of iron ore to US$103 per wet metric tonne (FOB).

Iron ore production increased by 20 per cent in FY2014 to a record 204 Mt, exceeding initial full-year guidance by more than eight per cent. WAIO production of 225 Mt (100 per cent basis) represents a fourteenth consecutive annual record and was underpinned by the early commissioning of Jimblebar and our productivity agenda, which raised the capacity of our integrated supply chain.

Underlying EBIT for FY2014 increased by US$993 million to US$12.1 billion. The fall in the average realised price of iron ore reduced Underlying EBIT by US$864 million, net of price-linked costs, although this was partially offset by a weaker Australian dollar which increased Underlying EBIT by US$383 million. Iron ore sales, on average, were linked to the index price for the month of shipment, with price differentials reflecting product quality and the increase in WAIO sales volumes, adding US$1.8 billion to Underlying EBIT. Conversely, the progressive ramp-up of several major projects resulted in a US$425 million increase in depreciation and amortisation expense during the period. Having redirected the WAIO supply-chain bottleneck away from the mines and back to the port, WAIO unit costs decreased by six per cent in FY2014 to US$27.53 per tonne. A 12 per cent reduction in unit costs to US$25.89 per tonne was achieved in the June 2014 half year.

WAIO unit costs

  FY2014   FY2013   H1 FY2014   H2 FY2014 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revenue

   21,013     18,452     10,849     10,164  

Underlying EBITDA

   12,988     11,668     6,801     6,187  

Cash costs (gross)

   8,025     6,784     4,048     3,977  

Less: freight

   1,274     856     625     649  

Less: royalties

   1,497     1,192     744     753  

Cash costs (net)

   5,254     4,736     2,679     2,575  

Sales (kt, BHP Billiton share)

   190,843     160,955     91,327     99,516  

Cash cost per tonne (US$)

   27.53     29.42     29.33     25.89  

Outlook

In FY2015, WAIO production is expected to increase by a further 20 Mt to approximately 245 Mt (100 per cent basis). We expect additional productivity gains to support another year of record performance despite the planned tie-in of ship loaders 1 and 2 during the December 2014 half year. Total iron ore production is forecast to increase by 11 per cent in FY2015 to 225 Mt (BHP Billiton share).

Our strategy includes expanding Jimblebar to 55 Mtpa (100 per cent basis) as well as a broader debottlenecking of the supply chain, which is expected to underpin further growth in WAIO supply-chain capacity to 290 Mtpa (100 per cent basis).

1.12.5    Coal Business

Our Coal Business, headquartered in Brisbane, Australia, is the world’s largest supplier of seaborne metallurgical coal, one of the world’s largest suppliers of seaborne energy coal and a significant domestic energy coal supplier in the countries where our mines are located.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revenue

   9,115     9,895     12,512  

Underlying EBIT

   386     595     2,612  

Capital expenditure

   2,345     3,626     3,103  

Net operating assets

   14,300     13,225     10,663  

Production – metallurgical coal (Mt)

   45     38     33  

Production – energy coal (Mt)

   73     72     74  

A summary of our Coal Business’ assets, development projects and FY2014 performance is presented below.

Description of the Coal Business

Our assets comprise the following:

Queensland Coal (Australia)

Queensland Coal comprises the BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA) and BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal (BMC) Assets in the Bowen Basin in Central Queensland, Australia.

The Bowen Basin is well positioned to supply the seaborne market because of its high-quality metallurgical coals, which are ideally suited to efficient blast furnace operations, and its geographical proximity to Asian customers. We have access to key infrastructure in the Bowen Basin, including a modern, multi-user rail

network, and our own coal loading terminal at Hay Point, located near the city of Mackay. We also have contracted capacity at three other multi-user port facilities including the Port of Gladstone (RG Tanna Coal Terminal), Dalrymple Bay Coal Terminal and Abbot Point Coal Terminal.

Map of Queensland Coal

LOGO

BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance – BMA owns and operates open-cut and underground metallurgical coal mines in the Bowen Basin, and also owns and operates the Hay Point Coal Terminal. We share 50–50 ownership with Mitsubishi Development. BMA operates the Goonyella Riverside, Broadmeadow, Daunia, Caval Ridge, Peak Downs, Saraji, Gregory Crinum and Blackwater mines. First production commenced at Caval Ridge in the June 2014 quarter. Our share of total production in FY2014 was 29.3 Mt. The reserve lives of our mines range from 2.8 years at Gregory Crinum to 37 years at Saraji.

BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal – BMC is a subsidiary company owned by BHP Billiton (80 per cent) and Mitsui and Co (20 per cent). BMC owns and operates South Walker Creek and Poitrel open-cut metallurgical coal mines. Total production in FY2014 was 8.3 Mt. The reserve lives of our mines are 15 years at Poitrel and 11 years at South Walker Creek.

Illawarra Coal (Australia)

Our wholly owned Illawarra Coal Asset owns and operates three underground coal mines – Appin, West Cliff and Dendrobium, in the Illawarra region of New South Wales, Australia. The mines supply metallurgical coal to the nearby BlueScope Port Kembla steelworks and to other domestic and export markets. The Appin mine is currently being developed to sustain Illawarra Coal’s production following the end of the mine life at West Cliff.

Coal is exported via the Port Kembla Coal Terminal, in which we own a 16.67 per cent interest. Total production in FY2014 was 7.5 Mt. The reserve lives of our mines range from 2.0 years at West Cliff to 25 years at Appin.

Energy Coal South Africa (South Africa)

Energy Coal South Africa (known as BECSA) operates four energy coal mines – Khutala, Klipspruit, Middelburg and Wolvekrans, in the Witbank region in the province of Mpumalanga, South Africa.

BECSA is 90 per cent owned by BHP Billiton, two per cent owned by its employees through an Employee Share Ownership Plan and eight per cent owned by a Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment (B-BBEE) consortium led by Pembani Group Proprietary Limited.

Production in FY2014 was 30.4 Mt. The reserve lives of our mines range from 5.8 years at Khutala to 23 years at Middelburg.

New Mexico Coal (United States)

We own and operate the San Juan energy coal mine located in the US state of New Mexico. The mine transports its production directly to the nearby San Juan Generating Station. The San Juan mine has a reserve life of 3.5 years, which is the life of the current customer contract. Production for FY2014 was 5.7 Mt.

We also operate the nearby Navajo mine, located on Navajo Nation land in New Mexico. Full ownership of the Navajo Coal Company transferred to the Navajo Transitional Energy Company (NTEC), an entity of the Navajo Nation, effective 30 December 2013. New Mexico Coal and NTEC have entered into a Mine Management Agreement where New Mexico Coal will continue as mine operator until 31 December 2016.

New South Wales Energy Coal (Australia)

Our wholly owned New South Wales Energy Coal Asset owns and operates the Mt Arthur Coal open-cut energy coal mine in the Hunter Valley region of New South Wales, Australia.

New South Wales Energy Coal produced 20 Mt in FY2014 and has a reserve life of 33 years.

Cerrejón (Colombia)

We have a one-third interest in Cerrejón Coal Company, which owns and operates one of the world’s largest open-cut export energy coal mines, located in the La Guajira province of Colombia.

In FY2014, our share of Cerrejón production was approximately 12.3 Mt. Cerrejón has a reserve life of 17 years.

More information on our assets and operations is presented in section 2.1.4 of this Annual Report.

Completed development projects

BMA Expansions

In November 2011, we approved the development of the Caval Ridge mine project, with a revised investment of US$1.9 billion (BHP Billiton share). The Caval Ridge mine is an open-cut dragline and truck and shovel operation, with coal railed to the Hay Point Coal Terminal. First coal at the Caval Ridge mine occurred in the June 2014 quarter and the mine was 100 per cent completed at 30 June 2014.

Cerrejón P40 Project

In August 2011, we announced a US$437 million (BHP Billiton share) investment in the expansion of Cerrejón, known as the P40 Project, which is expected to enable Cerrejón’s thermal coal production to increase by 8 Mtpa to approximately 40 Mtpa. The project scope includes a second berth and dual quadrant ship loader at Cerrejón’s 100 per cent owned and operated Puerto Bolivar, along with necessary mine, rail and associated supply chain

infrastructure. Construction commenced in CY2011 and the project handled its first coal in the December 2013 quarter. The port expansion associated with the Cerrejón P40 project is currently being commissioned, although operational issues are expected to constrain capacity to approximately 35 Mtpa (100 per cent basis) in the medium term. At 30 June 2014, the project was 94 per cent complete.

Newcastle Port Third Phase Expansion

In August 2011, we announced a US$367 million (BHP Billiton share) investment in the third stage development of the Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group’s coal handling facility in Newcastle. The port expansion project is expected to increase total capacity at the coal terminal from 53 Mtpa to 66 Mtpa. This is expected to increase New South Wales Energy Coal’s allocation by 4.6 Mtpa to 19.2 Mtpa. First coal on ship, being the first ship loading through the new facility, was achieved in June 2013, ahead of schedule. At 30 June 2014, the project was 86 per cent complete.

Development projects in execution

BMA Expansions

In March 2011, we approved the expansion of the Hay Point Coal Terminal. The expansion of the terminal will deliver an additional 11 Mt of annual port capacity (100 per cent basis). Following a review of the project during FY2013, first shipment is expected in CY2015 with a revised budget of US$1.5 billion (BHP Billiton share). The project was 87 per cent complete at 30 June 2014.

Appin Area 9 Project

In June 2012, approval was given to invest US$845 million to sustain operations at Illawarra Coal by establishing a replacement mining area at Appin mine. The replacement area will have a production capacity of 3.5 Mtpa and will sustain Illawarra Coal’s production capacity at 9 Mtpa. The Appin Area 9 project was 67 per cent complete at 30 June 2014 and is expected to be operational in CY2016, whereupon it will replace production at the West Cliff mine. The project includes roadway development, new ventilation infrastructure, new and reconfigured conveyors and other mine services.

More information on our development projects is presented in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Performance

Metallurgical coal production increased by 20 per cent in FY2014 to a record 45 Mt (BHP Billiton share). Record production and sales volumes at Queensland Coal reflected strong performance across all operations. This included first production from Caval Ridge, the successful ramp-up of Daunia and record production at Peak Downs, Saraji, South Walker Creek and Poitrel. Illawarra Coal production declined by five per cent as an extended outage at the Dendrobium mine impacted performance in the first half of FY2014.

Energy coal production of 73 Mt for FY2014 was broadly unchanged from the prior period. Another year of robust performance was underpinned by a fifth consecutive annual production record at New South Wales Energy Coal and record volumes at Cerrejón. Extended outages at both a local utility and the Richards Bay Coal Terminal led to lower production at Energy Coal South Africa, while Navajo Coal production declined following the permanent closure of three of the five power units at the Four Corners Power Plant.

Coal revenue for FY2014 decreased by US$780 million to US$9.1 billion. Revenue for Illawarra decreased by 31 per cent to US$886 million and revenues for New South Wales Energy Coal and Energy Coal South Africa also decreased; this was partially offset by an increase in revenues for Queensland Coal of five per cent to US$4.7 billion. The decrease in revenues was driven by a 20 per cent reduction in the average price for hard coking coal and 14 per cent reduction in the average price received for both weak coking coal and thermal coal.

Underlying EBIT for FY2014 declined by US$209 million to US$386 million despite productivity volume and cost efficiencies of US$1.3 billion being embedded during the period.

A stronger US dollar against both the Australian dollar and South African rand increased Underlying EBIT by US$543 million. This was more than offset by the reduction in the average price, which in total, reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1.4 billion, net of price-linked costs.

A sustainable increase in truck and wash plant utilisation rates underpinned the improvement in productivity while a reduction in labour, contractor and maintenance costs was also achieved. In this context, redundancies totalling US$40 million were recognised in FY2014 while an increase in non-cash charges reduced Underlying EBIT by a further US$497 million. The latter included a US$292 million impairment charge at Energy Coal South Africa. A US$84 million gain on the sale of the Energy Coal South Africa Optimum Coal purchase agreement was also recognised during the period.

Outlook

Metallurgical coal production for FY2015 is expected to increase by four per cent to approximately 47 Mt as the ramp-up of Caval Ridge is completed. Energy coal production for FY2015 is expected to remain broadly unchanged at 73 Mt.

As we will retain control of the Navajo mine until full consideration is received from NTEC, production and financial results for the Navajo mine will continue to be reported by the Group.

1.12.6    Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business

Our Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business, headquartered in Perth, Australia, is one of the world’s largest integrated producers of aluminium, nickel and manganese ore and alloy.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revenue

   8,411     9,278     9,911  

Underlying EBIT

   307     158     (24

Capital expenditure

   498     893     1,941  

Net operating assets

   9,322     8,809     13,127  

Production – alumina (kt)

   5,178     4,880     4,152  

Production – aluminium (kt)

   1,174     1,179     1,153  

Production – manganese ores (kt)

   8,302     8,517     7,931  

Production – manganese alloys (kt)

   646     608     602  

Production – nickel (kt)

   143     154     158  

A summary of our Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business’ assets, development projects and FY2014 performance is presented below.

Description of the Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business

Our assets include the following:

Boddington/Worsley (Australia)

Boddington/Worsley is an integrated bauxite mining/alumina refining operation located in Western Australia. The Boddington bauxite mine supplies bauxite ore to the Worsley alumina refinery via a 51-kilometre long

conveying system. We own 86 per cent of the mine and the refinery. Our share of Worsley’s FY2014 production was 3.9 Mt of alumina. Boddington has a reserve life of 17 years.

Hillside and Bayside (South Africa)

Our wholly owned Hillside and Bayside aluminium smelters are located at Richards Bay in South Africa. Hillside is the largest aluminium smelter in the southern hemisphere. In June 2014, Bayside completed the ramp-down of its remaining smelting capacity of 97 ktpa. The Bayside Casthouse continues to operate and began processing liquid metal transfers from Hillside in June 2014. Production in FY2014 for Hillside was 715 kt and Bayside was 89 kt.

Mozal (Mozambique)

We own 47.1 per cent of and operate the Mozal aluminium smelter located near Maputo, Mozambique. Mozal sources power generated by Hydro Cahora Basa via Motraco, a transmission joint venture between Eskom and the national electricity utilities of Mozambique and Swaziland. Our share of Mozal’s FY2014 production was 266 kt.

Alumar (Brazil)

Alumar is an integrated alumina refinery/aluminium smelter. We own 36 per cent of the Alumar refinery and 40 per cent of the smelter. Alcoa operates both facilities. The operations, and their integrated port facility, are located at São Luís in the Maranhão province of Brazil.

The Alumar smelter has currently suspended production from pot lines 2 and 3 reducing overall annual capacity to 124 kilotonnes per annum (ktpa), from 447 ktpa (100 per cent), due to challenging global market conditions in primary aluminium and increased costs. Our share of Alumar’s FY2014 saleable production was 1.3 Mt of alumina and 104 kt of aluminium.

HMM (South Africa)

We own a 44.4 per cent interest in Hotazel Manganese Mines (HMM), which owns the Mamatwan open-cut mine and the Wessels underground mine. In FY2014, the total manganese ore production was 3,526 kt. Wessels has a reserve life of 46 years and Mamatwan has a reserve life of 18 years.

GEMCO (Australia)

Our 60 per cent owned and operated GEMCO operation is an open-cut mining operation, located 16 kilometres from our port facilities at Milner Bay, Northern Territory. These operations, consisting of crushing, screening, washing and dense media separation, combined with its high-grade ore are in relative close proximity to the Asian export markets. FY2014 production of manganese ore was 4,776 kt. GEMCO has a reserve life of 11 years.

Metalloys (South Africa)

Our 60 per cent owned and operated Samancor Manganese Metalloys alloy plant, located in Meyerton, is one of the largest manganese alloy producers in the world. Metalloys produces high- and medium-carbon ferromanganese. Production of manganese alloy in FY2014 was 377 kt.

TEMCO (Australia)

Our 60 per cent owned and operated TEMCO operation, located in Tasmania, is a medium-sized producer of high-carbon ferromanganese, silicomanganese and sinter using ore shipped from GEMCO, primarily using hydroelectric power. Production of manganese alloy in FY2014 was 269 kt.

Nickel West (Australia)

Our wholly owned Nickel West Asset in Western Australia consists of an integrated system of mines, concentrators, a smelter and a refinery. Nickel West production in FY2014 was 98.9 kt of contained nickel. On 31 October 2013, production at the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine was suspended following a significant seismic event. A subsequent review of the incident determined it was unsafe to resume operations.

Cerro Matoso (Colombia)

Our 99.98 per cent owned Cerro Matoso Asset in Colombia combines a lateritic nickel ore deposit with a ferronickel smelter. The smelter produces high-purity, low-carbon ferronickel granules. Cerro Matoso has an estimated reserve life of 15 years. Production in FY2014 was 44.3 kt of nickel in ferronickel form.

More information on our assets and operations is presented in section 2.1.5 of this Annual Report.

Development projects

GEMCO expansion

The US$279 million GEMCO Expansion Project (GEEP2) (BHP Billiton share US$167 million), approved in July 2011, was delivered on time and on budget in the December 2013 quarter. GEEP2 increased GEMCO’s capacity from 4.2 Mtpa to 4.8 Mtpa through the introduction of a dense media circuit by-pass facility. The expansion has also addressed key infrastructure constraints by increasing road and port capacity to 5.9 Mtpa, creating 1.1 Mtpa of additional capacity for future expansions.

More information on our development projects is presented in section 2.4 of this Annual Report.

Performance

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel revenues decreased by US$867 million to US$8.4 billion. Revenue for Cerro Matoso decreased by 25.9 per cent to US$595 million, driven by a decline in nickel prices by seven per cent and lower production. Production at Cerro Matoso was affected by kiln and furnace outages, and lower nickel grades. Aluminium revenues decreased by 8.5 per cent to US$2.4 billion primarily due to lower average realised prices which declined by six per cent.

Alumina production increased by six per cent in FY2014 to a record 5.2 Mt. The Efficiency and Growth project at Worsley reached nameplate capacity during the year and annual production records were achieved at both the Worsley and Alumar refineries. Aluminium production of 1.2 Mt was unchanged from FY2013 with production records at both Hillside and Mozal offset by lower volumes at Alumar following the phased suspension of 103 kt (BHP Billiton share) of annualised capacity.

Manganese ore production declined by three per cent in FY2014 to 8.3 Mt as GEMCO was affected by higher than usual rainfall during the wet season. Manganese alloy production increased by six per cent in FY2014 compared to FY2013, which was affected by the temporary suspension of operations at TEMCO.

Nickel production declined by seven per cent in FY2014 to 143 kt. Production at Cerro Matoso was affected by kiln and furnace outages, and lower nickel grades. Nickel West production declined by four per cent following the closure of the Perseverance underground mine in November 2013.

Notwithstanding a rebound in nickel and aluminium prices in the second half, lower average realised prices reduced Underlying EBIT by US$409 million during FY2014, net of price-linked costs. More specifically, lower average realised prices for aluminium (down six per cent to US$2,022 per tonne), manganese ore (down four per

cent to US$4.64 per dry metric tonne unit), manganese alloy (down six per cent to US$980 per tonne) and nickel (down seven per cent to US$14,925 per tonne) were only partially offset by an increase in the average realised price of alumina (up two per cent to US$307 per tonne).

Underlying EBIT for FY2014 increased by US$149 million to US$307 million. A reduction in headcount and consumable costs, as well as equipment debottlenecking at most assets, contributed to the US$335 million of productivity cost efficiencies embedded during the period. A stronger US dollar against both the Australian dollar and South African rand increased Underlying EBIT by a further US$469 million. In contrast, the cessation of aluminium smelting activities at Bayside (US$167 million) and costs associated with the closure of the Perseverance underground mine at Nickel West (US$174 million) contributed to a decrease in Underlying EBIT of US$341 million.

In May 2014, the Group announced a review of the Nickel West business, comprising the Mt Keith, Cliffs and Leinster mines, its concentrators, the Kalgoorlie smelter and the Kwinana refinery. The review is considering all options for the long-term future of Nickel West, including the potential sale of all or part of the business.

Outlook

Saleable nickel production at Nickel West is expected to decline by four per cent in FY2015 to 95 kt with approximately 55 per cent to be sourced from third party feed. Ferro-nickel production at Cerro Matoso is expected to decline by three per cent to 43 kt as a result of lower grades.

In contemplation of the proposed demerger, BHP Billiton and Anglo American have agreed to make certain changes to the agreement which governs their interests in the Manganese business. BHP Billiton manages and owns 60 per cent of the Manganese business with Anglo American owning the remaining 40 per cent.

Subject to obtaining the required approvals for the agreement, the changes will result in BHP Billiton and Anglo American agreeing to share joint control of the Manganese business. As a result, we will discontinue consolidation of the Manganese business and account for our 60 per cent interest as an equity accounted joint venture. We will therefore derecognise the existing carrying amounts of all assets, liabilities and the non-controlling interest in the Manganese business attributed to Anglo American and initially record our retained 60 per cent interest at fair value. The remeasurement at fair value will give rise to an estimated gain of approximately US$2 billion in the first half of FY2015.

1.13    Our people

People are the foundation of our organisation and underpin our success. We value our people and encourage the development of talented and motivated employees to support the continued performance and growth of our diverse operations. We strive to build a sense of purpose and achievement among all our people in the work we do.

1.13.1    Employees and contractors

By working toOur Charter we align our people around our common purpose and values.Our Charter provides a vital reference point for how we do business, wherever we are in the world, and whatever work we do.

The table below provides the average number of employees and contractors over the last three financial years.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 

Employees

   47,044     46,892     43,238  

Contractors

   76,759     79,330     78,813  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   123,803     126,222     122,051  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below shows the gender composition of our workforce, senior leaders and Board over the last three financial years.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 

Male employees

   39,517     38,920     35,888  

Female employees

   7,527     7,972     7,350  

Female employees (per cent)

   16     17     17  

Male senior leaders (a)

   317     326     365  

Female senior leaders (a)

   55     40     41  

Female senior leaders (per cent)

   15     11     10  

Male Board members

   12     11     11  

Female Board members

   2     2     2  

Female Board members (per cent)

   14     15     15  

(a)For UK law purposes, we are required to show information for ‘senior managers’ which is defined to include both senior leaders and any persons who are directors of any subsidiary company even if they are not senior leaders. In FY2014, senior leaders comprise the top 372 people in the organisation. There are 33 directors of subsidiary companies who are not senior leaders, comprising 23 males and 10 females. Therefore, for UK law purposes, the total number of senior managers is 340 males and 65 females (16 per cent female).

The tables below provide a breakdown of the weighted average number of employees across the Group, in accordance with our reporting requirements under the UK Companies Act 2006. The calculation includes the Executive Director, 100 per cent of employees of subsidiary companies, and our share of joint operations, for each of the past three financial years. Employees of equity accounted entities are not included. Part-time employees are included on a full-time equivalent basis. Employees of businesses acquired or disposed of during a particular year are included for the period of ownership. Contractors are not included.

On 1 July 2013 the Group adopted IFRS 10 and IFRS 11. This led to the full consolidation of Escondida employees (previously proportionately consolidated) and the exclusion of certain equity accounted entities including Samarco, Antamina and Cerrejón. The comparative periods have been restated on this basis.

The table below provides a breakdown of our average number of employees by Business for each of the last three financial years.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 

Petroleum and Potash

   4,207     4,449     4,067  

Copper

   10,070     10,435     9,445  

Iron Ore

   8,035     6,883     4,711  

Coal

   12,318     12,240     11,679  

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

   10,775     11,115     11,388  

Group Functions, Marketing and unallocated

   1,639     1,770     1,948  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   47,044     46,892     43,238  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below provides a breakdown of our average number of employees by geographic region for each of the last three financial years.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 

Africa

   9,035     9,121     9,358  

Asia

   1,105     1,183     1,114  

Australasia

   23,048     21,977     19,305  

Europe

   146     231     532  

North America

   4,373     5,116     4,117  

South America

   9,337     9,264     8,812  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   47,044     46,892     43,238  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The increase in Australasian headcount during FY2014 is primarily due to the increase in the Iron Ore Business as a result of the expansion of the Jimblebar operations and additional support required in non-process infrastructure and port and rail operations. The Coal Business also experienced an increase as a result of the addition of the Daunia and Caval Ridge workforce. The decreased headcount in Europe occurred with the closure of offices in The Hague and Antwerp, and in North America with the sale of the diamonds business and sale of the Pinto Valley mining operation. For further information regarding these sales, refer to sections 1.15.3 and 2.1.2 of this Annual Report.

1.13.2    Employee policies and engagement

We are committed to open, honest and productive relationships with our employees. At BHP Billiton, we recognise the most important ingredient for success is our talented and motivated workforce, whose members demonstrate behaviours that are aligned toOur BHP Billiton Chartervalues.

We have an integrated people strategy to effectively attract, retain and develop talented people. Our approach is outlined inOur Charter, the BHP BillitonCode of Business Conduct and the Group Level Documents (GLDs) that prescribe what we will do and how we will do it. All of these documents are published and accessible to employees.

Effective communication and employee engagement is critical for maintaining open and productive relationships between leaders and employees. Employees receive communication on BHP Billiton goals and performance, as well as on other important issues such as health and safety and the environment and theCode of Business Conduct. OurCode of Business Conduct is founded onOur Charter values, which make an unqualified commitment to working with integrity. Communication is undertaken through a variety of channels, including the internet, intranet, email, newsletters and other means designed to cater for the local environment. Our employees can access our Annual Reports either via the internet or hard copy. Communications tools are also used to facilitate employee feedback, as are a variety of consultative processes. Dispute and grievance handling processes are also in place to assist in equitably addressing workplace issues across the organisation. A business conduct advisory service, EthicsPoint, operates worldwide to allow concerns to be raised about conduct that is out of step withOur Charter values, our policies and procedures or legislation.

Our all-employee share purchase plan, Shareplus, is available to all permanent full-time and part-time employees, and those on fixed-term contracts, except where local regulations limit operation of the scheme. In these instances, alternative arrangements are in place. As at 30 June 2014, 27,401 employees, or approximately 53.1 per cent of those eligible for the April 2014 offer, were participants in Shareplus. The Shareplus employee plan is described in section 4.4.26 of this Annual Report. Short-term and long-term incentive schemes also operate across the Group. Rewards for eligible individuals are predicated on the need to meet targets relating to the Group’s performance in areas such as health, safety and achievement of financial measures and on the personal performance of each employee.

Our performance management process aligns individual performance and behaviour toOur Charter and our strategic and operational priorities as well as working to ensure individual and team performance is recognised. Our leaders are accountable for providing feedback and coaching and identifying development needs to help our employees maximise their performance and realise their full potential. In FY2014, 74 per cent of employees participated in a formal performance review process. Due to industrial agreements, not all employees are able to participate in individual performance or reward programs. The importance we place on employee development and training is demonstrated by the significant amount of training our employees undertake.

BHP Billiton is committed to building and maintaining a diverse workforce and providing a work environment in which every employee is treated fairly and with respect. We work actively to avoid discrimination on any basis, including disability. Where an employee suffers some disability while they are employed, we work to identify roles that meet their skill, experience and capability, and in some cases offer retraining. We also offer flexible work practices, where this is possible, taking into account the needs of the employee and those of the particular workplace. The employment packages under our remuneration policy, which must comply with local regulations, are aligned to our business requirements and are designed to be sufficiently attractive to recruit and retain the best people.

1.13.3    Diversity and inclusion at BHP Billiton

Our Charter and GLDs guide all aspects of our management, including diversity and inclusion.

Our GLDs are underpinned by principles that guide our approach to diversity and inclusion. Our GMC and the Board believe that a diverse workforce and inclusive work environment where the unique skills, experiences and perspectives of our people are embraced is pivotal to sustaining performance and increasing productivity. The Board approves the Group’s diversity and inclusion measurable objectives for each financial year and monitors its progress. In relation to gender, they have set a goal of increasing the number of women on the Board. Further details are set out below.

Principles that underpin our approach to diversity and inclusion:

a diverse workforce and an inclusive environment are necessary to the delivery of our strategy that is predicated on diversification by commodity, geography and market;

we aspire to have a workforce that best represents the communities in which our assets are located and our employees live;

actions that support our diversity and inclusion objectives should be consistent with our established approach to talent, performance and reward;

achieving an appropriate level of diversity will require structured programs to support employees from an early career stage in developing the necessary skills and experiences for leadership roles;

creating an inclusive work environment will require every employee and leader to embrace diversity and act in a way that is consistent withOur Charter;

measurable objectives in support of diversity and inclusion will be transparent, fit for purpose and focus on (i) engaging, enabling and developing our workforce and (ii) establishing appropriate representation goals.

Progress against measurable objectives

Progress against our FY2014 commitments is set out below.

1.Each Business, Group Function and Marketing will be evaluated on progress in executing the measurable objectives that form part of its multi-year diversity plan.

The performance of each Business, Group Function and Marketing was evaluated as part of the Group’s internal compliance requirements. Results were taken into account in determining variable remuneration.

2.Execute the diversity and inclusion strategy and actions approved by the GMC.

Our CEO and management teams reinforced our commitment to diversity and inclusion through internal and external communication channels including town hall meetings, surveys and participation in industry events.

Senior leaders mentored and held talent development conversations with high potential females, females in our graduate program and ethnically diverse talent. Specific actions were captured as part of their development plans.

Employees’ perceived level of inclusion in their teams was measured as part of the employee survey. Results, together with tools to assist action planning were cascaded to business leaders and line managers.

Actions to increase representation of Indigenous people in our workforce included targeted resourcing strategies, training programs and integration initiatives to broaden employment opportunities.

Female representation increased (i) seven percentage points in senior leadership roles to 15 per cent and (ii) one percentage point in our overall workforce representation to 16 per cent from our baseline in 2010. We remain committed to increasing overall female representation, with a specific focus on operational areas.

3.Increase female representation by one in each asset and operations leadership team by end of FY2015 (where the business leadership team comprises less than 50 per cent females).

Female representation increased nine percentage points in operational leadership teams from last year.

4.Develop recommendations for providing childcare options and flexible work arrangements.

Flexible work recommendations are being piloted in different locations. Childcare options remain a focus for FY2015.

5.Increase the proportion of female and Indigenous graduates hired and retained year on year.

Representation of females in our graduate intake increased three percentage points at a global level and six percentage points in Australia from last year. Indigenous Australian representation increased three percentage points. Retention of female graduates that have commenced since 2011 remains stable at 93 per cent.

6.Maintain at least a 30 per cent female participation in our Accelerated Leadership Development Program (ALDP).

Female representation in our ALDP cohort remains at 41 per cent.

Continuous improvement

In FY2015, we will continue focusing on creating work environments of greater inclusion and enhancing our gender and diversity profile. We will take the following steps to deliver against this commitment:

1.Demonstrate progress against our diversity and inclusion plan to improve our gender and ethnicity profile and increase female representation year on year;

2.Demonstrate improvement in creating a work environment of inclusion, as measured by our employee survey.

Each Business, Group Function and Marketing will continue to be evaluated on progress against their multi-year diversity and inclusion plan. Successful completion will be taken into account in determining bonus remuneration and tracked as part of the Group’s internal compliance requirements.

1.14    Sustainability

Our Charter value of Sustainability is core to our strategy and we integrate health, safety, environmental, social and economic factors into our decision-making. Maintaining our licence to operate as a global company is

dependent upon gaining access to natural resources and ensuring we earn the trust of our shareholders, employees, contractors, communities, customers and suppliers.

Our approach to sustainability reflects our priority to put health and safety first, be environmentally responsible and provide support to our host communities. In reporting our sustainability performance, we include our impact on the environment and approach to climate change, water stewardship, resource conservation and biodiversity; and our efforts to ensure the broader economic contributions of our operations benefit the regions in which we operate.

The information contained in this section, unless otherwise stated, covers assets that have been wholly owned and operated by BHP Billiton or that have been operated by BHP Billiton in a joint venture operation (operated assets) for FY2014.

1.14.1    Identifying our sustainability issues

To deliver successfully on our strategy we must identify and respond to the sustainability issues that have a direct or indirect impact on our business, to our stakeholders and society at large. Using a materiality assessment process, we identified and prioritised material sustainability issues included in this Annual Report and the Sustainability Report 2014. The following issues are discussed in this Annual Report:

Governance

Health and safety

Environment

Society

•     Governance and sustainability

•     Identifying and managing our material risks

•     Operating with integrity and conducting business transparently

•     Addressing climate change

•     Keeping our people and operations safe

•     Focusing on the health of our people

•     Energy and greenhouse gas management

•     Biodiversity and land management

•     Water stewardship

•     Responsibly managing hydraulic fracturing

•     Supporting and engaging with our communities

•     Free, prior informed consent

•     Respecting human rights

•     Making a positive contribution to society

Additional information relating to our sustainability performance for FY2014 is available in our Sustainability Report 2014 and can be found online atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

1.14.2    Governance

Governance and sustainability

Our Board governs the Group in a manner consistent withOur Charter values, our strategy and our commitment to a transparent and high-quality governance system. The Board has established a number of committees to assist it in exercising its authority and to monitor the performance of the Group. The Sustainability Committee assists the Board in oversight of health, safety, environment, community and climate change matters. This includes overseeing areas relating to risk control, compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements and overall health, safety, environment and community (HSEC) performance of the Group.

The Board delegates authority to the CEO to manage the Group in its pursuit of creating long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources. Established by the CEO, the GMC is the Group’s most senior executive body. The GMC’s purpose is to provide leadership to the Group, determining its priorities and the way it is to operate, thereby assisting the CEO in pursuing the corporate

purpose. The GMC is a forum to debate high-level matters important to the Group and to ensure consistent development of the Group’s strategy.

To link HSEC matters to remuneration, 20 per cent of the FY2014 short-term incentive opportunity for GMC members was based on HSEC performance. This was an increase from 15 per cent in FY2013, reflecting the importance the Board and GMC place on sustainability. The Sustainability Committee assists the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC metrics to be included in GMC scorecards and in assessing performance against those measures. The Board also has discretion over both the short-term and long-term incentive opportunities for GMC members and takes into consideration HSEC performance.

Identifying and managing our material risks

In addition to the legal requirements of the countries in which we operate, our approach to sustainability risks is defined by our HSEC-related Group Level Documents (GLDs). These clearly describe our mandatory minimum performance requirements and accountabilities across the Group and are the foundation for developing and implementing management systems at our operations.

Our HSEC-related GLDs outline our approach to the Group’s material sustainability risks and highlight a commitment to international policies, standards and management practices. These include the principles and mandatory requirements of the position statements of the International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) Sustainable Development Framework, the United Nations (UN) Global Compact, the UN Declaration of Human Rights and the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights.

We seek to ensure our customers, suppliers, agents, service providers and contractors maintain business practices and workplaces that are aligned with our GLDs. We also provide GLD performance requirements to our non-operated assets and seek to influence the asset to follow these requirements.

OurRisk Management GLD provides the framework for embedding risk identification and management into our business activities, functions and processes. This is the basis of an active and consistent risk-based approach to sustainability. We identify risks we consider material to our organisation and take into consideration the potential health, safety, environmental, community, reputational, legal and financial impacts. The severity of any particular risk is assessed according to the most severe impact associated with a specific risk. The objectives of the risk management process are to understand the nature and residual impact of the material risks for the Group and to ensure they are managed through the verification and effectiveness testing of critical controls. Information relating to the material risks for the Group, including sustainability risks, is available in section 1.7 of this Annual Report.

Operating with integrity and conducting business transparently

To maintain our position as one of the world’s leading companies, we are committed to ethical business practices and high levels of governance in all our dealings. Regardless of the country or culture within which our people work, ourAnti-corruption GLD andCode of Business Conduct prohibit bribery and corruption in all our business dealings. Particulars in relation to theCode of Business Conduct and anti-corruption are referred to in section 3.17 in this Annual Report. Specific discussion on legal proceedings is available in section 6 of this Annual Report.

Transparently reporting our payments to governments

We believe that transparency of government revenue from the extraction of natural resources is an important element in the fight against corruption. BHP Billiton has been a supporter of the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI) since its inception in 2002 and we continue to engage actively with EITI processes in countries where we operate. In line with our support for the EITI, we have reported in the Sustainability

Report 2014, payments of taxes and royalties derived from resource developments on a country-by-country basis. Our payments to governments in FY2014 included US$9.9 billion in company taxes, royalties and certain indirect taxes and approximately US$1.5 billion in taxes collected on behalf of employees. More than 99 per cent of our payments were made to 14 countries. Of these, our largest payments are made in Australia, where we have the majority of our assets.

Sustainability in our supply chain

As a global organisation, we understand our responsibility to ensure we only engage with suppliers who have responsible and ethical business practices. Relationships with our partner suppliers are managed in accordance with relevant contractual arrangements,Our Charter, ourCode of Business Conduct, ourAnti-corruption GLD and relevant HSEC GLDs.

To identify sustainability risks across our supply chain, we use a risk-based approach within ourSupply ‘Source to Contract’ GLD to support our suppliers’ alignment with our HSEC and business conduct requirements. These requirements include zero tolerance of a number of human rights infringements including child labour, inhumane treatment of employees and forced or compulsory labour. Our suppliers are also required to adopt an open attitude towards legitimate activities of trade unions.

Contracted suppliers are assessed on a matrix for commercial dependency versus supplier risk and assigned a tiered segmentation. A procedure to engage with each supplier is developed appropriate to the level of risk.

Closure planning

Closure planning is a key consideration in the planning and development of our projects and operations. We recognise the significant risks associated with poorly managed closure activities and seek to minimise these throughout the life cycle of our operations. In line with ourCorporation Alignment Planning GLD, our operations are required to develop and maintain closure plans that address the details of rehabilitation activities for disturbed land, remediation requirements for contaminated land, and end uses for land and infrastructure. Closure plans are also required to include community livelihood opportunities post-closure, design and engineering specifications for structures remaining at closure and human resource strategies addressing retention and transition opportunities for employees. In addition, we require closure plans to be developed as part of our major capital investments to ensure we understand potential closure liabilities and have the opportunity to reduce them during the design stage. The closure plans provide the basis for estimating the closure costs and the associated accounting for closure and rehabilitation obligations. Information on these provisions can be found in note 18 ‘Provisions’ to the Financial Statements in our Annual Report 2014.

An ongoing internal closure planning audit program, established in FY2011, tests the effectiveness of the controls detailed in ourCorporation Alignment Planning GLD. Findings from these audits are reported to the relevant Business Presidents, while summary reports are considered by the Sustainability Committee of the Board. During FY2014, 10 audits were conducted and, where required, improvements to the closure plan or provisions were implemented.

Addressing climate change

Addressing climate change is a Board governance and strategic issue. Successful implementation of our strategy requires us to sustainably develop our asset portfolio to deliver superior long-term shareholder returns.

Climate change governance

We recognise our responsibility to take action by focusing on reducing our emissions, increasing our preparedness for physical climate impacts, and working with others, including our industry and governments, to enhance the global response to climate change. To effectively address the challenge of climate change, there

must be a significant focus on developing and deploying low-emissions technologies. We will, through material investments in low-emissions technology, contribute to reducing emissions from fossil fuels.

There is uncertainty around the physical impacts of climate change and how the world will respond to these impacts or seek to mitigate climate change. In light of this, our investment decisions are informed by a comprehensive understanding of a range of possible climate change outcomes and the associated risks and opportunities to delivering shareholder value. We use a broad range of scenarios that consider critical global uncertainties (e.g. macroeconomic and geopolitical) and their impacts on supply and demand assumptions to test our portfolio and investment decision-making.

Our approach to addressing climate change is to identify emerging trends, develop strategies, coordinate activity across the businesses and report our performance externally. Our GMC has primary responsibility for the design and implementation of an effective position and response to climate change, and accountability for performance against our climate change metrics. We also seek input and insight from external experts, such as the Forum on Corporate Responsibility.

To reflect updates in scientific knowledge and global regulatory and political responses, we regularly review our position on climate change. We incorporate climate change considerations into our Group scenarios to understand potential impacts on our portfolio. We also conduct annual reviews of performance against Business greenhouse gas (GHG) targets to ensure we are on track to achieve our company target. The Sustainability Committee has considered a range of climate change scenarios and continues to monitor the actions being taken to manage a range of climate change impacts and policy responses.

Our perspective on climate change

We accept the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s (IPCC) assessment of climate change science, which has found that warming of the climate is unequivocal, the human influence is clear and physical impacts are unavoidable. We believe the world must pursue the twin objectives of limiting climate change to the lower end of the IPCC emission scenarios in line with current international agreements, while providing access to the affordable energy required to continue the economic growth essential for maintaining living standards and alleviating poverty.

We use the IPCC’s findings to build our understanding of the impacts climate change will have on our business and to inform our decision-making. Limiting climate change will require substantial and sustained reductions of GHG emissions. Our view is that an effective, long-term climate change policy framework should use a portfolio of complementary measures to reduce emissions and build resilience. This should include a price on carbon that addresses competitiveness concerns, support for energy-efficiency improvements, and the development and deployment of low-emissions technologies, together with measures to respond to the physical impacts of climate change.

We will continue to take action to reduce our emissions and build the resilience of our operations, investments, communities and ecosystems to the impacts of climate change. Recognising their role as policy makers, we engage with governments to enhance the global response. We work in partnership with resource sector peers to improve sectoral performance and increase industry’s influence in policy development to deliver effective long-term regulatory responses.

The global challenge

Our diverse portfolio is important in meeting global demand for energy. We will continue to adjust the shape of our portfolio to match energy and commodity demand and meet society’s expectations while maximising shareholder returns.

Our approach to investment decision-making and portfolio management ensures that climate change risks are identified, assessed and appropriately addressed. We have been applying an internal price on carbon in our investment decisions and portfolio evaluation for more than a decade and were early adopters of this approach. We maintain a view on carbon pricing using a carbon price protocol which we update regularly. Our carbon price protocol tracks the progress of national commitments to tackle climate change throughout the world, including our major operating regions and customer demand centres, and considers various potential scenarios for how global emissions and policy will evolve over time. We look at the potential for reductions in emissions and the cost associated with those reductions to determine an appropriate price level for each relevant country or region. In doing so, we consider the effectiveness of different policies, political situations required to pass legislation, timing to implement reductions and the interaction between policy mechanisms.

Through a comprehensive and strategic approach to corporate planning, we work with a broad range of scenarios to assess our portfolio, including consideration of a range of policy responses to and impacts from climate change. Our work suggests that BHP Billiton’s portfolio diversification provides resilience to our overall asset valuation. The diversity of our overall portfolio, which includes energy (oil, coal and uranium) and minerals (including copper, premium quality iron ore and potash), uniquely positions us to manage and respond to changes and capture opportunities to grow shareholder value over time.

Stranded assets and the ‘carbon bubble’

The potential gap between the current valuation of fossil fuel reserves on the balance sheets of companies and in global equities markets and the reduced value that could result if a significant proportion of reserves were rendered incapable of extraction in an economically viable fashion due to responses to climate change, is known as the ‘carbon bubble’. Although this concept has been discussed by non-government organisations and academics for several years, there has recently been renewed interest in this topic, particularly from ratings agencies and investment analysts. There is, however, little consensus on what specific carbon prices, fossil fuel demand or market prices might trigger this devaluation.

Providing access to the affordable energy required to continue the economic growth is essential for maintaining living standards and alleviating poverty. Under all current plausible scenarios, fossil fuels will continue to be a significant part of the energy mix for decades.

BHP Billiton uses a scenario framework, including for forecasting commodity prices that considers critical global uncertainties (e.g. macroeconomic and geopolitical) and their impacts on supply and demand assumptions. Using a range of carbon prices and commodity demand and pricing assumptions across a variety of internally consistent scenarios, we have determined that BHP Billiton’s overall asset valuation is not at material risk, the pay-back periods for most present and future investments in fossil fuels production are relatively short and the portfolio remains robust.

Mitigation

We have been setting GHG targets for our Businesses since 1996 and have a goal to limit our overall emissions to below our FY2006 baseline by FY2017. Meeting an absolute target is not easy. Growth across our Businesses will increase emissions and we must continually look for opportunities to improve our energy efficiency and implement GHG reduction projects to mitigate this increase. All our Businesses are required to minimise their emissions to reduce our contribution to climate change. They must identify, evaluate and implement all suitable projects that prevent or minimise GHG emissions including in project design and equipment selection. For further information on our GHG emissions reduction projects, please refer to the Sustainability Report 2014.

Adaptation

We recognise that we must ensure our business is resilient and can adapt to physical climate change impacts that will occur. Our assets are long-lived so we take a robust, risk-based approach to managing these impacts. Our

assessment of the regional impacts on our Businesses shows that they are already exposed to risks as a result of climate change, including increasing storm intensities, greater water supply variability and an increasing number of high-temperature days. These impacts can affect health and safety, productivity and financial performance. Testing the resilience of our operations to these impacts has already changed the way we work. For example, the identification and assessment of increasing storm intensity and storm surge levels has resulted in raising the height of the trestle at our Hay Point coal port facility in Australia as part of our expansion plans.

We continue to look for enhancements to the Company-wide integrated planning framework to allow better assessment of the physical risks associated with climate change and to ensure resilience is embedded into our business plans and investment decisions. We will also look for opportunities to work in partnership to improve community and ecosystem resilience to the impacts of climate change.

Investing in technology and innovation

To effectively address the challenge of climate change, there must be a significant focus on developing and deploying low-emissions technologies over the next few decades. The rate of technology improvement and subsequent adoption must be faster than the usual commercial timeframes if these technologies are to be available at scale and at acceptable cost to meet the global challenge. Industry and government will need to work together in collaborative partnerships to facilitate this step-change.

We are a foundation member of the Cooperative Research Centre for Greenhouse Gas Technologies, one of the world’s leading collaborative research organisations focused on carbon capture and storage (CCS). We contribute a voluntary levy to the Australian Coal Association Low Emissions Technologies to facilitate the development of low-emissions technologies from coal use, including CCS. We are a member of the Global Carbon Capture and Storage Institute which aims to accelerate the development, demonstration and deployment of CCS globally through knowledge sharing, fact-based advice and advocacy and work to create favourable conditions to implement CCS.

We are developing a more integrated approach to low-emissions technology to provide a roadmap for our investments. We will investigate opportunities for investment across a range of technologies that have the potential to lead to material emission reductions in our operations and across our supply chains. To accelerate deployment of any prospective technologies, we will seek opportunities to partner with governments, industry leaders and key researchers.

Further information on our approach to climate change is available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

1.14.3    Health and safety

Keeping our people and operations safe

We recognise that the health and safety of our people comes first. This is core toOur Charter and to every aspect of our business. Our people are key to our long-term success and central to improving our HSEC performance.

To understand, manage and, where possible, eliminate the risks in our business, we have appropriate controls in place and provide our people with appropriate training. While eliminating hazards through engineering or physical controls has a strong place in safety management, we understand it is only part of the solution.

Our operations are required to have systems in place to identify and effectively manage foreseeable crises and emergencies. This ensures our operations can deal with potential causalities, to limit harm and to safely return to full function as soon as possible.

Across our business, we undertake annual assessments to verify that critical controls are effective in managing each material risk. During FY2014, we maintained this focus, which included assessing whether the critical controls were being deployed as designed and to the standard required.

In FY2014, there were no fatalities reported at our operated assets. Our total recordable injury frequency (TRIF) performance of 4.2 injuries per million hours worked improved by nine per cent compared with FY2013.

Total recordable injury frequency (per million hours worked)

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 

Total recordable injury frequency (TRIF)

   4.2     4.6     4.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Focusing on the health of our people

To prevent occupational illness and injury, we are focused on ensuring the work our people are required to do does not impact their health and that they are fit for work. This means identifying and assessing risks and managing and minimising their impact.

Since FY2012, we have seen an increase in the reporting of musculoskeletal illnesses and in FY2014 we have also seen an increase in noise induced hearing loss case reporting. These changes in reported cases have been driven by the adoption of comprehensive musculoskeletal illness classification processes and the introduction of programs for the early detection of hearing loss at some of our Australian operations. This has resulted in more focus on both of these illnesses.

In FY2014, the incidence of employee occupational illness was 2.84 per million hours worked, an increase of 19 per cent compared with FY2013.

Employee occupational illness incidence (per million hours worked)

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 

Noise induced hearing loss

   0.68     0.51     0.97  

Musculoskeletal

   1.61     1.24     1.04  

Other illnesses

   0.55     0.64     0.35  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   2.84     2.39     2.36  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our priority is to control occupational exposures at their source. We are focused on continuously improving our occupational exposure controls. In situations where we cannot control the source, we employ a range of measures, including the provision of personal protective equipment to safeguard our people.

Operations are required to identify and control health risks and to establish an exposure risk profile to harmful agents for employees and for contractors and to review the profile to validate exposure levels and to account for process changes. The implementation of exposure controls is required where exposure potentially exceeds or is anticipated to exceed occupational exposure limits (OELs). We establish our own OELs when we believe local regulatory limits do not provide adequate protection for our workers. If a potential exposure to harmful agents exceeds 50 per cent of the OEL, periodic medical surveillance is required.

In FY2012, we established a health target baseline and committed to reduce potential occupational exposure to carcinogens and airborne contaminants by 10 per cent by FY2017. In FY2014, we recorded a 22 per cent decrease in the number of potential exposures to carcinogens and airborne contaminants, if not for the use of personal protective equipment, compared with our FY2012 baseline. We have therefore currently exceeded our target; however, exposure control remains an area of focus to ensure our reductions are maintained.

1.14.4    Environment

We demonstrate environmental responsibility by minimising our environmental impacts and contributing to enduring benefits to biodiversity, ecosystems and other environmental resources. We classify environmental

incidents based on our Risk Severity table. We determine a significant environmental incident as one that causes one or more major impacts to land, biodiversity, ecosystem services, water resources or air, with effects lasting greater than one year. Incidents that may impact any of the environmental attributes listed previously are investigated and remediated according to internal or external requirements. In FY2014 there were no significant environmental incidents reported at our operated assets.

Energy and greenhouse gas management

We strive to continually improve energy and GHG management. Consistent with ourEnvironment GLD, our Businesses are required to identify, evaluate and implement suitable projects that prevent or minimise GHG emissions. We also evaluate and implement GHG emission reduction opportunities in capital project design.

In FY2013, we set a target to maintain our FY2017 GHG emissions below our FY2006 baseline levels, while continuing to grow our business. In FY2014, the Group’s total GHG emissions were 45.0 million tonnes (Mt) of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2-e), a reduction of 1.7 Mt CO2-e compared to FY2013 (46.7 Mt CO2-e). This keeps us in line to achieve our GHG target. We will continue to focus on the implementation of abatement opportunities within our Businesses to further reduce our GHG emissions.

GHG Scope 1 and 2 (millions of tonnes CO2-e)

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 

Scope 1 (a)

   22.7     22.0     20.2  

Scope 2 (b)

   22.3     24.7     20.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total GHG millions of tonnes CO2-e

   45.0     46.7     40.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Scope 1 refers to direct GHG emissions from our operated assets.

(b)Scope 2 refers to indirect GHG emissions from the generation of purchased electricity and steam that is consumed by our operated assets.

In FY2014, our total energy consumption across the Group increased by six per cent, compared to FY2013, to 343 petajoules. This increase was related to new projects coming online including our Jimblebar iron ore mine in Western Australia and our Daunia coal mine in Queensland, Australia. To further improve energy consumption and GHG emissions we have implemented projects across our Businesses.

In line with requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006, our reported FY2014 GHG intensity was 4.9 tonnes of CO2-e per tonne of copper equivalent production. We believe that attempting to benchmark energy use and/or greenhouse gas emissions on an intensity basis does not meaningfully contribute to an understanding of our performance, given the diverse range of products across our portfolio, fundamental differences in the grade, geology, accessibility and technological processes and changes in output levels that routinely occur in different directions in response to changing market conditions and other factors. Rather than use an intensity metric, we have set ourselves a more challenging goal to limit our overall emissions by setting an absolute target, keeping our FY2017 GHG emissions below our FY2006 baseline while we continue to grow our business.

Biodiversity and land management

Improving our management of land and enhancing biodiversity are essential to operating in a responsible and sustainable manner. We continue to demonstrate environmental responsibility by minimising our environmental impacts and seeking opportunities to contribute to enduring benefits to biodiversity, ecosystems and other environmental resources.

Our approach to land access is undertaken on a case-by-case basis and considers the potential environmental, societal, economic or cultural impacts. We consider what land we need for our activities and seek to identify the uses of the land and the stakeholders who may be affected by our activities. We then look at our possible short-term and long-term impacts on that land, including the effects that our use may have on biodiversity, water resources, air and communities.

In FY2013, we established a target to develop and maintain land and biodiversity management plans that include controls to avoid, minimise, rehabilitate and apply compensatory actions as appropriate, to manage the biodiversity and ecosystem impacts of our operations. This target is supported by the requirements of ourEnvironment GLD. In FY2014, all our operations developed land and biodiversity management plans, consistent with our target.

We also have explicit requirements in ourEnvironment GLD to avoid environmental impacts to protect our local and global environment. We continue to monitor the operational effectiveness of our controls. Where actual or reasonably foreseeable residual impacts remain to important biodiversity and ecosystems impacted by our activities, we look to undertake compensatory actions.

In addition to the environmental management actions of our Businesses, we have voluntarily committed to finance the conservation and ongoing management of areas of high biodiversity and ecosystem value that are of national or international conservation significance. We established an alliance with Conservation International to support the delivery of this target and improve our approach to biodiversity management more broadly. As a result, we will improve our environmental performance and broaden our contributions to lasting environmental benefits beyond what could be achieved by our operations alone. As of FY2014, we have committed more than US$30 million to conservation, in addition to the environmental management activities at our operations.

A central part of our approach to managing our impacts on land and biodiversity is the rehabilitation of land no longer required for our activities. Our Businesses are required to maintain rehabilitation plans that support life of asset and closure plans, and to rehabilitate disturbed areas no longer required for operational purposes, consistent with the pre-disturbance land use or alternate land use, taking into account regulatory requirements and stakeholder expectations.

Water stewardship

We recognise the role we have as responsible stewards of the water resources we share with our host communities and the environment. The sustainability of our operations relies on our ability to obtain an appropriate quality and quantity of water, use it responsibly and manage it appropriately, including taking account of natural supply variations.

Across our Businesses, water risks are required to be assessed and managed on a regional basis. In some locations, we operate in arid environments where water scarcity is an ongoing challenge while in other locations, we contend with water excess, water quality or water discharge issues. We anticipate climate change is likely to make the patterns and cycles of water flow less predictable and so we require our operations to implement adaptive responses. Managing our shared water resources is therefore a complex task for our Business.

In line with ourEnvironment GLD, our operations are required to assess direct, indirect and cumulative impacts and risks to water resources as a result of understanding social, cultural, ecological and economic values of these resources at a catchment level within our area of influence. Based on these risks and impacts, controls demonstrating application of the mitigation hierarchy (avoid, minimise and rehabilitate environmental impacts prior to applying compensatory actions) are required to be implemented and monitored for effectiveness. Target environmental outcomes for impacts to water resources consistent with the level of risk are also required. Compensatory actions are applied where residual impacts remain to important water-related biodiversity and ecosystems impacted by our activities to meet our target environmental outcomes and contribute to long-term environmental benefits.

Recognising the regional nature of our water risks, we introduced a target in FY2013 requiring our Businesses with water-related material risks, to implement projects to improve the management of water resources. The target allows our Businesses to focus on the water challenges specific to the regions in which they operate. In FY2014, all our operations that identified water-related material risks, implemented at least one project to improve the management of associated water resources.

Being a responsible water steward requires transparent and consistent reporting of water use and impacts. We have played a key role in the development and implementation of the Minerals Council of Australia’s Water Accounting Framework (WAF). The WAF aims to improve data integrity and comparability across the sector to allow a more meaningful analysis on which to base policy making and deliver improved outcomes. Our water reporting is consistent with the WAF approach, and we are working with the ICMM to support broader adoption across industry.

Under the WAF, water is categorised as Type 1 (close to drinking water standards), Type 2 (suitable for some purposes), and Type 3 (unsuitable for most purposes). In FY2014, our total water input (water intended for use) was 347,700 megalitres across the Group, with 84 per cent defined as Type 2 or Type 3. Our use of Type 2 and Type 3 water demonstrates our approach to utilising lower-quality water wherever feasible.

Responsibly managing hydraulic fracturing

The nature of our hydraulic fracturing operations at our North American Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville shale areas means at times we work in close proximity to our host communities. We actively engage with local stakeholders to address public concerns about hydraulic fracturing fluids, groundwater contamination, land and water resources, GHG emissions, increased vehicular traffic and worker exposure to respirable crystalline silica. We continue to investigate ways to reduce or eliminate any potential impacts associated with our activities.

To protect and manage the land and water resources, we conduct environmental assessments prior to the execution of hydraulic fracturing work to minimise the impacts of our operations. In FY2014, we completed a water balance showing inputs, uses, losses, reuse and recycle, and disposal amounts of fresh water for each operation to identify opportunities to reduce water consumption in our hydraulic fracturing operations. We are pursuing non-potable water options, including the use of brackish water, recycled municipal effluents and recycled water from our production wells.

A number of controls are used to manage, minimise and recycle drilling residuals. We use closed loop systems that allows drilling muds to be recycled and lower the potential for contact with the environment. .As part of our commitment to transparency, we publicly report the ingredients of the fracturing fluids for each well completion in the hydraulic fracturing chemical disclosure registry, FracFocus. For a high percentage of our wells, we fully disclose all of the ingredients and additives by name (and Chemical Abstracts Service Number) and provide the maximum percentage of each ingredient present in the fracturing fluid mixture. In a few cases, the service providers who supply the ingredients and conduct our well completions elect to designate a small number of proprietary ingredients as confidential business information. In the Permian area, we pump a blend of produced water and fresh water treated with an advanced oxidation process which utilises ozone, a highly reactive oxidant that kills most bacteria. This process eliminates the need for clay stabiliser and biocide, thereby reducing the number of additives in the fracturing fluid mixture. Every well we drill is checked against our critical controls to ensure well integrity and the safety of our operations.

The majority of our air emissions relate to GHG emissions from fuel combustion and flaring or venting during well construction and production. We are working to reduce emissions by capturing and selling produced natural gas that may otherwise have been vented or flared.

1.14.5    Society

Supporting and engaging with our communities

We are a global company that values our host communities. We strive to be part of the communities in which we operate and through all our interactions seek to foster meaningful long-term relationships, which respect local cultures and create lasting benefits. Our contribution to our host communities is broad ranging. Through employment, taxes and royalties, we support local, regional and national economies. We purchase local goods and services and develop infrastructure that benefits entire communities.

From the earliest possible stage of a project’s life, we seek to build trust with our stakeholders. By defining the boundaries of our host communities, we assess the social, economic, political, security and environmental aspects and develop a social baseline, which is required to be updated every five years with changes tracked over time. Stakeholder engagement plans, which identify the interests and relationships of our stakeholders and contain a range of culturally and socially inclusive engagement activities to encourage open communication, are reviewed and updated annually. To ensure our engagement and community development activities are effective and to inform planning activities, our operations are required to complete a community perception survey every three years.

Free prior and informed consent

As one of the 22 member companies of the ICMM, we have worked to develop a progressive position statement on Indigenous Peoples and Mining. This statement, which comes into effect in May 2015, specifically addresses the issue of Free Prior and Informed Consent (FPIC).

FPIC is a concept based on good faith negotiation through which Indigenous peoples can give or withhold their consent using processes consistent with their traditional decision-making practices. Supporting commitments address understanding their rights and interests, building cross-cultural understanding, and agreeing on appropriate engagement processes and participation in decision-making. A number of related commitments address how ICMM members should engage where government is responsible for managing Indigenous peoples’ interests and how to move forward when differences of opinion arise. The ICMM’s position statement recognises the right of governments to ultimately make decisions on development of resources and that, in most countries, neither Indigenous peoples nor other groups have a right to veto projects. Where consent cannot be reached, a host government may decide to proceed with a project after balancing the rights and interests of Indigenous peoples with the wider population. In these circumstances, it will be up to ICMM member companies to determine whether they remain involved with the project.

Through ourCommunity GLD, we require our Businesses to prepare, design and implement Indigenous engagement programs that are consistent with the new ICMM Position Statement on Indigenous Peoples and Mining for new operations or major capital projects that are located on lands traditionally owned by or under customary use of Indigenous peoples and are likely to have significant adverse impacts on Indigenous peoples.

Respecting customary rights

At a very early stage in a project, we seek to identify landowners, occupiers and users who may be affected by our activities. Knowing who is connected to and uses the land is critical to establishing an effective community consultation and engagement program. This helps to ensure people potentially affected by our operations are fully aware of our activities and have an opportunity to express their concerns and aspirations. Arising from this engagement, the operational work plan may be amended to reduce potential impacts on landowners and users.

Surveys are commissioned to identify the customary owners and how the land is being used to ensure these uses are taken into account in our development plans. In instances where land may be used for customary purposes and no formal land title has been issued, information is requested from relevant organisations, including

government authorities with responsibilities for customary land uses and Indigenous peoples’ representative organisations, such as land and tribal councils. Further enquiries are also made directly with the people in the area to help identify those with connections to the land.

Respecting and including Indigenous communities

We recognise the traditional rights and values of Indigenous peoples, respect their cultural heritage and provide opportunities for inclusion and advancement. Many of our operations are located on or near Indigenous lands. We support our workers by providing cultural awareness and competency training for employees and contractors who engage with Indigenous peoples from our host communities. Training is developed and delivered in consultation with traditional owners. We also identify who is connected to and uses the land to ensure we establish effective community consultation and engagement programs.

Respecting human rights

We acknowledge our activities have the potential to impact human rights and we address these through our core business practices. We are committed to operating in accordance with the United Nations (UN) Universal Declaration of Human Rights, UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and the UN Global Compact Principles. We support these commitments throughOur Charter andCode of Business Conduct and the performance requirements detailed in our GLDs.

In line with ourCommunity GLD, our human rights due diligence process requires our operations to identify and document key potential human rights risks by completing a human rights impact assessment (HRIA). This includes assessing performance against the articles of the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the UN Global Compact principles and host country legislation governing human rights issues. We require each HRIA to be reviewed on an annual basis. Every three years, each HRIA is required to be verified through an engagement process with stakeholders, and, in medium and high-risk jurisdictions, by a qualified human rights specialist. Where a HRIA identifies a material risk, a human rights management plan is required to be implemented and reviewed annually. Selected employees and contractors receive training on how to comply with our human rights commitments.

Through our commitment to the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights (VPs), we seek to protect people and property from material risks presented by security threats. Performance requirements related to the VPs are implemented through ourSecurity and Emergency Management GLD. Our operations are required to identify security-related material risks to people and property and engage relevant stakeholders to develop and manage security programs that respect human rights and fundamental freedoms.

In addition, we require our operations to conduct a gap analysis annually using the VP’s Implementation Guidance Tool and to implement an improvement plan to close identified gaps. The process also provides an opportunity to further build awareness and understanding of the VPs across the Company.

Making a positive contribution to society

Creating lasting economic and social benefit for our communities is fundamental to our business. This helps create a diversified local economy and ensures our investment continues to benefit the community beyond the life of our operations. We are an active participant in industry and sustainable development forums, such as the ICMM. We seek to understand our socio-economic impact on local communities and host regions through our participation in the ICMM’s Mining: Partnerships for Development initiative. This global initiative builds on the ICMM’s Resource Endowment initiative and seeks to enhance mining’s contribution to development and poverty reduction through multi-stakeholder partnerships.

Wherever we operate, we contribute taxes and royalties to governments which, in turn are used to provide important public services and amenities to their communities. At many of our locations, we also develop

infrastructure to support our operations – including roads, aerodromes, emergency response facilities, housing, public amenities, community facilities – which can be accessed and utilised by local communities and businesses.

We are focused on providing training and employment opportunities to our local communities. Given the nature of the work we do, our ability to employ locally can be limited by the availability of industry and technical skills and experience at the local level. Our broader contribution to local economies can be realised through indirect employment and our support of local businesses that provide a range of services and products, which enable our operations to function effectively.

Improving the quality of life in our host communities

A focus on sustainability underpins all our investments in community economic development. This means we are committed to addressing the needs and priorities of the communities in which we operate and seek to invest in projects that will continue to promote benefits to the community after the funding is completed. We work with our host communities to identify the major social issues and development priorities. Using data from a social baseline study and social impact and opportunity assessment, we develop a community development management plan. Community development projects and donations are required to be aligned to the overall community development management plan, implemented in consultation with local stakeholders, and meet our due diligence and anti-corruption requirements.

We voluntarily invest one per cent of our pre-tax profit, calculated on the average of the previous three years’ pre-tax profit, in community programs that aim to have a long-lasting positive impact on people’s quality of life, including implementing new and supporting existing community projects. With a focus on improving quality of life, our community development programs are developed by working openly with governments and the communities in which we operate, and focusing on the needs and resources of our key stakeholders. This is how we are contributing to economic and social development.

During FY2014, our voluntary community investment totalled US$241.7 million, comprising US$141.7 million of cash, in-kind support and administrative costs, and a US$100 million contribution to the BHP Billiton Foundation. The BHP Billiton Foundation was established in FY2013 to identify and support large sustainable development projects in countries and regions of interest to BHP Billiton to complement the local programs managed by our assets. This builds on contributions that have previously been paid to the BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities charitable organisation. At the end of FY2014, BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities had a total of US$70.4 million and the BHP Billiton Foundation had a total of US$179 million in funds available for future sustainable development projects.

Community investment

Year ended 30 June

 2014  2013  2012 
  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Expenditure (including in-kind support and administrative costs)(1)

  141.7    139.8    149.1  

Contribution into BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities and BHP Billiton Foundation

  100.0    106.0    65.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Community investment

  241.7    245.8    214.1  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Represents BHP Billiton’s equity share for both operated and non-operated joint venture operations.

In FY2014, of the US$141.7 million cash expenditure, 46 per cent was invested in local communities; 44 per cent was invested regionally and 10 per cent was invested in national or international programs in countries where we operate.

Ok Tedi

BHP Billiton exited from Ok Tedi Mining Limited (OTML) in February 2002. The exit arrangements included the transfer of BHP Billiton’s shares in OTML to PNG Sustainable Development Program Limited (PNGSDP) and a statutory undertaking protecting BHP Billiton from environmental claims by the PNG Government.

In September 2013, the Papua New Guinea (PNG) Parliament passed laws which compulsorily acquired PNGSDP’s shares in OTML and changed other aspects of the exit arrangements, including the repeal of the protection from environmental claims by the PNG Government. BHP Billiton retains an indemnity from PNGSDP in respect of environmental claims by the PNG Government and certain environmental claims by third parties. This indemnity is secured against the assets of PNGSDP.

Following the passing of the new laws, PNGSDP has commenced legal proceedings and an International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID) arbitration process against the State of PNG and others.

1.15    Additional information

1.15.1    External factors and trends

The following section describes some of the external factors and trends that have had a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We operate our business in a dynamic and changing environment and with information that is rarely complete and exact. We primarily manage the risks discussed in this section under our portfolio risk management approach, which relies on the effects of diversification, rather than individual risk management programs. Details of our risk factors can be found in section 1.7.2 of this Annual Report. Details of our financial risk management strategies and financial instruments outstanding at 30 June 2014 can be found in section 1.7.3 and in note 29 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

Management monitors particular trends arising from external factors with a view to managing the potential impact on our future financial condition and results of operations. The following external factors could have a material adverse effect on our business and areas where we make decisions on the basis of information that is incomplete or uncertain.

Commodity prices

The prices we obtain for our products represent a key driver of our business, and fluctuations in these commodity prices affect our results, including cash flows and asset values. The estimated impact on FY2014 profit after taxation of changes of commodity prices is set out below.

US$M

US$1/bbl on oil price

54

US¢10/MMBtu on US gas price

30

US¢1/lb on copper price

24

US$1/t on iron ore price

112

US$1/t on metallurgical coal price

28

US$1/t on energy coal price

25

US$50/t on aluminium price

36

US¢10/dmtu on manganese ore price

26

US$1/t on manganese alloy price

1

US¢1/lb on nickel price

2

During FY2014, commodity markets saw some support from a modest improvement in global economic activity, though growth was uneven across different regions. The United States and Japan saw underlying momentum

increase, but emerging economies, notably China, saw growth slow. For steelmaking raw materials, supply growth exceeded that of demand resulting in a decrease in prices. Metal commodity prices were relatively stable with the exception of nickel, which experienced a price increase primarily as a result of the Indonesian ore export ban. For energy commodities, US natural gas prices benefited from strong winter demand, while solid demand growth combined with supply disruptions and geopolitical tensions have provided price support for crude oil.

The following table shows prices of our most significant commodities for the years ended 30 June 2014, 2013 and 2012. These prices represent selected quoted prices from the relevant sources as indicated. These prices will differ from the realised prices on the sale of the Group’s production due to differences in quotation periods, quality of products, delivery terms and the range of quoted prices that are used for contracting sales in different markets.

Year ended 30 June

  2014
Closing
   2013
Closing
   2012
Closing
   2014
Average
   2013
Average
   2012
Average
 

Aluminium (LME cash) (US$/t)

   1,851     1,731     1,835     1,764     1,938     2,168  

Alumina (1) (US$/t)

   312     318     305     321     327     334  

Copper (LME cash) (US$/lb)

   3.15     3.06     3.45     3.18     3.48     3.71  

Crude oil (Brent) (2) (US$/bbl)

   111.02     102.46     94.50     109.36     108.64     112.49  

Energy coal (3) (US$/t)

   70.89     78.89     89.22     78.38     89.10     111.95  

Natural gas Henry Hub (4) (US$/MMBtu)

   4.39     3.73     2.81     4.25     3.44     3.05  

Natural gas Asian Spot LNG(5) (US$/MMBtu)

   11.28     15.40     14.95     16.38     15.14     16.25  

Iron ore (6) (US$/dmt)

   93.25     116.25     135.25     122.70     127.23     151.17  

Manganese Alloys (7) (US$/t)

   999     1,038     1,160     1,020     1,106     1,177  

Manganese Ores (8) (US$/dmtu)

   4.20     5.54     5.06     4.95     5.29     4.90  

Metallurgical coal (9) (US$/t)

   110.50     130.00     221.50     128.40     159.13     239.18  

Nickel (LME cash) (US$/lb)

   8.49     6.21     7.47     6.88     7.43     8.77  

Ethane (10) (US$/bbl)

   12.02     9.92     12.29     11.92     12.15     27.31  

Propane (11) (US$/bbl)

   44.47     35.52     34.44     48.05     37.31     54.72  

Butane (12) (US$/bbl)

   54.39     49.51     51.29     56.70     61.74     76.72  

(1)Platts PAX Free on Board (FOB) Australia – market price assessment of calcined Metallurgical/ Smelter Grade Alumina.

(2)Platts Dated Brent is a benchmark price assessment of the spot market value of physical cargoes of North Sea light sweet crude oil.

(3)GlobalCoal FOB Newcastle 6,000kcal/kg NCV – typically applies to coal sales in the Asia Pacific market.

(4)Platts Gas based on Henry Hub – typically applies to gas sales in the US gas market.

(5)Platts Liquefied Natural Gas Delivery Ex-Ship (DES) Japan/Korea Marker – typically applies to Asian LNG spot sales.

(6)Platts 62 per cent Fe Cost and Freight (CFR) China – used for fines.

(7)Bulk FerroAlloy high-carbon ferromanganese (HCFeMn) Western Europe DDP.

(8)2014 and 2013 Metal Bulletin manganese ore 44 per cent Mn Cost Insurance Freight (CIF), 2012 CRU CIF China import 43 per cent contained manganese.

(9)Platts Low-Vol hard coking coal Index FOB Australia – representative of high-quality hard coking coals.

(10)OPIS Mont Belvieu non-Tet Ethane – typically applies to ethane sales in the US Gulf Coast market.

(11)OPIS Mont Belvieu non-Tet Propane – typically applies to propane sales in the US Gulf Coast market.

(12)OPIS Mont Belvieu non-Tet Normal Butane – typically applies to butane sales in the US Gulf Coast market.

The following summarises the pricing trends of our most significant commodities for FY2014.

Aluminium: The London Metals Exchange (LME) aluminium average cash settlement price decreased by nine per cent during FY2014. Demand continued to increase, but new supply offset the curtailment of high cost capacity. Delays in implementing changes to LME warehouse rules contributed to record high regional premiums ex-China as inventories were constrained by warehouse queues. Since 30 June 2014, the aluminium cash settlement price increased to US$2,114/t on 31 August 2014.

Alumina: The Platts FOB Australia average price decreased by two per cent during FY2014. Although demand grew, driven by the commissioning of new smelters in China, increasing supply outpaced the growth in demand.

Copper: The LME copper average cash settlement price decreased by nine per cent in FY2014. A shortage of copper scrap and growth in Chinese demand supported prices in the first half of the financial year, however, the price decreased in March amid concerns over the liquidation of Chinese stocks. Although seasonal demand strength helped regain some lost ground, strong growth of refined copper production limited price upside.

Crude oil: The Platts Dated Brent crude average price increased by one per cent during FY2014. Prices were supported by increased global demand, constrained Libyan supply, tensions in the Ukraine and a surge of unrest in Iraq in the latter part of the year. Moderating price drivers included slower growth in the Chinese economy during the December quarter of FY2014, combined with some progress towards resolving the deadlock over Iran’s nuclear program.

Energy coal: The Global Coal Newcastle FOB average price decreased by 12 per cent during FY2014. The decrease was driven by weaker import demand growth from India and China, coupled with supply growth from Australia, Russia and Indonesia.

Natural gas Henry Hub: The Platts US Henry Hub natural gas average price increased by 24 per cent during FY2014. The increase was driven by early winter heating demand in the residential and commercial sectors, depleting inventory levels significantly below the five-year average. Storage inventories in June closed 31 per cent below the five-year average at 1,829 billion cubic feet.

Natural gas Asian Spot LNG: The Asian liquefied natural gas average spot price increased by eight per cent during FY2014. The price rise was primarily caused by strong north Asian winter heating demand, combined with the closure of Japanese and South Korean nuclear reactors increasing the need for gas fired power generation in the first half of the year. Supply remained tight throughout the period, as Egypt, Nigeria and Angola experienced supply disruptions. The year-end price decrease of 31 per cent versus the average price for the year was principally due to low North Asian summer demand and new supply coming to market from Papua New Guinea in the second half of the year. Since 30 June 2014, the Asian liquefied natural gas spot price increased to US$12.45/MMBtu on 31 August 2014.

Iron ore: The Platts 62 per cent iron ore CFR China average price declined by four per cent during FY2014. The decrease was driven by seaborne iron ore supply growth which outpaced demand. The price fluctuated between US$89.00/dmt and US$142.50/dmt as large changes occurred in iron ore inventories. Global demand increased in the first half of the year, primarily driven by China’s record pig iron production; however the second half of the year saw demand growth decrease due to flat Chinese growth. Seaborne imports to China increased, primarily driven by supply from Australia and the year-end price decreased 24 per cent versus the average price for the year. Since 30 June 2014, the Platts 62 per cent iron ore CFR China price decreased to US$88/dmt on 31 August 2014.

Manganese: The Metal Bulletin manganese ore China CIF average price decreased by six per cent during FY2014. Demand growth slowed, while South African supply increased amid higher Chinese inventory levels. The year-end price also decreased 15 per cent versus the average price for the year. The Western Europe spot

high carbon ferromanganese average price decreased by eight per cent during FY2014. Weaker alloy prices led to decreased production in South Korea and the United States.

Metallurgical coal: The average Platts Low-Vol Hard Coking Coal Index decreased by 19 per cent during FY2014. While demand from traditional markets recovered steadily, the price decrease was mainly driven by continuing supply growth from Australia. The year-end price also decreased 14 per cent versus the average price for the year.

Nickel: The average LME cash settlement nickel price decreased by seven per cent during FY2014. Increased supply growth coming mainly from Chinese nickel pig iron and new production from greenfield projects was greater than demand growth in the first half of the year. The price increase in the second half of the year was driven by decreased low-cost supply due to the Indonesian ore export ban. Demand growth increased, supported by a recovery in stainless steel production in Europe and the United States. The year-end price increased 23 per cent versus the average price for the year.

NGL: The Mont Belvieu ethane average price decreased by two per cent during FY2014 following increases in ethane supply. Mont Belvieu propane average prices increased by 29 per cent during FY2014, supported by a decrease in supply growth. Mont Belvieu butane average prices decreased by eight per cent during FY2014 due to increased butane supply. Since 30 June 2014, the Mont Belvieu ethane price decreased to US$9.92 /bbl on 31 August 2014.

Exchange rates

We are exposed to exchange rate transaction risk on foreign currency sales and purchases, as we believe active currency hedging does not provide long-term benefits to our shareholders. Because a majority of our sales are denominated in US dollars, and the US dollar plays a dominant role in our business, we borrow and hold surplus cash predominantly in US dollars to provide a natural hedge. Operating costs and costs of locally sourced equipment are influenced by fluctuations in local currencies, primarily the Australian dollar, Brazilian real, Chilean peso and South African rand. Foreign exchange gains and losses reflected in operating costs owing to fluctuations in the local currencies relative to the US dollar may potentially offset one another. The US dollar strengthened in the last quarter of FY2013, resulting in a stronger average US dollar during FY2013 compared to FY2014. Overall, the Australian dollar ended the financial year stronger against the US dollar, while the Chilean peso, Brazilian real and South African rand weakened.

We are also exposed to exchange rate translation risk in relation to net monetary liabilities, being our foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities, including debt and other long-term liabilities. Details of our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations are contained within note 29 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

Changes in product demand and supply

Global demand and supply for the commodities we produce is a key driver of commodity prices, and fluctuations in product demand and supply affect our results, including cash flows and asset values.

The global economy grew at a moderate rate in FY2014. Momentum in the United States, Japan and the United Kingdom was underpinned by central bank monetary policy. Europe’s economy improved marginally, although the recovery was constrained by high levels of unemployment. Emerging markets, including China, experienced a moderate slowdown.

In a relative sense, the Chinese economy continues to grow strongly with signs that it is rebalancing. Consumption continued to be supported by higher household incomes while fixed asset investment softened, led by the property sector, as the central bank restricted access to credit. Rapid credit growth in the non-bank financial sector remained an important concern for policy makers.

We remain confident in the short-term to medium-term outlook for the Chinese economy. Measured stimulus recently introduced by the government demonstrates their commitment to maintain economic growth above seven per cent. We believe consumption and services will continue to increase in importance, while the market’s role in allocating capital will be enhanced. Greater transparency within the fiscal system is also expected to reshape the relationship between central and local government.

The underlying performance of the US economy continued to improve despite the significant disruption caused by severe weather in the March quarter of FY2014. The curtailment of quantitative easing appears to have had a limited impact on sentiment as a solid increase in demand reflects a stronger labour market, rising disposable incomes, and higher equities and housing prices. Business investment has been a weak link in the recovery so far as companies have responded slowly to better economic conditions, despite higher levels of profitability. An increase in capital spending will be required to sustain the recovery in the medium term.

The Japanese economy has responded strongly to expansionary monetary and fiscal policy over the past year. Investment spending and wages increased as corporate profits benefited from the depreciation of the yen, while an increase in the national sales tax in April had a limited impact on consumption. These factors have increased the potential for faster growth in the short term, although a longer-term, sustainable recovery will be contingent on the scale and speed of structural reform.

With regard to the global economy, stronger United States growth and an associated tightening of monetary policy could result in the rapid outflow of capital from emerging economies. However, developing nations with sound macroeconomic fundamentals would be less likely to experience a severe impact from this transition.

As anticipated, Chinese crude steel production growth decelerated in response to weakness in the construction sector. On average, we expect the ratio of Chinese crude steel production growth to underlying GDP growth to remain below one, although seasonal factors and policy settings will continue to influence short-term output. Global steel demand growth outside of China is likely to accelerate during the remainder of CY2014.

The supply of low-cost steelmaking raw materials has grown more quickly than demand. As predicted, lower-cost seaborne iron ore supply is increasingly displacing higher cost Chinese domestic production. As this trend continues, the cost curve is likely to flatten as high cost production exits the market. In metallurgical coal, high-cost, uneconomic supply has remained resilient although we do expect to see an increasing number of production cuts, particularly in the United States. Given robust underlying demand growth for premium hard coking coals, pricing for our products is likely to be well supported in the medium and longer term.

Indonesian and Australian exports continue to keep the thermal coal market well supplied, prolonging the weaker pricing environment. While demand from key importing regions remains steady, prices are unlikely to respond unless uneconomic supply exits the market.

In copper, robust demand for refined metal, supply disruptions and a shortage of scrap has ensured that the market remains broadly balanced. We believe the longer-term fundamentals for copper remain compelling as grades decline, rising costs and a scarcity of high-quality future development opportunities are likely to constrain low-cost supply.

Demand growth, supply disruptions and geopolitical tension have continued to support crude oil prices. We expect prices to remain supported by an increase in demand from non-OECD countries, which has recently outstripped growth in demand from OECD countries.

United States natural gas prices benefited from a cold winter, which reduced inventory levels significantly below the five-year average. In the longer term, demand is expected to benefit from increasing industrial use, growth in gas-fired power generation and the commencement of LNG exports. Conversely, high inventory levels at Asian utilities, mild summer temperatures and the commissioning of additional supply have led to a decline inAsia-Pacific LNG prices from their February peak.

The nickel price rose sharply during the second half of FY2014 as the Indonesian ore export ban took effect in the March quarter of FY2014. Demand growth remains robust given rising stainless steel production in China, Europe and the United States.

While aluminium demand growth has been strong, new supply continues to offset the curtailment of high cost capacity. However, we expect the premia currently being realised in certain regions to remain at elevated levels as warehouse bottlenecks are likely to take some time to be resolved.

Capital expenditure

Capital expenditure is important in pursuing our strategy through the development of large-scale resource projects and in sustaining our existing operations. Capital expenditure is disclosed for each Business in section 1.6.3 of this Annual Report.

Operating costs

As the prices for our products are determined by the global commodity markets in which we operate, we do not generally have the ability to offset cost pressures through corresponding price increases; therefore, controlling our operating costs is a key driver of our results. Operating costs for the last three years are set out in section 1.11 as well as an analysis of the change in Total expenses. Further analysis of the factors that impacted expenses during FY2014 is set out below and in section 1.15.3.

In discussing the factors that affected Total expenses, we refer to the change in operating cash costs and change in exploration and business development. Collectively we refer to these as change in controllable cash costs. Operating cash costs by definition do not include non-cash costs being depreciation, amortisation, impairments and movements in deferred stripping balances. The change in operating cash costs also excludes the impact of exchange rates and inflation on the actual costs incurred in the corresponding period, changes in fuel and energy costs, changes in exploration and business development costs and one-off items. These items are excluded so as to provide a consistent measurement of changes in costs across all the Businesses based on the factors that are within their control and responsibility.

Change in operating cash costs and change in controllable cash costs are not measures that are recognised under IFRS and they may differ from similarly titled measures reported by other companies. A reconciliation of the movements in Underlying EBIT to the financial statement line items in the Income Statement is included in section 2.5 of this Annual Report.

Our focus on reducing operating costs through productivity initiatives saw a decrease in operating cash costs of US$1.5 billion and a reduction in exploration and business development of US$398 million to give a reduction in controllable cash costs of US$1.9 billion in FY2014. In addition operating costs were aided by favourable exchange rate impacts of US$2.0 billion. These factors were offset by other factors such as inflation (US$805 million) and the production costs associated with higher volumes (US$2.6 billion). With higher depreciation and amortisation charges of US$1.7 billion and higher impairment charges of US$450 million, total expenses excluding exceptional items increased from US$45.0 billion to US$46.5 billion.

Exploration and development of resources

Minerals exploration

Over the past six years, brownfield exploration has increased our reserve base around our portfolio of existing assets in large resource basins, which now provide us with significant growth opportunities. This has allowed us to reduce brownfield exploration expenditure and rationalise our greenfield exploration program.

Greenfield minerals (new sites) exploration is focused on advancing targets within Chile and Peru, and is organised through our Copper Business. Greenfield activities include opportunity identification, application for and acquisition of mineral title, early reconnaissance operations and multi-million dollar delineation drilling programs.

In addition to our activities focused on finding new world-class deposits, several of our Businesses undertake brownfield (developments on existing sites) exploration, principally aimed at delineating and categorising mineral deposits near existing operations, and advancing projects through the development pipeline.

Our expenditure on minerals exploration over the last three financial years is set out below.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Greenfield exploration

   46     179     324  

Brownfield exploration

   364     497     814  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minerals exploration

   410     676     1,138  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Group’s minerals exploration expenditure declined by 39 per cent in FY2014 to US$410 million as we sharpened our focus on greenfield copper porphyry targets in Chile and Peru.

Petroleum exploration

We have reduced exploration expenditure in Petroleum over recent years with a sharpened focus on high impact liquids opportunities in the Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and Trinidad and Tobago.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Petroleum exploration

   600     675     1,355  

Exploration expense

Exploration expense represents that portion of exploration expenditure that is not capitalised in accordance with our accounting policies, as set out in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’ to the Financial Statements.

Exploration expense for each Business over the three-year period is set out below.

Year ended 30 June

  2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Exploration expense (1)

      

Petroleum and Potash

   544     709     1,038  

Copper

   116     274     366  

Iron Ore

   56     74     135  

Coal

   34     39     174  

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

   38     53     68  

Group and unallocated items

             7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Group

   788     1,149     1,788  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes US$72 million (2013: US$102 million, 2012: US$144 million) exploration expense previously capitalised, written off as impaired.

Following our focus on productivity and reducing costs, the reduction in the Group’s exploration expense excluding impairment of exploration expense previously capitalised increased Underlying EBIT in FY2014 by US$331 million.

Interest rates

We are exposed to interest rate risk on our outstanding borrowings and investments. Our policy on interest rate exposure is for interest on our borrowings to be on a US dollar floating interest rate basis. Deviation from our policy requires the prior approval of our Financial Risk Management Committee and is managed within our Cash Flow at Risk (CFaR) framework, which is described in note 29 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements. When required under this strategy, we use interest rate swaps, including cross currency interest rate swaps, to convert a fixed rate exposure to a floating rate exposure. As at 30 June 2014, the Group held US$3.3 billion (2013: US$5.4 billion) of centrally managed fixed interest rate borrowings, as well as US$2.0 billion (2013: US$3.5 billion) of other fixed interest rate borrowings, that have not been swapped to floating interest rates, primarily arising from debt raised during FY2014, debt assumed as part of the acquisition of Petrohawk and debt raised prior to the DLC merger.

Our earnings are sensitive to changes in interest rates on the floating interest rate component of the Group’s net borrowings. Based on the net debt position as at 30 June 2014, taking into account interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps, it is estimated that a one percentage point increase in the US LIBOR interest rate will decrease the Group’s equity and profit after taxation by US$126 million (2013: decrease of US$128 million). This assumes that the change in interest rates is effective from the beginning of the financial year and the fixed/floating mix and balances are constant over the year. However, interest rates and the net debt profile of the Group may not remain constant over the coming financial year and therefore such sensitivity analysis should be used with care.

Health, safety, environment and community

We operate in an industry where many of our activities are highly regulated by laws governing health, safety and the environment. We are committed to compliance with the laws and regulations of the countries in which we operate and, where applicable, to exceeding legal and other requirements which are less stringent than our own. However, regulatory standards and community expectations are constantly evolving. As a result, we may be exposed to increased litigation, compliance costs and unforeseen environmental rehabilitation expenses, despite our best efforts to work with governments, community groups and scientists to keep pace with regulations, law and public expectations.

Further information about our compliance with HSEC regulations can be found in section 1.14 of this Annual Report.

Insurance

During FY2014, we maintained an insurance program encompassing property damage, business interruption, sabotage and terrorism, marine cargo, construction, directors’ and officers’ liability and public and certain other liabilities. The program includes a combination of self-insurance via subsidiary captive insurance companies, industry mutuals and external market insurance and reinsurance. Mandates are established as to risk retention levels, policy cover and, where applicable, insurance and reinsurance counterparty security. As part of our portfolio risk management approach, we regularly conduct an assessment of maximum foreseeable loss potential, cash flow at risk, loss experience, claims received and insurance premiums paid, and will make adjustments to the balance of self-insurance and external insurance and reinsurance as required.

The Group is largely self-insured for losses arising from property damage and business interruption, sabotage and terrorism, marine cargo, construction and primary public liability. For these risks, we internally insure our Businesses (for wholly owned assets and for our share of joint venture assets) via our captive insurance companies. Any losses incurred will consequently impact the Financial Statements as they arise.

1.15.2    Application of critical accounting policies

The preparation of our Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and judgements that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the Financial Statements and the reported revenue and expenses during the periods presented therein. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgements in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases its estimates and judgements on historical experience and on various other factors it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making judgements about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

We have identified the following critical accounting policies under which significant judgements, estimates and assumptions are made and where actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect financial results or the financial position reported in future periods:

reserve estimates;

exploration and evaluation expenditure;

development expenditure;

property, plant and equipment and intangible assets – recoverable amount;

defined benefit pension schemes;

provision for closure and rehabilitation;

taxation.

In accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), we are required to include information regarding the nature of the estimates and judgements and potential impacts on our financial results or financial position in the Financial Statements. This information can be found in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’ to the Financial Statements.

1.15.3    Operating results

The following table describes the approximate impact of the principal factors that affected Underlying EBIT for FY2014 and FY2013.

Year ended 30 June

  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

Underlying EBIT as reported in the prior year

   22,930    28,086  

Change in volumes:

   

Productivity

   962    1,257  

Growth

   1,929    707  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2,891    1,964  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net price impact:

   

Change in sales prices

   (3,396  (8,454

Price-linked costs

   (80  582  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (3,476  (7,872
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in controllable cash costs:

   

Operating cash costs

   1,524    1,556  

Exploration and business development

   398    949  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   1,922    2,505  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in other costs:

   

Exchange rates

   1,760    229  

Inflation on costs

   (805  (646

Fuel and energy

   (46  (133

Non-cash

   (2,091  154  

One-off items

       (103
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (1,182  (499
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Asset sales

   53    (66

Ceased and sold operations

   (492  (657

Other

   215    (531
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT

   22,861    22,930  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The method of calculation of the factors that affected Underlying EBIT and the Financial Statement line items of Revenue, Other income and Expenses (excluding net finance costs) that are affected by the factors are as follows.

Factor affecting
Underlying EBIT

Method of calculation

Financial statement
line item affected

Volumes – Growth

Volume – Growth comprises Underlying EBIT for operations that are new or acquired in the current period minus Underlying EBIT for operations that are new or acquired in the corresponding period, change in volumes for operations identified as a Growth project from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by the prior year Underlying EBIT margin, and change in volume for Petroleum Business from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by the prior year Underlying EBIT margin.Revenue and Expenses

Volumes – Productivity

Change in volumes for each operation not included in the Growth category from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by the prior year Underlying EBIT margin.Revenue and Expenses

Change in sales prices

Change in average realised price for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by current period volumes.Revenue

Price-linked costs

Change in price-linked costs for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period multiplied by current period volumes.Expenses

Operating cash costs

Change in total costs, other than price-linked costs, exchange rates, inflation on costs, fuel and energy costs, non-cash costs and one-off items as defined below for each operation from the corresponding period to the current period.Expenses

Exploration and business development

Exploration and business development expense in the current period minus exploration and business development expense in the corresponding period.Expenses

Exchange rates

Change in exchange rate multiplied by current period local currency revenue and expenses. The majority of the Group’s selling prices are denominated in US dollars and so there is little impact of exchange rate changes on Revenue.Revenue and Expenses

Inflation on costs

Change in inflation rate applied to expenses, other than depreciation and amortisation, price-linked costs, exploration and business development expenses, expenses in ceased and sold operations and expenses in new and acquired operations.Expenses

Fuel and energy

Fuel and energy expense in the current period minus fuel and energy expense in the corresponding period.Expenses

Non-cash

Includes non-cash items, mainly depreciation, amortisation, and impairments.Expenses

One-off items

Change in cash costs exceeding a predetermined threshold associated with an unexpected event that had not occurred in the last two years and is not reasonably likely to occur within the next two years.Expenses

Factor affecting
Underlying EBIT

Method of calculation

Financial statement
line item affected

Asset sales

Profit/loss on the sale of assets or operations in the current period minus profit/loss on sale in the corresponding period.Other income

Ceased and sold operations

Underlying EBIT for operations that are ceased or sold operations in the current period minus Underlying EBIT for operations that are ceased or sold in the corresponding period.Revenue, Other income and Expenses

Other

Variances not explained by the above factors.Expenses

A reconciliation of the movements in Underlying EBIT for FY2014 to the financial statement line items in the Income Statement is included in section 2.5 of this Annual Report.

The following commentary describes the principal factors outlined in the table above for FY2014 and FY2013.

Volumes

Volume efficiencies attributed to productivity and the ramp-up of major projects underpinned an increase in production in a number of Businesses in FY2014 and an additional US$2.9 billion in Underlying EBIT. WAIO was the major contributor as the ramp-up of the Jimblebar mining hub and a series of productivity initiatives raised the capacity of our integrated supply chain and supported a US$1.8 billion increase in Underlying EBIT. Despite the impact of natural field decline, stronger volumes in our Petroleum Business generated an additional US$994 million of Underlying EBIT, reflecting 73 per cent growth in Onshore US liquids volumes and a near doubling of production at Atlantis.

Prices

Lower average prices reduced Underlying EBIT by US$3.4 billion in FY2014.

In metallurgical coal, an increase in seaborne supply and the resilience of higher cost, along with uneconomic capacity led to a 20 per cent and 14 per cent decline in the average realised price of hard coking coal and weak coking coal, respectively. The average price received for thermal coal also declined by 14 per cent during the period. In total, lower average realised prices in our Coal Business reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1.5 billion.

A five per cent decline in the average realised price of copper reflected the near-term rebalancing of the market, while the acceleration of low-cost, seaborne iron ore supply growth, predominantly from Australia’s Pilbara region, weighed on prices in the June 2014 half year. In total, lower average realised prices for copper and iron ore reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1.4 billion.

Nickel and aluminium prices rallied towards the end of FY2014 but remained lower on average for the period, reducing Underlying EBIT by a further US$258 million.

The value of diversification was again evident as higher average realised prices for our petroleum products increased Underlying EBIT by US$219 million. In this context, the average price achieved for our natural gas sales book, covering domestic and international markets, increased by 16 per cent.

Price-linked costs decreased Underlying EBIT by US$80 million during the period, primarily reflecting higher royalty charges in our Petroleum and Iron Ore Businesses.

Controllable cash costs

Our focus on improving operating costs through productivity initiatives saw a decrease in operating cash costs of US$1.5 billion and a decrease in exploration and business development costs of US$398 million, to give a decrease in controllable cash costs of US$1.9 billion during FY2014.

Operating cash costs

The Group’s commitment to further improve the competitive position of its assets delivered tangible results in FY2014 as operating cash costs declined by US$1.5 billion. A general increase in labour and contractor productivity had the greatest impact, increasing Underlying EBIT by US$1.3 billion.

An improvement in equipment productivity increased Underlying EBIT by a further US$268 million as contract stripping activities were further optimised at Queensland Coal. A reduction in consumable costs in our Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business more than accounted for a US$33 million decrease in Group supply costs.

Exploration and business development

The Group’s exploration expenditure declined by 25 per cent in FY2014 to US$1.0 billion as we sharpened our focus on greenfield copper porphyry targets in Chile and Peru, and high impact liquids opportunities in the Gulf of Mexico, Western Australia and Trinidad and Tobago. The associated reduction in the Group’s exploration expense increased Underlying EBIT by US$331 million, while a further decline in business development expenditure increased Underlying EBIT by US$67 million.

Other costs

Exchange rates

A stronger US dollar increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.8 billion and included the restatement of monetary items in the balance sheet, which reduced Underlying EBIT by US$352 million. Average and closing exchange rates for FY2014 and FY2013 are detailed in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’ to the Financial Statements.

Inflation on costs

Inflation had an unfavourable impact on all Businesses and reduced Underlying EBIT by US$805 million during FY2014. This was most notable in Australia, Chile and South Africa, which accounted for over 85 per cent of the total variance.

Non-cash

An increase in non-cash charges reduced Underlying EBIT by US$2.1 billion during the period.

A US$631 million increase in the depreciation and amortisation charge at Onshore US reflected the ramp-up of liquids production and the progressive development of our Permian acreage. We continue to expect the depreciation rate in the Permian to normalise at a lower level as reserves are booked and the production rate grows towards 100 Mboe per day over the medium term. The completion and progressive ramp-up of several major projects in our Iron Ore and Coal Businesses resulted in an US$871 million increase in the depreciation and amortisation expense during the period.

Depreciation and amortisation expense included the following impairment charges: a US$292 million charge at Energy Coal South Africa; a US$184 million charge related to minor Gulf of Mexico assets; and a US$68 million charge associated with our decision to allow the exclusivity agreement for Terminal 5 at the Port of Vancouver (United States) to lapse.

A US$300 million charge related to the revision of mine site rehabilitation provisions for the Group’s North American closed mines and a lower capitalisation rate for deferred stripping at Escondida and Pampa Norte also contributed to the increase in non-cash charges.

Asset sales

The divestment of Liverpool Bay more than accounted for the US$53 million increase in Underlying EBIT related to asset sales.

Ceased and sold operations

Underlying EBIT from ceased and sold operations decreased by US$492 million in FY2014 and largely reflected: a US$143 million negative adjustment to the Browse divestment price; the closure of the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine in November 2013; and the cessation of aluminium smelting activities at Bayside in June 2014.

Other

Other items increased Underlying EBIT by US$215 million and largely reflected an increase in margins at our equity accounted investments and an US$84 million profit related to the sale of the Energy Coal South Africa Optimum Coal purchase agreement. A US$112 million UK pension plan expense in our Petroleum Business is also reported in this category.

Net finance costs

Net finance costs of US$1.2 billion decreased by US$100 million from the prior period. This was primarily related to a decrease of US$245 million in net interest expenses, which was partially offset by a decrease in interest capitalised of US$108 million.

Taxation expense

Total taxation expense, including royalty-related taxation, exceptional items and exchange rate movements, was US$7.0 billion, representing a statutory effective tax rate of 31.5 per cent (30 June 2013: 35.0 per cent).

Government imposed royalty arrangements calculated by reference to profits are reported as royalty-related taxation. The Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT) reduced taxation expense by US$238 million in FY2014 (30 June 2013: increase of US$321 million) as royalty-related credits in the Coal Business more than offset Iron Ore MRRT expense for the period. This included the remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT which decreased taxation expense by US$170 million in the period (30 June 2013: increase of US$207 million).

The Group’s adjusted effective tax rate, which excludes the influence of exchange rate movements, remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT and exceptional items, was 32.5 per cent (30 June 2013: 34.2 per cent).

Adjusted effective tax rate is not an IFRS measure and is reconciled to the statutory effective tax rate below:

   2014  2013 

Year ended 30 June

  Profit
before tax
  Income tax
expense
  %  Profit
before tax
   Income tax
expense
  % 
   US$M  US$M     US$M   US$M    

Statutory effective tax rate

   22,236    (7,012  31.5  19,726     (6,906  35.0

Less:

        

Exchange rate movements

       (24        245   

Remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT

       (170        207   

Exceptional items

   (551  166     1,928     (943 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted effective tax rate

   21,685    (7,040  32.5  21,654     (7,397  34.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other royalty and excise arrangements that are not profit based are recognised as operating costs within Profit before taxation. These amounted to US$2.8 billion during the period (30 June 2013: US$2.6 billion).

Exceptional items

Year ended 30 June 2014

  Gross   Tax  Net 
   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Sale of Pinto Valley

   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

On 11 October 2013, BHP Billiton completed the sale of its Pinto Valley mining operation for a cash consideration of US$653 million, after working capital adjustments. A gain on sale of US$385 million (after tax expense) was recognised in FY2014.

Refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ to the Financial Statements for more information.

Year ended 30 June 2013

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Sale of Yeelirrie uranium deposit

   420        420  

Sale of Richards Bay Minerals

   1,212    (183  1,029  

Sale of diamonds business

   (97  (42  (139

Sale of East and West Browse Joint Ventures

   1,539    (188  1,351  

Impairment of Nickel West assets

   (1,698  454    (1,244

Impairment of Worsley assets

   (2,190  559    (1,631

Impairment of Permian Basin assets

   (266  99    (167

Other impairments arising from capital project review

   (1,006  291    (715

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

   158    (47  111  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (1,928  943    (985
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Group announced the sale of its wholly owned Yeelirrie uranium deposit resulting in a gain on sale of US$420 million, while the associated tax expense was offset by the recognition of deferred tax benefits on available tax losses.

The Group announced it had completed the sale of its 37.76 per cent effective interest in Richards Bay Minerals resulting in a gain on sale of US$1.0 billion (after tax expense).

The Group announced the sale of its diamonds business, comprising its interests in the EKATI Diamond Mine and Diamond Marketing operations. The transaction was completed on 10 April 2013 for an aggregate cash consideration of US$553 million (after adjustments). An impairment charge of US$139 million (after tax expense) was recognised based on the final consideration.

The Group signed a definitive agreement to sell its 8.33 per cent interest in the East Browse Joint Venture and 20 per cent interest in the West Browse Joint Venture resulting in a gain on sale of US$1.5 billion being recognised in FY2013. The associated tax expense of US$462 million was partly offset by the recognition of deferred tax benefits on available tax losses of US$241 million and the derecognition of deferred tax liabilities of US$33 million. The final sales price was determined during FY2014 requiring a loss of US$143 million recognised in FY2014.

As a result of expected continued strength in the Australian dollar and weak nickel prices, the Group recognised an impairment charge of US$1.2 billion (after tax benefit) at Nickel West in FY2013.

The Group recognised an impairment of assets at Worsley as a result of expected continued strength in the Australian dollar and weak alumina prices. A total impairment charge of US$1.6 billion (after tax benefit) was recognised.

An impairment charge of US$167 million (after tax benefit) was recognised as the performance of specific evaluation wells in certain areas of the Permian Basin (United States) did not support economic development.

In FY2013, WAIO refocused its attention on the capital efficient expansion opportunity that exists within the Port Hedland inner harbour, and all early works associated with the outer harbour development option were suspended. This revision to the WAIO development sequence and the change in status of other minor capital projects across the Group resulted in the recognition of impairment charges of US$639 million (after tax benefit) and other restructuring costs of US$76 million (after tax benefit) in FY2013, of which US$580 million (after tax benefit) were related to WAIO.

The Group recognised a decrease of US$158 million (before tax expense) to its rehabilitation obligations in respect of former operations at the Newcastle steelworks (Australia). This followed the completion of the Hunter River Remediation Project and reaching agreement with the Environment Protection Authority in March 2013 regarding the necessary scope of work to repeal the Environmental Classification at Steel River.

Exceptional items during FY2013 are classified by nature as follows:

Year ended 30 June 2013

US$M

  Sale of
assets
   Impairment
of goodwill
and other
assets
  Restructuring
costs
  Closure and
rehabilitation
provisions
released
   Gross 

Sale of Yeelirrie uranium deposit

   420                  420  

Sale of Richards Bay Minerals

   1,212                  1,212  

Sale of diamonds business

        (97           (97

Sale of East and West Browse Joint Ventures

   1,539                  1,539  

Impairment of Nickel West assets

        (1,698           (1,698

Impairment of Worsley assets

        (2,190           (2,190

Impairment of Permian Basin assets

        (266           (266

Other impairments arising from capital project review

        (898  (108       (1,006

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

                158     158  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   3,171     (5,149  (108  158     (1,928
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ to the Financial Statements for more information.

Third party sales

We differentiate sales of our production from sales of third party products due to the significant difference in profit margin earned on these sales. The table below shows the breakdown between our production and third party products.

Year ended 30 June (1)

  2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Group production

    

Revenue

   64,227    63,067    66,969  

Related operating costs

   (41,410  (40,264  (39,017
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT

   22,817    22,803    27,952  

Underlying EBIT Margin

   35.5  36.2  41.7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Third party products

    

Revenue

   2,979    2,886    3,508  

Related operating costs

   (2,935  (2,759  (3,374
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit

   44    127    134  

Margin on third party products (2)

   1.5  4.4  3.8
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Excluding exceptional items.

(2)Operating profit divided by revenue.

We engage in third party trading for the following reasons:

Production variability and occasional shortfalls from our own assets means that we sometimes source third party materials to ensure a steady supply of product to our customers.

To optimise our supply chain outcomes, we may buy physical product from third parties.

In order to support the development of liquid markets, we will sometimes source third party physical product and manage risk through both the physical and financial markets.

1.15.4    Cash flow analysis

A Consolidated Cash Flow Statement is contained in the Financial Statements. The explanatory notes appear in note 23 ‘Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement’ to the Financial Statements. A summary table has been presented below to show the key sources and uses of cash.

Year ended 30 June

  2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Cash generated from operations

   31,384    28,793    32,987  

Dividends received

   1,284    721    722  

Net interest paid

   (839  (786  (412

Taxation paid

   (6,465  (8,574  (8,038
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows

   25,364    20,154    25,259  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Purchases of property plant and equipment

   (15,993  (22,243  (18,637

Exploration expenditure

   (1,010  (1,351  (2,493

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

   716    1,047    1,644  

Purchases of intangibles

   (192  (400  (219

Investment in financial assets

   (1,193  (475  (471

Investment in subsidiaries, operations and jointly controlled entities

           (12,556

Investment in equity accounted investments

   (44  (84  (83

Net proceeds from investing activities

   1,882    4,780    330  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows

   (15,834  (18,726  (32,485
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net proceeds (repayment of)/from interest bearing liabilities

   (910  7,157    8,644  

Share buy-back

           (83

Dividends paid

   (6,639  (7,004  (6,220

Contribution from non-controlling interest

   1,435    73    101  

Other financing activities

   (354  (424  (403
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows

   (6,468  (198  2,039  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   3,062    1,230    (5,187
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows after interest and tax increased by 26 per cent to US$25.4 billion in FY2014. A US$2.6 billion increase in cash generated from operations (after changes in working capital balances) and a US$2.1 billion decrease in net taxes paid were the major contributors to the strong increase. The decrease in net taxes paid was attributed to lower income tax payments in the year of US$1.2 billion in line with our lower effective tax rate and income tax refunds of US$852 million.

Net investing cash outflows decreased by US$2.9 billion to US$15.8 billion during the period. This reflected a US$6.6 billion reduction in capital and exploration expenditure partially offset by a decline in proceeds from asset sales of US$2.9 billion. Expenditure on major growth projects totalled US$13.1 billion, including US$5.6 billion on petroleum projects and US$7.5 billion on minerals projects. Sustaining capital expenditure and other items totalled US$2.9 billion. Exploration expenditure was US$1.0 billion, including US$716 million classified within net operating cash flows.

Net financing cash flows included the proceeds from interest bearing liabilities of US$6.3 billion and contributions from non-controlling interests of US$1.4 billion. Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities included the issuance of a four tranche Global Bond of US$5.0 billion. These inflows were more than offset by debt repayments of US$7.2 billion and dividend payments to our shareholders of US$6.4 billion.

1.15.5    Net debt and sources of liquidity

Our policies on debt and treasury management are as follows:

a commitment to a solid ‘A’ credit rating;

gearing to be a maximum of 40 per cent;

diversification of funding sources;

generally to maintain borrowings and excess cash in US dollars.

Gearing and net debt

Net debt, comprising Interest bearing liabilities less Cash and cash equivalents, was US$25.8 billion, which represented a decrease of US$1.7 billion compared with the net debt position at 30 June 2013. Gearing, which is the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets, was 23.2 per cent at 30 June 2014, compared with 26.8 per cent at 30 June 2013.

Cash at bank and in hand less overdrafts at 30 June 2014 was US$8.8 billion compared with US$5.7 billion at 30 June 2013. Included within this were short-term deposits at 30 June 2014 of US$7.1 billion compared with US$3.2 billion at 30 June 2013.

Funding sources

During FY2014, the Group issued a four tranche Global Bond totalling US$5.0 billion comprising US$500 million Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2016 paying interest at three month US dollar LIBOR plus 25 basis points, US$500 million 2.050 per cent Senior Notes due 2018, US$1.5 billion 3.850 per cent Senior Notes due 2023, and US$2.5 billion 5.000 per cent Senior Notes due 2043.

None of our Group level borrowing facilities are subject to financial covenants. Certain specific financing facilities in relation to specific Businesses are the subject of financial covenants that vary from facility to facility, but which would be considered normal for such facilities.

Our maturity profile for US dollar bonds, Euro bonds and Australian dollar bonds for the following five years is set out below.

Year ended 30 June

  2015   2016   2017   2018   2019 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

USD Bonds

   3,825     1,050     3,250          2,250  

Euro Bonds

        1,365               1,706  

AUD Bonds

                  939       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   3,825     2,415     3,250     939     3,956  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Facility
available
2014
   Used
2014
   Unused
2014
   Facility
available

2013
   Used
2013
  Unused
2013
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Commercial paper program (1)

   6,000          6,000     6,000     (1,330  4,670  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financing facilities

   6,000           –     6,000     6,000     (1,330  4,670  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

The Group has a US$6.0 billion commercial paper program backed by US$6.0 billion of revolving credit facilities. In May 2014, the US$5.0 and US$1.0 billion revolving credit facilities expiring in December 2015 and December 2014, were replaced by a US$6.0 billion revolving credit facility. The new facility has a

five-year maturity with two one-year extension options. The facility is used for general corporate purposes and as backup for the commercial paper programs. The interest rates under these facilities are based on an interbank rate plus a margin. The applicable margin is typical for a credit facility extended to a company with the Group’s credit rating. The Group had no US commercial paper outstanding in the market at the end of the financial year (2013: US$1.3 billion).

Additional information regarding the maturity profile of our debt obligations and details of our standby and support agreements is included in note 29 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

The Group’s credit ratings are currently A1/P-1 (Moody’s – long-term/short-term) and A+/A-1 (Standard & Poor’s – long-term/short-term). The ratings outlook from both agencies did not change during FY2014.

1.15.6    Other information

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

We identified our primary market risks in section 1.15.1 of this Annual Report. A description of how we manage our market risks, including both quantitative and qualitative information about our market risk sensitive instruments outstanding at 30 June 2014, is contained in note 29 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements.

Off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual commitments

Information in relation to our material off-balance sheet arrangements, principally contingent liabilities, commitments for capital expenditure and commitments under leases at 30 June 2014 is provided in note 21 ‘Contingent liabilities’ and note 22 ‘Commitments’ to the Financial Statements.

Subsidiary information

Information about our significant subsidiaries is included in note 26 ‘Subsidiaries’ to the Financial Statements.

Related party transactions

Related party transactions are outlined in note 32 ‘Related party transactions’ to the Financial Statements.

Significant changes since the end of the year

Significant changes since the end of the year are outlined in note 36 ‘Subsequent events’ to the Financial Statements.

The Strategic Report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Board.

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

Dated: 11 September 2014

2    Our assets

2.1    Business overview

2.1.1    Petroleum and Potash Business

Our Petroleum and Potash Business headquartered in Houston, United States, comprises conventional and non-conventional operations located in six countries throughout the world and a potash project based in Saskatchewan, Canada.

Petroleum

Our Petroleum Business includes exploration, development, production and marketing activities. We have a high-quality resource base concentrated in the United States and Australia. Our core production operations are primarily located in the US Gulf of Mexico, Onshore US and in Australia. We also have operations in Trinidad and Tobago, Pakistan, Algeria and the United Kingdom. We produce crude oil and condensate, natural gas and natural gas liquids (NGLs).

The Petroleum portfolio consisted of conventional oil and gas operations up until 2011, when we moved into the unconventional shale business. Our Onshore US operations evolved from the acquisition of the Fayetteville shale assets from Chesapeake Energy Corporation and the acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation.

Our overall production for FY2014 was 246.0 million barrels of oil equivalent (MMboe). This was mainly attributable to our US and Australian operations, which produced 144.3 MMboe and 80.0 MMboe, respectively, with the majority of US production coming from Onshore US, which produced 108.1 MMboe. Operations outside Australia and the United States delivered the remaining production volumes. Information relating to our oil and gas reserves is set out in section 2.3.1.

In line with our aim of simplification and a sharper strategic focus, we continue to evaluate our existing portfolio in order to optimise our position around our core business.

Our production operations include the following:

United States

LOGO

Gulf of Mexico

We operate two fields in the Gulf of Mexico (Shenzi with a 44 per cent interest and Neptune with a 35 per cent interest) and hold non-operating interests in three other fields (Atlantis with a 44 per cent interest, Mad Dog with a 23.9 per cent interest, and Genesis with a 4.95 per cent interest). We have on going infill drilling in our Gulf of Mexico fields. We completed water injection development projects at Shenzi and Atlantis in CY2013. All the fields are located between 155 and 210 kilometres offshore of the US state of Louisiana. We also own 25 per cent and 22 per cent, respectively, of the companies that own and operate the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline. These pipelines transport oil and gas from the Green Canyon area, where all our Gulf of Mexico fields are located, to connecting pipelines that transport product onshore. Our US oil production is delivered to refineries along the Gulf Coast of the United States.

Onshore US

We produce oil, condensate, NGLs and natural gas in four shale areas: Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville. The Eagle Ford area has two sections, Black Hawk and Hawkville. Our combined leasehold acreage onshore in the United States is approximately 1.2 million net acres. Our ownership interests in those leases range from less than one per cent to 100 per cent. At 30 June 2014, we held an interest in approximately 7,700 gross wells and approximately 2,600 net wells. We acted as joint venture operator for approximately 32 per cent of our gross wells. Production in FY2014 was 108.1 MMboe up from 99.2 MMboe in FY2013.

During FY2014, we sold our interest in our Onshore US South Midland shale operation, located in the Permian Basin, to EP Energy for cash consideration of US$153 million.

Shale reservoirs are characterised by low permeability, so it is necessary to stimulate the reservoir to create additional permeability and, therefore, the flow of liquids and gas to the wellbore. Extracting oil and gas from shale involves hydraulic fracturing, which is a process developed to efficiently access supplies of oil and natural gas locked inside dense subsurface rock formations, such as shale. Hydraulic fracturing involves using water, sand and a small amount of chemicals to fracture the hydrocarbon-bearing rock formation to allow the well to produce commercial volumes.

The development phase of an onshore shale operation requires an extensive drilling and completion program, which may include associated gas compression and treatment facilities and connecting pipelines. Shale development has a repetitive, manufacturing-like nature that provides opportunities for increased efficiency. Much of our development of the shale reservoirs utilises horizontal drilling with average lateral lengths between 1,400 and 1,700 metres. We enter into service contracts with third parties to provide drilling and completion services at our operated sites. At the end of FY2014, we had 24 drilling rigs in operation.

Much of the Eagle Ford and Permian areas are focused on hydrocarbon liquids. The Eagle Ford area is located in south Texas, where our leasehold acreage comprises 0.3 million net acres. The Permian area is located in west Texas, where our leasehold acreage currently comprises 0.2 million net acres following the sale of our South Midland interest and other leasehold acquisitions and disposals. Production volume from the Permian area was 3.8 MMboe. The combined production in FY2014 from our liquids-focused Eagle Ford and Permian areas was 51.9 MMboe, up from 33.4 MMboe in FY2013, with a production mix of 42 per cent crude oil and condensate (FY2013: 35 per cent), 36 per cent natural gas (FY2013: 42 per cent) and 22 per cent NGLs (FY2013: 23 per cent).

The Haynesville and Fayetteville areas are focused on natural gas. The Haynesville area is located in northwest Louisiana and east Texas, where our leasehold acreage comprises 0.3 million net acres. The Fayetteville field is located in north central Arkansas, where our leasehold acreage comprises 0.4 million net acres. The Haynesville and Fayetteville areas had combined production in FY2014 of 56.2 MMboe of natural gas (FY2013: 65.8 MMboe).

Oil and gas production from our onshore shale areas is sold domestically in the United States, via connections to intrastate and interstate pipelines. Prices for oil, NGLs and natural gas are based on US regional price indices, including West Texas Intermediate prices for oil, Henry Hub prices for natural gas and Mont Belvieu prices for NGLs.

Australia

LOGO

Bass Strait

Together with our 50-50 joint venture partner, Esso Australia (a subsidiary of ExxonMobil), through the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, we participated in the original discovery of hydrocarbons in 1965 and we have been producing oil and gas from Bass Strait for more than 40 years. The Bass Strait operations are located between 25 and 80 kilometres off the southeastern coast of Australia.

We sell the majority of our Bass Strait crude oil and condensate production to refineries along the east coast of Australia under 12-month term contracts. The contract price is based on the average Dated Brent price. Gas is piped onshore to the joint venture’s Longford processing facility, from which we sell our share of production to domestic distributors under contracts with periodic price reviews.

Minerva

We are the operator of Minerva (90 per cent interest), a gas field located 11 kilometres south-southwest of Port Campbell in western Victoria. The operation consists of two subsea wells, with gas piped onshore to a processing plant. After processing the gas is delivered into a pipeline and sold domestically under long-term contracts.

North West Shelf

We are a joint venture participant in the North West Shelf Project, located approximately 125 kilometres northwest of Dampier in Western Australia. The North West Shelf Project was developed in phases: the domestic gas phase supplies gas to the Western Australian domestic market, mainly under long-term contracts, and a series of liquifiedliquefied natural gas (LNG) expansion phases supplying LNG to buyers in Japan, South Korea and China under a series of long-term contracts.

We continue to expand our operations in North West Shelf. The North Rankin compression project also produces LPGwas completed during FY2014 to recover remaining lower pressure gas from the North Rankin and condensate.Perseus gas fields. North Rankin B platform was constructed adjacent to existing North Rankin A platform connected by a100-metre long bridge and operates as a single facility.

Gas from North West Shelf is piped to the Karratha Gas Plant for processing. Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), condensate and LNG are transported to market by ship, while domestic gas is transported by the Natural Gas and Pilbara Energy pipelines. We are also a joint venture participantpartner in four nearby oil fields. Both thefields – Cossack, Wanaea, Lambert and Hermes. All North West Shelf gas and oil joint ventures are operated by Woodside Petroleum Ltd.Woodside.

Australia operatedPyrenees

We operate twosix oil fields offshore Western Australia and one gas field in Victoria.

The Pyrenees, oil development consists of three fields, two of which (Crosby and Stickle) are located in blocks WA-42-L (71.43offshore approximately 23 kilometres northwest of Northwest Cape, Western Australia. We had an effective 62 per cent interest), whileinterest in the third (Ravensworth) straddles blocks WA-42-L and WA-43-L (40fields as at 30 June 2014, based on inception-to-date production from two permits in which we have interests of 71.43 per cent interest).and 40 per cent, respectively. The project uses a floating, production, storage and off-take (FPSO) facility. The crude oil produced is sold internationally on the spot market.

Macedon

We are the operator of Macedon (71.43 per cent interest), an offshore gas field located approximately 75 kilometres west of Onslow, Western Australia and a gas processing facility onshore, approximately 17 kilometres southwest of Onslow. The operation achieved first gas in August 2013 and consists of four subsea wells, with gas piped onshore to the processing plant. After processing, the gas is delivered into a pipeline and sold domestically under long-term contracts.

Stybarrow operation

We are the operator of Stybarrow (50 per cent BHP Billiton share) isinterest), an oil developmentfield located offshore55 kilometres west-northwest of Exmouth, Western Australia. The project uses a FPSO facility. The crude oil produced is sold internationally on the spot market.

The Minerva operation (90 per cent BHP Billiton share) is a gas field located offshore Victoria. The operation consists of two subsea producing wells which pipe gas onshore to a processing plant. The gas is delivered into a pipeline and sold domestically.Other production operations

Gulf of Mexico

We operate three fields in the Gulf of Mexico (Neptune, Shenzi and consolidated operations in the West Cameron area), and hold non-operating interests in a further three fields (Atlantis, Mad Dog and Genesis). We also own 25 per cent and 22 per cent, respectively, of the companies that own and operate the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline which transport oil and gas from the Green Canyon area, where a number of our fields are located, to connecting pipelines that transport product to the mainland. We deliver our oil production to refineries along the Gulf Coast of the United States.

Fayetteville

Fayetteville Shale operations in central Arkansas in the US consist of approximately 504,451 net acres of leasehold and producing natural gas properties and extensive infield gathering pipelines and several compression stations.

Liverpool Bay and Bruce/Keith

The Liverpool Bay integrated development consists of six offshore gas and oil fields in the Irish Sea, the Point of Ayr onshore processing plant in north Wales, and associated infrastructure. We deliver the Liverpool Bay gas by pipeline to E.ON’s Connah’s Quay power station.

We own 46.1 per cent of and operate Liverpool Bay. We also hold a 16 per cent non-operating interest in the Bruce oil and gas field in the North Sea and operate the Keith field (31.83 per cent share), a subsea tie-back, that is processed via the Bruce platform facilities.

Algeria

Our Algerian operations comprise our effective 45 per cent interest in the Ohanet wet gas development and our effectivea 38 per cent interest in the ROD Integrated Development, which consists of six satellite oil fields that pump oil back to a dedicated processing train.

The oil is sold on a spot basis to international markets. Our interest in ROD is subject to a contractual determination to ensure interest from participating association leases is accurately reflected. Future redetermination ofwith our joint venture partner ENI, which could result in a future change in our interest may be possible under certain conditions.

United Kingdom

We hold a 16 per cent non-operating interest in the Bruce oil and gas field in the North Sea and operate the Keith oil and gas field (31.83 per cent interest), a subsea tie-back, which is processed via the Bruce platform facilities.

We divested our interest in Liverpool Bay (46.1 per cent interest) on 31 March 2014 to ENI ULX Limited for a cash consideration of US$29.1 million (subject to finalisation) and the transfer of the rehabilitation and restoration liability to the buyer. Liverpool Bay was an integrated development consisting of five producing offshore oil and gas fields in the Irish Sea, the Point of Ayr onshore processing plant in northern Wales and associated infrastructure.

Trinidad and Tobago

TheWe operate the Greater Angostura project isfield (45 per cent interest in the production sharing contract), an integrated oil and gas development, located offshore, 40 kilometres east of Trinidad. We operate the field and haveThe crude oil is sold on a 45 per cent interest in the production sharing contract for the project. Gas sales fromspot basis to international markets, while the gas export platform commenced in May 2011.is sold domestically under term contracts. During FY2014 we extended the termination date of our Production Sharing Contract with the Government of Trinidad and Tobago from 2021 to 2026.

ZamzamaPakistan

We hold a 38.5 per cent working interest in and operate the Zamzama gas project (38.5 per cent interest) in the Sindh province of Pakistan. Both gas and condensate are sold domestically.domestically under term contracts in accordance with the Pakistan Government’s pricing policies.

Information on Petroleum operations

The following table contains additional details of our production operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (see(refer to section 2.3.1)2.2.1) and reserve tables (see(refer to section 2.13.1)2.3.1).

 

Operation &
Locationlocation

 

Product

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, Leasesleases or Optionsoptions

 

Nominal Productionproduction
Capacitycapacity

 

Facilities, Useuse & Conditioncondition

United States
Neptune (Green Canyon 613)

AustraliaOffshore

deepwater Gulf of Mexico (1,300m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 35%

Marathon Oil 30% Woodside Energy 20%

Maxus US Exploration 15%

BHP BillitonLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities50 Mbbl/d oil 50 MMcf/d gasPermanently moored tension leg platform (TLP)
Shenzi (Green Canyon 653)

Offshore

deepwater Gulf of Mexico

(1,310m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 44%

Hess Corporation 28% Repsol 28%

BHP BillitonLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities100 Mbbl/d oil 50 MMcf/d gas

Stand-alone TLP

Genghis Khan field (part of same geological structure) tied back to Marco Polo TLP

Bass Strait

Atlantis (Green Canyon 743)

Offshore Victoriadeepwater

Gulf of Mexico

(2,155m)

 Oil and gas 

BHP Billiton 44%

BP 56%

BPLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities200 Mbbl/d oil 180 MMcf/d gasPermanently moored semi-submersible platform
Mad Dog (Green Canyon 782)

Offshore deepwater Gulf of Mexico

(1,310m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 23.9%

BP 60.5%

Chevron 15.6%

BPLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities80 Mbbl/d oil 60 MMcf/d gasPermanently moored integrated truss spar, facilities for simultaneous production and drilling operations
Genesis (Green Canyon 205)

Offshore deepwater

Gulf of Mexico

(approximately 790m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 4.95%

Chevron 56.67% ExxonMobil 38.38%

ChevronLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities55 Mbbl/d oil 72 MMcf/d gasFloating cylindrical hull (spar) moored to seabed with integrated drilling facilities

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Onshore US

Eagle Ford, south Texas

Permian, west Texas

Haynesville, northern Louisiana and east Texas

Fayetteville, Arkansas

Oil, condensate, gas and NGL

BHP Billiton working interest in leases range from <1% to 100%

BHP Billiton average net working interest is approximately 34%

Largest partners include

Southwestern Energy, XTO, Devon Energy

BHP Billiton operated approximately 32% of approximately 7,700 wells

We currently own leasehold interests in approximately 1.2 million net acres:

Eagle Ford – 0.3 million acres

Permian – 0.2 million acres

Haynesville – 0.3 million acres

Fayetteville – 0.4 million acres

Other – 0.1 million acres

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas is produced in paying quantities

Average daily production during FY2014

1,230 MMcf/d gas

60.1 Mbbl/d oil and condensate

31.3 Mbbl/d NGL

Eagle Ford – producing oil and gas wells and associated pipeline and compression facilities

Permian – oil and gas wells with associated gathering systems, processing plant and compression facilities

Haynesville – producing gas wells with a third party operated pipeline network

Fayetteville – producing gas wells with associated pipeline and compression infrastructure

All production from Onshore US fields is transported to various intrastate and interstate pipelines through multiple interconnects

Australia
Bass Strait
Offshore and onshore VictoriaOil and gas

Gippsland Basin Joint Venture (GBJV):

BHP Billiton 50%

 

Esso Australia (Exxon Mobil subsidiary) 50%

Oil Basins Ltd 2.5% royalty interest in 19 production licences

Kipper Unit Joint Venture (KUJV):

BHP Billiton 32.5% Esso Australia 32.5%

Santos Offshore Pty Ltd 35%

 Esso Australia 

20 production licences (of which 4 are under renewal process),and 2 retention leases (under renewal process) issued by Australian Government

 

Expire between 2016 and end of life of field

 

One production licence held with Santos Ltd

 

Oil: 200 Mbbl/d oil

Gas: 1,075 MMcf/d gas

LPG: 5,150 tpd LPG

Ethane: 850 tpd ethane

 

20 producing fields with 2123 offshore developments (14(15 steel jacket platforms, 34 subsea developments, 2 steel gravity based mono towers, 2 concrete gravity based platforms)

 

Onshore infrastructure:

Longford Facilityfacility (3 gas plants, liquid processing facilities)

Interconnecting pipelines

Long Island Point LPG and oil storage facilities

Ethane pipeline

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Minerva
Offshore and onshore VictoriaGas and condensate

BHP Billiton

90% Santos (BOL) 10%

BHP BillitonProduction licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases150 TJ/d gas 600 bbl/d condensate

2 well completions

Single flow line transports gas to onshore gas processing facility

Gas plant located approximately 4 kms inland from Port Campbell

North West Shelf (NWS) – gas, LNG, LPG

Offshore and condensate

Offshoreonshore Western Australia

 

North Rankin Goodwyn Perseus Echo-Yodel, Angel and Searipple fields

 

Domestic gas, LPG, condensate,

LNG

 

North West Shelf Project is an unincorporated JV

 

BHP Billiton:

8.33% of original domestic gas JV, will progressivelyultimately increase to 16.67%

16.67% of Incremental Pipeline Gas (IPG) domestic gas JV 16.67% of original LNG JV

12.5% of China LNG JV 16.67% of LPG JV Approximately 15%

Other participants: subsidiaries of current condensate productionWoodside, Chevron, BP, Shell, Mitsubishi/Mitsui and China National Offshore Oil Corporation

 Woodside Petroleum Ltd 

9 production licences issued by Australian Government

 

6 expire in 2022 and 3 expire 5 years from end of production

 

North Rankin A platform: 2,300Complex: 2,500 MMcf/d gas

60 Mbbl/d condensate

 

Goodwyn A platform: 1,450 MMcf/d gas

110 Mbbl/d condensate

 

Angel platform: 960 MMcf/d gas

50 Mbbl/dayd condensate

Withnell Bay gas plant: 600 MMcf/d gas

5-train LNG plant: 45,000 tpd LNG

 

Production from North Rankin and Perseus processed through the interconnected North Rankin A platformand North Rankin B platforms

 

Production from Goodwyn Searipple and Echo-YodelSearipple processed through Goodwyn A platform

 

4 subsea wells in Perseus field tied into Goodwyn A platform

 

Production from Angel field processed through Angel platform

Operation &
Location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, Leases or Options

Nominal Production
Capacity

Facilities, Use & Condition

Other participants: subsidiaries of Woodside Energy, Chevron, BP, Shell, Mitsubishi/Mitsui and China National Offshore Oil Corporation

Withnell Bay gas plant: 600 MMcf/d gas

 

5-train LNG plant: 45,000 tpd LNG

Onshore gas treatment plant at Withnell Bay processes gas for domestic market

 

5-train LNG plant

North West Shelf – oil

Offshore Western Australia

 

Wanaea

Cossack

Lambert and

Hermes fields

 Oil 

BHP Billiton 16.67%

 

Woodside Energy 33.34%,

BP, Chevron, Japan Australia LNG (MIMI) 16.67% each

 Woodside Petroleum Ltd 3 production licences issued by Australian Government expire 2012 –in 2014 (currently in renewal), 2018 and 2033, respectively Production capacity:Production: 60 Mbbl/d Storage capacity:Storage: 1 MMbbl FPSOFloating production storage and off-take (FPSO) unit

Minerva

Offshore

Victoria

Gas plant located approximately 4 km inland from Port CampbellOperation &
location

 Gas and condensate

Product

 

BHP Billiton 90%Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Pyrenees

Offshore Western Australia

 

Santos (BOL) 10%Crosby

Moondyne

Wild Bull

Tanglehead

Stickle and

Ravensworth fields

Oil

WA-42-L permit:

BHP Billiton 71.43%

Apache PVG 28.57%

WA-43-L permit: BHP Billiton 40%

Apache APG Permits 31.5%

Inpex Alpha 28.5%

 BHP Billiton Production licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases 

150 TJ/Production: 96 Mbbl/d oil

Storage: 920 Mbbl

24 subsea well completions (19 producers, 4 water injectors, 1 gas injector), FPSO
Macedon
Offshore and onshore Western AustraliaGas and condensate

WA-42-L permit

BHP Billiton 71.43%

Apache PVG 28.57%

BHP BillitonProduction licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases

Production: 200 MMcf/d gas

60020 bbl/d condensate

 

24 well completions

Single flow line transports gas to onshore gas processing facility

Gas plant located approximately 17 km southwest of Onslow

Stybarrow

Stybarrow

Offshore Western Australia

 

Stybarrow and Eskdale fields

 Oil and gas 

BHP Billiton 50%

 

Woodside Energy 50%

 BHP Billiton Production licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years after production ceases 

Production: 80 Mbbl/d oil

 

Storage: 900 Mbbl

 

10 subsea well completions (6 producers, 3 water injectors, 1 gas injector)

 

Gas production is reinjected

Pyrenees

Offshore

Western

Australia

Crosby, Stickle and Ravensworth fields

Oil

WA-42-L permit:

BHP Billiton 71.43%

Apache PVG 28.57%

WA-43-L permit:

BHP Billiton 40%

Apache Permits 31.5%

Inpex Alpha 28.5%

BHP BillitonProduction licence issued by Australian Government expires 5 years afterOther production ceases

Production:

96 Mbbl/d oil

Storage: 920 Mbbl

17 subsea well completions (13 producers, 3 water injectors, 1 gas injector), FPSO

WA-42-L production commenced third quarter of FY2010

WA-43-L production commenced first quarter of FY2011

Operation &
Location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, Leases or Options

Nominal Production
Capacity

Facilities, Use & Condition

USoperations    

Neptune (Green Canyon 613)

Offshore

Deepwater Gulf of Mexico

(1,300 m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 35%

Marathon Oil 30% Woodside Energy 20%

Maxus US Exploration 15%

BHP BillitonLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities

50 Mbbl/d oil

50 MMcf/d gas

Permanently moored tension-leg platform (TLP)

Shenzi (Green Canyon 653)

Offshore

Deepwater Gulf of Mexico

(1,310 m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 44%

Hess Corporation 28% Repsol 28%

BHP BillitonLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities

100 Mbbl/d oil

50 MMcf/d gas

Stand-alone TLP

Genghis Khan field (part of same geological structure) tied back to Marco Polo TLP

West Cameron 76

Offshore Gulf of Mexico

Gas and

condensate

BHP Billiton 33.76%

ENI Petroleum 40%

Black Elk Energy Offshore Operations 15%

Ridgewood Energy Company 11.24%

BHP BillitonLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities

120 MMcf/d gas

800 bbl/d condensate

2 conventional gas platforms

Starlifter (West Cameron 77)

Offshore

Gulf of Mexico

Gas and condensate

BHP Billiton 30.95%

McMoRan 33.75%

Black Elk Energy Offshore Operations 13.75%

Ridgewood Energy Company 10.3%

Castrex Offshore Inc 5.625%

Walter Oil and Gas Corporation 5.625%

BHP BillitonLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities

40 MMcf/d gas

450 bbl/d condensate

Single conventional gas platform

Atlantis (Green Canyon 743)

Offshore Deepwater

Gulf of Mexico

(2,155 m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 44% working interest

BP 56%

BPLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities

200 Mbbl/d oil

180 MMcf/d gas

Permanently moored semi-submersible platform

Operation &
Location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, Leases or Options

Nominal Production
Capacity

Facilities, Use & Condition

Mad Dog (Green Canyon 782)

Offshore Deepwater Gulf of Mexico

(1,310 m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 23.9%

BP 60.5%
Chevron 15.6%

BPLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities100 Mbbl/d oil 60 MMcf/d gasPermanently moored integrated truss spar, facilities for simultaneous production and drilling operations

Genesis (Green Canyon 205)

Offshore Deepwater

Gulf of Mexico

(approximately 790 m)

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 4.95%

Chevron 56.67% ExxonMobil 38.38%

ChevronLease from US Government as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities55 Mbbl/d oil 72 MMcf/d gasFloating cylindrical hull (spar) moored to seabed with integrated drilling facilities

Fayetteville

Onshore Arkansas

Gas

BHP Billiton working interests in leases range from 0.03% to 98.94%

BHP Billiton 58.31% average interest in 787 wells and 10.58% average interest in 2,311 wells

Largest partners

Southwestern Energy,

XTO Energy and

BP

BHP Billiton –
787 wells

Partners –
2,311 wells

In excess of 40,000 leases, which are predominantly held with private parties

Leases associated with producing wells remain in place as long as oil and gas produced in paying quantities

Maximum net production achieved during FY2011 423 MMcf/dGas transported via extensive pipeline infrastructure and associated compression (100% owned) or third party gathering systems
OtherAlgeria      

Liverpool Bay

Offshore northwest England, Irish Sea

Douglas and Douglas West oil fields, Hamilton, Hamilton North and Hamilton East gas fields, Lennox oil and gas field

ROD Integrated Development
 Oil and gas 

BHP Billiton 46.1%

ENI 53.9%

 BHP Billiton 3 production licences issued by UK Government expire 2016, 2025 and 2027 308 MMcf/d gas 70 Mbbl/d oil and condensate 

Integrated development of 6 fields

Oil treated at Douglas complex then piped to oil storage barge for export by tankers

Gas processed at Douglas complex then piped by subsea pipeline to Point of Ayr gas terminal for further processing

Operation &
Location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, Leases or Options

Nominal Production
Capacity

Facilities, Use & Condition

Bruce/Keith

Offshore North Sea, UK

Oil and gas

Bruce:

BHP Billiton 16%

BP 37%

Total 43.25%

Marubeni 3.75%

Keith:

BHP Billiton 31.83% BP 34.84% Total 25% Marubeni 8.33%

Keith – BHP Billiton

Bruce – BP

3 production licences issued by UK Government expire 2011, 2015 and 2018

We expect to renew the licence expiring in November 2011

920 MMcf/d

Integrated oil and gas platform

Keith developed as tie-back to Bruce facilities

Ohanet

Onshore

Approximately 1,300 km Berkine Basin, 900 kilometres southeast of Algiers, Algeria

Gas and condensate

BHP Billiton effective 45% interest

Japan Ohanet Oil and Gas 30%

Woodside Energy 15%

Petrofac Energy Developments 10%

Sonatrach/BHP Billiton staffed organisation

JV is party to risk service contract with Sonatrach (title holder), expires October 2011 at which time BHP Billiton will exit the licence

Under the contract JV is reimbursed and remunerated for its investments in liquids

20 MMcm/d wet gas 61 Mbbl/d associated liquids (LPG, condensate)Wet gas (LPG and condensate) development comprising 4 gas and condensate fields and gas processing plant

ROD Integrated Development

Onshore

Berkine Basin, 900 km southeast of Algiers, Algeria

 Oil 

BHP Billiton 45% interest in 401a/402a production sharing contract
ENI 55%

 

BHP Billiton effective 38% interest in ROD unitised integrated development
ENI 62%

 Joint Sonatrach/ENI entity 

Production sharing contract with Sonatrach (title holder)

 

Expires in 2016 with option for two 5-year extensions under certain conditions specified in the contracts

 Approximately 80 Mbbl/d oil 

Development and production of 6 oil fields

 

2 largest fields (ROD and SFNE) extend into neighbouring blocks 403a, 403d

 

Production through dedicated processing train on block 403

Operation &
Locationlocation

 

Product

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, Leasesleases or Optionsoptions

 

Nominal Productionproduction
Capacitycapacity

 

Facilities, Useuse & Conditioncondition

United Kingdom
Bruce/Keith
Offshore North Sea, UKOil and gas

Bruce:

BHP Billiton 16% BP 37% Total SA 43.25% Marubeni 3.75%

Keith:

BHP Billiton 31.83% BP 34.84%

Total SA 25% Marubeni 8.33%

Bruce – BP

Keith – BHP Billiton

3 production licences issued by UK Government expire in 2015, 2018 and 2046920 MMcf/d gas

Integrated oil and gas platform

Keith developed as tie-back to Bruce facilities

Liverpool Bay

Offshore northwest England, Irish Sea

Douglas and Douglas West oil fields,

Lennox

Hamilton

Hamilton North

gas fields

Oil and gas

BHP Billiton 46.1%

ENI 53.9%

BHP Billiton’s interest in Liverpool Bay divested

31 March 2014

BHP Billiton3 production licences issued by UK Government expire in 2016, 2025 and 2027308 MMcf/d gas 70 Mbbl/d oil and condensate

Integrated development of 5 producing fields

Oil treated at Douglas complex then piped to oil storage barge for export by tankers

Gas processed at Douglas complex then piped by subsea pipeline to Point of Ayr gas terminal for further processing

Operation &
location

Product

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Nominal production
capacity

Facilities, use & condition

Trinidad and Tobago
Greater Angostura

Offshore Trinidad and Tobago

 Oil and gas 

BHP Billiton 45%

 

TotalNational Gas Company 30%

Chaoyang 25%

 BHP Billiton Production sharing contract with the Trinidad and Tobago Government entitles us to operate Greater Angostura until 20212026 

100 Mbbl/d oil

280 MMcf/d gas

 

Integrated oil and gas development: central processing platform connected to theKairi-2 platform and gas export platform with 3 satellite wellhead protector platforms and flow lines

 

Oil pipeline from processing platform to storage and export at Guayaguayare

 

Gas exportedsupplied to Trinidad and Tobago domestic markets

Pakistan

Zamzama

Onshore Sindh Province,

Pakistan

 Gas and condensate 

BHP Billiton 38.5%

 

ENI Pakistan 17.75%
PKP Exploration Ltd 9.375%
PKP Exploration Ltd
2 9.375%

Government Holdings (Private) Limited 25%

 BHP Billiton 20-year development and production lease from the Pakistan Government expires in 2022 (option to extend 5 years) 500 MMcf/d gas 3,350 bbl/d condensate 

810 production wells

4 process trains

Note: Deepwater Gulf of Mexico relates to fields in water depths of over approximately 150 metres.

Development projects

Australia

North West Shelf North Rankin gas compression project

The North West Shelf gas compression project was approved by the Board in March 2008 to recover remaining lower pressure gas from the North Rankin and Perseus gas fields. The project consists of a new gas compression platform, North Rankin B, capable of processing 2,500 million cubic feet per day (MMcf/d) of gas, which will be constructed adjacent to the existing North Rankin A platform, 135 kilometres offshore from Karratha on the northwest coast of Western Australia. The two platforms will be connected by a 100 metre long bridge and operate as a single facility. Our 16.67 per cent share of development costs is approximately US$850 million, of which US$390 million was incurred as of 30 June 2011. First gas is expected in CY2013.

North West Shelf Cossack, Wanaea, Lambert, Hermes (CWLH) life extension

In December 2008, approval was announced to undertake a redevelopment project to replace and refurbish CWLH facilities as a result of the longer than originally planned field life. The project involves replacing the existing Cossack Pioneer FPSO vessel and selectively refurbishing subsea infrastructure and the riser turret mooring. Our 16.67 per cent share of the cost is approximately US$245 million, of which US$223 million was incurred as of 30 June 2011. First production through the redeveloped facilities is expected in the second half of CY2011.

Bass Strait Kipper gas field development

Initial development of the Kipper gas field in the Gippsland Basin located offshore Victoria was approved by the Board in December 2007. A supplemental approval of the development was granted in January 2011. The first phase of the project includes two new subsea wells, three new pipelines and platform modifications to supply 10 thousand barrels per day (Mbbl/d) of condensate and 80 MMcf/d of gas. Gas and liquids will be processed via the existing Gippsland Basin Joint Venture facilities. Our share of development costs is approximately US$900 million, of which US$515 million was incurred as of 30 June 2011. Facilities are expected to be ready for first production in CY2012 pending resolution of mercury content. Mercury has been encountered in the reservoir and a solution is being developed separately. The initial production target date is CY2014. The Kipper gas field development is comprised of the Kipper Unit Joint Venture and the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture. We own a 32.5 per cent interest in the Kipper Unit Joint Venture, with Esso Australia and Santos owning the remaining 67.5 per cent. We own a 50 per cent interest in the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture with Esso Australia owning the remaining 50 per cent.

Bass Strait Turrum field development

Further expansion of the Gippsland Basin facilities is underway following approval by the Board in July 2008 of the full field development of the Turrum oil and gas field. A supplemental approval of the development was obtained in January 2011. The project consists of a new platform, Marlin B, linked by a bridge to the existing Marlin A platform. The Turrum field, which has a capacity of 11 Mbbl/d and 200 MMcf/d of gas, is located 42 kilometres from shore in approximately 60 metres of water. Our share of development costs is approximately US$1,350 million, of which US$640 million was incurred as of 30 June 2011. Initial production is targeted for CY2013. The Turrum field development operates under the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture in which we own a 50 per cent interest.

Macedon

Macedon is a domestic gas development in Western Australia. The project will consist of a 200 MMcf/d of stand-alone gas plant, four subsea production wells, a 90 kilometre, 20 inch wet gas pipeline and a 67 kilometre, two inch sales gas pipeline. In August 2010, the project was approved at an investment level of US$1,050 million (net BHP Billiton share). Execution phase work, including award of principal Engineering Procurement and

Construction Management (EPCM) onshore and offshore installation contracts, has commenced. We are the operator, with a 71.43 per cent interest and Apache PVG Pty Ltd holds the remaining 28.57 per cent interest. First gas is expected in CY2013.

Exploration and appraisal

We focus on capturing and operating large acreage positions in areas that are material to the Group. We have exploration interests around the world, particularly in the Gulf of Mexico, Australia, and the South China Sea. During FY2011, our gross expenditure on exploration was US$557 million, of which US$404 million was expensed. Our major exploration interests are as follows:

Australia

We have a 50 per cent interest in the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture with Esso Australia Ltd. In November 2010, the Yellowfin well was plugged and abandoned and expensed as a dry hole. Operations for the South East Longtom well started the same month and encountered hydrocarbons. The well has been plugged and abandoned and continues being evaluated for development potential.

In June 2011, we increased our interest in block WA-351-P offshore Western Australia to 80 per cent by exercising a pre-emption right to acquire a 25 per cent interest from our joint venture partner Tap (Shelfal) Pty Ltd. The block is located on the Exmouth Plateau south of the Scarborough gas field. Tap holds the remaining 20 per cent.

Also in June 2011, we exercised our option to acquire an additional 16 per cent interest in block WA-335-P offshore Western Australia, taking our total participating interest to 46 per cent. In addition, we exercised our right to assume operatorship from Apache (35.1 per cent). Kufpec holds the remaining 18.9 per cent.

The Argus-2 appraisal well was spud in early June 2011 in the AC/RL8 retention lease over the Argus gas field. Woodside Browse Pty Ltd operates the AC/RL8 retention lease with 60 per cent interest while we hold the remaining 40 per cent.

United States

Deep Blue – Green Canyon 723

We currently own a 31.875 per cent interest in the Deep Blue prospect located in the Green Canyon area. Partners in the well are Noble (33.75 per cent), Statoil (15.625 per cent), Samson (9.375 per cent) and Murphy (9.375 per cent). Deep Blue exploration well-1 was drilled in November 2009 and concluded in May 2010. The sidetrack drilling started in May and was suspended in June 2010 due to the Gulf of Mexico drilling moratorium issued by the US Government. The Green Canyon 723 #1 original hole was drilled to a total depth of 32,684 feet and encountered hydrocarbons. Following the lifting of the drilling moratorium in October 2010, the forward plan is to complete the sidetrack operations once required permitting is granted and a rig is available. There is insufficient information to confirm the extent of hydrocarbons until drilling operations have been completed.

Other

Colombia

In September 2008, we entered into a technical evaluation of hydrocarbon potential in Block 5 in the Llanos basin onshore Colombia. We operate the project and hold a 71.4 per cent working interest in the joint venture, with SK Energy Co holding the remaining 28.6 per cent interest. The minimum work program includes the acquisition of 1,000 kilometres of 2D seismic plus the drilling of five stratigraphic wells. The airborne survey was completed in January 2010, and 621 kilometres of 2D seismic were acquired from December 2010 to May 2011. In addition, four stratigraphic wells were drilled.

Falkland Islands

In December 2007, we farmed into Northern and Southern area licences offshore the Falkland Islands. We acquired a 51 per cent interest from our joint venture partner Falkland Oil and Gas Limited (FOGL) and assumed operatorship in January 2008. The minimum exploration work program included drilling two wells in the first phase by the end of CY2010. Site surveys on both blocks were completed in 2009. The first exploration well began drilling in June 2010 and was plugged and abandoned and expensed as a dry hole in July 2010. A one year extension to the first phase of the licences was granted by the Falkland Islands Government in September 2010. In April 2011, we sent a request to the Falkland Islands Government to allow us to transfer our 51 per cent working interest and operatorship to FOGL. Final approval for the transfer was received from the Foreign Commonwealth Office in June 2011.

India

In December 2008, we were awarded seven offshore blocks in India. We are the operator of all seven blocks, each with its own production sharing contract. The minimum exploration program includes the acquisition and processing of 2D seismic data across the seven blocks and a small 3D seismic acquisition in one block. We currently own a 26 per cent interest in all seven blocks, with our partner GVK holding the remaining 74 per cent. In June 2010, we were awarded three additional offshore blocks. The minimum work program associated with the three blocks includes the acquisition and processing of 2D and 3D seismic data. We hold a 100 per cent interest in each of these three blocks. We have met the commitment for acquiring the 2D seismic in all 10 blocks and are processing the data for interpretation. The 3D seismic acquisition, processing and interpretation is being planned for a future date which will complete the committed exploration work program. We are currently working on permit issues with the Indian government.

Malaysia

In March 2007, we were awarded offshore Blocks N and Q in Malaysia with a 60 per cent interest and operatorship. Petronas Carigali holds the remaining 40 per cent. The minimum exploration program includes the acquisition and processing of seismic data across the two blocks and the drilling of four Block N exploration wells within the first seven years. The initial seismic acquisition program commenced in June 2008 and was completed in September 2008. The first exploration well was drilled in February 2010 and was plugged, abandoned and expensed as a dry hole. The second exploration well was spud at the beginning of May 2011 and was in the process of drilling at the end of FY2011.

Philippines

In November 2009, we acquired a 75 per cent interest in Service Contract 59, located offshore Philippines and we assumed operatorship in April 2010. PNOC Exploration Corp owns the remaining 25 per cent interest. As part of the minimum work program, the joint venture completed the acquisition and processing of a 2D seismic survey in April 2010. A 3D seismic acquisition was completed in January 2011 and processing is currently ongoing. The remaining obligations on the current work program require us to drill an exploration well prior to July 2012.

In May 2011, we exercised an option to farm-in to Service Contract 55, located offshore Philippines to acquire a 60 per cent working interest and assume operatorship of the block. The remaining interest will be divided between Otto Energy, which will own 33.18 per cent interest, and Trans-Asia, which will own 6.82 per cent interest. 3D seismic acquisition and processing were completed during the year.

In August 2009, we exercised our option with partner Mitra Energy (25 per cent) to acquire a 25 per cent non-operating interest in Service Contract 56 located offshore Philippines. The joint venture completed drilling the first exploration well in December 2009, and the second exploration well in February 2010. Both wells were expensed as dry holes. The drilling of these wells fulfilled our minimum work commitment against the service contract. The block is operated by ExxonMobil (50 per cent).

Vietnam

In October 2009, we became operator of Vietnam Blocks 28 and 29/03 located approximately 200 kilometres offshore southern Vietnam. We have a 50 per cent interest in each of the blocks, with Mitra Energy holding the remaining 50 per cent. The minimum work program for the first sub-phase includes 2D seismic data and two wells. We also acquired and processed 3D data. The first exploration well was drilled in May 2011 while drilling of the second well commenced in June 2011. Both wells were plugged, abandoned and expensed as dry holes in FY2011.

Brunei

In September 2010, we entered into a Deed of Amendment with respect to Block CA1 (formerly Block J) following the settlement of the maritime dispute between Brunei and Malaysia. We own a 22.5 per cent interest in the block, with the residual interests held by Total Deep Offshore Borneo (54 per cent and operator), Hess (Borneo Block J) Ltd (13.5 per cent), Petronas Carigali (five per cent) and Canam Brunei Oil Ltd (Murphy Oil) (five per cent). The minimum work obligation includes the drilling of seven exploration wells.

South Africa

In September 2010, we entered into exploration agreements for two blocks offshore South Africa. We own and operate a 60 per cent interest in Block 3A/4A, and a 90 per cent interest in block 3B/4B. The remaining interest in Block 3A/4A is held by PetroSA (30 per cent) and Sasol Petroleum International (10 per cent). Global Offshore Oil Exploration South Africa holds a 10 per cent interest in Block 3B/4B. The minimum work program includes the drilling of one exploration well within each block.

Present activities

Drilling

The number of wells in the process of being drilled (including temporarily suspended wells) as of 30 June 2011 was as follows:

   Exploratory wells   Development wells   Total 
   Gross   Net (1)   Gross   Net (1)   Gross   Net (1) 

Australia

   1       —               1       

United States

   1          106     38     107     38  

Other

   2     1     1          3     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       4     1     107     38     111     39  

(1)

Represents our share of the gross well count2 front end compression trains

Other significant activities

Australia

Browse

The Browse LNG Development comprises development of the Torosa, Brecknock and Calliance gas fields, which were discovered in 1971, 1979, and 2000, respectively. The fields are located approximately 440 kilometres north-north-west of Broome, Western Australia in water depths up to 800 metres. Evaluation of the in-place resources continues together with definition of the on and offshore facilities required to extract hydrocarbons and produce and export LNG.

Woodside is the operator and we own 8.33 per cent of the East Browse resources and 20 per cent of West Browse. Efforts are ongoing to align equity interests for the overall development.

ScarboroughCapital projects

Development planning for the large Scarborough gas field offshore Western Australia is in progress. We are evaluating development options for a LNG plant and offshore production facilities. Esso is the operator of the WA-1-R lease and we hold a 50 per cent working interest. We also have a 100 per cent working interest in the WA-346-P block.

Greater Western Flank ‘A’

Planning is underway for the Greater Western Flank – a phased development of selected core undeveloped resources to the west of existing North West Shelf production infrastructure. The first phase of development, termed Greater Western Flank A, consists of two core fields, Goodwyn GHA/B and Tidepole, and has progressed to the feasibility stage in the second half of CY2011. Woodside is the operator and we own a 16.67 per cent share.

United States

Shenzi Water Injection

The Shenzi Water Injection program includes drilling and completion of five water injection wells and provides facilities to inject up to 125 Mbbl/d of water at 7,000 per square inch (psi). The program was approved as part of the original sanctioned Shenzi project, which began production in 2009, to supplement aquifer pressure for additional recovery. To date,The program included drilling and completion of three water injection wells and provides facilities to inject up to 125 thousand barrels per day (Mbbl/d) of water at 7,000 pounds per square inch (psi). The final Water Injector (WI) #1 has beenwell #3 was drilled and completed in August 2013. The additional recovery resulting from water injection is expected to be approximately 80 million barrels (gross). Our share of final development costs was approximately US$375 million. We are the operator with a 44 per cent interest and WI #2 has been drilled; plans to complete WI #2Repsol and drill and complete WI #3 in FY2012 are underway.Hess Corporation each hold a 28 per cent interest.

Atlantis South Water Injection

During the initial Atlantis South development, water injection topsides and subsea facilities were approved and installed. The Atlantis South Water Injection project iswas later approved in January 2009 to provide pressure support. The water injection project involved the execution phase and involves drilling of four subsea water injectors, tying them into the existing infrastructure and commissioning the 75 Mbbl/d of water injection facilities. Project completion took place in June 2013 and our 44 per cent share of the project costs was approximately US$242M. The Atlantis platform is operated by BP and located approximately 190 miles offshore from New Orleans, Louisiana.

Onshore US

BHP Billiton’s Onshore US drilling and development investment in FY2014 was US$4.2 billion, down from US$4.7 billion in FY2013, with US$3.6 billion (FY2013: US$3.8 billion) spent in the liquids-focused areas of Eagle Ford and Permian, and US$0.6 billion (FY2013: US$0.9 billion) in the gas-focused areas of Haynesville and Fayetteville. The expenditure primarily related to drilling and completion activities at all four areas. Our onshore drilling activity in FY2014 resulted in 413 net development wells completed primarily in the Eagle Ford and Permian areas.

Of the US$4.2 billion, approximately US$400 million was spent on the installation of more than 200 kilometres of pipeline infrastructure and additional gas processing facilities, primarily in our Eagle Ford and Permian areas.

The majority of drilling and completion activity in Onshore US was directed towards the liquids-focused Eagle Ford and Permian areas to capitalise on relatively stronger liquid prices as compared with natural gas prices. At the end of FY2014, more than 85 per cent of drilling activity was conducted in these areas.

Our Onshore US capital investment is expected to remain at approximately US$4.0 billion in FY2015, as we continue to optimise our drilling program. This includes an operated rig count of 26 for the period. Approximately 65 per cent of operated drilling activity will be conducted in our liquids-focused acreage in the Eagle Ford area. The remaining activity will occur in the Haynesville and Permian areas, where we are continuing to evaluate our most prospective acreage. Our operated drilling program in the Fayetteville area remains temporarily suspended; however, we continue to invest in wells operated by third parties where we see value.

Australia

Macedon

Macedon is a domestic gas development that consists of a 200 million cubic feet per day (MMcf/d) stand-alone gas plant, four subsea production wells, a 90-kilometre 20-inch wet gas pipeline and a 67-kilometre 20-inch sales

gas pipeline. The project was approved in August 2010 at an investment level of US$1.1 billion (BHP Billiton share). First gas occurred in August 2013 with a final development cost of approximately US$1.2 billion (BHP Billiton share).

Bass Strait Kipper gas field development

Initial development of the Kipper gas field in the Gippsland Basin, located offshore Victoria, was approved by the Board in December 2007. A supplemental approval of the development was granted in January 2011. The first phase of the project included two new subsea wells, three new pipelines and platform modifications to supply 10 Mbbl/d of condensate and 80 MMcf/d of gas. Facilities were completed in September 2012; however, first production did not commence due to the need to provide for mercury removal.

Gas and liquids will be processed via the existing Gippsland Basin Joint Venture facilities. The Kipper gas field development is comprised of the Kipper Unit Joint Venture and the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture. We own a 32.5 per cent interest in the Kipper Unit Joint Venture, with Esso Australia (32.5 per cent) and Santos (35 per cent). We own a 50 per cent interest in the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, with Esso Australia owning the remaining 50 per cent.

Funding for the installation of the mercury treatment facilities of US$120 million was approved in March 2014 with completion expected to occur in CY2016. Our share of costs incurred to 30 June 2014 was US$25 million.

Bass Strait Turrum field development

Further expansion of the Gippsland Basin facilities is underway following approval by the Board in July 2008 of the full field development of the Turrum oil and gas field. A supplemental approval of the development was obtained in January 2011. The project consists of four production and two injection wells and a new platform, Marlin B, linked by a bridge to the existing Marlin A platform. The Turrum field, which has a capacity of 11 Mbbl/d of oil and 200 MMcf/d of gas, is located 42 kilometres offshore in approximately 60 metres of water. Our share of development costs is approximately US$1.4 billion, of which US$ 1.3 billion was incurred as of 30 June 2014. The Turrum field development operates under the Gippsland Basin Joint Venture, in which we own a 50 per cent interest, with Esso Australia owning the remaining 50 per cent. Initial production of low carbon dioxide gas through the Turrum facilities occurred in June 2013. High carbon dioxide production from the Turrum reservoir will come online with completion of the Longford Gas Conditioning Plant in CY2016.

Longford

The Longford Gas Conditioning Plant (LGCP) Project was approved by the Board in December 2012 to enable the production of Turrum reserves plus the production of Kipper and other undeveloped high carbon dioxide content hydrocarbons. The project scope includes a carbon dioxide extraction facility, brownfield tie-ins, an electrical upgrade and multiple supporting utilities. Our share of development costs is approximately US$520 million, of which US$202 million was incurred as of 30 June 2014. First gas production is expected in CY2016. Esso Australia is the operator of the LGCP, owning a 50 per cent interest and BHP Billiton owns the remaining 50 per cent.

North West Shelf North Rankin gas compression project

The North West Shelf gas compression project was approved by the Board in March 2008 to recover remaining lower pressure gas from the North Rankin and Perseus gas fields. The project consisted of a new gas compression platform, North Rankin B, capable of processing 2,500 MMcf/d of gas, which was constructed adjacent to the existing North Rankin A platform, 135 kilometres offshore from Karratha on the northwest coast of Western Australia. The two platforms are connected by a 100-metre long bridge and operate as a single facility. Our share of development costs was approximately US$721 million subject to finalisation. First gas production from this site occurred in October 2013. This project is operated by Woodside, with an equally shared interest between Woodside, BHP Billiton, BP, Chevron, MIMI and Shell.

North West Shelf Greater Western Flank–A

The North West Shelf Greater Western Flank–A (GWF-A) gas project was approved by the Board in November 2011 to recover gas from the near field Goodwyn H and Tidepole fields. The project consists of a five well subsea tie-back of the Goodwyn H and Tidepole fields to the Goodwyn A platform. The Goodwyn A platform is located in 130 metres of water, injection project mitigates low aquifer pressureapproximately 130 kilometres offshore from Karratha on the northwest coast of Australia. Our share of development costs is approximately US$400 million, of which could resultUS$206 million was incurred as of 30 June 2014. First gas production is expected in a swift production decline. BPCY2016. Woodside is the operator and we holdown a 4416.67 per cent working interest.

Atlantis North Phase 2BSignificant evaluation activities

The Atlantis North Flank began production in July 2009. The North Phase 2B is a brownfield capital investment program being developedWe perform development evaluation activities to improve production rates. Phase 2B includes a one well programdetermine the technical feasibility and associated subsea infrastructure. As withcommercial viability of prospective projects after exploration and appraisal. Our significant recent evaluation activities include the original Atlantis North project, BP is the operator, and we hold a 44 per cent working interest.following:

United States

Mad Dog Phase 2

The Mad Dog Phase 2 project is in response to the successful Mad Dog South appraisal well, which confirmed significant hydrocarbons in the southern portion of the Mad Dog field. Mad Dog Phase 2 will be a spar development with all subsea production and injection wells and includes water injection capability to provide supportThe project has been sent back to the east, weststudy phase to re-evaluate the concept. Discussions are ongoing with the operator to potentially modify the development plan. BP is the operator and southwe hold a 23.9 per cent working interest.

Stampede (formerly known as Knotty Head)

We decided effective April 2014, to withdraw from our 20 per cent non-operated working interest in the Stampede Operating Agreement following the completion of our development planning.

Australia

Scarborough

Development planning for the large Scarborough gas field offshore Western Australia is in progress. We continue to evaluate development options. Esso is the operator of the field.WA-1-R lease and we hold a 50 per cent working interest. We are the operator and have a 100 per cent working interest in the adjacent Thebe discovery and the WA-346-P block.

North West Shelf Other – Greater Western Flank ‘2’

Zamzama Front End Compression

Zamzama Front End Compression is a brownfield project in Pakistan which allowsPlanning continues for the additional drawdowndevelopment of Greater Western Flank ‘2’. Greater Western Flank ‘2’ represents the second phase of development of the reservoir, adding reservescore Greater Western Flank fields, behind the GWF-A development, and maintaining plateauis located to the southwest of the existing Goodwyn A platform. Woodside is the operator and we own a 16.67 per cent share.

Exploration and appraisal

Our exploration strategy is to focus on material opportunities, at high working interest, with a bias for liquids and operatorship. While the majority of our expenditure occurs in our two principal areas of activity, the Gulf of Mexico and Western Australia, we also have exploration activities in Trinidad and Tobago, Brazil, South Africa, South East Asia, and Onshore US.

Access

In FY2014, we gained access to acreage in Australia, Trinidad and Tobago, Brazil and the Gulf of Mexico region of the United States. In Australia, we farmed into Block 480-P in Western Australia (55 per cent working interest and operator; 12,585 square kilometres). In Trinidad and Tobago, we signed a production levels. Developmentsharing contract on Block 23b (60 per cent working interest and operator; 2,579 square kilometres) and farmed into Blocks 23a and 14 (70 per cent working interest and operator; 3,597 square kilometres). In Brazil, we signed a contract on two blocks in the Foz do Amazonas (100 per cent working interest and operator; 3,069 square kilometres). In the Gulf of Mexico, we were awarded eight blocks (100 per cent working interest and operator; 186 square kilometres) after being the highest bidder on Lease Sale 227, held during the March 2013 quarter.

Exploration program expenditure details

In Western Australia, we drilled Bunyip-1 exploration well on Block WA-335P in February 2014 (52.5 per cent working interest and operator). The well discovered gas in the target Triassic Mungaroo section.

Also in Western Australia, we drilled several near field targets that may be tied back to our existing infrastructure. The first of these, Stybarrow East-1 (50 per cent working interest and operator) was spud in December 2013 and discovered a non-commercial quantity of hydrocarbons. A subsequent sidetrack, Stybarrow East-2, was a dry hole. Both wells were plugged and abandoned and costs were expensed. A secondary near field target, Rydal-1 (50 per cent working interest and operator) was drilled in January 2014. The well encountered non-commercial hydrocarbons and was subsequently plugged, abandoned and expensed.

In the Gulf of Mexico, following the discovery of oil in the Raptor-1 well in FY2013 (50 per cent working interest, APC operator), we participated in a sidetrack, which spud in the June 2013 quarter. The sidetrack failed to find hydrocarbons and the costs associated with both the Raptor discovery well and the subsequent sidetrack were expensed as a non-commercial discovery. In the September 2013 quarter, we drilled the Sake exploration well (60 per cent working interest and operator). The well was plugged, abandoned and the costs were expensed in September 2013.

During FY2014, our gross expenditure on exploration was US$600 million, of which US$369 million was expensed.

Exploration and appraisal wells drilled or in the process of drilling during the year:

Well

Location

Target

BHP Billiton
equity

Spud date

Water depth

Total well depth

Status

Stybarrow

East-1

Carnarvon

Basin

WA-32-L

Oil

50%

(Operator)

10 December

2013

675 metres2,533 metres

Plugged and abandoned

Hydrocarbons encountered

Non-commercial

Stybarrow

East-2

Carnarvon

Basin

WA-32-L

Oil

50%

(Operator)

26 December

2013

675 metres2,670 metres

Plugged and abandoned

Dry hole

Rydal-1

Carnarvon

Basin

WA-255P

Oil

50%

(Operator)

13 January

2014

752 metres3,268 metres

Plugged and abandoned

Hydrocarbons encountered

Non-commercial

Bunyip-1

Carnarvon

Basin

WA-335P

Gas

52.5%

(Operator)

4 February 20141,187 metres4,579 metres

Plugged and abandoned

Hydrocarbons encountered

Under evaluation

Raptor-1/ST-1

Gulf of Mexico

DC535

Oil

50%

(Anadarko Operator)

28 May

2013

2,490 metres6,348 metres

Plugged and abandoned

Hydrocarbons encountered

Non-commercial

Sake-2

Gulf of Mexico DC726Oil

60%

(Operator)

4 August 20131,064 metres5,597 metres

Plugged and abandoned

Dry hole

In Trinidad and Tobago, we farmed out a 35 per cent interest in Block 5 and 6 to BG International Limited in the June 2014 quarter. We have retained 65 per cent interest and operatorship. Also in Trinidad and Tobago, we commenced acquisition of a 17,719 square kilometre 3D seismic survey in the March 2014 quarter over our seven operated deepwater blocks (Blocks 5, 6, 28, 29, 23a, 23b and 14). We expect the survey to be completed in the first half of FY2015.

In South Africa, we hold the exploration rights to Block 3B/4B, which is located off the country’s west coast. In the September 2013 quarter, we acquired Global Energy Holdings LLC’s 10 per cent interest in the block, bringing our equity in Block 3B/4B to 100 per cent. During the past year we completed the processing of the 10,075 square kilometre 3D seismic survey that was acquired in FY2013. Evaluation of this survey is ongoing.

In India, we hold interests and operate nine offshore blocks acquired during the NELP VII & VIII licensing rounds. Due to the inability to gain unencumbered access to explore and produce hydrocarbons in these blocks we have notified the government of our intent to exit and are currently underway and project completionawaiting government approval. We have retained our 50 per cent non-operated interest (BG operator) in one deep water block acquired during the NELP IX licensing round. All exploration expenditure to date on India has been expensed.

In Malaysia, we relinquished our interest in Block Q in the March 2014 quarter. Also in Malaysia, we are planning acquisition of a 2,940 square kilometre 3D seismic survey over Block SK-2A. The survey is expected to commence in 2011.the first half of FY2015.

Following a strategic review in the first half of FY2014, we decided to exit the Philippines. In SC55, we have formally reassigned our 60 per cent interest and operatorship back to Otto. In SC59, we have reassigned our 75 per cent interest and operatorship to the Philippines National Oil Company (PNOC).

Drilling

The number of wells in the process of drilling and/or completion as of 30 June 2014 was as follows:

   Exploratory wells   Development wells   Total 
   Gross   Net (1)   Gross   Net (1)   Gross   Net (1) 

Australia

             5     1     5     1  

United States

             397     183     397     183  

Other

             2     1     2     1  

Total

             404     185     404     185  

(1)Represents our share of the gross well count.

Delivery commitments

We have delivery commitments of natural gas and LNG of approximately 3,1472,353 billion cubic feet through 2031 (78(74 per cent Australia, seven per cent US and 2219 per cent Other) and crude, condensate, and natural gas liquids (NGL)

NGL commitments of 15.615.0 million barrels through 2012 (742018 (55 per cent Australia, eight43 per cent United States and 18two per cent Other). We have sufficient proved reserves and production capacity to fulfil these delivery commitments. Further information can be found

Primarily as a result of our recent acquisitions and asset purchases in Section 2.13.1.our Onshore US shale asset, we have obligations for contracted capacity on transportation pipelines and gathering systems for which we are the shipper. We have obligations to gather and transport 1,400 billion cubic feet of natural gas and 23 million barrels of oil in FY2015. The agreements with the gas gatherers and transporters have annual escalation clauses.

2.2.3    Aluminium Customer Sector GroupPotash

Our Aluminium CSGPotash strategy is to build a material industry position over the long term.

We hold exploration permits and mining leases, issued by the Government of Saskatchewan, covering more than 14,000 square kilometres of mineral rights in the province of Saskatchewan in Canada. We have progressively explored our permit areas over the past seven years and continue to evaluate their economic development potential. We are converting our exploration permits to long-term lease as these permits mature in order to enable further evaluation. To date, we have secured 4,400 square kilometres under long-term mining leases.

We continue to progress our Jansen Potash Project, a greenfield potash project, located approximately 140 kilometres east of Saskatoon in south-central Saskatchewan. We believe Jansen is the world’s best undeveloped potash resource and is likely to be a low-cost source of supply once fully developed. Investment in Jansen could underpin a potential fifth pillar of BHP Billiton, given the opportunity to develop a multi-decade, multi-mine basin in Saskatchewan.

On 20 August 2013, we announced an additional US$2.6 billion investment for Jansen, bringing total approved spending to US$3.8 billion. This investment is funding the excavation and lining of the Project’s production and service shafts, and the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities.

The level of expenditure on the Jansen Potash Project in FY2014 was US$596 million, which was lower than the annual instalment of US$800 million previously announced for FY2014. We suspended excavation of the production and service shafts in the December 2013 quarter to enable a thorough review of activities completed and to ensure all learnings were captured and adopted in future works. Shaft excavation resumed in the March 2014 quarter and progressed in a staggered manner to mitigate risk and optimise their development. As at 30 June 2014, the pre-development phase was 30 per cent complete.

During FY2014, we allowed our exclusivity for Terminal 5 at the Port of Vancouver to lapse. We are currently assessing a range of options to meet our port requirements.

With our investment premised on the attractive longer-term market fundamentals for potash, we will continue to modulate the pace of development as we seek to time our entrance to meet market demand. The introduction of one or more minority partners, consistent with our approach for certain of our other resource operations, will be considered at the appropriate time.

On the basis of our current projections and assuming Board approval, the Jansen Potash Project is likely to ramp-up to its nameplate capacity of approximately 10 Mtpa of agricultural grade potassium chloride (KCl) in the decade beyond 2020. The Government of Saskatchewan has issued a Potash Lease Special Agreement (KLSA) for our Jansen Project, which provides long-term security of tenure to allow the ongoing development and subsequent operation of Jansen for the life of the operation.

We are continuing to evaluate other areas for which we have exploration permits in the Saskatchewan potash basin, including Young, Boulder and Melville, through analysis of the extensive data collected from successive exploration programs.

In 2013, the management of the closed mine sites associated with Base Metals North America was transitioned from the Copper to the Potash Business. All locations are in care and maintenance or in various stages of closure.

2.1.2    Copper Business

Our Copper Business, headquartered in Santiago, Chile, is one of the world’s premier producers of copper, silver, lead and uranium, and is a leading producer of zinc. Our portfolio of assets at three stages ofmining operations includes the aluminium value chain: mining bauxite, refining bauxite into alumina, and smelting alumina into aluminium metal. We areEscondida mine in Chile, the world’s seventh-largestlargest single producer of aluminium, withcopper, and Olympic Dam in South Australia, a major producer of copper and uranium. Our total copper production in FY2011 of 1.2FY2014 was 1.7 million tonnes (Mt) of aluminium. We also produced 13.6 Mt of bauxite and 4.0 Mt of alumina.

During FY2011, we consumed 35. Our concentrate production, which represents 58 per cent of total production, results from flotation of sulphide ores mined at our aluminaEscondida and Antamina mines. Oxide ores and sulphide ores amenable to leaching are mined and

processed into copper cathode, using conventional heap leaching, followed by solvent extraction and electrowinning processes at Escondida, Cerro Colorado and Spence. Copper cathode is also produced at Olympic Dam, where sulphide ores are processed through conventional flotation and the resulting concentrate is further transformed into cathodes through a smelting and refining process.

We market five primary products: copper cathodes, copper, lead and zinc concentrates and uranium oxide. We sell most of our copper cathode production to wire rod mills, brass mills and casting plants around the world under contracts with prices at premiums to the London Metal Exchange (LME) prices. We sell the majority of our uranium oxide to electricity generating utilities, principally in our aluminium smelterswestern Europe, North America and weeast Asia. Uranium is typically sold the balance to other smelters. Our alumina sales areunder a mixturemix of long-term contract sales at LME-linked prices and spot sales atshort-term contracts. We sell most of our copper, lead and zinc concentrates to smelters located in diversified geographic markets such as China, South America, Japan, India and South Korea. Treatment charges and refining charges (collectively referred to as TCRCs) are negotiated prices. Prices for our aluminium saleswith counterparties on a variety of tenors. Some of the ores we mine contain quantities of silver and gold, which remain in the base metal concentrates we sell and are generally linkedtypically subject to prevailing LME prices.payment credits. We sell refined silver and gold from Olympic Dam.

Boddington/WorsleyOur five operating assets, which are located in South America and Australia, consist of the following:

Boddington/Worsley is an integrated bauxite mining/alumina refining operation. The Boddington bauxite mine in Western Australia supplies bauxite ore to the Worsley alumina refinery via a 51 kilometre long conveyor. We own 86Americas

Escondida

Our 57.5 per cent of theowned and operated Escondida mine and the refinery. It is our sole integrated bauxite mining/alumina refining asset. Worsley, one of the largest and lowest-cost refineriesproducer of copper in the world, is undergoing a major expansion (see Development projects below)world. Located in the Atacama Desert in northern Chile, Escondida employs approximately 14,000 operational employees and contractors and has the capacity to move in excess of 1.3 Mt of material per day. Its two open-cut pits feed two concentrator plants, which use grinding and flotation technologies to produce copper concentrate, as well as two leaching operations (oxide and sulphide). OurIn FY2014, our share of Worsley’s FY2011Escondida production was 2.9 Mt485.7 kilotonnes (kt) of alumina. Worsley’s export customers include our own Hillside, Baysidepayable copper in concentrate and Mozal smelters in southern Africa. Boddington177.1 kt of copper cathode. Escondida has a reserve life of 1852 years.

The availability of key inputs like power and water at competitive prices is an important focus for our Copper Business. In November 2013, we awarded a long-term energy contract to a consortium consisting of Korea Southern Power Co. and Samsung Construction & Trading Corp. for the development and operation of a 517 MW combined-cycle gas-fired power plant in the town of Mejillones, Chile. The plant, which will be connected to the Northern Interconnected Grid (SING), will supply the increasing demand for electricity at our operations, and is expected to reduce our carbon footprint. Construction work commenced in 2014 with commercial operation expected in the second half of CY2016.

A contract for the supply of natural gas to the Kelar power plant has been finalised with first deliveries under the supply contract with Gas Natural Fenosa scheduled to commence in 2016, simultaneously with the commissioning and commercial operation of the plant.

To address limitations on the availability of water, we desalinate sea water and carefully manage our use andMineração Rio dore-use of available water. The recently approved Escondida Water Supply (EWS) project, which involves the construction of a second desalination plant, will reduce our reliance on the region’s aquifers and help meet our environmental commitments. The EWS project is expected to be commissioned in 2017.

Pampa Norte

Pampa Norte consists of two operations – Spence and Cerro Colorado. Copper cathode is produced at both operations following a leaching, solvent extraction and electrowinning process.

Our wholly owned Spence copper mine is located in the Atacama Desert, 162 kilometres northeast of Antofagasta in Chile. During FY2014, Spence produced 152.8 kt of high quality copper cathode, using oxide and sulphide ore treatment through leaching, solvent extraction and electrowinning processes. Spence has a reserve life of 10 years.

Our wholly owned Cerro Colorado mine, located in the Atacama Desert, 120 kilometres east of Iquique in Chile, remains a significant producer of copper cathode, although production levels have fallen in recent years as grades have declined. Despite this, production in FY2014 reached 80.3 kt of copper cathode. Cerro Colorado has a reserve life of nine years. The extension of the existing environmental and mining licences to continue to enable Cerro Colorado to operate beyond December 2016 is currently pending approval.

Antamina

We own 14.833.75 per cent of Mineração Rio do Norte (MRN), which owns and operatesAntamina, a large, bauxitelow-cost copper and zinc mine in Brazil.

Alumar

Alumar is an integrated alumina refinery/aluminium smelter. We own 36 per cent of the Alumar refinery and 40 per cent of the smelter. Alcoa operates both facilities. The operations, and their integrated port facility, are located at São Luís in the Maranhão province of Brazil. Alumar sources bauxite from MRN. During FY2011 approximately 31 per cent of Alumar’s alumina production was used to feed the smelter, while the remainder was exported.north central Peru. Our share of Alumar’s FY2011 saleableAntamina’s FY2014 production was 1,108 kilotonnes (kt) of alumina and 174143.5 kt of aluminium. The Alumar refinerycopper in concentrate and 52.0 kt of zinc in concentrate. Antamina also produces molybdenum and lead/bismuth concentrate, as well as small amounts of silver in the form of by-products. Antamina has a reserve life of 13 years.

In FY2013, Antamina completed execution of an expansion project, increasing milling capacity to 130 kilotonnes per day (ktpd). In FY2014, following identification of further milling capacity upside, Antamina commenced execution of a significant expansion in October 2009.debottlenecking project, to increase milling capacity by 12 per cent to 145 ktpd.

Hillside and BaysideAustralia

Cannington

Our Hillside and Bayside smelters are located at Richards Bay, South Africa. Hillside’s capacity of approximately 715 kilotonnes per annum (ktpa) makes it the largest aluminium smelter in the southern hemisphere and itwholly owned Cannington mine is one of the most efficient. Followingworld’s largest producers of silver and lead. Located in northwest Queensland, Australia, the mothballingunderground mine feeds a beneficiation processing facility that extracts silver/lead and zinc concentrates from sulphide ore. In FY2014, Cannington produced concentrates containing186.5 kt of lead, 57.9 kt of zinc and approximately 25.2 million ounces of silver. Cannington has a reserve life of nine years.

Olympic Dam

Our wholly owned Olympic Dam mine is a producer of copper cathode and uranium oxide and a refiner of gold and silver bullion. The site includes an underground mine, where the primary method of ore extraction is long-hole open stoping with cemented aggregate fill, and an integrated metallurgical processing plant.

The underground mine extracts copper uranium ore and hauls the ore by an automated train and trucking network feeding underground crushing, storage and ore hoisting facilities. The processing plant consists of two grinding circuits in which high-quality copper concentrate is extracted from sulphide ore through a flotation extraction process. The operation includes a fully integrated metallurgical complex with a grinding and concentrating circuit, hydrometallurgical plant incorporating solvent extraction circuits for copper and uranium, a copper smelter, copper refinery and a recovery circuit for precious metals.

In FY2014, Olympic Dam produced 184.4 kt of copper cathode, 3,988 tonnes of uranium oxide, 121.3 fine kilo-ounces (koz) of refined gold and 972 koz of refined silver. Olympic Dam has a reserve life of 47 years.

Divested assets – Pinto Valley

In October 2013, we completed the sale of our Pinto Valley mining operation in the United States and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company to Capstone Mining Corp for US$653 million, after working capital adjustments.

As a consequence of the potlines Bsale, and Cdue to their location in supportNorth America, the management of a national energy conservation scheme, Bayside has reduced smelting capacity to approximately 95 ktpa since 2009. Hillside imports alumina22 closed sites transferred from our Worsley refineryCopper Business to our Potash Business. All locations are no longer actively producing and both Hillsideare in care and Bayside source power from Eskom, the South African state utility, under long-term contracts with prices linked to the LME pricemaintenance or in various stages of aluminium (except for Hillside Potline 3, the price of which is linked to the South African and US producer price indices).

Mozal

We own 47.1 per cent of and operate the Mozal aluminium smelter in Mozambique, which has a total capacity of approximately 563 ktpa. Mozal sources power generated by Hydro Cahora Basa via Motraco, a transmission joint venture between Eskom and the national electricity utilities of Mozambique and Swaziland. Our share of Mozal’s FY2011 production was 264 kt.closure.

Information on AluminiumCopper mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (see(refer to section 2.3.2)2.2.2) and reserve tables (see(refer to section 2.13.2)2.3.2).

 

Mine & Locationlocation

 

Means of Accessaccess

 

Ownership

 

Operator

Title, leases or
options

History

 

Title, Leases orMine type &
Optionsmineralisation

style

 

HistoryPower

source

 

Type of Mine and
Mineralisation
Style

Power

Source

Facilities, Useuse &
Conditioncondition

Bauxite

Boddington bauxite mine

Boddington, 123 km southeast of Perth, Western Australia

Public road
Ore transported to Worsley alumina refinery by a

51 km conveyor

BHP Billiton 86%

Sojitz Alumina 4% Japan Alumina Associates 10%

Ownership structure of operator as per Worsley JV

BHP Billiton Worsley Alumina Pty Ltd

Mining lease from Western Australia Government expires 2025, 21-year renewal available

2 sub-leases from Alcoa of Australia

Opened 1983

Significantly extended 2000

Open-cut

Surficial gibbsite-rich lateritic weathering of Darling Range rocks

JV owned powerline connected to Worsley alumina refinery site

Crushing plant Nominal capacity:

13 mtpa bauxite

Mineração Rio do Norte Porto

Trombetas, Pará, Brazil

Sealed road and rail connects mine area with Porto Trombetas village, accessed by air or river

BHP Billiton 14.8%

Alcoa and affiliates 18.2%

Vale 40%

Rio Tinto Alcan 12%

Votorantim 10%

Hydro 5%

MRNMining rights granted by Brazilian Government until reserves exhaustedProduction commenced 1979 Expanded 2003

Open-cut

Lateritic weathering of nepheline syenite occurring primarily as gibbsite in a clay matrix overlain by clay sediments

On-site fuel oil generators

Crushing facilities, long distance conveyors, wash plant

Nominal capacity:

18 mtpa washed bauxite

Village and airport

Drying and ship loading facilities near Porto Trombetas

Information on Aluminium smelters and refineries

Smelter,

Refinery or

Processing

Plant

Location

Ownership

Operator

Title, Leases or

Options

Product

Nominal
Production
Capacity

Power Source

Aluminium and alumina
Hillside Aluminium smelterRichards Bay, 200 km north of Durban, KwaZulu-Natal province, South Africa100%BHP Billiton

Freehold title to property, plant, equipment

Leases over harbour facilities

Standard aluminium ingots715 ktpa primary aluminium

Eskom (national power supplier) under long-term contracts

Contract prices for Hillside 1 and 2 linked to LME aluminium price Prices for Hillside 3 linked to SA and US producer price index

Bayside Aluminium smelter

Richards Bay, 200 km north of Durban,

South Africa

100%BHP BillitonFreehold title to property, plant, equipmentPrimary aluminium, slab products95 ktpa primary aluminium on remaining Potline A

Eskom, under long-term contract

Contract price linked to LME aluminium price

Mozal Aluminium smelter17 km from Maputo, Mozambique

BHP Billiton 47.1%

Mitsubishi 25%

Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Ltd 24% Mozambique Government 3.9%

BHP Billiton

50-year government concession to use the land

Renewable for 50 years

Standard aluminium ingots563 ktpaMotraco
Worsley Alumina refinery55 km northeast of Bunbury, Western Australia

BHP Billiton 86%

Sojitz Alumina 4%

Japan Alumina Associates10%

Ownership structure of operator as per Worsley JV

BHP Billiton Worsley Alumina Pty Ltd

2,480 ha refinery lease from Western Australian Government Expires 2025

21-year renewal available

Metallurgical grade alumina3.5 mtpaJV owned on-site coal power station, third party on-site gas-fired steam power generation plant

Alumar

Alumina refinery and aluminium smelter

São Luis, Maranhão, Brazil

Aluminium smelter: BHP Billiton 40%

Alcoa 60%

Alumina refinery: BHP Billiton 36%

Alcoa 35.1%

Abalco SA (Alcoa affiliate) 18.9%

Rio Tinto 10%

Alcoa operates both facilitiesAll assets held freeholdAlumina and aluminium ingots

Refinery: 3.5 mtpa alumina

Smelter: 450 ktpa primary aluminium

Electronorte (Brazilian public power generation concessionaire), 20-year contract

Development projects

Worsley Efficiency and Growth project

In May 2008, we announced the Board’s approval of an expansion project to increase the capacity of the Worsley refinery from 3.5 million tonnes per annum (mtpa) of alumina to 4.6 mtpa (100 per cent capacity) through expanded mining operations at Boddington, additional refinery capacity and upgraded port facilities. The capital cost estimate for the project, encompassing the development of the Marradong mine, refinery expansion and connection to a multi-fuel cogeneration unit, has increased from US$1.964 billion to US$2.995 billion (BHP Billiton share). First production is now scheduled for the first quarter of CY2012.

Guinea Alumina

We have a one-third interest in a joint venture that is undertaking a feasibility study into the construction of a 10 mtpa bauxite mine, an alumina refinery with processing capacity exceeding 3.3 mtpa and associated infrastructure approximately 110 kilometres from the port of Kamsar in Guinea.

2.2.4    Base Metals Customer Sector Group

Our Base Metals CSG is one of the world’s premier producers of copper, silver, lead and uranium, and a leading producer of zinc. Our portfolio of large, low-cost mining operations includes the Escondida mine in Chile, the world’s largest single producer of copper, and Olympic Dam in South Australia, already a major producer of copper and uranium and with the potential for significant expansion.

Our total copper production in FY2011 was 1.1 million tonnes (Mt). In addition to conventional mine development, we continue to pursue advanced treatment technologies, such as leaching low-grade chalcopyrite ores which we believe have the potential to recover copper from ores previously uneconomic to treat.

We market five primary products: copper concentrates, copper cathodes, uranium oxide, lead concentrates and zinc concentrates.

We sell most of our copper, lead and zinc concentrates to smelters under long-term volume contracts at prices based on the LME price for the contained metal, typically set three or four months after shipment, less treatment charges and refining charges (collectively referred to as ‘TCRCs’) that are negotiated with the smelters mostly on an annual or bi-annual basis. Some of the ores we mine contain quantities of silver and gold, which remain in the base metal concentrates we sell. We receive payment credits for the silver and gold recovered by our customers in the smelting and refining process.

We sell most of our copper cathode production to wire rod mills, brass mills and casting plants around the world under annual contracts with prices at premiums to LME prices. We sell uranium oxide to electricity generating utilities, principally in western Europe, North America and north Asia. Uranium is typically sold under a mix of longer-term and shorter-term contracts. A significant portion of our uranium production is sold into fixed price contracts, although increasingly sales are based on flexible pricing terms.

We have six assets, with Pampa Norte having two operations:

Escondida

Our 57.5 per cent owned and operated Escondida mine is the largest and one of the lowest-cost copper producers in the world. In FY2011, our share of Escondida production was 390.5 kilotonnes (kt) of payable copper in concentrate and 179.1 kt of copper cathode. Our reserves will support mining for a further 35 years at the current production rates. The availability of key inputs like power and water at competitive prices is an important focus at Escondida. To ensure security of supply and competitive power costs in the long-term, we

supported the construction of an LNG facility to supply gas to the Northern grid system, which has been operating since June 2010. We have also signed off-take agreements underwriting the construction of a 460 megawatt (MW) coal-fired power plant, with supply beginning in CY2012. To address limitations on the availability of water, we desalinate and carefully manage our use and re-use of available water, and are exploring alternative sources including further desalination of seawater.

Olympic Dam

Olympic Dam is already a significant producer of copper cathode and uranium oxide and a refiner of smaller amounts of gold and silver bullion. We are exploring a series of staged development options that would make our wholly owned Olympic Dam operation one of the world’s largest producers of copper, the largest producer of uranium and a significant producer of gold (see Development projects below).

Production in FY2011 was higher than in FY2010 when the haulage system in the Clark Shaft at Olympic Dam was damaged. Olympic Dam produced 194.1 kt (FY2010 – 103.3 kt) of copper cathode, 4,045 tonnes (FY2010 – 2,279 tonnes) of uranium oxide, 111,368 ounces (FY2010 – 65,494 ounces) of refined gold and 982 kilo-ounces (FY2010 – 500 kilo-ounces) of refined silver in FY2011.

Antamina

We own 33.75 per cent of Antamina, a large, low-cost, long-life copper/zinc mine in Peru. Opened in 2001, its reserves will support mining at current rates for a further 17 years. Our share of Antamina’s FY2011 production was 97.8 kt of copper in concentrate, and 91,470 tonnes of zinc in concentrate. Antamina also produces smaller amounts of molybdenum and lead/bismuth concentrate.

Pampa Norte Spence Operation

Our wholly owned Spence copper mine produces copper cathode. During FY2011, we produced 179.8 kt of copper cathode. Spence’s current reserves will support mining at current rates for a further 12 years.

Pampa Norte Cerro Colorado Operation

Our wholly owned Cerro Colorado mine in Chile remains a significant producer of copper cathode, although production levels have declined in recent years as grades have declined. Production in FY2011 was 92.4 kt of copper cathode. Our current mine plan sees production continuing until FY2021.

In addition, we are currently evaluating the extent of deeper chalcopyrite mineralisation that may support further mine plan extension options in both the Spence and Cerro mines.

Cannington

Our wholly owned Cannington mine in northwest Queensland is one of the world’s largest producers of silver. In FY2011, Cannington produced concentrates containing 243,364 tonnes of lead, 60,657 tonnes of zinc and approximately 35,225 kilo-ounces of silver. The current mine plan sees production continuing until 2019.

North America – Pinto Valley

As a result of the global economic slowdown in FY2009, we made the decision to cease sulphide mining and milling operations at our Pinto Valley Mine located in Arizona, US, placing the operations on care and maintenance.

We continue to produce copper cathode at Pinto Valley and the neighbouring Miami Unit from our residual solvent extraction electrowinning (SXEW) operations. Current reserves are expected to support these operations for approximately four years.

Information on Base Metals mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (see section 2.3.2) and reserve tables (see section 2.13.2).

Mine & Location

Means of Access

Ownership

OperatorTitle, Leases or
Options
HistoryType of Mine
and
Mineralisation
Style
Power SourceFacilities, Use &
Condition

Copper

Americas
        

Escondida

Atacama Desert, 170 km southeast of Antofagasta, Chile

Public road

Copper cathode
transported by
privately owned
rail to ports at
Antofagasta and
Mejillones

Copper
concentrate
transported by
Escondida-
owned pipeline
to its Coloso
port facilities

BHP Billiton 57.5% of Minera Escondida Limitada (MEL)

Rio Tinto 30% JECO Corporation consortium comprising Mitsubishi, Nippon Mining and Metals 10%
Jeco 2 Ltd 2.5%

BHP
Billiton
Mining
concession from
Chilean
Government valid
indefinitely
(subject to
payment of
annual fees)
Original
construction
completed 1990

Subsequent
expansion
projects cost
US$3.0 billion
(100%)

Sulphide Leach
copper project
cost US$1.0
billion (100%)

First production
2006

2 open-cut
pits:
Escondida and
Escondida
Norte

Escondida and
Escondida
Norte mineral
deposits are
adjacent but
distinct
supergene
enriched
porphyry
copper
deposits

Escondida
owned
transmission
lines connect
to Chile’s
northern
power grid

Electricity
purchased
under contract

2 concentrator
plants
extract copper
concentrate from
sulphide ore by
flotation
extraction process

2 solvent
extraction plants
produce copper
cathode

Nominal
capacity: 3.2 mtpa
copper
concentrate
330 ktpa
copper cathode

Spence

Atacama Desert, 150 km northeast of Antofagasta, Chile

Public road

Copper cathode
transported by
rail to ports at
Mejillones and
Antofagasta

100%BHP
Billiton
Mining
concession from
Chilean
Government valid
indefinitely
(subject to
payment of
annual fees)
Development
cost of US$1.1
billion approved
2004

First copper
produced 2006

Open-cut

Supergene
enriched
porphyry
copper deposit
that includes
copper oxide
ores overlying
a sulphide
zone

Group-owned
transmission
lines connect
to Chile’s
northern
power grid

Electricity
purchased
under contract

Processing and
crushing
facilities, separate
dynamic (on-off)
leach pads,
solvent extraction
plant,
electrowinning
plant

Nominal capacity:
200 ktpa
 (1)
copper cathode

(1)

Current production approximately 180 ktpa due to lower copper grades.

Mine & Location

Means of Access

OwnershipOperator

Title, Leases or
Options

History

Type of Mine and
Mineralisation Style

Power Source

Facilities, Use
& Condition

Cerro Colorado

Atacama Desert, 120 km east of Iquique, Chile

Public road

Copper cathode trucked to port at Iquique

100%BHP
Billiton
Mining concession from Chilean Government valid indefinitely (subject to payment of annual fees)

Commercial production commenced 1994

Expansions 1995 and 1998

Open-cut

Supergene enriched and oxidised porphyry copper deposit that consists of a sulphide enrichment zone overlayed by oxide ore (chrysocolla + brochantite)

Long-term contracts with northern Chile power grid

2 primary, secondary and tertiary crushers, leaching pads, solvent extraction plant, electrowinning plant

Nominal capacity: 120 ktpa(2)

(2)        Current production approximately 92.4 ktpa due to lower copper grades.

Pinto Valley

125 km east of Phoenix, Arizona, US

Public road

Copper cathode
trucked to domestic customers

100%BHP
Billiton
Freehold title to the land

Acquired 1996 as part of Magma Copper acquisition

Sulphide mining operations discontinued 1998(3)

Residual SXEW production continues

Pinto Valley:
open-pit

Miami Unit:
in-situ leach

Porphyry copper deposit of low-grade primary mineralisation

Salt River Project2 SXEW operations at Pinto Valley and Miami

(3)

Mining operations restarted 2007, discontinued 2009.

Mine & Location

Means of Access

Ownership

OperatorTitle, Leases
or Options
HistoryType of Mine
and
Mineralisation
Style
Power
Source

Facilities, Use &
Condition

Copper Uranium

Olympic Dam

560 km northwest of Adelaide, South Australia

Public road

Copper
cathode
trucked to
ports
Uranium
oxide
transported
by road
and rail to
ports

100%BHP
Billiton
Mining
lease
granted by

South
Australian
Government
expires
2036

Right of
extension
for 50 years

Acquired
2005 as part
of WMC
acquisition

Copper
production
began 1988

Throughput
raised to
9 mtpa in
1999

Optimisation
project
completed
2002

New copper
solvent
extraction
plant
commissioned
2004

Underground

Large poly-
metallic
deposit of
iron oxide-
copper-gold
mineralisation

Supplied
via a 275 kV
powerline
from Port
Augusta,
transmitted
by
ElectraNet

Automated train and trucking network. Crushing, storage and ore hoisting facilities 2 grinding circuits to extract copper concentrate from sulphide ore Flash furnace produces copper anodes, which are then refined to produce copper cathodes(4)

Nominal capacity: 200 ktpa copper cathode

(4)

Electrowon copper cathode and uranium oxide concentrate produced by leaching and solvent extracting flotation tailings.

Mine & Location

Means of
Access

Ownership

OperatorTitle, Leases
or Options
HistoryType of Mine
and
Mineralisation
Style
Power
Source
Facilities, Use &
Condition
Copper Zinc

Antamina

Andes mountain range, 270 km north of Lima, north-central Peru

Public road

Copper and
zinc
concentrates
transported
by pipeline
to port of
Huarmey

Molybdenum
and lead/
bismuth
concentrates
transported
by truck

BHP Billiton 33.75% of Compañía Minera Antamina S.A.

Xstrata 33.75%
Teck Cominco 22.5%

Mitsubishi 10%

Compañía
Minera
Antamina
S.A.
Mining
rights from
Peruvian
Government
held
indefinitely,
subject to
payment of
annual fees
and supply
of
information
on
investment
and
production
Commercial
production
commenced
2001

Capital cost
US$2.3 billion
(100%)

Open-cut

Zoned
porphyry
and skarn
deposit with
central Cu-
only ores
and an outer
band of
Cu-Zn ore
zone

Long-
term
contracts
with
individual
power
producers
Primary
crusher,
concentrator
(nominal
capacity
94,000 tpd),
copper and zinc
flotation
circuits,
bismuth/moly
cleaning circuit

300 km
concentrate
pipeline (design
throughput
2.3 dry mtpa)

Port facilities at
Huarmey

Silver, Lead and Zinc

Cannington

300 km southeast of Mt Isa, Queensland,

Australia

Public road
and Group-
owned
airstrip

Product
trucked to
Yurbi, then
by rail to
public port

100%BHP
Billiton
Mining
leases
granted by
Queensland
Government
expire 2029
Concentrate
production
commenced
1997,
subsequent
projects

improved mill
throughput and
metal recovery

Underground
Broken Hill-
type silver-
lead-zinc
sulphide
deposit
On-site
power
station
operated
under
contract
Beneficiation
plant: primary
and secondary
grinding
circuits, pre-
flotation
circuits,
flotation
circuits,
leaching
circuits,
concentrate
filtration circuit,
paste plant

Nominal milling
capacity:
3.2 mtpa

Development projects

Olympic Dam

The first phase of the Olympic Dam Project (ODP1) to develop an open-pit mine moved into feasibility stage in March 2011. The proposed expansion would be a progressive development requiring construction activity to increase production to up to 750,000 tonnes per annum (tpa) of copper, 19,000 tpa of uranium oxide and 800,000 ounces of gold. The Group released a draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) in May 2009 and prepared and submitted a supplementary EIS in December 2010 for review by the Australian, South Australian and Northern Territory Governments in response to more than 4,000 public submissions on the project. The final supplementary EIS was released in May 2011. Government decisions on the project are expected in the second half of CY2011. After that, the expansion project will depend on successfully completing all required feasibility studies and on Board approval of the final investment case.

Yeelirrie

The project at the proposed Yeelirrie uranium oxide mine is in pre-feasibility stage, with a focus on technology developments, resource size and improving project economics. The work currently includes resource definition and estimation, processing test work, ongoing environment studies, community consultation and capital and operating cost evaluation.

Escondida

Exploration of the Escondida lease and early drilling results have resulted in an announcement of extensive additional mineralisation in close proximity to existing infrastructure and processing facilities, including the Pampa Escondida and Pinta Verde prospects. In FY2011, Escondida has expensed US$128 million (US$74 million our share) in exploration.

The Escondida Ore Access project provides access to higher-grade ore and moved into execution phase during FY2011. In addition, the Laguna Seca Debottlenecking project which will provide additional processing capacity also moved into execution phase. Organic Growth Project 1, which is the replacement of the Los Colorados concentrator allowing access to higher-grade ore and additional processing capacity, moved into the feasibility phase.

Antamina

In FY2011, Antamina continued execution of the expansion project. With a total investment of US$1.3 billion (US$434.7 million our share), the project will expand milling capacity by 38 per cent to 130,000 tonnes per day (tpd). The expansion project includes a new SAG mill, a new 55 kilometre power transmission line, an expanded truck shop facility and upgrades to the crushing and tailing systems, flotation circuit and port capacity. Commissioning of the project is scheduled to start at the end of CY2011. Our share of the capital expenditures in the project totalled US$147 million in FY2011. In addition, Antamina announced an increase to its estimated Ore Reserves during the second half of FY2011. Refer to section 2.13.2 for further details.

Resolution Copper

We hold a 45 per cent interest in the Resolution Copper project in Arizona, US, operated by Rio Tinto (55 per cent interest). Resolution Copper is undertaking a pre-feasibility study into a substantial underground copper mine and processing facility.

Resolution Copper continued to advance the sinking of the No. 10 Shaft in order to gain access to the ore deposit for characterisation work of mineralisation and geotechnical conditions. Work also continued towards gaining approval from the US Congress for a Federal Land Exchange to access the ore deposit.

2.2.5    Diamonds and Specialty Products Customer Sector Group

Our Diamonds and Specialty Products CSG operates our diamonds and titanium minerals businesses and the exploration and development of a potash business.

Diamonds

The EKATI diamond mine in the Northwest Territories of Canada is the cornerstone of our diamonds business. EKATI has produced on average more than three million carats per year of rough diamonds over the last four years. The grade of ore we process fluctuates from year to year, resulting in variations in carats produced. In addition, the proportion of our production consisting of high-value carats (larger and/or higher-quality stones) and low-value carats (smaller and/or lower-quality stones) fluctuates from year to year. The mine life based on the mine plan is seven years from 30 June 2011.

EKATI consists of our 80 per cent interest in the Core Zone Joint Venture, comprising existing operations and our 58.8 per cent interest in the Buffer Zone Joint Venture, primarily focusing on exploration targets.

Annual sales from EKATI (100 per cent terms) represented approximately three per cent of current world rough diamond supply by weight and approximately 11 per cent by value in FY2011. We sell most of our rough diamonds to international diamond buyers through our Antwerp sales office. We also offer for sale, an amount of the EKATI production to Canadian manufacturers based in the Northwest Territories.

Titanium minerals

Our principal interest in titanium minerals consists of our 37.76 per cent economic interest in Richards Bay Minerals (RBM). RBM is one of the largest and lowest-cost producers of titania slag, high-purity pig iron, rutile and zircon from mineral sands. Approximately 90 per cent of the titanium dioxide slag produced by RBM is suitable for the chloride process of titanium dioxide pigment manufacture and is sold internationally under a variety of short, medium and long-term contracts.

Potash

Our potash strategy is to build a material industry position over the long term. We continue advancing the Jansen Project, a greenfield potash project, in Saskatchewan, Canada. Jansen progressed into the feasibility study phase (an advanced stage of our project approvals process) in February 2011.

Based on the current schedule, Jansen is expected to start producing saleable potash in CY2015. Jansen is designed ultimately to produce approximately eight million tonnes per annum (mtpa) of agricultural grade potash with an estimated 70-year life.

We are also continuing to study other potential projects in the Saskatchewan potash basin, including Young, Boulder and Melville, and are progressing these projects in the context of our development portfolio. We are conducting an extensive potash exploration program including 3D seismic survey and drilling programs.

Our permit positions for potash extend over 14,500 square kilometres in the Saskatchewan basin and have expiry dates between 2013 and 2016.

On 15 November 2010, we announced the withdrawal of our offer to acquire all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Potash Corporation of Saskatchewan Inc. We determined that the condition of our offer relating to receipt of a net benefit determination by the Minister of Industry under the Investment Canada Act could not be satisfied, and accordingly, the offer was withdrawn.

Information on Diamonds and Specialty Products mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (see

section 2.3.2) and reserve tables (see section 2.13.2).

Mine & Location

Means of
Access

Ownership

Operator

Title, Leases or
Options

History

Type of Mine
and
Mineralisation
Style

Power Source

Facilities, Use &
Condition

Diamonds        
Escondida
Atacama Desert, 170 km southeast of Antofagasta, Chile

EKATI diamond minePublic road

 

310 km northeast of Yellowknife, Northwest Territories, CanadaCopper cathode transported by privately owned rail to ports at Antofagasta and Mejillones

Copper concentrate transported by Escondida-owned pipelines to its Coloso port facilities

 

AircraftBHP Billiton 57.5% of Minera Escondida Limitada (MEL)

 

Ice road open approximately 10 weeks per year

Core Zone JV

BHP Billiton 80%

Buffer Zone JV BHP Billiton 58.8%

Remaining interest held by 2 individualsRio Tinto 30% JECO Corporation consortium comprising Mitsubishi, JX Nippon Mining and Metals 10% JECO2 Ltd 2.5%

 BHP Billiton Mining leases granted by Canadian
concession from
Chilean
Government until 2019
valid indefinitely
(subject to
payment of
annual fees)
 

Production began 1997Original construction completed in 1990

 

Mine and processing plant began operating 1998

Ownership increased with acquisition of Dia Met Minerals LtdSulphide leach copper production commenced in 20012006

 

Fox:2 open-cut

Koala pits: Escondida and Koala North: undergroundEscondida Norte

 

Eocene age kimberlite pipes – dominantly volcaniclastic infill

JV ownedEscondida and operated diesel power station

Crushers, washers/scrubber and grinder and heavy media separator

Magnetics and X-ray sorters for diamond recovery

Fuel storage

Titanium minerals

Richards Bay Minerals

10-50 km north of Richards Bay, KwaZulu- Natal, South AfricaEscondida Norte mineral deposits are adjacent but distinct supergene enriched porphyry copper deposits

 

Public roadEscondida-owned transmission lines connect to Chile’s northern power grid

 

Product transported by public rail to portElectricity purchased under contracts expiring 2016 and 2029

 

BHP Billiton 37.76% economic interest through 50% interest in the legal entities that comprise RBM, Richards Bay Mining (Pty) Ltd and Richards Bay Titanium (Pty) Ltdconcentrator plants extract copper concentrate from sulphide ore by flotation extraction process

 

RBM functions as a single economic entity

Rio Tinto

Long-term renewable mineral leases from South African Government subject to South African Mining Charter

Application lodged for conversion to New Order Mining Rights (see section 2.7.1)

RBM formed 1976

Fifth mine added 2000

In 2006 one mining pond closed

Beach sand dredging

Quaternary age coastal dune deposits – heavy mineral sands concentrated by wave and wind action

Eskom (national utility company)

4 beach sand dredge mines, minor supplementary dry mining

Gravity separation produces heavy mineral concentrate which is trucked to central processing plant to2 solvent extraction plants produce rutile, zircon and ilmenite

Smelter processes ilmenite to produce titanium dioxide slag and high-purity ironcopper cathode

 

Nominal titanium slag capacity: 85.6 Mtpa copper concentrate (nominal milling capacity) and 330 ktpa copper cathode (nominal capacity of tank house)

1.05 mtpa

Two 168 km concentrate pipelines 166 km water pipeline

Port facilities at Coloso, Antofagasta

Development projects

Jansen Potash Project

We are currently executing the ground freezing program. The ground will be frozen using a closed system of refrigeration pipes through which brine is circulated. On 24 June 2011, we approved US$488 million of pre-commitment spending to fund early-stage site preparation for surface construction, procurement of long lead time items and the first 350 metres of shaft sinking at Jansen. On 30 June 2011, the Saskatchewan Ministry of Environment approved our Environmental Impact Statement for the development of the Jansen project.

Diamonds

On 9 May 2011, we approved the Misery open-pit project at the EKATI diamond mine in the Northwest Territories, Canada. This project consists of a pushback of the existing Misery open-pit which was mined from 2001 to 2005. Stripping operations are expected to begin in October 2011, with ore production beginning late 2015 and final production from Misery in mid 2017. The estimated capital expenditure required to complete the execution phase is US$323 million (BHP Billiton share).

2.2.6    Stainless Steel Materials Customer Sector Group

Our Stainless Steel Materials CSG is primarily a supplier of nickel to the stainless steel industry. Nickel is an important component of the most commonly used types of stainless steel. We also supply nickel to other markets, including the specialty alloy, foundry, chemicals and refractory material industries. We are the world’s fourth-largest producer of nickel and we sell our nickel products under a mix of long-term, medium-term and spot volume contracts, with prices linked to the LME nickel price.

Our nickel business comprises two assets:

Nickel West

Nickel West is the name for our wholly owned Western Australian nickel asset, which consists of an integrated system of mines, concentrators, a smelter and a refinery. We mine nickel-bearing sulphide ore at our Mt Keith, Leinster and Cliffs operations north of Kalgoorlie. We operate concentrator plants at Mt Keith and at Leinster, which also concentrate ore from Cliffs. Leinster and Mt Keith have reserve lives of eight and 13 years respectively, both have options for further expansion. Cliffs is a high-grade underground mine with a reserve life of three years. The extraction of ore at Cliffs commenced in FY2008.

We also operate the Kambalda concentrator south of Kalgoorlie, where we source ore through tolling and concentrate purchase arrangements with third parties in the Kambalda region. We also have regular purchase agreements in place for the direct purchase of concentrate, which we re-pulp, dry and blend with other concentrate processed at Kambalda.

We transport concentrate from Leinster, Mt Keith and Kambalda to our Kalgoorlie smelter, where it is processed into nickel matte, containing approximately 67 per cent nickel. In FY2011, we exported approximately 60 per cent of our nickel matte production. We processed the remaining nickel matte at our Kwinana nickel refinery, which produces nickel metal in the form of LME grade briquettes, and nickel powder together with a range of saleable by-products.

During FY2011, production of nickel metal from the Kwinana nickel refinery continued to be impacted by a restriction in hydrogen supply, resulting in the redirection of matte feed stocks for external sale. We are constructing a new hydrogen plant at the Kwinana nickel refinery and construction is expected to be completed in FY2012. Production in FY2011 was 112,700 tonnes of contained nickel.

Cerro Matoso

Cerro Matoso, our 99.94 per cent owned nickel asset in Colombia, combines a lateritic nickel ore deposit with a low-cost ferronickel smelter. Cerro Matoso is the world’s second-largest producer of ferronickel and is one of the lowest-cost producers of ferronickel. The smelter produces high-purity, low-carbon ferronickel granules. Cerro Matoso has an estimated current reserve life of 31 years. Production in FY2011 was 40 kilotonnes (kt) of nickel in ferronickel form, which was below the nominal capacity of 50 kilotonnes per annum (ktpa) of nickel in ferronickel form as production was impacted by the planned Line 1 furnace replacement.

Information on Stainless Steel Materials mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (see section 2.3.2) and reserve tables (see section 2.13.2).

Mine &
Location
location

 

Means of access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or
Accessoptions

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Pampa Norte Spence
Atacama Desert, 162 km northeast of Antofagasta, Chile

Public road

Copper cathode transported by rail to ports at Mejillones and Antofagasta

100%BHP BillitonMining
concession from
Chilean
Government valid
indefinitely
(subject to
payment of
annual fees)

Development cost of US$1.1 billion approved in 2004

First copper produced in 2006

Open-cut

Enriched and oxidised porphyry copper deposit that presents dominantly in situ copper oxide mineralisation that overlies a near-horizontal sequence of supergene sulphide, transitional sulphide, and lower-most primary (hypogene) sulphide mineralisation

Spence-owned transmission lines connect to Chile’s northern power grid

Electricity purchased under contract

Processing and crushing facilities, separate dynamic (on-off) leach pads, solvent extraction plant, electrowinning plant

Nominal capacity of tank house: 170 ktpa copper cathode

Pampa Norte Cerro Colorado
Atacama Desert, 120 km east of Iquique, Chile

Public road

Copper cathode trucked to port at Iquique

100%BHP BillitonMining concession
from Chilean
Government valid
indefinitely
(subject to
payment of
annual fees)

Commercial production commenced in 1994

Expansions in 1996 and 1998

Open-cut

Enriched and oxidised porphyry copper deposit that presents dominantly in situ copper oxide mineralisation that overlies anear-horizontal sequence of supergene sulphide, transitional sulphide, and lower-most primary (hypogene) sulphide mineralisation

 OwnershipLong-termOperator contracts with northern Chile power grid 

Title, Leases or
Options
2 primary, secondary and tertiary crushers, leaching pads, solvent extraction plant, electrowinning plant

Nominal capacity of tank house: 86 ktpa copper cathode

Mine & location

 

HistoryMeans of access

 

Type of Mine and
Mineralisation Style
Ownership

 

Power SourceOperator

Title, leases or
options

History

 

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, Useuse &
Conditioncondition

NickelCopper and zinc
Antamina
Andes mountain range, 270 km north of Lima, north central Peru

Public road

Copper and zinc concentrates transported by pipeline to port of Huarmey

Molybdenum and lead/bismuth concentrates transported by truck

BHP Billiton 33.75% of Compañía Minera Antamina SA

Glencore Xstrata 33.75%

Teck 22.5% Mitsubishi 10%

Compañía Minera Antamina SA

Mining rights
from Peruvian
Government held
indefinitely,
subject to
payment of
annual fees and
supply of
information on
investment and
production

Commercial production commenced in 2001

Capital cost US$2.3 billion (100%)

Open-cut

Zoned porphyry and skarn deposit with central copper-only ores and an outer band of copper-zinc ore zone

Long-term contracts with individual power producers

Primary crusher, concentrator, copper and zinc flotation circuits, bismuth/moly cleaning circuit

Nominal milling capacity 52 Mtpa

300 km concentrate pipeline Port facilities at Huarmey

Australia        

Silver, lead and zinc

Cannington
200 km southeast of Mt Keith

WesternIsa, Queensland, Australia

 

PrivatePublic road and Group-owned airstrip

 

Nickel concentrate transportedProduct trucked to Yurbi, then by roadrail to Leinster nickel operations for drying and on-shippingpublic port

 100% BHP
Billiton
 

Leases over the land from Western Australian Mining leases
granted by
Queensland
Government

Key leases
expire 2012-2032

Renewals at government discretion

in 2029
Concentrate production commenced in 1997, subsequent projects improved mill throughput and metal recoveryUnderground Broken Hill-type silver-lead-zinc sulphide depositOn-site power station operated under contract 

Officially commissioned 1995 by WMCBeneficiation plant: primary and secondary grinding circuits, pre-flotation circuits, flotation circuits, leaching circuits, concentrate filtration circuit, paste plant

 

Mt Keith was acquired as part of acquisition of WMC in 2005

Open-cut

Disseminated textured magmatic nickel-sulphide mineralisation, associated with a metamorphosed ultramafic intrusion

On-site third party gas-fired turbines

Natural gas sourced from North West Shelf (NWS) gas fields

Transported through Goldfields Gas Pipeline under contract to 2037

Concentration plant with a nominalNominal milling capacity: 11.5 mtpa of ore

Leinster3.4 Mtpa

Western Australia

Public road

Nickel concentrate shipped by road and rail to Kalgoorlie nickel smelter

100%BHP
Billiton

Leases over the land from Western Australian Government

Key leases expire 2013 -2031

Renewals at government discretion

Production commenced 1967

Leinster was acquired as part of acquisition of WMC in 2005

Underground and open-cut

Steeply dipping disseminated and massive textured nickel-sulphide mineralisation, associated with metamorphosed ultramafic lava flows and intrusions

On-site third party gas-fired turbines

Natural gas sourced from NWS gas fields

Transported through Goldfields Gas Pipeline under contract to 2037

Concentration plant with a nominal capacity: 3 mtpa of ore

Mine & Locationlocation

 

Means of
Access

OwnershipOperator

Title, Leases or
Options
access

 

HistoryOwnership

 

Operator

Type of Mine andTitle, leases or
Mineralisation Styleoptions

History

 

Power SourceMine type &
mineralisation

style

 

Facilities, Use &
Condition

CliffsPower

Western Australiasource

 

Private roadFacilities, use &
condition

Nickel ore transported by road to Leinster nickel operations for further processing

Copper and uranium 100%BHP
Billiton

Leases over the land from Western Australian Government Key leases expire 2025-2028

Renewals at government discretion

Production commenced 2008

Cliffs was acquired as part of acquisition of WMC in 2005

Underground

Steeply dipping massive textured nickel-sulphide mineralisation, associated with metamorphosed ultramafic lava flows

Supplied from Mt KeithMine site

Cerro Matoso S.A.

Montelibano, Córdoba, Colombia

Public roadBHP Billiton
99.94%
Employees
and former
employees
0.06%
BHP
Billiton

Existing mining concessions renewable in 2012 with 30-year extension until 2042

Further extension is possible at that time

Mining commenced 1980

Nickel production started 1982

Ownership increased to 53% in 1989 and to 99.94% in 2007

Expansion project to double installed capacity completed 2001

Open-cut

Nickel-laterite mineralisation formed from residual weathering of ophiolitic peridotite

National electricity grid under contracts expiring December 2012

Domestic natural gas for drier and kiln operation supplied by pipeline from national grid

Gas supply contracts expire over next 10 years

Ferronickel smelter and refinery integrated with the mine

Beneficiation plant: primary and secondary crusher

Nominal capacity: 50 ktpa of nickel in ferronickel form

Actual capacity depends on nickel grade from the mine

Information on Stainless Steel Materials smelters, refineries and processing plants

Smelter,
Refinery or
Processing
Plant

Location

Ownership

Operator

Title, Leases or Options

Product

Nominal Production
Capacity

Power source

Nickel

       
Olympic Dam
Kambalda Nickel concentrator560 km northwest of Adelaide, South Australia 56 km south of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia

Public road

Copper cathode trucked to ports

Uranium oxide transported by road to ports

 100% BHP Billiton 

Mineral leases over the land from Western Mining lease
granted by South
Australian
Government expire 2028


expires in 2036

 

Renewals at government discretion

Concentrate containing approximately 13% nickel

1.6 mtpa ore

Ore sourced through tolling and concentrate purchase arrangements with third parties in Kambalda regionRight of
extension for
50 years (subject
to remaining
mine life)

 

On-site third party gas-fired turbinesAcquired in 2005 as part of WMC acquisition

 

Natural gas sourced from NWS gas fields.Copper production began in 1988

 

Gas transported through Goldfields Gas Pipeline under contractNominal milling capacity raised to 20379 Mtpa in 1999

Kalgoorlie Nickel smelterKalgoorlie, Western Australia100%BHP BillitonFreehold title over the propertyMatte containing approximately 67% nickel110 ktpa nickel matte

Optimisation project completed in 2002

New copper solvent extraction plant commissioned in 2004

 

On-site third party gas-fired turbinesUnderground

 

Natural gas sourced from NWS gas fieldsLarge poly-metallic deposit of iron oxide-copper-uranium-gold mineralisation

Gas transported through Goldfields Gas Pipeline under contract to 2037

Kwinana Nickel refinery 30 km south of Perth, Western Australia100%BHP BillitonFreehold title over the propertySupplied via 275 kV power line from Port Augusta, transmitted by ElectraNet 

LME grade nickel briquettes, nickel powderUnderground automated train and trucking network feeding crushing, storage and ore hoisting facilities

 

Also intermediate products, including2 grinding circuits

Nominal milling capacity: 10.3 Mtpa

Flash furnace produces copper sulphide, cobalt-nickel-sulphide, ammonium-sulphateanodes, then refined to produce copper cathodes(1)

(1) 65 ktpa nickel metalPower generatedElectrowon copper cathode and uranium oxide concentrate produced by Southern Cross Energy, distributed via Western Power’s networkleaching and solvent extracting flotation tailings.

Development projects

Cerro Matoso Nickel Ore Smelting SystemAmericas

In 2010,Escondida

The Organic Growth Project 1 (OGP1), is the Nickel Ore Smelting Systemreplacement project for the Los Colorados concentrator with a new 152 ktpd plant. This project is in execution. We expect this project to provide additional processing capacity and allow access to high-grade ore. OGP1 was approved to progress into execution phase. The project replaces the 27-year-old Line 1 furnace to improve operational reliability and accommodate changes in the mineralogyFebruary 2012 with budgeted expenditure of the ore feed. ConstructionUS$3.8 billion (US$2.2 billion BHP Billiton share). Project completion and ramp-up to stable production is expected duringtargeted for the first half of FY2012.CY2015. Work on OGP1 was 79 per cent complete at 30 June 2014.

Cerro Matoso expansion options

Cerro Matoso has undertaken conceptual studies on options for expanding production. DuringWe announced the second half of FY2011, the Cerro Matoso Heap LeachEscondida Water Supply project progressed into feasibility.

Mt Keith Talc co-processing

In 2009, the Mt Keith Talc redesign project was approved to move into execution phase. This will enable Mt Keith to process talcose ore to supplement the current ore supply. The project involves the installation of additional grinding and flotation equipment within the existing circuits at Mt Keith and the addition(EWS) in July 2013, which consists of a high-magnesium oxide concentrate flotation circuit.new 2,500 litres per second sea water desalination facility. This project will allow Mt Keithprovide an alternative water supply to treat talcose ores, which make up approximately 25 per centEscondida, as water usage increases upon completion of the remaining Mt Keith ore reserve152 ktpd OGP1 copper concentrator. Construction of the new desalination facility commenced in July 2013 and which were not previously ableincludes the development of two pipelines, four high-pressure pump stations, a reservoir at the mine site and high-voltage infrastructure to be processed economically.support the system. The projectnew facility is expected to be commissioned in FY2012.2017 at a cost of US$3.4 billion (US$2.0 billion BHP Billiton share). Prior to completion of the EWS project, water supply for OGP1 will continue to be sourced from aquifers and the existing 500 litres per second desalinisation plant.

2.2.7    Iron Ore Customer Sector GroupThe Oxide Leach Area Project (OLAP), is also in execution phase. This project involves the creation of a new dynamic leaching pad and mineral handling system that will include several overland conveyors. The new pad is expected to maintain oxide leaching capacity at current levels following the exhaustion of the existing heap leach in CY2014. OLAP was approved in February 2012 with budgeted expenditure of US$721 million (US$414 million BHP Billiton share). A US$212 million increase in the budget of OLAP to US$933 million (US$536 million BHP Billiton share) was approved in March 2014. Work on the project was 93 per cent complete at 30 June 2014, and is expected to be completed in the second half of CY2014.

Our Iron Ore CSG consistsPampa Norte

The Spence Growth Option (SGO) project, currently being studied in pre-feasibility stage, plans to exploit the hypogene sulphide resource with associated molybdenum sulphide by building a 95 ktpd concentrator at the current Spence operation. SGO would extend the mine life by 50 years following the current 2025 closure date. As the hypogene ore underlies the supergene reserves currently being exploited, the need for pre-stripping and additional mine maintenance infrastructure is minimised. The option of using existing solvent extraction and electrowinning infrastructure to recover copper by leaching low-grade chalcopyrite ores in parallel to the concentrator is also being considered. SGO would increase the overall copper production at Spence by approximately 220 kilotonnes per annum (ktpa) in the first 10 years.

Olympic Dam

A pre-feasibility study is being conducted regarding the proposed expansion of Olympic Dam. The objective of the study is to identify the full range of development path alternatives for Olympic Dam by investigating all possible mining methods and less capital-intensive designs, including new technologies.

In July 2014, we lodged an application for assessment by the Australian and South Australian Governments to construct and operate a demonstration plant on the existing mining lease at Olympic Dam. This process would enable heap leaching trials to progress to the next phase as part of our Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) assetefforts to identify an alternative, less capital intensive process for extracting metals from ore mined underground. Should Government and Board approvals be granted, construction of the demonstration plant is expected to commence in the second half of CY2015. A trial period of 36 months is envisaged, commencing in late 2016.

Resolution Copper

We hold a 5045 per cent interest in the Samarco joint ventureResolution Copper project in Brazil. We arethe US state of Arizona, a project which is operated by Rio Tinto (55 per cent interest). Resolution is among the top 10 largest undeveloped copper assets in the world and could eventually become the largest copper producer in North America. In FY2014, Resolution Copper completed a pre-feasibility study into a 120 ktpd underground panel cave operation and processing facility. Further opportunities to economically optimise the project and minimise any technical risks have been identified, and the project plans to study these opportunities. Additionally, a Mine Plan of Operations was submitted to the U.S. Forest Service in November 2013. Approval of the plan would allow mining to occur on lands where the Company currently holds mineral title.

Throughout FY2014, Resolution Copper continued to advance sinking of the No #10 Shaft to gain access to the orebody. Following cooling and ventilation upgrades during FY2014, No #10 Shaft is expected to reach a final depth of 2,116 metres by December 2014. Our share of project expenditure for FY2014 was US$38 million.

Exploration activities

Our greenfield copper exploration activities during FY2014 were focused on advancing targets within Chile and Peru. Greenfield activities include opportunity identification, application for and acquisition of mineral title, early reconnaissance operations and drilling programs.

2.1.3    Iron Ore Business

Our Iron Ore Business is one of the leading iron ore producers in the world. We sell lump and fines productproducts produced in Australia and pellets from our operations in Brazil.

Our two assets consist of the following:

Western Australia Iron Ore

Operations at Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO)

WAIO’s operations involve a complexan integrated system of mines and more than 1,000 kilometres of rail infrastructure and port facilities in the Pilbara region of northern Western Australia.Australia, with our headquarters located in Perth. Our strategyfocus is to safely maximise output through operating our mines and utilising available infrastructure at our disposal. This includes our plan to continue to grow production following the recent completion of a number of expansion projects and ongoing debottlenecking of the supply chain to underpin potential further growth in capacity to 290 Mtpa.

We have been expandingexpanded our WAIO operations in response to increasing demand for iron ore.ore, particularly from China. Since 2001, we have completed sixeight expansion projects to increase our system production capacity from 69 million tonnes per annum (mtpa) to 155 mtpa (100 per cent basis).mine, rail and port capacity. Our share of FY2011FY2014 production was 122.7 million tonnes (Mt)193 Mt of ore. ore, which is expected to increase in FY2015 to 211 Mtpa.

We now have additional projects in various stages ofbeen transitioning to owner-operated mines since September 2011 when we acquired the project life cycle (including construction)HWE Mining subsidiaries from Leighton Holdings. We completed the transition to further increase system capacity (see Development projects below).owner-operated mines with the last contractor run site, Orebody 18, finalising its transition during FY2014.

Our Pilbara reserve base is relatively concentrated, allowing us to plan our development around a series of integrated ‘mining hubs’mining hubs joined to the orebodies by conveyors or spur lines. This approach enables us to maximise the value of installed infrastructure by using the same processing plant and rail infrastructure for a number of orebodies. Blending

Lump and fines products are sold to steel mills in China, South Korea, Japan, Singapore, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Switzerland and Australia under long-term and short-term contracts. Contract prices are generally linked to market indices.

In order to establish a consistent, long-term, high-quality lump ore product with a stable grade, we recently transitioned to a blended lump product. The product is a blend of lump ores produced from the Newman, Area C and Jimblebar mining areas, known as Newman Blend lump. During FY2014, 23 per cent of our sales were lump and 77 per cent were fines.

WAIO operations

Our WAIO operations consist of four main joint ventures: Mt Newman, Yandi, Mt Goldsworthy and Jimblebar. Our interest in the joint ventures is 85 per cent with Mitsui and ITOCHU owning the remaining 15 per cent. The joint ventures are unincorporated except Jimblebar, where we diluted our interest in a subsidiary company to 85 per cent in July 2013 for which BHP Billiton received total consideration of US$1.5 billion.

The Mt Newman Joint Venture (JV) consists of a number of orebodies joined by conveyors and spur lines to a mining hub at Mt Whaleback. Ore is crushed, beneficiated (where necessary) and blended to create the Newman Blend for lump and fines. The ore is then transported to port using Mt Newman JV-owned rail facilities. The Yandi JV comprises the Yandi mine where ore is crushed and screened and then transported by rail on the Newman main line. The Mt Goldsworthy JV consists of the Area C mine in the central Pilbara and the Yarrie mine in northern Pilbara. Ore is crushed and screened at Area C and transported by rail to the hub gives us greater flexibility to respond to changing customer requirements as well as changing propertiesat Mt Whaleback. Production at Yarrie was suspended on 25 February 2014, following improved productivity at our other mining operations. The Jimblebar operation was officially opened on 23 April 2014 and comprises the new Jimblebar mine located 40 kilometres east of Newman. Jimblebar delivered first production in the September 2013 quarter and produced 9 Mt during FY2014. Jimblebar is expected to deliver phase one capacity of 35 Mtpa by the end of FY2015. Production from Wheelarra, a sublease of the Jimblebar tenement, which was previously processed through Newman, was permanently connected to the Jimblebar processing hub during the period.

All ore being minedis transported by rail on the Mt Newman JV and reducesMt Goldsworthy JV rail lines to our port facilities. A typical train configuration consists of two locomotives per 124 ore cars, called a rake, with two rakes per train. Each individual ore car carries approximately 128 tonnes of iron ore. Our rail operations are controlled from Perth via our integrated remote operations centre which co-locates rail control, port production control, mine dispatch control and mine fixed plant control.

Our port facilities are located on both sides of the riskharbour at Port Hedland. These facilities consist of Nelson Point, owned by the Mt Newman JV, and Finucane Island, owned by the Mt Goldsworthy JV. The port bottlenecks.facilities include five ore car dumpers, three screening plants, nine stackers, five reclaimers, stock and blending yards, and eight ship loaders. Vessels depart the harbour via a dredged channel that is approximately 45 kilometres long and has a width of 300 metres.

We

Map of WAIO operations

LOGO

Along with the other joint venture partners, we have also continuedentered into marketing agreements in the form of joint ventures with certain customers. These customer joint ventures, JW4, Wheelarra and POSMAC, involve subleases of part of WAIO’s existing mineral leases. The ore is sold to explore and refine our understanding ofthe existing tenements. Our proven ore reservesjoint ventures with contractual terms applying to the customers’ share. As a consequence, we are high-grade, with average iron content ranging from 57.1entitled to 85 per cent at Yandiof production from these subleases and the customer joint ventures are not jointly controlled operations for accounting purposes.

WAIO Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves are reported for the Pilbara as a whole by ore type, to 63.8 per cent at Mt Newman.reflect our production of the Newman Blend lump product and our single logistics chain and associated management system. The reserve liveslife of our Western Australian mines at current production levels range from 13 years at Mt Goldsworthy (JV Northern) to 42 years at Jimblebar.

is 16 years.

Samarco

We are a 50–50 joint venture partner with Vale at the Samarco operationsoperation in Brazil. During FY2008, Samarco completed an expansion project consistingis currently comprised of a mine and two concentrators located in the state of Minas Gerais, and three pellet plants and a port located in Anchieta in the state of Espirito Santo. Three 396-kilometre pipelines connect the mine site to the pelletising facilities.

Samarco’s main product is iron ore pellets. Extraction and beneficiation of iron ore is conducted at the Germano facilities in the municipalities of Mariana and Ouro Preto. Conveyor systems are used to extract the ore and convey it from the mines. Ore beneficiation then occurs in concentrators, where crushing, milling, desliming and flotation processes produce iron concentrate. The concentrate leaves the concentrators as slurry and is pumped through the slurry pipelines from the Germano facilities to the pellet plants in Ubu, Anchieta, where the slurry is processed into pellets. The iron ore pellets are then heat treated. The pellet output is stored in a stockpile yard before being shipped out of the constructionSamarco-owned Port of a third pellet plant, a mine expansion, a new concentrator, port enhancementsUbu in Anchieta.

Pellets are independently marketed by Samarco and a second slurry pipeline.sold to steelmakers in 20 countries in the Americas, Asia, Africa, the Middle East and Europe, with prices generally linked to market indices.

In FY2011,FY2014, our share of production was 10.911 Mt of pellets. Samarco’s total oreThe reserve life of Samarco is about 2.0 billion tonnes. During FY2011, Samarco introduced the use of natural gas at its pelletising plants allowing for cleaner production and better quality products.39 years.

In April 2011, Samarco shareholders approved a US$3.5 billion (BHP Billiton share US$1.75 billion) expansion project consisting of a fourth pellet plant, a new concentrator and a third slurry pipeline. The project will increase Samarco’s iron ore pellet production capacity by 8.3 Mt to 30.5 mtpa (100 per cent share). First pellet production is expected in the first half of CY2014.

Information on Iron Ore mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (see(refer to section 2.3.2)2.2.2) and reserve tables (see(refer to section 2.13.2)2.3.2).

 

Mine &

Location location

 

Means of Access

access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, Leasesleases or
Options

options

 

History

 

Type of Mine type &
and
Mineralisation
Stylemineralisation

style

 

Power Source

source

 

Facilities, Useuse &
Conditioncondition

Iron ore

Mt Newman Joint Venture        

Mt Newman JV

Pilbara region, Western Australia

Mt Whaleback

Orebodies 18, 23,24, 25, 29, 30 and 35

 

PublicPrivate road

 

Iron ore shippedtransported by Mt Newman JV ownedJV-owned rail to JV’s Nelson Point shipping facilities and Finucane Island shipping facilities, Port Hedland (427 km)

 

BHP Billiton 85%

 

Mitsui ITOCHU Iron 10% ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 5%

 

BHP Billiton:

Mt Whaleback orebodiesOrebodies 18, 24, 25, 29, 30 and 30 operated by BHP Billiton35

 

OrebodiesOperatorship of Orebody 18 23 and 25 operated by independent contractorstransitioned to BHP Billiton in July 2014

 Mining lease under the Iron Ore (Mt Newman) Agreement Act 1964 expires in 2030 with right to successive renewals of 21 years 

Production began at Mt Whaleback orebody in 1969

 

Production from orebodiesOrebodies 18, 23,24, 25, 29, 30 and 3035 complements production from Mt Whaleback

 

First ore from Newman Hub as part of RGP4 construction delivered in 2009

 

Open-cut

 

Bedded ore types classified as per the host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which are Brockman and Marra Mamba and Nimingarra

 Alinta Dewap’s Newman gas-firedFrom May 2014 Yarnima power station via Mtstarted supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman JV owned power linesstation 

Newman Hub: primary and secondary crushing and screening plants (nominal capacity 58 mtpa)60 Mtpa); heavy media beneficiation plant, stockyard blending facility, single cell rotary car dumper, train-loading facility

 

Orebody 23/25: primary and secondary crushing and screening plant (nominal capacity 10 Mtpa)

Yandi Joint Venture
Pilbara region, Western Australia

Private road

Iron ore transported by Mt Newman JV-owned rail to Port Hedland (316 km)

Yandi JV’s railway spur links Yandi mine to Newman main line

BHP Billiton 85%

Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7% ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%

BHP BillitonMining lease under the Iron Ore (Marillana Creek) Agreement Act 1991 expires in 2033 with one renewal right to a further 21 years

Development began in 1991

First shipment in 1992

Capacity expanded between 1994 and 2013

Open-cut

Channel Iron Deposits are Cainozoic fluvial sediments

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power station

Three processing plants, primary crusher and overland conveyor (nominal capacity 78 Mtpa)

Ore delivered to two train-loading facilities

Mine &

Location location

 

Means of Access

access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, Leasesleases or
Options

options

 

History

 

Type of Mine type &
and
Mineralisation
Stylemineralisation

style

 

Power Source

source

 

Facilities, Useuse &
Conditioncondition

Yandi JV

JW4 Joint Venture

Pilbara region, Western Australia

 

RoadPrivate road

 

Iron ore shipped by operating joint venture ownedon-sold to Yandi JV, then transported via rail to Finucane Island and Nelson Point shipping facilities, Port Hedland

BHP Billiton 68%

 

OurITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 6.4% Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 5.6%

JFE Steel Australia 20%

Sublease agreement over JW4 deposit

BHP BillitonSublease over part of the mining lease under the Iron Ore (Marillana Creek) Agreement Act 1991 expires in 2033 with one renewal right for a further 21 years

Operations began in April 2006

Ore currently being produced is sold to Yandi JV and blended with Yandi ore

Open-cut

Channel Iron Deposits are Cainozoic fluvial sediments

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power stationMine site
Jimblebar operation
Pilbara region, Western AustraliaPrivate road

BHP Billiton 85%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%, Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%

BHP BillitonMining lease under the Iron Ore (McCamey’s Monster) Agreement Authorisation Act 1972 expires in 2030 with rights to successive renewals of 21 years

Production at Jimblebar began in March 1989

From 2004, production was transferred to Wheelarra as part of the Wheelarra sublease agreement

First ore from newly commissioned Jimblebar mine was delivered in September 2013

Open-cut

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic banded iron formation, which are Brockman and Marra Mamba

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power stationTwo primary and secondary crusher, ore handling plant, stockyards and supporting mining hub infrastructure (nominal capacity 55 Mtpa)

Mine & location

Means of

access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Wheelarra Joint Venture
Pilbara region, Western Australia

Private road

Rail spur line to Newman Hub closed and iron ore is now transported via conveyor to Jimblebar mine (6 km)

BHP Billiton 51%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 4.8% Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 4.2% Maanshan Iron & Steel Australia 10%

Shagang Australia 10%

Hebei Iron & Steel Australia 10%

Wugang Australia 10%

Sublease agreement over Wheelarra deposit

BHP Billiton

Operatorship transitioned to BHP Billiton in January 2014

Sublease agreement over the Wheelarra deposit of Jimblebar lease with ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia, Mitsui Iron Ore and four separate subsidiaries of Chinese steelmakers

This arrangement, entitles us to 85% of production from the Wheelarra sublease consistent with BHP Billiton ownership in Mt Newman JV

Wheelarra JV produces iron ore from Wheelarra deposit of Jimblebar lease

Ore produced is processed and blended with Jimblebar ore at Jimblebar mine and then sold to Mt Newman JV

Open-cut

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic banded iron formation, which is Brockman

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power stationTwo primary and secondary crusher, ore handling plant, stockyards and supporting mining hub infrastructure (nominal capacity 55 Mtpa)

Mine & location

Means of

access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Mt Goldsworthy Joint Venture

Pilbara region, Western Australia

Area C Yarrie Nimingarra

Private road

Yarrie and Nimingarra iron ore transported by Mt Goldsworthy JV-owned rail to Port Hedland (218 km)

Area C iron ore transported by Mt Newman JV-owned rail to Port Hedland (360 km) Mt Goldsworthy JV railway spur links YandiArea C mine to Newman main lineYandi railway spur

 

BHP Billiton 85%

 

Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7% ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%

 Independent contract mining companyMining lease under the Iron Ore (Marillana Creek) Agreement Act 1991 expires 2012 with renewal rights to a further 42 years

Development began 1991

First shipment 1992 Capacity expanded between 1994–2003

Open-cut

Bedded and channel ore types. Bedded ores are classified as per the host Proterozoic banded iron formation names, which for Yandi is Brockman and Channel Iron Deposits are Cainozoic fluvial sediments

Alinta Dewap’s Newman gas-fired power station via Mt Newman JV owned power lines

2 processing plants, primary crusher and overland conveyor

Ore delivered to 2 train-loading facilities

A third processing plant is in the commissioning phase (expected capacity 45 mtpa)

Jimblebar

Pilbara region, Western Australia

Road

Iron ore shipped by Mt Newman JV owned rail to Port Hedland via 32 km spur line linking to Newman main line

Jimblebar lease: 100%

Entitled to 85% production from Wheelara deposit under sublease

with ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia, Mitsui Iron Ore and 4 separate subsidiaries of Chinese steelmakers

Independent contract mining companyMining lease under the Iron Ore (McCamey’s Monster) Agreement Authorisation Act 1972 expires 2030 with rights to successive renewals of 21 years

Production commenced 1989

Ore blended with ore from Mt Whaleback and satellite orebodies 18, 23, 25, 29 and 30 to create Mt Newman blend

Open-cut

Bedded ore types classified based on the host Archaean or Proterozoic banded iron formation names, which are Brockman and Marra Mamba

Alinta Dewap’s Newman gas-fired power station via Mt Newman JV owned power lines

Primary and secondary crushing plant

Nominal capacity: 14 mtpa

Mine &

Location

Means of Access

Ownership

Operator

Title, Leases or
Options

History

Type of Mine
and
Mineralisation
Style

Power Source

Facilities, Use &
Condition

Mt Goldsworthy JV

Pilbara region, Western Australia

Area C Yarrie Nimingarra

Road

Iron ore shipped by Mt Goldsworthy JV owned rail to JV’s Finucane Island and Nelson Point shipping facilities, Port Hedland

Goldsworthy JV railway spur links Area C mine to Newman main line

BHP Billiton 85%

Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7% and ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%

Independent contract mining company 

4 mineral leases under the Iron Ore (Mt Goldsworthy) Agreement Act 1964 and the Iron Ore (Goldsworthy – Nimingarra) Agreement Act 1972, expire between 2014 and 2028, with rights to successive renewals of 21 years.years

 

A number of smaller mining leases granted under the Mining Act 1978 expire in 2026

 

Operations commenced at Mt Goldsworthy in 1966 and at Shay Gap in 1973

 

Original Goldsworthy mine closed in 1982

 

Associated Shay Gap mine closed in 1993

 

Mining at Nimingarra mine ceased in 2007, has sincethen continued from adjacent Yarrie area

 

We openedOpened Area C mine in 2003

Yarrie mine suspended operations in February 2014

 

Open-cut mine includes Area C, Yarrie and Nimingarra all open-cut

 

Bedded ore types classified as per the host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, names, which are Brockman, Marra Mamba and Nimingarra

 

Yarrie and Nimingarra: Alinta Dewap’s Port Hedland gas-firedFrom May 2014 Yarnima power station under long-term contracts

Area C:started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap’s PortDewap Newman gas-fired power station under long-term contracts

 

Area C: oreOre processing plant, primary crusher and overland conveyor Nominal capacity: 42 mtpa

Yarrie: mobile in-pit crushing plant Nominal capacity: 1.5 mtpa

Primary crushers at Yarrie and Nimingarra in care and maintenance

Combined (nominal capacity: 8 mtpa50 Mtpa)

POSMAC Joint Venture
Pilbara Region, Western Australia

SamarcoPrivate road

 

Iron ore on-sold to Mt Goldsworthy JV, it is then transported via Mt Goldsworthy JV-owned rail and Mt Newman JV-owned rail to Port Hedland

BHP Billiton 65%

ITOCHU Minerals and Energy of Australia 8%, Mitsui Iron Ore Corporation 7%

POSCO 20% Sublease agreement over POSMAC deposit

BHP BillitonSublease over part of mineral lease held by Mt Goldsworthy JV under the Iron Ore (Mt Goldsworthy) Agreement Act 1964 with rights to successive renewals of 21 years

Operations commenced in October 2003

Iron ore currently being produced is sold to Mt Goldsworthy JV and blended with Area C ore

Open-cut

Bedded ore types classified as per host Archaean or Proterozoic iron formation, which is Marra Mamba

From May 2014 Yarnima power station started supplying approximately two thirds of power, with a supplementary contract with Alinta Dewap Newman power station

Ore processing plant, primary crusher and overland conveyor

(nominal capacity: 50 Mtpa)

Mine & location

Means of

access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power

source

Facilities, use &
condition

Samarco
Southeast Brazil

 

Public road

 

Conveyors transportsConveyor belts transport iron ore to beneficiation plant

 

TwoThree slurry pipelines transport pellet feedconcentrate to pellet plants on coast

 

Iron pellets exported via port facilities

 

BHP Billiton 50% of Samarco Mineração SA

 

Vale 50%

Samarco Mining concessions granted by Brazilian Government as long as Alegria complex mined according to agreed plan Operates as independent business with own management team

Production began at Germano mine in 1977 and at Alegria complex in 1992

 

Two expansions completed with a secondSecond pellet plant built in 1997 and a third

Third pellet plant, second concentrator and second pipeline built in 2008

 

In April 2011, Samarco’s shareholders approved the fourthFourth pellet plant, third concentrator and third pipeline built in 2014

 

Open-cut

 

Itabirites (metamorphic quartz-hematite rock) and friable hematite ores

 

Samarco holds interests in 2 hydroelectric power plants which supply 20%20.3% of its electricity

 

Additional power from other hydro-electric power plants under long-term contracts expiring CY2014Power supply contract with Cemig Geração e Transmissão expires in 2022

 Facilities with capacity to process and pump 24 mtpaMtpa ore concentrate and produce and ship 22.2 mtpa22.3 Mtpa pellets (100% basis)

Development projects

Western Australia Iron Ore

ConstructionWAIO has been executing a number of Rapid Growth Project 5 (RGP5) is ongoing. Our share of project expenditure to 30 June 2011 amounted to US$4.8 billion. This project, which was announcedexpansion projects in November 2008, will substantially double track the Newman main rail line, construct two new shipping berths on the Finucane Island side of the Port Hedland harbour and add crushing, screening and stockpiling facilities at Yandi.

Inrecent years. These projects, approved in March 2011 we announced approvalfor a total of an additional US$7.4 billion (BHP Billiton share US$6.6 billion) of capital expenditure to continue production growth in our WAIO operations. This investment is the final approval of projects initiated in 2010, withplus pre-commitment funding of US$2.3 billion (BHP Billiton share US$2.1 billion). It will, were designed to deliver an integrated operation with a minimum capacity of 220 mtpaMtpa (100 per cent basis), with first production expected from Jimblebar early in CY2014..

This additional investment includes:These projects included:

 

US$3.4 billion (BHP Billiton share US$3.3 billion)the Jimblebar Mine Expansion project to develop the Jimblebar mine and rail links, and procure mining equipment and rolling stock in order to deliver an initiala capacity of 35 mtpa, expandableMtpa. Initial production was achieved in the September 2013 quarter. The project costs as at 30 June 2014 amounted to 55 mtpa;

US$2.33.4 billion (BHP Billiton shareshare); final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$1.9 billion) to 3.6 billion;

further developdevelopment of Port Hedland, including two additional berths and shiploaders,ship loaders, a car dumper, connecting conveyor routesroute, and associated rail works and rolling stock;

stock. Initial production was achieved in the December 2012 quarter. The project costs as at 30 June 2014 amounted to US$1.7 billion (BHP Billiton shareshare); final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of US$1.4 billion) for 1.9 billion;

port blending facilities and rail yards to enable ore blending and expand resource life and prepare forlife. Initial production was achieved in the future growthDecember 2013 quarter. The project costs as at 30 June 2014 amounted to US$0.9 billion (BHP Billiton share); final costs are expected to be delivered below the revised budget of the business beyond the inner harbour.

US$1 billion.

Western Australia Iron Ore – Rio Tinto joint ventureOrebody 24 mine

On 5 June 2009, together with Rio Tinto, we signed core principlesIn FY2014, WAIO completed execution of its development of the Orebody 24 mine, located approximately 10 kilometres northeast of Newman. Orebody 24 is a sustaining mine to establish amaintain iron ore production joint venture coveringoutput from the entirety of both companies’ Western Australia Iron Ore assets. This resulted in the signing of definitive agreements on 5 December 2009. The completion of these agreements was subject to a number of conditions, including regulatory approvals.

After the agreements were signed, it became apparent that the necessary regulatory approvals required to allow the deal to close were unlikely to be achieved. As a result, both parties agreed to dissolve the proposed joint venture.

Western Australia Iron Ore – Acquisition of HWE Mining Subsidiaries

On 9 August 2011, BHP Billiton signed a non-binding Heads of Agreement with Leighton Holdings to acquire the HWE Mining subsidiaries that provide contract mining services to its Western Australia Iron OreMt Newman JV operations. The Headsproject was approved in November 2011 and included the construction of Agreement relates to the mining equipment, peoplean ore crushing plant, train loadout facility, rail spur and related assets that service the Area C, Yandi and Orebody 23 and 25 operations. These operations collectively account for almost 70 per centother associated support facilities. The project was delivered at a cost of WAIO’s total material movement. The purchase price is US$735 million (A$705 million)0.5 billion (BHP Billiton share), subject to working capital adjustments. Subjectfinalisation, in the September 2014 quarter versus a budget of US$0.7 billion.

Samarco

During FY2011, Samarco shareholders approved a US$3.5 billion (US$1.75 billion BHP Billiton share) expansion project, the Fourth Pellet Plant Project (P4P), consisting of a fourth pellet plant, a new concentrator and a third slurry pipeline. The project is complete, with its first pellet production in March 2014. This has expanded Samarco’s iron ore pellet production capacity from 22.3 Mtpa to due diligence, definitive agreements30.5 Mtpa. The final cost of the project was US$3.2 billion (US$1.6 billion BHP Billiton share).

Exploration activities

Western Australia

WAIO has a substantial existing reserve base supported by considerable additional mineralisation all within a 250-kilometre radius of our existing infrastructure. This concentration of orebodies also gives WAIO the flexibility to add growth tonnes to existing hub infrastructure and relevant internallink brownfield developments to our existing mainline rail and regulatory approvals,port facilities. The total area covered by exploration and mining tenure amounts to 6,500 square kilometres. This excludes crown leases, and general purpose and miscellaneous licences, which are used for infrastructure space and access.

The majority of deposits are located on five main lease areas held by BHP Billiton and our joint venture partners, as appropriate. Iron ore mineralised materials fall mainly within the Hamersley Ranges of the Pilbara district, with a minor component of the inventory lying within the Pilbara Craton of northwest Western Australia.

In FY2014, exploration activity was completed over multiple project areas and deposits. The total drilling carried out amounts to 492,000 metres, composed of reverse circulation drilling of 421,500 metres, diamond drilling of 52,500 metres and hydrology drilling of 18,000 metres consisting of approximately 5,300 drill holes. Total exploration expenditure amounted to US$166 million.

Guinea Iron Ore

BHP Billiton has a 41.3 per cent interest in a joint venture that holds the Nimba Mining Concession and four iron ore prospecting permits in southeast Guinea.

On 29 July 2014, BHP Billiton and ArcelorMittal signed an agreement for the acquisition by ArcelorMittal of BHP Billiton’s 43.5 per cent stake in Euronimba Limited, which holds an effective 95 per cent interest in the Mount Nimba iron ore project in Guinea. Completion of the transaction is expectedsubject to close during the fourth quarterreceipt of CY2011.regulatory approval and other customary closing conditions.

West AfricaLiberia Iron Ore

We are carrying out exploration activitiesBHP Billiton has a 100 per cent interest in Guinea and Liberia, West Africa. At Nimba, in Guinea, we have completed our concept study and are now undertaking a pre-feasibility study to determine the optimal investment alternative by assessing viability, sustainability impacts and management implications of operations

in this area. During the year, our Mineral Development Agreement with the Government of Liberia was ratified by the Liberian Legislature and became effective.Liberia. This agreement enables the further exploration and development of our Liberian iron ore mineral leases in Liberia.leases.

2.2.8    Manganese Customer Sector Group2.1.4    Coal Business

Our Manganese CSG produces a combination of ores and alloys from sitesCoal Business, headquartered in South Africa and Australia. We are the world’s largest producer of manganese ore and among the top three global producers of manganese alloy. Manganese alloy is a key input into the steelmaking process. Manganese high-grade ore is particularly valuable to alloy producers because of the ‘value in use differential’ over low-grade ore, which is the degree to which high-grade ore is proportionately more efficient than low-grade ore in the alloying process.

Our strategy is to focus on upstream resource businesses. Manganese alloy smelters are a key conduit of manganese units into steelmaking and enable us to access markets with an optimal mix of ore and alloy, optimise production to best suit market conditions and give us technical insight into the performance of our ores in smelters.

Approximately 80 per cent of ore production is sold directly to external customers and the remainder is used as feedstock in our alloy smelters.

We own and manage all manganese mining operations and alloy plants through a joint venture with Anglo American in which we own 60 per cent. Our joint venture interests are held through Samancor Manganese, which operates our global Manganese assets. In South Africa, Samancor owns 74 per cent of Hotazel Manganese Mines (Pty) Ltd (HMM) and 100 per cent of Metalloys. This gives BHP Billiton an effective interest of 44.4 per cent in HMM and 60 per cent in Metalloys. The remaining 26 per cent of HMM is owned under the terms of South African Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) legislation, which reflects our commitment to economic transformation in South Africa. InBrisbane, Australia, we have an effective interest of 60 per cent in Groote Eylandt Mining Company Pty Ltd (GEMCO) and Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company Pty Ltd (TEMCO).

Mines

HMM

HMM owns the Mamatwan open-cut mine and the Wessels underground mine. The ore from these mines only requires crushing and screening to create saleable product. In FY2011, the total manganese production was 3,007 kilotonnes (kt), 10.6 percent higher than FY2010 production.

GEMCO

As a result of its location near our own port facilities and its simple, open-cut mining operation, GEMCO is one of the world’s lowest-cost manganese ore producers. These simple operations, combined with its high-grade ore and relative proximity to Asian export markets, make GEMCO unique among the world’s manganese mines. FY2011 production of manganese was 4,086 kt, 20 per cent higher than FY2010 production.

Alloy Plants

Metalloys

The Samancor Manganese Metalloys alloy plant is one of the largest manganese alloy producers in the world. Due to its size and access to high-quality feedstock from Hotazel operations, it is also one of the lowest-cost alloy producers. Metalloys produces high and medium-carbon ferromanganese and silicomanganese.

TEMCO

TEMCO is a medium-sized producer of high-carbon ferromanganese, silicomanganese and sinter using ore shipped from GEMCO, primarily using hydroelectric power.

Information on Manganese mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. These tables should be read in conjunction with the production (see section 2.3.2) and reserve tables (see section 2.13.2).

Mine & Location

Means of

Access

Ownership

Operator

Title, Leases or
Options

History

Type of Mine
and
Mineralisation
Style

Power
Source

Facilities, Use &
Condition

Manganese ore

Hotazel Manganese Mines (Pty) Ltd (HMM)

Kalahari Basin, South Africa

Mamatwan and Wessels mines

Public road

Most ore and sinter products transported by rail

Approximately 33% of ore beneficiated locally, balance exported via Port Elizabeth, Richards Bay, Durban

BHP Billiton

44.4%

Anglo American 29.6%

Ntsimbintle 9%

NCAB 7%

Iziko 5% HMM Education Trust 5%

BHP BillitonExisting New Order Rights valid until 2035

Mamatwan commissioned 1964

Wessels commissioned 1973

Mamatwan: open-cut

Wessels: underground

Banded Iron Manganese ore type

Eskom

(national power supplier)

Mamatwan beneficiation plant: primary, secondary and tertiary crushing with associated screening plants

Dense medium separator and sinter plant ( capacity 1 mtpa sinter)(1)

Wessels: primary and secondary crushing circuits with associated screening(1)

(1)        Capacity: Mamatwan – approximately 3.5 mtpa of ore; Wessels – approximately 1 mtpa of ore.

Groote Eylandt Mining Company Pty Ltd (GEMCO)

Groote Eylandt, Northern Territory, Australia

Ore transported from concentrator by road train to port at Milner Bay

BHP Billiton 60%

Anglo American 40%

BHP BillitonAll leases on Aboriginal land held under Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976 Valid until 2031Commissioned 1965

Open-cut

Sandstone claystone sedimentary Manganese ore type

On-site diesel power generation

Beneficiation process: crushing, screening, washing and dense media separation

Produces lump and fines products Capacity: 4.2 wet mtpa

Information on Manganese smelters, refineries and processing plants

Smelter, Refinery or
Processing Plant

Location

OwnershipOperator

Title, Leases or
Options

Product

Nominal
Production
Capacity

Power source

Manganese alloy

Metalloys

Manganese alloy plant

(division of Samancor Manganese (Pty) Ltd)

Meyerton, South AfricaBHP Billiton
60%

Anglo
American
40%

BHP BillitonFreehold title over property, plant and equipmentManganese alloys including high-carbon ferromanganese, silicomanganese, refined (medium-carbon ferromanganese) alloy400 ktpa high-carbon ferromanganese (including hot metal) 135 ktpa silicomanganese 90 ktpa medium-carbon ferromanganese

Eskom

30 MW of internal power generated from furnace off-gases

Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company Pty Ltd (TEMCO)

Manganese alloy plant

Bell Bay, Tasmania, AustraliaBHP Billiton
60%

Anglo
American
40%

BHP BillitonFreehold title over property, plant and equipmentFerroalloys, including high-carbon ferromanganese, silicomanganese and sinter130 ktpa high-carbon ferromanganese 125 ktpa silicomanganese 350 ktpa sinterAurora Energy On-site energy recovery unit generates 11 MW for internal use

Development projects

GEMCO expansion

The partners in Samancor Manganese have approved the second expansion of the GEMCO operation in the Northern Territory of Australia. This follows the successful commissioning of the GEMCO expansion phase 1 (GEEP1) project in April 2009. The US$279 million GEEP2 project (BHP Billiton share US$167 million) will increase GEMCO’s beneficiated product capacity from 4.2 million tonnes per annum (mtpa) to 4.8 mtpa through the introduction of a dense media circuit by-pass facility. The project is expected to be completed in late CY2013. The expansion will also address infrastructure constraints by increasing road and port capacity to 5.9 mtpa, creating 1.1 mtpa of additional capacity for future expansions.

HMM

The central block development project at Wessels mine is expected to be completed during the last quarter of FY2013. The project will enable the mine to increase current production from 1 mtpa to 1.5 mtpa of capacity (100 per cent, or about 0.7 mtpa BHP Billiton share). The remaining forecast capital expenditure to completion of the project is an estimated US$26 million (BHP Billiton share).

Metalloys

The High Carbon Ferro Manganese (HCFeMn) furnace M14 at the Metalloys West Plant was approved for execution in November 2010 with a total approved investment of US$91 million (US$54.6 million BHP Billiton share). This furnace would add an additional 130 kilotonnes per annum (ktpa) capacity (100 per cent or about 78 ktpa BHP Billiton share) of HCFeMn and replace smaller, less efficient furnaces from the South Plant with a current capacity of 55 ktpa. The M14 furnace will contribute to power efficiency at Metalloys site as it will add to the site’s own generation capacity utilising the furnace off-gases.

Samancor Gabon Manganese project

The feasibility phase study for the establishment of a 300 ktpa mine in Franceville, Gabon, commenced in July 2010 and the study is expected to be completed in the first quarter of FY2012.

The pre-feasibility phase study for phase 2 to increase the production capacity to 1.8 mtpa is expected to commence in the second quarter of FY2012.

2.2.9    Metallurgical Coal Customer Sector Group

Our Metallurgical Coal CSG is the world’s largest supplier of seaborne metallurgical coal. Metallurgical coal, along with iron ore and manganese, is a key input in steel production. Our Coal Business is also one of the productionlargest suppliers of steel.seaborne energy coal (also known as thermal or steaming coal) and a significant domestic energy coal supplier in the countries where its mines are located.

Our export metallurgical coal customers are steel producers around the world.world, principally in China, India, Japan and Europe. In FY2011, mostFY2014, the majority of our metallurgical coal sales contracts were based on annual or long-term volume contractsvolumes, with prices largely negotiated on a quarterly basismonthly, index or monthlyspot basis.

We haveare a domestic supplier of energy coal to the electricity generation industry in Australia, South Africa and the United States. Our domestic energy sales are generally made to nearby power stations under long-term fixed price or cost plus arrangements. Export sales are delivered to power generators and industrial users principally in China, India, Japan, Europe and the Middle East, under contracts that are generally index linked or short-term fixed.

Total metallurgical coal production in FY2014 was 45.1 Mt and total energy coal production in FY2014 was 73.5 Mt.

Our assets, located in two major resource basins:Australia, South Africa, Colombia and the United States, consist of both open-cut and underground mines. At our open-cut mines, overburden is removed after blasting, using either draglines or truck and shovel. Coal is then extracted using excavators or loaders and loaded onto trucks to be taken to stockpiles. At our underground mines, coal is extracted by either longwall or continuous miner. The coal is then transported to stockpiles on the surface by conveyor. Coal from stockpiles is then crushed, and for a number of the operations, washed and processed through the coal preparation plant. Domestic coal is then transported to the nearby customer via conveyor, truck or rail. Export coal is transported to the port via trucks or trains, and as part of this coal supply chain both single and multi-user rail and port infrastructure is used.

Our assets consist of the following:

Queensland Coal

Queensland Coal comprises the BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA) and BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal (BMC) Assets in the Bowen Basin in Central Queensland, Australia, and the Illawarra region of New South Wales, Australia.

Bowen Basin

In comparison with many other coal mining regions, theThe Bowen Basin is well positioned to supply the seaborne market because of its high-quality metallurgical coals, which are ideally suited to efficient blast furnace operations, relatively low cost of production from extensive near-surface deposits and its geographical proximity to Asian customers.

We also have access to key infrastructure in the Bowen Basin, including a modern, integrated electricmulti-user rail network, and our own coal loading terminal at Hay Point, located near the city of Mackay. We also have contracted capacity at three other multi-user port facilities including the Port of Gladstone (RG Tanna Coal Terminal), Dalrymple Bay Coal Terminal and Abbot Point Coal Terminal.

Map of Queensland Coal

LOGO

BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance

BMA comprises two unincorporated joint ventures – Central Queensland Coal Associates Joint Venture (CQCA) and Gregory Joint Venture. We share 50–50 ownership with Mitsubishi Development.

BMA owns and operates open-cut and underground metallurgical coal mines in the Bowen Basin and also owns and operates the Hay Point Coal Terminal. The terminal consists of coal inloading dump stations, stacker reclaimers and two ship loaders, capable of loading 44 Mtpa of coal. The terminal is undergoing expansion to increase its capacity to 55 Mtpa through the addition of a third ship loader. This infrastructure enables us to maximise throughput and blending ofblend products from multiple mines of BMA to optimise the value of our production and to satisfy customer requirements.

Our Bowen Basin mines are owned through a series of joint ventures. We share 50–50 ownership with Mitsubishi Development Pty Ltd in BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA), which

BMA operates the Goonyella Riverside, Broadmeadow, Daunia, Caval Ridge, Peak Downs, Saraji, Gregory Crinum and Blackwater mines. In May 2012, production ceased at Norwich Park Blackwater andmine, following a review of the mine’s viability. In October 2012, production also ceased at the Gregory open-cut mine, part of the Gregory Crinum complex. First production commenced at Caval Ridge in the June 2014 quarter.

Our share of total production in FY2014 was 29.3 Mt. Production figures for BMA include some energy coal (less than three per cent). The reserve lives of our mines together with the Hay Point Coal terminal through the Central Queensland Coal Associates (CQCA) joint venture and therange from 2.8 years at Gregory joint venture. Our Crinum to 37 years at Saraji. The reserve life for each mine is set out in section 2.3.2.

BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal (BMC) asset operates South Walker Creek and Poitrel mines.

BMC is a subsidiary company owned by BHP Billiton (80 per cent) and Mitsui and Co (20 per cent).

The reserve lives of the Bowen Basin BMC owns and operates South Walker Creek and Poitrel, both open-cut metallurgical coal mines range from six years to 62 years. Total attributable production in FY2011 was approximately 25.7 million tonnes (Mt) compared with 30.8 Mt in FY2010. Production in FY2011 was significantly impacted by persistent and severe wet weather in the Bowen Basin.

Production figuresTotal production in FY2014 was 8.3 Mt. The reserve lives of our mines are 15 years at Poitrel and 11 years at South Walker Creek. The reserve life for the Bowen Basin include some energy coal (less than 11 per cent).

each mine is set out in section 2.3.2.

Illawarra Coal

We ownOur wholly owned Illawarra Coal Asset owns and operateoperates three underground coal mines – Appin, West Cliff and Dendrobium, in the Illawarra region of New South Wales, whichAustralia. The mines supply metallurgical coal to the nearby BlueScope Port Kembla steelworks and to other domestic and export markets. The Appin mine is currently being developed to sustain Illawarra Coal’s production following the end of the mine life at West Cliff.

Coal is exported via the Port Kembla Coal Terminal, in which we own a 16.67 per cent interest. Total production in FY2011FY2014 was approximately 6.9 Mt compared with 6.5 Mt in FY2010.7.5 Mt. Production figures for Illawarra Coal include some energy coal (approximately 20 per cent). The reserve lives of the Illawarraour mines range from three2.0 years at West Cliff to 19 years.25 years at Appin. The reserve life for each mine is set out in section 2.3.2.

Energy Coal South Africa

Energy Coal South Africa (known as BECSA) operates four energy coal mines – Khutala, Klipspruit, Middelburg and Wolvekrans, in the Witbank region in the province of Mpumalanga, South Africa.

BECSA is 90 per cent owned by BHP Billiton, two per cent owned by its employees through an Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) and eight per cent owned by a Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment (B-BBEE) consortium led by Pembani Group Proprietary Limited.

Production figuresin FY2014 was 30.4 Mt. The reserve lives of our mines range from 5.8 years at Khutala to 23 years at Middelburg. The reserve life for Illawarra include someeach mine is set out in section 2.3.2.

In FY2014, approximately 55 per cent of BECSA’s sales were to Eskom, the government-owned electricity utility in South Africa. The remaining production was exported, predominantly to India and China, via the Richards Bay Coal Terminal (RBCT), in which we own a 21 per cent interest.

New Mexico Coal

We own and operate the San Juan energy coal (less than 18mine located in the US state of New Mexico. The mine transports its production directly to the nearby San Juan Generating Station. The San Juan mine has a reserve life of 3.5 years, which is the life of the current customer contract. Production for FY2014 was 5.7 Mt.

We also operate the nearby Navajo mine, located on Navajo Nation land in New Mexico. Full ownership of the Navajo Coal Company transferred to the Navajo Transitional Energy Company (NTEC), an entity of the Navajo Nation, effective 30 December 2013. New Mexico Coal and NTEC have entered into a Mine Management Agreement where New Mexico Coal will continue as mine operator until 31 December 2016.

Navajo mine transports its production directly to the nearby Four Corners Power Plant. Navajo mine reduced capacity during FY2014 from 7.4 Mtpa to 5.4 Mtpa in response to reduced customer demand. Production for FY2014 was 5.1 Mt. As we retain control of the mine until full consideration is paid, production continues to be reported by the Group.

New South Wales Energy Coal

Our wholly owned New South Wales Energy Coal Asset owns and operates the Mt Arthur Coal open-cut energy coal mine in the Hunter Valley region of New South Wales, Australia. New South Wales Energy Coal produced 20 Mt in FY2014 and has a reserve life of 33 years. In FY2014, we delivered approximately seven per cent)cent of Mt Arthur’s production to a local power station and exported the rest, predominantly to Japan and China, via the port of Newcastle.

We own a 35.5 per cent interest in the Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group, which operates the Newcastle Third Port export coal loading facility. The facility currently has a port expansion project in execution (refer to Development projects). We also have a 1.75 per cent interest in Port Waratah Coal Services Limited, which operates two coal loading facilities at the port of Newcastle.

Cerrejón

We have a one-third interest in Cerrejón Coal Company, which owns and operates one of the world’s largest open-cut export energy coal mines, located in the La Guajira province of Colombia. Cerrejón also owns and operates integrated rail and port facilities through which the majority of production is exported to European, Middle Eastern, North and South American customers. In FY2014, our share of Cerrejón production was approximately 12.3 Mt. Cerrejón has a reserve life of 17 years.

In FY2012, Cerrejón commenced an expansion project (P40), which is ultimately expected to increase our share of production from 10.7 Mtpa to 13.3 Mtpa (refer to Development projects).

Information on Metallurgical Coal mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. The tables should be read in conjunction with the production (see(refer to section 2.3.2)2.2.2) and reserves tables (see(refer to section 2.13.2)2.3.2).

 

Mine & Location

Means of
Access
OwnershipOperator

Title, Leases or
Options
location

 

HistoryMeans of access

 

Type of Mine and
Mineralisation Style
Ownership

 Power
Source
Facilities, Use &
Condition

Metallurgical coalOperator

 

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power source

Facilities, use &
condition

Australia       

Central Queensland Coal Associates (CQCA) joint venture

Joint Venture

Bowen Basin, Queensland, Australia

 

Goonyella Riverside Broadmeadow Daunia

Caval Ridge

Peak Downs

Saraji Norwich Park,

Blackwater and BroadmeadowNorwich Park mines

 

Public
road

 

Coal
transported
by rail to
Hay Point,
Gladstone, and
Gladstone
Abbot Point ports

Distances between the mines and port are between 160 km and 315 km

 

BHP Billiton
50%

 

Mitsubishi
Development
50%

 BMA 

Mining leases, including undeveloped tenements, expire between 2011 – 2037,2014 and 2043, renewable for further periods as Queensland Government/Government legislation allows

 

Mining is permitted to continue under the legislation during the renewal application period. Application lodged to renew mining lease expiring in 2011period

 

Goonyella mine commenced in 1971, merged with adjoining Riverside mine 1989in 1989. Operates as Goonyella Riverside

 

Production commenced:commenced at:

Peak Downs in 1972

Saraji in 1974

Norwich Park in 1979

Blackwater in 1967

 

Broadmeadow (longwall operations) in 2005 Daunia in 2013 and Caval Ridge in 2014

 

All open-cut except Broadmeadow: longwall underground

 

Bituminous coal is mined from the Permian Moranbah and Rangal Coal measures

 

Products range from premium-quality,premium quality, low volatile, high vitrinite, hard coking coal to medium volatile hard coking coal, to weak coking coal, some pulverised coal injection (PCI) coal and some medium ash thermal coal as a by-productsecondary product

 Queensland
electricity
grid underlong-term contracts
 

On-site
beneficiation
processing facilities

 

Combined
nominal
capacity: in
excess of
53.5 mtpa

Hay Point
Coal
Terminal 61 Mtpa

Mine & Location

Means of
Access
OwnershipOperator

Title, Leases or
Options
location

 

HistoryMeans of access

 

Type of Mine and
Mineralisation Style
Ownership

 

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power source

Facilities, use &
condition

Power
Source
Gregory Joint Operation
 

Facilities, Use &
Condition

Gregory joint venture

Bowen Basin, Queensland, Australia

 

Gregory and Crinum mines

 

Public
road

 

Coal
transported
by rail to
Hay Point
and
Gladstone
ports

Distances between the mines and port are between 310 km and 370 km

 

BHP Billiton
50%

 

Mitsubishi
Development
50%

 BMA 

Mining leases, including undeveloped tenements, expire between 2014 – 2027,and 2043, renewable for further periods as Queensland Government/Government legislation allows

Mining is permitted to continue under the legislation during the renewal application period

 

Production commenced:commenced at:

Gregory in 1979

Crinum mine (longwall) in 1997

Production at Gregory open-cut mine ceased in October 2012

 

Gregory: open-cut

 

Crinum: longwall underground

 

Bituminous coal is mined from the Permian German Creek Coal measures

 

Product is a high volatile, low ash hard coking coal and a medium ash thermal coal

 Queensland
electricity
grid under long-term contracts
 

On-site beneficiation processing facility

 

Nominal capacity: in excess of 5 mtpa6 Mtpa

BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal Pty Limited

Bowen Basin, Queensland, Australia

 

South Walker Creek and Poitrel mines

 

Public
road

 

Coal
transported
by rail to
Hay Point
and Dalrymple Bay ports

Distances between the mines and port are between 135 km and 165 km

 

BHP Billiton
80%

 

Mitsui and
Co 20%

 During
FY2011
management
transferred
from BMA
to BMC
 

Mining leases, including undeveloped tenements expire in 2020,between 2014 and 2031, and are renewable for further periods as Queensland Government/Government legislation allows

Mining is permitted to continue under the legislation during the renewal application period

 

South Walker Creek commenced in 1996

Poitrel commenced in 2006

 

Open-cut

 

Bituminous coal is mined from the Permian Rangal Coal measures

 

Produces a range of coking coal, pulverised coal injection (PCI)PCI coal and thermal coal products with medium to high phosphorus and ash properties

 Queensland
electricity
grid
 

South Walker Creek coal beneficiated on-site

 

Nominal capacity: 3.5 mtpain excess of 5 Mtpa

 

Poitrel Minemine has Red Mountain joint venture with adjacent Millennium Coal mine to share processing and rail loading facilities

 

Nominal capacity: in excess of 3 mtpaMtpa

Mine & Location

Means of
Access

Ownership

Operator

Title, Leases or Optionslocation

 

HistoryMeans of access

 

Type of Mine and
Mineralisation Style
Ownership

 Power
Source

Operator

 

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power source

Facilities, Useuse &
Conditioncondition

Illawarra Coal

Illawarra, New South Wales, Australia

 

DendrobiumAppin and West Cliff mines

 

Public road

 

Coal
transported
by road or
rail to
BlueScope
Steel’s
Port
Kembla
steelworks
or Port
Kembla for
export

Distances between the mines and port are between 8 km and 38 km

 100% BHP
Billiton
 

Mining leases expire between 2011-2026,2016 and 2033, renewable for further periods as NSW Government/Government legislation allows

Mining is permitted to continue under the legislation during the application period

Applications lodged to renew mining leases expiring in 2011

 

Production commenced:commenced at:

Appin in 1962 (longwall operations 1969)

West Cliff in 1976

and Dendrobium in 2005

 

Underground

 

Bituminous coal is mined from the Permian Illawarra Coal Measures

 

Produces premium quality hard coking coal and some thermal coal from the Wongawilli and Bulli seams

 New
South
Wales
electricity
grid
 

2 beneficiation
facilities

 

Nominal
capacity:
approximately
8 mtpa in excess of 9 Mtpa

Mt Arthur Coal

Approximately 126 km northwest of Newcastle, New South Wales, Australia

Public road

Domestic coal transported by conveyor to Bayswater Power Station

Export coal transported by third party rail to Newcastle port

100%BHP Billiton

Various mining leases and licences expire between 2010 and 2032

Renewal is being sought for expired mining leases

The original approvals permit mining and other activities to continue during renewal application

Production commenced in 2002

Government approval permits extraction of up to 36 Mtpa of run of mine coal from underground and open-cut operations, with open-cut extraction limited to 32 Mtpa

Open-cut

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non- coking)

Local energy providers

Beneficiation facilities: coal handling, preparation, washing plants

Nominal capacity: in excess of 23 Mtpa

Mine & location

Means of access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power source

Facilities, use &
condition

South Africa
Khutala
100 km east of Johannesburg, Gauteng Province, South Africa

Public road

Domestic coal transported by overland conveyor to Kendal Power Station

BHP Billiton 90%

Newshelf 1129 Proprietary Limited (BEE SPV) 8%

Eyami Trust Management Company (RF) Proprietary Limited (ESOP) 2%

BHP Billiton

BECSA holds a 100% share of Converted Mining Right, granted October 2011

Mining Right was amended 15 February 2013 to include Portion 16 of Zondagsvlei 9 IS

Production commenced in 1984

Open-cut operations in 1996

Commenced mining thermal/metallurgical coal for domestic market in 2003

Combination open-cut and underground

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking)

Eskom (national power supplier) under long-term contractsUnderground and open-cut crushers: Nominal capacity: in excess of 12 Mtpa
Middelburg/Wolvekrans
20 km southeast of Witbank, Mpumalanga Province, South Africa

Public road

Export coal transported to RBCT by third party rail (558 km)

Domestic coal transported by conveyor to Duvha Power Station

BHP Billiton 90%

Newshelf 1129 Proprietary Limited (BEE SPV) 8%

Eyami Trust Management Company (RF) Proprietary Limited (ESOP) 2%

Previous JV (84:16) with Glencore Xstrata Plc (through Tavistock Collieries Pty Limited) was amended in February 2008

BHP Billiton

BECSA and Tavistock are joint holders of 3 Converted Mining Rights in the previous JV ratio (84:16)

BECSA is the 100% holder of a fourth Converted Mining Right

All 4 Rights comprise the Middelburg Mine Complex(1)

The Converted Mining Rights were granted during October and December 2011(2)

Production commenced in 1982

Middelburg Mines and Duvha Colliery became one operation in 1995

Douglas-Middelburg Optimisation project completed in July 2010

Mine was split into Middelburg and Wolvekrans during 2011

Open-cut

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal, most of which can be beneficiated for the European or Asian export markets

Eskom under long-term contracts

Beneficiation facilities: tips and crushing plants, 2 export wash plants, middlings wash plant, de-stone plant

Nominal capacity: in excess of 17 Mtpa

Mine & location

Means of access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power source

Facilities, use &
condition

Klipspruit
30 km west of Witbank, Mpumalanga Province, South Africa

Public road

Export coal transported to RBCT by third party rail (611 km)

BHP Billiton 90%

Newshelf 1129 Proprietary Limited (BEE SPV) 8%

Eyami Trust Management Company (RF) Proprietary Limited (ESOP) 2%

Phola Coal Plant in JV with Anglo Inyosi Coal 50%

BHP BillitonBECSA holds a Converted Mining Right, granted on 11 October 2011

Production commenced in 2003

Expansion project completed in FY2010, includes 50% share in Phola Coal Plant

Open-cut

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal, most of which can be beneficiated for the export market

Eskom, under long-term contracts

Beneficiation facilities: tip and crushing plant, export wash plant

Nominal capacity Phola Coal Processing Plant: in excess of 7 Mtpa

United States

San Juan

25 km west of Farmington, New Mexico, US

Public road

Coal transported by truck and conveyor to San Juan Generating Station

100%BHP Billiton

Mining leases from federal and state governments

Leases viable as long as minimum production criteria achieved

Surface mine operations commenced in 1973

Development of underground mine to replace open-cut mine approved in 2000

Underground

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking suitable for the domestic market only)

San Juan Generating Station

Coal sized and blended to meet contract quantities and specification

Nominal capacity: 6 Mtpa

Navajo
40 km southwest of Farmington, New Mexico, US

Public road

Coal transported by rail to Four Corners Power Plant

BHP Billiton 0%

Navajo Transitional Energy Company 100%

BHP BillitonLease held by Navajo Transitional Energy Company

Production commenced in 1963

Divested FY2014

BHP Billiton continues as operator

Open-cut

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking suitable for the domestic market only)

Four Corners Power Plant

Stackers and reclaimers used to size and blend coal to meet contract quantities and specification

Nominal capacity: 5.4 Mtpa

Mine & location

Means of access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or

options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power source

Facilities, use &
condition

Colombia
Cerrejón
La Guajira province, Colombia

Public road

Coal exported by company-owned rail to Puerto Bolivar (150 km)

BHP Billiton 33.33%

Anglo American 33.33% Glencore Xstrata 33.33%

Cerrejón Coal CompanyMining leases expire in 2034

Original mine began producing in 1976

BHP Billiton interest acquired in 2000

Open-cut

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking, suitable for the export market)

Local Colombian power system

Beneficiation facilities: crushing plant with capacity of 32 Mtpa and washing plant

Nominal capacity: 3 Mtpa

(1)This includes the Wolvekrans and Middelburg collieries and excludes the portion Tavistock obtained as a result of the amendment of the Douglas-Tavistock JV agreement.

(2)The JV agreement has been amended so that upon the Department of Mineral Resources amending the Converted Mining Rights, the mining area will be divided into an area wholly owned and operated by Tavistock and an area wholly owned and operated by BECSA as the new Douglas-Middelburg mine. Applications were made in December 2008 to the Department of Mineral Resources to amend the Converted Mining Rights, but a date for execution has not yet been provided. Ministerial consent to amend the Mining Rights has been granted.

Development projects

Bowen BasinBMA Expansions

In November 2011, we approved the development of the Caval Ridge mine project, with a revised investment of US$1.9 billion (BHP Billiton share). The Caval Ridge mine is an open-cut dragline and truck and shovel operation, with coal railed to the Hay Point Coal Terminal. First coal at the Caval Ridge mine occurred in the June 2014 quarter and the mine was 100 per cent completed at 30 June 2014.

In March 2011, approval was given for three key metallurgical coal projects located inwe approved the Bowen Basin in Central Queensland, Australia. The projects are expected to add 4.9 Mt of annual mine capacity (100 per cent basis) through developmentexpansion of the Daunia operation and a new mining area at Broadmeadow. In addition,Hay Point Coal Terminal. The expansion of the terminal will deliver an additional 11 Mt of annual port capacity (100 per cent basis). Following a review of the project during FY2013, first shipment is expected in CY2015 with a revised budget of US$1.5 billion (BHP Billiton share). The project was 87 per cent complete at 30 June 2014.

Appin Area 9 Project

In June 2012, approval was given to invest US$845 million to sustain operations at Illawarra Coal by establishing a replacement mining area at Appin mine. The replacement area will be developedhave a production capacity of 3.5 Mtpa and will sustain Illawarra Coal’s production capacity at the Hay Point Coal terminal.9 Mtpa. The total investmentAppin Area 9 project was 67 per cent complete at 30 June 2014 and is expected to be operational in CY2016, whereupon it will replace production at the West Cliff mine. The project includes roadway development, new ventilation infrastructure, new and reconfigured conveyors and other mine services.

Cerrejón P40 Project

In August 2011, we announced a US$5 billion,437 million (BHP Billiton share) investment in the expansion of Cerrejón, known as the P40 Project, which BHP Billiton’s share is US$2.5 billion.

expected to enable Cerrejón’s thermal coal production to increase by 8 Mtpa to approximately 40 Mtpa. The Dauniaproject scope includes a second berth and dual quadrant ship loader at Cerrejón’s 100 per cent owned and operated Puerto Bolivar, along with necessary mine, adjacentrail and associated supply chain infrastructure. Construction commenced in CY2011 and the project handled its first coal in the December 2013 quarter. The port expansion associated with the Cerrejón P40 project is currently being commissioned, although operational issues are expected to BMC’s Poitrel mine, will have theconstrain capacity to produce 4.5approximately 35 Mtpa (100 per cent basis) in the medium term. At 30 June 2014, the project was 94 per cent complete.

Newcastle Port Third Phase Expansion

In August 2011, we announced a US$367 million tonnes per annum (mtpa)(BHP Billiton share) investment in the third stage development of export metallurgicalthe Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group’s coal through a new processing facility.handling facility in Newcastle. The port expansion project is expected to increase total capacity at the coal terminal from 53 Mtpa to 66 Mtpa. This is expected to increase New South Wales Energy Coal’s allocation by 4.6 Mtpa to 19.2 Mtpa. First coal is expectedon ship, being the first ship loading through the new facility, was achieved in 2013. The investment will also extendJune 2013, ahead of schedule. At 30 June 2014, the life of the Broadmeadow mine by a further 21 years and increase production capacity by 0.4 mtpa to a new total capacity of 4.8 mtpa. The project is due for completion in 2013. The expansion at Hay Point terminal will increase its capacity from 44 mtpa to 55 mtpa and includes the replacement of the existing jetty to increase its ability to withstand high seas and winds. First shipments from the expanded terminal are expected in 2014.was 86 per cent complete.

Metallurgical Coal is continuing to investigate a number of brownfield and greenfield expansion and logistics options in the Bowen Basin, including the construction of the proposed Caval Ridge Mine which will utilise the expanded Hay Point terminal capacity.

IndoMet Coal Project (Indonesia)

IndoMet Coal comprises seven coal contracts of work (CCoWs) covering a large metallurgical coal resource in Central and East Kalimantan, Indonesia, which was discovered by BHP Billiton in the 1990s. Following an assessment of the importance of local participation in developing the project, in 2010 we sold a 25 per cent interest in the project to a subsidiary of PT Adaro Energy TBK. We retain 75 per cent of the project and hold management responsibilityresponsibility.

Construction works on infrastructure development for the project.this project is ongoing with initial production from a small mine expected in CY2015.

Study work is underway to identify development options across our CCoWs.

2.1.5    Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business

2.2.10    Energy Coal Customer Sector GroupAluminium

Our Energy Coal CSGAluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business, headquartered in Perth, Australia, has a portfolio of assets in three stages of the aluminium value chain: mining bauxite, refining bauxite into alumina and smelting alumina into aluminium metal. We are a major producer of aluminium, with total production in FY2014 of 1.2 Mt. We also produced 5.2 Mt of alumina in FY2014.

During FY2014, we consumed 35 per cent of our alumina production in our aluminium smelters and sold the balance to third party smelters. Our alumina and aluminium customers are located mostly in western Europe and Asia. Our alumina sales are a mixture of legacy long-term contract sales at LME-linked prices and long-term contracts priced from an alumina index or spot negotiated prices. Prices for our aluminium sales are generally linked to prevailing LME and premium prices. We have a diversified customer portfolio, with demand driven by end-use consumption in transportation, packaging, construction and household items.

Our assets consist of the following operations:

Boddington/Worsley

Boddington/Worsley is an integrated bauxite mining/alumina refining operation located in Western Australia. The Boddington bauxite mine supplies bauxite ore to the Worsley alumina refinery via a 51-kilometre long conveying system. We own 86 per cent of the mine and the refinery. It is our sole integrated bauxite, mining/alumina refining asset, and one of the world’s largest producers and marketers of export energy coal (also known as thermal or steaming coal) and is also a significant domestic supplier to the electricity generation industry in Australia, South Africa and the US. Our global portfolio of energy coal assets and our insights into the broader energy market through our sales of other fuels (gas, uranium and oil) provide our business with substantial advantages as a supplier. We generally make our domestic sales under long-term fixed-price contracts with nearby power stations. We make export sales to power generators and some industrial users in Asia, Europe and the US, usually under contracts for delivery of a fixed volume of coal. Pricing is either index-linked or fixed, in which case we use financial instruments to swap our fixed-price exposure for exposure to market indexed prices.

We operate three assets: a group of mines and associated infrastructure collectively known as BHP Billiton Energy Coal South Africa; our New Mexico Coal operationslowest cost refineries in the US;world. Worsley’s Efficiency and our NSW Energy Coal operationsGrowth project reached nameplate capacity in Australia. We also own a 33.33FY2014, bringing the capacity of the refinery to 4.6 Mtpa (100 per centcent) of alumina. Our share of the Cerrejón Coal Company, which operates a coal mineWorsley’s FY2014 production was 3.9 Mt of alumina. Worsley’s export customers include our own Hillside and Mozal smelters in Colombia.

BHP Billiton Energy Coal South Africa (BECSA)

BECSA operates four coal mines Khutala, Klipspruit, Middelburg and Wolvekrans in the Witbank region of Mpumalanga province of South Africa, which in FY2011 produced approximately 34 million tonnes (Mt). In FY2011, BECSA sold approximately 62 per cent of its production to Eskom, the government-owned electricity utility in South Africa and exported the rest via the Richards Bay Coal Terminal (RBCT), in which we own a 22 per cent share. The reserve lives of the BECSA mines range from nine to 30 years.

New Mexico Coal

We own and operate the Navajo mine, located on Navajo Nation land in New Mexico, and the nearby San Juan mine located in the state of New Mexico. Each mine transports its production directly to a nearby power station. The reserve lives of Navajo Mine and San Juan Mine are 5 and 7 years, respectively. New Mexico Coal produced approximately 12 Mt in FY2011.

NSW Energy Coal

NSW Energy Coal’s operating asset is the Mt Arthur open-cut coal mine in the Hunter Valley region of New South Wales, which produced approximately 14 Mt in FY2011 andsouthern Africa. Boddington has a reserve life of 5017 years.

Hillside and Bayside

Our wholly owned Hillside and Bayside smelters are located at Richards Bay in South Africa. Hillside is the largest aluminium smelter in the southern hemisphere. Hillside and Bayside imported alumina from our Worsley refinery and Alcoa during FY2014; however, the Alcoa supply was discontinued by 30 June 2014. In June 2014, Bayside completed the ramp-down of its remaining smelting capacity of 97 ktpa. The Bayside Casthouse continues to operate and began processing liquid metal transfers from Hillside in June 2014. Hillside sources power from Eskom, the South African state utility, under long-term contracts, with prices linked to the LME price of aluminium (except for Hillside Potline 3, where the price is linked to the South African and US producer price indices). The Bayside Casthouse sources power from the grid at market rates. Production in FY2014 for Hillside was 715 kt and Bayside was 89 kt.

Mozal

We commenced the first stage of our long-term mine expansion project (RX1) in FY2011 (see Development projects below). In FY2011, we delivered approximately nineown 47.1 per cent of Mt Arthur’sand operate the Mozal aluminium smelter located near Maputo, Mozambique. Mozal sources power generated by Hydro Cahora Basa via Motraco, a transmission joint venture between Eskom and the national electricity utilities of Mozambique and Swaziland. Our share of Mozal’s FY2014 production towas 266 kt.

Mineração Rio do Norte

We own a local power station and exported the rest via the port of Newcastle. We are also a 35.514.8 per cent shareholderinvestment in Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group a joint controlled entity that is operating the Newcastle Third Port export coal loading facility.

Cerrejón Coal Company

Cerrejón Coal CompanyMineração Rio do Norte (MRN), which owns and operates one of the largest open-cut export coal minesa large bauxite mine, located at Porto Trombetas in the world in La Guajira province of Colombia, as well as integrated rail and port facilities through which the majority of production is exported to European and Middle Eastern customers. Cerrejón has a current capacity of 32 million tonnes per annum (mtpa) (100 per cent terms) andPará, Brazil. MRN has a reserve life of 236.1 years.

Alumar

Alumar is an integrated alumina refinery/aluminium smelter. We own 36 per cent of the Alumar refinery and 40 per cent of the smelter. Alcoa operates both facilities. The operations, and their integrated port facility, are located at São Luís in the Maranhão province of Brazil. BHP Billiton sources the majority of the bauxite it processes at Alumar from MRN.

The Alumar smelter has currently suspended production from pot lines 2 and 3 reducing overall annual capacity to 124 ktpa, from 447 ktpa (100 per cent), due to challenging global market conditions in primary aluminium and increased costs. During FY2014, approximately 16 per cent of Alumar’s alumina production was used to feed the smelter, while the remainder was exported. Our share of Alumar’s FY2014 saleable production was 1.3 Mt of alumina and 104 kt of aluminium.

Information on Energy CoalAluminium mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. TheThis table should be read in conjunction with the production (see(refer to section 2.3.2)2.2.2) and reservesreserve tables (see(refer to section 2.13.2)2.3.2).

 

Mine & Locationlocation

 

Means of
Access
 access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, Leasesleases or
Options

options

 

History

 

Type of Mine type &
and
Mineralisation
Stylemineralisation

style

 

Power Sourcesource

 

Facilities, Useuse &
Conditioncondition

KhutalaBauxite

100

Boddington bauxite mine
Boddington, 123 km eastsoutheast of Johannesburg, Gauteng Province,

South Africa

Perth, Western Australia
 

Public road

 

Domestic coalOre transported to Worsley alumina refinery by overlanda 51 km conveyor

BHP Billiton 86%

Sojitz Alumina

4%

Japan Alumina Associates 10%

Ownership structure of operator as per Worsley JV

BHP Billiton Worsley Alumina Pty Ltd

Mining leases from Western Australia Government expire over the period 2014–2032, all with 21-year renewal available. Renewal process in progress for lease that expires in September 2014.

2 subleases from Alcoa of Australia

Opened in 1983

Significantly extended in 2000

Open-cut

Surficial gibbsite-rich lateritic weathering of Darling Range rocks

JV-owned power line connected to Kendal Worsley alumina refinery siteCrushing plant Nominal capacity: 19 Mtpa bauxite
Mineração Rio do Norte
Porto Trombetas, 880 km from Belém, the capital of Pará state, BrazilSealed road and 28 km of rail connects mine area with Porto Trombetas

BHP Billiton 14.8%

Alcoa and affiliates 18.2% Vale 40%

Rio Tinto Alcan 12%

Votorantim 10%

Hydro 5%

MRNMining rights granted by Brazilian Government until reserves exhausted

Production commenced in 1979

Expanded in 2003

Open-cut

Lateritic weathering of nepheline syenite occurring primarily as gibbsite in a clay matrix overlain by clay sediments

On-site fuel oil generators

Crushing facilities, conveyors, wash plant

Nominal capacity: 18 Mtpa washed bauxite

Information on Aluminium smelters and refineries

Smelter, refinery or
processing plant

Location

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Product

Nominal production
capacity

Power Stationsource

Aluminium and alumina

Hillside

Aluminium smelter

Richards Bay, 200 km north of Durban, South Africa100%BHP Billiton

Freehold title to property, plant, equipment

Leases over harbour facilities

Standard aluminium ingots

Liquid metal transferred to Bayside Casthouse

726 ktpa primary aluminium

Eskom (national power supplier) under long-term contracts

Contract prices for Hillside 1 and 2 linked to LME aluminium price

Prices for Hillside 3 linked to SA and US producer price indices

Bayside

Aluminium smelter

Richards Bay, 200 km north of Durban,

South Africa

 100% BHP Billiton BECSA holds Old Order Mining Right Application for conversionFreehold title to New Order Right, submitted 2004 and being processed (see section 2.7.1)property, plant, equipmentPrimary aluminium, slab productsRamp-down activities completed in June 2014, going forward only the Casthouse will operate processing liquid metal from Hillside 

Production commenced 1984Power requirements reduced due to closure of Reduction plant

 

Open-cut operations 1996Future power supply from grid at market rates

Mozal

Aluminium smelter

17 km from Maputo, Mozambique

BHP Billiton 47.1% of Mozal SARL

 

Commenced mining thermal/metallurgical coalMitsubishi 25% Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Ltd 24%

Mozambique Government 3.9%

BHP Billiton

50-year government concession to use the land

Renewable for domestic market 200350 years

Standard aluminium ingots561 ktpa

Motraco underlong-term contract

Contract price-linked to SA producer price index

Smelter, refinery or
processing plant

 

CombinationLocation

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Product

Nominal production
capacity

Power source

Worsley

Alumina refinery

55 km northeast of Bunbury, Western Australia

BHP Billiton 86%

Sojitz Alumina 4%

Japan Alumina Associates 10%

Ownership structure of operator as per Worsley JV

BHP Billiton Worsley Alumina Pty Ltd

2,480 ha refinery lease from Western Australia Government expires in 2025

21-year renewal available

Metallurgical grade alumina4.6 MtpaJV-owned on-site coal power station, third party on-site gas-fired steam power generation plant, third party leased on-site multifuel co-generation steam and power generation plant

Alumar

Alumina refinery and aluminium smelter

São Luís, Maranhão, Brazil

Aluminium smelter: BHP Billiton 40%

Alcoa 60% Alumina refinery: BHP Billiton 36% Alcoa and affiliates 54%

Rio Tinto 10%

Alcoa operates both facilitiesAll property held freeholdAlumina and aluminium ingots

Refinery: 3.5 Mtpa alumina

Smelter: 124 ktpa primary aluminium (Potline 1)

Electronorte (Brazilian public power generation concessionaire), under long-term contract

Development projects

There were no active aluminium development projects in FY2014.

Manganese

Our Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business produces a combination of manganese ores and alloys from sites in South Africa and Australia. We are the world’s largest producer of manganese ore and one of the top global producers of manganese alloy. Manganese alloy is a key input into the steelmaking process. Manganese high-grade ore is particularly valuable to alloy producers because of the value in use differential over low-grade ore. The value in use differential is the degree to which high-grade ore is proportionately more efficient than low-grade ore to process in the production of alloy.

Manganese alloy smelters are a key conduit of manganese alloy and ore into steelmaking and enable us to access markets with an optimal mix of ore and alloy, optimise production to best suit market conditions and give us technical insight into the performance of our ores in smelters.

Approximately 83 per cent of our ore production is sold directly to external customers, predominantly located in China, South Korea and India, and the remainder is used as feedstock in our alloy smelters. Manganese alloy is sold to steel mills, mainly in Europe and North America. Manganese ore and alloy are sold on short-term or spot contracts, with prices linked to published indices. Neither commodity is exchange traded, and prices are largely determined by supply and demand balances. Ore is priced per dry metric tonne unit and referenced to a benchmark ore of 44 per cent manganese grade cost insurance freight (CIF) China. Alloy is priced per tonne, typically on a delivered basis (DDP). Manganese production in FY2014 was 8,302 kt of ore and 646 kt of alloy.

We own and manage all of our manganese mining operations and alloy plants through the Manganese joint ventures with Anglo American. In South Africa, we own 60 per cent of Samancor Holdings (Pty) Ltd which via its wholly owned subsidiary, Samancor Manganese (Pty) Ltd, operates the Metalloys division. Samancor Manganese owns 74 per cent of Hotazel Manganese Mines (Pty) Ltd (HMM), which gives us an effective interest of 44.4 per cent in HMM. The remaining 26 per cent of HMM is owned under the terms of the South AfricanB-BBEE legislation, which reflects our commitment to economic transformation in South Africa. In Australia, we own 60 per cent of Groote Eylandt Mining Company Pty Ltd (GEMCO) and we have an effective interest of 60 per cent in GEMCO’s wholly owned subsidiary, Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company Pty Ltd (TEMCO).

Our assets, Manganese Australia and Manganese South Africa, consist of the following:

Mines

HMM

HMM owns the Mamatwan open-cut mine and the Wessels underground mine. Mined ore is processed into a saleable product through a crushing and wet screening operation, with some ore undergoing further processing in the form of dense media separation and sintering. Approximately 25 per cent of the ore mined is beneficiated into alloy at Metalloys, with the rest being exported via road and rail through Port Elizabeth (approximately 950 kilometres) and Durban (approximately 1,100 kilometres). In FY2014, the total manganese ore production was 3,526 kt. Wessels has a reserve life of 46 years and Mamatwan has a reserve life of 18 years.

GEMCO

GEMCO is an open-cut mining operation, located 16 kilometres from our port facilities at Milner Bay, Northern Territory. These operations, consisting of crushing, screening, washing and dense media separation, combined with its high-grade ore are in relative close proximity to the Asian export markets. FY2014 production of manganese ore was 4,776 kt. GEMCO has a reserve life of 11 years.

Alloy Plants

Metalloys

The Samancor Manganese Metalloys alloy plant is one of the largest manganese alloy producers in the world. Metalloys produces high- and medium-carbon ferromanganese using ore transported by rail from HMM. Production of manganese alloy in FY2014 was 377 kt.

TEMCO

TEMCO, located in Tasmania, is a medium-sized producer of high-carbon ferromanganese, silicomanganese and sinter using ore shipped from GEMCO, primarily using hydroelectric power. Production of manganese alloy in FY2014 was 269 kt.

Information on Manganese mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. These tables should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.2) and reserve tables (refer to section 2.3.2).

Mine & location

Means of access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation

style

Power source

Facilities, use &
condition

Manganese ore

Hotazel Manganese Mines (HMM)

Kalahari Basin, South Africa

Mamatwan and

Wessels mines

Public road

Most ore and sinter products transported by rail

Approximately 34% of ore beneficiated locally, balance exported via Port Elizabeth (approximately 950 km) and Durban (approximately 1,100 km)

BHP Billiton

44.4%

Anglo American 29.6%

Ntsimbintle 9% NCAB 7%

Iziko 5%

HMM Education Trust 5%

BHP BillitonExisting New Order Rights valid until 2035

Mamatwan commissioned in 1964

Wessels commissioned in 1973

Mamatwan: open-cut and

Wessels: underground

 

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking)

Banded iron manganese ore type

 

Eskom (national

(national power supplier) under long-term contracts at regulated prices

 

Crushing plant for energy coalMamatwan beneficiation plant: primary, secondary and tertiary crushing with associated screening plants

 

Nominal capacity: 18 mtpaDense medium separator and sinter plant (capacity 1 Mtpa sinter)(1)

 

Smaller crusherWessels: primary and wash plant to beneficiate metallurgical coal Nominal capacity: 0.6 mtpasecondary crushing circuits with associated screening(1)

Middelburg/Wolvekrans

20 km southeast of Witbank, Mpumalanga Province, South AfricaGroote Eylandt Mining Company (GEMCO)

 

Public

Groote Eylandt, Northern Territory, AustraliaOre transported 16 km from concentrator by road

Export coal transported train to RBCT by rail Domestic coal transported by conveyor to Duvha Power Station

port at Milner Bay
 

100%BHP Billiton 60%

 

Previous JV (84:16) with

Xstrata Plc (through Tavistock Collieries Plc) dissolved effective 1 December 2009Anglo American 40%

 BHP Billiton 

BECSA and Tavistock are joint holders of 3 Old Order MiningAll leases on Aboriginal land held under Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976

Valid until 2031

Commissioned in the previous JV ratio (84:16) BECSA is the 100% holder of a fourth Old Order Mining Right1965

Open-cut

 

All 4 Rights were lodged with the DepartmentSandstone claystone sedimentary manganese ore type

On-site diesel power generation

Beneficiation process: crushing, screening, washing and dense media separation

Produces lump and fines products Capacity: 4.8 wet Mtpa

(1)Capacity: Mamatwan – approximately 3.5 Mtpa of Mineral Resources for conversion in December 2008(1)ore; Wessels – approximately 1 Mtpa of ore.

Information on Manganese smelters, refineries and processing plants

Smelter, refinery or
processing plant

 

Production commenced 1982 Middelburg Location

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or options

Product

Nominal production
capacity

Power source

Manganese alloy

Metalloys

Manganese alloy plant

(division of Samancor Manganese (Pty) Ltd)

Meyerton, South Africa

BHP Billiton 60%

Anglo American 40%

BHP BillitonFreehold title over property, plant and equipmentManganese alloys including high-carbon ferromanganese, refined (medium-carbon ferromanganese) alloy

410 ktpa high-carbon ferromanganese (including hot metal)

90 ktpa medium-carbon ferromanganese

Eskom

32 MW of internal power generated from furnace off-gases

Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company (TEMCO)

Manganese alloy plant

Bell Bay, Tasmania, Australia

BHP Billiton 60%

Anglo American 40%

BHP BillitonFreehold title over property, plant and equipmentFerroalloys, including high-carbon ferromanganese, silicomanganese and sinter150 ktpa high-carbon ferromanganese 120 ktpa silicomanganese 325 ktpa sinter

Aurora Energy

On-site energy recovery unit generates 11 MW for internal use

Development projects

GEMCO expansion

The US$279 million GEMCO Expansion Project (GEEP2) (US$167 million BHP Billiton share), approved in July 2011, was delivered on time and on budget in the December 2013 quarter. GEEP2 increased GEMCO’s capacity from 4.2 Mtpa to 4.8 Mtpa through the introduction of a dense media circuit by-pass facility. The expansion has also addressed key infrastructure constraints by increasing road and port capacity to 5.9 Mtpa, creating 1.1 Mtpa of additional capacity for future expansions.

Premium Concentrate (PC02)

In August 2014 a project to build a stand-alone PC02 plant at GEMCO was approved for US$139 million (BHP Billiton share US$83 million). The project is expected to complete by the December 2015 quarter and produce 0.2 Mtpa in FY2016 and ramp-up to 0.5 Mtpa in FY2017.

HMM

The central block development project at the Wessels underground mine is being progressed in two phases. The first phase of the project was commissioned in December 2013 at a cost of US$92.4 million (US$40.7 million BHP Billiton share) and comprised the construction of the ventilation shaft and development of the associated underground ventilation network.

The second phase will complete infrastructure required to expand the mine to 1.5 Mtpa and comprises the development of a run of mine infrastructure handling system for central block, the development and equipping of underground workshops, including materials handling design, procurement and installation. A feasibility study was successfully completed in FY2014 and was approved for execution in July 2014 at a cost of US$30.8 million (US$13.7 million BHP Billiton share). The project is expected to complete in the September 2016 quarter.

Nickel

Our Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business primarily supplies nickel products to customers in the stainless steel industry, principally in northern Asia and western Europe. Nickel is an important component of the most commonly used types of stainless steel. We also supply nickel to other markets, including the specialty alloy, foundry, chemicals and refractory material industries. We are a major producer of nickel with total production in FY2014 of 143 kt of contained nickel. We sell our nickel products at various stages including concentrate, matte and metal under a mix of long-term, medium-term and spot volume contracts, with prices linked to the LME nickel price.

Our assets, located in Australia and Colombia, consist of the following operations:

Nickel West

Our wholly owned Nickel West Asset in Western Australia consists of an integrated system of mines, concentrators, a smelter and a refinery. We mine nickel-bearing sulphide ore at our Mt Keith and Cliffs operations, located north of Kalgoorlie. Mt Keith has a reserve life of 5.9 years. Cliffs is an underground mine with a reserve life of 3.2 years. We operate concentrator plants at Mt Keith and at Leinster, which also concentrate ore from Cliffs. On 31 October 2013, production at the Nickel West Leinster Perseverance underground mine was suspended following a significant seismic event. A subsequent review of the incident determined it was unsafe to resume operations. The Rocky’s Reward open-cut mine, near Leinster, provided a temporary alternative ore supply to Nickel West, with mining operations completed in July 2014.

We also operate the Kambalda concentrator south of Kalgoorlie, where we source ore through tolling and concentrate purchase arrangements with third parties in the Kambalda region. We also have purchase agreements in place for the direct purchase of concentrate, which we re-pulp, dry and blend with other concentrate processed at Kambalda.

Ore from our Mt Keith mine is concentrated at Mt Keith and then transported by road approximately 110 kilometres to Leinster for drying. Ore from the Cliffs and Leinster mines is concentrated and dried at Leinster. Dry nickel concentrate is then transported via road and rail approximately 375 kilometres to our Kalgoorlie smelter. Concentrate from Kambalda is transported via rail approximately 60 kilometres to our Kalgoorlie smelter.

Small volumes of concentrate are sold into the external market; however, the majority of volumes are processed into nickel matte, containing approximately 65 per cent nickel. In FY2014, we exported approximately 29 per cent of our nickel matte production. The remaining nickel matte is transported, principally by rail, to our Kwinana nickel refinery, a distance of approximately 650 kilometres. The nickel matte is processed into nickel metal in the form of LME grade briquettes and nickel powder, together with a range of saleable by-products.

Nickel West production in FY2014 was 98.9 kt of contained nickel.

Cerro Matoso

Our 99.98 per cent owned Cerro Matoso Asset in Colombia combines a lateritic nickel ore deposit with a ferronickel smelter. The smelter produces high-purity, low-carbon ferronickel granules. Cerro Matoso has an estimated reserve life of 15 years. Production in FY2014 was 44.3 kt of nickel in ferronickel form.

During FY2013, Cerro Matoso successfully extended its mining concessions with the Colombian Government until 2029, with a conditional extension until 2044. The agreement includes an increase in the royalty rate from 12 per cent to 13 per cent. The extension of the contract term to 2044 is conditional on Cerro Matoso increasing processing capacity by 50 per cent by 2022.

Information on Nickel mining operations

The following table contains additional details of our mining operations. This table should be read in conjunction with the production (refer to section 2.2.2) and reserve tables (refer to section 2.3.2).

Mine Services (MMS)& location

Means of access

Ownership

Operator

Title, leases or
options

History

Mine type &
mineralisation
style

Power source

Facilities, use &
condition

Nickel

Mt Keith

485 km north of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia

Private road

Nickel concentrate transported by road to Leinster nickel operations for drying and Duvha Opencast became one operationon-shipping

100%BHP Billiton

Mining leases granted by Western Australia Government

Key leases expire between 2015 and 2034

Renewals at government discretion

Officially commissioned in 1995 by WMC

Douglas-Middelburg Optimisation project completed

Acquired in July 2010

During the year the mine was split into Middelburg and Wolvekrans2005 as part of WMC acquisition

 

Open-cut

 

ProducesDisseminated textured magmatic nickel-sulphide mineralisation, associated with a medium rank bituminous thermal coal, most of which can be beneficiated for the European or Asian export marketsmetamorphosed ultramafic intrusion

 Eskom

On-site third party leased gas-fired turbines

Contracts expire in 2024

Natural gas sourced and transported under separate long-term contracts

Concentration plant with a nominal capacity: 11 Mtpa of ore

Leinster

375 km north of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia 

Beneficiation facilities: tipsPublic road

Nickel concentrate shipped by road and crushing plants, 2 export wash plants, middlings wash plant, de-stone plantrail to Kalgoorlie nickel smelter

100%BHP Billiton

Mining leases granted by Western Australia Government

Key leases expire between 2019 and 2034

Renewals at government discretion

Production commenced in 1979

 

Nominal capacity: 44.5 mtpaAcquired in 2005 as part of WMC acquisition

 

Perseverance underground mine ceased operations during 2013

Open-cut

 

(1)        JV agreement has been amended such that upon conversionSteeply dipping disseminated and massive textured nickel-sulphide mineralisation, associated with metamorphosed ultramafic lava flows and intrusions

On-site third party leased gas-fired turbines

Contracts expire in 2024

Natural gas sourced and transported under separate long-term contracts

Concentration plant with a nominal capacity: 3 Mtpa of the Mining Rights, the mining area will be divided into an area wholly owned and operated by Tavistock and an area wholly owned and operated by BECSA as the new Douglas-Middelburg mine (see section 2.7.1)

ore

Mine & Locationlocation

 

Means of
Access
access

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, Leasesleases or
Optionsoptions

 

History

 

Type of Mine type &
andmineralisation
Mineralisation
Stylestyle

 

Power Sourcesource

 

Facilities, Useuse & Condition
condition

Klipspruit

30 km west of Witbank,

Mpumalanga Province, South AfricaCliffs

 
481 km north of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia

PublicPrivate road

 

Export coalNickel ore transported by road to RBCT by railLeinster nickel operations for further processing

 

100%

50% of Phola Coal Plant in JV with Anglo Inyosi Coal

 BHP Billiton BECSA holds an Old Order

Mining Right Application for conversion to New Order Mining Right submitted 2004, being processed (see section 2.7.1)leases granted by Western Australia Government

Key leases expire between 2025 and 2028

Renewals at government discretion

 

Production commenced 2003in 2008

Expansion Project completed FY2010, includes 50% share

Acquired in Phola Coal Plant Expected ROM capacity: 8.0 mtpa at full ramp-up2005 as part of WMC acquisition

 

Open-cutUnderground

 

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal, most of which can be beneficiated for the European or Asian export markets

Steeply dipping massive textured nickel-sulphide mineralisation, associated with metamorphosed ultramafic lava flows

 Eskom, under long- term contractsSupplied from Mt Keith 

Beneficiation facilities: tip and crushing plant, export wash plant

Nominal capacity Phola Coal Processing Plant: 16 mtpa

Mine site

Mt Arthur Coal

Approximately 125 km from Newcastle,

New South Wales, AustraliaCerro Matoso

 

Montelibano, Córdoba, ColombiaPublic road

BHP Billiton 99.98%

 

Domestic coal transported by conveyor to Bayswater Power StationEmployees and former employees 0.02%

Export coal transported by rail to Newcastle port

100% BHP Billiton 

Various mining leases and licences expire 2011- 2032

RenewalNew terms agreed effective 1 October 2012 until 2029 with conditional extension to 2044 if ore processing capacity is being sought for our tenement that expired in 2010

increased 50% by 2022
 

ProductionMining commenced 2002in 1980

 

Government approval permits extraction of upNickel production started in 1982

Ownership increased to 36 mt of run of mine coal from underground53% in 1989 and open-cut operations, with open-cut extraction limited to 32 mtpa99.94% in 2007

Expansion project to double installed capacity completed in 2001

 

Open-cut

 

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non- coking)Nickel-laterite mineralisation formed from residual weathering of ophiolitic peridotite

 Local energy providers

National electricity grid under contracts expiring in December 2014

New supply contract agreed for 2016 to 2018

Renewal process for 2015 in progress

Domestic natural gas for drier and kiln operation supplied by owned pipeline

Gas supply contracts expiring December 2021

 

Ferronickel smelter and refinery integrated with the mine

Beneficiation facilities: coal handling, preparation, washing plantsplant: primary and secondary crusher

 

Nominal capacity: 50 ktpa of nickel in excess of 16 mtpa – see Development projects below

Navajoferronickel form

 

30 km southwest of Farmington, New Mexico, US

Public road

Coal transported by rail to Four Corners Power Plant (FCPP)

100%BHP BillitonLong-term leaseActual production depends on nickel grade from Navajo Nation continues for as long as coal can be economically produced and sold in paying quantitiesProduction commenced 1963

Open-cut

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking suitable for the domestic market only)

Four Corners Power Plant

Stackers and reclaimers used to size and blend coal to contract specifications

Nominal capacity: 8.1 mtpamine

Information on Nickel smelters, refineries and processing plants

Mine & LocationSmelter, refinery or
processing plant

 

Means of
Access
Location

 

Ownership

 

Operator

 

Title, Leasesleases or
Optionsoptions

 

HistoryProduct

 

Type of MineNominal production
and
Mineralisation
Stylecapacity

 

Power Sourcesource

Nickel

 

Facilities, Use & Condition

San Juan

25 km west of Farmington, New Mexico, USKambalda

 

Public roadNickel concentrator

Coal transported by truck and conveyor to San Juan Generating Station (SJGS)

56 km south of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia 100% BHP Billiton 

MiningMineral leases from federal and state governmentsgranted by Western Australia Government

 

Leases viable as long as minimum production criteria achievedKey leases expire in 2028

Renewals at government discretion

 Surface mine operations commenced 1973 Development of underground mine to replace open-cut mine approved 2000Concentrate containing approximately 14% nickel 

Underground1.6 Mtpa ore

 

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking suitable for the domestic market only)Ore sourced through tolling and concentrate purchase arrangements with third parties in Kambalda region

 San Juan Generation Station

Coal sized and blendedOn-site third party leased gas-fired turbines supplemented by access to contract specifications using stockpilesgrid power

 

Nominal capacity: 6.0 mtpaContracts expire in January 2024

Natural gas sourced and transported under separate long-term contracts

Kalgoorlie

Cerrejón CoalCompany

La Guajira province, ColombiaNickel smelter

 Kalgoorlie, Western Australia100%BHP BillitonFreehold title over the propertyMatte containing approximately 65% nickel110 ktpa nickel matte

Public roadOn-site third party leased gas-fired turbines

 

Coal exported by rail to Puerto BolivarContracts expire in January 2024

Natural gas sourced and transported under separate long-term contracts

Kwinana

 

BHP Billiton 33.33%

Anglo American 33.33% Xstrata 33.33%Nickel refinery

 Cerrejón Coal Company30 km south of Perth, Western Australia Mining leases expire 2034100%BHP BillitonFreehold title over the property 

Original mine began producing in 1976LME grade nickel briquettes, nickel powder

 

BHP Billiton interest acquired in 1999Also intermediate products, including copper sulphide, cobalt-nickel-sulphide, ammonium-sulphate

 

Open-cut

Produces a medium rank bituminous thermal coal (non-coking, suitable for the export market)

70 ktpa nickel metal
 Local Colombian power system

Beneficiation facilities: crushing plant with capacity of 32 mtpa and washing plant

Nominal capacity: 3 mtpa

Power is sourced from the local grid which is supplied under a retail contract.

Development projects

Mt Arthur open-cut expansions (RX1)There were no active nickel development projects in FY2014.

On 25 March 2011, we announced2.1.6    Marketing

BHP Billiton’s Marketing organisation manages the first stageGroup’s revenue line and is responsible for:

selling the Group’s products and for purchasing all major raw materials;

supporting the Businesses to maximise the value of upstream resources;

managing the supply chain to customers;

achieving market clearing prices for the Group’s products;

developing the Group-wide view of the Mt Arthur Coal mine expansion which is intended to increase run-of-mine thermal coal productionmarkets and future pricing.

Our responsibilities require an active presence in the various commodities markets, the global freight market, and in crude and gas pipeline transportation. We manage the supply chain for our products and develop strong relationships with our customers. We actively manage the levels of finished goods inventory, supply vendor payables and trade receivables, thereby ensuring we do not carry excess working capital. We also manage credit and price risk by approximately 4 Mt, to approximately 24 mtpa and followsassessing customers for creditworthiness while ensuring our investment in capacitysales positions are reflective of the market at the Porttime of Newcastle. Knowndelivery by linking to commodity market indices.

Marketing adds value by releasing full economic value of the Group’s products through maximising unit price; minimising the costs of distribution and major traded raw materials that are consumed in the Businesses’ production processes; supporting the Businesses in optimising the value of our resources via our approach to quality and other commercial parameters; and ensuring the Group’s view of long-run markets is well informed and insightful.

Our market insight is strengthened by our proximity to our customers and the flow of information in our centralised marketing structure. We research and analyse the fundamentals of demand and supply and integrate this knowledge into long-run views of the commodity markets, enabling the Group to plan and invest optimally.

The primary hub for our marketing activities is Singapore, while our marketing of oil and gas is headquartered in Houston, United States. The two hub offices incorporate all the functions required to manage marketing and distribution from our Businesses to our customers. In addition, we have marketers located close to our customers in 14 cities across the world. This model enables centralised decision-making supported by regional liaison offices close to our customers that build long-term value-creating relationships.

The consolidation of commercial accountabilities through our centralised model enables the optimisation of our sales positions, provides greater value to distribution activities, and ensures more effective risk management, which improves our commercial capability. Marketing demonstrates leadership in the drive towards improved liquidity and transparency in the markets for many of our commodities through our investments in electronic platforms as physical sales channels, such as the RX1 Project, itdevelopment and introduction of globalORE, globalCOAL and the China Beijing International Mining Exchange. We actively focus on sustaining relationships with our customers to assure our access to market and to sell our products at market prices.

Within the Singapore hub, we have a centralised ocean freight business that manages our in-house freight requirements for the Group. The objective of the freight business is expected to commence operation increate a competitive advantage through the second halfprocurement of 2013 at an estimated capital investmentsafe, sustainable shipping solutions, which both maximise production throughput and minimise costs through the Group’s supply chains.

As one of US$400 million.

The environmental assessment approval granted in September 2010 will allowthe largest global shippers of bulk commodities, we are seen as a key trading partner, allowing us to develop additional coal reserves inselect among the future with studies underway to examine the expansionhighest quality freight service providers and ship owners. The scope and scale of the mine.our commodity portfolio

Expansionand extensive fleet of Cerrejón Coal (P40 Project)hire chartered vessels allows us to arbitrage and optimise positions to minimise freight costs. This includes flexibility in diverting tonnages between markets; maximising tonnages for both inbound and outbound journeys; and parcelling of commodities.

On 18 August 2011, we announced a $US437 million (BHP Billiton share) investmentWe are proud of our strong partnerships with our customers. We provide them with reliable supply of product at market-reflective prices. We engage in the expansiontechnical collaboration with many of Cerrejón Coal, known as the P40 Project, which will enable Cerrejón Coal’s saleable thermal coal productionour customers, to increase by eight mtpaimprove our understanding of their needs and help ensure they are able to approximately 40 mtpa. The expansion project will seemake optimal use of our 33.3 per cent share of production and sales increase from 10.7 mtpa to 13.3 mtpa. Construction will commence in CY2011 with completion expected in CY2013. The project scope includes a second berth and dual quadrant ship loader at Cerrejón’s 100 per cent owned and operated Puerto Bolivar, along with necessary mine, rail and associated supply chain infrastructure.

Newcastle Port Third Phase Expansion

On 31 August 2011, we announced a US$367 million (BHP Billiton share) investment in the third stage development of the Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group’s coal handling facility in Newcastle, Australia, in which, NSW Energy Coal is a 35.5 per cent shareholder. The port expansion project will increase total capacity at the coal terminal from 53 mtpa to 66 mtpa. This will increase NSW Energy Coal’s allocation by a further 4.6 mtpa to 19.2 mtpa supporting the future expansions of the Mt Arthur Coal mine. The first coal on the new ship loader is scheduled to occur in FY2014, with the terminal expected to operate at full capacity within the following 12 months.products.

2.32.2    Production

2.3.12.2.1    Petroleum

The table below details Petroleum’s historical net crude oil and condensate, natural gas and natural gas liquids production, primarily by geographic segment, for each of the three years ended 30 June 2011, 20102014, 2013 and 2009.2012. We have shown volumes of marketable production after deduction of applicable royalties, fuel and flare. We have included in the table average production costs per unit of production and average sales prices for oil and condensate and natural gas for each of those periods.

 

  BHP Billiton Group share
of production
Year ended 30 June
  BHP Billiton Group share of production
Year ended 30 June
 
  2011   2010   2009      2014         2013         2012     

Production volumes

         

Crude oil and condensate(’000 of barrels)

         

Australia

   40,447     31,540     32,496    23,645    25,922    31,145  

United States

   30,157     41,522     20,818    53,964    38,724    30,824  

Other

   9,987     11,325     13,014  

Other(5)

  6,452    7,866    9,232  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total crude oil and condensate

   80,591     84,387     66,328    84,061    72,512    71,201  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Natural gas(billion cubic feet)

         

Australia

   274.74     259.65     258.14    287.5    276.13    249.97  

United States

   49.09     17.68     11.91    460.2    489.03    456.69  

Other

   81.23     91.24     92.75  

Other(5)

  91.6    109.11    115.60  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total natural gas

   405.06     368.57     362.80    839.3    874.27    822.26  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Natural Gas Liquids(1) (’000 of barrels)

         

Australia

   7,962     8,652     7,977    8,448    7,927    7,943  

United States

   1,980     2,545     1,128    13,620    9,575    5,744  

Other

   1,341     1,552     2,071  

Other(5)

  18    37    398  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total NGL(1)

   11,283     12,749     11,176    22,086    17,539    14,085  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total petroleum products production(million barrels of oil equivalent)(2)

      

Total production of petroleum products(million barrels of oil equivalent)(2)

   

Australia

   94.20     83.47     83.50    80.01    79.87    80.75  

United States

   40.32     47.01     23.93    144.28    129.80    112.69  

Other

   24.86     28.08     30.54  

Other(5)

  21.74    26.09    28.90  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total petroleum products production(million barrels of oil equivalent)(2)

   159.38     158.56     137.97  

Total production of petroleum products

  246.03    235.76    222.34  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Average sales price

         

Crude oil and condensate(US$ per barrel)

         

Australia

   96.32     74.12     70.32    111.88    110.83    114.33  

United States

   90.01     71.55     62.90    97.57    102.33    106.22  

Other

   90.69     75.57     60.69  

Other(5)

  108.13    107.46    113.26  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total crude oil and condensate

   93.29     73.05     66.18    102.47    105.91    110.66  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Natural gas(US$ per thousand cubic feet)

         

Australia

   4.21     3.52     3.07    5.20    4.73    4.62  

United States

   3.48     4.80     6.61    4.10    3.29    2.82  

Other

   3.92     3.05     4.08  

Other(5)

  3.92    4.42    4.13  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total natural gas

   4.00     3.43     3.57    4.35    3.76    3.40  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Natural Gas Liquids(US$ per barrel)

         

Australia

   58.05     48.20     44.71    63.12    63.13    61.61  

United States

   49.79     39.51     48.19    30.28    30.41    45.72  

Other

   59.54     49.40     38.88  

Other(5)

  32.00    28.61    55.06  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total NGL

   56.77     46.47     43.91    42.28    45.70    54.85  
  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Average production cost(US$ per barrel of oil equivalent)(3) (4)

   

Australia

  8.18    8.23    7.95  

United States

  7.80    6.27    5.91  

Other(5)

  9.58    8.45    7.84  
 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Average production cost

  8.08    7.18    6.90  
 

 

  

 

  

 

 

   BHP Billiton Group share
of production
Year ended 30 June
 
   2011   2010   2009 

Average Production Cost(US$ per barrel of oil equivalent)(3)

      

Australia

   5.75     5.59     4.51  

United States

   6.45     5.62     7.20  

Other

   8.39     7.48     6.74  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average Production Cost(US$ per barrel of oil equivalent)(3)

   6.34     5.93     5.47  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

LPG and Ethaneethane are reported as Natural Gas Liquids (NGL).

 

(2) 

Total boebarrels of oil equivalent (boe) conversion is based on the following: 6,000 scf of natural gas equals 1one boe.

 

(3) 

Average production costs include direct and indirect costs relating to the production of hydrocarbons and the foreign exchange effect of translating local currency denominated costs into US dollars, but excludes ad valorem and severance taxes.

2.3.2

(4)Total average production costs reported here do not include the costs to transport our produced hydrocarbons to the point of sale. Total production costs, including transportation costs, but excluding ad valorem and severance taxes, were US$11.70 per boe, US$10.85 per boe, and US$10.00 per boe for the years ended 30 June 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(5)Other is comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago, and the United Kingdom.

2.2.2    Minerals

The table below details our mineral and derivative product production for all CSGsBusinesses except Petroleum for the three years ended 30 June 2011, 20102014, 2013 and 2009. Production shows2012. The production numbers represent our share of production, including our proportional share of production for which income is derived from our equity accounted investments, unless otherwise stated. The Group changed its accounting policy for equity accounted investments from 1 July 2013 as set out in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’ and note 37 ‘Impact of new accounting standards and change in accounting policies’ in the Financial Statements. For discussion of minerals pricing during the past three years, refer to section 1.15.1.

 

   BHP Billiton
Group
interest %
   BHP Billiton Group share
of production

Year ended 30 June
 
     2011   2010   2009 

Aluminium

        

Alumina

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Worsley, Australia

   86.0     2,902     3,054     2,924  

Paranam, Suriname(1)

   45.0          78     935  

Alumar, Brazil

   36.0     1,108     709     537  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total alumina

     4,010     3,841     4,396  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aluminium

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Hillside, RSA

   100.0     711     710     702  

Bayside, RSA

   100.0     97     98     99  

Alumar, Brazil

   40.0     174     174     177  

Mozal, Mozambique

   47.1     264     259     255  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total aluminium

     1,246     1,241     1,233  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Base Metals(2)

        

Copper

        

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 tonnes)

        

Escondida, Chile

   57.5     390.5     448.1     417.6  

Antamina, Peru

   33.8     97.8     98.6     109.0  

Pinto Valley, US(3)

   100.0               33.3  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total copper concentrate

     488.3     546.7     559.9  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cathode(’000 tonnes)

        

Escondida, Chile

   57.5     179.1     174.2     172.1  

Pampa Norte, Chile(4)

   100.0     272.2     244.8     274.8  

Pinto Valley, US(3)

   100.0     5.7     6.2     6.2  
   BHP Billiton
Group interest
%
   BHP Billiton Group share of production
Year ended 30 June
 
         2014           2013           2012     

Copper Business (1)

        

Copper

        

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 tonnes)

        

Escondida, Chile (2)

   57.5     844.7     831.5     580.5  

Antamina, Peru

   33.75     143.5     139.7     127.0  

Pinto Valley, United States (3)

   100     12.5     16.6       
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total copper concentrate

     1,000.7     987.8     707.5  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Copper cathode(’000 tonnes)

        

Escondida, Chile (2)

   57.5     308.0     297.9     299.1  

Pampa Norte, Chile (4)

   100     233.1     232.6     263.7  

Pinto Valley, United States (3)

   100     0.9     4.9     5.4  

Olympic Dam, Australia

   100     184.4     166.2     192.6  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total copper cathode

     726.4     701.6     760.8  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total copper concentrate and cathode

     1,727.1     1,689.4     1,468.3  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lead

        

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 tonnes)

        

Cannington, Australia

   100     186.5     213.4     239.1  

Antamina, Peru

   33.75     1.5     1.0     0.8  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lead

     188.0     214.4     239.9  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  BHP Billiton
Group
interest %
   BHP Billiton Group share
of production
Year ended 30 June
   BHP Billiton
Group interest
%
   BHP Billiton Group share of production
Year ended 30 June
 
  2011   2010   2009 

Olympic Dam, Australia

   100.0     194.1     103.3     194.1  
    

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total copper cathode

     651.1     528.5     647.2  
    

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total copper concentrate and cathode

     1,139.4     1,075.2     1,207.1  
    

 

   

 

   

 

 

Lead

        

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 tonnes)

        

Cannington, Australia

   100.0     243.4     245.4     226.8  

Antamina, Peru

   33.8     1.2     3.0     3.3  
    

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total lead

     244.6     248.4     230.1  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   BHP Billiton
Group interest
%
       2014           2013           2012     

Zinc

              

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 tonnes)

                

Cannington, Australia

   100.0     60.7     62.7     54.8     100     57.9     56.3     54.7  

Antamina, Peru

   33.8     91.5     135.6     108.4     33.75     52.0     71.9     57.5  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total zinc

     152.2     198.3     163.2       109.9     128.2     112.2  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Gold

                

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 ounces)

                

Escondida, Chile

   57.5     84.7     76.4     67.3  

Escondida, Chile(2)

   57.5     72.9     71.5     88.5  

Pinto Valley, United States(3)

   100     0.1            

Olympic Dam, Australia (refined gold)

   100.0     111.4     65.5     108.0     100     121.3     113.3     117.8  

Pinto Valley, US(3)

   100.0               0.9  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total gold

     196.1     141.9     176.2       194.3     184.8     206.3  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Silver

                

Payable metal in concentrate (’000 ounces)

                

Escondida, Chile

   57.5     2,849     2,874     2,765  

Escondida, Chile(2)

   57.5     4,271     2,960     3,341  

Antamina, Peru

   33.8     3,600     4,712     4,090     33.75     4,359     3,952     4,272  

Cannington, Australia

   100.0     35,225     37,276     33,367     100     25,161     31,062     34,208  

Olympic Dam, Australia (refined silver)

   100.0     982     500     937     100     972     880     907  

Pinto Valley, US(3)

   100.0               182  

Pinto Valley, United States(3)

   100     41     59       
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total silver

     42,656     45,362     41,341       34,804     38,913     42,728  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Uranium oxide

        

Uranium

        

Payable metal in concentrate (tonnes)

                

Olympic Dam, Australia

   100.0     4,045     2,279     4,007     100     3,988     4,066     3,853  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total uranium oxide

     4,045     2,279     4,007  

Total uranium

     3,988     4,066     3,853  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Molybdenum

                

Payable metal in concentrate (tonnes)

                

Antamina, Peru

   33.8     1,445     813     1,363     33.75     1,201     1,561     2,346  

Pinto Valley, US(3)

   100.0               159  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total molybdenum

     1,445     813     1,522       1,201     1,561     2,346  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Diamonds and Specialty Products

        

Diamonds

        

Production (’000 carats)

        

EKATI, Canada

   80.0     2,506     3,050     3,221  

Iron Ore Business

        

WAIO

        

Production (’000 tonnes)(5)

        

Newman, Australia

   85     56,915     44,620     39,988  

Yarrie, Australia(6)

   85     836     1,106     768  

Area C Joint Venture, Australia

   85     46,960     44,717     42,425  

Yandi Joint Venture, Australia

   85     68,518     60,054     53,536  

Jimblebar, Australia(7)

   85     8,863            

Wheelarra, Australia(8)

   85     10,553     8,377     11,338 
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total diamonds

     2,506     3,050     3,221  

Total WAIO

     192,645     158,874     148,055  
    

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

 

Samarco, Brazil

   50     10,919     10,982     11,423  
    

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total iron ore

     203,564     169,856     159,478  
    

 

   

 

   

 

 

   BHP Billiton
Group
interest %
   BHP Billiton Group share
of production
Year ended 30 June
 
     2011   2010   2009 

Titanium minerals(5)

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Titanium slag

        

Richards Bay Minerals, RSA(6)

   37.76     366     317     490  

Rutile

        

Richards Bay Minerals, RSA(6)

   37.76     32     34     44  

Zircon

        

Richards Bay Minerals, RSA(6)

   37.76     83     83     120  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total titanium minerals

     481     434     654  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stainless Steel Materials

        

Nickel

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Cerro Matoso, Colombia

   99.9     40.0     49.6     50.5  

Yabulu, Australia(7)

   100.0          2.8     33.9  

Nickel West, Australia

   100.0     112.7     123.8     88.7  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nickel

     152.7     176.2     173.1  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cobalt

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Yabulu, Australia(7)

   100.0          0.1     1.4  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cobalt

     0.0     0.1     1.4  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Iron Ore(8)

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Newman, Australia(9)

   85.0     45,245     32,097     31,350  

Mt Goldsworthy, Australia

   85.0     1,198     1,688     1,416  

Area C Australia

   85.0     39,794     38,687     35,513  

Yandi, Australia

   85.0     36,460     41,396     37,818  

Samarco, Brazil

   50.0     11,709     11,094     8,318  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total iron ore

     134,406     124,962     114,415  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Manganese

        

Manganese ores

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

HMM, RSA (10)

   44.4     3,007     2,718     2,191  

GEMCO, Australia (10)

   60.0     4,086     3,406     2,284  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total manganese ores

     7,093     6,124     4,475  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Manganese alloys

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Metalloys, RSA (10)(11)

   60.0     486     364     301  

TEMCO, Australia (10)

   60.0     267     219     212  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total manganese alloys

     753     583     513  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Metallurgical Coal (12)

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Blackwater, Australia

   50.0     4,589     5,733     5,382  

Goonyella Riverside, Australia (13)

   50.0     5,359     6,668     6,685  

Peak Downs, Australia

   50.0     3,402     4,332     4,390  

Saraji, Australia

   50.0     2,779     3,402     3,505  
   BHP Billiton
Group interest
%
   BHP Billiton Group share of production
Year ended 30 June
 
         2014           2013           2012     

Coal Business

        

Metallurgical coal

        

Production (’000 tonnes) (9)

        

Blackwater, Australia

   50     6,730     5,432     4,435  

Goonyella Riverside, Australia

   50     7,330     6,221     5,003  

Peak Downs, Australia

   50     4,909     4,545     3,534  

Saraji, Australia

   50     4,558     3,449     3,053  

Gregory Joint Venture, Australia

   50     2,965     2,523     1,411  

Daunia, Australia

   50     2,201     475       

Caval Ridge, Australia (10)

   50     563            

Norwich Park, Australia

   50               1,175  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total BMA

     29,256     22,645     18,611  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

South Walker Creek, Australia (11)

   80     5,246     4,351     4,081  

Poitrel, Australia (11)

   80     3,063     2,712     2,612  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal

     8,309     7,063     6,693  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Queensland Coal

     37,565     29,708     25,304  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Illawarra Coal, Australia

   100     7,513     7,942     7,926  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total metallurgical coal

     45,078     37,650     33,230  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Energy coal

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Navajo, United States (12)

   100     5,127     7,468     7,054  

San Juan, United States

   100     5,685     5,323     5,514  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total New Mexico Coal

     10,812     12,791     12,568  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Middelburg/Wolvekrans, South Africa (13)

   90     13,368     14,669     14,848  

Khutala, South Africa (13)

   90     9,718     9,554     10,863  

Klipspruit, South Africa (13)

   90     7,298     7,404     7,568  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Energy Coal South Africa

     30,384     31,627    33,279  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mt Arthur Coal, Australia

   100     19,964     18,010     16,757  

Cerrejón, Colombia

   33.3     12,332     10,017     11,663  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total energy coal

     73,492     72,445     74,267  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business

        

Alumina

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Worsley, Australia

   86     3,916     3,675     2,917  

Alumar, Brazil

   36     1,262     1,205     1,235  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total alumina

     5,178     4,880     4,152  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aluminium

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Hillside, South Africa

   100     715     665     621  

Bayside, South Africa (14)

   100     89     96     98  

Alumar, Brazil

   40     104     154     170  

Mozal, Mozambique

   47     266     264     264  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total aluminium

     1,174     1,179     1,153  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   BHP Billiton
Group
interest %
   BHP Billiton Group share
of production
Year ended 30 June
 
     2011   2010   2009 

Norwich Park, Australia

   50.0     1,055     1,870     1,984  

Gregory Joint Venture, Australia

   50.0     2,717     2,398     2,762  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total BMA, Australia

     19,901     24,403     24,708  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

South Walker Creek, Australia

     3,134     3,609     2,978  

Poitrel, Australia

     2,759     2,834     2,457  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal, Australia (14)

   80.0     5,893     6,443     5,435  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Illawarra, Australia

   100.0     6,884     6,535     6,273  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total metallurgical coal

     32,678     37,381     36,416  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Energy Coal

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Navajo. US

   100.0     7,472     7,465     8,363  

San Juan, US

   100.0     4,140     6,013     5,773  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total New Mexico

     11,612     13,478     14,136  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Middelburg/Wolvekrans, RSA (15)

   100.0     14,328     14,704     14,807  

Khutala, RSA

   100.0     12,928     10,868     11,125  

Klipspruit, RSA

   100.0     7,072     4,887     3,964  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total BECSA

     34,328     30,459     29,896  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mt Arthur Coal, Australia

   100.0     13,671     12,039     11,775  

Cerrejón Coal Company, Colombia

   33.3     9,889     10,155     10,594  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total energy coal

     69,500     66,131     66,401  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   BHP Billiton
Group interest
%
   BHP Billiton Group share of production
Year ended 30 June
 
         2014           2013           2012     

Manganese ores

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Hotazel Manganese Mines, South Africa (15)

   44.4     3,526     3,490     3,625  

GEMCO, Australia (15)

   60     4,776     5,027     4,306  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total manganese ores

     8,302     8,517     7,931  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Manganese alloys

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Metalloys, South Africa (15) (16)

   60     377     374     404  

TEMCO, Australia (15)

   60     269     234     198  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total manganese alloys

     646     608     602  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nickel

        

Saleable production (’000 tonnes)

        

Cerro Matoso, Colombia

   99.9     44.3     50.8     48.9  

Nickel West, Australia

   100     98.9     103.3     109.0  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nickel

     143.2     154.1     157.9  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Divested businesses

        

Diamonds

        

Production (’000 carats)

        

EKATI, Canada

   80          972     1,784  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total diamonds

          972     1,784  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Titanium minerals

        

Production (’000 tonnes)

        

Titanium slag

        

Richards Bay Minerals, South Africa

   37.76          53     384  

Rutile

        

Richards Bay Minerals, South Africa

   37.76          6     38  

Zircon

        

Richards Bay Minerals, South Africa

   37.76          16     100  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total titanium minerals

          75     522  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Suriname was sold effective 31 July 2009.

(2)

Metal production is reported on the basis of payable metal.

 

(3)(2) 

The Pinto Valley mining operations were placedShown on care and maintenance100 per cent basis following the application of IFRS 10 which came into effect from 1 July 2013. BHP Billiton interest in January 2009, and continue to produce copper cathode through sulphide leaching.

saleable production is 57.5 per cent.

 

(3)On 11 October 2013 BHP Billiton completed the sale of its Pinto Valley operations.

(4) 

Includes Cerro Colorado and Spence.

 

(5) 

Data was sourced from the TZ Minerals International Pty Ltd Mineral Sands Annual Review 2011 and amounts represent production for the preceding year ended 31 December.

(6)

The Group’s economic interest in Richards Bay Minerals is 37.76 per cent (FY2010: 37.76 per cent; FY2009: 50 per cent).

(7)

Yabulu was sold effective 31 July 2009.

(8)

Iron ore production is reported on a wet tonnes basis with the exception of Samarco, being reported in dry (pellet) tonnes.

basis.

 

(9)(6) 

Newman includes Mt Newman Joint Venture and Jimblebar, previously Jimblebar was reported separately.

Yarrie ceased production on 25 February 2014.

 

(7)Shown on 100 per cent basis. BHP Billiton interest in saleable production is 85 per cent.

(8)All production from Wheelarra is now processed via the Jimblebar processing hub.

(9)Metallurgical coal production is reported on the basis of saleable product. Production figures include some thermal coal.

(10) Caval Ridge achieved first production in the June 2014 quarter.

(11)Shown on 100 per cent basis. BHP Billiton interest in saleable production is 80 per cent.

(12)BHP Billiton completed the sale of Navajo Mine on 30 December 2013. As BHP Billiton will retain control of the mine until full consideration is received, production will continue to be reported by the Group.

(13)Shown on 100 per cent basis. BHP Billiton interest in saleable production is 90 per cent.

(14)Aluminium smelting at Bayside ceased with the closure of the final potline in June 2014.

(15)Shown on 100 per cent basis. BHP Billiton interest in saleable production is 60 per cent, except HMM,Hotazel Manganese Mines which is 44.4 per cent (FY2010: 44.4 per cent; FY2009: 60 per cent)

cent.

 

(11)(16) 

Production includes Medium Carbon Ferro Manganese.

medium-carbon ferromanganese.

(12)

Metallurgical coal production is reported on the basis of saleable product. Production figures include some thermal coal.

(13)

Goonyella Riverside includes the Broadmeadow underground mine.

(14)

Shown on 100 per cent basis. BHP Billiton interest in saleable production is 80 per cent (FY2010: 80 per cent; FY2009: 80 per cent)

(15)

Wolvekrans was previously known as Douglas mine.

2.4    Marketing2.3    Reserves

BHP Billiton’s Marketing network manages the Group’s revenue line and is responsible for:

selling our products and for the purchase of all major raw materials;

the supply chain for our various products, from assets to market, and also for raw materials, from suppliers to our assets;

managing credit and price risk associated with the revenue line;

achieving market clearing prices for the Group’s products;

defining our view of long-term market fundamentals.

This requires an active and significant presence in the various commodities markets and also the global freight market.

Our marketing activities are centralised in Singapore, The Hague (Netherlands) and Antwerp (Belgium). Our Iron Ore, Metallurgical Coal, Manganese, Base Metals, Stainless Steel Materials, Petroleum and Uranium marketing teams are headquartered in Singapore. The Hague is the hub for our Aluminium, Energy Coal and Freight marketing teams. Our Antwerp office serves our diamonds customers.

These three marketing offices incorporate all the functions required to manage product marketing and distribution – from the point of production to final customer delivery. In addition, we have marketers located in 17 regional offices around the world.

We have a centralised ocean freight business that manages our in-house freight requirements. The primary purpose of the freight business is to create a competitive advantage for our shipments through the procurement and operation of quality, cost-effective shipping. From time to time, we carry complementary cargoes for external parties to optimise profitability.

2.5    Minerals exploration

Our minerals exploration program is integral to our growth strategy and is focused on identifying and capturing new world-class projects for future development or projects that add significant value to existing operations. Targets for exploration are generally resources to underpin development of large low-cost mining projects in a range of minerals, including copper, iron ore, potash, nickel, uranium, manganese and diamond deposits.

Our greenfield exploration activities are organised from four principal offices in Singapore, Perth (Australia), Johannesburg (South Africa) and Santiago (Chile). We continue to pursue opportunities and build our title position in prospective regions, focusing on the Americas, Asia, Africa and Australia. The process of discovery runs from early-stage mapping through to drilling and evaluation. The exploration program is global in scope and prioritises targets based on our assessment of the relative attractiveness of each mineral.

In addition to our activities focused on finding new world-class deposits, several of our CSGs undertake brownfield exploration, principally aimed at delineating and categorising mineral deposits near existing operations, and advancing projects through the development pipeline.

In FY2011, we spent US$683 million on minerals exploration. Of this, US$207 million was spent on greenfield exploration and US$476 million was spent on brownfield exploration and advanced projects.

2.6    Resource and Business Optimisation

Group Resource and Business Optimisation (RBO) provides governance and technical leadership for resource development and Ore Reserve reporting. RBO’s 50 professionals are focused on ensuring optimal value recovery from our resources. The team includes functional experts in mineral resource evaluation, brownfields exploration, planning, research and development, work management, production reporting, mine engineering and mineral process engineering.

RBO engages directly with assets to deliver guidance and assess compliance in resource development and Ore Reserve reporting. It provides the Group Management Committee with assurance reports and portfolio analysis. RBO also provides functional expertise to audits and to investment review programs conducted by other Group Functions.

RBO’s accountabilities include governance for all resource and reserve estimation and Ore Reserve reporting.

2.7    Government regulations

Government regulations touch all aspects of our operations. However, because of the geographical diversity of our operations, no one set of government regulations is likely to have a material effect on our business, taken as a whole.

The ability to extract minerals, oil and natural gas is fundamental to our business. In most jurisdictions, the rights to undeveloped mineral or petroleum deposits are owned by the state. Accordingly, we rely upon the rights granted to us by the government that owns the mineral, oil or natural gas. These rights usually take the form of a lease or licence, which gives us the right to access the land and extract the product. The terms of the lease or licence, including the time period for which it is effective, are specific to the laws of the relevant government. Generally, we own the product we extract and royalties or similar taxes are payable to the government. Some of our operations, such as our oil and gas operations in Trinidad and Tobago and Algeria, are subject to production sharing contracts under which both we as the contractor and the government are entitled to a share of the production. Under such production sharing contracts, the contractor is entitled to recover its exploration and production costs from the government’s share of production.

Related to the ability to extract is the ability to process the minerals, oil or natural gas. Again, we rely upon the relevant government to grant the rights necessary to transport and treat the extracted material in order to ready it for sale.

Underlying our business of extracting and processing natural resources is the ability to explore for those orebodies. The rights to explore for minerals, oil and natural gas are granted to us by the government that owns those natural resources that we wish to explore. Usually, the right to explore carries with it the obligation to spend a defined amount of money on the exploration or to undertake particular exploration activities.

Governments also impose obligations on us in respect of environmental protection, land rehabilitation, occupational health and safety, and native land title with which we must comply in order to continue to enjoy the right to conduct our operations within that jurisdiction. These obligations often require us to make substantial expenditures to minimise or remediate the environmental impact of our operations, to ensure the safety of our employees and contractors and the like. For further information on these types of obligations, refer to section 2.8 of this Report.

Of particular note are the following regulatory regimes:

2.7.1    South African Mining Charter and Black Economic Empowerment

In 2003, the South African Government released a strategy for broad-based black economic empowerment (BBBEE) that defined empowerment as ‘an integrated and coherent socio-economic process that directly contributes to the economic transformation of South Africa and brings significant increases in the numbers of black people who manage, own and control the country’s economy, as well as significant decreases in income inequalities’. This strategy laid the foundation for the Black Economic Empowerment Act of 2003, which granted government the power to legislate how it wanted black economic empowerment (BEE) to be implemented in South Africa.

As outlined in section 1.5 of this Report, on 1 May 2004, the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act 2002 (MPRDA) took effect, providing for state custodianship of all mineral deposits and abolishing the prior system of privately held mineral rights. It is administered by the Department of Mineral Resources (formerly the Department of Minerals and Energy) of South Africa. In February 2007, the codes of good practice were gazetted, further crystallising the government’s BEE strategy into a single binding document. The codes make provision for businesses to measure their success in contributing to the economic transformation and empowerment of historically disadvantaged South Africans (HDSAs) in the local economy and a scorecard comprising seven metrics was also developed to assist businesses in achieving this success.

In terms of the MPRDA, holders of mining rights granted under the previous system, known as ‘Old Order Rights’, must have applied to convert their rights to ‘New Order Rights’ prior to 30 April 2009. In order for the conversions to be effected, applicants are required to comply with the terms of the Black Economic Empowerment Act of 2003 and the Mining Charter, which has been published under the MPRDA. The Mining Charter requires holders of mining rights to achieve 26 per cent ownership participation by HDSAs in their mining operations by 30 April 2014, of which 15 per cent needed to have been achieved by 30 April 2009. We have submitted to the Department of Mineral Resources of South Africa transactions to meet the legislative requirements and support the conversion to ‘New Order Rights’.

We support broad-based black economic empowerment in South Africa. We believe it is imperative to both the growth and stability of the South African economy and the Group’s strategic objectives and long-term sustainability in that country.

The principles of transformation and empowerment are in line with Our BHP Billiton Charter.

We have established a transformation and empowerment technical committee comprising senior managers with diverse skills to ensure our transformation and empowerment agenda is coordinated and comprehensive.

2.7.2    Uranium production in Australia

To mine, process, transport and sell uranium from within Australia, we are required to hold possession and export permissions, which are also subject to regulation by the Australian Government or bodies that report to the Australian Government.

To possess ‘nuclear material’, such as uranium, in Australia, a Permit to Possess Nuclear Materials (Possession Permit) must be held pursuant to the Australian Nuclear Non-Proliferation (Safeguards) Act 1987 (Non-Proliferation Act). A Possession Permit is issued by the Australian Safeguards and Non-Proliferation Office, an office established under the Non-Proliferation Act, which administers Australia’s domestic nuclear safeguards requirements and reports to the Australian Government.

To export uranium from Australia, a Permit to Export Natural Uranium (Export Permit) must be held pursuant to the Australian Customs (Prohibited Exports) Regulations 1958. The Export Permit is issued by the Minister for Resources and Energy.

A special transport permit will be required under the Non-Proliferation Act by a party that transports nuclear material from one specified location to another specified location. As we engage service providers to transport uranium, those service providers are required to hold a special transport permit.

2.7.3    Exchange controls and shareholding limits

BHP Billiton Plc

There are no laws or regulations currently in force in the UK that restrict the export or import of capital or the remittance of dividends to non-resident holders of BHP Billiton Plc’s shares, although the Group does operate in some other jurisdictions where remittances of funds could be affected as they are subject to exchange control approvals. There are certain sanctions adopted by the UK Government which implement resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations and sanctions imposed by the European Union (EU) against certain countries, entities and individuals. Any enforcement of the sanctions by the UK Government would be initiated by HM Treasury. Such sanctions may be in force from time to time and include those against: (i) certain entities and/or individuals associated with the Burmese regime (Myanmar), Cote d’Ivoire, The Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (North Korea), the Democratic Republic of Congo, Egypt, Eritrea, the Republic of Guinea, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Iran, Somalia, Sudan, Tunisia and the previous regimes of Iraq and Yugoslavia; (ii) certain officials of Belarus, Syria and Zimbabwe; (iii) individuals indicted by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia; and (iv) entities and individuals linked with the Taliban, Al-Qaeda and other terrorist organisations.

There are no restrictions under BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association or (subject to the effect of any sanctions) under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote BHP Billiton Plc’s shares.

There are certain restrictions on shareholding levels under BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association described under the heading ‘BHP Billiton Limited’ below.

BHP Billiton Limited

Under the Australian Banking (Foreign Exchange) Regulations 1959, the Reserve Bank of Australia may impose restrictions on certain financial transactions and require the consent of the Reserve Bank of Australia for the movement of funds into and out of Australia. Based on our searches, restrictions currently apply if funds are to be paid to or received from specified supporters of the former Government of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, specified ministers and senior officials of the Government of Zimbabwe, certain specified entities associated with the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (North Korea), specified individuals associated with the Burmese regime, and certain Iranian organisations and ministers. In addition, from time to time the United Nations Security Council and the Australian Government impose international sanctions on certain countries and organisations. The countries and organisations that are currently subject to United Nations (UN) sanctions are certain individuals or entities linked with the Taliban, Al-Qaeda and other terrorist organisations and certain entities and individuals associated with the Democratic Republic of Congo, Cote d’Ivoire, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (North Korea), Eritrea, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Sudan and Somalia. The countries currently subject to the Australian Government’s autonomous sanctions are Burma, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (North Korea), Fiji, the former Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, Iran, Libya, Syria and Zimbabwe. The controls impose certain approval and reporting requirements on transactions involving such countries, entities and individuals and/or assets controlled or owned by them. Transfers into or out of Australia of amounts greater than A$10,000 in any currency are also subject to reporting requirements.

Remittances of any dividends, interest or other payments by BHP Billiton Limited to non-resident holders of BHP Billiton Limited’s securities are not restricted by exchange controls or other limitations, save that in certain circumstances, BHP Billiton may be required to withhold Australian taxes.

There are no limitations, either under the laws of Australia or under the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited, on the right of non-residents to hold or vote BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares other than as set out below.

The Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (the FATA) restricts certain acquisitions of interests in shares in BHP Billiton. Generally, under the FATA, the prior approval of the Australian Treasurer must be obtained for proposals by a foreign person (either alone or together with associates) to acquire control of 15 per cent or more of the voting power or issued shares in BHP Billiton Limited.

The FATA also empowers the Treasurer to make certain orders prohibiting acquisitions by foreign persons in BHP Billiton Limited (and requiring divestiture if the acquisition has occurred) where he considers the acquisition to be contrary to the national interest and the 15 per cent threshold referred to above would be exceeded as a result. Such orders may also be made in respect of acquisitions by foreign persons where two or more foreign persons (and their associates) in aggregate already control 40 per cent or more of the issued shares or voting power in BHP Billiton Limited.

There are certain other statutory restrictions, and restrictions under BHP Billiton Limited’s Constitution and BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association, that apply generally to acquisitions of shares in BHP Billiton (i.e. the restrictions are not targeted at foreign persons only). These include restrictions on a person (and associates) breaching a voting power threshold of:

20 per cent in relation to BHP Billiton Limited on a ‘stand-alone’ basis, i.e. calculated as if there were no special voting share and only counting BHP Billiton Limited’s ordinary shares.

30 per cent of BHP Billiton Plc. This is the threshold for a mandatory offer under Rule 9 of the UK takeover code and this threshold applies to all voting rights of BHP Billiton Plc (therefore including voting rights attached to the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share).

30 per cent in relation to BHP Billiton Plc on a ‘stand-alone’ basis, i.e. calculated as if there were no special voting share and only counting BHP Billiton Plc’s ordinary shares.

20 per cent in relation to the BHP Billiton Group, calculated having regard to all the voting power on a joint electorate basis, i.e. calculated on the aggregate of BHP Billiton Limited’s and BHP Billiton Plc’s ordinary shares.

Under BHP Billiton Limited’s Constitution and BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association, sanctions for breach of any of these thresholds, other than by means of certain ‘permitted acquisitions’, include withholding of dividends, voting restrictions and compulsory divestment of shares to the extent a shareholder and its associates exceed the relevant threshold.

2.8    Sustainability

Our approach to sustainability is reflected inOur BHP Billiton Charter, which defines our values, purpose and how we measure success, and the BHP Billiton Sustainable Development Policy, which defines our public commitments to safety, health, environmental and social responsibility.

The systems that support our Sustainable Development Policy are in line with our wider corporate governance processes. The Sustainability Committee of the BHP Billiton Board continues to oversee this Policy.

Management is accountable for sustainability-related processes and performance. At controlled assets, BHP Billiton sets the performance requirements and enforces those requirements through direct supervision. At monitored assets that we do not control, we provide our requirements and seek to influence the operation to follow them.

Our Health, Safety, Environment and Community (HSEC) Group Level Documents (GLD) set Group-wide mandatory performance requirements and performance controls, which are the basis for developing and implementing management systems at all BHP Billiton operations. These HSEC documents are part of a wider suite of corporate GLDs. We are embedding these performance requirements in the organisation across all Customer Sector Groups (CSGs). A full set of sustainability performance data and our Sustainability Framework are available in our Sustainability Report at our website.

We conduct regular internal audits to test compliance with the requirements of the GLDs. Audits are led by professional audit managers and supported by experienced personnel drawn from across the organisation. Audit results are used by management to create detailed action plans where the businesses have not yet achieved full compliance with the requirements. Key findings are reported to senior management and summary reports are considered by the Sustainability Committee of the Board. The Sustainability Committee of the Board also oversees risks specific to BHP Billiton’s performance in the areas of health, safety, environment and community.

2.8.1    Our focus areas

Identifying our sustainability issues

We identify the sustainability issues that are included in our Sustainability Report through our three-step materiality process. Step one of the process includes identifying issues by reviewing our internal risk registers, requests from our shareholders and investors, daily print media coverage and an independent review of issues raised by non-government organisations and global electronic and print media. Step two involves rating the significance of these issues to our stakeholders and the potential impact on our business as low, medium or high.

Our third step is to review the issues and seek feedback. One of the ways we do this is through our Forum on Corporate Responsibility. We also ask our HSEC leaders in each of our CSGs to review the issues, assign ratings and advise of any gaps. The issues are provided to the Sustainability Committee of the Board and reviewed throughout the preparation of the Sustainability Report. Common themes for a number of material issues were grouped together into focus areas for the purpose of the Report.

2.8.2    Keeping our people safe and healthy

The best investment we can make in any community is to ensure our people return home safe and well at the end of each day. In the current climate of rapid growth, managing the impacts of that growth on the safety and wellbeing of our people is critical.

Growing safely

Our ability to grow our organisation safely is essential. We are expanding across a number of operations and to support these expansions project hubs were created in Perth, Brisbane, Houston, Santiago and Toronto. The hubs are established using Engineering, Procurement and Construction Management (EPCM) contractors who develop the projects on our behalf and under our oversight.

While the EPCM model is not new to BHP Billiton, our rapid growth presents a challenge to the effective management of our health and safety risks. EPCM contractors bring their own individual management and safety approaches to each project and we recognise the importance of understanding and enabling these diverse management systems. We have set minimum performance requirements, including safety standards, which we require our EPCM partners to meet, while allowing them to work to their own internal standards. We review each EPCM contractor to check performance and ensure the standards they are using meet or exceed our own.

Key issues

The key health and safety issues faced by the Group in FY2011 were vehicles and mobile equipment interaction, adherence to isolation and permit-to-work procedures and reducing occupational health exposures, particularly to carcinogens.

Our fatal risk controls were developed to improve control of specific areas of risk, based on detailed analysis of BHP Billiton’s incident history. Our GLD for fatal risk controls articulates the steps to be taken to identify, assess and mitigate seven fatal risks: vehicles and mobile equipment; explosives and blasting; ground control; hazardous materials; isolation and permit-to-work; work at height; and lifting operations.

Occupational health exposures

Health risks faced by our people include fatigue, disease and occupational exposure to noise, silica, manganese, diesel exhaust particulate, fluorides, coal tar pitch, nickel and sulphuric acid mist. Our goal is to control occupational exposures at their source. This goal is supported by a key performance indicator assigned to our Group Management Committee (GMC).

Each operation establishes and maintains an ‘exposure risk profile’ for every employee and contractor and implements appropriate controls. Potential exposures do not take into account the protection afforded by personal protective equipment (PPE). If the potential exposure exceeds 50 per cent of our occupational exposure limit (OEL), then medical surveillance is mandatory. Drug and alcohol education programs are conducted, as well as substance abuse testing where necessary.

In FY2011, potential carcinogenic exposure was reported by some of our operations as one of their highest health risks, which resulted in a concerted effort to reduce potential carcinogenic exposures to below the OEL.

Specific programs are successfully being applied at an operational level to reduce the causes of occupational exposures.

Serious disease

BHP Billiton operations with a high exposure to serious diseases, such as HIV/AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis, have education, training and counselling programs in place to assist employees. We also offer prevention and risk-control programs to employees and, where appropriate, to employees’ families and local communities.

In some communities where we operate; for example, in South Africa and Mozambique, the incidence of HIV/AIDS is among the highest in the world. We accept a responsibility to help manage the impact of the disease and to care for our employees, support the wellbeing and development of our host communities and protect the viability of our operations.

For many years, we have adopted a proactive approach to managing the disease within our workplaces, an approach that draws upon the International Labour Organisation (ILO) code of practice on HIV/AIDS and the world of work. This includes conducting education programs, offering voluntary testing and counselling programs under the strictest confidentiality, seeking to achieve appropriate access to medical care for employees and their dependants, and reducing hostel-type accommodation for employees, known to be a risk factor for the disease.

Our safety and health performance

The FY2011 total recordable injury frequency (TRIF) performance of 5.0 per million hours worked improved by six per cent compared with FY2010 (5.3). Although we improved, we will require a substantial reduction in total recordable injuries to meet our five-year target of 3.7 in FY2012. We had two fatalities against

our target of zero. In response to the fatal incidents, we focused on improving our approach to: risk-based safety, in particular our fatal risk controls; keeping it simple; leaders verifying control effectiveness; and ensuring competency through training and awareness of all aspects of our existing safety programs.

Establishing measurable goals

We apply uniform expectations for safety outcomes wherever we work in the world and safety rules and definitions that classify incidents are applied equally to our people.

To further improve our performance in controlling occupational health exposures, we test the effectiveness of those controls to ensure they continue to function as designed. Each of our operations regularly records and communicates potential occupational health exposures up to Group level, in accordance with our HSEC Reporting GLD.

In FY2011, we conducted regional workshops to support regular audits that check the implementation of health controls at individual operations. Our Group Safety and Security function also ran a series of regional workshops in FY2011 aimed at educating key members of management and supervision on the expectations of each performance requirement. The workshops also enabled Group Safety and Security to gather feedback on the suitability of the requirements. This feedback confirmed the performance requirements are well positioned and required no material changes.

Security, emergency response and business continuity

Our Asset Protection GLD requires our businesses and operations to have systems in place to identify, manage and effectively respond to foreseeable crises and emergencies, including the development of plans to return our operations to full function as swiftly and smoothly as possible. It also requires the development of processes to maintain and test emergency response resources on an ongoing basis, as well as training employees, contractors, visitors and external stakeholders on relevant systems.

A crisis or emergency may be an incident, extreme climatic event, disease outbreak, security issue or any other event that poses a significant threat to: the safety or health of employees, contractors, customers or the public; the environment; our reputation; and/or the physical integrity of an asset.

2.8.3    Employing and developing our people

Finding, employing, developing and retaining skilled people with values that are aligned to ours is crucial to our success. Our business is long term in nature. If we do not safely deliver growth today, then we cannot leave for future generations the legacy we have enjoyed from generations past.

Supporting workforce diversity

We are striving to achieve diversity, in all its forms, at all levels of our organisation.

The GMC took active steps in FY2010 to improve the diversity profile of the Group. It oversaw the analysis of the profile of each part of the business to better understand representation by gender, age and nationality. It then required each business group to develop a diversity plan to address shortcomings. Those plans were completed and assessed as part of the annual performance process. Each plan is targeted at addressing the particular issues facing individual business groups and each contains a range of strategies, including targets. Plans will be tracked and monitored throughout FY2012 and will again form part of the annual performance review process at year-end.

Females currently represent 16 per cent of our workforce. Approximately 10 per cent of senior management positions are held by females.

We remain committed to increasing female participation in the Accelerated Leadership Development Program to 40 per cent by the end of FY2012.

Another focus area for us is ensuring that the right gender balance is struck in our graduate intake.

Approach to local employment

Recruitment is managed on a local basis by each CSG, Minerals Exploration, Marketing and Group Functions. Mandatory Group-wide performance requirements contained in our GLD stipulate recruitment standards and ensure candidates possess the appropriate skills, experiences, capability and values.

The remote locations within which we operate and the limited numbers of appropriately skilled employees can result in the need for operations to employ staff who work on-site, but reside outside the community; generally known as fly in, fly out staff. A workforce of this kind can create challenges and opportunities and we continue to address the impact on our people, as well as local community concerns, so that together we can identify ways in which our operations can make a positive and meaningful impact.

Fostering mutually beneficial employee relations

Relationships with all our stakeholders, including our employees, are built on trust, which we regard as a key aspect ofOur Charter value of respect.

The breadth and geographic diversity of BHP Billiton means we have a mix of collective and individually regulated employment arrangements. We work closely with contracting companies to encourage them to ensure that their employee relations are governed in a manner consistent withOur Charter.

We manage significant organisational change at the local level and consult with our employees about changes that affect them, seeking input and guidance where possible. We are committed to complying with applicable legislative requirements across the myriad jurisdictions in which we work.

In line with our employee relations approach, we believe that ensuring our employees are directly engaged with the business and aligned with business goals is the most effective way of avoiding any form of industrial action.

Under Australian law, employees are entitled to take industrial action on the expiry of applicable industrial agreements, which is protected from challenge. Given this legislative exposure to potential industrial action, we develop comprehensive contingency plans to ensure that our operations experience as little disruption as possible. In instances where we do encounter industrial disruption, our aim is to minimise the impact on our customers in line with our commitment to shareholders and, above all, to avoid compromising the safety of our employees and contractors.

Developing our employees

We are committed to developing the skills and capabilities of our workforce through regular performance reviews combined with training and development programs. Due to the structure and provisions of some industrial agreements, not all employees participate in individual performance reviews.

Training and development programs are designed and implemented at the local operational level to support local requirements. BHP Billiton operations include health and safety training and training onOur Charter and the BHP BillitonCode of Business Conduct as part of the mandatory induction process for all employees and permanent contractors.

Our practices and processes are designed to ensure performance is measured on fact-based outcomes and to reward people for their achievements. We seek to ensure strong internal candidate representation for roles, supplemented with external recruitment where necessary. Our internal development programs are therefore the key to succession.

Investing in graduate development

Our two-year Foundations for Graduates Program has been recognised as a leader in the field and has been designed specifically for graduates from tertiary institutions. Our aim is for our graduates to build a long and successful career with BHP Billiton. Each year, we recruit approximately 400 graduates in meaningful business roles, who each have the opportunity to work across teams, businesses and geographic regions.

The program is facilitated by business schools in Australia, Chile and South Africa. It is designed to move graduates seamlessly from study to work by complementing site-based technical development with a combination of classroom-based and virtual learning experiences, providing a unique insight into our business. Graduates develop their decision-making and communication skills, access executive coaching, take part in intensive residential programs and gain on-the-job experience analysing and solving real business issues.

2.8.4    Reducing our climate change impacts

We recognise that we have a social and economic responsibility to constructively engage on climate change issues. By understanding the risks and opportunities around climate change, and how these affect our organisation, we believe we can reduce our own impact on the environment and make a positive international contribution to the issue.

The potential impacts to our organisation

Our energy-intensive operations and fossil fuel products are exposed to potential financial risks from regulations to control greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. In the medium and long term, we are likely to see changes in the profit margins of our GHG-intensive assets as a result of regulatory impacts in the countries where we operate. These regulatory mechanisms may impact our operations directly or indirectly via our customers. Inconsistency of regulations, particularly between developed and developing countries, may also affect the investment attractiveness of assets in different jurisdictions.

Potential physical impacts of climate change include more extreme weather events. These present risks to our personnel, as well as a loss of business continuity, production interruption and damaged or lost facilities. Sea level changes may also impact access to ports, a significant issue for many of our assets. Changes in rainfall are particularly relevant to the mining industry, where water is a critical resource. These changes vary regionally and may involve extended drought or increased flooding.

A discussion of regulatory, physical and other risks and opportunities of climate change is included in our 2011 Sustainability Report.

Engaging in policy development

While energy is a significant input in a number of the Group’s mining and processing operations, we recognise the global imperative of minimising carbon-based energy consumption. BHP Billiton believes that the mainstream science of climate change is correct; human activities are having a negative impact on our climate and this poses risks to our social and economic wellbeing. While uncertainty remains, there is enough evidence to warrant action in a way that does not damage the economy.

We believe that a global solution to climate change, which includes a carbon price of some form, is likely, but also some time away. Until then, nations around the world are likely to continue to accelerate their domestic emissions reduction and establish low-carbon economies, balancing their needs to ensure a reliable energy supply and to sustain economic growth.

A low-carbon emissions power sector could become a source of long-term competitive advantage for countries in a world where carbon emissions will be constrained. We are committed to contributing to the public debate on climate change, including sharing our knowledge and experience, but we recognise that it is for government and society as a whole to decide which direction to take.

We take an active role in climate change policy development in the key regions where we operate and market our products. We analyse and compare the various policy options by evaluating the degree to which they meet a defined set of principles: clear price signal; revenue neutral; trade friendly; broad-based, predictable and gradual; simple and effective.

We have actively engaged with the Australian Government as it develops its climate change policy response. In addition to recommending a policy approach that is consistent with our principles, we propose that an effective strategy for minimising Australia’s exposure to a future global carbon price includes avoiding the construction of new long-life, carbon emissions-intensive assets where affordable low-carbon alternatives are available, especially in the power and building sectors.

Reducing energy and GHG emissions

We continue to strive for significant reductions in energy consumption and GHG emissions, in line with and above our FY2012 targets. In FY2011, both carbon-based energy intensity and GHG emissions intensity were lower than the FY2006 baseline, by 17 per cent and 18 per cent respectively against a target of 13 per cent and six per cent. This was primarily driven by the agreement to use hydroelectric power at the Mozal aluminium smelter, in Mozambique, which now provides more than 98 per cent of the smelter’s electricity needs.

Within Australia, in compliance with the national Energy Efficiency Opportunities (EEO) Act 2006, we also implemented a number of energy efficiency measures.

We continue to track progress against our US$300 million commitment to support the implementation of energy efficiency and low GHG emission technologies. To date, we have exceeded our commitment, with US$325 million worth of projects in implementation stages.

Future GHG emissions abatement cost curves

In FY2011, our highest GHG-emitting operations worked to develop GHG emissions abatement cost curves. This work allows our assets to identify opportunities to save GHG emissions.

Energy sourcing and use

We recognise that the need to control carbon dioxide emissions has substantial implications for the use of thermal coal as an energy source. In March 2011, we made a significant investment in natural gas by acquiring all of Chesapeake Energy Corporation’s interests in the US Fayetteville Shale onshore natural gas resource. Our strategy is to invest in natural gas as one of the cleanest burning and lowest carbon dioxide intensity fossil fuels. We recognise that community concern exists over the extraction process, which involves ‘hydraulic fracturing’, and the possibility of groundwater contamination in certain situations. Our shale gas operations will be conducted to the same standards as all other BHP Billiton Petroleum operations, with the same goal of protecting the health and safety of our people, the environment and our communities.

2.8.5    Managing our water use

Water is an essential resource for all of our operations and production can be impacted by both the quality and quantity of water available. More importantly, the communities within which we operate rely on having access to clean, safe drinking water. This is critical to sustaining local health, industry and a sound environment.

Water management as a global issue

The mining and minerals processing industry uses a wide variety of water sources for a range of purposes. As with GHG emissions, water management is an issue that extends beyond BHP Billiton boundaries. Water risks also vary from region to region and therefore cannot be addressed through a ‘one-size-fits-all’ solution, which makes managing our water use a consistently complex and critical task.

Water has social, cultural, environmental and economic value at a local, regional, national and international level and is therefore critical to maintaining a ‘social licence to operate’. We support the priority considerations of strategic water planning, improving operational performance through effective water management, identifying conservation opportunities and promoting industry projects.

Addressing the issue

Water stress is defined as a ‘situation of actual or potential adverse impact on water availability for potable, agricultural, environmental or cultural needs’. In FY2011, we intensified our focus on addressing water stress and quality, which will allow us to reduce our use of water that is most likely to compete with human or environmental needs.

Our material sites are those where high-quality water use exceeds, or is anticipated to exceed, 3,000 megalitres per annum for an operation or project, or where water management may be a material risk issue. By developing water reduction cost curves at our most material sites, we identified opportunities including water substitution and water stewardship, both of which lend themselves readily to our expanded focus on high-quality water and alleviating water stress.

Managing water within our operations

In accordance with our Environment GLD, we are implementing water management plans at all our operations, including controls to mitigate the impacts of water use and discharge. It is expected that these controls are monitored and reviewed to verify their effectiveness. Additional controls are expected to be implemented at our material sites.

In recognition that water is a critical input for our mining, smelting, refining and petroleum businesses, we continue to identify opportunities for water re-use or recycling, efficient use and responsible wastewater disposal.

Managing wastewater and related waste

Mining operations produce large quantities of mineral waste that may include waste rock, tailings and slag, which need to be effectively managed to control potential environmental impacts. Our operations have waste management plans to minimise the waste generated and mitigate its impact, in accordance with the Environment GLD, which also stipulates that operations monitor transport and disposal of waste to ensure regulatory requirements are met throughout the waste cycle.

Tailings dams are also assessed to manage the risk of failure. Tailings dams are typically unlined and are designed and operated to well-established engineering standards. Mineral wastes are analysed for physical and geochemical characteristics to identify potential impacts arising from erosion, acid rock drainage, salinity, radioactivity and metal leaching.

Developing new water accounting standards

Unlike the more developed accounting approach to GHG emissions, there is not yet an internationally consistent approach to water accounting, which adds to the complexity of finding solutions to address water quantity and quality concerns. We are working with the Minerals Council of Australia to develop the Water Accounting Framework, an industry-wide approach to water reporting and accounting. The framework seeks to establish a nationally consistent water accounting and reporting framework for the minerals industry, which will lead to improved data transparency and water management.

2.8.6    Enhancing biodiversity and land management

Securing access to land and managing it effectively are essential components of our commitment to operate in a responsible manner. We fully appreciate the importance of protecting biodiversity and we also recognise the increasing competition for land and the challenge this presents to all land users.

Our approach to biodiversity and land management

We take a holistic approach to managing land and biodiversity, which means we assess and manage the potential impacts of our operations throughout their life cycle, across social, environmental and economic spheres. We have minimum requirements of all BHP Billiton operations that include adhering to a formal hierarchy process that begins with avoiding disturbance, followed by mitigating negative impacts, rehabilitating the environment and undertaking compensatory actions.

We recognise that effective land management is about optimising all land uses within a given region, whether they are for the provision of mining, industrial, agricultural or environmental services. Obtaining community support is most challenging when there is strong competition for the use of the land, such as a competition between resource development and agriculture.

Over the years, we have made a number of commitments with regard to protected areas and threatened species. In addition, our operations have land management plans, in accordance with the Environment GLD, that include baseline and impact assessments, implementation of controls to mitigate impacts on biodiversity and other ecosystem services, and monitoring programs to ensure the controls are effective.

Contributing to conservation

Biodiversity, and the ecosystem services it provides, is being lost at an accelerated rate due to human activities. In recognition of this, Conservation International and BHP Billiton from July 2011 embarked on a five-year alliance to deliver significant and lasting benefits to the environment by preserving land of high conservation value in key regions where BHP Billiton operates. This outcome will be achieved in collaboration with local partners.

In addition, Conservation International will provide technical and professional expertise to BHP Billiton aimed at contributing to improved approaches to land management across our Group.

Managing land rehabilitation and mine closures

Our Sustainability Framework in the Appendix of our 2011 Sustainability Report outlines the key Health, Safety, Environment and Community performance requirements that are incorporated into the planning of development projects, through operation and into closure. Significant projects are governed by the performance requirements of our project management GLDs. HSEC risks, legislated obligations and stakeholder requirements are important inputs to the project planning and execution process.

Once in operation, our assets undertake annual life of asset planning, a process that incorporates all aspects of the business. In FY2011, detailed closure planning requirements were integrated into the Directional Planning GLD, with each asset required to develop a closure plan as part of their life of asset plan. In addition, a new audit process was implemented focusing on closure planning, cost estimation and closure valuation at operating assets.

We are responsible for a number of legacy operations that are in various stages of decommissioning, rehabilitation or post-closure care and maintenance. The HSEC audit program covers the activities of these closed operations. Closure plans provide the basis for estimating the financial costs of closure and the associated accounting closure and rehabilitation provisions. Information on our closure and rehabilitation provisions can be found in note 18 ‘Provisions’ of the attached financial statements.

Managing our responsibilities

Our approach to land compensation is undertaken on a case-by-case basis. We first consider what land we need. We then look at our possible impacts on that land, both short term and long term, the present and past use of the land and the effects that our use may have on biodiversity and the associated ecosystem services, as well as existing land owners and occupiers.

We implement compensatory activities where residual impacts exceed the acceptable level of impact to biodiversity, land use, watersheds and/or water sources.

When financial compensation is appropriate, we take into account relevant legislative requirements, industry practices, standards or norms that may exist within a country or region and any special circumstances that may apply. In some countries and regions, legislation prescribes who is to be paid land compensation, the amount, what it is for and how it is to be calculated. In other places, compensation may be by negotiation with the affected parties.

2.8.7    Ensuring meaningful engagement with our stakeholders

Engaging openly with our host communities, governments and other key stakeholders is critical if we are to make a positive contribution to the lives of people who live near our operations and to society more broadly. Only through meaningful engagement are we able to understand and address potential impacts and concerns about our projects and operations and create opportunities that are aligned with the interests of the affected people.

Our stakeholders

We define stakeholders as those who are potentially impacted by our operations, or who have an interest in what we do, or who have an influence over what we do. Our key stakeholders include: the investment community; shareholders; customers; media; business partners; employees and contractors; local and Indigenous communities; industry associations; suppliers; governments and regulators; non-government organisations (NGOs); and labour unions.

Systems to ensure dialogue is regular, ongoing and effective

We seek to build trust with our stakeholders at the earliest possible stage of a project’s life. Our Community GLD stipulates that our operations implement a stakeholder engagement management plan, which is to be in place from a project’s exploration phase. The plans identify stakeholders, describe their interests and relationships and contain a range of culturally appropriate engagement activities to encourage open communication.

Engagement activities vary from monthly meetings to open public forums, with topics ranging from town amenity and housing to impacts of growth and expansion projects, contractor management, security, cultural issues and social development. Our responses to concerns or complaints are recorded, as are any commitments we may make.

Operations measure the effectiveness of their stakeholder engagement by conducting community perception surveys in their communities, which, since FY2010, have become mandatory every three years. These surveys provide a valuable external perspective of the quality of our engagement and whether our stakeholders believe we are doing what we say we will do.

Resolving complaints

Our operations are currently implementing local-level processes to facilitate resolution of complaints and grievances, as required by our Community GLD. As part of this process, all complaints and grievances are required to be acknowledged, documented and investigated. Appropriate remedial actions are undertaken where a complaint is legitimate, complainants are promptly advised of the remedial action and outcomes are documented. More robust processes are to be established in countries with high levels of corruption or conflict.

We continue to learn from our experience

Our history contains both positive and challenging examples of community engagement. We continue to learn from those experiences and to build the capacity of people within our community teams to improve outcomes for our stakeholders. Our aim is to develop and sustain meaningful and trusting relationships with people impacted by and interested in our business.

Engaging with NGOs through the Forum on Corporate Responsibility

In addition to building relationships with stakeholders locally, engagement with civil society is highly valued by our senior management. In 1999, we established the Forum on Corporate Responsibility as a mechanism by which representatives from NGOs could discuss, challenge and actively influence the Group’s approach to sustainable development issues.

In FY2011, the Forum comprised five members of our GMC and 11 leaders from NGOs, who represent current views on environment, socio-economic, geopolitical and ethical issues. The NGO members have extensive experience in regions where we have business interests, including Chile, Colombia, west Africa, Australia and the United Kingdom. The Group CEO chairs the meetings, which were held twice during FY2011.

While the Group is not bound by the advice of the Forum and the Forum does not necessarily endorse the Group’s decisions, the meeting discussions are robust and give our executives an insight into society’s current priorities and a chance to understand and debate issues from a range of viewpoints.

Issues discussed by the Forum in FY2011 included: proposed changes in external regulations; standards and policies such as free, prior and informed consent (FPIC); revenue transparency; carbon-related issues; the development of the Group’s new public targets; strategic discussions on topics such as the Group’s role in the world’s future energy challenges; and how we can best contribute to the development of communities and, more broadly, to society.

Engaging early in the project life cycle on customary rights

At a very early stage in a project, before any substantive work is carried out on the ground, we seek to identify any landowners, occupiers and users who may be affected by the project’s activities.

Where land may be used for customary purposes and there may be no formal titles issued, this information is sought from relevant government authorities with responsibilities for customary land uses and any Indigenous peoples’ representative organisations, such as land and tribal councils. Further enquiries are also made directly with the people in the area. Specific surveys are commissioned to identify the customary owners and how the land is being used. Depending on circumstances, these surveys are likely to occur at the exploration stage.

Knowing who owns and uses the land is critical to an effective community consultation and engagement program. It helps to ensure that affected people are fully aware of the project and that they have an opportunity to express their concerns and aspirations. Arising from this engagement, the work plan may be amended to reduce potential impacts on landowners and users.

Committed to broad-based community support

We require that any new greenfield project or significant expansion project obtains broad-based community support – defined as support from the majority of stakeholders – before proceeding. Broad-based community support is distinct from achieving FPIC, which we seek when it is mandated and defined by law.

2.8.8    Understanding and managing our human rights impact

We are committed to operating in accordance with the United Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the Global Compact.Our Charter values and theCode of Business Conduct, in conjunction with policies and standards that accord with international laws and regulations and strong leadership, support this commitment. We have a responsibility to understand our potential impacts on human rights and to mitigate or eliminate them.

Our human rights due diligence process

As part of our human rights due diligence process, we require all operations to identify and document key potential human rights risks by completing a human rights impact assessment. The process includes a review of policies, procedures, practice and performance. Stakeholder participation forms an important part of the process and the assessments are validated by a human rights specialist. Material risks are then managed through action plans, which require employees and contractors to receive human rights training.

In an effort to increase the focus on human rights due diligence in FY2011, completion of the assessments was included as a key performance indicator (KPI) for the GMC.

Security forces and human rights

Our Asset Protection GLD requires that all our operations have in place preventative controls and a security management plan to address any potential security risks to our personnel and property.

The Voluntary Principles (VPs) on Security and Human Rights require organisations to act in a manner consistent with the laws of the local country while promoting the observance of applicable international law enforcement principles. The VPs acknowledge that security and respect for human rights can and should be consistent. As a signatory to and participant in the VPs, we take into account these expectations when developing in-country security plans.

To protect our people and our assets, we employ public and private security agencies. Regardless of their location, we stipulate that these agencies comply with the requirements and intent of the VPs.

Security and country risk

The nature of our business and our global footprint often see our people working in countries where there is potential exposure to personal and business risk. We require each country to be assessed for the degree of risk associated with visiting, exploring and operating, with appropriate plans in place to mitigate identified risks.

Occasionally, it is necessary to provide armed security protection for the safety of our personnel. Firearms are only to be deployed under a set of approved rules of engagement where it is necessary to protect a human life, for stewardship requirements (such as injured livestock management) or as a means of last resort when threatened by dangerous wildlife.

2.8.9    Making a positive contribution to society

As a large organisation, we have an economic and social responsibility to make a positive contribution to the communities, regions and countries where we operate.

Our broad socio-economic contribution

At a global level, we are active participants in industry and sustainable development forums such as the International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM) and we are members of the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD). Our aim is to advocate continual improvement of standards and performance across our sector.

We actively seek to understand our socio-economic impact on local communities and host regions through our participation in the ICMM’s multi-stakeholder Resource Endowment initiative (REi). The initiative aims to enhance the mining industry’s socio-economic contribution to the countries and communities where organisations such as BHP Billiton operate by better understanding the factors that either inhibit or promote social and economic development linked to large-scale mining projects.

Nationally and regionally, we contribute taxes and royalties to governments that, in turn, provide infrastructure and services to their constituents, and we often develop infrastructure ourselves that provides community, as well as business, benefits. Examples include airports, roads, community childcare centres and medical clinics.

Training and employing local people is important to us; however, our ability to have a significant impact on unemployment is limited by the nature of our operations, which are highly technical and mechanised. We make a broader economic contribution via indirect employment, where we focus on building the capacity of local businesses to provide us with a diverse range of services and products.

We also invest in community projects that are aimed at having long-lasting, positive impacts on people’s quality of life. This includes implementing new, and supporting existing, community projects in the areas of education, health and environment.

Economic value

Economic value for regional economies is generated through revenues, operating costs, employee compensation, donations and other community investments, retained earnings and payments to capital providers and to governments.

Community development

Our community development programs are driven by our desire to improve the quality of life of people in our host communities. Our operations implement their programs using community development plans that have been developed in consultation with local stakeholders. The plans are formulated from data gathered from an impacts and opportunities assessment and a baseline social study that includes education, health and environment quality of life indicators. The requirement that this occurs in all our operations is part of the implementation of GLDs.

Community development projects are selected on the basis of their capacity to impact positively on the quality of life indicators. We monitor progress by tracking changes in these indicators every three years. All community projects are assessed in relation to anti-corruption requirements prior to approval and are implemented in accordance with the ethical requirements in theCode of Business Conduct. This approach is mandated under the Community GLD.

During FY2011, our voluntary community investment totalled US$195.5 million, comprising cash, in-kind support and administrative costs and included a US$30 million contribution to our UK-based charitable company, BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities.

The cash component of our FY2011 community investment of US$149.1 million comprises:

direct investment in community programs made from BHP Billiton companies on an equity share basis;

contributions to the Group’s charitable foundations, excluding BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities;

the Enterprise Development and Socio-economic Development components of our Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment programs in South Africa.

Local procurement

Due to the scale of our operations, we create a strong demand for products and services. We recognise the potential benefit that supporting local businesses to meet this demand can bring to our host communities and regions. Our approach is to source locally if a product or service that meets our requirements is available locally.

2.8.10    Reporting transparently and behaving ethically

Founded onOur Charter values, theCode of Business Conductrepresents our unqualified commitment to uphold ethical business practices. TheCode of Business Conduct sets standards of behaviour for how we should work. In following these standards our people can be confident they are working in the right way.

Upholding theCode of Business Conduct

We recognise that at times our people may find themselves in situations where complying with theCode of Business Conduct may appear to conflict with the ability to win or retain business. TheCode of Business Conduct makes it clear that no employee may allow anything – meeting production, competitive instincts or even a direct order from a manager – to compromise the commitment to working with integrity.

To ensure the requirements of theCode of Business Conduct are effectively communicated across BHP Billiton, each business leader has the responsibility for ensuring that all employees and agency contractors attend an annual face-to-face meeting to discuss the Code. A training and communication plan for each business and function is completed and executed each year. Business leaders report against these requirements on an annual basis and retain records of training undertaken.

TheCode of Business Conduct is supported by the Business Conduct Advisory Service, which includes a multilingual, 24-hour hotline and online case management system. The general public is also able to access the Service via the hotline or the internet. In FY2011, 474 cases, as well as 144 service contacts were recorded. An annual reporting cycle assists us to identify trends and patterns of reported incidents.

Anti-corruption

Regardless of the country or culture within which our people work, theCode of Business Conduct prohibits corrupt practices to further BHP Billiton’s goals. TheCode of Business Conduct requires appropriate due diligence in selecting and engaging third parties, the maintenance of accurate and reasonably detailed records of expenditures and the implementation and maintenance of specific approval requirements for corruption sensitive transactions.

We also now prohibit the making of facilitation payments, which are payments involving small sums to low-level government officials to obtain routine services to which we are otherwise legally entitled.

Transparently reporting taxes

We support the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI), an international initiative dedicated to the enhancement of transparency around the payments of taxes and royalties derived from resource development. In line with our support for the EITI, we have reported this data on a country-by-country basis in our 2011 Sustainability Report. We have broken the data down into the taxes and royalty payments that we make as BHP Billiton (e.g. corporate income taxes and royalties) and those that we collect on behalf of employees.

Product stewardship

As our primary activities are in the extraction (and, in some cases, processing) stages of a product’s life cycle, we recognise that the majority of the life cycle of our products occurs after the point of our immediate activity. We also recognise there is strong business merit in implementing product stewardship programs in collaboration with other players in the life cycles of each of our products. We seek to work with those involved in the life cycles of our products and by-products to enhance performance along the supply chain and promote the responsible use and management of those products to minimise harm to people and the environment.

As a member of the International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM), we have also committed to implementing the ICMM Sustainable Development Framework, which requires that we facilitate and encourage responsible product design, use, re-use, recycling and disposal of our products.

Our products are required to have a specific materials safety data sheet (MSDS). These MSDSs outline the relevant health, safety and environment aspects of the product and are provided to both the customer and the transporter delivering our products to our customers.

2.8.11    Effectively managing our material risks

Identifying and managing material risk is a fundamental part of any business and, for BHP Billiton, this includes focusing on sustainability-specific risks for our people, the environment and our host communities.

Our approach to risk management

Our approach to governance and risk management processes is based on a precautionary approach to achieving business outcomes. A broader discussion of our risk management approach is provided in section 5.6. We have processes in place to ensure the management of material risk is approached consistently across the Group. The Group Risk Management Policy and GLDs work together to embed risk management into our business activities, functions and processes.

Assessing material risks and setting appropriate controls

We mandate materiality and tolerability criteria to identify material risk issues that consider non-financial impacts such as health and safety, social and cultural, reputation, legal and environmental impacts. The severity of any risk event is assessed according to a matrix that describes the degree of harm, injury or loss from the most severe impact associated with that risk event, assuming reasonable effectiveness of controls.

Risk management plans are established to assess, control, mitigate and monitor material risk issues. In FY2011, BHP Billiton increased the emphasis on establishing performance standards for material risk critical controls and ensuring these standards are effectively implemented through a GMC KPI. The KPI stipulates that individual BHP Billiton assets develop performance standards for safety-related material risks.

The objectives of the risk assessment process are to understand the nature and tolerance of material risk issues for the Group, and ensure material risks are well controlled through the development and monitoring of critical controls.

Our Group HSEC material risks range from financial and reputation issues to potential impacts from changes in regulations relevant to our products. For example, as a major producer of carbon-related products, an area where regulatory standards and expectations are emerging, we may be exposed to increased litigation, compliance costs and unforeseen environmental rehabilitation expenses.

Potential events that may materially impact our operations include rockfalls in underground mines, aircraft incidents, vehicle and mobile equipment incidents, well blowouts, explosions or gas leaks, uncontrolled tailings breaches, escape of polluting substances or hydrocarbons, human rights breaches, community protests or civil unrest. Unanticipated long-term health impacts due to potential work exposures as well as infectious diseases and pandemics pose potential risks and these effects may create future lost time and/or financial compensation obligations. Additionally, the dissatisfaction of our host communities regarding our impacts may potentially affect costs and production and in extreme cases viability; and changing legislative requirements and compliance issues may affect our financial results.

Failure to manage these risks has the potential to adversely affect our reputation and licence to operate.

Following the oil spill from BP’s Macondo well in the Gulf of Mexico in April 2010, BHP Billiton Petroleum reviewed its deepwater drilling safety standards. The effectiveness of our existing controls was enhanced in the area of worst-case discharge scenario planning. This involved developing and implementing a consistent modelling methodology.

Assessing risk when entering a new country

The performance measure we have set under the Country Risk Management GLD is that in countries of extreme or high governance risk, proposed new activities that expose the Group to a material risk issue – such as a reputation, legal or business conduct impact – will be assessed to ensure a tolerable risk profile. New activities may include establishing new trade agreements, undertaking new community investment programs or interactions with government officials. Consideration is given to the application of theCode of Business Conduct and compliance with legislation, including anti-corruption and potential application of any UN, EU, Australian or US government sanctions or trade embargos.

2.9    Employees

People are the foundation of our business and underpin our success. We value our people and encourage the development of talented and motivated individuals to support the continued performance and growth of our diverse operations. It is our aim as an organisation to strive to build a sense of purpose and achievement amongst all of our people in the work we do.

By working toOur Charter we align our people around our common purpose and values. We all useOur Charter as a vital reference point for how we do business, wherever we are in the world, and whatever work we do.

Our organisation is structured in four component parts: CSGs, Minerals Exploration, Marketing and Group Functions.

Each part of our organisation has a clear mandate that sets out the scope of responsibilities and accountabilities. For further information about our employees, refer to section 2.8.3.

In FY2011, we had an average of 40,757 employees working in more than 100 locations worldwide. We had an average of 64,548 contractors globally. The multitude of cultures and nationalities represented offer a diversity that enriches the working lives of all.

The table below provides a breakdown of the average number of employees, in accordance with our International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) reporting requirements, which includes our proportionate share of jointly controlled entities’ employees and Executive Directors, by CSG for each of the past three financial years.

CSG

  FY2011   FY2010   FY2009 

Petroleum

   2,308     2,178     2,105  

Aluminium

   4,599     4,471     4,938  

Base Metals

   7,602     7,434     7,731  

Diamonds and Specialty Products

   1,737     1,689     1,923  

Stainless Steel Materials

   3,412     3,481     4,039  

Iron Ore

   4,047     3,624     3,254  

Manganese

   2,426     2,549     2,532  

Metallurgical Coal

   4,019     3,533     3,892  

Energy Coal

   8,752     8,762     8,437  

Group and unallocated

   1,855     1,849     2,139  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(1)

   40,757     39,570     40,990  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)

Average employee numbers include Executive Directors, 100 per cent of employees of subsidiary companies and our share of proportionally consolidated entities and operations. Part-time employees are included on a full-time equivalent basis. Employees of businesses acquired or disposed of during the year are included for the period of ownership. Contractors are not included.

The table below provides a breakdown of our average number of employees by geographic location for each of the past three financial years.

   FY2011   FY2010   FY2009 

Africa

   10,061     10,622     10,755  

Asia

   970     816     1,254  

Australasia

   16,290     15,178     15,697  

Europe

   492     515     563  

North America

   3,168     2,971     2,824  

South America

   9,776     9,468     9,897  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   40,757     39,570     40,990  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2.10    Organisational structure

2.10.1    General

The BHP Billiton Group consists of the BHP Billiton Limited Group and the BHP Billiton Plc Group as a combined enterprise, following the completion of the Dual Listed Company (DLC) merger in June 2001. Refer to note 25 ‘Subsidiaries’ in the financial statements for a list of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc significant subsidiaries.

The BHP Billiton DLC merger was designed to place shareholders of both companies in a position where they effectively have an interest in a single group that combines the assets and is subject to the liabilities of both companies. BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have each retained their separate corporate identities and maintained separate stock exchange listings, but they are operated and managed as if they are a single unified economic entity, with their boards and senior executive management comprising the same people.

2.10.2    DLC structure

The principles of the BHP Billiton DLC are reflected in the BHP Billiton Sharing Agreement and include the following:

the two companies are to operate as if they are a single unified economic entity, through Boards of Directors that comprise the same individuals and a unified senior executive management;

the Directors of both companies will, in addition to their duties to the company concerned, have regard to the interests of BHP Billiton Limited shareholders and BHP Billiton Plc shareholders as if the two companies were a single unified economic entity and, for that purpose, the Directors of each company take into account in the exercise of their powers the interests of the shareholders of the other;

certain DLC equalisation principles must be observed. These are designed to ensure that for so long as the ‘Equalisation Ratio’ between a BHP Billiton Limited share and a BHP Billiton Plc share is 1:1, the economic and voting interests in the combined BHP Billiton Group resulting from the holding of one BHP Billiton Limited share are equivalent to that resulting from one BHP Billiton Plc share. Further details are set out in the sub-section ‘Equalisation of economic and voting rights’ below.

Additional documents that affect the DLC include:

BHP Billiton Limited Constitution

BHP Billiton Plc Memorandum and Articles of Association

BHP Billiton Special Voting Shares Deed

BHP Billiton Limited Deed Poll Guarantee

BHP Billiton Plc Deed Poll Guarantee.

Australian Foreign Investment Review Board (FIRB) conditions

The Treasurer of Australia approved the DLC merger subject to certain conditions, the effect of which was to require that, among other things, BHP Billiton Limited continues to:

be an Australian company, which is managed from Australia;

ultimately manage and control the companies conducting the business that was conducted by it at the time of the merger for as long as those businesses form part of the BHP Billiton Group.

The conditions have effect indefinitely, subject to amendment of the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeover Act 1975 or any revocation or amendment by the Treasurer of Australia. If BHP Billiton Limited no longer wishes to comply with these conditions, it must obtain the prior approval of the Treasurer. Failure to comply with the conditions attracts substantial penalties under the Act.

Equalisation of economic and voting rights

BHP Billiton Limited shareholders and BHP Billiton Plc shareholders have economic and voting interests in the combined BHP Billiton Group. The economic and voting interests represented by a share in one company relative to the economic and voting interests of a share in the other company is determined by reference to a ratio known as the ‘Equalisation Ratio’. Presently, the economic and voting interests attached to each BHP Billiton Limited share and each BHP Billiton Plc share are the same, since the Equalisation Ratio is 1:1. The Equalisation Ratio would change if either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc returned value to only its shareholders and no matching action were taken.

This means that the amount of any cash dividend paid by BHP Billiton Limited in respect of each BHP Billiton Limited share is normally matched by an equivalent cash dividend by BHP Billiton Plc in respect of each BHP Billiton Plc share, and vice versa. If one company has insufficient profits or is otherwise unable to pay the agreed dividend, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc will, as far as practicable, enter into such transactions as are necessary so as to enable both companies to pay the amount of pre-tax dividends per share.

Joint Electorate Actions

Under the terms of the DLC agreements, the BHP Billiton Limited Constitution and the BHP Billiton Plc Articles of Association special voting arrangements have been implemented so that the shareholders of both companies vote together as a single decision-making body on matters affecting the shareholders of each company in similar ways (such matters are referred to as Joint Electorate Actions). For so long as the Equalisation Ratio remains 1:1, each BHP Billiton Limited share will effectively have the same voting rights as each BHP Billiton Plc share on Joint Electorate Actions.

A Joint Electorate Action requires approval by ordinary resolution (or special resolution if required by statute, regulation, applicable listing rules or other applicable requirements) of BHP Billiton Limited, with both the BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shareholders and the holder of the BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share voting as a single class and also of BHP Billiton Plc, with the BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shareholders and the holder of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share voting as a single class.

Class Rights Actions

In the case of certain actions in relation to which the two bodies of shareholders may have divergent interests (referred to as Class Rights Actions), the company wishing to carry out the Class Rights Action requires the prior approval of the shareholders in the other company voting separately and, where appropriate, the approval of its own shareholders voting separately. Depending on the type of Class Rights Action undertaken, the approval required is either an ordinary or special resolution of the relevant company.

These voting arrangements are secured through the constitutional documents of the two companies, the BHP Billiton Sharing Agreement, the Special Voting Shares Deed and rights attaching to a specially created Special Voting Share issued by each company and held in each case by a Special Voting Company. The shares in the Special Voting Companies are held legally and beneficially by Law Debenture Trust Corporation Plc.

Cross guarantees

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have each executed a Deed Poll Guarantee, pursuant to which creditors entitled to the benefit of the BHP Billiton Limited Deed Poll Guarantee and the BHP Billiton Plc Deed Poll Guarantee will, to the extent possible, be placed in the same position as if the relevant debts were owed by both BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc combined.

Restrictions on takeovers of one company only

The BHP Billiton Limited Constitution and the BHP Billiton Plc Articles of Association have been drafted to ensure that, except with the consent of the Board, a person cannot gain control of one company without having made an equivalent offer to the shareholders of both companies on equivalent terms. Sanctions for breach of these provisions would include withholding of dividends, voting restrictions and the compulsory divestment of shares to the extent a shareholder and its associates exceed the relevant threshold.

2.11    Material contracts

2.11.1    DLC agreements

On 29 June 2001, BHP Billiton Limited (then known as BHP Limited) and BHP Billiton Plc (then known as Billiton Plc) merged by way of a DLC structure. To effect the DLC, BHP Limited and Billiton Plc (as they were then known) entered into the following agreements designed to place the shareholders of both companies in a position where they effectively have an interest in a single group that combines the assets, and is subject to all the liabilities, of both companies:

BHP Billiton Sharing Agreement

BHP Billiton Special Voting Shares Deed

BHP Billiton Limited Deed Poll Guarantee

BHP Billiton Plc Deed Poll Guarantee.

The effect of each of these agreements and the manner in which they operate are described in section 2.10 of this Report.

2.11.2    Merger Agreement with Petrohawk Energy Corporation

The Offer

On 14 July 2011, BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Petroleum (North America) Inc. (Parent), North America Holdings II Inc., (Purchaser) and Petrohawk Energy Corporation, (Petrohawk), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (Merger Agreement), pursuant to which Purchaser commenced an offer (Offer) to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Petrohawk’s common stock, par value US$0.001 per share (Shares), for US$38.75 per Share, net to the seller in cash (Offer Price), without interest.

The Merger and the Top-Up Option

The Merger Agreement also provides that, following consummation of the Offer and satisfaction or waiver of certain customary conditions, Purchaser will be merged with and into Petrohawk (Merger), with Petrohawk surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent. Upon completion of the Merger, each untendered Share outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (excluding those Shares that are held by (i) Parent, Petrohawk or their respective wholly owned subsidiaries and (ii) stockholders of Petrohawk who properly demand appraisal in connection with the Merger under the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL) will be converted into the right to receive the Offer Price.

If Purchaser holds 90 per cent or more of the outstanding Shares following the consummation of the Offer (Short-Form Threshold), the parties will effect the Merger as a short-form merger under the DGCL without the need for approval by Petrohawk’s stockholders. In addition, subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement and applicable law, Petrohawk has granted Purchaser an irrevocable option (Top-Up Option), exercisable after consummation of the Offer, to purchase from Petrohawk that number of Shares as would be necessary for Parent and its affiliates to own one Share more than the Short-Form Threshold. If the Offer is consummated but the Short-Form Threshold is not attained, Petrohawk, Parent and Purchaser will effect the Merger following stockholder approval, either pursuant to an action by written consent or a special stockholders’ meeting. In either case, Purchaser will vote all Shares it acquires pursuant to the Offer in favour of the adoption of the Merger Agreement, thereby assuring approval.

Conditions to the Offer

Consummation of the Offer is subject to several conditions, including: (i) that a majority of the Shares outstanding (generally determined on a fully diluted basis) be validly tendered and not properly withdrawn prior to the expiration date of the Offer (as such expiration date may be extended pursuant to the Merger Agreement);

(ii) clearance from the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States; (iii) the absence of a material adverse effect on Petrohawk; and (iv) certain other customary conditions. The Offer is not subject to a financing condition.

Representations and Warranties, Covenants, Termination Fee

Petrohawk has made customary representations, warranties and covenants in the Merger Agreement. Petrohawk’s covenants include covenants relating to Petrohawk’s conduct of its business between the date of the Merger Agreement and the closing of the Merger, restrictions on soliciting proposals for alternative transactions, public disclosures and other matters. The Merger Agreement contains certain termination rights of Parent and Petrohawk and provides that, upon the termination of the Merger Agreement under specified circumstances, Petrohawk will be required to pay Parent a termination fee of US$395 million.

The Petrohawk Board Recommendation

The board of directors of Petrohawk resolved to recommend that stockholders of Petrohawk tender their Shares into the Offer and, if necessary, vote to adopt the Merger Agreement.

The foregoing description of the Offer, the Merger and the Merger Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Merger Agreement.

Completion of the Offer

On 21 August 2011, we announced that at the end of Friday, 19 August 2011, approximately 293.9 million Petrohawk shares had been validly tendered and not withdrawn, including approximately 36 million Petrohawk shares tendered by guaranteed delivery. The tendered shares represented 97.4 per cent of the outstanding shares of Petrohawk, thus satisfying the Short-Form Threshold provision of the Merger Agreement. We also announced that following payment for all shares validly tendered and not withdrawn, we expected to effect a short-form merger under Delaware law as promptly as possible.

2.12    Constitution

The following text summarises the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc. The effect of the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc is, so far as possible, identical. Where the term ‘BHP Billiton’ is used in this description of the Constitution and Articles of Association, it can be read to mean either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc.

Certain provisions of the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc can only be amended where such amendment is approved by special resolution either:

by approval as a Class Rights Action, where the amendment results in a change to an ‘Entrenched Provision’; or

otherwise, as a Joint Electorate Action.

A description of Joint Electorate Actions and Class Rights Actions is contained under the heading ‘Equalisation of economic and voting rights’ in section 2.10.2 of this Report.

2.12.1    Directors

The management and control of the business and affairs of BHP Billiton are vested in the Board of Directors, which may exercise all powers of BHP Billiton, other than what is required to be exercised or done by BHP Billiton in a general meeting.

2.12.2    Power to issue securities

BHP Billiton may, pursuant to the Constitution and Articles of Association, issue any shares or other securities (including redeemable shares) with preferred, deferred or other special rights, obligations or restrictions as and when the Directors may determine and on any other terms the Directors consider appropriate, provided that any such issue:

does not affect any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares;

is subject to the provisions regarding shareholder approval in the Constitution and Articles of Association.

The rights attaching to a class other than ordinary shares are expressed at the date of issue.

2.12.3    Restrictions on voting by Directors

A Director may not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement or any other proposal in which he or she has a material personal interest. A Director shall not be counted in the quorum at a meeting in relation to any resolution on which he or she is not entitled to vote.

In addition, under the UK Companies Act 2006, a Director has a duty to avoid a situation in which he or she has (or can have) a direct or indirect interest that conflicts (or may conflict) with the interests of the company. The duty is not infringed, if among other things, the situation is authorised by non-interested Directors. In 2008, the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc were amended to enable the Board to authorise a matter that might otherwise involve a Director breaching his or her duty to avoid conflicts of interest. An interested Director may not vote or be counted towards a quorum for a resolution authorising such a situation. Where the Board gives such authorisation, the Board may prohibit, or may establish regulations which prohibit, the relevant Director from voting on any matter relating to the conflict. The Board has adopted procedures to manage these voting restrictions.

Subject to applicable laws, a Director is entitled to vote, and be counted in the quorum, in respect of any resolution concerning any of the following matters, namely where the material personal interest:

arises because the Director is a shareholder of BHP Billiton and is held in common with the other shareholders of BHP Billiton;

arises in relation to the Director’s remuneration as a Director of BHP Billiton;

relates to a contract BHP Billiton is proposing to enter into that is subject to approval by the shareholders and will not impose any obligation on BHP Billiton if it is not approved by the shareholders;

arises merely because the Director is a guarantor or has given an indemnity or security for all or part of a loan, or proposed loan, to BHP Billiton;

arises merely because the Director has a right of subrogation in relation to a guarantee or indemnity referred to above;

relates to a contract that insures, or would insure, the Director against liabilities the Director incurs as an officer of BHP Billiton, but only if the contract does not make BHP Billiton or a related body corporate the insurer;

relates to any payment by BHP Billiton or a related body corporate in respect of an indemnity permitted by law, or any contract relating to such an indemnity; or

is in a contract, or proposed contract with, or for the benefit of, or on behalf of, a related body corporate and arises merely because the Director is a director of a related body corporate.

2.12.4    Loans by Directors

Any Director may lend money to BHP Billiton at interest with or without security or may, for a commission or profit, guarantee the repayment of any money borrowed by BHP Billiton and underwrite or guarantee the subscription of shares or securities of BHP Billiton or of any corporation in which BHP Billiton may be interested without being disqualified as a Director and without being liable to account for BHP Billiton for any commission or profit.

2.12.5    Retirement of Directors

In August 2011, the Board adopted a policy consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code, under which all Directors must, if they wish to remain on the Board, seek re-election by shareholders annually. This new policy will take effect at the 2011 Annual General Meetings, and replaces the previous system, as set out in the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc, under which Directors were required to submit themselves to shareholders for re-election at least every three years.

2.12.6    Rights attaching to shares

Dividend rights

Under English law, dividends on shares may only be paid out of profits available for distribution. Under Australian law, dividends on shares may only be paid out of net assets, provided that the payment is fair and reasonable to the company’s shareholders as a whole and the payment of the dividend does not materially prejudice the company’s ability to pay its creditors. The Constitution and Articles of Association provide that payment of any dividend may be made in any manner, by any means and in any currency determined by the Board.

All unclaimed dividends may be invested or otherwise used by the Board for the benefit of whichever of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc declared that dividend, until claimed or, in the case of BHP Billiton Limited, otherwise disposed of according to law. In the case of BHP Billiton Plc, any dividend unclaimed after a period of 12 years from the date on which such dividend was declared or became due for payment shall be forfeited and shall revert to BHP Billiton Plc.

Voting rights

Voting at any general meeting of BHP Billiton Limited shareholders is in the first instance to be conducted by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded by any of the following (except in relation to the election of a chairman of a meeting or, unless the Chairman otherwise determines, the adjournment of a meeting):

the Chairman;

any shareholder under the law; or

the holder of the BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share.

Voting at any general meeting of BHP Billiton Plc is in the first instance to be conducted by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded by any of the following:

the Chairman;

not less than five members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote;

a member or members present in person or by proxy and representing not less than five per cent of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

the holder of the Billiton Special Voting Share.

As described under the heading ‘Equalisation of economic and voting rights’ in section 2.10.2 of this Report, certain matters may be decided as Joint Electorate Actions or Class Rights Actions. Any matter considered by shareholders at an Annual General Meeting of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc constitutes a Joint Electorate Action and shall therefore be decided on a poll. Therefore, in practice, generally all items of business at Annual General Meetings proceed directly to poll.

In addition, at any general meeting a resolution, other than a procedural resolution, put to the vote of the meeting on which the holder of the relevant BHP Billiton Special Voting Share is entitled to vote shall be decided on a poll.

For the purposes of determining which shareholders are entitled to attend or vote at a meeting of BHP Billiton Plc or BHP Billiton Limited, and how many votes such shareholder may cast, the relevant company will specify in any notice of meeting a time, not more than 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting, by which a shareholder must be entered on the Register of Shareholders in order to have the right to attend or vote at the relevant meeting.

Shareholders who wish to appoint a proxy to attend, vote or speak at a meeting of BHP Billiton Plc or BHP Billiton Limited (as appropriate) on their behalf, must deposit the relevant form appointing a proxy in accordance with the instructions contained in any notice of meeting, so as to be received in the specified manner not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting to which the appointment of a proxy relates.

Rights to share in BHP Billiton Limited’s profits

The rights attached to the shares of BHP Billiton Limited, as regards the participation in the profits available for distribution, are as follows:

The holders of any preference shares shall be entitled, in priority to any payment of dividend to the holders of any other class of shares, to a preferred right to participate as regards dividends up to but not beyond a specified amount in distribution.

Subject to the special rights attaching to any preference shares, but in priority to any payment of dividends on all other classes of shares, the holder of the Equalisation Share (if any) shall be entitled to be paid such dividends as are declared.

Any surplus remaining after payment of the distributions above shall be payable to the holders of BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares and the BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share in equal amounts per share.

Rights to share in BHP Billiton Plc’s profits

The rights attached to the shares of BHP Billiton Plc, in relation to the participation in the profits available for distribution, are as follows:

The holders of the cumulative preference shares shall be entitled, in priority to any payment of dividend to the holders of any other class of shares, to be paid a fixed cumulative preferential dividend (Preferential Dividend) at a rate of 5.5 per cent per annum, to be paid annually in arrears on 31 July in each year or, if any such date shall be a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in England, on the first business day following such date in each year. Payments of Preferential Dividends shall be made to holders on the register at any date selected by the Directors up to 42 days prior to the relevant fixed dividend date.

Subject to the rights attaching to the cumulative preference shares, but in priority to any payment of dividends on all other classes of shares, the holder of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share shall be entitled to be paid a fixed dividend of US$0.01 per annum, payable annually in arrears on 31 July.

Subject to the rights attaching to the cumulative preference shares and the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share, but in priority to any payment of dividends on all other classes of shares, the holder of the Equalisation Share shall be entitled to be paid such dividends as the Board may decide to pay thereupon.

Any surplus remaining after payment of the distributions above shall be payable to the holders of the BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares in equal amounts per BHP Billiton Plc ordinary share.

2.12.7    Right on a return of assets on liquidation

On a return of assets on liquidation of BHP Billiton Limited, the assets of BHP Billiton Limited remaining available for distribution among shareholders, after giving effect to the payment of all prior ranking amounts owed to all creditors and holders of preference shares, shall be applied in paying to the holders of the BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share and the Equalisation Share (if any) an amount of up to A$2.00 on each such share, on an equal priority with any amount paid to the holders of BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares, and any surplus remaining shall be applied in making payments solely to the holders of BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares in accordance with their entitlements.

On a return of assets on liquidation of BHP Billiton Plc, subject to the payment of all prior ranking amounts owed to the creditors of BHP Billiton Plc and prior ranking statutory entitlements, the assets of BHP Billiton Plc to be distributed on a winding-up shall be distributed to the holders of shares in the following order of priority:

To the holders of the cumulative preference shares, the repayment of a sum equal to the nominal capital paid up or credited as paid up on the cumulative preference shares held by them and accrual, if any, of the Preferential Dividend, whether such dividend has been earned or declared or not, calculated up to the date of commencement of the winding-up.

To the holders of the BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares and to the holders of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share and the Equalisation Share , the payment out of surplus, if any, remaining after the distribution above of an equal amount for each BHP Billiton Plc ordinary share, the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share and the Equalisation Share, if issued, subject to a maximum in the case of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share and the Equalisation Share of the nominal capital paid up on such shares.

2.12.8    Redemption of preference shares

If BHP Billiton Limited at any time proposes to create and issue any preference shares, the preference shares may be issued on the terms that they are to be redeemed or, at the option of either or both BHP Billiton Limited and the holder, are liable to be redeemed, whether out of share capital, profits or otherwise.

The preference shares confer on the holders the right to convert the preference shares into ordinary shares if, and on the basis, the Board determines at the time of issue of the preference shares.

The preference shares are to confer on the holders:

the right (on redemption and on a winding-up) to payment in cash in priority to any other class of shares of (i) the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on each of the preference shares; (ii) the amount, if any, equal to the aggregate of any dividends accrued but unpaid and of any arrears of dividends;

the right, in priority to any payment of dividend on any other class of shares, to the preferential dividend.

There is no equivalent provision in the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc although as noted in section 2.12.2 above, BHP Billiton can issue preference shares which are subject to a right of redemption on terms the Board considers appropriate.

2.12.9    Capital calls

Subject to the terms on which any shares may have been issued, the Board may make calls on the shareholders in respect of all monies unpaid on their shares. BHP Billiton has a lien on every partly paid share for all amounts payable in respect of that share. Each shareholder is liable to pay the amount of each call in the manner, at the time and at the place specified by the Board (subject to receiving at least 14 days notice specifying the time and place for payment). A call is considered to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed.

2.12.10    Borrowing powers

Subject to relevant law, the Directors may exercise all powers of BHP Billiton to borrow money, and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, assets (both present and future) and all uncalled capital or any part or parts thereof and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of BHP Billiton or of any third party.

2.12.11    Changes to rights of shareholders

Rights attached to any class of shares issued by either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc can only be varied (whether as a Joint Electorate Action or a Class Rights Action) where such variation is approved both:

by the Company that issued the relevant shares, as a special resolution;

by the holders of the issued shares of the affected class, either by a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of the class affected, or with the written consent of members with at least 75 per cent of the votes of that class.

2.12.12    Conditions governing general meetings

All provisions relating to general meetings apply with any necessary modifications to any special meeting of any class of shareholders that may be held. Therefore, the following information relates equally to general meetings and any special meeting of any class of shareholders.

The Board may and shall on requisition in accordance with applicable laws call a general meeting of the shareholders at the time and place or places and in the manner determined by the Board. No shareholder may convene a general meeting of BHP Billiton except where entitled under law to do so. Any Director may convene a general meeting whenever the Director thinks fit. General meetings can also be cancelled, postponed or adjourned. Notice of a general meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and such notice of meeting must be given in the form and manner in which the Board thinks fit. Five shareholders of the relevant company present in person or by proxy constitute a quorum for a meeting. A shareholder who is entitled to attend and cast a vote at a general meeting of BHP Billiton may appoint a person as a proxy to attend and vote for the shareholder in accordance with the law.

2.12.13    Limitations on rights to own securities

Neither the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited nor the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc impose any limitations on the rights to own securities other than restrictions that reflect the takeovers codes under relevant Australian and UK law. In addition, the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 imposes a number of conditions that restrict foreign ownership of Australian-based companies.

Share control limits imposed by the Constitution and the Articles of Association, as well as relevant laws, are described in sections 2.7 and 2.10.2 of this Report.

2.12.14    Documents on display

You can consult reports and other information about BHP Billiton Limited that it has filed pursuant to the rules of the ASX atwww.asx.com.au. You can consult reports and other information filed for publication by BHP Billiton Plc pursuant to the rules of the UK Listing Authority at the Authority’s document viewing facility. Information filed on the ASX, or pursuant to the rules of the UK Listing Authority is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report. The documents referred to in this Annual Report as being available on our website,www.bhpbilliton.com, are not incorporated by reference and do not form part of this Annual Report.

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc both file annual and special reports and other information with the US Securities Exchange Commission (SEC). You may read and copy any document that either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc files at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1,580, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 or access the SEC website atwww.sec.gov for further information on the public reference room. The SEC filings of BHP Billiton Limited since December 2002, and those of BHP Billiton Plc since October 2003, are also available on the SEC website.

2.13    Reserves

2.13.12.3.1    Petroleum reserves

Reserves and production

BHP Billiton Petroleum proved reserves are estimated and reported according to SEC standards. For FY2011, our proved oilUS Securities and gas reservesExchange Commission (SEC) standards and have been determined in accordance with SEC Rule 4-10(a) ofRegulation S-X. Proved oil and gas reserves are those quantities of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids (NGL), which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible from a given date forward from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, operating contracts and government regulations. Unless evidence indicates that renewal of existing operating contracts is reasonably certain, estimates of economically producible reserves reflect only reflect the period before the contracts providing the right to operate expire. The project to extract the hydrocarbons must have commenced or the operator must be reasonably certain that it will commence within a reasonable time. Developed oil and gas reserves are reserves that can be expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods, and through installed extraction equipment and infrastructure operational at the time of the reserve estimate if the extraction is by means not involving a well. As specified in SEC Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X, oil and gas prices are taken as the unweighted average of the corresponding first day of the month prices for the 12 months prior to the ending date of the period covered.

Estimates of oil and gas reserves are inherently imprecise, require the application of judgement and are subject to future revision. Accordingly, financial and accounting measures (such as the standardised measure of discounted cash flows, depreciation, depletion and amortisation charges, the assessment of impairments and the assessment of valuation allowances against deferred tax assets) that are based on reserve estimates are also subject to change.

Proved reserves arewere estimated by reference to available seismic, well and reservoir information, including but not limited to well logs, well test data, core data, production and pressure trends for producing reservoirsdata, geologic data, seismic data and, in some cases, to similar data from other analogous, producing reservoirs. A wide range of engineering and geoscience methods, including performance analysis, well analogues and geologic studies were used to estimate high confidence proved developed and undeveloped reserves in accordance with SEC regulations. For our conventional assets, performance of producing wells was based on rate and pressure decline methods, including material balance, and was supplemented by reservoir simulation models where appropriate. In our Onshore US shale assets, performance of producing wells was based on decline and pressure normalised decline curve analysis methods. For wells that lacked sufficient production history, reserves were estimated using performance-based type curves and offset location analogues with similar geologic and reservoir characteristics. When assessing proved undeveloped locations, a combination of geologic and engineering data, and where appropriate, statistical analysis was used to support the assignment of proved undeveloped reserves. Performance data, along with log and core data, was used to delineate consistent, continuous reservoir characteristics in core areas of the

development. Proved reservesundeveloped locations were included in core areas between known data and adjacent to productive wells. Locations where a high degree of certainty could not be demonstrated using the above technologies and techniques, were not categorised as proved.

Proved reserve estimates arewere attributed to future development projects only where there is a significant commitment to project funding and execution, and for which applicable government and regulatory approvals have been secured or are reasonably certain to be secured. Furthermore, estimates of proved reserves include only include volumes for which access to market is assured with reasonable certainty. All proved reserve estimates are subject to revision, either upward or downward, based on new information, such as from development drilling and production activities, or from changes in economic factors, including product prices, contract terms or development plans.

Reserve estimates contained in this section have been estimated with deterministic methodology, with the exception of the North West Shelf gas operation in Australia where probabilistic methodology has been utilised to estimate and aggregate reserves for the reservoirs dedicated to the gas project only. The probabilistic based portion of these reserves totals 30 MMboe (total boe conversion is based on the following: 6,000 scf of natural gas equals 1 boe) and represents approximately one per cent of our total reported proved reserves. Aggregation of proved reserves beyond the field/project level has been performed by arithmetic summation. Due to portfolio effects, aggregates of proved reserves may be conservative. The custody transfer point(s) or point(s) of sale applicable for each field or project are the reference point for reserves. The reserves replacement ratio is the reserves change during the year before production, divided by the production during the year stated as a percentage.

The Petroleum Reserves Group (PRG) is a dedicated group that provides overall oversight of the reservesreserves’ assessment and reporting processes. It is independent of the various asset teams directly responsible for

development and production activities. The PRG is staffed by individuals averaging over 30 yearsmore than 25 years’ experience in the Oiloil and Gasgas industry. The Managermanager of the PRG, Abhijit Gadgil, is a full-time employee of BHP Billiton and is the individual primarily responsible for overseeing and supervising the preparation of the reserves estimate.reserve estimates and compiling the information for inclusion in this Annual Report. He has an advanced degree in engineering and overmore than 30 years of diversified industry experience in reservoir engineering, reserves assessment, field development and technical management. Hemanagement and is a 30+ year30-year member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE). He has also served on the Society of Petroleum Engineers Oil and Gas Reserves Committee. Mr Gadgil has the qualifications and experience required to act as a qualified petroleum reserves evaluator under the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules. The estimates of petroleum reserves are based on, and fairly represent, information and supporting documentation prepared under the supervision of Mr Gadgil and he has reviewed and agrees with the information included in section 2.3.1 of this Annual Report and has given his prior written consent for its publication. No part of the individual compensation for members of this groupthe PRG is dependent on reported reserves.

During FY2011, Petroleum added 599 million barrels of oil equivalent (MMboe)(1) of proved oil and gas reserves. The largest component was the acquisition of the Fayetteville Shale gas assets accounting for 415 MMboe of proved developed and undeveloped reserves. Excluding this purchase, Petroleum added 184 MMboe of proved reserves, replacing 115 per cent of sales of 159 MMboe. For the first time, Petroleum added 91 MMboe proved reserves effective 30 June 2011 associated with future production that will be consumed in operations (typically fuel gas). The remaining additions during the year were comprised of revisions of 49 MMboe that resulted from analysis of performance and drilling results affecting previous assessments, improved recovery additions of 23 MMboe and extensions of 21 MMboe, with the largest portion associated with commitment to the development of additional production capability in the North West Shelf gas project. Improved recovery reserves were added at the Shenzi project in the Gulf of Mexico where pressures encountered by the first injection well established connectivity to offset producers. Based on a combination of high resolution seismic interpretation and engineering analysis, as well as comparison with water injection projects in other Miocene sands in the area, the incremental impact of the one current water injector was estimated at 23 MMboe.

Petroleum’s reserves are estimated as of 30 June 2011. For the first time the Group engaged the services of Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. (NSAI), an independent petroleum engineering firm, to estimate the reserves for the newly acquired Fayetteville Shale gas assets. Those reserves represent approximately 24 per cent of the Group’s total proven reserves on a boe basis (35 per cent of proven gas reserves) and are incorporated in the summary tables below. A copy of NSAI’s report has been filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report filed on Form 20-F. As noted therein, Fayetteville project undeveloped reserves are estimated based on specific drilling locations expected to be drilled at the current rate within the next five years, current government regulations and a FY2011 Henry Hub reference price of US$4.21 per Million British Thermal Units (MMBtu), as adjusted for transportation fees and regional price differentials, among other assumptions.

As in previous years, reserve2014. Reserve assessments for all other Petroleum propertiesoperations were conducted by technical staff within the operating organisation. These individuals meet the professional qualifications outlined by the Society of Petroleum Engineers, are trained in the fundamentals of SEC reserves reporting and the corporate reserves processes and are endorsed by the PRG. Each reserve assessment is reviewed annually by the PRG to ensure technical quality, adherence to internally published Petroleum CSG Guidelinesguidelines and compliance with SEC reporting requirements. Once endorsed by the PRG, all reserves receive final endorsement by senior management and the corporate Risk and Audit Committee prior to public reporting. Our internal Group Audit ServicesRisk Assessment and Assurance provides secondary assurance of the oil and gas reserve reporting processes through annual audits.

Production for FY2014 totalled 246 MMboe in sales, which is an increase of 10 MMboe from FY2013. There were an additional 6 MMboe in non-sales production, primarily for fuel consumed in our Petroleum operations. During FY2014, Petroleum added a total of 131 MMboe of proved oil and gas reserves. Excluding net purchases and sales of negative 14 MMboe, proved additions of 145 MMboe replaced 58 per cent of production sales and fuel through extensions, discoveries, and revisions. At 30 June 2014, approximately 47 per cent of our proved reserves were in conventional assets, while approximately 53 per cent were in unconventional assets.

New additions from extensions and discoveries totalled 368 MMboe, primarily for new development projects in the North American shale fields where areas with high liquids production and greater value are being targeted. The Eagle Ford shale area contributed 157 MMboe to these new additions, while the Haynesville and Fayetteville areas contributed 131 MMboe. Revisions were negative 222 MMboe and are primarily related to deferral of drilling and adjustments to predicted well performance in undeveloped areas of the Eagle Ford, Permian, Haynesville and Fayetteville areas. The locations of the wells where drilling has been deferred are in relatively dry gas areas and are now planned to be drilled in more than five years’ time, as a result of our refocused drilling plans, and have been reclassified out of proved undeveloped reserves. None of the current unconventional proved undeveloped reserves will be more than five years old at the time they are drilled.

Our proved additions through extensions and revisions for conventional assets excluding purchases and sales totalled 83 MMboe in FY2014. Strong production performance in Macedon and other fields, and the Pyrenees Phase III infill project allowed the addition of 42 MMboe in our Australian operated fields while the non-operated joint interest Bass Strait and North West Shelf fields added 6 MMboe. Our US Gulf of Mexico fields had additions of 16 MMboe from extensions and revisions, while 27 MMboe was added for the extended gas sales project and production performance for the Angostura project in Trinidad and Tobago. During the year, we sold our interest in the Liverpool Bay fields in the UK offshore, which reduced proved reserves by 13 MMboe.

These results are summarised in the tables below, which detail estimated oil, condensate, NGL and natural gas reserves at 30 June 2011,2014, 30 June 20102013 and 30 June 2009,2012, with a reconciliation of the changes in each year. Reserves have been calculated using the economic interest method and represent net interest volumes after deduction of applicable royalty. Reserves include quantities of oil, condensate, NGL and gas that will be produced under several75 MMboe are in two production and risk sharingrisk-sharing arrangements that involve the Group in upstream risks and rewards without transfer of ownership of the products. At 30 June 2011,2014, approximately sixthree per cent (2010: six per cent; 2009: seven per cent) of the proved developed and undeveloped oil, condensate and NGL reserves and four per cent (2010: five per cent; 2009: five per cent) of natural gas reserves are attributable to those arrangements. Reserves also include volumes calculated by probabilistic aggregation of certain fields that share common infrastructure. These aggregation procedures result in enterprise-wide proved reserves volumes which may not be realised upon divestment on an individual property basis.

Millions of barrels

 Australia  United
States
  Other (b)  Total 

Proved developed and undeveloped oil and condensate reserves (a)

    

Reserves at 30 June 2011

  171.2    257.9    40.8    469.9  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

      33.2        33.2  

Revisions of previous estimates

  8.7    120.6    5.1    134.4  

Extensions and discoveries

  8.8    2.9        11.7  

Purchase/sales of reserves

      32.0        32.0  

Production

  (31.2  (30.8  (9.2  (71.2
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

  (13.6  157.8    (4.1  140.1  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2012

  157.6    415.7    36.6    610.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

      12.6    0.1    12.7  

Revisions of previous estimates

  13.7    (65.7  1.1    (50.9

Extensions and discoveries

  0.2    137.5    0.2    137.9  

Purchase/sales of reserves

      (1.9      (1.9

Production

  (25.9  (38.7  (7.9  (72.5
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

  (12.0  43.8    (6.5  25.4  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2013

  145.7    459.6    30.1    635.4  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

                

Revisions of previous estimates

  14.2    (50.0  (0.4  (36.1

Extensions and discoveries

      99.0    0.3    99.3  

Purchase/sales of reserves

      (0.4  (3.5  (3.9

Production

  (23.6  (54.0  (6.5  (84.1
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

  (9.4  (5.4  (10.0  (24.8
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2014

  136.2    454.2    20.1    610.5  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Developed

    

Proved developed oil and condensate reserves

    

as of 30 June 2011

  116.0    92.2    38.5    246.7  

as of 30 June 2012

  101.5    148.6    36.5    286.6  

as of 30 June 2013

  105.0    209.5    27.7    342.2  

Developed Reserves as of 30 June 2014

  96.5    237.8    14.7    349.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undeveloped

    

Proved undeveloped oil and condensate reserves

    

as of 30 June 2011

  55.2    165.7    2.2    223.1  

as of 30 June 2012

  56.2    267.1    0.1    323.4  

as of 30 June 2013

  40.6    250.1    2.5    293.2  

Undeveloped Reserves as of 30 June 2014

  39.7    216.4    5.4    261.5  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Total boe conversion is based on the following: 6,000 scf of natural gas equals one boe.

Petroleum Reserves

Millions of barrels

  Australia  United
States
  Other  Total 

Proved developed and undeveloped oil, condensate and

     

NGL reserves(a)(b)

     

Reserves at 30 June 2008

   354.3    197.8    46.5    598.6  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved Recovery

   0.0    0.0    1.2    1.2  

Revisions of previous estimates

   13.3    5.0    24.0    42.3  

Extensions and discoveries

   5.9    14.0    0.0    19.9  

Purchase/sales of reserves

   0.0    0.0    0.0    0.0  

Production(c)

   (40.4  (20.9  (15.1  (76.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (21.2  (1.9  10.1    (13.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2009

   333.1    195.9    56.6    585.6  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved Recovery

   11.0    0.0    0.0    11.0  

Revisions of previous estimates

   5.9    73.4    (2.4  76.9  

Extensions and discoveries

   6.9    49.2    7.5    63.6  

Purchase/sales of reserves

   0.0    0.0    0.0    0.0  

Production(c)

   (40.2  (44.1  (12.8  (97.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (16.4  78.5    (7.7  54.4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2010

   316.7    274.4    48.9    640.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved Recovery

   0.7    22.0    0.0    22.7  

Revisions of previous estimates

   2.0    1.6    3.7    7.3  

Extensions and discoveries

   3.2    1.6    0.2    5.0  

Purchase/sales of reserves

   0.0    0.0    0.0    0.0  

Production(c)

   (48.4  (32.2  (11.3  (91.9
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (42.5  (7.0  (7.4  (56.9
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2011(d)

   274.2    267.4    41.5    583.1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Developed

     

Proved developed oil, condensate and NGL reserves

     

at 30 June 2008

   189.1    90.0    42.0    321.1  

at 30 June 2009

   182.2    98.7    51.5    332.4  

at 30 June 2010

   217.1    108.9    44.4    370.4  

Developed Reserves at 30 June 2011

   176.3    94.8    39.2    310.3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undeveloped

     

Proved undeveloped oil, condensate and NGL reserves

     

at 30 June 2008

   165.2    107.8    4.5    277.5  

at 30 June 2009

   150.9    97.2    5.1    253.2  

at 30 June 2010

   99.6    165.5    4.5    269.6  

Undeveloped Reserves at 30 June 2011

   97.9    172.6    2.3    272.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a) 

Small differences are due to rounding to first decimal place.

 

(b) 

NGLOther is extracted separately from crude oilcomprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and natural gasTobago, and reported as a liquid.

the United Kingdom.

Millions of barrels

  Australia  United
States
  Other (c)  Total 

Proved developed and undeveloped NGL reserves(a)

     

Reserves at 30 June 2011

   102.9    9.6    0.7    113.2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

       0.9        0.9  

Revisions of previous estimates

   0.2    49.7    (0.1  49.9  

Extensions and discoveries

       2.1        2.1  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       41.9        41.9  

Production(b)

   (7.9  (5.7  (0.4  (14.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (7.7  89.0    (0.5  80.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2012

   95.2    98.6 (d)   0.2    194.0 (d) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

       1.0        1.0  

Revisions of previous estimates

   3.5    (23.3      (19.8

Extensions and discoveries

   0.1    82.2        82.3  

Purchase/sales of reserves

                 

Production(b)

   (7.9  (9.6      (17.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (4.3  50.3        45.9  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2013

   90.9    148.9 (d)   0.2    239.9 (d) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

                 

Revisions of previous estimates

   (0.3  (25.3  (0.1  (25.7

Extensions and discoveries

       46.9        46.9  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       (0.2      (0.2

Production(b)

   (8.5  (13.6      (22.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (8.8  7.7    (0.1  (1.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2014

   82.1    156.6 (d)       238.7 (d) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Developed

     

Proved developed NGL reserves

     

as of 30 June 2011

   60.3    2.6    0.7    63.6  

as of 30 June 2012

   53.9    22.5    0.2    76.6  

as of 30 June 2013

   54.7    54.1    0.2    108.9  

Developed Reserves as of 30 June 2014

   46.0    75.0        121.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undeveloped

     

Proved undeveloped NGL reserves

     

as of 30 June 2011

   42.6    7.0    0.1    49.7  

as of 30 June 2012

   41.3    76.1        117.4  

as of 30 June 2013

   36.2    94.8        131.0  

Undeveloped Reserves as of 30 June 2014

   36.1    81.5        117.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(c)

Production for reserves reconciliation differs slightly from marketable production due to timing of sales and corrections to previous estimates.

(d)

Total proved oil, condensate and NGL reserves include 6.2 million barrels derived from probabilistic aggregation of reserves from reservoirs dedicated to the North West Shelf gas project only.

Billions of cubic feet

  Australia (b)  United States  Other  Total 

Proved developed and undeveloped natural gas reserves

     

Reserves at 30 June 2008(a) (e)

   3,756.0    99.6    802.6    4,658.2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved Recovery

   0.0    0.0    179.5    179.5  

Revisions of previous estimates

   24.5    1.5    2.7    28.7  

Extensions and discoveries

   267.5    7.5    0.0    275.0  

Purchase/sales of reserves

   0.0    (2.4  0.0    (2.4

Production(c)

   (258.3  (13.4  (92.9  (364.6
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   33.7    (6.8  89.3    116.2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2009(e)

   3,789.7    92.8    892.0    4,774.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved Recovery

   40.5    0.0    23.6    64.1  

Revisions of previous estimates

   94.2    2.2    (51.5  44.9  

Extensions and discoveries

   1.6    9.3    0.0    10.9  

Purchase/sales of reserves

   0.0    0.0    0.0    0.0  

Production(c)

   (259.7  (17.7  (91.3  (368.7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (123.4  (6.2  (119.2  (248.8
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2010(e)

   3,666.3    86.6    772.8    4,525.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved Recovery

   0.0    3.5    0.0    3.5  

Revisions of previous estimates

   582.8    197.9    12.4    793.1  

Extensions and discoveries

   63.7    0.3    31.6    95.6  

Purchase/sales of reserves

   0.0    2,490.6    0.0    2,490.6  

Production(c)

   (274.7  (49.1  (81.2  (405.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   371.8    2,643.2    (37.2  2,977.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2011(d)

   4,038.1    2,729.8    735.6    7,503.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Developed

     

Proved developed natural gas reserves

     

at 30 June 2008(e)

   1,882.3    46.4    441.4    2,370.1  

at 30 June 2009(e)

   1,899.0    38.5    383.7    2,321.2  

at 30 June 2010

   1,724.8    30.3    236.8    1,991.9  

Developed Reserves at 30 June 2011

   1,754.0    1,122.1    719.9    3,596.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undeveloped

     

Proved undeveloped natural gas reserves

     

at 30 June 2008(e)

   1,873.7    53.2    361.2    2,288.1  

at 30 June 2009(e)

   1,890.7    54.3    508.3    2,453.3  

at 30 June 2010

   1,941.5    56.3    536.0    2,533.8  

Undeveloped Reserves at 30 June 2011

   2,284.1    1,607.7    15.7    3,907.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a) 

Small differences are due to rounding to first decimal place.

 

(b)Production includes volumes consumed in operations.

(c)Other is comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago, and the United Kingdom.

(d)For 2012, 2013 and 2014, amounts include 1.7, 4.0 and 3.9 million barrels, respectively that are anticipated to be consumed in operations in the United States.

Billions of cubic feet

  Australia (c)  United
States
  Other (d)  Total 

Proved developed and undeveloped natural gas reserves (a)

     

Reserves at 30 June 2011

   4,038.1    2,729.8    735.6    7,503.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

       3.3        3.3  

Revisions of previous estimates

   90.1    328.1    29.1    447.3  

Extensions and discoveries

   6.6    128.3        134.9  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       3,297.3        3,297.3  

Production (b)

   (276.1  (458.4  (122.6  (857.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (179.5  3,298.7    (93.5  3,025.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2012

   3,858.6 (e)   6,028.5 (f)   642.1 (g)   10,529.2 (h) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

       3.4        3.4  

Revisions of previous estimates

   34.6    (1,159.5  (54.9  (1,179.8

Extensions and discoveries

   8.7    1,675.4        1,684.1  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       (0.5      (0.5

Production (b)

   (299.3  (491.3  (116.3  (906.9
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (255.9  27.4    (171.2  (399.7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2013

   3,602.6 (e)   6,055.9 (f)   471.0 (g)   10,129.5 (h) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

                 

Revisions of previous estimates

   207.9    (1,174.3  3.4    (962.9

Extensions and discoveries

       1,205.9    123.6    1,329.5  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       (1.5  (58.4  (59.9

Production (b)

   (315.2  (462.7  (96.9  (874.8
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (107.2  (432.4  (28.4  (568.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2014

   3,495.4 (e)   5,623.5 (f)   442.6 (g)   9,561.5 (h) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Developed

     

Proved developed natural gas reserves

     

as of 30 June 2011

   1,754.0    1,122.1    719.9    3,596.0  

as of 30 June 2012

   1,619.0    2,742.5    634.5    4,996.0  

as of 30 June 2013

   2,674.4    3,094.3    471.0    6,239.7  

Developed Reserves as of 30 June 2014

   2,553.7    3,208.3    315.5    6,077.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undeveloped

     

Proved undeveloped natural gas reserves

     

as of 30 June 2011

   2,284.1    1,607.7    15.7    3,907.4  

as of 30 June 2012

   2,239.6    3,286.0    7.6    5,533.2  

as of 30 June 2013

   928.2    2,961.6        3,889.8  

Undeveloped Reserves as of 30 June 2014

   941.7    2,415.2    127.1    3,484.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Small differences are due to rounding to first decimal place.

(b) Production includes volumes consumed by operations.

(c)Production for Australia includes gas sold as LNG.

 

(c)(d)

Production for reserves reconciliation differs slightly from marketable production due to timingOther is comprised of salesAlgeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and corrections to previous estimates.

Tobago, and the United Kingdom.

 

(d)(e) 

Total proved natural gas reservesFor 2012, 2013 and 2014, amounts include 177.2397, 387 and 360 billion cubic feet, derived from probabilistic aggregation of reserves from reservoirs dedicatedrespectively that are anticipated to the North West Shelf gas project only.

be consumed in operations in Australia.

 

(e)(f) 

Does notFor 2012, 2013 and 2014, amounts include volumes expected104, 91 and 185 billion cubic feet, respectively that are anticipated to be consumed by operations.

in operations in the United States.

Millions of barrels oil equivalent(a)

  Australia  United
States
  Other  Total 

Proved developed and undeveloped oil, condensate, natural gas and NGL reserves (b)

     

Reserves at 30 June 2008(e)

   980.3    214.4    180.3    1,375.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved Recovery

   0.0    0.0    31.1    31.1  

Revisions of previous estimates

   17.4    5.3    24.5    47.1  

Extensions and discoveries

   50.5    15.3    0.0    65.7  

Purchase/sales of reserves

   0.0    (0.4  0.0    (0.4

Production(c)

   (83.5  (23.1  (30.6  (137.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (15.7  (3.0  25.0    6.4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2009(e)

   964.7    211.4    205.3    1,381.4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved Recovery

   17.8    0.0    3.9    21.7  

Revisions of previous estimates

   21.6    73.8    (11.0  84.4  

Extensions and discoveries

   7.2    50.8    7.5    65.4  

Purchase/sales of reserves

   0.0    0.0    0.0    0.0  

Production(c)

   (83.5  (47.1  (28.0  (158.6
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (36.9  77.5    (27.6  12.9  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2010(e)

   927.8    288.8    177.7    1,394.3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved Recovery

   0.7    22.6    0.0    23.3  

Revisions of previous estimates

   99.1    34.5    5.9    139.5  

Extensions and discoveries

   13.9    1.6    5.4    20.9  

Purchase/sales of reserves

   0.0    415.1    0.0    415.1  

Production(c)

   (94.2  (40.3  (24.9  (159.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   19.5    433.5    (13.6  439.4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2011(d)

   947.3    722.3    164.1    1,833.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Developed

     

Proved developed oil, condensate and NGL reserves

     

at 30 June 2008(e)

   502.8    97.7    115.6    716.1  

at 30 June 2009(e)

   498.7    105.1    115.5    719.3  

at 30 June 2010

   504.6    114.0    83.9    702.4  

Developed Reserves at 30 June 2011

   468.6    281.9    159.2    909.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undeveloped

     

Proved undeveloped oil, condensate and NGL reserves

     

at 30 June 2008(e)

   477.5    116.7    64.7    658.9  

at 30 June 2009(e)

   466.0    106.3    89.8    662.1  

at 30 June 2010

   423.2    174.9    93.8    691.9  

Undeveloped Reserves at 30 June 2011

   478.7    440.4    4.9    924.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(g)For 2012, 2013 and 2014, amounts include 65, 49 and 30 billion cubic feet, respectively that are anticipated to be consumed in operations in Other areas.

(h)For 2012, 2013 and 2014, amounts include 566, 527 and 575 billion cubic feet, respectively that are anticipated to be consumed in operations.

Millions of barrels of oil equivalent(a)

  Australia  United
States
  Other (d)  Total 

Proved developed and undeveloped oil, condensate, natural gas and NGL reserves(b)

     

Reserves at 30 June 2011

   947.2    722.4    164.1    1,833.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

       34.7        34.7  

Revisions of previous estimates

   23.9    225.0    9.9    258.8  

Extensions and discoveries

   9.9    26.4        36.3  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       623.5        623.5  

Production (c)

   (85.1  (113.0  (30.1  (228.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (51.3  796.6    (20.2  725.2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2012

   895.9 (e)   1,519.0 (f)   143.9 (g)   2,558.8 (h) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

       14.2        14.2  

Revisions of previous estimates

   23.0    (282.3  (8.1  (267.3

Extensions and discoveries

   1.8    498.9    0.2    500.9  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       (2.0      (2.0

Production (c)

   (83.7  (130.2  (27.3  (241.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (59.0  98.7    (35.1  4.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2013

   837.0 (e)   1,617.7 (f)   108.8 (g)   2,563.5 (h) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Improved recovery

                 

Revisions of previous estimates

   48.6    (271.0  0.1    (222.4

Extensions and discoveries

       346.8    20.9    367.7  

Purchase/sales of reserves

       (0.9  (13.2  (14.1

Production (c)

   (84.6  (144.7  (22.6  (251.9
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total changes

   (36.1  (69.7  (14.9  (120.6
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reserves at 30 June 2014

   800.9 (e)   1,548.0 (f)   93.9 (g)   2,442.8 (h) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Developed

     

Proved developed oil, condensate, natural gas and NGL reserves

     

as of 30 June 2011

   468.6    281.9    159.2    909.7  

as of 30 June 2012

   425.1    628.2    142.5    1,195.8  

as of 30 June 2013

   605.5    779.2    106.3    1,491.0  

Developed Reserves as of 30 June 2014

   568.1    847.6    67.3    1,483.0  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Undeveloped

     

Proved undeveloped oil, condensate, natural gas and NGL reserves

     

as of 30 June 2011

   478.6    440.5    4.9    924.0  

as of 30 June 2012

   470.8    890.8    1.4    1,363.0  

as of 30 June 2013

   231.5    838.5    2.5    1,072.5  

Undeveloped Reserves as of 30 June 2014

   232.8    700.4    26.6    959.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a) 

Barrel oil equivalent conversion based on 6,000 scf of natural gas equals 1 boe.

 

(b) 

Small differences are due to rounding to first decimal place.

 

(c) 

Production for reserves reconciliation differs slightly from marketable production due to timing of sales and corrections to previous estimates.

includes volumes consumed by operations.

 

(d) Other is comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

Total proved reserves
(e)For 2012, 2013 and 2014, amounts include 35.7 MMboe derived from probabilistic aggregation of reserves from reservoirs dedicated66, 64 and 60 million barrels equivalent, respectively that are anticipated to the North West Shelf gas project only.

be consumed in operations in Australia.

 

(e)(f) 

Does notFor 2012, 2013 and 2014, amounts include volumes expected19, 19 and 35 million barrels equivalent, respectively that are anticipated to be consumed by operations.

in operations in the United States.

(g)For 2012, 2013 and 2014, amounts include 11, 8 and 5 million barrels equivalent, respectively that are anticipated to be consumed in operations in Other areas.

(h)For 2012, 2013 and 2014, amounts include 96, 92 and 100 million barrels equivalent, respectively that are anticipated to be consumed in operations.

Proved undeveloped reserves

At year-end,30 June 2014, Petroleum had 924960 MMboe of proved undeveloped reserves, as comparedof which 604 MMboe, or 63 per cent, resided in our North American shale fields, while 356 MMboe or 37 per cent resided primarily in our offshore conventional fields in Australia, the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean. Compared to 692the total proved undeveloped of 1,072 MMboe reported at the end30 June 2013, this represents a net reduction of FY2010. A significant portion of these112 MMboe in proved undeveloped reserves are associated with their Fayetteville Shale gas acquisition, with 236 MMboe added upon acquisition and 17 MMboe added priorduring the year. This reduction was the combined result of development activities that converted proved undeveloped reserves into proved developed, the addition of new North American shale drilling locations, as well as revisions to the end of FY2011. Petroleum matured 79proved undeveloped reserves previously reported at 30 June 2013. Our active development program successfully drilled and converted 190 MMboe from proved undeveloped reserves to proved developed reserves during FY2011, mostly associatedthe year. Development activities in our North American shale fields converted 132 MMboe of this amount, while 34 MMboe of proved undeveloped were converted into proved developed in the Atlantis field in the Gulf of Mexico, with the start-upremaining 20 MMboe of conversions in the Pyrenees, Macedon and Minerva fields in Australia.

New additions to proved undeveloped reserves through extensions to existing proven acreage for new planned drilling locations totalled 280 MMboe. Of this amount, 218 MMboe was added in our North American Shale fields for new planned wells, which will be fully drilled within the next five years. Other extensions totalling 41 MMboe occurred in the Atlantis and Mad Dog fields in the US Gulf of Mexico, with the remaining 21 MMboe for the Angostura gas projectfield Phase III expansion in Trinidad and Tobago and the Zamzama booster compression project in Pakistan. An additional sum total of 58 MMboe was booked in FY2011, mostly attributable to maturing North West Shelf gas development, fuel gas associated with undeveloped proved reserves, Shenzi water injection volumes and the major repairs necessary to resume production from Atlantis North. During FY2011, Petroleum spent US$2,139 million progressing development ofTobago. Offsetting these new additions were revisions which reduced proved undeveloped reserves worldwide.

Mostby 203 MMboe. Virtually all of these revisions were in our North American shale fields and resulted from refocusing of our drilling program to target the most productive and highest value drilling locations. This resulted in the deferral of planned drilling for selected locations beyond our five-year plan and reclassification of the Group’s projects require significant capital expenditure and multi-year lead times before initial production can be achieved withrelated volumes from proved undeveloped into non-proved categories. Technical adjustments reflecting observed well performance also contributed to this reduction.

Of the associated movement of reserves from undeveloped to developed. Based on current project schedules, more than 99 per cent of the 924960 MMboe currently classified as proved undeveloped at 30 June 2014, 210 MMboe has been reported for five or more years. All of this amount is in our offshore conventional fields that are currently producing or being actively being pursued, andwhich are scheduled to be on streamstart producing within the next five years. The remaininglargest component of this is 128 MMboe in the Kipper-Tuna-Turrum project in Bass Strait, Australia. This project is expected to be on production in 2016. The Atlantis field in the Gulf of Mexico contains 39 MMboe, which is actively being drilled. The remainder resides in other Australian offshore fields that have active development plans. Our North American shale fields do not contain any proved undeveloped reserves are locatedreported for five or more years. In addition, management plans anticipate drilling all the proved undeveloped reserves in activethe North American shale fields expected to produce well intoin the next decade andfive years, with none of the proved undeveloped reserves being more than five years old at the time they are drilled.

During FY2014, Petroleum continued timely development of our inventory of proved undeveloped projects by converting 190 MMboe to proved developed reserves. Over the past three years, the conversion of proved undeveloped to developed has totalled 585 MMboe, averaging 195 MMboe per year. In currently producing conventional fields, the remaining proved undeveloped reserves will be developed and brought on stream in a phased manner to best optimise the use of production facilities and to meet long-term gas supply contracts. Thesales commitments. During FY2014, Petroleum Group has a dependable history of progressing large undeveloped volumes from undeveloped to developed, evidenced by the past three years, which have averaged nearly 80 MMboe per year.spent US$6.1 billion on development activities worldwide.

2.13.2

2.3.2    Ore Reserves

Introduction

Ore Reserves are estimates of the amount of ore that can be economically and legally extracted and processed from our mining properties. In order to estimate reserves, assumptions are required about a range of geological, technical and economic factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates, production costs, transport costs, commodity demand, commodity prices and exchange rates. Estimating the quantity and/or grade of Ore Reserves requires the size, shape and depth of ore bodies to be determined by analysing geological data such as drilling samples. Because the economic assumptions used to estimate reserves change from period to period and because additional geological and operational data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of reserves may change from period to period. All of the Ore Reserve figures presented are reported in 100 per cent terms and represent estimates at 30 June 20112014 (unless otherwise stated). All tonnes and grade information has been rounded, hence small differences may be present in the totals. Tonnes are reported as dry metric tonnes unless otherwise stated.

Our mineral leases are of sufficient duration (or convey a legal right to renew for sufficient duration) to enable all Ore Reserves on the leased properties to be mined in accordance with current production schedules. Our Ore Reserves may include areas where some additional approvals remain outstanding but where, based on the technical investigations we carry out as part of our mine planning process and our knowledge and experience of the approvals process, we expect that such approvals will be obtained as part of the normal course of business and within the timeframe required by the current life of mine schedule.

The reported Ore Reserves contained in this annual reportAnnual Report do not exceed the quantities that we estimate could be extracted economically if future prices for each commodity were equal to the average historical prices for the three years to 31 December 2010, and2013, using current operating costs. However, we do not use a bauxite, aluminium or alumina price to determine bauxite reserves. The primary criteria for determining bauxite reserves are the feed specifications required by the captive alumina refinery. In addition to these specifications a number of modifying factors are used to differentiate bauxite reserves from other mineralised material. For our Hotazel Manganese assets,Mines, geological stratigraphic controls, cut-off grade and plant feed requirements are used to determine reserves.

Also, in some cases where commodities are produced as by-products (or co-products) with other metals, we use the three-year average historical prices for the combination of commodities produced at the relevant mine in order to verify that each ore reserve is economic. The three-year historical average prices used for each traded commodity to test for impairment of the Ore Reserves contained in this annual reportAnnual Report are as follows:

 

Commodity Price

    US$

Copper

    2.97/3.65/lb

Gold

    1,023/1,550/oz

Nickel

    8.70/8.39/lb

Silver

    16.60/30.07/oz

Lead

    0.90/1.00/lb

Zinc

    0.86/0.92/lb

Uranium

    52.30/47.91/lb

Iron Ore – Fines

Iron Ore – Lump

    

1.443/2.194/dmtu

1.716/2.361/dmtu

Metallurgical Hard Coking Coal (1)

    204/200.5/t

Thermal Coal Newcastle (2)(1)

    99.70/99.7/t

Thermal Coal Colombia (1)

88.4/t

 

(1) 

Metallurgical Coal is on the basis of Peak Downs Contract, Hay Point FOB, JFY Contract Price for 2008 and 2009, and the BHP Billiton Quarterly Contract Price for 2010.

(2)

Thermal coal is onprices reported are sourced from the basis of Contract,McCloskey Report FOB by region. Newcastle FOB, 67006000 kcal/tonne GAD.

Net As Received and Colombia 11,300 British Thermal Units Gross As Received. These are comparable to realised prices used to test for impairment. The realised price for South African Coal used to test for impairment is not aligned with the McCloskey Report price and is not disclosed in this table due to contractual commercial sensitivity.

The reported reserves may differ in some respects from the reserves we report in our home jurisdictions of Australia and the UK. Those jurisdictions require the use of the Australasian Code for reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, December 20042012 (the JORC Code), which contemplates the use of reasonable investment assumptions in calculating reserve estimates.

Copper Business

Aluminium Customer Sector Group

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

 

As at 30 June 2011

  As at 30 June 2010 

Commodity
Deposit(2)(3)

 Ore Type Proven Ore Reserve  Probable Ore Reserve  Total Ore Reserve  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest %
  Total Ore Reserve  Reserve
Life
(years)
 
  Mt  % A. Al2O3  % R. SiO2  Mt  % A. Al2O3  % R. SiO2  Mt  % A. Al2O3  % R. SiO2    Mt  % A. Al2O3  % R.SiO2  

Bauxite

Australia

                

Worsley

 Laterite  240    31.2    1.8    59    30.4    1.8    299    31.0    1.8    18    86    311    31.0    1.8    19  

Brazil

                

MRN(4)

 MRN Washed  13    50.3    4.6                13    50.3    4.6    1    14.8    27    49.8    4.8    2  

As at 30 June 2014

  As at 30 June 2013 

Commodity
Deposit (1)(2)(3)(4)

 Ore Type Proven Ore Reserves  Probable Ore Reserves  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
 
  Mt  % TCu  % SCu        Mt  % TCu  % SCu        Mt  % TCu  % SCu          Mt  % TCu  % SCu        

Copper

                        

Escondida

 Oxide  92    0.88          53    0.67          145    0.80            145    0.81         
 Sulphide  3,540    0.75          1,610    0.59          5,150    0.70          52    57.5    5,100    0.72          54  
 Sulphide
Leach
  1,650    0.46          610    0.40          2,260    0.44            2,020    0.44         

Cerro Colorado

 Oxide  30    0.59    0.42      73    0.55    0.37      103    0.56    0.38      9.0    100    113    0.59    0.42      9  
 Sulphide  33    0.65    0.13      29    0.66    0.11      62    0.65    0.12        66    0.64    0.13     

Spence

 Oxide  34    0.76    0.53      2.8    0.77    0.63      37    0.76    0.54      10    100    35    0.79    0.57      10  
 Oxide
Low
Solubility
  21    0.96    0.44      12    0.57    0.22      33    0.82    0.36        38    0.83    0.36     
 Sulphide  121    0.96    0.12      32    0.64    0.11      153    0.90    0.12        153    0.92    0.12     
 ROM                61    0.39    0.09      61    0.39    0.09        85    0.35    0.09     

Pinto Valley (5)

 Sulphide                                                    67    0.39          4  
 Low-grade
Leach
                                              13    0.21         
    Mt  % Cu  kg/t
U3O8
  g/tAu  g/tAg  Mt  % Cu  kg/t
U3O8
  g/tAu  g/tAg  Mt  % Cu  kg/t
U3O8
  g/tAu  g/tAg        Mt  % Cu  kg/t
U3O8
  g/tAu  g/tAg    

Copper Uranium

                        

Olympic Dam(6)

 Sulphide  129    1.97    0.59    0.72    4    389    1.82    0.56    0.72    4    518    1.86    0.57    0.72    4    47    100    619    1.76    0.57    0.74    3    56  
    Mt  % Cu  % Zn  g/tAg  ppmMo  Mt  % Cu  % Zn  g/tAg  ppmMo  Mt  % Cu  % Zn  g/tAg  ppmMo        Mt  % Cu  % Zn  g/tAg  ppmMo    

Copper Zinc

                        

Antamina

 Sulphide
Cu only
  136    1.00    0.14    9    350    277    0.98    0.17    9    290    413    0.99    0.16    9    310    13    33.75    498    0.92    0.11    9    290    14  
 Sulphide
Cu-Zn
  53    1.12    2.02    18    90    207    0.91    1.86    14    70    260    0.95    1.89    15    74      226    0.96    2.08    15    70   
    Mt  g/tAg  % Pb  % Zn     Mt  g/tAg  % Pb  % Zn     Mt  g/tAg  % Pb  % Zn           Mt  g/tAg  % Pb  % Zn       

Silver Lead Zinc

                        

Cannington

 UG
Sulphide
  18    239    6.38    3.92     2.7    240    6.15    4.01     21    239    6.35    3.93     9.0    100    25    247    6.45    3.81     11  

 

(2)(1)

Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves are:

Cut-off grades:

 

Deposit

  

Proven Ore ReservesType

  

Probable Ore Reserves

WorsleyEscondida

  maximum 80mOxide  maximum 160m³ 0.20%SCu
Sulphide Leach³ 0.30%TCu and lower than variable cut-off grade (V_COG) of concentrator – this is a complementary process to concentrators.
ConcentratorV_COG – mine plans optimised considering financial and technical parameters in order to maximise Net Present Value.

MRNCerro Colorado

  A bauxite intersection grid of 200m, plus at least 10 samples reached by searching ellipsoid. Mining and metallurgical characterisation (test pit/bulk sample), plus a reliable suite of chemical and size distribution dataOxide & Sulphide  Those areas with a bauxite intersection grid spacing of less than 400m and/or a 400m spaced grid with a 200m offset fill in, plus a minimum of seven samples reached by searching ellipsoid, plus a reliable suite of chemical and size distribution data

(3)³

Metallurgical recoveries for the operations are:

0.30%TCu

DepositSpence

  

Oxide

Estimated Metallurgical recovery of A.Al2O3³

0.30%TCu
Oxide Low Solubility³ 0.30%TCu
Sulphide³ 0.30%TCu
ROM³ 0.10%TCu

Worsley (Worsley refinery)Olympic Dam

  90%SulphideVariable between 1.2%Cu and 1.5%Cu

MRN (Alumar Refinery)Antamina

  94%Sulphide Cu onlyNet value incorporating all material revenue and cost factors and includes metallurgical recovery (see footnote 4 for averages). Mineralisation at the US$6,000/hr limit averages 0.23%Cu, 7g/tAg, 31ppmMo and 5,530t/hr mill throughput.
Sulphide Cu-ZnNet value incorporating all material revenue and cost factors and includes metallurgical recovery (see footnote 4 for averages). Mineralisation at the US$6,000/hr limit averages 0.11%Cu, 0.83%Zn, 12g/tAg and 5,760t/hr mill throughput.

Cannington

UG SulphideNet value cut-off incorporating material revenue and cost factors and includes metallurgical recovery (see footnote 4 for averages). Mineralisation at A$140/t averages 99g/tAg, 4.40%Pb and 2.82%Zn.

(4)

MRN – The MRN reserves are located on mining leases that provide MRN the right to mine. Current mining areas have environmental approvals and operational licences. As further operational licences are obtained, mineralisation will be converted to Ore Reserves.

Base Metals Customer Sector Group

Ore ReservesAntamina and Cannington: All metals used in accordance with Industry Guide 7net value calculations for the Antamina and Cannington reserves are recovered into concentrate (see footnote 4 for averages) and sold.

As at 30 June 2011

  As at 30 June 2010 

Commodity

Deposit(6)(7)

 

Ore Type

 Proven Ore Reserve  Probable Ore Reserve  Total Ore Reserve  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
  Total Ore Reserve  Reserve
Life
(years)
 
        
     Mt  % TCu  % SCu        Mt  % TCu  % SCu        Mt  % TCu  %SCu          Mt  % TCu  % SCu        

Copper

                        

Escondida (8)

 Oxide  62    0.79          60    0.95          121    0.87          35    57.5    139    0.80          30  
 Sulphide  1,294    1.03          718    0.87          2,012    0.97            1,638    1.02         
 Sulphide leach  1,593    0.53          1,947    0.47          3,540    0.50            2,543    0.53         

Cerro Colorado

 Oxide  84    0.61    0.45      64    0.63    0.44      149    0.62    0.45      10    100    141    0.63    0.45      11  
 Sulphide  26    0.73    0.13      28    0.68    0.13      54    0.70    0.13        60    0.70    0.13     

Spence

 Oxide  21    0.91    0.76      5.1    0.82    0.71      26    0.89    0.75      12    100    28    0.94    0.79      16  
 Oxide - low solubility  28    1.15    0.65      9.0    0.91    0.45      37    1.09    0.60        35    1.19    0.65     
 Sulphide  127    1.07    0.15      74    0.70    0.12      201    0.93    0.14        209    0.94         
 ROM                39    0.50    0.07      39    0.50    0.07        39    0.51    0.07     

Pinto Valley (9)

 Sulphide  36    0.37          53    0.42          89    0.40          4    100    89    0.40          4  
 Low-grade leach  6    0.22          7    0.21          13    0.21            13    0.21         
     Mt  % Cu  kg/t
U3O8
  g/t Au  g/t Ag  Mt  % Cu  kg/t
U3O8
  g/t Au  g/t Ag  Mt  % Cu  kg/t
U3O8
  g/t Au  g/t Ag        Mt  % Cu  kg/t
U3O8
  g/t Au  g/t Ag    

Copper Uranium

                        

Olympic Dam (10)

 Sulphide  146    1.98    0.58    0.69    4.01    406    1.79    0.57    0.78    3.19    552    1.84    0.57    0.76    3.41    50    100    598    1.84    0.58    0.71    3.44    54  
     Mt  % Cu  % Zn  g/t Ag  % Mo  Mt  % Cu  % Zn  g/t Ag  % Mo  Mt  % Cu  % Zn  g/t Ag  % Mo        Mt  % Cu  % Zn  g/t Ag  % Mo    

Copper Zinc

                        

Antamina(11)

 Sulphide Cu only  95    1.07    0.2    8.3    0.03    485    0.95    0.1    8.9    0.03    580    0.97    0.2    8.8    0.03    17    33.75    516    1.06    0.2    9.5    0.03    20  
 Sulphide Cu-Zn  43    0.81    1.8    14.8    0.01    180    0.83    2.0    14.4    0.01    223    0.83    2.0    14.5    0.01      161    1.03    2.0    17.5    0.01   
     Mt  g/t Ag  % Pb  % Zn     Mt  g/t Ag  % Pb  % Zn     Mt  g/t Ag  % Pb  % Zn           Mt  g/t Ag  % Pb  % Zn       

Silver Lead Zinc

                        

Cannington

 UG Sulphide  21    292    7.4    3.8     4.4    209    5.5    3.6     25    278    7.1    3.7     8    100    27    283    7.2    3.7     9  

(6)(2) 

Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves are:

were:

 

Deposit

  

Proven Ore Reserves

  

Probable Ore Reserves

Escondida

  

Oxide: 40m30m x 40m

30m
Sulphide: 50m x 50m


Sulphide Leach: 55m60m x 55m60m

Oxide: 45m x 45m
Sulphide: 90m x 90m
Sulphide Leach: 115m x 115m

Cerro Colorado

  

Oxide: 50m70m x 50m

Sulphide: 85m x 85m

Sulphide Leach: 100m x 100m

Cerro Colorado55m x 55m70m on first kriging pass  120m x 120m on second kriging pass

Spence

Oxides: 50m x 50m

Sulphides: 75m x 75m

  Oxides and sulphides: approximately less than 100m continuous square grid, estimation on second kriging pass
Pinto ValleyOxide: maximum 50m x 50m
Sulphide: maximum 75m x 75m
  60mOxide and Sulphide: maximum 100m x 120m grid200m x 200m100m

Olympic Dam

  Drilling grid of 20m to 30m  Drilling grid of 30m to 70m

Antamina

  High Grade Cu/Zn: three composites of the same grade zone and different holes within 30m closest within 20m Low Grade Cu/Zn: three composites of the same grade zone and different holes within 35m, closest within 25mdrill spacing  Three composites of the same grade zone and different holes within 55m closest within 40m or two composites of the same grade zone and different holes within 65m, closest within 30m or at least 50 composites within 75m with at least 90% in the same grade zone as the blockdrill spacing

Cannington

  UG Sulphide: 12.5m sectional x 15m vertical  UG Sulphide: 25m sectional x 25m vertical

 

(7)(3) Ore delivered to process plant.

(4)Metallurgical recoveries for the operations are:

were:

 

Deposit

  

Metallurgical RecoveriesRecovery

Escondida

  For TCu: Oxide: 70%
Sulphide: 84%
Sulphide ore 85%, Sulphide leach 26%, Oxide ore 68%Leach: 32%

Cerro Colorado

  For TCu: Average 72%74% of TCu

Spence

  For TCu: Sulphide 70%, Oxide: 73% of TCu
Oxide 73%, Oxide low solubility 70%, ROMLow Solubility: 71% of TCu
Sulphide: 72%
ROM: 30%
Pinto Valley

Olympic Dam

  Mill recovery 86.4%, Leach recovery 25%
Olympic DamCu 94%, U3O8 72%, Au 70%, Ag 65%64%

Antamina

  

Sulphide Cu only ore:only: Cu 92%93%, Zn 0%, Ag 65%78%, Mo 75%

64%
Sulphide Cu-Zn ore:Cu-Zn: Cu 81%79%, Zn 82%80%, Ag 55%69%, Mo 0%

Cannington

  Ag 87%, Pb 89%86%, Zn 70%79%

 

(8)(5) 

Escondida – The increased reserve tonnage is mostly due to drilling that increased the confidenceDivestment of the mineralisation, a larger ultimate pit caused by step-out drillingPinto Valley was completed in the eastern periphery of Escondida and increased price assumptions.

October 2013.

 

(9)(6) 

Pinto Valley – The Pinto Valley mine and mill operations continue to be carried on care and maintenance status.

(10)

Olympic Dam – The decrease in overall reserve tonnage isreserves was due to a changechanges in stope size criteria in the latest mine plan.

(11)

Antamina – Changes are due toProven and Probable Reserves and a revised geological estimate incorporating additional drill hole data and to revised long-term prices.

stope design process.

Diamonds and Speciality Products Customer Sector GroupIron Ore Business

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

 

As at 30 June 2011

   As at 30 June 2010 

Commodity

Deposit(5)(6)

  Ore Type   Proven
Ore
Reserve
   Probable
Ore
Reserve
   Total Ore
Reserve
   Reserve
Life
(years)
   BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
   Total Ore
Reserve
   Reserve
Life
(years)
 
       Mt   cpt   Mt   cpt   Mt   cpt           Mt   cpt     

Diamonds

                        

EKATI Core Zone

   OC               20     0.9     20     0.9     5     80     20     0.3     5  
   SP              0.3     0.4     0.3     0.4         0.1     0.4    
   UG              4.8     0.6     4.8     0.6         5.7     0.7    
       Mt   Mt   Mt           Mt     

Mineral Sands

                

Richards Bay Minerals

   TiO2 Slag                         37.76     25     25  

As at 30 June 2014

  As at 30 June 2013 
    Proven Ore Reserves  Probable Ore Reserves  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
  Total Ore Reserves        Reserve
Life
(years)
 

Commodity
Deposit(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)

 

Ore
Type

 Mt  % Fe  % P  % SiO2  % Al2O3  % LOI  Mt  % Fe  % P  % SiO2  % Al2O3  % LOI  Mt  % Fe  % P  % SiO2  % Al2O3  % LOI    Mt  % Fe  % P  % SiO2  % Al2O3  % LOI  

Iron Ore

                            

WAIO (1)(2)(8)(9)

 BKM  700    63.7    0.10    2.9    1.9    3.5    1,400    61.5    0.12    4.1    2.3    5.0    2,100    62.2    0.12    3.7    2.2    4.5    16    88    2,000    62.6    0.11    3.5    2.1    4.3    17  
 

BKM Bene

  90    61.3    0.09    6.7    2.7    1.7    80    60.0    0.09    8.3    2.8    1.8    170    60.7    0.09    7.5    2.7    1.7      160    60.6    0.09    7.5    2.9    1.7   
 

CID

  650    56.3    0.05    6.3    1.8    10.9    190    57.3    0.05    5.7    1.5    10.4    840    56.5    0.05    6.1    1.7    10.8      950    56.6    0.05    6.2    1.6    10.8   
 

MM

  220    62.1    0.07    3.1    1.7    5.7    310    61.0    0.07    3.8    2.0    6.2    530    61.5    0.07    3.5    1.9    6.0      500    61.7    0.07    3.4    1.9    5.9   
 

NIM

  10    59.6    0.06    10.2    1.4    2.5    20    60.0    0.05    10.1    1.0    2.1    30    59.8    0.05    10.2    1.2 ��  2.3      20    59.9    0.06    10.0    1.2    2.3   
   Mt    % Fe    % Pc       Mt    % Fe    % Pc       Mt    % Fe    % Pc         Mt    % Fe    % Pc      

Samarco JV

 ROM  1,800    40.1    0.05       1,100    38.8    0.05       2,900    39.6    0.05       39    50    3,000    39.7    0.05       40  

 

(5)(1)Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) Reserves are reported on a Pilbara basis by ore type to align with our production of the Newman Blend lump product which comprises of BKM, BKM Bene and MM ore types, in addition to other lump and fines products. This also reflects our single logistics chain and associated management system and our equalisation of joint venture equity.

(2)WAIO BHP Billiton interest is reported as Pilbara reserve tonnes weighted average across all Joint Ventures.

(3) 

Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves are:

were:

 

Deposit

  

Proven Ore Reserves

  

Probable Ore Reserves

EKATI Core Zone

Approximately less than 30mApproximately less than 60m

Richards Bay Minerals

50m x 50m RC and 200m x 100m sonic data400m x 100m RC and 800m x 100m sonic data

(6)

Metallurgical recoveries for the operations are:

Deposit

Metallurgical Recovery

EKATI Core ZoneFactors are assigned per geological domain and deposit
Richards Bay Minerals45.4% including conversion to slag

Stainless Steel Materials Customer Sector Group

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

As at 30 June 2011

   As at 30 June 2010 

Commodity

Deposit (1)(2)

  Ore Type Proven Ore
Reserve
   Probable Ore
Reserve
   Total Ore
Reserve
   Reserve
Life
(years)
   BHP
Billiton
Interest %
   Total Ore
Reserve
   Reserve
Life
(years)
 
   Mt   % Ni   Mt   % Ni   Mt   % Ni       Mt   % Ni   

Nickel

                       

Colombia

                       

Cerro Matoso (3)

  Laterite  33     1.4     15     1.2     48     1.3     31     99.94     89     1.2     39  
  SP  38     1.3               38     1.3         32     1.4    
  MNR – ore  20     0.2               20     0.2         21     0.2    
  Low Grade
Stockpiles 
(4)
  7.1     1.0               7.1     1.0                  

Nickel West

                       

Leinster

  OC  2.9     1.3     0.2     0.9     3.1     1.3     8     100     3.1     1.3     8  
  UG  4.9     1.9     6.9     1.7     12     1.8         12     1.8    
  SP            1.4     1.0     1.4     1.0         1.4     1.0    
  SP Oxidised            1.8     1.7     1.8     1.7         1.9     1.7    

Mt Keith

  OC  103     0.56     1.8     0.44     105     0.56     13     100     119     0.56     14  
  SP  29     0.52     3.4     0.58     33     0.53         32     0.53    

Cliffs

  UG  0.3     2.9     1.3     2.9     1.6     2.9     3     100     1.2     3.0     3  

(1)

Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves are:

Deposit

Proven Ore Reserves

Probable Ore Reserves

Cerro Matoso

Less than or equal to 35m with 3 drill holes minimumGreater than 35m and less than or equal to 100m with 3 drill holes minimum

Leinster

25m x 25m25m x 50m

Mt Keith

60m x 40m80m x 80m

Cliffs

25m x 25m (and development)50m x 50m

(2)

Metallurgical recoveries for the operations are:

Deposit

Metallurgical Recovery

Cerro Matoso

90% (reserve to metal)

Leinster

82.7% based on blended plant recovery curves and 11.6% Ni in concentrate

Mt Keith

68%

Cliffs

91%

(3)

Cerro Matoso – Change in Ore Reserves is due to revised geological model, mine design and mining costs.

(4)

Low Grade Stockpiles are rejected oversize screened material available for future crushing and processing.

Iron Ore Customer Sector Group

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

As at 30 June 2011

     As at 30 June 2010 
    Proven Ore Reserve  Probable Ore Reserve  Total Ore Reserve        Total Ore Reserve    

Commodity
Deposit (1)(8)(9)(10)(11)(12)

 Ore
Type
 Mt  % Fe  % P  % SiO2  % Al2O3  % LOI  Mt  % Fe  % P  % SiO2  % Al2O3  % LOI  Mt  % Fe  % P  % SiO2  % Al2O3  % LOI  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest %
  Mt  % Fe  % P  % SiO2  % Al2O3  % LOI  Reserve
Life
(years)
 

Iron Ore

                            

Mt Newman JV (13)

 BKM  302    63.8    0.08    4.1    2.0    2.0    896    62.6    0.11    4.2    2.0    3.6    1,198    62.9    0.10    4.1    2.0    3.2    29    85    1,104    63.0    0.09    4.3    2.0    2.9    32  
 MM  12    61.2    0.07    2.8    1.6    7.5    71    61.7    0.06    3.1    1.8    6.3    83    61.6    0.07    3.0    1.8    6.5      66    61.8    0.07    2.9    1.8    6.2   

Jimblebar (14)

 BKM  151    63.0    0.11    3.3    2.3    3.9    223    62.7    0.11    3.3    2.3    4.2    374    62.8    0.11    3.3    2.3    4.1    42    100    375    62.9    0.11    3.2    2.3    4.1    72  
 MM                          92    61.3    0.08    3.2    2.2    6.2    92    61.3    0.08    3.2    2.2    6.2      131    62.1    0.08    2.8    1.8    5.8   

Mt Goldsworthy JV Northern

 NIM  6.0    60.9    0.06    7.6    1.7    2.7    19    60.7    0.06    8.4    1.2    2.6    25    60.8    0.06    8.2    1.3    2.6    13    85    22    61.1    0.06    8.2    1.2    2.3    11  

Mt Goldsworthy JV Area C (15)

 BKM  71    63.2    0.14    2.4    1.8    4.8    289    61.9    0.13    3.6    2.1    5.3    361    62.2    0.13    3.4    2.0    5.2    17    85    264    62.2    0.13    3.4    2.0    5.1    14  
 MM  195    62.5    0.06    2.9    1.6    5.6    204    61.6    0.06    3.8    1.8    5.8    399    62.1    0.06    3.4    1.7    5.7      385    61.8    0.06    3.4    1.8    5.9   

Yandi JV (16)

 CID  641    57.1    0.05    5.5    1.5    10.8    299    57.4    0.04    5.9    1.4    10.3    940    57.2    0.04    5.7    1.5    10.7    21    85    996    57.1    0.04    5.8    1.5    10.6    20  
    Mt  % Fe  % Pc           Mt  % Fe  % Pc           Mt  % Fe  % Pc                 Mt  % Fe  % Pc             

Samarco JV (17)

 ROM  1,120    42.4    0.05       928    39.8    0.05       2,048    41.2    0.05       41    50    2,078    41.3    0.05       42  

(1)

For Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) the reserves are divided into joint ventures and material types that reflect the various products. BKM – Brockman, MM – Marra Mamba, NIM – Nimingarra, CID – Channel Iron Deposits.

(8)

Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves are:

Deposit

Proven Ore Reserves

Probable Ore Reserves

Mt Newman JV

50m x 50m300m x 50m

Jimblebar

50m x 50m300m x 50m

Mt Goldsworthy JV Northern

25m x 25m50m x 50m

Mt Goldsworthy JV Area C

50m x 50m300m x 50m

Yandi JVWAIO

  50m x 50m  150m x 150m50m

Samarco JV

  100mMaximum 150m x 100m  200mMaximum 300m x 200m

 

(9)(4) 

MetallurgicalWAIO metallurgical recovery iswas 100%, except for Mt Newman JV – BKM Bene-Brockman Beneficiated Ore, where recovery is 95%was 73% (tonnage basis) and, Samarco whereJV recovery iswas 82% (metal basis).

 

(10)(5)

The reservereserves grades listed refer to in situ mass percentage on a dry weight basis. For Mt Newman, Jimblebar, Mt Goldsworthy and Yandi joint venturesWAIO tonnages represent wet tonnes based on the following moisture contents: BKM – 3%, MMBKM Bene – 4%3%, CID – 8%, MM – 4%, NIM – 3.5%. For Samarco JV, the reserve tonnages also represent for FY2011 wet tonnes based on a moisture content of 6.5% for ROM. Iron ore is marketed for WAIO as Lump (direct blast furnace feed), and Fines (sinter plant feed) and for Samarco JV as Fines (sinter plant feed), direct reduction and blast furnace pellets (Samarco).

pellets.

 

(11)(6) 

Cut-off grades used to estimate reserves: Mt Newman 59–62%Fe for BKM, 50%Fe for BKM beneficiation material, 59%Fe for MM; Jimblebar 59%Fe for BKM,grades: WAIO 50 – 58%Fe for MM; Mt Goldsworthy 50%Fe for NIM, 57%Fe for MM, 59%Fe for BKM; Yandi 55.0–55.5%Fe for CID;all material types; Samarco 33%Fe.

JV Fe³ 22%, Pc£ 0.097% (phosphorous in concentrate) and PPCc£ 7.7% (LOI in concentrate).

 

(12)(7) 

Our Ore delivered to process plant.

(8)The operations to support NIM ore type are currently on care and maintenance.

(9)WAIO reserves are all located on State Agreement mining leases that guarantee the right to mine, except Cattle Gorge and Callawa (part of Mt Goldsworthy JV Northern)(NIM), which resideresides on a standard Western Australian mining leases. We are required to obtain certain state governmentlease. Across WAIO, State Government approvals (including environmental and heritage clearances) are required before we commencecommencing mining operations in a particular area. We have includedIncluded in our reservesthe Ore Reserves are select areas where one or more approvals remain outstanding, but where, based on the technical investigations we carrycarried out as part of ourthe mine planning process and ourcompany knowledge and experience of the approvals process, we expectit is expected that such approvals will be obtained as part of the normal course of business and within the time frame required by the current mine schedule.

(13)

Mt Newman JV – First declaration of reserve for OB41 (BKM). Nominated production rate has increased.

(14)

Jimblebar – Nominated production rate has increased.

(15)

Mt Goldsworthy JV Area C – New drilling and reserve estimates for A Deposit (MM) and Packsaddle 4 and 5 (BKM).

(16)

Yandi JV – Nominated production rate has decreased.

(17)

Samarco JV – Reserve Life is based on Samarco nominated production capacity which is inclusive of the contracted ore supply from Vale Fazendao mine until 2027.

Manganese Customer Sector GroupCoal Business

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

 

As at 30 June 2011

       As at 30 June 2010 

Commodity
Deposit (6)(7)

  

Ore Type

  Proven Ore Reserve   Probable Ore Reserve   Total Ore Reserve   Reserve
Life
(years)
   BHP
Billiton
Interest %
   Total Ore Reserve   Reserve
Life
(years)
 
    Mt   % Mn   % Yield   Mt   % Mn   % Yield   Mt   % Mn   % Yield       Mt   % Mn   % Yield   

GEMCO(8)

  ROM   83     46.6     54     26     45.6     54     109     46.3     54     12     60     109     46.7     49     13  
      Mt   % Mn   % Fe   Mt   % Mn   % Fe   Mt   % Mn   % Fe           Mt   % Mn   % Fe     

Wessels(2)(3)

  Lower Body-HG   2.6     47.2     11.0     12     47.9     11.3     15     47.8     11.2     48     44.4     7.9     47.2     11.7     49  
  Lower Body-LG   2.3     41.5     11.4     8.1     41.6     12.9     10     41.6     12.6         10     41.6     14.1    
  NTS-Lower Body-HG                                                    6.9     48.5     11.4    
  NTS-Lower Body-LG                                                    1.0     42.9     16.3    
  Upper Body                  47     42.0     17.8     47     42.0     17.8         47     42.1     17.3    

Mamatwan (2)(4)

  M, C, N Zones   33     37.2     4.5     12     37.0     4.4     46     37.1     4.4     25     44.4     48     37.6     4.5     22  
  X Zone   2.8     36.8     4.8     0.3     37.0     4.4     3.1     36.8     4.8         4.1     37.4     4.8    
  NTS-M,C,N Zones   8.6     37.2     4.6     16     37.2     4.6     24     37.2     4.6         22     37.7     4.5    
  NTS-X Zone   1.1     37.0     4.8     2.2     36.9     4.6     3.3     36.9     4.7         3.0     37.4     4.7    

As at 30 June 2014

  As at 30 June 2013 

Commodity
Deposit (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)

 

Mining
Method

 

Coal
Type

 Proven Coal
Reserves
  Probable Coal
Reserves
  Total Coal
Reserves
  Proven Marketable
Coal Reserves
  Probable Marketable
Coal Reserves
  Total Marketable Coal
Reserves
  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest %
  Total Marketable Coal
Reserves
  Reserve
Life
(years)
 
   Mt  Mt  Mt  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S    Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  

Metallurgical Coal

                        

Queensland Coal

                        

CQCA JV

                        

Goonyella Riverside Broadmeadow

 OC Met  321    224    545    244    9.3    22.7    0.50    160    10.5    22.7    0.50    404    9.8    22.7    0.50    30    50    417    9.8    22.7    0.50    32  
 UG Met  43    160    203    35    8.0    23.0    0.52    109    9.3    23.6    0.54    144    9.0    23.4    0.54      146    7.0    24.2    0.52   

Peak Downs(6)

 OC Met  492    548    1,040    296    10.6    22.3    0.60    317    10.3    21.9    0.59    613    10.5    22.1    0.60    34    50    626    10.5    22.1    0.60    34  

Saraji

 OC Met  386    153    539    240    10.6    18.0    0.60    87    10.6    18.5    0.70    327    10.6    18.1    0.63    37    50    336    10.6    18.1    0.63    39  

Norwich Park(7)

 OC Met  154    62    216    111    10.3    16.8    0.70    42    10.3    16.4    0.70    153    10.3    16.7    0.70    25    50    153    10.3    16.7    0.70    25  

Blackwater(8)

 OC Met/Th  143    379    522    126    8.0    26.7    0.40    333    9.1    26.1    0.40    459    8.8    26.3    0.40    30    50    472    8.8    26.3    0.40    35  

Daunia (9)

 OC Met  88    50    138    72    8.2    20.8    0.36    40    8.4    20.5    0.34    112    8.3    20.7    0.35    25    50    116    8.2    20.7    0.36    32  

Gregory JV

                        

Gregory Crinum (7)

 OC Met  6.6    0.3    6.9    5.4    7.0    34.8    0.60    0.2    7.0    35.3    0.60    5.6    7.0    34.8    0.60    2.8    50    5.6    7.0    34.8    0.60    3  
 UG Met      13    13                    11    7.2    33.8    0.58    11    7.2    33.8    0.58      14    7.5    33.7    0.60   

BHP Billiton Mitsui

                        

South Walker Creek (10)

 OC Met  68   ��21    89    50    9.0    14.3    0.32    15    9.0    13.9    0.31    65    9.0    14.2    0.32    11    80    85    9.0    14.3    0.30    21  

Poitrel-Winchester (11)

 OC Met  33    33    66    23    8.3    23.2    0.33    22    8.3    24.0    0.34    45    8.3    23.6    0.34    14    80    38    8.5    23.5    0.34    13  

Illawarra Coal

                        

Appin

 UG Met/Th  24    133    157    20    8.9    23.5    0.37    112    8.9    24.9    0.36    132    8.9    24.7    0.36    25    100    134    8.9    24.7    0.36    26  

West Cliff

 UG Met/Th  5.4    0.4    5.8    3.8    8.9    20.6    0.36    0.3    8.9    20.1    0.36    4.1    8.9    20.6    0.36    2.0    100    5.8    8.9    20.7    0.36    3  

Dendrobium

 UG Met/Th  21    24    45                                                     100                    10  
 UG Met              8.6    9.7    23.8    0.59    9.9    9.7    24.2    0.59    18    9.7    24.0    0.59    8.9     20    9.7    24.0    0.59   
 UG Th              5.2    23.0            6.3    23.0            12    23.0              13    23.0           

 

(2)

Wessels and Mamatwan – The Wessels and Mamatwan (Hotazel Manganese Mines) interest has been reduced as a result of a sequence of Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment agreements with Ntsimbintle Mining Pty Ltd, Iziko, NCAB and the HMM Educational Trust. BHP Billiton’s share in Hotazel Manganese Mines Pty Ltd is now 44.4%. NTS ore type is Ntsimbintle.

(3)

Wessels – A Section 102 application has been approved by the Dept of Mineral Resources to amend the Wessels Mining Rights area to include the Ntsimbintle Prospecting Right. The Wessels and Ntsimbintle Lower Body Ore Reserve, which was previously declared separately (per area), are therefore combined and declared as a single Ore Reserve respectively.

(4)

Mamatwan – A Section 102 application has been lodged with the Dept of Mineral Resources to amend the Mamatwan Mining Rights area to include the Ntsimbintle Prospecting Right.

(6)

Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves are:

Deposit

Proven Ore Reserves

Probable Ore Reserves

GEMCO

60m x 120m and 60m x 60m120m x 120m

Wessels

Defined as rim ±30m wide around mined-out areas, plus ±132m spaced surface drill holes, supplemented by some economically viable remnant blocks within mined-out areas, underground drilling and samplingUnderground chip sampling, limited underground drill holes and ±132m spaced surface drill holes.

Mamatwan

80m x 80m160m x 160m

(7)

Metallurgical recoveries for the operations are:

Deposit

Metallurgical Recovery

GEMCO

See yield in Ore Reserve table

Wessels

88% (76% lump product and 12% fines product)

Mamatwan

96%

(8)

GEMCO – Tonnes are stated as ROM, manganese grades are given as per washed ore samples and should be read together with their respective tonnage yields.

Metallurgical Coal Customer Sector Group

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

As at 30 June 2011

     As at 30 June 2010 

Deposit(1)(2)

 Mining
Method
  

Coal
Type

 Proven��Coal
Reserve
  Probable Coal
Reserve
  Total Coal
Reserve
  Total Marketable Coal
Reserve
  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest %
  Total Marketable Coal
Reserve
  Reserve
Life
(years)
 
   Mt  Mt  Mt  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S    Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  
Queensland Coal
CQCA JV
                

Goonyella Riverside Broadmeadow(3)

  OC   Met  363    224    587    437    9.7    22.7    0.50    35    50    387    9.8    23.0    0.50    32  
  UG   Met  44    111    154    132    7.0    23.9    0.51      130    6.9    23.9    0.51   

Peak Downs

  OC   Met  407    612    1,018    574    9.1    21.0    0.60    62    50    581    9.1    21.0    0.60    65  

Saraji(4)

  OC   Met  423    153    576    350    10.2    18.1    0.62    41    50    308    10.2    18.1    0.63    39  

Norwich Park

  OC   Met  173    98    271    194    10.3    16.9    0.70    29    50    196    10.2    16.9    0.69    30  

Blackwater (5)

  OC   Met/Th  183    379    562    494    8.7    26.3    0.40    36    50    448    9.9    24.8    0.40    33  

Daunia(6)

  OC   Met/Th  94    50    145    117    8.2    20.7    0.34    26    50                      

Gregory JV

                

Gregory Crinum

  OC   Met  10    1.2    12    9.2    7.4    33.0    0.60    6    50    11    7.7    32.8    0.60    6  
  UG   Met      27    27    22    6.5    33.7    0.59      20    6.8    33.2    0.60   

BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd

                

South Walker Creek

  OC   Met/Th  84    38    122    91    9.1    13.0    0.34    23    80    98    9.3    13.1    0.30    23  

Poitrel – Winchester (7)

  OC   Met  30    29    60    42    8.1    23.0    0.34    14    80    47    8.9    23.8    0.40    17  

Illawarra Coal

                

Appin

  UG   Met/Th  3.5    76    79    68    8.9    23.9    0.37    19    100    69    8.9    24.0    0.37    19  

West Cliff

  UG   Met/Th  7.8    3.6    11    8.8    8.9    21.4    0.36    3    100    10    8.9    21.3    0.36    4  

Dendrobium

  UG   Met/Th  9.2    45    54    38    9.7    24.0    0.59    12    100    40    9.7    24.0    0.59    13  

(1) 

Only geophysically logged, fully analysed cored holes with greater than 95% recovery arewere used to classify the reserves. Drill hole spacings vary between seams and geological domains and arewere determined in conjunction with geostatistical analyses where applicable. The range of maximum spacings are:

was:

 

Deposit

  

Proven OreCoal Reserves

  

Probable OreCoal Reserves

Goonyella Riverside Broadmeadow

  500m to 1000m1,000m plus 3D seismic coverage for UG reserves  1000m - 2000m1,000m to 2,050m

Peak Downs

  500m to 1050m1,050m  500m to 2100m2,100m

Saraji

  500m to 1040m1,040m  900m to 2100m2,100m

Norwich Park

  500m to 1350m1,400m  1000m1,000m to 2650m2,800m

Blackwater

  500m  500m to 1000m1,000m

Daunia

500m to 1,000m1,000m to 2,000m

Gregory Crinum

  850m plus 3D seismic coverage for UG reserves  850m to 1700m1,700m

South Walker Creek

500m to 800m1,000m to 1,500m

Poitrel-Winchester

  300m to 950m  550m to 1850m1,850m

Appin

700m1,500m

West Cliff

700m1,500m

Dendrobium

700m1,500m

(2)Product recoveries for the operations were:

Deposit

Product Recovery

Goonyella Riverside Broadmeadow

73%

Peak Downs

Peak Downs: 62%

Caval Ridge: 56%

Saraji

61%

Norwich Park

71%

Blackwater

88%

Daunia

80%

Gregory Crinum

80%

South Walker Creek

  500m to 900m1000m to 1750m73%

DauniaPoitrel-Winchester

  500m to 1800m1000m to 2650m67%

Appin

84%

West Cliff

71%

Dendrobium

  700m1500m67%

 

(2)(3) 

Total Coal Reserve isReserves are at the moisture content when mined.mined (4% CQCA JV, Gregory JV, BHP Billiton Mitsui; 6% Appin, West Cliff; 7% Dendrobium). Total Marketable Coal Reserve (tonnes) isReserves are the tonnagetonnes of coal available, at specified moisture content (9% CQCA JV, Gregory JV, Appin, West Cliff; 9.5% South Walker Creek; 12.0% Poitrel-Winchester; 13.5% Dendrobium Met; 7% Dendrobium Th) and air-dried quality,qualities, for sale after the beneficiation of the Total Coal Reserve. Note that where the coal is not beneficiated, the Total Coal Reserve tonnes are the Marketable Coal Reserve tonnes, with moisture adjustment where applicable.

Reserves.

 

(3)(4) 

Cut-off criteria applied were – Goonyella Riverside, Peak Downs, Caval Ridge, Saraji, Norwich Park, Blackwater, Gregory, South Walker Creek³ 0.5m seam thickness; Broadmeadow – The increase in reserves is due to a revised mine plan.

³ 2.5m seam thickness; Daunia, Poitrel-Winchester³ 0.3m seam thickness; Crinum³ 2.0m seam thickness; Appin, West Cliff, Dendrobium³ 1.8m seam thickness.

 

(4)(5) 

Saraji – ChangesCoal delivered to reserves are due to additional drilling and changes to yield and price assumptions.

wash plant.

 

(5)(6) 

BlackwaterPeak Downs – The increase in reserves is due to additional borehole information and revised price assumptions.

for Caval Ridge are reported as part of Peak Downs.

 

(6)(7) 

Daunia – The project is approved for developmentNorwich Park and reserves are reported for the first time.

Gregory mines remain on care and maintenance.

 

(7)(8) Blackwater – The decrease in Reserve Life was due to an increased nominated production rate from 15.4Mtpa in FY2013 to 17.7Mtpa in FY2014.

(9)Daunia – The decrease in Reserve Life was due to an increased nominated production rate from 4.5Mtpa in FY2013 to 5.5Mtpa in FY2014.

(10)South Walker Creek – The decrease in Coal Reserves was mainly due to revised price and cost assumptions. The decrease in Reserve Life was due to the decrease in Coal Reserves and an increased nominated production rate from 5.6Mtpa in FY2013 to 7.9Mtpa in FY2014.

(11)Poitrel-Winchester – The coal type has changeddecrease in Reserve Life was due to Met based on current and planned production.

an increased nominated production rate from 4.2Mtpa in FY2013 to 4.7Mtpa in FY2014.

Energy Coal Customer Sector GroupBusiness

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

 

As at 30 June 2011

  As at 30 June 2010 
       Proven Coal
Reserve
  Probable
Coal Reserve
  Total Coal
Reserve
  Total Marketable Coal Reserves        Total Marketable Coal Reserves    

Deposit (7)

 Mining
Method
  Coal
Type
 Mt  Mt  Mt  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  kCal/kg
CV
  %Total
Moisture(14)
  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  KCal/kg
CV
  % Total
Moisture
  Reserve
Life
(years)
 

New Mexico

                    

San Juan(8)

  UG   Th  44    1    45    45    19.0        0.70    5,600    8.5    7    100    62    19.1        0.74    5,600    10.0    10  

Navajo(9)

  OC   Th  36        36    36    23.0        0.90    4,800    13.0    5    100    162    23.0        0.90    4,800    13.0    21  

South Africa

                    

Khutala(10)

  OC   Met  12        12    10    18.9    29.1    1.90    6,100    7.0    16    100    12    17.2    31.1    1.57    5,600    7.0    22  
  OC   Th  139        139    139    33.5    21.7    1.22    4,700    7.0      150    38.3    19.4    0.99    4,400    7.0   
  UG   Th  75        75    75    34.5    20.4    0.80    4,400    7.0      93    34.2    20.5    0.86    4,500    7.0   

Wolvekrans (3)

  OC   Th  298    124    423    281    20.0    23.5    0.66    6,000    7.2    30    100                              

Middelburg(3)(11)

  OC   Th  139        139    106    20.4    23.1    0.63    6,000    7.2    23    100    436    20.2    22.9    0.59    6,000    7.4    24  

Klipspruit

  OC   Th  66    6.8    73    61    18.8    23.3    0.50    6,100    7.6    9    100    70    21.6    22.5    0.58    5,700    7.6    11  

Australia

                    

Mt Arthur Coal(12)

  OC   Th  563    569    1,132    877    16.1    30.5    0.55    6,500    8.3    50    100    869    16.9    30.3    0.55    6,400    8.2    55  

Colombia

                    

Cerrejon Coal
Company(13)

  OC   Th  674    73    747    718    9.4    32.9    0.60    6,200    12.0    23    33.33    655    9.4    32.9    0.59    6,200    12.0    21  

As at 30 June 2014

  As at 30 June 2013 

Commodity Deposit(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)

 Mining
Method
 Coal
Type
 Proven
Coal
Reserves
  Probable
Coal
Reserves
  Total
Coal
Reserves
  Proven Marketable Coal
Reserves
  Probable Marketable Coal
Reserves
  Total Marketable Coal Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest %
  Total Marketable Coal Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
 
   Mt  Mt  Mt  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  KCal/kg
CV
  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  KCal/kg
CV
  Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  KCal/kg
CV
    Mt  % Ash  % VM  % S  KCal/kg
CV
  % Total
Moisture (6)
  

Energy Coal

                             

New Mexico

                             

San Juan (7)

 UG Th  21        21    21    17.2     0.99    5,640                        21    17.2        0.99    5,640    3.5    100    25    22.7        0.85    5,400    8.5    4  

Navajo(7)(8)

 OC Th  17        17    17    21.8     0.76    4,900                        17    21.8        0.76    4,900    3.1        22    21.8        0.76    4,900    13.0    3  

South Africa(9)

                             

Khutala (10)

 OC Th  1.4        1.4    1.3    35.7    21.1    1.15    4,640                        1.3    35.7    21.1    1.15    4,640     90    3.0    34.0    21.6    1.25    4,700    7.0   
 UG Th  36        36    33    33.6    20.3    0.76    4,440                        33    33.6    20.3    0.76    4,440    5.8    90    44    34.4    20.1    0.70    4,400    7.0    7  

Wolvekrans (11)

 OC Th  389    17    406    273    21.8    23.4    0.47    6,010    12    22.5    23.7    0.45    5,950    285    21.8    23.4    0.46    6,010    21    90    328    24.2    22.6    0.48    5,900    8.0    22  

Middelburg (12)

 OC Th  97        97    80    23.2    23.0    0.47    5,890                        80    23.2    23.0    0.47    5,890    23    90    93    24.5    22.5    0.50    5,900    8.0    24  

Klipspruit (13)

 OC Th  43        43    36    23.0    23.3    0.82    5,800                        36    23.0    23.3    0.82    5,800    6.0    90    47    22.9    23.3    0.61    5,800    8.7    7  

Australia

                             

Mt Arthur Coal(14)

 OC Th  560    464    1,024    445    16.6    30.7    0.57    6,420    372    16.8    29.9    0.50    6,410    817    16.7    30.3    0.54    6,410    33    100    837    16.7    30.3    0.54    6,400    8.7    40  

Colombia

                             

Cerrejón(15)

 OC Th  629    96    725    610    9.4    33.8    0.60    6,180    94    9.0    32.7    0.60    6,110    704    9.3    33.7    0.60    6,170    17    33.33    730    9.3    33.7    0.60    6,200    12.5    19  

 

(3)(1) 

Wolvekrans and Middelburg – Wolvekrans was previously known as Douglas mine and reported as part of Douglas-Middelburg. It is now reported separately. Prior year tonnes for Douglas-Middelburg are reported under Middelburg.

(7)

Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves are:

were:

 

Deposit

  

Proven OreCoal Reserves

  

Probable OreCoal Reserves

San Juan

  0m to 250m250m to 500m

Navajo

<500m (250m radius from drill hole)  500m to 1000m1,000m (250m to 500m radius from drill hole)

Navajo

<500m (250m radius from drill hole)500m to 1,000m (250m to 500m radius from drill hole)

Khutala

  >8 boreholes per 100ha  4 to 8 boreholes per 100ha

Wolvekrans

  >108 boreholes per 100ha  54 to 108 boreholes per 100ha

Middelburg

  >8 boreholes per 100ha  4 to 8 boreholes per 100ha

Klipspruit

  >8 boreholes per 100ha  4 to 8 boreholes per 100ha

Mt Arthur Coal

  <500 m  500m to 1000m1,000m

Cerrejon Coal CompanyCerrejón

  >6 boreholes per 100ha  2-62 to 6 boreholes per 100ha

 

(8)(2) 

San Juan – Reserve revision to align with existing long-term contract to FY2017 inclusive.

Product recoveries for the operations were:

(9)

Navajo – Reserve revision to align with existing long-term contract to FY2016 inclusive.

(10)

Khutala – Reserve changes are due to revised underground and open-cut mining lay-outs resulting from an optimisation study.

(11)

Middelburg – Change in reserves after exclusion of lower quality coal seam and outcome of drilling results.

(12)

Mt Arthur Coal – Change to mine life due to increase in nominated production rate.

(13)

Cerrejón – Increase in reserves due to revised mine plan.

(14)

In situ moisture.

3    Operating and financial review and prospects

3.1    Introduction

This section is intended to convey management’s perspective of the BHP Billiton Group and its operational and financial performance as measured and prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). We intend this disclosure to assist readers to understand and interpret the financial statements included in this Report. This section should be read in conjunction with the financial statements, together with the accompanying notes.

We are the world’s largest diversified natural resources company, with a combined market capitalisation of approximately US$233.9 billion as at 30 June 2011. We generated revenue of US$71.7 billion and profit attributable to shareholders of US$23.6 billion for FY2011.

We extract and process minerals, oil and gas from our production operations located primarily in Australia, the Americas and southern Africa. We sell our products globally with sales and marketing taking place through our principal hubs of The Hague and Singapore.

The following table shows the revenue by location of our customers:

   Revenue by location of customer 

Year ended 30 June

      2011           2010           2009     
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Australia

   5,487     4,515     4,621  

United Kingdom

   1,043     1,289     3,042  

Rest of Europe

   8,370     8,554     7,764  

China

   20,261     13,236     9,873  

Japan

   9,002     5,336     7,138  

Rest of Asia

   15,805     9,840     9,280  

North America

   6,167     5,547     4,020  

South America

   2,592     2,013     1,652  

Southern Africa

   1,548     1,227     1,374  

Rest of world

   1,464     1,241     1,447  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   71,739     52,798     50,211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We operate nine Customer Sector Groups (CSGs) aligned with the commodities we extract and market, reflecting the structure we use to assess the performance of the Group:

 

Customer Sector GroupDeposit

  

Principal activitiesProduct Recovery

PetroleumSan Juan

  Exploration, development and production of oil and gas
100%

AluminiumNavajo

  Mining of bauxite, refining of bauxite into alumina and smelting of alumina into aluminium metal
100%

Base MetalsKhutala

  Mining of copper, silver, lead, zinc, molybdenum, uranium and gold
92%

Diamonds and Specialty ProductsWolvekrans

  Mining of diamonds and titanium minerals; potash development
70%

Stainless Steel MaterialsMiddelburg

  Mining and production of nickel products
82%

Iron OreKlipspruit

  Mining of iron ore
84%

Manganese

Mining of manganese ore and production of manganese metal and alloys

MetallurgicalMt Arthur Coal

  Mining of metallurgical coal
79%

Energy CoalCerrejón

  Mining of thermal (energy) coal97%

The work of our nine CSGs is supported by our Minerals Exploration and Marketing teams and Group Functions.

A detailed discussion on our CSGs is located in section 2.2 of this Report. A detailed discussion of our Marketing and Minerals Exploration functions is located in sections 2.4 and 2.5 respectively of this Report.

3.2    Our strategy

Our objective as a corporation is to create long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources. We sell into globally integrated markets and wherever possible operate at full capacity. Our unique position in the resources industry is due to our proven strategy.

Our strategy is to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market, and to pursue growth opportunities consistent with our core skills by:

discovering resources through our exploration activities;

developing and converting them in our CSGs;

developing customer and market-focused solutions through our Marketing teams;

adding shareholder value beyond the capacity of these groups through the activities of the Group Functions.

In pursuing our objective, we are guided by our commitment to safety, simplicity and accountability.

Our overriding commitment is to safety: ensuring the safety of our people, respecting our environment and the communities in which we work. This commitment transcends everything we do and guides every aspect of our work.

Our commitment to simplicity and accountability allows us to focus on the most important drivers of value while empowering our people to operate within their authority and make a difference.

Our objective and commitments are pursued through our six strategic drivers:

(3) 

People – the foundation of our business is our people. We require people to find resources, develop those resources, operate the businesses that produce our products, and then deliver those products to our customers. Talented and motivated people are our most precious resource.

Cut-off criteria applied were:

 

Deposit

  

Coal Reserves

San Juan

Licence³ 3.0m seam thickness,³ 5,000KCal/kg CV

Navajo

³ 0.6m seam thickness

Khutala

³ 1.0m seam thickness for OC and³ 3.6m seam thickness for UG

Wolvekrans

³ 1.0m seam thickness,³ 2,870KCal/kg CV,£ 45% ash,³ 17.9% volatile matter

Middelburg

³ 1.0m seam thickness,³ 2,870KCal/kg CV,£ 45% ash,³ 17.9% volatile matter

Klipspruit

³ 1.0m seam thickness, varying³ 3,580KCal/kg to operate – we aim to ensure that the communities in which we operate value our citizenship. Licence to operate means win-win relationships and partnerships. This includes a central focus on health, safety, environment and the community, and making a positive difference to our host communities.³ 4,300KCal/kg,£ 45% ash

Mt Arthur Coal

³ 0.3m mineable seam thickness,£ 26.5% ash,³ 50% product yield

Cerrejón

³ 0.65m seam thickness

 

(4)

World-class assets – our world-class assets provide the cash flows that are requiredCoal delivered to build new projects, to contribute to the economies of the countries in which we operate, to meet our obligations to our employees, supplierswash plant, except for San Juan, Navajo and partners, and ultimately to pay dividends to our shareholders. We maintain high-quality assets by managing them in the most effective and efficient way.

Khutala, where coal is not washed.

 

(5)

Financial strengthTotal Coal Reserves are at the moisture content when mined (8.5% San Juan; 13.0% Navajo; 8.7% Mt Arthur Coal; 12.8% Cerrejón). Total Marketable Coal Reserves are the tonnes of coal available, at moisture content (8.5% San Juan; 13.0% Navajo; 9.3% Mt Arthur Coal; 14.1% Cerrejón) and discipline – we have a solid ‘A’ credit rating, which balances financial flexibility withair-dried qualities, for sale after the costbeneficiation of finance. Our capital management priorities are:

reinvest in our extensive pipeline of world-class projects that carry attractive rates of return regardless of the economic climate;

ensure a solid balance sheet;

return excess capital to shareholders.

Project pipeline – we are focused on delivering an enhanced resource endowment to underpin future generations of growth. We have an abundance of tier one resources in stable countries that provide us with a unique set of options to deliver brownfield growth.

the Total Coal Reserves.

 

(6)

Growth options – we use exploration, technology and our global footprint to look beyond our current pipeline to secure a foundation of growthTotal moisture is for future generations. We pursue growth options in several ways – covering the range from extending existing operations to new projects in emerging regions, through exploration, technology and, on occasion, merger and acquisition activity.

3.3    Key measures

Our management and Board monitor a range of financial and operational performance indicators, reported on a monthly basis, to measure performance over time.

Overall financial success

We use several financial measures to monitor the financial success of our overall strategy. The two key measures are profit after taxation attributable to members (attributable profit) of the BHP Billiton Group and Underlying EBIT.

Year ended 30 June

US$M except where stated

  2011  2010  2009 

Revenue

   71,739    52,798    50,211  

Profit from operations

   31,816    20,031    12,160  

Underlying EBIT(1)

   31,980    19,719    18,214  

Profit attributable to members

   23,648    12,722    5,877  

Net operating cash flow(2)

   30,080    16,890    17,854  

Underlying EBIT margin(1)(3)(4)

   47.0  40.7  40.1

Return on capital employed(3)(5)(6)

   38.5  26.4  24.6

Gearing(3)

   9.2  6.3  12.1

Basic earnings per share (US cents)

   429.1    228.6    105.6  

(1)

Underlying EBIT is profit from operations, excluding the effect of exceptional items. Underlying EBIT is the internally defined key financial measure used by management for monitoring the performance of our operations. We explain why we use this measure in section 3.6.2. The following table reconciles Underlying EBIT to profit from operations.

Year ended 30 June

  2011  2010   2009 
   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Underlying EBIT

   31,980    19,719     18,214  

Exceptional items (before taxation)

   (164  312     (6,054
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from operations (EBIT)

   31,816    20,031     12,160  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(2)

‘Improvements to IFRSs 2009’/AASB 2009-4 ‘Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the Annual Improvements Project’ and AASB 2009-5 ‘Further Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the Annual Improvements Project’ include a requirement to classify expenditures on unrecognised assets as a cash flow from operating activities. This has resulted in exploration cash flows of US$1,030 million for the year ended 30 June 2010 (2009: US$1,009 million), which were not recognised as assets, being reclassified from net investing cash flows to net operating cash flows in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement.

Total Marketable Coal Reserves product.

 

(3)(7) 

See section 10 for glossary definitions.

(4)

Underlying EBIT margin is profit from operations, excluding the effect of exceptional items before taxationSan Juan and excluding third party production, divided by revenue from Group production. See section 3.6.7 for more information about this measure.

Year ended 30 June

  2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Revenue – Group production

   67,903    48,193    44,113  

Underlying EBIT

   31,980    19,719    18,214  

Profit from operations (EBIT) – Third party products

   (98  (111  (503
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from operations – Group production, excluding exceptional items

   31,882    19,608    17,711  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT margin

   47.0  40.7  40.1

(5)

Return on capital employed is calculated as profit after taxation, excluding exceptional items (after tax) and net finance costs adjusted for exchange variations on net debt (after tax), divided by average capital employed. Capital employed is calculated as net assets plus net debt. Net debt comprises interest bearing liabilities (which include bank overdrafts) less cash. Average capital employed is calculated as capital employed for the prior period andNavajo – Coal Reserves were reduced to align with current period, divided by two.

Year ended 30 June

  2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Adjusted earnings from operations:

    

Profit after taxation

   23,946    13,009    6,338  

Net exceptional items

   (1,964  (253  4,845  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings from operations

   21,982    12,756    11,183  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs

   561    459    543  

Income tax benefit of net finance costs(6)

   (153  (139  (178
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs after tax

   408    320    365  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted earnings from operations

   22,390    13,076    11,548  

Capital employed:

    

Net assets

   57,755    49,329    40,711  

Net debt

   5,823    3,308    5,586  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Capital employed

   63,578    52,637    46,297  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Average capital employed

   58,108    49,467    46,899  

Return on capital employed

   38.5  26.4  24.6

(6)

Calculated at a nominal tax rate of 30 per cent adjusted for non-deductibility/assessability of exchange variations on net debt of US$51 million (2010: US$(5) million; 2009: US$(49) million.) Refer to note 6 ‘Net finance costs’ in the financial statements.

The following are other measures that assist us to monitor our overall performance.

People and licence to operate

We monitor a comprehensive set of health, safety, environment and community (HSEC) contribution indicators. Two key measures are the total recordable injury frequency (TRIF) and community investment. These measures are a subset of the HSEC Targets Scorecard, which can be found in our Sustainability Report atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

Year ended 30 June

  2011   2010   2009 

People and licence to operate – health, safety, environment and community

      

Total recordable injury frequency(1)

   5.0     5.3     5.6  

Community investment (US$M)(1)

   195.5     200.5     197.8  

(1)

See section 10 for glossary definitions.

Safety – Sadly, we experienced the loss of two colleagues at our controlled operations during the year. We made an incremental improvement in TRIF (which comprises fatalities, lost-time cases, restricted work cases and medical treatment cases per million hours worked) from 5.3 for FY2010 to 5.0 for FY2011 per million hours worked.

Health – We are progressing well with our health performance objectives. We had 148 new cases of occupational disease reported in FY2011, 68 fewer new cases compared with the FY2007 base year. The overall reduction in the incidence of occupational disease since FY2007 is 39 per cent, which to date has exceeded our target of a 30 per cent reduction in the incidence of occupational disease among our employees by June 2012.

It is mandatory for our employees who may be potentially exposed to airborne substances or noise in excess of our occupational exposure limits (OELs) to wear personal protective equipment. Compared with the FY2007 base year there was a 7.8 per cent reduction in the proportion of employees potentially exposed in excess of OELs in FY2011, which is behind schedule to meet our target of a 15 per cent reduction in potential employee exposures over our occupational exposure limits.

Environment – In FY2011, we reduced absolute greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by more than five million tonnes (Mt) compared to FY2010.

We have five-year targets of a six per cent reduction in our GHG emissions intensity index and a 13 per cent reduction in our carbon-based energy intensity index, both by 30 June 2012. Our greenhouse intensity index is currently tracking at 18 per cent below our FY2006 base year. Our carbon-based energy intensity index is currently tracking at 17 per cent below our FY2006 base year. This was primarily driven by the agreement to use hydroelectric power at the Mozal aluminium smelter, in Mozambique, which now provides more than 98 per cent of the smelter’s electricity needs.

We have exceeded our US$300 million commitment to support the implementation of energy efficiency and low GHG emission technologies by the end of FY2012, with US$325 million worth of projects in implementation stages.

We have a five-year target of a 10 per cent improvement in our land rehabilitation index by 30 June 2012. This index is based on a ratio of land rehabilitated compared with our land footprint. In FY2011, the index improved by one per cent on our FY2007 base year.

We have a five-year target of a 10 per cent improvement in the ratio of water recycled to high-quality water consumed by 30 June 2012. This water use index has improved eight per cent on our FY2007 base year.

We define a significant environmental incident as one with a severity rating of four or above based on our internal severity rating scale (tiered from one to seven by increasing severity). We reported no significant incidents during FY2011.

Community – We continue to invest one per cent of our pre-tax profits in community programs, based on the average of the previous three years’ pre-tax profit publicly reported in each of those years. During FY2011, our voluntary investment totalled US$195.5 million comprising cash, in-kind support and administrative costs and includes a US$30 million contribution to BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities.

World-class assets

Actual production volumes for this year and the previous two years are shown below. Further details appear in section 2.3 of this Report.

Year ended 30 June

  2011   2010   2009 

World-class assets

      

Production

      

Total Petroleum production (millions of barrels of oil equivalent)

   159.38     158.56     137.97  

Alumina (’000 tonnes)

   4,010     3,841     4,396  

Aluminium (’000 tonnes)

   1,246     1,241     1,233  

Copper (’000 tonnes)

   1,139.4     1,075.2     1,207.1  

Nickel (’000 tonnes)

   152.7     176.2     173.1  

Iron ore (’000 tonnes)

   134,406     124,962     114,415  

Manganese alloys (’000 tonnes)

   753     583     513  

Manganese ores (’000 tonnes)

   7,093     6,124     4,475  

Metallurgical coal (’000 tonnes)

   32,678     37,381     36,416  

Energy coal (’000 tonnes)

   69,500     66,131     66,401  

Financial strength and discipline

Financial strength is measured by attributable profit and Underlying EBIT as overall measures, along with liquidity and capital management. Our credit rating and gearing and net debt are discussed in section 3.7.3 of this Report. The final dividend declared for FY2011 maintains our progressive dividend policy. Our capital management initiatives and successful completion of the US$10 billion capital management program are discussed in section 3.7.6 of this Report.

Project pipeline and growth options

Our project pipeline focuses on high-margin commodities that are expected to create significant future value. The details of our project pipeline are located in section 3.7.2 of this Report, with a summary presented below.

Year ended 30 June

  2011   2010   2009 

Project pipeline and growth options (major projects)

      

Number of projects approved during the year

   11     2     4  

Number of projects currently under development (approved in prior years)

   7     8     8  

Number of completed projects

   3     5     7  

Budgeted capital expenditure for projects (approved in the year) (US$M)

   12,942     695     5,850  

Budgeted capital expenditure for projects under development (approved in prior years) (US$M)

   11,575     10,075     8,115  

Capital expenditure of completed projects (US$M)

   1,202     4,738     4,061  

3.4    External factors and trends affecting our results

The following section describes some of the external factors and trends that have had a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We operate our business in a dynamic and changing environment and with information that is rarely complete and exact. We primarily manage the risks discussed in this section under our portfolio management approach, which relies on the effects of diversification, rather than individual price risk management programs. Details of our financial risk management strategies and financial instruments outstanding at 30 June 2011 may be found in note 28 ‘Financial risk management’ in the financial statements.

Management monitors particular trends arising in the external factors with a view to managing the potential impact of our future financial condition and results of operations. The following external factors could have a material adverse effect on our business and areas where we make decisions on the basis of information that is incomplete or uncertain.

3.4.1    Commodity prices

FY2011 saw prices for most commodities in our suite increase substantially over FY2010. During the first half of the year, the global recovery gathered pace, with developing economies clearly leading economic growth. Commodity prices increased through to February 2011 with a weak US dollar, improved manufacturing and trade in Europe and the US, and strong manufacturing and construction in Asia.

The Japanese Fukushima nuclear incident, which occurred during March 2011, caused a correction in commodity markets. This was closely followed by civil unrest in the Middle East and North Africa, which held global sentiment for commodities back from its February highs until late in FY2011. Macro risks, including concern about sovereign debt levels in Europe, persistent weakness in US employment and a slowing Chinese economy, limited upside to prices in the latter part of FY2011.

The following table shows prices of our most significant commodities for the years ended 30 June 2011, 2010 and 2009. These prices represent the average quoted price except where otherwise indicated.

Year ended 30 June

  2011   2010   2009 

Commodity

      

Aluminium (LME cash)(1) (US$/t)

   2,375     2,018     1,862  

Alumina(2) (US$/t)

   369     314     255  

Copper (LME cash)(1) (US$/lb)

   3.92     3.04     2.23  

Crude oil (WTI) (US$/bbl)

   89.47     75.14     70.29  

Energy coal (API 4)(1) (US$/t)

   116.7     75.93     95.16  

Natural gas (US$/MMbtu)(3)

   4.16     4.21     5.96  

Iron ore(4)(5) (US$/dmt)

   162.98     118.61     89.83  

Manganese Alloys(6) (US$/t)

   1,319     1,328     1,854  

Manganese Ores(7)(8) (US$/dmtu)

   6.29     6.46     9.43  

Metallurgical coal(9)(10) (US$/t)

   244.47     146.75     257.25  

Nickel (LME cash)(1) (US$/lb)

   10.86     8.78     6.03  

(1)

See section 10 for glossary definitions.

sales contracts.

 

(2)(8)

CRU spot FOB Australia.

Navajo – Divestment completed in December 2013. BHP Billiton will remain the mine manager and operator until 2016 and therefore production will continue to be reported.

 

(3)(9) 

Platts Gas daily basedTonnages and qualities for Khutala, Wolvekrans, Middelburg and Klipspruit are reported on Henry Hub.

an air-dried basis.

 

(4)(10) 

2010 and 2011 Platts 62 per cent Fe Cost, Insurance and Freight (CIF) China.

Khutala – The decrease in Coal Reserves was due to revised extraction factors for underground pillars in structurally disturbed areas.

 

(5)(11)

2009: SBB 63.5 per cent Fe CIF China.

Wolvekrans – The decrease in Marketable Coal Reserves was due to a reduced yield impact as a result of increased loss and dilution in pillar mining areas.

 

(6)(12) 

Bulk FerroAlloy high-carbon ferromanganese (HCFeMn) US ex-warehouse.

Middelburg – The decrease in Coal Reserves was mainly due to the inclusion of a 100m bufferzone around major powerlines and the exclusion of environmentally sensitive areas.

 

(7)(13)

2010 and 2011 CRU China spot import (M+1) 43.5 per cent contained.

Klipspruit – The decrease in Coal Reserves was due to a lower extraction factor. In addition, the Marketable Coal Reserves decreased due to a revised wash plant efficiency factor used to determine the product yield.

 

(8)(14)

2009 CRU China spot import 45 per cent contained.

Mt Arthur Coal – The decrease in Reserve Life was due to an increased nominated production rate from 26Mtpa in FY2013 to 30.8Mtpa in FY2014.

 

(9)(15)

Cerrejón – The decrease in Reserve Life was due to an increased nominated production rate from 40 Mtpa in FY2013 to 41.5 Mtpa in FY2014.

Aluminium, Manganese & Nickel Business

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

As at 30 June 2014

  As at 30 June 2013 

Commodity
Deposit (1)(2)(3)(4)

    Proven Ore Reserves  Probable Ore Reserves  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
 
 Ore Type  Mt  % A.Al2O3  % R.SiO2  Mt  % A.Al2O3  % R.SiO2  Mt  % A.Al2O3  % R.SiO2    Mt  % A.Al2O3  % R.SiO2  

Bauxite

                

Australia

                

Worsley

  Laterite    274    31.0    1.6    22    30.2    1.7    295    31.0    1.6    17    86    301    30.9    1.8    17  

Brazil

                

MRN (5)(6)

  
 
MRN
Washed
  
  
  79    49.3    4.6    19    49.8    4.8    98    49.4    4.6    6.1    14.8    51    50.9    4.1    3  

(1)Cut-off grades – Worsley: variable ranging from 24-29.5%A.Al2O3,£ 3%R.SiO2 and2011 Platts 64 Mid Volatile Index Hard coking coal FOB Australia.³

1m thickness; MRN:³ 50%TAl2O3,£ 10%TSiO2,³ 1m thickness and³ 30% recovery on a weight per cent basis.

 

(10)(2)

2010 and 2009 Tex Reports Hard coking coal FOB Australia.

Ore delivered to process plant.

The following summarises the trends of our most significant commodities for FY2011.

Aluminium:London Metal Exchange (LME) prices increased from US$1,924 per tonne at the beginning of FY2011 to US$2,509 per tonne at year-end. The average LME aluminium price for FY2011 was US$2,375 per tonne, 18 per cent above the average for FY2010. The LME reached a lowest point of US$1,912 per tonne in July 2010, and a highest point of US$2,772 per tonne in April 2011. The price rise was mainly driven by a combination of rising energy prices, US dollar weakness, strong investor activities and tighter aluminium fundamentals. During the year, demand recovered globally. Aluminium consumption was up by 12 per cent year-on-year in FY2011 on a world ex-China basis. In China, 1.6 million tonnes per annum (mtpa) of production capacity was reduced to meet energy intensity reduction targets by December 2010. However, higher prices brought 1.1 mtpa of idled capacity back to production in the second half of FY2011.

Alumina: Spot prices increased from US$320 per tonne free on board (FOB) Australia at the beginning of FY2011 to US$395 per tonne at year-end. The average alumina price for FY2011 was US$369 per tonne, 18 per cent above the average in FY2010. Higher prices were due to rising energy prices, higher aluminium demand and production disruptions in Australia and Brazil. Non-Chinese alumina production increased approximately four per cent year-on-year. China domestic supply grew by 13 per cent in FY2011 compared with the same period in the prior year. China’s growing demand for bauxite to feed growing domestic alumina capacity meant it imported 37.1 million tonnes (Mt) in FY2011, an increase of 38 per cent from the prior year.

Copper: LME prices increased from US$2.96 per pound (lb) at the beginning of FY2011 to US$4.22 per lb at year-end. The average LME copper price for FY2011 was US$3.92 per lb, 29 per cent above the average for FY2010. The trading range through the year was volatile with a low of US$2.88 per lb in July 2010, rising to a peak of US$4.60 per lb in February 2011. During the first half of FY2011, prices were driven by the quicker than expected demand recovery in the developed world and the continued strength of Chinese net cathode imports. Chinese imports for the first half of FY2011 totalled 1,368 kilotonne (kt). In the second half of FY2011, Chinese fabricators were reluctant to increase copper cathode purchases, relying instead on drawing down their own inventory levels, with only 954 kt imported from January to June 2011. In addition, US and Europe demand growth slowed from the first half of FY2011, pushing copper premia down across the developed regions.

Crude oil: The New York Mercantile Exchange West Texas Intermediate (NYMEX WTI) crude oil price increased from US$75.59 per barrel (bbl) at the beginning of FY2011 to US$95.42 per bbl at year-end. The average WTI oil price for FY2011 was US$89.47 per bbl, 19 per cent above the FY2010 average. The Intercontinental Exchange (ICE) Brent oil price increased from US$74.97 per bbl at the beginning of FY2011 to US$112.48 per bbl at year-end. The average ICE Brent oil price for FY2011 was US$96.45 per bbl, 28 per cent above the FY2010 average. During the year, WTI oil reached a low of US$71.63 per bbl in August 2010 and a peak of US$113.93 per bbl in April 2011, while ICE Brent experienced a low of US$71.45 per bbl in July 2010 and a high of US$126.65 per bbl in April 2011 as both benchmarks were impacted by the Middle East and North Africa unrest in the second half of FY2011. The WTI-Brent differential was an important feature of the oil market as the spread exceeded a record US$20 per bbl level due in part to the US pipeline bottleneck issues and some tightness in the North Sea markets. However, the oil price gains were later partially offset by growing concerns over the global macroeconomic outlook and subsequent impact on global oil demand.

Energy coal: The Amsterdam-Rotterdam-Antwerp CFR (API 2) price increased from US$94.47 per tonne at the beginning of FY2011 to US$122.9 per tonne at year-end. The Richards Bay Coal Terminal (RBCT) FOB (API 4) price increased from US$91.6 per tonne at the beginning of FY2011 to US$117.5 per tonne at year-end. The Newcastle FOB (API 3) price increased from US$98.3 per tonne at the beginning of FY2011 to US$121 per tonne at year-end. The average Newcastle FOB (API 3) price for FY2011 was US$120.4 per tonne, 40 per cent above the average for FY2010. The average RBCT FOB (API 4) price for FY2011 was US$116.7 per tonne, 54 per cent above the average for FY2010. Strong price levels were supported by supply disruptions in the key export regions (including Australia, South Africa, Colombia and Indonesia) during the Northern Hemisphere winter period, particularly in January 2011 when both RBCT and Newcastle FOB prices reached the highest

levels since October 2008. Prices eased towards the end of the financial year as supply showed some recovery and demand from China and India was weaker than expected. Estimated unadjusted Chinese imports in FY2011 were at 81 Mt, compared with 85 Mt in FY2010. Lower demand was driven by high stockpiles at key ports and power plants, sufficient hydro power generation and high global prices.

Gas: The US Henry Hub natural gas price decreased from US$4.68 per million British thermal units (MMBtu) at the beginning of FY2011 to US$4.39 per MMBtu at year-end. The UK National Balancing Point (NBP) natural gas price increased from US$6.55 per MMBtu at the beginning of FY2011 to US$9.36 per MMBtu at year-end. The Asian spot LNG price as reflected by the Platts Japan Korea Marker (JKM) increased from US$7.8 per MMBtu at the beginning of FY2011 to US$13.80 per MMBtu at year-end. The average Henry Hub gas price for FY2011 was US$4.16 per MMBtu, one per cent below the average for FY2010. The average UK National Balancing Point (NBP) natural gas price for FY2011 was US$8.33 per MMBtu, 69 per cent above the average for FY2010. The trading ranges through the year were volatile, with the Henry Hub price reaching a high of US$4.94 per MMBtu in August 2010 and dropping to a low of US$3.18 per MMBtu in October 2010. The NBP price ranged from a low of US$5.10 per MMBtu in September 2010 to a high of US$10.50 per MMBtu in March 2011. During FY2011, global gas demand increased, particularly in the power generation sector in both the Atlantic and Pacific markets. This was supported by some improvement in underlying economic activity, extreme weather conditions and the Japanese Fukushima nuclear incident in the second half of FY2011. The US market remained largely insulated from global events and was over-supplied due to strong shale gas production, which pushed the Henry Hub price lower.

Iron Ore: The iron ore spot price increased from US$134 per tonne at the beginning of FY2011 to US$170.75 per tonne at year-end. The average spot iron ore price for FY2011 was US$162.98 per tonne, 37 per cent above the average for FY2010. Prices ranged from a low of US$116 per tonne in July 2010 to a high of US$193 per tonne in February 2011. Prices for the first quarter of FY2011 were constrained by the seasonal decrease in global pig iron production, which reached its FY2011 low in September 2010. Prices broadly followed an upward trajectory driven by increased global steel production, and a corresponding increase in iron ore demand, combined with seasonally constrained supply from Australia and Brazil. Post the price peak of February 2011, iron ore prices decreased to an average of US$178 per tonne in the last quarter of FY2011 due to uncertainty in the Chinese downstream steel market and further rounds of credit tightening.

Manganese: Manganese ore prices decreased from US$8.70 per dry metric tonne unit (dmtu) at the beginning of FY2011 to US$5.24 per dmtu at year-end. The average manganese ore price delivered to China for FY2011 was US$6.29 per dmtu, three per cent below the average for FY2010. Silicomanganese alloy prices in the US decreased from US$1,435 per tonne at the beginning of FY2011 to US$1,367 per tonne by year-end. Manganese alloy prices in Europe decreased from US$1,458 per tonne at the beginning of FY2011 to US$1,286 per tonne at year-end. High-carbon ferromanganese alloy prices in the US decreased from US$1,400 per tonne at the beginning of FY2011 to US$1,320 per tonne by year-end. High-carbon ferromanganese alloy prices in Europe decreased from US$1,458 per tonne at the beginning of FY2011 to US$1,257 per tonne by year-end. Despite substantially lower ore input costs, manganese alloy prices continued to trade in a relatively narrow band due to increased costs of coking coal and power from the second half of FY2011 onwards.

Metallurgical coal: The quarterly negotiated prices increased from US$225 per tonne at the beginning of FY2011 to US$330 per tonne at year-end. Platts 64 Mid Volatile Index spot coking coal prices increased from US$202 per tonne at the beginning of FY2011 to US$273 per tonne at year-end. The coking coal market weakened in the first half of FY2011 on subdued demand growth in traditional coking coal importing countries and more than adequate supply to meet this demand. However, heavy rains in Queensland during September to November 2010, and resultant floods in late December, caused significant supply disruptions. With the sharp reduction in available seaborne tonnages, the market became very tight in the third quarter of FY2011 and the Platts 64 Mid Volatile Index price rose to a peak of US$336 per tonne in January 2011.

Nickel: LME prices increased from US$8.81 per lb at the beginning of FY2011 to US$10.49 per lb at year-end. The average nickel price for FY2011 was US$10.86 per lb, 24 per cent above the average for FY2010.

Higher prices were underpinned by the improved global economic recovery, service centre re-stocking and strong underlying consumption. The fall of the nickel price in early May 2011 was caused by a general sell-off by investors. This drop led to a wait-and-see purchasing behaviour among stainless distributors and end-users in the following months. On the supply side, more nickel production was added in the first half of FY2011, whereas the second half of the year was characterised by supply disruptions. Partially offsetting these disruptions was a particularly high level of nickel pig iron production in China.

The following table indicates the estimated impact on FY2011 profit after taxation of changes in the prices of our most significant commodities. With the exception of price-linked costs, the sensitivities below assume that all other variables, such as exchange rate, costs, volumes and taxation, remain constant. There is an inter-relationship between changes in commodity prices and changes in currencies that is not reflected in the sensitivities below. Volumes are based on FY2011 actual results and sale prices of our commodities under a mix of short-, medium- and long-term contracts. Movements in commodity prices can cause movements in exchange rates and vice versa. These sensitivities should therefore be used with care.

(3)Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves were:

 

Estimated impact on FY2011 profit after taxation of changes of:Deposit

  

Proven Ore Reserves

Probable Ore Reserves

Worsley

Maximum 80mMaximum 160m

MRN

A bauxite intersection grid of 200m, plus at least 10 samples reached by search ellipsoid. Mining and metallurgical characterisation (test pit/bulk sample), plus a reliable suite of chemical and size distribution dataThose areas with a bauxite intersection grid spacing of less than 400m and/or a 400m spaced grid with a 200m offset fill in, plus a minimum of 7 samples reached by search ellipsoid, plus a reliable suite of chemical and size distribution data

(4)Metallurgical recoveries for the operations were:

Deposit

Estimated Metallurgical Recovery of A.Al2O3

Worsley (Worsley Refinery)

91%

MRN (Alumar Refinery)

92%

(5)MRN – Washed tonnes and grade represent expected product based on forecast beneficiated yield.

(6)MRN – The reserves are located on mining leases that provide MRN the right to mine. Current mining areas have environmental approval to operate. The increase in reserves was due to the approval of mining permits for additional plateaus.

Aluminium, Manganese & Nickel Business

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

As at 30 June 2014

  As at 30 June 2013 

Commodity Deposit(1)(2)(3)(4)

 Ore Type Proven Ore
Reserves
  Probable Ore
Reserves
  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
  BHP
Billiton
Interest %
  Total Ore Reserves  Reserve
Life
(years)
 
  Mt  % Mn  % Yield  Mt  % Mn  % Yield  Mt  % Mn  % Yield    Mt  % Mn  % Yield  

Manganese

                

Australia

                

GEMCO(5)

 ROM  78    45.0    58    16    42.6    57    94    44.6    58    11    60    101    44.7    59    12  
South Africa(6)   Mt  % Mn  % Fe  Mt  % Mn  % Fe  Mt  % Mn  % Fe        Mt  % Mn  % Fe    

Wessels

 Lower Body-HG  1.2    48.0    12.2    7.2    47.6    12.3    8.4    47.7    12.3    46    44.4    11    47.6    11.9    48  
 Lower Body-LG  2.2    41.3    11.9    13    41.8    13.2    15    41.7    13.0      13    42.1    13.2   
 Upper Body     46    41.4    18.2    46    41.4    18.2      48    41.5    17.9   

Mamatwan

 M, C, N Zones  19    37.6    4.4    41    37.1    4.5    60    37.3    4.5    18    44.4    65    37.2    4.5    20  
 X Zone  1.6    38.2    4.7    2.4    36.7    4.8    4.0    37.3    4.8      4.0    36.7    4.8   

(1)Cut-off grades – GEMCO:US$³ 40%Mn washed product and³ 1m ore thickness; Wessels:³ 45%Mn for Lower Body-HG,³ 37.5%Mn for Lower Body-LG and Upper Body; Mamatwan:³ 35%Mn for M, C, N and X Zones.

(2)Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves were:

Deposit

Proven Ore Reserves

Probable Ore Reserves

GEMCO

60m x 120m and 60m x 60m120m x 120m

Wessels

Defined as rim ±30m wide around mined-out areas, supplemented by some economically viable remnant blocks within mined-out areasDefined as all ground beyond 30m

Mamatwan

80m x 80m160m x 160m

(3)Metallurgical recoveries for the operations were:

Deposit

Metallurgical Recovery

GEMCO

See yield in Ore Reserves table

Wessels

88%

Mamatwan

96%

(4)Ore delivered to process plant.

(5)GEMCO – Tonnes are stated as ROM, manganese grades are reported as expected product and should be read together with their respective tonnage yields.

(6)Wessels and Mamatwan – Tonnes are stated as wet tonnes.

Aluminium, Manganese & Nickel Business

Ore Reserves in accordance with Industry Guide 7

As at 30 June 2014

   As at 30 June 2013 

Commodity

Deposit(1)(2)(3)(4)

  Ore Type  Proven Ore
Reserves
   Probable Ore
Reserves
   Total Ore
Reserves
   Reserve
Life
(years)
   BHP
Billiton
Interest
%
   Total Ore
Reserves
   Reserve
Life
(years)
 
    Mt   % Ni   Mt   % Ni   Mt   % Ni       Mt   % Ni   

Nickel

Colombia

                        

Cerro Matoso(5)

  Laterite   16     1.2     7.7     1.0     24     1.1     15     99.94     43     1.2     28  
  SP   24     1.3               24     1.3         40     1.2    
  MNR Ore                                     18     0.2    

Australia – Nickel West

                        

Leinster(6)

  OC   2.8     1.3     0.2     0.9     3.0     1.3     1.5     100     3.1     1.3     8  
  SP                                     0.1     2.3    
  UG                                     9.3     1.8    

Mt Keith(7)

  OC   51     0.6     1.1     0.5     52     0.6     5.9     100     93     0.6     12  
  SP   5.7     0.5     5.5     0.5     11     0.5         20     0.5    

Cliffs

  UG   0.7     2.6     0.9     2.5     1.6     2.6     3.2     100     1.6     2.8     4  

(1)Cut-off grades – Cerro Matoso:³ 0.7%Ni for Laterite and SP; Leinster:³ 0.6%Ni for OC,³ 0.9%Ni for UG and SP; Mt Keith: variable ranging from 0.35-0.40% Ni and³ 0.18% recoverable Ni for OC and SP; Cliffs:³ 1.1% Ni for UG.

(2)Approximate drill hole spacings used to classify the reserves were:

Deposit

Proven Ore Reserves

Probable Ore Reserves

Cerro Matoso

35m or less with three drill holes35m to 100m with three drill holes

Leinster

25m x 25m25m x 50m

Mt Keith

60m x 40m80m x 80m

Cliffs

25m x 25m (and development)50m x 50m

(3)       Metallurgical recoveries for the operations were:

Deposit

Metallurgical Recovery

Cerro Matoso

82% (reserves to metal)

Leinster Concentrator (including Cliffs)

84% at 12% concentrate grade

Mt Keith

57% at 16% concentrate grade

(4)Ore delivered to process plant.

(5)Cerro Matoso – The decrease in laterite reserves was due to the exclusion of La Esmerelda (environmental licence approval delay), lower nickel price assumptions, an updated geotechnical model, revised processing plant specifications and changed stockpile assumptions.

(6)Leinster – The decrease in reserves was due to suspension of mining at the Perseverance underground mine subsequent to a seismic event in October 2013.

(7)Mt Keith – The decrease in in-situ reserves was due to the exclusion of Stage H2 after testing with current prices.

2.4    Major projects

Major projects

At the end of FY2014, BHP Billiton had seven low-risk, relatively brownfield major projects under development and one major ‘pre-development’ project in evaluation (Jansen Potash) with a combined budget of US$14.1 billion. The Group completed the WAIO Jimblebar Mine Expansion and Caval Ridge projects during the year. In addition a further four projects were successfully completed; namely: Macedon; North West Shelf North Rankin B Gas Compression; Samarco Fourth Pellet Plant; and WAIO Port Blending and Rail Yard Facilities. Another two projects, Newcastle Third Port Stage 3 and Cerrejón P40, delivered first coal during the year.

The port expansion associated with the Cerrejón P40 project is currently being commissioned, although operational issues are expected to constrain capacity at approximately 35 Mtpa (100 per cent basis) in the medium term.

A US$212 million increase in the budget of the Escondida Oxide Leach Area Project (OLAP) to US$933 million was approved during the period. The project is now expected to be completed in the second half of CY2014, with no associated impact to production.

In July 2013, BHP Billiton announced an investment of US$3.4 billion to construct a desalination facility which will deliver sustainable water supply to Escondida over the long term. In August 2013, BHP Billiton also approved a US$2.6 billion investment to finish the excavation and lining of the Jansen Potash Project production and service shafts, and to continue the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities.

BHP Billiton’s share of capital and exploration expenditure declined by 32 per cent during FY2014, to US$15.2 billion. Capital and exploration expenditure is expected to remain broadly unchanged in the 2015 financial year with a planned investment rate of US$14.8 billion.

Projects completed or delivered first production during the 2014 financial year

Business

 

Project

 

Capacity(1)

 Capital
expenditure
(US$M)(1)
  Date of initial production 
   Actual (2)  Budget  Actual  Target 

Petroleum

 Macedon (Australia) 71.43% (operator) 200 million cubic feet of gas per day.  1,200    1,050    Q3 CY13    CY13  
 North West Shelf North Rankin B Gas Compression (Australia) 16.67% (non-operator) 2,500 million cubic feet of gas per day.  721    850    Q4 CY13    CY13  

Iron Ore

 Samarco Fourth Pellet Plant (Brazil) 50% Increases Samarco iron ore pellet production capacity by 8.3 million tonnes per annum to 30.5 million tonnes per annum.  1,576    1,750    Q1 CY14    H1 CY14  
 WAIO Jimblebar Mine Expansion (Australia) 85% Increases mining and processing capacity to 35 million tonnes per annum with incremental debottlenecking opportunities to 55 million tonnes per annum.  3,380    3,640 (3)(4)   Q3 CY13    Q4 CY13 (4) 

Business

 

Project

 

Capacity(1)

 Capital
expenditure
(US$M)(1)
  Date of initial production 
   Actual (2)  Budget  Actual  Target 
 WAIO Port Blending and Rail Yard Facilities (Australia) 85% Optimises resource and enhances efficiency across the WAIO supply chain.  916    1,000 (3)(4)   Q4 CY13    H2 CY14  

Coal

 Caval Ridge (Australia) 50% Greenfield mine development to produce an initial 5.5 million tonnes per annum of export metallurgical coal.  1,706    1,870 (3)   Q2 CY14    CY14  
 Newcastle Third Port Project Stage 3 (Australia) 35.5% Increases total coal terminal capacity from 53 million tonnes per annum to 66 million tonnes per annum.  367    367    Q3 CY13    CY14  
 Cerrejón P40 Project (Colombia) 33.3% Increases saleable thermal coal production by 8 million tonnes per annum to approximately 40 million tonnes per annum.  437    437    Q4 CY13    CY13  
   

 

 

  

 

 

   
    10,303    10,964    
   

 

 

  

 

 

   

Projects in execution at the end of the 2014 financial year

Business

Project

Capacity(1)

Capital expenditure
(US$M) (1)
Date of initial production 

US$1/bbl on oil priceProjects under development

  43BudgetTarget 

US¢1/lb on aluminium pricePetroleum

North West Shelf Greater Western Flank-A (Australia) 16.67%(non-operator)To maintain LNG plant throughput from the North West Shelf operations400CY16
Bass Strait Longford Gas Conditioning Plant (Australia) 50%(non-operator)Designed to process approximately 400 million cubic feet of high CO2 gas520CY16

Copper

Escondida Oxide Leach Area Project (Chile) 57.5%New dynamic leaching pad and mineral handling system. Maintains oxide leaching capacity933 (4)H2 CY14 (4)
Escondida Organic Growth Project 1 (Chile) 57.5%Replaces the Los Colorados concentrator with a new 152,000 tonnes per day plant3,838H1 CY15
Escondida Water Supply (Chile) 57.5%New desalination facility to ensure continued water supply to Escondida3,430CY17

Business

Project

Capacity(1)

Capital expenditure
(US$M) (1)
Date of initial production

Projects under development

  20BudgetTarget 

US¢1/lb on copper priceCoal

Hay Point Stage Three Expansion (Australia) 50%Increases port capacity from 44 million tonnes per annum to 55 million tonnes per annum and reduces storm vulnerability1,505 (3)(4)CY15 (4)
Appin Area 9 (Australia) 100%Maintains Illawarra Coal’s production capacity with a replacement mining domain and capacity to produce 3.5 million tonnes per annum of metallurgical coal845CY16

  18  
11,471

US¢1/lb on nickel price

  1

Other projects in progress at the end of the 2014 financial year

Business

Project

Capacity(1)

Capital expenditure
(US$M) (1)
 

US$1/t on iron ore priceProjects under development

  80Budget 

US$1/t on manganese alloyPotash

Jansen Potash (Canada) 100%Investment to finish the excavation and lining of the production and service shafts, and to continue the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities.   0.52,600  

US$1/dmtu on manganese ore

   13814,071  

US$1/t on metallurgical coal price

 22

US$1/t on energy coal price

 24

 

(1)Unless noted otherwise, references to capacity are on a 100 per cent basis, references to capital expenditure from subsidiaries are reported on a 100 per cent basis and references to capital expenditure from equity accounted investments and other operations are reported at our equity share.

(2)Number subject to finalisation.

(3)Excludes announced pre-commitment funding.

(4)As per revised budget schedule.

2.5    Business performance

The impactdiscussion of the commodity price movements in FY2011results for our Businesses is discussedset out in section 3.6 ‘Operating results’.

3.4.2    Freight markets

The bulk freight market is typically categorised by the size of the vessel. Capesize vessels are typically classified as having deadweight above 150 thousand deadweight tonnes (kdwt) compared with Panamax and Supramax vessels, which are 60 to 100 kdwt and 50 to 60 kdwt respectively.

The Capesize average 4 Time Charter rate, being a particular rate published by the Baltic Exchange, declined from US$24,239 per day at the beginning of FY2011 to US$12,732 per day at year end. Capesize freight rates dropped as low as US$4,567 per day in February 2011 as major supplying regions suffered adverse weather conditions resulting in lower cargo availability. The Panamax average 6 Time Charter rate declined from US$22,113 per day at the beginning of FY2011 to US$12,823 per day at the year-end. The Supramax average 4 Time Charter rate decreased from US$21,607 per day at the beginning of FY2011 to US$13,682 per day at the year-end. Although the demand for bulk commodities was strong, the freight market saw oversupply due to the many newbuild vessels entering the market. The total dry bulk fleet grew by 17 per cent year-on-year in CY2010, the fastest growth for many years.

3.4.3    Exchange rates

We are exposed to exchange rate transaction risk on foreign currency sales and purchases as we believe that active currency hedging does not provide long-term benefits to our shareholders. Because a majority of our sales are denominated in US dollars, and the US dollar plays a dominant role in our business, we borrow and hold surplus cash predominantly in US dollars to provide a natural hedge. Operating costs and costs of local equipment are influenced by the fluctuations in the Australian dollar, South African rand, Chilean peso and Brazilian real. Foreign exchange gains and losses reflected in operating costs owing to fluctuations in the abovementioned currencies relative to the US dollar may potentially offset one another. The Australian dollar, Brazilian real, Chilean peso and South African rand strengthened against the US dollar during FY2011.

We are also exposed to exchange rate translation risk in relation to net monetary liabilities, being our foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities, including debt and other long-term liabilities (other than closure and rehabilitation provisions at operating sites where foreign currency gains and losses are capitalised in property, plant and equipment).

Details of our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations are contained within note 28 ‘Financial risk management’ to the financial statements.

3.4.4    Interest rates

We are exposed to interest rate risk on our outstanding borrowings and investments. Our policy on interest rate exposure is for interest on our borrowings to be on a US dollar floating interest rate basis. Deviation from our policy requires the prior approval of our Financial Risk Management Committee, and is managed within our Cash Flow at Risk (CFaR) limit, which is described in note 28 ‘Financial risk management’ in the financial statements. When required under this strategy, we use interest rate swaps, including cross currency interest rate swaps, to convert a fixed rate exposure to a floating rate exposure. As at 30 June 2011, we had US$0.8 billion of fixed interest borrowings that had not been swapped to floating rates, arising principally from legacy positions that were in existence prior to the merger that created the DLC structure.

3.4.5    Changes in product demand

Global economic growth slowed during the second half of FY2011 as emerging economies tightened monetary policy, the Japanese tsunami disrupted trade flows and fiscal austerity measures adversely affected demand. Global imbalances and high levels of sovereign debt continue to create uncertainty and a protracted recovery remains our base case assumption for the developed world. However, a coordinated policy response has the potential to engender confidence and ease the volatility that has been the dominant theme of recent years.

Across the important growth economies of China and India, recent economic data suggests monetary policy is having the intended effect. That said, growth in fixed asset investment in China has remained resilient and is yet to fully reflect the recent policy response.

Despite these near term challenges, we remain positive on the longer-term outlook for the global economy. Over the past decade, emerging economies have contributed more to global growth than the developed world and we expect their share to expand as the process of urbanisation and industrialisation continues.

3.4.6    Operating costs and capital expenditure

During FY2011, total cash costs increased by four per cent, which arose from increases in costs that are structural in nature. Higher fuel and energy prices (of which BHP Billiton is a net beneficiary) together with increased maintenance, labour and contractor costs are consistent with the corresponding level of activity occurring within the mining industry as a whole. In conjunction with safety and volumes, cost control continues to be a key area of focus for each area of operation.

Our commitment to long-term growth and shareholder value remains unchanged, and we continued to invest strongly in capital expenditure and growth projects. Details of our growth projects can be found in section 3.7.2.

3.4.7    Exploration and development of resources

Because most of our revenues and profits are related to our oil and gas and minerals operations, our results and financial condition are directly related to the success of our exploration efforts and our ability to replace existing reserves. However, there are no guarantees that our exploration program will be successful. When we

identify an economic deposit, there are often significant challenges and hurdles entailed in its development, such as negotiating rights to extract ore with governments and landowners, design and construction of required infrastructure, utilisation of new technologies in processing and building customer support.

3.4.8    Health, safety, environment and community

We are subject to extensive regulation surrounding the health and safety of our people and the environment. We make every effort to comply with the regulations and, where less stringent than our standards, exceed applicable legal and other requirements. However, regulatory standards and community expectations are constantly evolving. As a result, we may be exposed to increased litigation, compliance costs and unforeseen environmental rehabilitation expenses, despite our best efforts to work with governments, community groups and scientists to keep pace with regulations, law and public expectations.

Further information about our compliance with HSEC regulations can be found in section 2.81.12 of this Report.Annual Report with further information below.

3.4.9    Insurance2.5.1    Group Revenue and Underlying EBIT

During FY2011, we maintained an insurance program with policies encompassing property damage, business interruption, public and certain other liabilities and directors and officers’ exposures. The program includes a combination of self-insurance via subsidiary captive insurance companies, industry mutuals and external market re-insurance. Mandates are established as to risk retention levels, policy cover and, where applicable, reinsurance counter parties. As part of our portfolio risk management policy, we regularly conduct an assessment of maximum foreseeable loss potential, cash flow at risk, loss experience, claims received and insurance premiums paid and will make adjustments to the balance of self-insurance and reinsurance as required.

The Group continues to be largely self-insured for losses arising from property damage and business interruption, sabotage and terrorism, marine cargo and construction. For these risks, we internally insure our operations (for wholly-owned assets and for our share of joint venture assets) via our captive insurance companies. Any losses incurred will consequently impact the financial statements as they arise.

3.5    Application of critical accounting policies

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgements that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported revenue and costs during the periods presented therein. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgements in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and costs. Management bases its estimates and judgements on historical experience and on various other factors it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making judgements about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

We have identified the following critical accounting policies under which significant judgements, estimates and assumptions are made and where actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect financial results or the financial position reported in future periods:

reserve estimates;

exploration and evaluation expenditure;

development expenditure;

property, plant and equipment – recoverable amount;

defined benefit pension schemes;

provision for closure and rehabilitation;

taxation.

In accordance with IFRS, we are required to include information regarding the nature of the estimates and judgements and potential impacts on our financial results or financial position in the financial statements. This information can be found in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’ in the financial statements.

3.6    Operating results

3.6.1    Consolidated results

Year ended 30 June 20112014 compared with year ended 30 June 20102013

Our strategic focus on large, low-cost and expandable assets once again delivered recordAn analysis of the financial performance and returns. Underlying EBITDA and attributable profit (excluding exceptional items) increased by 51 per cent and 74 per cent respectively, while Underlying return on capital, excluding investment associated with projects not yetof the Group for FY2014 compared to FY2013 is included in production, increasedsection 1.15.3.

The following table reconciles our statutory income statement to 50 per cent. The strong increase in the Group’sprincipal factors that affected Underlying EBIT margin to 47 per cent emphasises the quality of BHP Billiton’s diversified portfolio.for FY2014.

An ongoing commitment to invest through all points of the economic cycle delivered record annual production across four commodities and 10 operations. Our decision to invest in our Western Australia Iron Ore business during the depths of the global financial crisis facilitated an eleventh consecutive annual increase in iron ore production, as prices continued to test new highs. Three major projects delivered first production in FY2011, including the New South Wales Energy Coal MAC20 Project (Australia), which was completed ahead of schedule.

Robust demand, industry-wide cost pressures and persistent supply side constraints continued to support the fundamentals for the majority of BHP Billiton’s core commodities. In that context, another strong year of growth in Chinese crude steel production ensured steelmaking material prices were the major contributing factor to the US$17,228 million price related increase in Underlying EBIT.

However, we have regularly highlighted our belief that costs tend to lag the commodity price cycle as consumable, labour and contractor costs are broadly correlated with the mining industry’s level of activity. In the current environment, tight labour and raw material markets are presenting a challenge for all operators, and BHP Billiton is not immune from that trend. The devaluation of the US dollar and inflation reduced Underlying EBIT by a further US$3,161 million.

Record operating cash flow of US$30,080 million continues to create substantial flexibility for the Group. In the 12-month period alone, we have invested US$12,387 million across our tier one portfolio of minerals and energy assets, completed a US$10 billion capital management program and finalised the acquisition of Chesapeake Energy Corporation’s interests in the Fayetteville Shale assets (US). Notwithstanding those achievements, net gearing of nine per cent at the end of FY2011 ensures BHP Billiton has the capacity to comfortably fund its extensive organic growth program and the US$15.1 billion acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation that was announced on 14 July 2011. Importantly, the Group remains committed to a solid ‘A’ credit rating.

The consistent and disciplined manner in which we return excess capital to shareholders was further illustrated by the completion of our expanded US$10 billion capital management program on 29 June 2011, six months ahead of schedule. Completion of the substantial program in such a timely manner highlights our commitment to maintain an appropriate capital structure, irrespective of the economic cycle. Since 2004, the Group has repurchased a cumulative US$22,600 million of Limited (Ltd) and Plc shares, representing 15 per cent of then issued capital.

US$M

 Revenue  Total expenses,
other income and
share of equity
accounted
investments
  Profit from
operations
  Exceptional
items
  Underlying
EBIT
 

For the year ended 30 June 2013

     

Revenue

  65,953      

Other income

   3,947     

Expenses excluding net finance costs

   (50,040   

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   1,142     
  

 

 

    

Total expenses, other income and share of equity accounted investments

   (44,951   
   

 

 

   

Profit from operations

    21,002    

Exceptionals items

     1,928   
     

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT

      22,930  

Changes in volumes:

     

Productivity

  2,260    (1,298  962        962  

Growth

  3,221    (1,292  1,929        1,929  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  5,481    (2,590  2,891        2,891  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net price impact:

     

Change in sales prices

  (3,301  (95  (3,396      (3,396

Price-linked costs

      (80  (80      (80
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  (3,301  (175  (3,476      (3,476
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in controllable cash costs:

     

Operating cash costs

      1,524    1,524        1,524  

Exploration and business development

      398    398        398  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
      1,922    1,922        1,922  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in other costs:

     

Exchange rates

  (202  1,962    1,760        1,760  

Inflation on costs

      (805  (805      (805

Fuel and energy

      (46  (46      (46

Non-cash

      (2,091  (2,091      (2,091
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  (202  (980  (1,182      (1,182
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Asset sales

      53    53        53  

Ceased and sold operations

  (494  2    (492      (492

Exceptional items

      2,479    2,479    (2,479    

Other

  (231  446    215        215  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

For the year ended 30 June 2014

     

Revenue

  67,206      

Other income

   1,524     

Expenses excluding net finance costs

   (46,513   

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   1,195     
  

 

 

    

Total expenses, other income and share of equity accounted investments

   (43,794   
   

 

 

   

Profit from operations

    23,412    

Exceptionals items

     (551 
     

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT

      22,861  

Confidence in the long-term outlook for our core commodity markets and the accelerated purchase and cancellation of four per cent of issued capital during FY2011 has enabled the BHP Billiton Board to declare a 22 per cent rebasing of the final dividend. The increase in the full year payout to 101 US cents per share is consistent with the Group’s commitment to its progressive dividend policy.

Revenue was US$71.7 billion, an increase of 35.9 per cent from US$52.8 billion in the corresponding period.

Our profit attributable to members of BHP Billiton of US$23.6 billion represents an increase of 85.9 per cent from the corresponding period. Attributable profit excluding exceptional items of US$21.7 billion represents an increase of 73.9 per cent from the corresponding period.

On 24 August 2011, the Board declared a final dividend of 55 US cents per share, thus bringing the total dividends declared for FY2011 to 101 US cents per share, an increase of 16.1 per cent over the corresponding period. Capital management initiatives are discussed in section 3.7.6 of this Report.

Year ended 30 June 20102013 compared with year ended 30 June 20092012

We delivered another strong set of resultsRevenue in FY2010 despite significant volatility in the macroeconomic environment with growth in Underlying EBIT of eight per cent. Record sales volumes were achieved in three of our major commodities as our focus on efficiency and productivity at all points in the cycle ensured we were well positioned to capitalise on the recovery in demand and prices. Local currency costs were well controlled across the Group; however, the weaker US dollar hadFY2013 was US$66.0 billion, a negative exchange rate impactdecrease of US$2,150 million.

The combination of these factors underpinned strong margins and returns. For the sixth consecutive year, we recorded an Underlying EBIT margin of around 40 per cent, while Underlying return on capital was 26 per cent. Excluding capital investment associated with projects not yet in production, Underlying return on capital was 30 per cent.

Operating cash flow for the year remained strong at US$16,890 million and resulted in net debt declining further to US$3,308 million, with net gearing falling to six per cent. These results continue to demonstrate the strength of our uniquely diversified business model and world-class, low-cost asset portfolio.

We invested heavily in our business and successfully delivered another five growth projects, including those in petroleum and iron ore. We approved two major growth projects (with a combined budget of US$695 million) and made pre-commitments totalling US$2,237 million (our share) to accelerate early works for another four. To underline the depth of our project pipeline, there were 20 projects in various stages of execution and feasibility with an estimated budget in excess of US$25 billion.

We also bolstered our upstream resource base with the acquisition of Athabasca Potash Inc. (Canada) and United Minerals Corporation NL (Australia, Iron Ore). On 20 August 2010, we launched an all-cash offer to acquire all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Potash Corporation of Saskatchewan Inc. (PotashCorp) at a price of US$130 in cash per PotashCorp common share.

Revenue was US$52.84.5 billion, an increase of 5.2or 6.4 per cent, from US$50.270.5 billion in FY2009.the corresponding period. The revenue decrease was primarily driven by the Iron Ore and Coal Businesses, with decreases of US$2.0 billion and US$2.6 billion, respectively. The loss of revenue due to the sale of assets previously reported in the former Diamonds and Specialty Products Business (decrease of US$382 million) and the decrease in the Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business (US$633 million) were offset by the increase in the Copper Business of US$1.0 billion. The breakdown of revenue by Business for FY2013 and FY2012 is set out in section 1.12.1.

The decrease in revenue in Iron Ore was driven by a 17 per cent fall in the average realised price of iron ore to US$110 per tonne which more than offset record sales volumes at WAIO, which increased 9.6 per cent. The revenue decrease in Coal also reflected lower realised prices as hard coking coal and weak coking coal prices fell 34 per cent and 31 per cent, respectively, partially offset by higher sales volumes driven by a 19 per cent increase (100 per cent basis) in production at Queensland Coal. The revenue increase in Copper was largely driven by an increase in production at Escondida of 28 per cent, partially offset by a five per cent decrease in average realised copper prices to US$3.41 per pound.

Total expenses increased from US$48.6 billion in FY2012 to US$50.0 billion in FY2013. Excluding exceptional items, the majority of which related to impairments in FY2013, total expenses were almost unchanged at US$45.0 billion in FY2013 compared to US$44.9 billion in FY2012.

Year ended 30 June

  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M 

Raw materials and consumables used

   8,926    8,128  

Employee benefits expense

   7,168    6,035  

External services (including transportation)(1)

   12,478    14,293  

Third party commodity purchases

   2,759    3,402  

Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses

   (284  (571

Fair value change on derivatives

   79    (141

Government royalties paid and payable

   2,562    2,880  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

   7,031    6,431  

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

   1,047    1,644  

Impairment of assets(2)

   5,496    3,763  

Operating lease rentals

   776    658  

Other operating expenses(3)

   2,002    2,122  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   50,040    48,644  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Less exceptional items

   (5,087  (3,786
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expenses excluding exceptional items

   44,953    44,858  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Includes exceptional items of US$96 million (2012: US$ nil).

(2)Includes exceptional items of US$5,149 million (2012: US$3,663 million).

(3)Includes exceptional items credit of US$158 million (2012: US$ nil).

Reductions in various costs were offset by higher non-cash costs and one-off items. Our focus on reducing operating costs was demonstrated by a decrease of external services costs of US$1.8 billion In addition we reduced exploration and evaluation expenditure by US$597 million. These savings were predominantly offset by higher impairment charges of US$1.7 billion, higher depreciation and amortisation charges of US$600 million and an unfavourable variance in the change in fair value on derivatives of US$220 million. Increases in costs attributable to inflation were US$646 million.

Other income increased from US$898 million in FY2012 to US$3.9 billion, mainly due to US$3.2 billion related to sale of Yeelirrie, Richards Bay Minerals and interests in the East and West Browse Joint Ventures, which were all classified as exceptional items. Excluding exceptional items, other income increased from US$598 million to US$788 million.

Profit from operations decreased by US$3.6 billion or 15 per cent from US$24.6 billion to US$21.0 billion. Exceptional items during FY2013 were a charge of US$1.9 billion, mainly comprised of US$3.2 billion (before taxation) of assets sales offset by impairment charges and related costs of US$5.3 billion (before taxation), compared with net exceptional before taxation charges mainly impairment charges, of US$3.5 billion in FY2012.

Year ended 30 June

  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M 

Underlying EBIT

   22,930    28,086  

Exceptional items (before taxation) – refer section 2.5.5 below

   (1,928  (3,486
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from operations (EBIT)

   21,002    24,600  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable profit in FY2013 of US$11.2 billion was negatively affected by an increase in the Group’s effective tax rate from 30.6 per cent to 35.0 per cent. In addition Attributable profit decreased due to an increase in net interest expense and a change in fair value on non-hedging instruments of US$572 million, including financing charges of US$280 million incurred in managing interest rate exposure on debt securities issued during FY2013.

Underlying Attributable profit (comprising Profit after taxation attributable to members of the BHP Billiton Group less exceptional items) of US$12.712.2 billion representeddecreased by US$5.0 billion from US$17.2 billion in FY2012.

Net operating cash flows of US$20.2 billion declined by 20 per cent from US$25.3 billion in FY2012. A decrease of US$4.2 billion in cash generated from operations, an increase of 116.5 per cent from FY2009. Attributable profit excluding exceptional itemsUS$374 million in net interest paid and an income tax refund of US$12.5 billion represented an increase530 million received in FY2012 were the major contributors to that decline.

2.5.2    Underlying EBIT

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

An analysis of 16.3 per cent from FY2009.

On 25 August 2010, the Board declared a final dividend of 45 US cents per share, thus bringing the total dividends declaredconsolidated EBIT for FY2010FY2014 compared to 87 US cents per share. Capital management initiatives are discussedFY2013 is included in section 3.7.6 of this Report.

1.15.3.

3.6.2    Consolidated results – Underlying EBIT

In discussing the operating results of our business, we focus on a financial measure we refer to as Underlying EBIT. Underlying EBIT is the key measure that management uses internally to assess the performance of our business, make decisions on the allocation of resources and assess operational management. Management uses this measure because financing structures and tax regimes differ across our assets and substantial components of our tax and interest charges are levied at a Group, rather than an operational level. Underlying EBIT is calculated as earnings before interest and taxation (EBIT), which is referred to as ‘profit from operations’ in the income statement, excluding the effects of exceptional items.

We exclude exceptional items from Underlying EBIT in order to enhance the comparability of the measure from period to period and provide clarity into the underlying performance of our operations. Our management monitors exceptional items separately.Year ended 30 June 2013 compared with year ended 30 June 2012

A reconciliation from Underlying EBIT to profit from operations can be found in section 3.3 ‘Key measures’.

The following table and commentary describedescription of the approximate impact of the principal factors that affected Underlying EBIT for FY2011 and FY2010.

Year ended 30 June

  2011  2011  2010  2010 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Underlying EBIT as reported in the prior year

    19,719     18,214  

Change in volumes:

     

Increase in volumes

   841     2,142   

Decrease in volumes

   (1,422   (206 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  
    (581   1,936  

Net price impact:

     

Change in sales prices

   18,648     778   

Price-linked costs

   (1,420   241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

  
    17,228     1,019  

Change in costs:

     

Costs (rate and usage)

   (1,412   (2 

Exchange rates

   (2,526   (2,150 

Inflation on costs

   (635   (400 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  
    (4,573   (2,552

Asset sales

    (85   82  

Ceased and sold operations

    (140   526  

New and acquired operations

    1,153     966  

Exploration and business development

    (328   239  

Other

    (413   (711
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT

    31,980     19,719  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2011in FY2013 as compared with year ended 30 June 2010to FY2012 is set out in the table in section 1.15.3.

Underlying EBIT for FY2011FY2013 was US$32.022.9 billion, compared with US$19.728.1 billion in the corresponding period, an increasea decrease of 62.218.4 per cent.

Volumes

BHP Billiton achieved production records across four commodities and 10 operations during FY2011. Western Australia Iron Ore shipments rose to a record annualised rate of 155 million tonnes per annum (mtpa) in

the June 2011 quarter and, when combined with strongStrong operating performance across the Group’s major basins in FY2013 delivered an increase in total production volumes in a number of Businesses. This was underpinned by a thirteenth consecutive annual production record at Samarco (Brazil), enabled iron ore volumes to contribute an additional US$572 million to Underlying EBIT.

The completionWAIO and successful ramp-up of the MAC20 Project ahead of schedule underpinned record production at New South Wales Energy Coal in the period. When considered in conjunction with a 1328 per cent increase in South Africacopper production at Escondida. This volume growth was supported by a significant recovery in production at Queensland Coal and a 76 per cent increase in liquids production Energy Coalat our Onshore US Asset.

In this context, stronger sales volumes increased Underlying EBIT by US$177 million2.0 billion in FY2011.FY2013, of which US$1.3 billion were volume efficiencies attributed to productivity. Increased iron ore, copper and coal sales were

However, broader challenges continued to delay

the supply response of the industry over the 12-month period. For example, metallurgical coal supply was significantly affected by persistent wet weather in the Bowen Basin (Australia), while ongoing permitting delays in the Gulf of Mexico (US) continued to impact drilling activity. In aggregate, volumes reduced BHP Billiton Underlying EBIT by US$581 million in FY2011 despite generally strong operating performance.

Prices

Robust demand driven by the emerging economies, a general elevationmajor contributors and steepening of global (commodity) cost curves and the persistent theme of supply side constraint, were all catalysts for higher commodity prices thattogether increased Underlying EBIT by US$18,6482.5 billion. In contrast, natural field decline at our conventional Australian oil and gas assets contributed to a US$526 million volume related reduction in the period. Another strong year of growth in Chinese crude steel production ensured steelmaking materialPetroleum’s Underlying EBIT.

Prices

Substantially lower prices were the major contributing factor, as they alone increased Underlying EBIT by US$11.1 billion. Price-linked costs (including royalties) reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1,420 million.

Costs

BHP Billiton has regularly highlighted its belief that costs tend8.5 billion in FY2013. The major contributor to lag the commoditydecline was a 17 per cent reduction in the average realised price cycle as consumable, labour and contractor costs are broadly correlated with the mining industry’s level of activity. In the current environment of elevated commodity prices, tight labour and raw material markets are presenting a challenge for all operators. Excluding the impact of a weaker US dollar, inflation and an increase in non-cash items, costs decreased Underlying EBIT by US$1.2 billion.

Higher fuel and energy prices (ofiron ore, which BHP Billiton is a net beneficiary), together with increased maintenance, labour and contractor costs, accounted for the majority of the impact and reduced Underlying EBIT by US$878 million.

Cost performance in the large bulk commodity businesses is heavily influenced by the ability to leverage infrastructure and maximise volumes. In this regard, the weather related disruption at our Queensland Coal (Australia) business had a negative impact on unit costs in the period.3.8 billion. The major cost offset was related to the recovery in operating performance that followed last year’s Clark Shaft outage at Olympic Dam (Australia).

Non-cash items, predominantly depreciation,low-cost supply led to a significant decline in metallurgical coal prices, which, together with softer energy coal prices, reduced Underlying EBIT by a further US$255 million3.5 billion. Overcapacity in the nickel and reflectedaluminium markets, and concerns of a near-term rebalancing in the ongoing delivery of our organic growth program.

Exchange rates

A weaker US dollar against producer currenciescopper market, also weighed on metals prices and reduced Underlying EBIT by US$2,526 million, which included a combined US$735 million variance related to the restatement of monetary items1.2 billion.

A 17 per cent increase in the balance sheet. The Australian operations wereaverage realised price of US natural gas and a four per cent rise in the most heavily impacted. The strong Australian dollar reducedaverage realised price of liquefied natural gas (LNG) benefited Underlying EBIT during the period; however, this was largely offset by a four per cent decrease in the average realised price of oil.

A reduction in price-linked costs increased Underlying EBIT by US$2.1582 million during the period and primarily reflected lower price-linked royalty charges in our Iron Ore and Metallurgical Coal Businesses.

Controllable cash costs

The Group’s concentrated effort to reduce operating costs and drive productivity improvements realised tangible results, with a decrease in controllable cash costs of US$2.5 billion which includedduring the period, being a decrease in operating cash costs of US$640 million variance related1.6 billion and a decrease in exploration and business development costs of US$949 million.

Operating cash costs

The reduction in costs was underpinned by a reduction of US$1.6 billion of operating cash costs. A strong focus on contractor usage and rates and a significant reduction in consumables expenditure contributed to the restatement of monetary itemssubstantial reduction in operating costs at Queensland Coal, which contributed to a US$933 million reduction in operating cash costs. Productivity gains at Escondida associated with a 12 per cent improvement in concentrator throughput following a major maintenance campaign and a 24 per cent increase in the balance sheet. The absolute impact on costs as a resultore grade mined during the period contributed US$653 million to Underlying EBIT. With productivity improvements already well advanced, consisting principally of the restatementimprovement plan at Worsley, substantial cost savings of US$368 million were achieved during the period in Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel. These savings were offset by an increase in operating cash costs of US$405 million in Iron Ore which reflects our decision to invest in operating capability prior to the full commissioning and ramp-up of expanded capacity at WAIO.

Exploration and business development

Our increased focus on reducing our cost base in FY2013 and our confidence in the quality and longevity of our asset base led to a substantial US$949 million reduction in the Group’s exploration and business development expenditure. Total exploration expenditure declined by 46 per cent to US$1.4 billion in FY2013, with a focus on greenfield copper porphyry targets in Chile and Peru and oil and gas prospects in the Gulf of Mexico and offshore Western Australia. The associated decline in the Group’s exploration expense increased Underlying EBIT by US$597 million.

A general reduction in business development expenditure increased Underlying EBIT by a further US$352 million in FY2013, primarily in Iron Ore for US$102 million and Coal for US$194 million.

Other costs

Exchange rates

A stronger US dollar against several producer currencies, in particular the South African rand, benefited our cost base during the period and increased Underlying EBIT but this was partially offset by the revaluation of monetary items in the balance sheet was a loss ofwith year-end exchange rates. In total, exchange rate volatility increased Underlying EBIT by US$807 million in FY2011.229 million.

Average and closing exchange rates for FY2011FY2013 and FY2010FY2012 are detailed in note 1 ‘Accounting policies’ to the financial statements.

Inflation on costs

Inflationary pressure on costs across all businessesInflation had an unfavourable impact on all Businesses and reduced Underlying EBIT ofby US$635 million. The pressure646 million in FY2013. This was most evidentnotable in Australia and South Africa, which accounted for over two-thirds75 per cent of the total impact.variance.

Asset salesNon-cash

The profit on the sale of assets was US$85 million lower than the corresponding period largely due to the dissolution of the Douglas Tavistock Joint Venture (South Africa), which increased Underlying EBIT in the prior period.

Ceased and sold operations

The currency revaluation of rehabilitation and closure provisions for ceased operations was the major driver of the US$140 million reduction in Underlying EBIT.

New and acquired operations

Assets are reported as new and acquired operations until there is a full year comparison. New operations increased Underlying EBIT by US$1,153 million primarily due to strong performance at the BHP Billiton operated Pyrenees oil facility (Australia) and the inaugural contribution from the recently acquired Fayetteville Shale assets.

Exploration and business development

Group exploration expense increased marginally in FY2011 to US$1.1 billion. Within Minerals (US$577 million expense), the focus centred upon copper targets in South America, Mongolia and Zambia; nickel and copper targets in Australia; and diamond targets in Canada. Exploration for iron ore, potash, uranium and manganese was undertaken in a number of regions including Australia, Asia, Africa and the Americas.

Petroleum exploration expense was US$477 million and included a US$73 million impairment of exploration previously capitalised. Exploration drilling activity was delayed in the Gulf of Mexico due to new regulatory permitting processes, but was partially offset by an increase in the acquisition and processing of geophysical data. BHP Billiton’s proven operating capability in the deepwater remains an important competitive advantage and the Group will continue to invest in an extensive exploration program that is focused on the Gulf of Mexico, South China Sea and Australia.

Expenditure on business development reduced Underlying EBIT by an additional US$303 million compared with the prior period as Base Metals progressed a number of its development options, including Olympic Dam Project (ODP1) and the Spence Hypogene project (Chile). Increased activity on the Scarborough and Browse liquefied natural gas projects (both Australia) in FY2011 also contributed to the rise in the business development expense.

Other

Other items decreased Underlying EBIT by US$413 million and included provisions totalling US$189 million related to indirect taxes in the Aluminium and Iron Ore businesses, and Colombian net worth tax in Stainless Steel Materials and Energy Coal.

Year ended 30 June 2010 compared with year ended 30 June 2009

Underlying EBIT for FY2010 was US$19.7 billion, compared with US$18.2 billion, an increase of 8.3 per cent from FY2009.

Volumes

Strong performance from steelmaking raw materials was the major contributor to the volume related increase in Underlying EBIT of US$1,936 million. In that context, our strategy to maximise production from our low-cost assets at all points in the cycle ideally positioned our Metallurgical Coal and Manganese businesses to capitalise on the improvement in market demand. In Western Australia’s Pilbara region, ongoing commitment to growth delivered the tenth consecutive record in iron ore sales, while a recovery in pellet demand enabled Samarco (Brazil) to return to full capacity.

Solid operating performance was recorded across the remaining CSGs. In Base Metals, Escondida (Chile) and Cannington (Australia) both benefited from higher throughput and grade, while Olympic Dam (Australia) and Spence (Chile) were impacted by unplanned interruptions.

Escondida production is expected to decline by five to 10 per cent in FY2011, mainly due to lower grade.

Prices

Prices (including the impact of linked costs) increased Underlying EBIT by US$1,019 million, of which iron ore and the base and precious metals complex contributed US$5,265 million. Lower prices for coal (both forms) and manganese were the offsetting factors and reduced Underlying EBIT by US$4,401 million.

Price-linked costs were US$241 million lower than FY2009.

During the second half of FY2010, the old benchmark pricing system for iron ore and metallurgical coal was substantially replaced by shorter-term market-based pricing. The transformation ensures the majority of BHP Billiton’s bulk commodities (iron ore, manganese, metallurgical coal and energy coal) are now linked to market-based prices.

Additional detail on the effect of price changes appears in section 3.4.1.

Costs

Excluding the significant impact of a weaker US dollar and an increase in non-cash items (US$219 million), costs were well controlled across the Group, adding US$217 million to Underlying EBIT in FY2010.

Raw materials, including fuel and energy, generated the greatest benefit and increased Underlying EBIT by US$576 million, although the majority of the benefit was non-structural in nature.

In contrast, higher labour and contractor rates continued to negatively impact the cost base, particularly in South America and Australia. At Spence, Escondida and Cerro Colorado (Chile) one-off wage negotiations, bonuses and contractor payments reduced Underlying EBIT by US$145 million. Similarly, Western Australia’s higher labour costs associated with the tight labour market reduced Western Australia Iron Ore Underlying EBIT by US$45 million.

Non-cash and other items reduced Underlying EBIT by a combined US$537 million. The major negative factors were higher depreciation in Western Australia Iron Ore and a provision for a payment to the Western Australian Government that was expected following the announced amendments to the State Agreements.

Exchange rates

A weaker US dollar against all producer currencies reduced Underlying EBIT by US$2,150 million. The Australian operations were the most impacted, with the strong Australian dollar decreasing Underlying EBIT by US$1,779 million.

Average and closing exchange rates for FY2010 and FY2009 are detailed in note 1 to the financial statements.

Inflation on costs

Inflationary pressure on input costs across all businesses had an unfavourable impact on Underlying EBIT of US$400 million. The effect was most evident in Australia and South Africa.

Asset sales

The profit on the sale of assets increased Underlying EBIT by US$82 million. This was mainly due to the profit that followed dissolution of the Douglas Tavistock Joint Venture arrangement (South Africa).

Ceased and sold operations

Lower operational losses for Yabulu and Ravensthorpe (both Australia) and the Suriname alumina refinery, which were sold during FY2010, resulted in a favourable impact on Underlying EBIT of US$526 million.154 million in FY2013. This was principally due to a higher capitalisation rate for deferred stripping mainly in Copper and Iron Ore.

NewOne-off items

The only One-off item was due to higher costs at Escondida relating to major maintenance activities undertaken on the conveyor belt system and acquired operationsat both concentrator plants.

Asset sales

New greenfield assets areThe divestments of Yeelirrie, Richards Bay Minerals, the East and West Browse Joint Ventures and our diamonds business were completed during the period. The gains or losses arising from each sale were reported within exceptional items, and therefore were not included in new and acquired operations variance until there is a full year comparison. BHP Billiton operated oil and gas facilities, Shenzi (US) and Pyrenees (Australia), contributed an additional US$966 millionUnderlying EBIT.

The contribution of asset sales to Underlying EBIT declined by US$66 million in FY2010.FY2013. The variance was largely attributable to a post-closing payment received during FY2012 that followed the divestment of our interests in Cascade and Chinook.

ExplorationCeased and business developmentsold operations

Exploration expense was broadly flat for FY2010 atUnderlying EBIT from ceased and sold operations declined by US$1,030657 million in FY2013. The decline largely reflected a reduced contribution, decrease in Underlying EBIT of US$310 million, from EKATI, following the sale of our diamonds business. Ceased and sold operations included a further reduction of Underlying EBIT of US$126 million related to the sale of Pinto Valley mining operation and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company.

Other

A decrease in our share of operating profit in equity accounted investments primarily contributed to the reduction of Underlying EBIT by US$531 million. Within Minerals (US$467Cerrejon profit after taxation decreased by US$177 million expense), the focus centred upon copper in Chile and Zambia, nickel in Australia, manganese in Gabon, and diamonds in Canada. Exploration for iron ore, coal, bauxite, potash and manganese was also undertaken in a number of regions, including Australia, Canada, South America, Russia and Africa.

The Petroleum CSG’s exploration expense increased to US$563117 million as the business commenced a multi-year drilling campaign.

Expenditure on business development was US$195 million lower than FY2009. This was mainly due to reduced activity in the Base Metalsproduction and Stainless Steel Materials CSGs.

Other

Other items decreased Underlying EBITthermal coal prices. Antamina profit after taxation decreased by US$71183 million predominantlyto US$531 million as increased copper production was more than offset by weaker sales prices and general cost pressure over our Copper portfolio. Samarco profit after taxation decreased by US$396 million to US$513 million mainly due to the influence of third party producta decrease in sales and the fair valueprices.

These decreases were partially offset by a non-cash adjustment of derivative contracts.our Angostura (Trinidad and Tobago) Production Sharing Contract.

3.6.3

2.5.3    Net finance costs

Year ended 30 June 20112014 compared with year ended 30 June 20102013

An analysis of net finance costs for FY2014 compared to FY2013 is included in section 1.15.3.

Year ended 30 June 2013 compared with year ended 30 June 2012

Net finance costs increased to US$561 million1.3 billion from US$459668 million in the corresponding period. This was primarily driven by exchange rate variationsattributable to an increase in net interest expense on higher net debt and lower amountsfinancing charges of US$280 million incurred in managing interest capitalised.rate exposure on debt securities issued in FY2013. The US$280 million was composed of realised fair value losses of US$97 million on non-hedging derivatives recognised in interest on borrowings and unrealised fair value losses of US$183 million on similar instruments. Net interest expense on other debt securities increased net finance costs by an additional US$270 million.

2.5.4    Taxation expense

Year ended 30 June 20102014 compared with year ended 30 June 20092013

Net finance costs decreasedAn analysis of taxation expenses for FY2014 compared to US$459 million from US$543 millionFY2013 is included in FY2009. This was primarily driven by higher levels of capitalised interest.

section 1.15.3.

3.6.4    Taxation expense

Year ended 30 June 20112013 compared with year ended 30 June 20102012

Excluding the impacts ofTotal taxation expense, including royalty-related taxation, exceptional items and exchange rate movements, taxation expense was US$10.16.9 billion, representing an underlying effective tax rate of 32.135.0 per cent (2010: 30.9 per cent; 2009: 31.4(2012: 30.6 per cent).

Exceptional items decreased taxation expense by US$943 million (2012: decrease of US$1.7 billion), predominantly due to the income tax benefit on impairments of US$1.4 billion, which more than offset the income tax expense associated with divestments of US$371 million, as detailed in section 1.15.3.

Government imposed royalty arrangements calculated by reference to profits after adjustment for temporary differences are reported as royalty-related taxation. Royalty-related taxation, excluding exceptional items, contributed US$828 million1.2 billion to taxation expense. The Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT) came into effect in Australia on 1 July 2012 and the Group expensed US$321 million of MRRT in FY2013, mainly due to Iron Ore MRRT expense representing anfor the period. This included the remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT which increased taxation expense by US$207 million in FY2013.

The Group’s adjusted effective tax rate of 2.6was 34.2 per cent (2010: US$451 million and 2.3 per cent; 2009: US$495 million and 4.3(2012: 31.8 per cent).

Year ended 30 June

  2013  2012 
   Profit
before tax
   Income tax
expense
  %  Profit
before tax
   Income tax
expense
  % 
   US$M   US$M     US$M   US$M    

Statutory effective tax rate

   19,726     (6,906  35.0  23,932     (7,315  30.6

Less:

         

Exchange rate movements

        245          347   

Remeasurement of deferred tax assets associated with the MRRT

        207             

Exceptional items

   1,928     (943   3,486     (1,745 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted effective tax rate

   21,654     (7,397  34.2  27,418     (8,713  31.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other royalty and excise arrangements, which doare not have these characteristics,profit based, are recognised as operating costs within profitProfit before taxation. These amounted to US$2.92.6 billion during the period (2010:(2012: US$1.7 billion; 2009: US$1.92.9 billion).

2.5.5    Exceptional items decreased taxation expense by US$2.1 billion (2010: increase of US$59 million; 2009: decrease of US$1.2 billion) predominantly due to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities of US$1.5 billion following the election of eligible Australian entities to adopt a US dollar tax functional currency, as well as the release of tax provisions of US$718 million following the Group’s position being confirmed with respect to Australian Taxation Office (ATO) amended assessments.

Exchange rate movements decreased taxation expense by US$1.5 billion (2010: increase of US$106 million; 2009: increase of US$444 million) predominantly due to the revaluation of local currency deferred tax assets arising from future tax depreciation of US$2.5 billion, partly offset by the revaluation of local currency tax liabilities and deferred tax balances arising from other monetary items and temporary differences, which amounted to US$1.0 billion.

Total taxation expense, including royalty-related taxation and the predominantly non-cash exceptional items and exchange rate movements described above, was US$7.3 billion, representing an effective tax rate of 23.4 per cent (2010: 33.5 per cent; 2009: 45.4 per cent).

YearYears ended 30 June 2010 compared with year ended2014 and 30 June 20092013

The taxation expense, including royalty-related taxation and tax onAn analysis of the exceptional items was US$6,563 million. This represented an effective rate of 34 per cent on profit before tax of US$19,572 millionfor FY2014 and including tax on exceptional items of US$59 million. Excluding the impacts of exceptional items, the taxation expense was US$6,504 million.

Exchange rate movements increased the taxation expense by US$106 million predominantly due to the revaluation of local currency tax liabilities and other monetary items, which amounted to US$502 million. This was offset by the increase in the US dollar value of future tax depreciation of US$396 million.

Royalty-related taxation represents an effective rate of two per cent for FY2010. Excluding the impacts of royalty-related taxation, the impact of exchange rate movementsFY2013 are included in taxation expense and tax on exceptional items, the underlying effective rate was 31 per cent.

Government imposed royalty arrangements, which are calculated by reference to profits (revenue net of allowable deductions) after the adjustment for items comprising temporary differences, is reported as royalty-related taxation. Other royalty and excise arrangements that do not have these characteristics are recognised as operating costs (US$1,653 million).

3.6.5    Exceptional items

Year ended 30 June 2011section 1.15.3.

 

Year ended 30 June 2011

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Withdrawn offer for PotashCorp

   (314      (314

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

   150    (45  105  

Release of income tax provisions

       718    718  

Reversal of deferred tax liabilities

       1,455    1,455  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (164  2,128    1,964  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Group withdrew its offer for Potash Corporation of Saskatchewan (PotashCorp) on 15 November 2010 following the Board’s conclusion that the condition of the offer relating to receipt of a net benefit as determined by the Minister of Industry under the Investment Canada Act could not be satisfied. The Group incurred fees associated with the US$45 billion debt facility (US$240 million), investment bankers’, lawyers’ and accountants’ fees, printing expenses and other charges (US$74 million) in progressing this matter during the period up to the withdrawal of the offer, which were expensed as operating costs in FY2011.

The Group recognised a decrease of US$150 million (US$45 million tax charge) to rehabilitation obligations in respect of former operations at the Newcastle steelworks (Australia) following a full review of the progress of the Hunter River Remediation Project (Australia) and estimated costs to completion.

The ATO issued amended assessments in prior years denying bad debt deductions arising from the investments in Beenup and Boodarie Iron (both Australia) and the denial of capital allowance claims made on the Boodarie Iron project. The Group challenged the assessments and was successful on all counts before the Full Federal Court. The ATO obtained special leave in September 2010 to appeal to the High Court in respect of the denial of capital allowance claims made on the Boodarie Iron project. The Group’s position in respect of the capital allowance claims on the Boodarie Iron project was confirmed by the High Court in June 2011. As a result of these appeals, US$138 million was released from the Group’s income tax provision in September 2010 and US$580 million in June 2011.

Consistent with the functional currency of the Group’s operations, eligible Australian entities elected to adopt a US dollar tax functional currency from 1 July 2011. As a result, the deferred tax liability relating to certain US dollar denominated financial arrangements has been derecognised, resulting in a credit to income tax expense of US$1,455 million.

Refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in the financial statements for more information.

Year ended 30 June 2010

Year ended 30 June 2012

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Impairment of Fayetteville goodwill and other assets

   (2,835  996    (1,839

Impairment of Nickel West goodwill and other assets

   (449  94    (355

Suspension or early closure of operations and the change in status of specific projects (1)

   (502  108    (394

Settlement of insurance claims(1)

   300    (90  210  

Recognition of deferred tax assets on enactment of MRRT and PRRT extension legislation in Australia

       637    637  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (3,486  1,745    (1,741
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2010

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Pinal Creek rehabilitation

   186    (53  133  

Disposal of the Ravensthorpe nickel operation

   653    (196  457  

Restructuring of operations and deferral of projects

   (298  12    (286

Renegotiation of power supply agreements

   (229  50    (179

Release of income tax provisions

       128    128  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   312    (59  253  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Includes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests of US$(34) million (US$7 million tax expense).

On 22 February 2010, a settlement was reached in relation to the Pinal Creek (US) groundwater contamination, which resulted in other parties taking on full responsibility for groundwater rehabilitation and partly funding the Group for past and future rehabilitation costs incurred. As a result, a gain of US$186 million (US$53 million tax expense) has been recognised reflecting the release of rehabilitation provisions and cash received.

On 9 December 2009, the Group announced it had signed an agreement to sell the Ravensthorpe nickel operations (Australia). The sale was completed on 10 February 2010. As a result of the sale, impairment charges recognised as exceptional itemsfall in FY2009 have been partially reversed totalling US$611 million (US$183 million tax expense). In addition, certain obligations that remained withUnited States domestic gas prices and the Company’s decision to adjust its development plans, the Group were mitigatedrecognised impairments of goodwill and related provisions released, together with minor net operating costs this resultedother assets in a gain of US$42 million (US$13 million tax expense).

Continuing power supply constraints impacting the Group’s three Aluminium smelters in southern Africa, and temporary delays with the Guinea Alumina project, have given riserelation to charges for the impairment of property, plant and equipment and restructuring provisions.its Fayetteville shale gas assets. A total impairment charge of US$298 million (US$12 million1.8 billion (after tax benefit) was recognised byin FY2012.

The Group recognised impairments of goodwill and other assets at Nickel West as a result of the Groupcontinued downturn in FY2010.

Renegotiation of long-term power supply arrangements in southern Africa impacted the value of embedded derivatives contained within those arrangements.nickel price and margin deterioration. A total impairment charge of US$229355 million (US$50 million(after tax benefit) was recognised byin FY2012.

As part of our regular portfolio review, various operations and projects around the Group were either suspended, closed early or changed in FY2010.

The ATO issued amended assessmentsstatus. These included: the change in prior years denying bad debt deductions arising fromstatus of the investments in Hartley (Zimbabwe), Beenup and Boodarie Iron (both Australia)Olympic Dam expansion project; the temporary suspension of production at TEMCO and the denial of capital allowance claims made on the Boodarie Iron project. BHP Billiton lodged objections and has been successful on all counts in the Federal Court and the Full Federal Court. The ATO has not sought to appeal the Boodarie Iron bad debt disallowance to the High Court, which resulted in a release of US$128 million from the Group’s income tax provisions. The ATO sought special leave to appeal to the High Court in relation to the Beenup bad debt disallowance and the denialpermanent closure of the capital allowance claims onMetalloys South Plant in South Africa; the Boodarie Iron projectindefinite cessation of production at Norwich Park; and has been granted special leave only in relation to the denial of the capital allowance claims on the Boodarie Iron project.

Refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in the financial statements for more information.

Year ended 30 June 2009

Year ended 30 June 2009

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Suspension of Ravensthorpe nickel operations

   (3,615  1,076    (2,539

Announced sale of Yabulu refinery

   (510  (175  (685

Withdrawal or sale of other operations

   (665  (23  (688

Deferral of projects and restructuring of operations

   (306  86    (220

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

   (508  152    (356

Lapsed offers for Rio Tinto

   (450  93    (357
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (6,054  1,209    (4,845
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

On 21 January 2009, we announced the suspension of operations at the Ravensthorpe nickel operations (Australia) and as a consequence stopped the processing of the mixed nickel cobalt hydroxide product at Yabulu (Australia). As a result, charges relating to impairment, increased provisions for contract cancellation, redundancy and other closure costs of US$3,615 million (US$1,076 million tax benefit) were recognised. This exceptional item did not include the loss from operations of Ravensthorpe nickel operations of US$173 million.

On 3 July 2009, we announced the sale of the Yabulu nickel operations.minor capital projects. As a result, impairment charges of US$510338 million (US$ nil(after tax benefit), idle capacity costs and inventory write-down of US$28 million (after tax benefit) and other restructuring costs of US$28 million (after tax benefit) were recognised in additionFY2012, of which US$242 million (after tax benefit) related to those recognised on suspensionOlympic Dam.

During 2008, extreme weather across the central Queensland coalfields affected production from the BMA and BMC operations. The Group settled insurance claims in respect of the Ravensthorpe nickel operations. As a resultlost production and insurance claim income of the sale, deferred tax assets of US$175210 million that were no longer expected to be realised by the Group were recognised as a charge to income tax expense. The remaining assets and liabilities of the Yabulu operations were classified as held for sale as at 30 June 2009.

As part of our regular review of the long-term viability of operations, a total charge of US$665 million (US$23 million(after tax expense) was recognised primarily in relationFY2012.

The Australian MRRT and PRRT extension legislation were enacted in March 2012. Under the legislation, the Group is entitled to a deduction against future MRRT and PRRT liabilities based on the market value of its Coal, Iron Ore and Petroleum assets. A deferred tax asset, and an associated net income tax benefit of US$637 million, was recognised in FY2012 to reflect the future deductibility of these market values for MRRT and PRRT purposes, to the decisions to cease development of the Maruwai Haju trial mine (Indonesia), sell the Suriname operations, suspend copper sulphide mining operations at Pinto Valley (US) and cease the pre-feasibility study at Corridor Sands (Mozambique). The remaining assets and liabilities of the Suriname operationsextent they were considered recoverable.

Exceptional items during FY2012 are classified by nature as held for sale as at 30 June 2009.

A further charge of US$306 million (US$86 million tax benefit) was recognised primarily in relation to the deferral of expansions at the Nickel West operations (Australia), deferral of the Guinea Alumina project (Guinea) and the restructuring of the Bayside Aluminium Casthouse operations (South Africa).

We recognised a charge of US$508 million (US$152 million tax benefit) for additional rehabilitation obligations in respect of former operations at the Newcastle steelworks (Australia). The increase in obligations related to changes in the estimated volume of sediment in the Hunter River requiring rehabilitation and treatment, and increases in estimated treatment costs.

Our offers for Rio Tinto lapsed on 27 November 2008 following the Board’s decision that it believed that completion of the offers was no longer in the best interests of BHP Billiton shareholders. We incurred fees associated with the US$55 billion debt facility (US$156 million cost, US$31 million tax benefit), investment bankers’, lawyers’ and accountants’ fees, printing expenses and other charges (US$294 million cost, US$62 million tax benefit) up to the lapsing of the offers, which were expensed in FY2009.

Refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ in the financial statements for more information.

3.6.6    Customer Sector Group summary

The following tables provide a summary of the CSG revenues and results for FY2011 and the two prior corresponding periods.follows.

 

Year ended 30 June

  2011   2010   2009 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revenues(1)

      

Petroleum

   10,737     8,782     7,211  

Aluminium

   5,221     4,353     4,151  

Base Metals

   14,152     10,409     7,105  

Diamonds and Specialty Products

   1,517     1,272     896  

Stainless Steel Materials

   3,861     3,617     2,355  

Iron Ore

   20,412     11,139     10,048  

Manganese

   2,423     2,150     2,536  

Metallurgical Coal

   7,573     6,059     8,087  

Energy Coal

   5,507     4,265     6,524  

Group and unallocated items(2)(3)

   336     752     1,298  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Group

   71,739     52,798     50,211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2012

US$M

  Impairment of
goodwill and
other assets
  Idle capacity
costs and
inventory
write-downs
  Restructuring
costs
  Insurance
recoveries
   Gross 

Impairment of Fayetteville goodwill and other assets

   (2,835               (2,835

Impairment of Nickel West goodwill and other assets

   (406  (43           (449

Suspension or early closure of operations and the change in status of specific projects

   (422  (40  (40       (502

Settlement of insurance claims

               300     300  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (3,663  (83  (40  300     (3,486
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2.5.6    Petroleum and Potash Business

Year ended 30 June

  2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Underlying EBIT(1)

    

Petroleum

   6,330    4,573    4,085  

Aluminium

   266    406    192  

Base Metals

   6,790    4,632    1,292  

Diamonds and Specialty Products

   587    485    145  

Stainless Steel Materials

   588    668    (854

Iron Ore

   13,328    6,001    6,229  

Manganese

   697    712    1,349  

Metallurgical Coal

   2,670    2,053    4,711  

Energy Coal

   1,129    730    1,460  

Group and unallocated items(2)(3)

   (405  (541  (395
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Group

   31,980    19,719    18,214  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Includes the sale of third party product.

(2)

Revenue that is not reported in business segments principally includes sales of freight and fuel to third parties.

(3)

Includes consolidation adjustments, unallocated items and external sales for the Group’s freight, transport and logistics operations and certain closed operations.

The discussion of results for our CSGs is set out below and focuses on Underlying EBIT. The factors affecting Underlying EBIT have also affected revenue, except where stated. For further information on our CSG results, including depreciation, refer note 2 ‘Segment reporting’ in the financial statements.

Petroleum

Year ended 30 June 20112014 compared with year ended 30 June 20102013

The successful integrationAn analysis of the Fayetteville Shale gas assets,financial performance of our Petroleum and Potash Business for FY2014 compared to FY2013 is included in section 1.12.2.

Financial information for the start-up of the Angostura Gas Phase II project on schedule,Petroleum and strong underlying performance from existing assets, delivered 159.4Potash Business for FY2014 and FY2013 is presented below.

Year ended

30 June 2014

US$ million

 Revenue (i)(ii)  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (iii)
  Exploration
gross(iv)
  Exploration
to profit(v)
 

Bass Strait

  1,885    1,555    132    1,423    2,864    259    

North West Shelf (vi)

  2,432    1,599    175    1,424    1,691    193    

Atlantis

  1,535    1,407    335    1,072    2,272    409    

Shenzi

  1,430    1,281    243    1,038    1,598    306    

Mad Dog

  217    171    16    155    461    83    

Onshore US

  4,264    2,270    2,426    (156  26,945    4,226    

Algeria

  465    396    30    366    104    19    

UK(vii)

  155    70    52    18    (38  15    

Exploration

      (369  113    (482  464        

Other(viii)(ix)

  2,027    1,744    735    1,009    1,907    369    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Petroleum

  14,410    10,124    4,257    5,867    38,268    5,879    600    497  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Potash

      (211  74    (285  2,255    544    47    47  

Other(x)

      (298      (298  (1,009            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Petroleum and Potash from Group production

  14,410    9,615    4,331    5,284    39,514    6,423    647    544  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Third party products

  437    3        3            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Petroleum and Potash

  14,847    9,618    4,331    5,287    39,514    6,423    647    544  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments (xi)

  (14  (3  (3                    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Petroleum and Potash statutory result

  14,833    9,615    4,328    5,287    39,514    6,423    647    544  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended

30 June 2013

(Republished)

US$ million

 Revenue (i)(ii)  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (iii)
  Exploration
gross(iv)
  Exploration
to profit(v)
 

Bass Strait

  1,921    1,564    119    1,445    2,834    526    

North West Shelf

  2,578    1,913    234    1,679    1,880    221    

Atlantis

  853    710    147    563    2,166    419    

Shenzi

  1,614    1,519    283    1,236    1,524    289    

Mad Dog

  276    233    98    135    420    89    

Onshore US

  2,987    1,508    1,795    (287  25,019    4,699    

Algeria

  533    460    18    442    90    22    

UK

  244    95    46    49    45    8    

Exploration

      (522  230    (752  529        

Other(viii)(ix)

  2,032    1,746    282    1,464    1,973    794    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Petroleum

  13,038    9,226    3,252    5,974    36,480    7,067    675    620  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Potash

      (309  25    (334  1,758    608    89    89  

Other(x)

  18    (15      (15  (713            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Petroleum and Potash from Group production

  13,056    8,902    3,277    5,625    37,525    7,675    764    709  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Third party products

  175    11        11            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Petroleum and Potash

  13,231    8,913    3,277    5,636    37,525    7,675    764    709  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments(xi)

  (7  (3  (3                    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Petroleum and Potash statutory result

  13,224    8,910    3,274    5,636    37,525    7,675    764    709  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(i)Petroleum revenue from Group production includes: crude oil US$8,645 million (2013: US$7,604 million), natural gas US$3,119 million (2013: US$2,842 million), LNG US$1,614 million (2013: US$1,686 million), NGL US$916 million (2013: US$823 million) and other US$102 million (2013: US$76 million).

(ii)Includes inter-segment revenue of US$262 million (2013: US$ nil).

(iii)Capital expenditure in aggregate comprises Petroleum US$5,600 million growth and US$279 million other (2013: US$6,883 million growth and US$184 million other) and Potash US$533 million growth and US$11 million other (2013: US$597 million growth and US$11 million other).

(iv)Includes US$231 million of Petroleum capitalised exploration (2013: US$153 million).

(v)Includes US$128 million of Petroleum exploration expenditure previously capitalised, written off as impaired (included in depreciation and amortisation) (2013: US$98 million).

(vi)Includes an expense of US$143 million incurred in May 2014 related to the purchase price adjustment for the Browse asset sale completed in the 2013 financial year.

(vii)Includes an expense of US$112 million incurred in November 2013 related to the closure of the UK pension plan. Also includes a gain of US$120 million related to the sale of the Liverpool Bay asset in March 2014.

(viii)Includes Macedon, Pyrenees, Stybarrow, Neptune, Minerva, Angostura, Genesis, Pakistan, divisional activities, business development and ceased and sold operations. Also includes the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline which are equity accounted investments and are reported on a proportionate consolidation basis (with the exception of net operating assets).

(ix)Includes an unrealised gain of US$74 million related to Angostura embedded derivative (2013: US$84 million unrealised loss).

(x)Includes closed mining and smelting operations in Canada and the United States.

(xi)Includes statutory adjustments for the Caesar oil pipeline and the Cleopatra gas pipeline to reconcile the proportionately consolidated business total to the statutory result.

Year ended 30 June 2013 compared with year ended 30 June 2012

Petroleum production increased by six per cent in FY2013, to 236 million barrels of oil equivalent (MMboe) for FY2011, the fourth consecutive increase in annual petroleum production. BHP(BHP Billiton brought the first new deepwater well intoshare) and included strong performance from Onshore US, which delivered 99 MMboe (BHP Billiton share). The Eagle Ford area contributed 33 per cent of total Onshore US production since the Gulf of Mexico moratorium was enacted in May 2010 and this important milestone, achievedto become Petroleum’s largest producing field at the BHP Billiton operated Shenzi field (US), followed previous regulatory approvalsend of the period.

Petroleum and Potash revenue increased by US$291 million to US$13.2 billion in FY2013. Revenue for water injection and production well drilling.

Underlying EBIT ofOnshore US grew by US$6,330818 million representedto US$3.0 billion, an increase of US$1,757 million or 38.437.7 per cent when compared with the prior period. Higher average realised prices were a major contributor to thecent. The increase in Underlying EBIT (US$1,521 million, net of price-linked costs) and reflectedrevenue in Onshore US resulted from higher volumes, which grew by 15.9 per cent. The increase in volume included a 2876 per cent increase in oil prices to US$93.29 per bbl,higher value liquids production and a 22seven per cent increase in realised liquefied natural gas pricesproduction. Increases in revenue at Mad Dog of US$276 million, with recommencement of operations during the year, and an increase at North West Shelf of US$203 million, due to US$11.03higher LNG sales, were partially offset by reductions in our other assets, primarily due to natural field decline at our operated Australian oil and gas assets.

The average realised price of natural gas across our portfolio increased by 11 per thousand standard cubic feet (scf), andcent in FY2013 to US$3.76 per Mscf. This included a 17 per cent increase in the average realised price of US natural gas prices to US$4.003.29 per thousand scf . BHP Billiton’s operating capabilityMscf. The average realised price of LNG also increased during the period, rising by four per cent to US$14.82 per Mscf. These gains were partially offset by a four per cent decrease in the average realised price of oil to US$106 per barrel. The average realised price of natural gas liquids (NGLs) was further underscoredUS$45.70 per barrel.

Petroleum and Potash Underlying EBIT for FY2013 declined by the success of Pyrenees althoughUS$397 million to US$5.6 billion. Petroleum’s Underlying EBIT decreased by US$363 million to US$6.0 billion. The natural field decline worldwide wasat our Australian assets and the negative contribution of Onshore US contributed to a US$526 million volume related reduction in Underlying EBIT. A series of charges, which included Onshore US drill rig contract termination costs and an impairment that followed the suspension of studies and re-evaluation of alternative development options associated with the Mad Dog Phase 2 project, reduced Underlying EBIT by a further impacted by the deferral ofUS$160 million. In contrast, a US$126 million reduction in exploration and business development expense reflected our sharpened focus on high volume wellsvalue oil and gas prospects in the Gulf of Mexico.Mexico and offshore Western Australia.

Gross exploration spendThe Onshore US Underlying EBIT was a loss of US$557287 million compared with a loss of US$140 million in FY2012. The FY2013 loss included a charge for the drill rig termination costs of US$77 million. The FY2012 loss included a gain of US$192 million associated with legacy US gas derivatives. Adjusting for the gains and losses, the loss in Underlying EBIT reduced year-over-year. The reduced loss was primarily due to increased volumes and prices partially offset by higher depreciation and amortisation of US$355 million and higher transportation costs due to higher volumes.

Capital expenditure for our conventional and unconventional operations totalled US$7.1 billion in FY2013. This included US$4.7 billion in Onshore US drilling and development expenditure, with over 80 per cent of drilling activity directed towards the Eagle Ford and Permian areas. While still in its early stages, the Permian evaluation program continues to deliver encouraging results, as demonstrated by the 1 MMboe produced in FY2013.

Petroleum exploration expenditure for FY2013 was US$675 million, of which US$522 million was similarly impacted, although an increaseexpensed.

The Potash Business is not in seismic acquisitionproduction and processing partiallyhad a loss, in Underlying EBIT terms, for FY2013 of US$334 million, which was largely unchanged from the prior period. A reduction in our global potash exploration activity was offset by higher costs associated with the decreaseestablishment of our Potash Business in drilling activity. Recommencement of development drilling at Atlantis (US) is still pending although a step out exploration well at Mad Dog (US) is currently underway.

From a longer-term perspective, the growth potential of the Petroleum business has been significantly enhanced by the acquisition of onshore US shale gas resources while organic growth projects, such as the Macedon gas project (Australia), continue to move through the execution phase.Saskatchewan (Canada).

2.5.7    Copper Business

Year ended 30 June 20102014 compared with year ended 30 June 20092013

Total productionAn analysis of the financial performance of our Copper Business for FY2014 compared to FY2013 is included in section 1.12.3.

Financial information for the year of 159 MMboe was a full year production recordCopper Business for FY2014 and an increase of 21 MMboe. The 15 per cent increase in production reflected strong performance from BHP Billiton operated Shenzi (US) and Pyrenees (Australia), the latter being delivered on schedule during the period. In addition, improved reservoir performance from Atlantis (US) and an absence of weather related interruptions supported such strong production.FY2013 is presented below.

Underlying EBIT was US$4,573 million, an increase of US$488 million, or 11.9 per cent, from FY2009. The increase was primarily due to higher production as noted and higher realised oil prices, which averaged US$73.05 per bbl for the year (compared with US$66.18 per bbl). The major offsets were a lower average realised natural gas price of US$3.43 per thousand scf (compared with US$3.57 per thousand scf) and a lower average realised liquefied natural gas price of US$9.07 per thousand scf (compared with US$12.07 per thousand scf)

Year ended

30 June 2014

US$ million

 Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (i)
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 

Escondida (ii)

  8,085    4,754    760    3,994    11,779    3,186    

Pampa Norte (iii)

  1,796    785    429    356    2,575    336    

Antamina (iv)

  1,261    818    84    734    1,341    262    

Cannington

  1,079    459    47    412    234    60    

Olympic Dam

  1,777    299    265    34    6,320    167    

Other (iv)(v)

  101    (193  7    (200  (18  13    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Copper from Group production

  14,099    6,922    1,592    5,330    22,231    4,024    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  1,030    8        8            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Copper

  15,129    6,930    1,592    5,338    22,231    4,024    118    118  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments(vi)

  (1,261  (344  (86  (258      (267  (2  (2
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Copper statutory result

  13,868    6,586    1,506    5,080    22,231    3,757    116    116  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended

30 June 2013

(Republished)

US$ million

 Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (i)
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 

Escondida(ii)

  8,596    5,175    649    4,526    9,450    2,859    

Pampa Norte (iii)

  1,913    841    291    550    2,643    348    

Antamina(iv)

  1,295    901    80    821    1,311    326    

Cannington

  1,365    646    40    606    206    39    

Olympic Dam

  1,873    245    249    (4  6,418    399    

Other (iv)(v)

  90    (554  19    (573  46    289    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Copper from Group production

  15,132    7,254    1,328    5,926    20,074    4,260    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  700    3        3            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Copper

  15,832    7,257   1,328    5,929   20,074    4,260    277    277  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments(vi)

  (1,295  (372  (82  (290      (330  (3  (3
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Copper statutory result

  14,537    6,885   1,246    5,639   20,074    3,930    274    274  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(i)Capital expenditure in aggregate comprises US$2,629 million growth and US$1,128 million other (2013: US$2,167 million growth and US$1,763 million other).

(ii)Escondida is consolidated under IFRS 10 and reported on a 100 per cent basis.

(iii)Includes Spence and Cerro Colorado.

(iv)Antamina and Resolution are equity accounted investments and are reported on a proportionate consolidation basis (with the exception of net operating assets).

Gross exploration expenditure was US$817 million, US$269 million higher than FY2009 resulting primarily from increased drilling activity in the Gulf of Mexico (US), Canada, Malaysia, the Falklands and the Philippines. Several exploration wells were not commercial and resulted in the increase in exploration expense of US$163 million (US$563 million compared with US$400 million in FY2009).
(v)Predominantly comprises divisional activities, greenfield exploration, business development and ceased and sold operations. Includes Pinto Valley and Resolution. Pinto Valley was sold effective 11 October 2013.

(vi)Includes statutory adjustments for Antamina and Resolution to reconcile the proportionately consolidated business total to the statutory result. Statutory Underlying EBIT includes net finance costs of US$4 million and taxation of US$254 million (2013: net finance costs of US$ nil and taxation of US$290 million).

Drilling activities at Atlantis and Shenzi ceased during the June 2010 quarter based on the drilling moratorium then in place in the deepwater Gulf of Mexico. We continued to monitor and assess the impact of the suspension of certain permitting and drilling activities.

All other drilling operations outside of the Gulf of Mexico progressed as planned. Underlying EBIT was impacted by a US$59 million charge related to idle rig time in the Gulf of Mexico for BHP Billiton controlled rigs. This was part of BHP Billiton’s ongoing management of rig contracts, which included negotiating revised terms for the rigs during the moratorium to provide BHP Billiton with continued access to the rigs and experienced crews when the moratorium ceases.

Aluminium

Year ended 30 June 20112013 compared with year ended 30 June 20102012

The ongoing ramp-up ofCopper production increased by 10 per cent in FY2013 to 1.7 Mt. Escondida copper production increased by 28 per cent to 1.1 Mt (100 per cent basis) as the Alumar refinery (Brazil)average copper grade mined rose to 1.4 per cent and milling rates improved. Record annual copper production at Antamina also contributed to the strong result having benefited from a sevenfull-year contribution from the recently expanded concentrator.

Copper revenue increased by US$984 million to US$14.5 billion, largely driven by production increases at Escondida, partially offset by a five per cent decrease in average realised copper prices. Revenue for Escondida increased to US$8.6 billion due to the 28 per cent increase in total alumina production, for FY2011. Metal production remained largely unchanged with all operations running at or close to technical capacity.

Underlying EBIT was US$266 million, a decrease of US$140 million, or 34.5 per cent, when compared with the corresponding period. Higher pricesdriven by higher average copper grades mined and premia for aluminium had a favourable impact of US$559 million (net of price-linked costs), but were largelyimproved milling rates partially offset by a US$519 millionlower average realised prices. This increase was partially offset by decreases at Pampa Norte , Cannington and Olympic Dam in costs largely associatedline with the devaluation of the US dollar, inflationlower production and rising raw material and energy costs. lower average realised prices.

The average realised aluminium price increasedof copper for the period declined by 19five per cent to US$2,5153.41 per tonne, while the average realised alumina price rose 21pound.

Underlying EBIT for FY2013 increased by US$326 million to US$5.6 billion. Increased sales volumes and operating cash cost savings associated with productivity gains and broader economies of scale increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.1 billion. In this context, strong production growth and a material reduction in operating cash costs contributed to a 15 per cent to US$342 per tonne.reduction in unit cash costs at Escondida. In contrast, the external influences of lower prices, inflation and foreign exchange variations reduced Underlying EBIT was unfavourably impactedby US$808 million. Payments associated with major planned maintenance programs at Escondida reduced Underlying EBIT by a provision relatedfurther US$103 million.

Revenue for Olympic Dam decreased by US$273 million to indirect taxesUS$1.9 billion, primarily due to lower prices and reduced volumes. Price, grade and smelter availability contributed to the decrease in FY2011.Underlying EBIT from US$214 million in FY2012 to an Underlying EBIT loss of US$4 million in FY2013.

The US$2,995 million (BHP Billiton share) Worsley Efficiency and Growth Project (Australia) will confirm Worsley as one of the world’s leading alumina refineries. The investment will raise capacity at the refinery by 1.1 mtpa to 4.6 mtpa (100 per cent basis) and first production is now scheduled for the first quarter of CY2012.2.5.8    Iron Ore Business

Year ended 30 June 20102014 compared with year ended 30 June 20092013

Total aluminaAn analysis of the financial performance of our Iron Ore Business for FY2014 compared to FY2013 is included in section 1.12.4.

Financial information for the Iron Ore Business for FY2014 and FY2013 is presented below.

Year ended

30 June 2014

US$ million

 Revenue (i)  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (ii)
  Exploration
gross(iii)
  Exploration
to profit (iv)
 

Western Australia
Iron Ore

  21,013    12,988    1,429    11,559    22,278    2,947    

Samarco(v)

  1,634    846    56    790    1,072    424    

Other(vi)

      (54      (54  40        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Iron Ore from Group production

  22,647    13,780    1,485    12,295    23,390    3,371    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products(vii)

  343    (3      (3          
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Iron Ore

  22,990    13,777    1,485    12,292    23,390    3,371    169    56  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments(viii)

  (1,634  (246  (56  (190      (422        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Iron Ore statutory result

  21,356    13,531    1,429    12,102    23,390    2,949    169    56  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended

30 June 2013

(Republished)

US$ million

 Revenue (i)  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (ii)
  Exploration
gross(iii)
  Exploration
to profit (iv)
 

Western Australia
Iron Ore

  18,452    11,668    1,004    10,664    21,074    5,979    

Samarco(v)

  1,622    811    61    750    1,037    772    

Other(vi)

      (84      (84  15        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Iron Ore from Group production

  20,074    12,395    1,065   11,330    22,126   6,751    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products(vii)

  141    31        31            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Iron Ore

  20,215    12,426    1,065   11,361    22,126   6,751    217    74  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments(viii)

  (1,622  (313  (61  (252      (772        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Iron Ore statutory result

  18,593    12,113    1,004   11,109    22,126   5,979    217    74  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(i)Includes inter-segment revenue of US$213 million (2013: US$55 million).

(ii)Capital expenditure in aggregate comprises US$2,762 million growth and US$187 million other (2013: US$5,848 million growth and US$131 million other).

(iii)Includes US$57 million capitalised exploration (2013: US$143 million).

(iv)Includes a reversal of US$56 million of exploration expenditure previously written off as impaired (included in depreciation and amortisation) (2013: US$ nil).

(v)Samarco is an equity accounted investment and is reported on a proportionate consolidation basis (with the exception of net operating assets).

(vi)Predominantly comprises divisional activities, business development and ceased operations.

(vii)Includes inter-segment and external sales of contracted gas purchases.

(viii)Includes statutory adjustments for Samarco to reconcile the proportionately consolidated business total to the statutory result. Statutory Underlying EBIT includes net finance costs of US$87 million and taxation of US$103 million (2013: net finance costs of US$25 million and taxation of US$227 million).

Year ended 30 June 2013 compared with year ended 30 June 2012

Iron ore production increased by seven per cent in FY2013 to 170 Mt (BHP Billiton share). WAIO production of 3,841 kt in FY2010 decreased from 4,396 kt in FY2009 mainly attributable to lower production as a result of the sale of Suriname on 31 July 2009. Aluminium smelter production increased from 1,233 kt in FY2009 to 1,241 kt in FY2010 as a result of the amperage increases at the Aluminium operations in southern Africa.

Underlying EBIT was US$406 million, an increase of US$214 million, or 111.5187 Mt (100 per cent from FY2009. Higher pricesbasis) represented a thirteenth consecutive annual production record. The delivery of WAIO’s capital efficient growth program and premiacontinued strong operating performance across the supply chain contributed to this record result. The three pellet plants at Samarco continued to operate at capacity during the period.

Iron Ore revenue decreased by US$2.0 billion to US$18.6 billion in FY2013. Revenue for aluminium hadWAIO decreased US$2.0 billion to US$18.5 billion, a favourable impactdecrease of US$253 million that was partially9.9 per cent. Record sales volumes at WAIO, which increased 9.6 per cent, were more than offset by a US$19 million unfavourable impact of price-linked costs. The17 per cent fall in the average LME aluminium price increased to US$2,018 per tonne compared with FY2009’srealised price of iron ore to US$1,862 per tonne. The average realised alumina prices was US$291110 per tonne.

Underlying EBIT excludes exceptionalfor FY2013 declined by US$2.9 billion to US$11.1 billion. The increased sales volumes at WAIO increased Underlying EBIT by US$1.5 billion. However, this was more than offset by the fall in the average realised price of iron ore, which reduced Underlying EBIT by US$3.6 billion, net of price-linked costs. WAIO’s export volumes for FY2013 were sold on the basis of shorter term, market-based prices. Revenue for FY2013 reflected the average index price one month prior to the month of shipment, adjusted for product characteristics such as iron and moisture content. Approximately 65 per cent of shipments were delivered on a Cost and Freight (CFR) basis.

Increased operating cash costs associated with labour and contractor costs were the main contributor to the reduction in Underlying EBIT of US$405 million during FY2013. This largely reflected our decision to invest in operating capability prior to the full commissioning and ramp-up of expanded capacity at WAIO. WAIO unit cash costs, including freight and royalty charges of US$527856 million relatingand US$1.2 billion, respectively, remained largely unchanged during FY2013.

2.5.9    Coal Business

Year ended 30 June 2014 compared with year ended 30 June 2013

An analysis of the financial performance of our Coal Business for FY2014 compared to impairments (US$298 million)FY2013 is included in section 1.12.5.

Financial information for the Coal Business for FY2014 and FY2013 is presented below.

Year ended

30 June 2014

US$ million

 Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (i)
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 

Queensland Coal

  4,666    949    514    435    9,115    1,790    

Illawarra(ii)

  886    131    170    (39  1,384    309    

Energy Coal South Africa (ii)

  1,279    315    485    (170  989    65    

New Mexico

  520    105    46    59    202    26    

New South Wales Energy Coal (ii)

  1,350    324    150    174    1,392    170    

Colombia (ii)

  814    305    85    220    1,037    133    

Other (iii)

      (166  2    (168  162    34    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Coal from Group production

  9,515    1,963    1,452    511    14,281    2,527    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  456    18        18    19        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Coal

  9,971    1,981    1,452    529    14,300    2,527    34    34  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments (iv)

  (856  (264  (121  (143      (182        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Coal statutory result

  9,115    1,717    1,331    386    14,300    2,345    34    34  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended

30 June 2013

(Republished)

US$ million

 Revenue  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (i)
  Exploration
gross
  Exploration
to profit
 

Queensland Coal

  4,452    627    376    251    7,988    2,771    

Illawarra (ii)

  1,287    311    148    163    1,238    357    

Energy Coal South Africa (ii)

  1,457    177    211    (34  1,334    133    

New Mexico

  588    95    49    46    164    28    

New South Wales Energy Coal (ii)

  1,526    314    120    194    1,372    366    

Colombia (ii)

  828    307    65    242    997    265    

Other (iii)

      (158  2    (160  111    85    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Coal from Group production

  10,138    1,673   971    702   13,204    4,005    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Third party products

  585    44        44    21        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Coal

  10,723    1,717   971    746   13,225    4,005    42    42  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments (iv)

  (828  (237  (86  (151      (379  (3  (3
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Coal statutory result

  9,895    1,480   885    595   13,225    3,626    39    39  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(i)Capital expenditure in aggregate comprises US$1,563 million growth and US$782 million other (2013: US$2,898 million growth and US$728 million other).

(ii)Cerrejón, Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group, Port Kembla Coal Terminal and Richards Bay Coal Terminal are equity accounted investments and are reported on a proportionate consolidation basis (with the exception of net operating assets).

(iii)Predominantly comprises divisional activities and greenfield projects.

(iv)Includes statutory adjustments for Cerrejón, Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group, Port Kembla Coal Terminal and Richards Bay Coal Terminal to reconcile the proportionately consolidated business total to the statutory result. Statutory Underlying EBIT includes net finance income of US$1 million and taxation of US$81 million (2013: net finance income of US$1 million and taxation of US$99 million).

Year ended 30 June 2013 compared with year ended 30 June 2012

Metallurgical coal production increased by 13 per cent in FY2013 to 38 Mt. A 19 per cent increase (100 per cent basis) in production at Queensland Coal was underpinned by record annual performance at both Peak Downs and South Walker Creek, and this was achieved despite the renegotiationindefinite closure of long-term power contracts (US$229 million). Refer section 3.6.6Norwich Park and Gregory. In addition, Illawarra Coal achieved record annual production in FY2013.

Energy coal production increased by two per cent in FY2013 to 72 Mt, which included record annual production from New South Wales Energy Coal following the successful ramp-up of the RX1 project.

Coal revenue for details.FY2013 decreased by US$2.6 billion to US$9.9 billion. Revenue at Queensland Coal decreased US$1.4 billion to US$4.5 billion, a decrease of 24.2 per cent. Volume increases at Queensland Coal were more than offset by the effect of decreases in average realised prices. Hard coking coal and weak coking coal prices fell 34 per cent and 31 per cent, respectively. Revenue at Energy Coal South Africa (BECSA) decreased by US$437 million reflecting reduced production and decreased thermal coal prices, which fell 18 per cent during FY2013. Revenue at New South Wales Energy Coal and New Mexico Coal were in line with FY2012, with volume increases offset by reduced thermal coal prices.

Overall, operating costs were lower mainly dueUnderlying EBIT for FY2013 declined by US$2.0 billion to US$595 million. The fall in hard coking coal, weak coking coal and thermal coal prices, reduced raw materials and energyUnderlying EBIT by US$3.2 billion, net of price-linked costs. This was partially offset by a weaker US dollar against the Australian dollarincreased sales volumes, operating cash cost savings and South African randreduced exploration and inflationary pressures in Australia, South Africa and Brazil.

business development expenses, which increased Underlying EBIT was favourably impacted by US$68 million1.7 billion. A strong focus on contractor usage and rates and a significant reduction in consumables expenditure contributed to the substantial reduction in operating costs at Queensland Coal, as a resultdemonstrated by the 30 per cent decline in mine site unit cash costs at BMA.

During FY2013, the Daunia and Broadmeadow Life Extension projects (both Australia) delivered first production, ahead of the divestment of Suriname on 31 July 2009.schedule.

Base Metals

2.5.10 Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business

Year ended 30 June 20112014 compared with year ended 30 June 20102013

Copper production increased during FY2011 as Olympic Dam (Australia) reported annual material minedAn analysis of the financial performance of our Aluminium, Manganese and milling records. Strong operating performance was similarly reported at Pampa Norte (Chile) and Antamina (Peru), where record annual milling rates mitigated the impact of lower grades. Total copper cathode production represented another recordNickel Business for FY2014 compared to FY2013 is included in section 1.12.6.

Financial information for the period.Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business for FY2014 and FY2013 is presented below.

Underlying EBIT for FY2011 increased by US$2,158 million, or 46.6 per cent, to US$6,790 million. Higher average realised prices for all of our core products favourably impacted Underlying EBIT by US$3,348 million (net of price-linked costs). The supportive pricing environment was similarly reflected in a number of our key input costs with higher energy, fuel and contractor costs the major offset. The devaluation of the US dollar and inflation reduced Underlying EBIT by US$418 million. In addition, BHP Billiton refined the basis on which the metal content of its leach pads is estimated at Escondida (Chile) and Pampa Norte, which resulted in a non-cash reduction in Underlying EBIT of US$168 million.

Year ended

30 June 2014

US$ million

 Revenue (i)  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (ii)
  Exploration
gross (iii)
  Exploration
to profit (iv)
 

Alumina

  1,548    217    202   15    4,454   60    

Aluminium

  2,398    178    145   33    1,790   41    

Intra-divisional adjustment

  (659                      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   
  3,287    395    347   48    6,244   101    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Manganese

  2,096    639    163   476    1,613   178    

Nickel West

  1,605    (91  117   (208  534   163    

Cerro Matoso

  595    104    94   10    860   56    

Other (v)

      (36  1   (37  71       
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel from Group production

  7,583    1,011    722    289    9,322    498    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  828    18        18            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

  8,411    1,029    722    307    9,322    498    44    38  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments

                                
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel statutory result

  8,411    1,029    722    307    9,322    498    44    38  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2011, the Group had 239,156 tonnes of outstanding copper sales that were revalued at a weighted average price of US$4.25 per lb. The final price of these sales will be determined in FY2012. In addition, 236,584 tonnes of copper sales from FY2010 were subject to a finalisation adjustment in FY2011. The finalisation adjustment and provisional pricing impact increased Underlying EBIT by US$650 million for the period.

Year ended

30 June 2013

(Republished)

US$ million

 Revenue (i)  Underlying
EBITDA
  D&A  Underlying
EBIT
  Net
operating
assets
  Capital
expenditure (ii)
  Exploration
gross(iii)
  Exploration
to profit (iv)
 

Alumina

  1,422    114    239   (125  3,844   157    

Aluminium

  2,620    88    127    (39  2,154    27    

Intra-divisional adjustment

  (638                      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   
  3,404    202    366   (164  5,998   184    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Manganese

  2,113    623    116    507    1,658    375    

Nickel West

  1,773    (104  210    (314  123    280    

Cerro Matoso

  803    235    79    156    955    50    

Other (v)

      (79  (14  (65  75    4    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel from Group production

  8,093    877    757   120    8,809   893    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Third party products

  1,185    38        38            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Total Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

  9,278    915    757   158    8,809   893    57    53  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statutory adjustments

                                
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel statutory result

  9,278    915    757   158    8,809   893    57    53  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(i)Includes inter-segment revenue of US$5 million (2013: US$20 million).

BHP Billiton’s Base Metals business is characterised by its large, tier one resource position and its numerous options for growth. In that context, a combined investment of US$492 million (BHP Billiton share) was approved during the period for the Escondida Ore Access and Laguna Seca Debottlenecking projects (Chile). The quality of the Base Metals investment pipeline was further emphasised by the progression of both the Escondida Organic Growth Project (OGP1) and the Olympic Dam Project (ODP1) development options into feasibility.

(ii)Capital expenditure in aggregate comprises US$43 million growth and US$455 million other (2013: US$285 million growth and US$608 million other).

(iii)Includes US$6 million capitalised exploration (2013: US$8 million).

(iv)Includes US$ nil exploration expenditure previously capitalised, written off as impaired (included in depreciation and amortisation) (2013: US$4 million).

(v)Predominantly comprises divisional activities and business development.

Year ended 30 June 20102013 compared with year ended 30 June 20092012

An increase in zincAlumina production of 21.5 per cent, or 198.3 kt, compared with FY2009 was due to higher plant throughput and utilisation and higher grades at Antamina (Peru) and Cannington (Australia). Attributable uranium production at Olympic Dam (Australia) was 2,279 tonnes for the period compared with 4,007 tonnes for FY2009 due to the Clark Shaft outage. Silver production was 45.4 million ounces compared with 41.3 million ounces in FY2009. Lead production was 248.4 kt compared with 230.1 kt in FY2009.

Payable copper production was primarily impactedincreased by the Olympic Dam Clark shaft outage and industrial action at Spence (Chile). During the second quarter of FY2010, the haulage system in the Clark Shaft at Olympic Dam was damaged. Ore hoisting operated at approximately 25 per cent of capacity until the fourth quarter of FY2010. The incident impacted earnings by US$455 million, but was partially offset by insurance recoveries of US$297 million. The recommissioning of Olympic Dam’s Clark Shaft occurred during the final quarter of FY2010 and was returned to full production. Payable copper production was also impacted by the cessation of sulphide mining at Pinto Valley (US) following the decision to place the Pinto Valley operation in a state of care and maintenance in FY2009. This was partly offset by higher grade and recovery at Escondida and the earlier than planned completion of the SAG mill repairs in the Laguna Seca Concentrator plant.

Underlying EBIT was US$4,632 million, an increase of US$3,340 million, or 258.5 per cent, from FY2009. This increase was predominantly attributable to higher prices for all key commodities in Base Metals, except uranium. The LME price for copper averaged US$3.04 per lb compared with US$2.23 per lb in FY2009, or an increase of 36.3 per cent. The impact of higher prices for copper, zinc, lead and silver in FY2010 contributed US$3,977 million to the Underlying EBIT increase. Lower sales volumes reduced Underlying EBIT by US$117 million.

Underlying EBIT excludes exceptional gains of US$186 million in relation to Pinal Creek. Refer section 3.6.6 for details.

Higher costs were incurred during FY2009, mostly due to the Clark Shaft incident at Olympic Dam (Australia) and higher labour costs, including one-off bonus payments from collective labour negotiations completed FY2009 in the South American operations. The effect of inflation and the weaker US dollar against the Australian dollar and the Chilean peso had also impacted negatively. Higher costs was partially mitigated by lower business development costs resulting from the decision to scale back Olympic Dam Expansion project activity in line with completion of feasibility studies and required approvals.

At 30 June 2010, the Group had 236,584 tonnes of outstanding copper sales that were revalued at a weighted average price of US$2.96 per lb. The final price of these sales have been determined in FY2011. In addition, 234,871 tonnes of copper sales from FY2009 were subject to a finalisation adjustment in FY2010. The finalisation adjustment and provisional pricing impact as at 30 June 2010 increased earnings by US$303 million for FY2010.

Diamonds and Specialty Products

Year ended 30 June 2011 compared with year ended 30 June 2010

EKATI (Canada) diamond production for FY2011 was 2.5 million carats, an 18 per cent decreasein FY2013 to a record 4.9 Mt (BHP Billiton share), underpinned by the ramp-up of the Efficiency and Growth project at Worsley. Aluminium production increased by two per cent to 1.2 Mt (BHP Billiton share), with improved performance at our southern African smelters.

Total manganese ore production increased by seven per cent in FY2013 to a record 8.5 Mt (100 per cent basis) and reflected a substantial improvement in plant availability at GEMCO (Australia). Total manganese alloy volumes were largely unchanged from FY2012. The recovery in TEMCO (Australia) production that followed the temporary suspension of operations in the prior period was offset by the permanent closure of energy-intensive silicomanganese production at Metalloys in January 2012.

Nickel production in FY2013 was largely unchanged from the prior period. BHP Billiton expectsStrong operating performance at Cerro Matoso was offset by planned maintenance at the Nickel West Kalgoorlie smelter and Kwinana refinery.

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel revenue decreased by 6.4 per cent, or US$633 million, to US$9.3 billion. The reduction was primarily due to decreases at Nickel West of US$270 million and from sales of third party products of US$398 million. The decrease in revenue was mainly driven by lower realised prices across all parts of the Business. In this context, lower average ore gradesrealised prices for aluminium (down six per cent to impact EKATI productionUS$2,191 per tonne), alumina (down nine per cent to US$302 per tonne), nickel (down 15 per cent to US$16,319 per tonne) and manganese alloy (down 10 per cent to US$1,051 per tonne) were only partially offset by an increase in the medium term, consistent with the mine plan.average realised price of manganese ore (up nine per cent to US$4.83 per dry metric tonne unit).

Underlying EBIT for the Diamonds and Specialty Products businessFY2013 increased by 21.0 per centUS$182 million to US$587158 million. Strong demand and a shortageWith productivity improvements already well advanced, consisting principally of rough diamonds resulted in higher prices, which increased Underlying EBIT by US$254 million. A 28 per cent increase in titanium prices added a further US$112 million to Underlying EBIT. Gross exploration expenditure was US$81 million, a decreasethe improvement plan at Worsley, substantial controllable cash cost savings of US$14442 million from the prior period. BHP Billiton continues to accelerate its potash exploration program in Saskatchewan, with a significant increase in activity planned at the Melville prospect in FY2012.

BHP Billiton’s goal of becoming a significant producer in the potash market took another important step forward in FY2011. The approval of a further US$488 million of pre-commitment fundingwere achieved during the Jansen Potash Project feasibility study phase will fund site preparation, the procurement of long lead time items and the sinking of the first 350 metres of the production and service shafts.

Year ended 30 June 2010 compared with year ended 30 June 2009

EKATI diamond production was 3,050,000 carats,period, while a decrease of 5.3 per cent compared with FY2009, which reflected a higher proportion of ore sourced from Fox pit as mining of the higher grade Panda underground was completed during FY2010.

Underlying EBIT was US$485 million, an increase of US$340 million from FY2009. Strong operating earnings at EKATI (Canada) resulted from higher volumes and realised diamond prices and lower unit costs due to the continued emphasis on cost control. There was also a decrease in exploration expense of US$43 million, mainly due to reduced diamonds exploration activity. Potash exploration expenditure of US$73 million in Saskatchewan (Canada) was US$21 million lower as the exploration work program for Jansen was completed in FY2009. Higher diamond earnings was partially offset by the reduction in operating earnings in Titanium Minerals as a result of lower realised prices and higher energy costs.

Stainless Steel Materials

Year ended 30 June 2011 compared with year ended 30 June 2010

The Nickel West Kalgoorlie smelter (Australia) achieved record matte production during FY2011, while Cerro Matoso (Colombia) successfully progressed its planned furnace replacement into the commissioning phase.

Underlying EBIT decreased by US$80 million, or 12.0 per cent, to US$588 million for FY2011 as a weakerstronger US dollar impacted both operating costs and year-end balance sheet revaluations. In total, the weaker US dollar and inflation reduced Underlying EBIT by US$227 million. The planned loss of production at Cerro Matoso and the absence of stockpiled concentrate sales at Nickel West that benefited FY2010 decreased Underlying EBIT by a combined US$122 million. Underlying EBIT at Cerro Matoso was impacted by a further US$53 million due to a provision related to the Colombian net worth tax and additional royalty charges. In contrast, a 24 per cent rise in the LME nickel price for the period increased Underlying EBIT by approximately US$435 million (net of price-linked costs).

During the second half of FY2011, the Cerro Matoso Heap Leach project progressed into feasibility. The Nickel West Talc redesign project remains on schedule for expected commissioning in FY2012.

Year ended 30 June 2010 compared with year ended 30 June 2009

Nickel production was 176,200 tonnes in FY2010, a 1.8 per cent increase above 173,100 tonnes in FY2009. Production for FY2010 was a record performance at Nickel West (Australia) and attributable to the completion of the furnace rebuild at the Kalgoorlie Nickel Smelter (Australia) in FY2009 and the drawdown in FY2010 of the concentrate stocks that had accumulated since FY2009. Production from Cerro Matoso (Colombia) was in line with FY2009.

Underlying EBIT was US$668 million, an increase of US$1,522 million compared with FY2009. This was mainly due to higher average LME prices for nickel of US$8.81 per lb compared with US$6.03 per lb in FY2009. Higher prices (net of price-linked costs) increased Underlying EBIT by US$866 million.

Underlying EBIT excluded exceptional gains of US$653 million relating to the disposal of the Ravensthorpe nickel operations in FY2010. Refer section 3.6.5 for details.

Proactive portfolio restructuring and ongoing improvement at the operating level also contributed to the strong result in FY2010. Lower operational losses from Yabulu and Ravensthorpe in FY2010 increased Underlying EBIT by US$458 million.

The Kalgoorlie nickel smelter furnace rebuild and concurrent maintenance at the Kwinana nickel refinery (both Australia) in FY2009 set the platform for record total production at Nickel West in FY2010. Ongoing cost saving initiatives and lower labour costs were offset by the devaluation in the US dollar and inflation. Underlying EBIT also benefited from lower exploration and business development expenditure.

Iron Ore

Year ended 30 June 2011 compared with year ended 30 June 2010

BHP Billiton’s commitment to invest through all phases of the economic cycle delivered an eleventh consecutive annual production record in iron ore. Western Australia Iron Ore (WAIO) benefited from the dual tracking of the Company’s rail infrastructure, which has substantially increased overall system capability. WAIO shipments rose to a record annualised rate of 155 mtpa (100 per cent basis) in the June quarter of FY2011, confirming the successful ramp-up of recently expanded capacity.

Underlying EBIT increased by 122.1 per cent to US$13,328 million for FY2011 driven by record production and a significant improvement in iron ore prices. For the period, average realised iron ore prices increased Underlying EBIT by US$8,548 million following the important transition to shorter-term, landed, market-based pricing. The significant appreciation in product prices and the adjustment of WAIO royalty rates contributed to a significant increase in price-linked costs, which reduced Underlying EBIT by US$648 million. Broader inflationary pressures and the devaluation of the US dollar reduced Underlying EBIT by a further US$813 million, while non-cash depreciation also increased with the ramp-up of expanded iron ore capacity.

The investment approval for major projects totalling US$8,350 million (BHP Billiton share) in FY2011 highlighted the Company’s commitment to accelerate the development of its tier one, low-cost and expandable iron ore operations. BHP Billiton also243 million. In contrast, weaker markets continued to laychallenge the foundations for longer-term growthBusiness as lower average realised prices contributed to a US$474 million reduction in the WAIO business with the release of its Public Environmental Review/Draft Environmental Impact Statement that seeks Commonwealth and Western Australian Government approvals for the proposed development of an Outer Harbour facility in Port Hedland (Australia).

Year ended 30 June 2010 compared with year ended 30 June 2009

For FY2010, 39 per cent of WAIO shipments on a wet metric tonne (wmt) basis were priced on annually agreed terms, with the remainder sold on a shorter-term basis.

During the second half of FY2010, the annual benchmark pricing system was substantially replaced by shorter-term market-based, landed pricing. The expectation was that future WAIO shipments would continue to be priced on that basis.

Underlying EBIT, was US$6,001 million, a decreasenet of US$228 million, or 3.6 per cent, compared with FY2009 with record sales volumes as the major positive contributor. WAIO increased by six per cent to 113.4 million wmt and Samarco (Brazil) increased 42 per cent to 11.1 Mt, adding US$546 million to Underlying EBIT.price-linked costs.

Costs were unfavourably impacted by a weaker US dollar, general inflationary pressure and the ongoing ramp-up of Western Australia RGP4, which reduced Underlying EBIT by US$759 million. In addition, a provision that related to proposed amendments to the Western Australian State Agreements reduced Underlying EBIT by US$126 million.

Manganese

Year ended 30 June 2011 compared with year ended 30 June 2010

Record annual ore production and sales reflected a full year contribution from the GEMCO Expansion Phase 1 (GEEP1) project (Australia). Record annual sales were also achieved for manganese alloy as the business intensified its volume maximising strategy.

Underlying EBIT remained largely unchanged at US$697 million as stronger volumes and prices were offset by higher costs. Notably, controllable costs remained largely unchanged during the period, although the combined impact of a weaker US dollar and inflation reduced Underlying EBIT by US$186 million. Average realised ore and alloy prices increased by nine per cent and seven per cent respectively during FY2011.

After the successful commissioning of the GEEP1 project, the partners have approved the next phase of expansion that will confirm GEMCO’s status as the world’s largest and lowest-cost producer of manganese ore. The US$167 million (BHP Billiton share) GEEP2 project will increase GEMCO’s beneficiated product capacity from 4.2 mtpa to 4.8 mtpa (100 per cent basis). In addition, road and port capacity will increase to 5.9 mtpa, creating 1.1 mtpaexpansion at GEMCO delivered first production during FY2013, ahead of latent capacity for future expansion.schedule.

2.5.11 Cash flow analysis

Year ended 30 June 20102014 compared with year ended 30 June 20092013

Manganese alloy production at 583 kt was 13.6 per cent higher and manganese ore production at 6.1 Mt was 36.8 per cent higher when compared with FY2009.

Underlying EBIT was US$712 million, a decrease of US$637 million, or 47.2 per cent, from FY2009. The decrease was directly attributable to lower realised prices, which reduced Underlying EBIT by US$1,680 million. In comparison to FY2009, average realised prices for ore fell by 46 per cent and alloy prices fell by 43 per cent. Offsetting this was the positive impact of price-linked costs of US$261 million.

The decrease in realised prices was partially offset by a demand driven rise in sales volumes that increased Underlying EBIT by US$799 million. Local operating costs were well controlled throughout FY2010, although the impacts of inflation and a weaker US dollar mitigated any benefit.

All Manganese assets were running at full supply chain capacity at the endAn analysis of the June quartercash flow for FY2014 compared to FY2013 is included in FY2010.section 1.15.4.

Metallurgical Coal

Year ended 30 June 20112013 compared with year ended 30 June 2010

The remnant effects of wet weather that persisted for much of FY2011 continued to restrict our Queensland Coal business, despite an unrelenting focus on recovery efforts. Although Queensland Coal production did recover strongly in the June 2011 quarter, total metallurgical coal production declined by 13 per cent in FY2011.

Underlying EBIT was US$2,670 million, an increase of US$617 million, or 30.1 per cent, from the corresponding period. The increase was mainly attributable to the 48 per cent and 45 per cent improvement in average realised prices for hard coking coal and weak coking coal, respectively. In total, stronger prices increased Underlying EBIT by US$2,138 million, net of price-linked costs. Uncontrollable factors were the major contributor to a significant increase in operating costs. In that context, inflation and the weaker US dollar reduced Underlying EBIT by US$664 million, while the weather related disruption to production at Queensland Coal placed additional pressure on unit costs. We continue to expect production, sales and unit costs to be impacted, to some extent, for the remainder of CY2011.

In March 2011, BHP Billiton approved three major metallurgical coal projects located in the Bowen Basin. The projects are expected to add 4.9 Mt of annual capacity (100 per cent basis) through development of the Daunia operation and a new mining area at Broadmeadow (both Australia). In addition, 11 Mt of valuable port capacity (100 per cent basis) will be developed at the Hay Point Coal Terminal (Australia). The cumulative US$2,500 million (BHP Billiton share) investment sets the foundations for strong and sustainable metallurgical coal production growth that will be required to meet the growing needs of our customers.

Year ended 30 June 2010 compared with year ended 30 June 2009

Record annual sales volumes were delivered despite wet weather disruptions in Queensland (Australia) during the March quarter of FY2010. Production was 37.4 Mt in FY2010, an increase of 2.6 per cent compared with 36.4 Mt in FY2009. This increase was due to improved operational and supply chain performance, supported by strong demand.

Underlying EBIT was US$2,053 million, a decrease of US$2,658 million, or 56.4 per cent, from FY2009. The decrease was mainly due to lower realised prices for hard coking coal (34 per cent lower), weak coking coal (33 per cent lower) and thermal coal (11 per cent lower), partly offset by a reduction in price-linked costs.

The weaker US dollar and inflationary pressure had an unfavourable impact of US$632 million on Underlying EBIT despite operating costs being well controlled.

As with iron ore, the old benchmark system was substantially replaced by shorter-term market-based pricing. For FY2010, 34 per cent of metallurgical coal shipments were priced on a shorter-term basis. The majority of product sold in the June quarter of FY2010 was priced in this manner.

Energy Coal

Year ended 30 June 2011 compared with year ended 30 June 2010

Annual production and sales records for New South Wales Energy Coal (Australia) followed the successful commissioning and ramp-up of the MAC20 Project, while strong performance at South Africa Coal delivered a 13 per cent increase in annual production.

Underlying EBIT increased by 54.7 per cent to US$1,129 million in FY2011. The 31 per cent rise in average realised prices, which increased Underlying EBIT by US$917 million for the period, reflected a higher proportion of export sales as BHP Billiton continued to optimise its product mix in response to evolving market demand. Broad cost pressures were accentuated by an increase in cash and non-cash costs associated with the ramp-up of growth projects in Australia and South Africa. The weaker US dollar and inflation reduced Underlying EBIT by US$298 million, while a non-recurring charge related to the recognition of the Colombian net worth tax reduced Underlying EBIT by a further US$32 million. The dissolution of the Douglas Tavistock Joint Venture arrangement increased Underlying EBIT in the corresponding period by US$69 million.

The MAC20 Project was successfully completed during FY2011, ahead of schedule. The Company’s confidence in the outlook for demand in the Asia Pacific Basin was subsequently illustrated by the approval of the US$400 million RX1 Project (Australia) that is designed to get product to market rapidly, ahead of further coal preparation plant expansions. Further expansion of our world-class Cerrejón Coal operation (Colombia) to 40 mtpa (100 per cent basis) was approved by the partners in August 2011 and highlights the strong growth outlook for BHP Billiton’s Energy Coal business.

Year ended 30 June 2010 compared with year ended 30 June 2009

Production was 66.1 Mt in FY2010, in line with FY2009, due to the continued ramp-up of the Klipspruit (South Africa) expansion and record production at Mt Arthur (Australia). Weaker production at New Mexico Coal (US) reflected a downturn in demand from the power generators.

Underlying EBIT was US$730 million, a decrease of US$730 million, or 50.0 per cent, from FY2009. This decrease was mainly attributed to lower average export prices (net price impact US$459 million) and reduced earnings from trading activities (US$309 million). Export sales from BECSA and Mt Arthur increased due to higher demand from China and India, and offset the effects of reduced demand from the Atlantic market. Dissolution of the Douglas Tavistock Joint Venture arrangement favourably impacted Underlying EBIT in FY2010. Costs were well controlled other than the adverse impacts of the weakening US dollar (US$133 million) and inflation (US$70 million).

Group and unallocated items

This category represents corporate activities, including Group Treasury, Freight, Transport and Logistics operations.

Year ended 30 June 2011 compared with year ended 30 June 2010

The Underlying EBIT expense for Group and Unallocated decreased by US$136 million in FY2011 to US$405 million. The weaker US dollar and inflation had an unfavourable impact on Underlying EBIT of US$105 million. Self insurance claims related to the Clark Shaft incident at Olympic Dam reduced Underlying EBIT in the prior period by US$297 million.

Year ended 30 June 2010 compared with year ended 30 June 2009

Underlying EBIT was a loss of US$541 million compared with US$395 million in FY2009, an increase of US$146 million. Self insurance claims relating to the Clark shaft incident at Olympic Dam decreased Underlying EBIT by US$297 million. A weaker US dollar had an unfavourable impact on Underlying EBIT of US$140 million.

3.6.7    Third party sales

We differentiate sales of our production from sales of third party products due to the significant difference in profit margin earned on these sales. The table below shows the breakdown between our production and third party products.2012

 

Year ended 30 June(1)

  2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Group production

    

Revenue

   67,903    48,193    44,113  

Related operating costs

   (36,021  (28,585  (26,402
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit

   31,882    19,608    17,711  

Margin(2)

   47.0  40.7  40.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Third party products

    

Revenue

   3,836    4,605    6,098  

Related operating costs

   (3,738  (4,494  (5,595
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit/(loss)

   98    111    503  

Margin(2)

   2.6  2.4  8.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Excluding exceptional items.

(2)

Operating profit divided by revenue.

We engage in third party trading for three reasons:

In providing solutions for our customers, sometimes we provide products that we do not produce, such as a particular grade of coal. To meet customer needs and contractual commitments, we may buy physical product from third parties and manage risk through both the physical and financial markets.

Production variability and occasional shortfalls from our own assets means that we sometimes source third party materials to ensure a steady supply of product to our customers.

The active presence in the commodity markets provides us with physical market insight and commercial knowledge. From time to time, we actively engage in these markets in order to take commercial advantage of business opportunities. These trading activities provide not only a source of revenue, but also a further insight into planning, and can, in some cases, give rise to business development opportunities.

3.7    Liquidity and capital resources

As a result of our record production volumes and record prices in many of our key commodities over the past several years, we have generated very strong cash flows throughout our operations. Despite the changing market conditions, our net operating cash flow remained strong and resulted in net debt declining to US$5,823 million. These cash flows have been fundamental to our ability to internally fund our existing operations, maintain a pipeline of growth projects and return capital to shareholders through dividends. Our priority for cash is to reinvest in the business. In line with our strategy, we have grown our business rapidly and consistently through project developments and acquisitions. Through a combination of borrowings and payments to shareholders, we manage our balance sheet with the goal of maintaining levels of gearing that we believe optimise our costs of capital and return on capital employed.

Year ended 30 June

  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M 

Cash generated from operations

   28,793    32,987  

Dividends received

   721    722  

Net interest paid

   (786  (412

Taxation paid

   (8,574  (8,038
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cashflows

   20,154    25,259  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Purchases of property plant and equipment

   (22,243  (18,637

Exploration expenditure

   (1,351  (2,493

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

   1,047    1,644  

Purchases of intangibles

   (400  (219

Investment in financial assets

   (475  (471

Investment in subsidiaries, operations and jointly controlled entities

       (12,556

Investment in equity accounted investments

   (84  (83

Net proceeds from investing activities

   4,780    330  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows

   (18,726  (32,485
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net proceeds (repayment of)/from interest bearing liabilities

   7,157    8,644  

Share buy-back

       (83

Dividends paid

   (7,004  (6,220

Contribution from non-controlling interest

   73    101  

Other financing activities

   (424  (403
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financingcash flows

   (198  2,039  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   1,230    (5,187
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows are our principal source of cash. We also raise cash from debt financing to manage temporary fluctuations in liquidity arrangements and to refinance existing debt. Our liquidity position is supported by our strong and stable credit rating and committed debt facilities.

3.7.1    Cash flow analysis

A full consolidated cash flow statement is contained in the financial statements. The explanatory notes appear in note 23 ‘Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement’ in the financial statements. A summary table has been presented below to show the key sources and uses of cash.

Year ended 30 June

  2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Net operating cash flows

   30,080    16,890    17,854  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash outflows from investing activities

   (16,662  (10,527  (10,319

Net proceeds from investing activities

   198    542    277  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows

   (16,464  (9,985  (10,042
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (repayment of)/proceeds from interest bearing liabilities

   (577  (485  3,929  

Share buy-back

   (9,860        

Dividends paid

   (5,144  (4,895  (4,969

Other financing activities

   (437  73    (140
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing activities

   (16,018  (5,307  (1,180
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

   (2,402  1,598    6,632  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2011 compared with year ended 30 June 2010

Net operating cash flows after interest and tax increased by 78 per cent to US$30,080 million. This was primarily driven by an increase in cash generated from operations (before changes in working capital balances) of US$12,259 million and changes in working capital balances having a positive year-on-year impact on operating cash flow of US$2,576 million.

In accordance with IFRS, exploration expenditure incurred which has not been capitalised is now classified within net operating20.2 billion declined by 20 per cent from US$25.3 billion in FY2012. A decrease of US$4.2 billion in cash flows, which has resulted inflow generated from the classificationoperation, an increase of US$981374 million in net operatinginterest paid and an income tax refund of US$530 million received in FY2012 were the major contributors to that decline.

A US$13.8 billion reduction in net investing cash flows for FY2011outflows to US$18.7 billion primarily reflected the acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation in the prior period and a US$1,030 million for FY2010.

4.5 billion increase in proceeds from asset sales. Capital and exploration expenditure totalled US$12,387 million for the year.23.6 billion in FY2013. Expenditure on major growth projects was US$9,139 million,18.7 billion, including US$1,786 million6.9 billion on Petroleum projects and US$7,353 million11.8 billion on Minerals projects. Capital expenditure on sustaining and other items was US$2,008 million.3.5 billion. Exploration expenditure was US$1,240 million,1.4 billion, including US$981 million1.0 billion classified within net operating cash flows.

The breakdown of capital and exploration expenditure by Business is set out in section 1.6.3.

FinancingNet financing cash flows include payments related to the US$10 billion capital management program, dividend paymentsincluded proceeds from borrowings of US$5,054 million9.2 billion and netwere partially offset by debt repayments of US$5772.0 billion and dividend payments to our shareholders of US$6.2 billion. Proceeds from

borrowings include the issuance of a two tranche Euro bond of €2.0 billion, a two tranche Sterling bond of £1.75 billion, an Australian dollar bond of A$1.0 billion, a Euro bond of €750 million and a Canadian dollar bond of C$750 million.

2.5.12 Net debt and sources of liquidity

Gearing and net debt

Year ended 30 June 20102014 compared with year ended 30 June 20092013

Net operating cash flow after interestAn analysis of the gearing and tax decreased by five per cent to US$16,890 million. This was primarily driven by changes in working capital balances having a negative year-on-year impact on operating cash flow of US$4,780 million, offset by higher levels of cash generated from operations (before changes in working capital balances) of US$2,853 million and lower net tax and royalty-related tax payments of US$1,080 million.

Capital and exploration expenditure totalled US$10,656 million for the period. Expenditure on major growth projects was US$7,655 million, including US$1,902 million on Petroleum projects and US$5,753 million on Minerals projects. Capital expenditure on sustaining and other items was US$1,668 million. Exploration expenditure was US$1,333 million, including US$303 million, which has been capitalised.

Cash flows from investing activities included acquisitions of US$508 million relating to Athabasca Potash Inc. of US$323 million and United Minerals Corporation NL of US$185 million.

Financing cash flows include net debt repayments of US$485 million and dividend payments of US$4,618 million, excluding dividends paidfor FY2014 compared to non-controlling interests.FY2013 is included in section 1.15.5.

3.7.2    Growth projects

BHP Billiton approved 11 major projects for a total investment value of US$12,942 million (BHP Billiton share) during FY2011. Following the progression of the Jansen Potash Project into feasibility during the March 2011 quarter, BHP Billiton also announced an additional US$488 million of pre-commitment funding to support development of the project in Saskatchewan, Canada. The progression of these projects forms a meaningful component of the Group’s anticipated organic growth program that is expected to exceed US$80 billion over the five years to the end of FY2015.

Industry-wide cost pressures remain a feature of the development landscape and reflect stronger producer currencies as well as underlying inflation on raw material and labour costs. BHP Billiton approved revised capital budgets and schedules during FY2011 for the Esso Australia Resources Pty Ltd operated Kipper (US$900 million, BHP Billiton share) and Turrum (US$1,350 million, BHP Billiton share) Petroleum projects and the BHP Billiton operated Worsley Efficiency and Growth (US$2,995 million, BHP Billiton share) alumina refinery expansion (all Australia).

Three major projects delivered first production in the 12-month period: namely the New South Wales Energy Coal MAC20 Project, the Douglas-Middelburg Optimisation Project in South Africa Coal and Angostura Gas Phase II (Trinidad and Tobago).

Completed projects

Customer
Sector Group

  

Project

  

Capacity(1)

  Capital expenditure (US$M) (1)  Date of initial production (2) 
      Budget   Actual      Target           Actual     

Petroleum

  Angostura Gas Phase II (Trinidad and Tobago) BHP Billiton – 45%  280 MMcf/d of gas   180     157 (3)   H1 2011     H1 2011  

Energy Coal

  Douglas-Middelburg Optimisation (South Africa) BHP Billiton – 100%  10 mtpa export thermal coal and 8.5 mtpa domestic thermal coal (sustains current output)   975     760 (3)   Mid 2010     July 2010  
  MAC20 Project (Australia) BHP Billiton – 100%  Increases saleable thermal coal production by approximately 3.5 mtpa   260     285 (3)   H1 2011     H1 2011  
      

 

 

   

 

 

    
       1,415     1,202     
      

 

 

   

 

 

    

(1)

All references to capital expenditure are BHP Billiton’s share unless noted otherwise. All references to capacity are 100 per cent unless noted otherwise.

(2)

References are based on calendar years.

(3)

Number subject to finalisation.

Projects currently under development (approved in prior years)

Customer
Sector Group

  

Project

  

Capacity (1)

  Budgeted
capital
expenditure
(US$M)(1)
  Target date
of initial
production (2)
 

Petroleum

  Bass Strait Kipper (Australia) BHP Billiton – 32.5% – 50%  10,000 bbl/d of condensate and processing capacity of 80 MMcf/d of gas   900 (3)   2012 (3)(4) 
  Bass Strait Turrum (Australia) BHP Billiton – 50%  11,000 bbl/d of condensate and processing capacity of 200 MMcf/d of gas   1,350 (3)   2013 (3) 
  North West Shelf CWLH Life Extension (Australia) BHP Billiton – 16.67%  Replacement vessel with capacity of 60,000 bbl/d of oil   245    2011  
  North West Shelf North Rankin B Gas Compression (Australia) BHP Billiton – 16.67%  2,500 MMcf/d of gas   850    2013  

Aluminium

  Worsley Efficiency and Growth (Australia) BHP Billiton – 86%  1.1 mtpa of additional alumina capacity   2,995 (3)   
 
Q1
2012
  
 
(3) 

Base Metals

  Antamina Expansion (Peru) BHP Billiton – 33.75%  Increases ore processing capacity to 130,000 tpd   435    
 
Q4
2011
  
  

Iron Ore

  WAIO Rapid Growth Project 5 (Australia) BHP Billiton – 85%  Project integrated into subsequent expansion approvals that will increase WAIO capacity to 220 mtpa (5)   4,800    
 
H2
2011
  
  
      

 

 

  
       11,575   
      

 

 

  

(1)

All references to capital expenditure are BHP Billiton’s share unless noted otherwise. All references to capacity are 100 per cent unless noted otherwise.

(2)

References are based on calendar years.

(3)

As per revised budget and schedule.

(4)

Facilities ready for first production pending resolution of mercury content.

(5)

As per revised scope of the iron ore development sequence.

Projects approved during FY2011

Customer
Sector Group

  

Project

  

Capacity (1)

  Budgeted
capital
expenditure
(US$M) (1)
  Target date
of initial
production (2)
 
Petroleum  

Macedon (Australia)

BHP Billiton – 71.43%

  200 MMcf/d of gas   1,050    2013  
Base Metals  Escondida Ore Access (Chile) BHP Billiton – 57.5%  The relocation of the in-pit crushing and conveyor infrastructure provides access to higher-grade ore   319    Q2 2012  
Diamonds and Specialty Products  EKATI Misery Open Pit Project (Canada) BHP Billiton – 80%  Project consists of a pushback of the existing Misery open-pit which was mined from 2001 to 2005   323    2015  
Iron Ore  WAIO Jimblebar Mine Expansion (Australia) BHP Billiton – 96%  Increases mining and processing capacity to 35 mtpa   3,300 (3)   Q1 2014  
  WAIO Port Hedland Inner Harbour Expansion (Australia) BHP Billiton – 85%  Increases total inner harbour capacity to 220 mtpa with debottlenecking opportunities to 240 mtpa   1,900 (3)   H2 2012  
  WAIO Port Blending and Rail Yard Facilities (Australia) BHP Billiton – 85%  Optimises resource and enhances efficiency across the WAIO supply chain   1,400 (3)   H2 2014  
  Samarco Fourth Pellet Plant (Brazil) BHP Billiton – 50%  Increases iron ore pellet production capacity by 8.3 mtpa to 30.5 mtpa   1,750    H1 2014  
Metallurgical Coal  Daunia (Australia) BHP Billiton –50%  Greenfield mine development with capacity to produce 4.5 mtpa of export metallurgical coal   800    2013  
  Broadmeadow Life Extension (Australia) BHP Billiton – 50%  Increases productive capacity by 0.4 mtpa and extends the life of the mine by 21 years   450    2013  
  Hay Point Stage Three Expansion (Australia) BHP Billiton – 50%  Increases port capacity from 44 mtpa to 55 mtpa and reduces storm vulnerability   1,250 (3)   2014  
Energy Coal  RX1 Project (Australia) BHP Billiton – 100%  Increases run-of-mine thermal coal production by approximately 4 mtpa   400    H2 2013  
      

 

 

  
       12,942   
      

 

 

  

(1)

All references to capital expenditure are BHP Billiton’s share unless noted otherwise. All references to capacity are 100 per cent unless noted otherwise.

(2)

References are based on calendar years.

(3)

Excludes announced pre-commitment funding.

3.7.3    Net debt and sources of liquidity

Our policies on debt and treasury management are as follows:

a commitment to a solid ‘A’ credit rating;

to be cash flow positive before dividends, debt service and capital management;

for net gearing (net debt/net debt + net assets) to be a maximum of 40 per cent;

diversification of funding sources;

generally to maintain borrowings and excess cash in US dollars.

Solid ‘A’ credit ratings

The Group’s credit ratings are currently A1/P-1 (Moody’s) and A+/A-1 (Standard & Poor’s). The ratings outlook from both agencies has not changed during the financial year.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk on our outstanding borrowings and investments is managed as part of the Portfolio Risk Management Strategy. Refer to note 28 ‘Financial risk management’ in the financial statements for a detailed discussion on the strategy. When required under this strategy, we use interest rate swaps, including cross currency interest rate swaps, to convert a fixed rate exposure to a floating rate exposure. All interest swaps have been designated and are effective as hedging instruments under IFRS.

Gearing and net debt

Year ended 30 June 20112013 compared with year ended 30 June 20102012

Net debt, comprising cash and interestInterest bearing liabilities less Cash and cash equivalents, was US$5,823 million,27.5 billion, which isrepresented an increase of US$2,515 million5.3 billion compared towith the net debt position at 30 June 2010. Net gearing,2012. Gearing, which is the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets, was 9.226.8 per cent at 30 June 2011,2013, compared with 6.324.3 per cent at 30 June 2010.2012. The primary reason for the increase in gearing during FY2013 was due to the issue of bonds during the period.

Cash at bank and in hand less overdrafts at 30 June 20112013 was US$10,080 million5.7 billion compared with US$12,455 million4.5 billion at 30 June 2010.2012. Included within this arewere short-term deposits at 30 June 20112013 of US$8,723 million3.2 billion compared with US$11,087 million3.3 billion at 30 June 2010.

30 June 2010 compared with 30 June 2009

Net debt, comprising cash and interest-bearing liabilities, was US$3,308 million, a decrease of US$2,278 million, or 41 per cent, compared with 30 June 2009. Net gearing, which is the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets, was 6.3 per cent at 30 June 2010, compared with 12.1 per cent at 30 June 2009.

Cash at bank and in hand less overdrafts at 30 June 2010 was US$12,455 million compared with US$10,831 million at 30 June 2009. Included within this are short-term deposits at 30 June 2010 of US$11,087 million compared with US$9,677 million at 30 June 2009.2012.

Funding sources3    Corporate Governance Statement

3.1    Governance at BHP Billiton

Dear Shareholder

Welcome to BHP Billiton’s Corporate Governance Statement.

At BHP Billiton, we have a governance framework that goes beyond an interest in governance for its own sake or the need to comply with regulatory requirements. Instead, we believe that high-quality governance supports long-term value creation. Simply put, we think good governance is good business, and our approach is to adopt what we consider to be the better of the prevailing governance standards in Australia, the United Kingdom and the United States.

In the same spirit, we do not see governance as just a matter for the Board. Good governance is also the responsibility of executive management and is embedded throughout the organisation.

The maturity profilediagram on the following page describes the governance framework at BHP Billiton. It shows the interaction between the shareholders and the Board, demonstrates how the Board Committee structure facilitates the interaction between the Board and the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and illustrates the flow of delegation from shareholders. We have robust processes in place to ensure that the delegation flows through the Board and its committees to the CEO and Group Management Committee (GMC) and into the organisation. At the same time, accountability flows back upwards from the Company to shareholders. This process helps to ensure alignment with shareholders.

As part of our debt obligationscorporate planning cycle, we have embedded a range of scenarios that are reviewed annually and detailsupdated by the Group with the GMC’s involvement. The scenarios, and the governance process supporting them, also form part of the Board agenda.

These scenarios provide a lens to assess the performance of our undrawn committed facilitiesbusiness portfolio. They include assumptions around carbon and commodity prices, currencies, costs and tax rates and ranges for a number of risks that face the Group, including climate change, global growth, levels of trade, geopolitical situation and technology focus. All of the scenarios are set forth in note 28 ‘Financial risk management’ inused to inform BHP Billiton’s strategy and the financial statements.

During FY2011, no debt was issued or matured.

Noneresilience of our general borrowing facilitiesdiversified asset portfolio over the short and long term.

Regardless of which direction the world may take, we will always be guided byOur Charter values, including our value of Sustainability, in how we operate our business, interact with our stakeholders and plan for the future.

As we set out later in this report, while the five committees have accountability for making recommendations to the Board on certain matters such as remuneration and sustainability, we ensure that all the Board members have oversight and the opportunity for full discussion of those issues through the committee report-out process to the full Board.

Our BHP Billiton Charter is core to the governance framework of BHP Billiton. It embodies our corporate purpose, strategy and values, and defines when we are subjectsuccessful. We foster a culture that values and rewards high ethical standards, personal and corporate integrity and respect for others.

We live the values ofOur Charter and adhere to financial covenants. Certain specific financing facilitiesthe standards of conduct required by our BHP BillitonCode of Business Conduct.

BHP Billiton governance structure

LOGO

Appointment of Mr Brinded

We are focused on enhancing the diversity of perspective on the Board. We do this in a structured manner, looking out over a five-year period at the skills, backgrounds, knowledge, experience and diversity on the Board. The right blend of skills, experience and perspective is critical to ensuring the Board oversees BHP Billiton effectively for shareholders. As a result of this process, and as described in last year’s Annual Report, we have been seeking additional upstream oil, gas and shale experience.

We are therefore pleased that Malcolm Brinded joined the Board as a Non-executive Director and member of the Sustainability Committee in April 2014. Mr Brinded served on the Board of Royal Dutch Shell plc between 2002 and 2012. During his 37-year career with Shell, he held leadership roles, including Executive Director of Exploration and Production, Executive Director of Upstream International and UK Country Chair and Managing Director. His appointment reflects the structured and rigorous approach to the Board’s succession and planning.

Ongoing renewal

As part of our ongoing renewal of the Board, we announced in August that David Crawford will be retiring from the Board after the forthcoming Annual General Meetings. Mr Crawford has been appointed Chairman-designate of the new company that BHP Billiton plans to form in a demerger. On behalf of all shareholders, I would like to thank him for his exceptional service to the Board and the Group over many years and wish him all the best for the future. It is also intended that Keith Rumble will become a Non-executive Director of the demerged company, and that he will retire from the BHP Billiton Board at or around the time the demerger is completed (currently scheduled for mid-2015).

In relation to specific businesses are the subject of financial covenants that vary from facility to facility, but which would be considered normal for such facilities.

3.7.4    Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

We identified our primary market risks in section 3.4. A description of how we manage our market risks, including both quantitative and qualitative information about our market risk sensitive instruments outstanding at 30 June 2011, is contained in note 28 ‘Financial risk management’ to the financial statements.

3.7.5    Portfolio management

Our strategy is focused on long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets and we continually review our portfolio to identify assets that do not fit this strategy. These activities continued during the year, with proceeds amounting to US$198 million being realised from divestments of property, plant and equipment and financial assets. There were no divestments of subsidiaries or operations during the year.

We will purchase interests in assets where they fit our strategy. On 31 March 2011, the Group completed the acquisition of 100 per cent of Chesapeake Energy Corporation’s (Chesapeake) interests in its Fayetteville Shale gas assets and associated midstream pipeline system (Fayetteville Shale gas business) located in Arkansas (US) for US$4,819 million.

3.7.6    Dividend and capital management

On 24 August 2011,gender diversity, the Board declaredhas set a final dividend forgoal of increasing the yearnumber of 55 US cents per share. Together withwomen on the interim dividend of 46 US cents per share paidBoard to shareholders on 31 March 2011, this brings the total dividend declared for the yearat least three. This remains our target, which we aim to 101 US cents per share, a 16.1 per cent increase over last year’s full year dividend of 87 US cents per share.

Notwithstanding BHP Billiton’s commitment to invest more than US$80 billion in the growth of its tier one portfolio, the Group reactivated the remaining US$4.2 billion component of a previously suspended US$13 billion buy-back program on 15 November 2010. BHP Billiton subsequently expanded that capital management initiative to US$10 billion and committed to complete the programachieve by the end of CY2011.2015. More details about the Board’s diversity of skills and experience are set out in section 3.8 of this Annual Report.

Continuous improvement

The subsequent completionBoard has a commitment to ongoing improvement. This year, we conducted an externally facilitated review of the Board, and a range of improvements to the Board’s work and effectiveness has been agreed, which are set out in section 3.11. In particular, the formalising of a US$6.3 billion off-market tender buy-backfocused strategy day built around scenarios and sign posts for future developments provides an opportunity for the Board to undertake a deeper dive into a range of BHP Billiton Ltd shares during the period enabled the Group to successfully complete its US$10 billion capital management program on 29 June 2011, six months ahead of schedule.

During FY2011, the combination of on-market purchases of Plc sharesstrategic and the off-market purchase of Ltd shares enabled BHP Billiton to buy (and cancel) 241.8 million shares, representing four per cent of total issued capital.

Completion of this substantial program in such a timely manner highlighted BHP Billiton’s commitment to maintain an appropriate capital structure through all points of the economic cycle. Since 2004, BHP Billiton has repurchased a cumulative US$22.6 billion of Ltd and Plc shares, representing 15 per cent of then issued capital. Total returns to shareholders, including dividends paid and share buy-backs, have exceeded US$48 billion since the formation of BHP Billiton in 2001.long-term plans.

I hope you find this description of our corporate governance useful and look forward to receiving any feedback that fellow shareholders may have.

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

11 September 2014

3.8    Off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual commitments

Information in relation to our material off-balance sheet arrangements, principally contingent liabilities, commitments for capital expenditure and other expenditure and commitments under leases at 30 June 2011 is provided in note 21 ‘Contingent liabilities’ and note 22 ‘Commitments’ to the financial statements.

We expect that these contractual commitments for expenditure, together with other expenditure and liquidity requirements will be met from internal cash flow and, to the extent necessary, from the existing facilities described in section 3.7.3.

3.9    Subsidiaries and related party transactions

Subsidiary information

Information about our significant subsidiaries is included in note 25 ‘Subsidiaries’ to the financial statements.

Related party transactions

Related party transactions are outlined in note 31 ‘Related party transactions’ to the financial statements.

3.10    Significant changes

Since 30 June 2011, the Group has completed its acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation; signed a Heads of Agreement with Leighton Holdings to acquire the HWE Mining subsidiaries; and arranged a US$7.5 billion multicurrency term and revolving credit facility.

Further information about these transactions is outlined in note 24 ‘Business combinations’ and note 35 ‘Subsequent events’ to the financial statements.

Other than the matters outlined above, or elsewhere in this Report, no matters or circumstances have arisen since the end of the year that have significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations, results of operations or state of affairs of the BHP Billiton Group in subsequent accounting periods.

43.2    Board of Directors and Group Management Committee

4.13.2.1    Board of Directors

JacquesJac Nasser AO, BBus, Hon DT, 6366

Term of office:Chairman and Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since June 2006. Appointed Chairman of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc fromon 31 March 2010.

Independent: Yes

Skills and experience:Following a 33-year career with Ford Motor Company in various leadership positions in Europe, Australia, Asia, South America and the US, JacquesUnited States, Mr Nasser served as a member of the Board of Directors and as President and Chief Executive Officer of Ford Motor Company from 1998 to 2001. He has more than 30 years’three decades of experience in large-scale global businesses and a decade of private equity investment and operating expertise.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Director of British Sky Broadcasting Group plc21st Century Fox (since November 2002)June 2013).

 

Non-executive advisory partner (since March 2010) ofConsultant to One Equity Partners ‘JPMorgan Chase & Co’s Private Equity Business’(since March 2013) (Partner from November 2002 until March 2010)2010, Non-Executive Advisory Partner from March 2010 to March 2013).

 

Member of Australian Prime Minister’s Business Advisory Council (since December 2013).

Member of the International Advisory Council of Allianz Aktiengesellschaft (since February 2001).

 

Former Director of Brambles LimitedBritish Sky Broadcasting Group plc (from March 2004November 2002 to January 2008)November 2012).

Board Committee membership:

 

Chairman of the Nomination and Governance Committee.

Marius KloppersAndrew MackenzieBE (Chem) BSc (Geology), MBA, PhD (Materials Science)(Chemistry), 4957

Term of office:Non-independent

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since January 2006.May 2013. Mr KloppersMackenzie was appointed Chief Executive Officer on 1 October 2007. He was appointed Group President Non-Ferrous Materials and Executive Director in January 2006 and was previously Chief Commercial Officer.10 May 2013.

Independent: No

Skills and experience: Marius KloppersMr Mackenzie has extensive knowledge of the mining industryover 30 years’ experience in oil and ofgas, petrochemicals and minerals. He joined BHP Billiton’s operations. ActiveBilliton in the mining and resources industry since 1993,November 2008 as Chief Executive Non-Ferrous. Prior to BHP Billiton, Mr Mackenzie worked at Rio Tinto, where he was appointed Chief Commercial Officer in December 2003. He was previously Chief Marketing Officer, Group Executive of Billiton Plc, Chief Executive of Samancor ManganeseDiamonds and Minerals, and BP, where he held various positions at Billiton Aluminium,a number of senior roles, including Chief Operating OfficerGroup Vice President for Technology and General Manager of Hillside Aluminium.Engineering, and Group Vice President for Chemicals.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Director of the Grattan Institute (since May 2013).

Deputy Chairman

Director of the International Council on Mining and Metals (since October 2008)May 2013).

Former Non-executive Director of Centrica plc (from September 2005 to May 2013).

Board Committee membership:

 

None.

Malcolm Brinded CBE, MA, 61

Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since April 2014.

Skills and experience: Malcolm has extensive experience in energy, governance and sustainability. He served as a member of the Board of Directors of Royal Dutch Shell plc from 2002 to 2012. During his 37-year career with Shell, he held various leadership positions in the United Kingdom, Europe, the Middle East and Asia, including Executive Director of Exploration and Production, Executive Director of Upstream International and Chairman and Upstream Managing Director of Shell UK.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

Director of CH2M Hill Companies, Ltd (since July 2012).

Director of Network Rail Ltd; Network Rail Infrastructure Ltd (since October 2010).

Former Director of Royal Dutch Shell plc (from July 2002 to March 2012, including as a Director of Royal Dutch Petroleum and Shell Transport and Trading Ltd prior to unification of Shell’s corporate structure).

Former Director of Shell Petroleum N.V. (from July 2002 to March 2012).

Chairman of the Shell Foundation (since July 2009 and Trustee since June 2004).

Vice President of The Energy Institute, UK (since October 2013).

Board Committee membership:

Member of the Sustainability Committee.

Malcolm Broomhead MBA, BE, 5962

Term of office:Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since March 2010.

Independent: Yes

Skills and experience: MalcolmMr Broomhead has extensive experience in running industrial and mining companies with a global footprint and broad global experience in project development in many of the countries in which BHP Billiton operates. Mr Broomhead was Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Orica Limited from 2001 until September 2005, a global business that controlled interests in more than 45 countries.2005. Prior to joining Orica, Mr Broomhead held a number of senior positions at North Limited, including Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer and, prior to that, held senior management positions with Halcrow (UK), MIM Holdings, Peko Wallsend and Industrial Equity. Mr Broomhead has extensive experience in running industrial and mining companies with a global footprint and broad global experience in project development in many of the countries in which BHP Billiton operates.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Chairman of Asciano Limited (since October 2009).

 

Former Director of Coates Group Holdings Pty Ltd (since(from January 2008)2008 to July 2013).

Board Committee membership:memberships:

 

Member of the Sustainability Committee.

Member of the Finance Committee.

Sir John Buchanan BSc, MSc (Hons 1), PhD, 6871

Term of office:Senior Independent Director, BHP Billiton Plc

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since February 2003. Dr Buchanan has been designated as the Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc since his appointment.

Independent: Yes

Skills and experience: Educated at Auckland, Oxford and Harvard, Sir John Buchanan has broad international business experience gained in large and complex international businesses. HeSir John has substantial experience in the petroleum industry and knowledge of the international investor community. HeSir John has held various leadership roles in commercial, strategic, financial, operational and marketing positions, including executive experience in different countries. HeSir John is a former Executive Director and Group Chief Financial Officer of BP, serving on the BP Board for six years.BP.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Chairman of Smith & Nephew Plc (since April 2006) and former Deputy Chairman (from February 2005 to April 2006).

Chairman of the International Chamber of Commerce (UK) (since May 2008).

 

Senior Independent Director and Deputy Chairman of Vodafone Group Plc (since July 2006) and Director (since April 2003).

Member of Advisory Board of Ondra Bank (since June 2009).

Former Chairman of the UK Trustees for the Christchurch Earthquake appeal.

appeal (from April 2011 to September 2014).

 

Former Chairman of Smith & Nephew Plc (from April 2006 to April 2014) and former Deputy Chairman (from February 2005 to April 2006).

Former Chairman of ARM Holdings Plc (UK) (from May 2012 to March 2014).

Former member of Advisory Board of Ondra Bank (from June 2009 to November 2013).

Former Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Director of Vodafone Group Plc (from July 2006 to July 2012) and Director (from April 2003 to July 2012).

Former Director of AstraZeneca Plc (from April 2002 to April 2010).

Board Committee membership:memberships:

 

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.

 

Member of the Nomination and Governance Committee.

Carlos Cordeiro AB,, MBA, 5558

Term of office:Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since February 2005.

Independent: Yes

Skills and experience: CarlosMr Cordeiro brings to the Board more than 30 years’ experience in providing strategic and financial advice to corporations, financial institutions and governments around the world. HeMr Cordeiro was previously Partner and Managing Director of Goldman Sachs Group Inc.Inc and Vice Chairman of Goldman Sachs (Asia) LLC.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Non-executive Advisory Director of The Goldman Sachs Group Inc (since December 2001).

 

Non-executive Vice Chairman of Goldman Sachs (Asia) LLC (since December 2001).

Board Committee membership:

 

Member of the Remuneration Committee.

David Crawford AO, BComm, LLB, FCA, FCPA, FAICD, 6770

Term of office:Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Limited since May 1994. Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since June 2001.

Independent: Yes

Skills and experience: DavidMr Crawford has extensive experience in risk management and business reorganisation. He has acted as a consultant, scheme manager, receiver and manager and liquidator to very large and complex groups of companies. HeMr Crawford was previously Australian National Chairman of KPMG, Chartered Accountants.

Mr Crawford was Chairmanis the Chairman-designate of the Risk and Audit Committee andnew company that BHP Billiton plans to form in the Board’s nominated ‘audit committee financial expert’ forproposed demerger. Mr Crawford will retire from the purposes of the US Securities and Exchange Commission Rules until 6 September 2011. During that period, theBHP Billiton Board was satisfied that he had recent and relevant financial experience for the purposes of the UK Financial Services Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code.in November 2014.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Chairman of Australia Pacific Airports Corporation Limited (since May 2012).

Chairman of Lend Lease Corporation Limited (since May 2003) and Director (since July 2001).

 

Former Chairman (from November 2007 to December 2011) and former Director (from August 2001 to December 2011) of Foster’s Group Limited (since November 2007) and Director of Foster’s Group Limited (since August 2001).

Limited.

Former Director of Westpac Banking Corporation (from May 2002 to December 2007).

Former Chairman of National Foods Limited (Director from November 2001 to June 2005).

Board Committee membership:

 

None.

Chairman of the Finance Committee.

Pat Davies BSc (Mechanical Engineering), 63

Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since June 2012.

Skills and experience: Mr Davies has broad experience in the natural resources sector across a number of geographies, commodities and markets. From July 2005 until June 2011, Mr Davies was Chief Executive of Sasol Limited, an international energy, chemical and mining company with operations in 38 countries and listings on the Johannesburg and New York stock exchanges. Mr Davies began his career at Sasol in 1975 and held a number of diverse roles, including managing the group’s oil and gas businesses, before becoming Chief Executive in July 2005. He is a former Director of various Sasol Group companies and joint ventures.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

Former Director (from August 1997 to June 2011) and Chief Executive (from July 2005 to June 2011) of Sasol Limited.

Board Committee membership:

Member of the Remuneration Committee.

Carolyn Hewson AO, BEc (Hons), MA (Econ), FAICD, 5659

Term of office:Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since March 2010.

Independent: Yes

Skills and experience: CarolynMs Hewson is a former investment banker and has over 30 years’ experience in the finance sector. Ms Hewson was previously an Executive Director of Schroders Australia Limited and has

extensive financial markets, risk management and investment management expertise. Ms Hewson is a Non-executiveformer Director of Stockland CorporationBT Investment Management Limited, Westpac Banking Corporation, BT Investment Management Limited and previously served as a Director on the boards of AMP Limited, CSR Limited, AGL Energy Limited, the Australian Gas Light Company, South AustraliaAustralian Water and the Economic Development Board of South Australia. She has current board or advisory roles with Nanosonics Limited, the Australian Charities Fund, Neurosurgical Research Foundation and is Chair of the Westpac Foundation.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Member of Australian Federal Government Financial Systems Inquiry (since January 2014).

Director of Stockland Corporation LimitedGroup (since March 2009).

 

Director of BT Investment Management Limited (since December 2007).

Director of Westpac Banking Corporation (since February 2003).

Member of the Advisory Board of Nanosonics Limited (since June 2007).

 

Former Director of Australian Charities Fund (since March 2001)BT Investment Management Limited (from December 2007 to December 2013).

 

MemberFormer Director and Patron of the Neurosurgical Research Foundation Council (since(from April 1993)1993 to December 2013).

 

Former Trustee and Chairman of Westpac Buckland Fund (from January 2011 to December 2013) and Chairman of Westpac Matching Gifts Limited (from August 2011 to December 2013), together known as the Westpac Foundation.

Former Director of AGL Energy LimitedWestpac Banking Corporation (from February 20062003 to February 2009)June 2012).

Chair of the Westpac Foundation (since January 2011).

Board Committee membership:memberships:

 

Member of the Risk and Audit Committee.

Member of the Remuneration Committee.

Lindsay MaxstedDipBus (Gordon), FCA, 57FAICD, 60

Term of office:Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc with effect fromsince March 2011.

Independent: Yes

Skills and experience: LindsayMr Maxsted is a corporate recovery specialist who has managed a number of Australia’s largest corporate insolvency and restructuring engagements and, until 2011, continued to undertake consultancy work in the restructuring advisory field. He was the Chief Executive Officer of KPMG Australia between 2001 and 2007. His principal area of practice prior to becoming Chief Executive Officer was in the corporate recovery field managing a number of Australia’s largest corporate, insolvency and restructuring engagements. He continues to undertake consultancy work in the restructuring advisory field. At the request of the Victorian State Government (Australia), Mr Maxsted was appointed tois the Board of the Public Transport Corporation in December 1995 and was its Chairman from 1997 to 2001. As Chairman, he had the responsibility of guiding the Public Transport Corporation through the final stages of a significant reform process. The Board hasBoard’s nominated Mr Maxsted as the ‘audit committee financial expert’ for the purposes of the US Securities and Exchange Commission Rules, from 6 September 2011 and the Board is satisfied that he has recent and relevant financial experience for the purposes of the UK Financial ServicesConduct Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Chairman of Westpac Banking Corporation (since December 2011) and a Director (since March 2008).

Chairman of Transurban Group (since August 2010) and a Director from(since March 2008.

2008).

 

Chairman-elect of Westpac Banking CorporationDirector and a Director since March 2008.

Honorary Treasurer of Baker IDI Heart and Diabetes Institute.

Institute (since June 2005).

Former KPMG Australia Chief Executive Officer from January 2001 to December 2007.

Board Committee membership:

 

Chairman of the Risk and Audit Committee.

Member of the Finance Committee.

Wayne Murdy BSc (Business Administration), CPA, 6770

Term of office:Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since June 2009.

Independent: Yes

Skills and experience: WayneMr Murdy served as the Chief Executive Officer of Newmont Mining Corporation from January 2001 to June 2007 and Chairman of Newmont from January 2002 to December 2007. Hishas a background is in finance and accounting, where he has gained comprehensive experience in the financial management of mining, oil and gas companies during his career with Getty Oil, Apache Corporation and Newmont.Newmont Mining Corporation. He served as the Chief Executive Officer of Newmont Mining Corporation from 2001 to 2007 and Chairman from 2002 to 2007. Mr Murdy is also a former Chairman of the International Council on Mining and Metals, a former Director of the US National Mining Association and a former member of the Manufacturing Council of the US Department of Commerce.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Director of Weyerhaeuser Company (since January 2009).

 

Former Director of Qwest Communications International Inc (from September 2005 to April 2011).

Former Chief Executive Officer (from January 2001 to June 2007) and Chairman (from January 2002 to December 2007) of Newmont Mining Corporation.

Former Chairman of the International Council on Mining and Metals (from January 2004 to December 2006).

Former Director of the US National Mining Association (from January 2002 to December 2007).

Board Committee membership:memberships:

 

Member of the Risk and Audit Committee.

Member of the Finance Committee.

Keith Rumble BSc, MSc (Geology), 5760

Term of office:Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since September 2008.

Independent: Yes

Skills and experience: KeithMr Rumble was previously Chief Executive Officer of SUN Mining, a wholly owned entity of the SUN Group, a principal investor and private equity fund manager in Russia, India and other emerging and transforming markets. HeMr Rumble has over 30 years’ experience in the resources industry, specifically in titanium and platinum mining, and is a former Chief Executive Officer of Impala Platinum (Pty) Ltd and former Chief Executive Officer of Rio Tinto Iron and Titanium Inc. HeInc in Canada. Mr Rumble began his career at Richards Bay Minerals in 1980 and held various management positions before becoming Chief Executive Officer in 1996.

It is intended that Mr Rumble will become a Non-executive Director of the new company that BHP Billiton plans to form in the proposed demerger. Mr Rumble would retire from the BHP Billiton Board at the time the shareholders vote on this demerger proposal.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Director of The Aveng GroupEnzyme Technologies (Pty) Limited (since September 2009)2011).

 

Director of Elite Wealth (Pty) Limited (since August 2010).

Board of Governors of Rhodes University (since April 2005).

 

Trustee of the World Wildlife Fund, South Africa (since October 2006).

Former Director of Aveng Group Limited (from September 2009 to December 2011).

Board Committee membership:

 

Member of the Sustainability Committee.

John Schubert AO, BCh Eng, PhD (Chem Eng), FIE Aust, FTSE, 6871

Term of office:Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Limited since June 2000 and a Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc since June 2001.

Independent: Yes

Skills and experience: JohnDr Schubert has considerable experience in the international oil industry, including at Chief Executive Officer level. HeDr Schubert has had executive mining and financial responsibilities and was Chief Executive Officer of Pioneer International Limited for six years, where he operated in the building materials industry in 16 countries. HeDr Schubert has experience in mergers, acquisitions and divestments, project analysis and management. He was previously Chairman and Managing Director of Esso Australia Limited and President of the Business Council of Australia.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

DirectorChairman of Qantas Airways LimitedGarvan Institute of Medical Research (since October 2000)May 2013).

 

Chairman of the Great Barrier Reef Foundation (since November 2004).

Former Chairman of G2 Therapies Pty Limited (since(from November 2000)2000 to April 2013).

 

Former Director of Qantas Airways Limited (from October 2000 to November 2012).

Former Chairman (from November 2004 to February 2010) and Director (from October 1991 to February 2010) of Commonwealth Bank of Australia.

Former Chairman and Director of Worley Parsons Limited (from November 2002 until February 2005).

Board Committee membership:memberships:

 

Chairman of the Sustainability Committee.

 

Member of the Remuneration Committee.

 

Member of the Nomination and Governance Committee.

Baroness Shriti Vadera MA, 4952

Term of office:Independent Non-executive Director

Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc with effect fromsince January 2011.

Independent: Yes

Skills and experience: ShritiBaroness Vadera brings wide-ranging experience in finance, economics and public policy, as well as extensive experience of emerging markets and international institutions. In the last year,recent years, she has undertaken a number of international assignments, including advising the G20 chair under the Republic of Korea, Temasek Holdings, Singapore on strategy and the Government of Dubai on the restructuringEurozone crisis and working with the Korean chair of Dubai World. Shethe G20. Baroness Vadera was a Minister in the British Government from 2007 to 2009 in the Department for International Development, the Business Department and the Cabinet Office, where she was responsible for the response to the global financial crisis. She was on the Council of Economic Advisers, H MHM Treasury from 1999 to 2007 focusing on business and international economic issues. Prior to her time in the British Government, sheBaroness Vadera spent 14 years in investment banking at UBS Warburg, where she specialised in advisory work in emerging markets.

Other directorships and offices (current and recent):

 

Director of AstraZeneca Plc (since January 2011).

Former Trustee of Oxfam (from 2000 to 2005).

Board Committee membership:

 

Member of the Risk and Audit Committee.

Group Company Secretary

Jane McAloon BEc (Hons), LLB, GDipGov, FCIS, 4750

President, Governance and Group Company Secretary and Chairman of the Disclosure Committee.

Term of office:Skills and experience: JaneMs McAloon was appointed to the Group Management Committee as President, Governance and Group Company Secretary in May 2013 after serving as Group Company Secretary since July 2007 and2007. Ms McAloon joined the BHP Billiton Group in September 2006 as Company Secretary for BHP Billiton Limited.

Skills and experience: Prior to joining BHP Billiton, Jane McAloonshe held the position of Company Secretary and Group Manager External and Regulatory Services in the Australian Gas Light Company. She previously held various Australian State and Commonwealth government positions, including Director General of the NSWNew South Wales Ministry of Energy and Utilities and Deputy Director General for the NSWNew South Wales Cabinet Office, as well as working in private legal practice. She is a Non-executive Director of Energy Australia, a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and a MemberFellow of the Corporations and Markets Advisory Committee.Australian Institute of Company Directors.

4.23.2.2    Group Management Committee

Marius KloppersAndrew Mackenzie BE (Chem)BSc (Geology), MBA, PhD (Materials Science)(Chemistry), 4957

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

Chairman of the Group Management Committee

Marius Kloppers has been active in the mining and resources industry since 1993 and was appointedMr Mackenzie commenced as Chief Executive Officer in October 2007.May 2013. He was previously Chief Commercial Officer, Chief Marketing Officer, Group Executive of Billiton Plc, Chief Executive of Samancor Manganese and held various positions at Billiton Aluminium, among them Chief Operating Officer and General Manager of Hillside Aluminium.

Alberto Calderon PhD Econ, M Phil Econ, JD Law, BA Econ, 51

Group Executive and Chief Commercial Officer

Member of the Group Management Committee

Alberto Calderon joined the Group as President Diamonds and Specialty Products in February 2006 and was appointed to his current position as Chief Commercial Officer in July 2007. Prior to this, he was Chief Executive Officer of Cerrejón Coal Company and President of the oil company Ecopetrol. In the early 1990s, he was President of the Power Company of Bogotá and held various senior roles in investment banking and in the Colombian Government and the International Monetary Fund.

Andrew Mackenzie BSc (Geology), PhD (Chemistry), 54

Group Executive and Chief Executive Non-Ferrous

Member of the Group Management Committee

Andrew Mackenzie joined BHP Billiton in November 2008 in his current position as Chief Executive Non-Ferrous. His prior career included time withPrior to BHP Billiton, he worked at Rio Tinto, where he was Chief Executive of Diamonds and Minerals, and with BP, where he held a number of senior roles, including Group Vice President for Technology and Engineering, and Group Vice President for Chemicals. In July 2014 he was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society.

Peter Beaven BAcc, CA, 47

President, Copper

Mr Beaven was appointed President, Copper in May 2013. Previously he was the President of Base Metals and prior to that appointment, in November 2010, President of BHP Billiton’s Manganese business, and Vice President and Chief Development Officer for Carbon Steel Materials. He ishas wide experience across a Non-executiverange of regions and businesses in BHP Billiton, UBS Warburg, Kleinwort Benson and PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Mr Beaven will be appointed as Chief Financial Officer, effective 1 October 2014.

Tony Cudmore BA (Politics and Economics), 45

President, Corporate Affairs (since 3 March 2014)

Mr Cudmore joined BHP Billiton as President, Corporate Affairs in March 2014. Prior to BHP Billiton, Mr Cudmore worked with ExxonMobil for 13 years and held a wide range of senior and global Corporate Affairs roles in Australia and the United States. Before joining ExxonMobil, Mr Cudmore was a Media Relations and Policy Adviser before becoming Principal Adviser to then Premier of Victoria, The Hon Jeff Kennett MP, followed by his role as Assistant Director of Centrica plc.the Australian Institute of Petroleum.

Marcus RandolphTim Cutt BSc, MBA, 5554

Group ExecutivePresident, Petroleum and Chief Executive FerrousPotash (since 2 July 2013)

Mr Cutt was appointed President, Petroleum and Coal

MemberPotash in July 2013. He joined BHP Billiton in 2007 as the President of the Group Management CommitteeProduction Division in the Petroleum business. Mr Cutt was appointed to the position of

Marcus Randolph was previously Chief Organisation Development Officer,

President, Diamonds and Specialty Products Chiefin 2011. Before joining BHP Billiton, Mr Cutt had a successful 24-year career with ExxonMobil in roles of significant oil and gas responsibility, including President of ExxonMobil de Venezuela and President of Hibernia Management and Development Officer MineralsCompany.

Dean Dalla Valle MBA, 55

President, Coal

Mr Dalla Valle was appointed President, Coal in May 2013. He has 37 years’ experience in BHP Billiton. Mr Dalla Valle was previously the President of the Uranium business for three years and Chief Strategic Officer Minerals for BHP Billiton.

His prior career includes Chief Executive Officer, First Dynasty Mines, Miningto that held the positions of Asset President, Olympic Dam, Asset President, Cannington silver mine and Minerals Executive, Rio Tinto Plc, Director of Acquisitions and Strategy, Kennecott Inc,Vice President Ports, Iron Ore. He was also the General Manager Corporación Minera Nor Peru, Asarco Inc,of the Appin, Tower and various mine operating positionsWest Cliff Collieries for Illawarra Coal.

Mike Fraser BCom, MBL, 49

President, Human Resources (since 27 August 2013)

Mr Fraser joined BHP Billiton in the US with Asarco Inc. He has been in his current position as Chief Executive Ferrous and Coal since July 2007.

Alex Vanselow BComm, Wharton AMP, 49

Group Executive and Chief Financial Officer

Member ofJanuary 2000. Mr Fraser joined the Group Management Committee in August 2013 as President, Human Resources. He was previously Head of Group Human Resources. Before becoming Head of Human Resources, Mike was Asset President Mozal, based in Mozambique. His previous roles with the Company included Human Resources Vice President for the Aluminium and Energy Coal businesses.

Geoff Healy BEc, LLB, 48

Chief Legal Counsel

Mr Healy joined BHP Billiton as Chief Legal Counsel in June 2013. Prior to BHP Billiton, Mr Healy was a partner at Herbert Smith Freehills for 16 years, and a member of its Global Partnership Council, and worked widely across its network of Australian and international offices. His core field of expertise is complex corporate and regulatory advisory work, risk management, investigations and disputes.

Mike Henry BSc (Chem), 48

President, HSE, Marketing and Technology

Mr Henry joined BHP Billiton in 2003 and has served as President, HSE, Marketing and Technology since May 2013. Prior to this, he was Chief Marketing Officer. His earlier career with BHP Billiton included various business development and marketing roles, including Marketing Director for Petroleum, Marketing Director for Energy Coal and Freight and Vice President, Business Development for the Energy Coal Business. Prior to joining BHP Billiton, Mr Henry worked for Mitsubishi Corporation, where he held a number of commercial roles.

Graham Kerr BBus, FCPA, 43

Chief Financial Officer and Chairman of the Investment Committee and Financial Risk Management Committee

Alex VanselowMr Kerr joined the GroupBHP Billiton in 19891994 and was appointed Chief Financial Officer in March 2006. HeNovember 2011. Prior to this, he was previously President Aluminium,of Diamonds and Specialty Products. Mr Kerr has worked in a wide range of finance, treasury and operational roles across the Group, and has held the positions of Chief Financial Officer of Aluminium,Stainless Steel Materials, Vice President, Finance – BHP Billiton Diamonds and Finance Director for the EKATI diamond mine. In 2004, Mr Kerr left BHP Billiton for a two-year period, when he was General Manager Commercial for Iluka Resources Ltd.

In August 2014, Mr Kerr was appointed as Chief Executive Officer-designate of the new company that BHP Billiton plans to form in the proposed demerger. Mr Kerr will retire from the Group Management Committee, and as Chief Financial Officer of OrinocoBHP Billiton, on 1 October 2014.

Jane McAloon BEc (Hons), LLB, GDipGov, FCIS, 50

President, Governance and Group Company Secretary and Chairman of the Disclosure Committee

Ms McAloon was appointed to the Group Management Committee as President, Governance and Group Company Secretary in May 2013, after serving as Group Company Secretary since July 2007. Ms McAloon joined the BHP Billiton Group in September 2006 as Company Secretary for BHP Billiton Limited.

Daniel Malchuk BEng, MBA, 49

President, Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

Mr Malchuk was appointed President Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel in May 2013. Previously, he was the President of Minerals Exploration, a position he held from July 2012. He worked for the Company between 1996 and 1998 in BHP Copper, in the United States, and has held a number of roles in the Base Metals business since he rejoined BHP Billiton in 2002. In 2006, he took the role of Asset Leader Joint Ventures and a year later was appointed Vice President Strategy and Development in Base Metals.

Jimmy Wilson BSc (Mechanical Engineering), 52

President, Iron CA,Ore

Mr Wilson was appointed President, Iron Ore in March 2012. He has had an extensive career in the mining industry, and held key managerial and operational roles throughout BHP Billiton including President, Energy Coal (2009 – 2012) and President, Stainless Steel Materials (2007 – 2009). Prior to these roles, Mr Wilson was President and Chief Operating Officer Nickel West, President and Chief Operating Officer Samancor Chrome and General Manager Accounting and Control BHP Iron Ore. His prior career was with Arthur Andersen.of Billiton’s Bayside Aluminium.

Karen Wood BEd, LLB (Hons), 5558

Group Executive and Chief People and Public Affairs OfficerPresident (until 19 August 2014)

Member of the Group Management Committee

KarenMs Wood joined BHP Billiton in 2001. Her previous positions with the Company were President Corporate Affairs, Chief People Officer, Chief Governance Officer, Special Adviser and Head of Group Secretariat and Group Company Secretary. She was appointedPrior to her retirement from the GMC, she provided advice to the Chief PeopleExecutive Officer in 2007 and in 2010 assumed responsibility for Public Affairs. She isworked on a memberrange of significant corporate and Board issues. Ms Wood retired from BHP Billiton on 20 August 2014 and will continue to provide advice and assistance, on an ongoing consultancy basis, to the Takeovers Panel (Australia)Chief Executive Officer and a FellowBoard of Directors on several matters including the Institute of Chartered Secretaries.proposed demerger. Before joining BHP Billiton, she was General Counsel and Company Secretary for Bonlac Foods Limited.

J Michael Yeager3.3    Shareholder engagement BSc, MSc, 58

Group Executive and Chief Executive Petroleum

MemberPart of the Group Management CommitteeBoard’s commitment to high-quality governance is expressed through the approach BHP Billiton takes to engaging and communicating with shareholders. We encourage shareholders to make their views known to us.

Mike Yeager joinedOur shareholders are based across the Group in April 2006 as Chief Executive Petroleum after 25 years with Mobil and later ExxonMobil. He was previously Vice President, ExxonMobil Development Company, and heldglobe. Outside of the roles of Senior Vice President, Imperial Oil Ltd and Chief Executive Officer, Imperial Oil Resources, Vice President Africa, ExxonMobil Production Company, Vice President Europe, ExxonMobil Production Company and President, Mobil Exploration and ProductionAnnual General Meeting (AGM), which is an important step in the US.

5    Corporate Governance Statement

5.1    Governance at BHP Billiton

‘Welcome to BHP Billiton’s Corporate Governance Statement, which outlines the approach your Board has adopted in relation to governing the Group. The Board represents yougovernance and investor engagement process and is ultimately accountable fordescribed below, the Group’s performanceBoard uses a range of formal and informal communication channels to understand shareholder views to ensure it can represent shareholders in creatinggoverning BHP Billiton. Regular proactive engagement with institutional shareholders and delivering shareholder value throughinvestor representative organisations takes place in Australia, South Africa, the effective governanceUnited Kingdom and the United States. The purpose of BHP Billiton.

BHP Billiton’s objectivethese meetings is to create long-term value for shareholders throughdiscuss the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources. We have unique assets that are important to the growth of many of the world’s economies, and a geographic and commodity spread that reduces risk and optimises opportunity.

In doing this, we have committed to the highest levelfull range of governance and strive to foster a culture that values and rewards exemplary ethical standards, personal and corporate integrity and respect for others. The Board governs the Group consistent with our long-stated business strategy and commitment to a transparent and high-quality governance system.

Our approach to governance is based on the belief that there is a link between high-quality governance and the creation of long-term shareholder value. Our view remains that governance is not just a matter for the Board and a good governance culture must be fostered throughout the organisation. Our expectations of our employees and those to whom we contract business are set out in the BHP Billiton Code of Business Conduct.

This statement outlines our system of governance. BHP Billiton operates as a single economic entity under a Dual Listed Company (DLC) structure with a unified Board and management. We have a primary listing in Australia and a premium listing in the UK. We are also registered with the US Securities and Exchange Commission and have a secondary listing on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE),issues, as well as the Johannesburg Stock Exchange. Ourbroad strategy of the Group. They offer an important opportunity to build relationships and to engage directly with governance framework takes into account managers, fund managers and governance advisers. The meetings are led by:

the regulatory requirementsChairman, supported by the Group Governance and Company Secretariat team – strategy, governance and remuneration;

the Remuneration Committee Chairman and Senior Independent Director – governance and remuneration;

the CEO, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), senior management and the Investor Relations team – strategy, financial and operating performance. Important briefings are webcast live from our website:www.bhpbilliton.com. During FY2014, meetings between management, shareholders and bondholders were held in Australia, Canada, South Africa, Singapore, the UK and the US as part of our commitment to engage with providers of all types of capital;

the Head of Health, Safety, Environment and Community (HSEC) – HSEC strategy and briefings. Each year, we conduct group and one-on-one meetings with investors focused on key HSEC issues. During FY2014, these took place in Australia and the UK, with group meetings in mainland Europe held by conference call;

Group Governance and Company Secretariat – governance strategy and briefings. The Governance and Company Secretariat team provides a conduit to enable the Board and its committees to remain abreast of evolving investor expectations and to continuously enhance the governance processes of the Group.

The Chairman’s meetings are scheduled throughout the year to ensure continual feedback. This is designed to ensure that issues can be discussed separate to the AGM, and, where appropriate, allows time to respond to feedback and shape new policies for the forthcoming financial year. During FY2014, the Chairman’s meetings included investors in Australia, the UK and the US, togetherUS. Alongside these meetings, Group Governance and Investor Relations met with prevailing standards of best practice. Where governance principles vary across these jurisdictions, the Board adopts whatshareholders in South Africa.

As a Group, we consider to be the higher of the prevailing standards.

Corporate governance principles continue to be refined by regulators, including new guidance on Board effectiveness from the UK Financial Reporting Council, additional legislative measures in Australia in relation to executive remuneration and the use of remuneration consultants, the implementation of the Stewardship Code for investors in the UK andtake a continued focus on diversity of skills, experience, nationality and gender on Boards. BHP Billiton adopted early the Australian Securities Exchange Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations on diversity in 2010 and this year the Board has spent time considering its aspirational diversity goals. The Board believes that critical mass is important for diversity and, in relation to gender, has set an aspirational goal of increasing the number of women on the Board to at least three over the next two years (which, if achieved, would see the proportion of women on the Board increase from 17 per cent currently to 25 per cent, based on a Board size of 12). This is consistent with Lord Davies’ report in the UK, which recommends that FTSE 350 companies should set aspirational goals for Board gender composition.

In relationcoordinated approach to investor stewardship, through the Boardengagement, and Remuneration Committee Chairmen, we continue our long-standing practice of proactive communication and meetings with institutional investors and governance advisers. This engagement is valuable and we support the UK Financial Reporting Council’s focus on this issue.

Further Board renewal activities occurred during the year responded to a wide range of shareholders, their representatives and non-governmental organisations. Issues covered included climate change and strategic risk assessment; water management; hydraulic fracturing; joint venture governance; tax; remuneration; and collective bargaining.

Shareholders can contact us at any time through our Investor Relations team, with contact details available on our website:www.bhpbilliton.com. Feedback from shareholders is regularly reported to the Board. Shareholder and analyst feedback is shared with the appointmentBoard through the Chairman, the Chairman of twothe Remuneration Committee (also the Senior Independent Director), other Directors, Baroness Shriti Vaderathe CEO, the CFO and Lindsay Maxsted,the Group Company Secretary. In addition, the Head of Investor Relations and with Alan Boeckmann retiring.Vice President Governance is an ongoing processprovide regular reports to the Board on shareholder and we aimgovernance manager feedback and analysis. This approach provides a robust mechanism to maintain our focus on continuous improvement by buildingensure Directors are aware of issues raised and have a multi-skilled and diversified Board supported by a first-class management team.good understanding of current shareholder views.

I hope you find this report useful and look forward to feedback fellow shareholders may have.’

Jacques Nasser, AO, Chairman

LOGO

LOGO

5.2    Shareholder engagementAnnual General Meetings

The Board representsAGMs are an opportunity for shareholders to ask questions of the Board.

Our Dual Listed Company (DLC) structure means that we hold two AGMs each year. The AGMs are important dates in the BHP Billiton calendar. In October each year, the BHP Billiton Plc meeting is held in the United Kingdom, and in November, the BHP Billiton Limited meeting is held in Australia. These meetings provide an update for shareholders on the Group’s performance and offer an opportunity for shareholders to ask questions and is accountable to them for creating and delivering value through the effective governance of the business.

The Board has developed a strategy for engaging and communicating with shareholders, key aspects of which are outlined below.

vote. Shareholders vote on important matters affecting the business,Group, including the election of Directors, any changes to our constitutional documents, the receipt of annual financial statementsFinancial Statements and incentive arrangements for the Executive Directors.

Director. Shareholders are encouraged to make their views known to usmay appoint proxies electronically through our website and to raise directly any matters of concern. The Board uses a range of formal and informal measures to ensure that it understands and effectively responds to shareholder questions and concerns relating tomay also use the management and governance of the Group:

The Chairman, with support from the Company Secretariat team, has regular meetings with institutional shareholders and investor representatives to discuss governance matters.

The Remuneration Committee Chairman and Senior Independent Director also meets with institutional shareholders and investor representatives to discuss executive remuneration and other governance issues.

The Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and Investor Relations team meet regularly with major shareholders to discuss our strategy, financial and operating performance.

The Investor Relations team provides quarterly reports in relation to shareholder feedback generally, which the Board uses to assess how the Group is responding to shareholder views and issues.

Finally, shareholders are encouraged to attend BHP Billiton’s Annual General Meetings and to use these opportunities to ask questions (discussed further below).

In each case, the views and concerns that have been raised are reported to the Board, which ensures Directors are aware of the issues raised and assists Directors in developing an understanding of the views of shareholders, in particular in relation to strategic, financial and operating issues.

LOGO

The Dual Listed Company structure means that Annual General Meetings of BHP Billiton Plcmobile voting service for smart phones. The Notice of Meeting describes how this can be done. As described above, a key part of our approach to governance is that shareholders’ views are heard and BHP Billiton Limited are held in the United Kingdom and Australia in October and November, respectively, each year. understood. The AGMs provide an important forum to enable this.

Questions can be registered prior to the meeting by completing the relevant form accompanying the Notice of Meeting or by emailingMeeting. Shareholders can also email the Group atinvestor.relations@bhpbilliton.com. Questions that have beencan be lodged ahead of the meeting and the answers to the most frequently asked questions are posted to our website.

Key members of management, including the CEO and CFO, are present and available to answer questions. The External Auditor attends the Annual General MeetingsAGMs and is also available to answer questions. Shareholders may appoint proxies electronically through our website. The Notice of Meeting describes how this can be done.

Proceedings at shareholder meetings and important briefings are broadcastwebcast live from our website. Copies of the speeches delivered by the Chairman and CEO to the Annual General MeetingsAGMs are released to the stock exchanges and posted to our website. A summary of proceedings and the outcome of voting on the items of business are released to the relevant stock exchanges and posted to our website as soon as they are available following the completion of the BHP Billiton Limited meeting.

Information relating to the 2013 AGM is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/investors/shareholderinfo/Pages/Meetings.aspx.

5.3    Board of Directors

5.3.13.4    Role and responsibilities of the Board

The Board’s role is to represent the shareholders and itshareholders. It is accountable to them for creating and delivering value through the effective governance of the business. The performance of theGroup. This role requires a high-performing Board, and the corresponding contributions ofwith all Directors contributing to the Board’s collective decision-making processes are essential to fulfil this role.processes.

The Board has published aBoard Governance Document, which is a statement of the practices and processes the Board has adopted to discharge its responsibilities. It includes the processes the Board has implemented to undertake its own tasks and activities; the matters it has reserved for its own consideration and decision-making; the authority it has delegated to the CEO, including the limits on the way in which the CEO can execute that authority; and provides guidance on the relationship between the Board and the CEO.

TheBoard Governance Document also specifies the role of the Chairman, the membership of the Board and the role and conduct of Non-executive Directors. Further information is at sections 5.3.23.5 to 5.3.4.3.8.

 

The Board Governance Document can be found at
www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

TheBoard Governance Document is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

Allocation of decision-making authority

The matters that the Board has specifically reserved for its decision are:

 

appointments to the appointmentposition of the CEO and approval of the appointmentsappointment of direct reportsexecutives reporting directly to the CEO;

 

approval of the overall strategy and annual budgets of the business;Group;

determination of matterscapital and non-capital items in accordance with the approved delegations of authority;

 

formal determinationsdetermination and adoption of documents (including the publication of reports and statements to shareholders) that are required by the Group’s constitutional documents, by statute or by other external regulation or governance codes.

regulation.

The Board is free to alter the matters reserved for its decision, subject to the limitations imposed by the constitutional documents and the law.

Beyond those matters, the Board hasThe CEO is delegated all authority to achieve the corporate objective to the CEO, who takestake all decisions and actions which, inthat further the CEO’s judgement, are reasonable having regardcorporate purpose of creating long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources. This is subject to the limits imposed by the Board.Board on the CEO’s decision-making authority and set out in theBoard Governance Document, and the matters the Board has specifically reserved for its decision, including in the Group’s authorities framework. The CEO remains accountable to the Board for the authority that is delegated and for the performance of the business.Group with the expectation that the CEO works in a constructive partnership with the Board. The Board monitors the decisions and actions of the CEO and the performance of the businessGroup to gain assurance that progress is being made towards the corporate objective,purpose within the limits it has imposed through the

Group’s governance assurance framework. The Board also monitors the performance of the Group and assesses its risk profile through its Committees.committees. Reports from each of the Committeescommittees are set out in section 5.5.3.14.

The CEO is required to report regularly in a spirit of openness and trust on the progress being made by the business.Group. The Board and its Committeescommittees determine the information required from the CEO and any employee or external party, including the External Auditor. Open dialogue between individual members of the Board and the CEO and other employeesmembers of the management team is encouraged to enable Directors to gain a better understanding of our business.the Group.

Key activities duringIndependent advice

The Board and its committees may seek advice from independent experts whenever it is considered appropriate. Individual Directors, with the consent of the Chairman, may seek independent professional advice on any matter connected with the discharge of their responsibilities at the Group’s expense.

Strategic focus and review

Within this framework, at the start of the calendar year, the Board agrees its strategic focus and priorities for the year

A key activity during ahead. This ensures that the year was Board and Committee succession planning and renewal. The Board believes that orderly succession and renewal is in the best interests of the Group. Two new Non-executive Directors, Baroness Shriti Vadera and Lindsay Maxsted, were appointed to the Board on 1 January 2011 and 23 March 2011, respectively. Alan Boeckmann, a Non-executive Director, retired during the year. In addition, and as discussed in further detail in section 5.4.3, a succession process for the Risk and Audit Committee (RAC) Chairman led to the appointment of Lindsay Maxsted to that position in September 2011. The former RAC Chairman, David Crawford, has stepped down from the Committee and, at the requestwork of the Board is standing for re-electionaligned with the corporate purpose and takes into account external factors, such as commodity market developments, and changes to the Board.operating and regulatory environment.

Another significant activity during the year forThe Board also evaluates its activities on a regular basis taking into account:

matters considered by the Board has been governing the Group to support management initiatives to ensure continued supply of resources to meet demand over time. During the year, the Group experienced continued strong demand(including time spent on those matters);

legal and good prices, but also industry wide operating and capital cost pressures. Global economic growth slowed during the second halfgovernance requirements of the 2011 financial year. Global imbalancesBoard and high levels of sovereign debt continue to create uncertainty and a protracted recovery remains our base case assumption for the developed world. However, a coordinated policy response has the potential to engender confidence and ease the volatility that has been the dominant theme of recent years. Despite these near term challenges, we remain positive on the longer-term outlook for the global economy. Within this context, the Board approved a range of business decisions, including:

investments of US$570 million and US$6.6 billion of capital expenditure to underpin continued growth in the Western Australian Iron Ore business;

its committees;

 

an investment of US$2.5 billion in three key metallurgical coal projects located in the Bowen Basin in Central Queensland, Australia;

feedback from shareholders and other stakeholders;

 

the acquisitionoutcomes of all of Chesapeake Energy Corporation’s interests in the Fayetteville Shale, US, for US$4.75 billion;

its evaluation process.

the expanded capital management program of US$10 billion, which included a A$6.0 billion (US$6.3 billion) off-market buy-back of BHP Billiton Limited shares;

the termination of the agreements with Rio Tinto to establish an iron ore production joint venture covering both entities’ Western Australia iron ore assets;

the withdrawal of the Group’s all-cash offer to acquire all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Potash Corporation of Saskatchewan Inc.

The Board is satisfied that it has discharged its obligations as set out in theBoard Governance Document.

5.3.2    MembershipKey activities during the year

BHP Billiton’s strategy to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market remains the foundation for creating shareholder value. At the end of FY2014, the Group had seven major projects and one other project under development with a combined budget of US$14.1 billion. Beyond our current projects in execution, the Board believes that the Group’s diversified portfolio is a point of differentiation and allows us to maintain an internal focus. As we concentrate investment in our major basins, it is expected that fewer projects will pass through our tollgate and prospective investment returns will rise. We believe that an average rate of return of greater than 20 per cent (ungeared, after tax, nominal dollars) is achievable for our favoured development options.

No major growth projects were approved during FY2014. Our commitment to maintain a solid ‘A’ credit rating remains unchanged. Within this context, the Board approved a range of business decisions, including:

the investment of US$1.97 billion (BHP Billiton share) to sustain operations at Escondida in Chile, by constructing a new 2,500 litre per second sea water desalination facility;

the investment of US$2.6 billion, spread over a number of years, to finish the excavation and lining of the Jansen Potash Project production and service shafts, and to continue the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities;

the pricing of a four tranche Global Bond comprising US$500 million Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2016, paying interest at three-month US Dollar LIBOR plus 25 basis points, US$500 million 2.050 per cent Senior Notes due 2018, US$1.5 billion 3.850 per cent Senior Notes due 2023 and US$2.5 billion 5.000 per cent Senior Notes due 2043;

the redemption of all outstanding Petrohawk Energy Corporation Senior Notes due 2014 and 2015 with a total aggregate principal value of approximately US$1.4 billion;

the appointment of Mike Fraser as President, Human Resources, and Tony Cudmore as President, Corporate Affairs, as part of the senior management team following the appointment of Andrew Mackenzie as CEO;

after the year-end, the redemption of all outstanding Petrohawk Energy Corporation Senior Notes due 2018 and 2019 with a total aggregate principal value of approximately US$1.8 billion;

also after the year-end, announcing plans to create an independent global metals and mining company based on a demerger of a selection of the Group’s high-quality aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver assets subject to the receipt of satisfactory third party approvals, final Board approval to proceed and shareholder approval; and

the retirement of Graham Kerr from the GMC with effect from 1 October 2014, his appointment as Chief Executive Officer-designate of the planned demerged company, his replacement as BHP Billiton CFO by Peter Beaven, currently President, Copper and the retirement from the GMC of Karen Wood on 19 August 2014.

Board and committee renewal

Another significant activity during the year was Board and committee succession planning and renewal. The Board believes that orderly succession planning and renewal is in the best interests of the Group. During FY2014, Mr Brinded was appointed to the Board, with effect from 15 April 2014, and subsequently joined the Sustainability Committee. In addition, Carolyn Hewson joined the Remuneration Committee in January 2014. As noted above, David Crawford intends to retire from the Board following the BHP Billiton Limited AGM. He has been appointed as Chairman-designate of the planned demerged company. The Board also intends to appoint Keith Rumble to the demerged company Board.

3.5    Board membership

The Board currently has 12 members.14 members, each of whom must seek re-election by shareholders annually. Of these, 11,13, including the Chairman, are independent Non-executive Directors. The Non-executive Directors are considered by the Board to be independent of management and free from any business relationship or other circumstance that could materially interfere with the exercise of objective, unfettered or independent judgement. Further information on the process for assessing independence is in section 5.3.5.3.10.

DuringIn terms of Non-executive Directors, the year, there were a numberNomination and Governance Committee retains the services of changesexternal recruitment specialists to continue to assist in the compositionidentification of potential candidates for the Board. Shriti Vadera and Lindsay Maxsted joined the Board in January 2011 and March 2011, respectively, and Alan Boeckmann retired from the Board in March 2011.

Following completion of the succession planning process for the Board Chairman in 2010, the Board continued the succession planning process for the Chairman of the RAC. As discussed in section 5.4.3, Lindsay Maxsted was appointed as RAC Chairman in September 2011.

The Board considers that there is an appropriate balance between Executive and Non-executive Directors with a view to promotingpromote shareholder interests and governinggovern the businessCompany effectively. While the Board includes a smaller number of Executive Directors than is common for UK listedUK-listed companies, its composition is appropriate for the Dual Listed CompanyDLC structure and is in line with Australian listedAustralian-listed company practice. In addition, the Board has extensive access to members of senior management. Members of the Group Management Committee (the most senior executives in the Group)management, who frequently attend all the regularly scheduled Board meetings, by invitation, where they make presentations and engage in discussions with Directors, answer questions, and provide input and perspective on their areas of responsibility. The Board, led by the Chairman, also deliberates in the absence of management for partat the beginning and end of each meeting, which is chaired by the Group Chairman.meeting.

The Directors of the Group are:

Mr Jacques Nasser (Chairman)

Mr Marius Kloppers

Mr Malcolm Broomhead

Dr John Buchanan

Mr Carlos Cordeiro

Mr David Crawford

Ms Carolyn Hewson

Mr Lindsay Maxsted

Mr Wayne Murdy

Mr Keith Rumble

Dr John Schubert

Baroness Shriti Vadera

Thealong with their biographical details of the Directors are set out in section 4.1 of this Annual Report.3.2.1.

5.3.3    Skills, knowledge, experience and attributes of Directors

The Board considers that a diversity of skills, backgrounds, knowledge, experience and gender is required in order to effectively govern the business. The Board and its Committees actively work to ensure that the Executive and Non-executive Directors continue to have the right balance of skills, experience, independence and Group knowledge necessary to discharge their responsibilities in accordance with the highest standards of governance.

The Non-executive Directors contribute international and operational experience; understanding of the sectors in which we operate; knowledge of world capital markets; and an understanding of the health, safety, environmental and community challenges that we face. The Executive Director brings additional perspectives to the Board’s work through a deep understanding of the Group’s business. The Board works together as a whole to oversee strategy for the Group and monitor pursuit of the corporate objective.

Directors must demonstrate unquestioned honesty and integrity, preparedness to question, challenge and critique, and a willingness to understand and commit to the highest standards of governance. Each Director must ensure that no decision or action is taken that places his or her interests in front of the interests of the business.

It is made clear in the Terms of Appointment that Directors must be prepared to commit sufficient time and resources to perform the role effectively. (Section 5.3.7 provides further information on the Director Terms of Appointment.) The Nomination Committee takes account of the other positions held by each potential Director candidate and assesses whether they will have adequate time to devote to the Board prior to making a recommendation to the Board on whether to appoint them as a Director.

Directors commit to the collective decision-making processes of the Board. Individual Directors debate issues openly and constructively and are free to question or challenge the opinions of others. Directors also commit to active involvement in Board decisions, the application of strategic thought to matters in issue and are prepared to question, challenge and critique. Directors are clear communicators and good listeners who actively contribute to the Board in a collegial manner.

The Nomination Committee assists the Board in ensuring that the Board is comprised of high-calibre individuals whose background, skills, experience and personal characteristics will augment the present Board and meet its future needs and diversity aspirations.

Diversity on the Board

Corporate governance reviews have highlighted that there is a continuing lack of diversity amongst experienced Director candidates in Australia, the UK and the US. The Board reviewed its existing practices during the year, including how the Board and the Nomination Committee have taken into account diversity criteria, including gender, nationality and geography, as part of a Director candidate’s general background and experience. The review included an assessment of the Board Committees’ Terms of Reference, and resulted in amendments to the Terms of Reference of the Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee to formalise diversity considerations. The Board has set an aspirational goal of increasing the number of female Directors to at least three over the next two years (which, if achieved, would see the proportion of women on the Board increase from 17 per cent currently to 25 per cent, based on a Board size of 12). Further information in relation to how diversity is being addressed within the broader Group is contained in section 5.8.

Group and industry knowledge

In order to govern the Group effectively, Non-executive Directors must have a clear understanding of the Group’s overall strategy, together with knowledge about the Group and the industries in which it operates. Non-executive Directors must be sufficiently familiar with the Group’s core business to be effective contributors to the development of strategy and to monitor performance.

Structured opportunities are provided to build Director knowledge through initiatives such as regular periodic visits to BHP Billiton sites. Non-executive Directors also build their Group and industry knowledge through the involvement of the Group Management Committee (GMC) and other senior employees in Board meetings and specific business briefings. In addition, while the Business Group Risk and Audit Committees (Business Group RACs) are management committees, and therefore do not entail any delegation of responsibility from the Board’s RAC, the Board believes that the link back to the Board RAC facilitates a deeper understanding of risk management and assurance issues throughout the Group. Further information on the Business Group RACs is at section 5.5.1 and further information on induction and training of Non-executive Directors is at section 5.3.8.

Director skills and experience

The Board believes that a mix of skills and a breadth of experience is important to ensure that the Board and its Committees function cohesively as a whole and effectively lead the Group. The Nomination Committee has a formal process by which it assesses the overall skills and experience required on the Board, which involves having regard to the direction of the Group and the diversity aspirations of the Board, and works with the Board to ensure that it has the appropriate mix of skills and experience to meet the future needs of the business. Further information on the Nomination Committee’s process is at 5.5.3.

In addition, Directors have an individual development plan to provide a personalised approach to updating industry knowledge in particular (discussed further in sections 5.3.8 and 5.4.1).

The following table sets out some of the key skills of the Directors and the extent to which they are represented on the Board and its Committees. In addition to the skills and experience indicators set out in the table, theBoard Governance Document provides that each Director must have the following skills, attributes and experience: unquestioned honesty and integrity; a proven track record of creating value for shareholders; time available to undertake the responsibilities; an ability to apply strategic thought to matters in issue; a preparedness to question, challenge and critique; and a willingness to understand and commit to the highest standards of governance. The Board considers that each Director has the skills, attributes and experience required by theBoard Governance Document.

Skills and experience

BoardRisk and AuditNominationRemunerationSustainability

Managing and leading

Sustainable success in business at a very senior level in a successful career.11 Directors3 Directors3 Directors3 Directors3 Directors

Global experience

Senior management or equivalent experience in multiple global locations, exposed to a range of political, cultural, regulatory and business environments.12 Directors4 Directors3 Directors3 Directors3 Directors

Governance

Commitment to the highest standards of governance, including experience with a major organisation, which is subject to rigorous governance standards and an ability to assess the effectiveness of senior management.12 Directors4 Directors3 Directors3 Directors3 Directors

Skills and experience

BoardRisk and AuditNominationRemunerationSustainability

Strategy

Track record of developing and implementing a successful strategy, including appropriately probing and challenging management on the delivery of agreed strategic planning objectives.12 Directors4 Directors3 Directors3 Directors3 Directors

Financial acumen

Senior executive or equivalent experience in financial accounting and reporting, corporate finance and internal financial controls including an ability to probe the adequacies of financial and risk controls.12 Directors4 Directors3 Directors3 Directors3 Directors

Capital projects

Experience working in an industry with projects involving large-scale capital outlays and long-term investment horizons.10 Directors3 Directors3 Directors2 Directors3 Directors

Health, safety and environment

Experience related to workplace health and safety, environmental and social responsibility, and community.11 Directors4 Directors3 Directors2 Directors3 Directors

Remuneration

Board remuneration committee membership or management experience in relation to remuneration, including incentive programs and pensions/ superannuation and the legislation and contractual framework governing remuneration.12 Directors4 Directors3 Directors3 Directors3 Directors

Mining

Senior executive experience in a large mining organisation combined with an understanding of the Group’s corporate objective to create long term-value for shareholders through the discovery, development and conversion of natural resources.4 Directors1 Director0 Directors0 Directors2 Directors

Oil and gas

Senior executive experience in the oil and gas industry including in depth knowledge of the Group’s strategy, markets, competitors, operational issues, technology and regulatory concerns.4 Directors1 Director2 Directors2 Directors1 Director

Skills and experience

BoardRisk and AuditNominationRemunerationSustainability

Marketing

Senior executive experience in marketing and a detailed understanding of the Group’s corporate objective to create long-term value for shareholders through the provision of innovative customer and market-focused solutions.10 Directors3 Directors3 Directors3 Directors3 Directors

Public policy

Experience in public and regulatory policy, including how it affects corporations.12 Directors4 Directors3 Directors3 Directors3 Directors

Total Directors12 Directors4 Directors3 Directors3 Directors3 Directors

LOGO

LOGO

5.3.43.6    Chairman

The Chairman, of the Group is responsible for leading the Board and ensuring that it is operating to the highest governance standards. The Chairman is charged with building an effective, high performing and collegial team of Directors and ensuring that they operate effectively as a Board.

The Chairman, JacquesJac Nasser, is considered by the Board to be independent. He was appointed Chairman of the Group from 31 March 2010 and has been a Non-executive Director of the Group since 6 June 2006. Mr Nasser was last re-elected at the 2010 Annual General Meetings2013 AGMs and, in accordance with the Group’s policy that each Director stand for election annually, will stand for re-election in 2011.2014.

The Chairman’s role includes:

 

leading the Board and ensuring that it is operating to the principleshighest governance standards;

encouraging a culture of openness and processesdebate to foster a high-performing and collegial team of Directors that operates effectively;

ensuring strategic issues, relevant stakeholder and shareholder views are regularly reviewed, clearly understood and underpin the work of the Board;

facilitating the relationship between the Board are maintained, includingand the CEO;

ensuring the provision of accurate, timely and clear information;

 

encouraging debate and constructive criticism;

setting agendas for meetings of the Board, in conjunctionconsultation with the CEO and Group Company Secretary, that focus on the strategic direction and performance of ourthe Group’s business;

 

ensuring that adequate time is available for discussion on strategic issues;

all agenda items;

 

leading the Board and individual Director performance assessments;

speaking and acting for the Board and representing the Board to shareholders;

presenting shareholders’ views to the Board;

facilitating the relationship between the Board and the CEO.

shareholders.

The Board considers that none of Mr Nasser’s other commitments (set out in section 4.1 of this Annual Report)3.2.1) interfere with the discharge of his responsibilities to the Group. The Board is satisfied that he makes sufficient time available to serve the Group effectively.

The Group does not have a Deputy Chairman, but has identified John Schubert to act as Chairman should the need arise at short notice.

3.7    Senior Independent Director

The Board has appointed Sir John Buchanan isas the Senior Independent Director forof BHP Billiton Plc.Plc in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. Sir John is available to shareholders who have concerns that cannot be addressed through the Chairman, CEO or CFO. As Senior Independent Director, he also provides a sounding board for the Chairman and serves as an intermediary for other Directors if necessary.

5.3.53.8    Director skills, experience and attributes

Skills, experience and attributes required

The Board considers that a diversity of skills, backgrounds, knowledge, experience, geographic location, nationalities and gender is required in order to effectively govern the business. The Board and its Nomination and Governance Committee work to ensure that the Board continues to have the right balance of skills, experience, independence and Group knowledge necessary to discharge its responsibilities in accordance with the highest standards of governance.

In order to govern the Group effectively, Non-executive Directors must have a clear understanding of the Group’s overall strategy, together with knowledge about the Group and the industries in which it operates. Non-executive Directors must be sufficiently familiar with the Group’s core business to be effective contributors to

the development of strategy and to monitor performance. Part of the required understanding of strategy and the core business is the requirement to understand the risks that the Group faces and the processes in place to mitigate and manage those risks. We operate in an uncertain external environment, and the Group is exposed to many material risks across its operations, including some that are systemic such as financial risks and climate change. All those risks are factored into the Board’s approach to strategy and its assessment of an optimised portfolio. The risk management governance structure is set out in section 3.15.

TheBoard Governance Document requires that Directors demonstrate unquestioned honesty and integrity, preparedness to question, challenge and critique, and a willingness to understand and commit to the highest standards of governance. Directors must commit to the collective decision-making processes of the Board. Individual Directors are required to debate issues openly and constructively, and are free to question or challenge the opinions of others. Directors must also commit to active involvement in Board decisions and the application of strategic thought to matters in issue. Directors must be clear communicators and good listeners who actively contribute to the Board in a collegial manner. Each Director must ensure that no decision or action is taken that places his or her interests in front of the interests of the Company.

Directors must be prepared to commit sufficient time and resources to perform their role effectively. The Nomination and Governance Committee takes account of the other positions held by each potential Director candidate. It assesses whether they will have adequate time to devote to the Board, prior to making a recommendation to the Board on whether to appoint them as a Director. In addition, Directors are required to consult with the Chairman before accepting any additional commitments that could conflict with or impact on the time Directors can devote to their role.

The Nomination and Governance Committee is required to assist the Board in ensuring that the Board is comprised of high-calibre individuals whose background, skills, experience and personal characteristics will augment the present Board and meet its future needs and diversity aspirations.

Current Board profile

The following table sets out the key skills and experience of the Directors and the extent to which they are represented on the Board and its committees. As a Board, the Non-executive Directors contribute:

international business and senior executive experience;

relevant operating experience;

understanding of the sectors in which we operate;

knowledge of world capital markets;

regulatory and government policy experience;

an understanding of the health, safety, environmental and community challenges that we face;

experience of managing in the context of uncertainty, and an understanding of the risk environment of the Group, and the potential for risk to impact our health and safety, environment, community, reputation, regulatory, market and financial performance.

The Executive Director brings additional perspectives to the Board’s work through a deep understanding of the Group’s business.

In addition to the skills and experience set out in the table, the Board considers that each Director has the following attributes:

unquestioned honesty and integrity;

a proven track record of creating value for shareholders;

time available to undertake the responsibilities;

an ability to apply strategic thought to matters in issue;

an ability to consider materiality and risk tolerance as key considerations in decision-making;

a preparedness to question, challenge and critique;

a willingness to understand and commit to the highest standards of governance.

Skills and experience

BoardRisk and
Audit
Nomination
and
Governance
RemunerationSustainabilityFinance

Total Directors

14 Directors4 Directors3 Directors5 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Executive leadership

Sustainable success in business at a very senior executive level in a successful career.13 Directors3 Directors3 Directors4 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Global experience

Senior management or equivalent experience in multiple global locations, exposed to a range of political, cultural, regulatory and business environments.14 Directors4 Directors3 Directors5 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Governance

Commitment to the highest standards of governance, including experience with a major organisation that is subject to rigorous governance standards, and an ability to assess the effectiveness of senior management.14 Directors4 Directors3 Directors5 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Strategy / Risk

Track record of developing and implementing a successful strategy, including appropriately probing and challenging management on the delivery of agreed strategic planning objectives. Track record in developing an asset or business portfolio over the long term that remains resilient to systemic risk.14 Directors4 Directors3 Directors5 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Skills and experience

BoardRisk and
Audit
Nomination
and
Governance
RemunerationSustainabilityFinance

Financial acumen

Senior executive or equivalent experience in financial accounting and reporting, corporate finance and internal financial controls, including an ability to probe the adequacies of financial and risk controls.14 Directors4 Directors3 Directors5 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Capital projects

Experience working in an industry with projects involving large-scale capital outlays and long-term investment horizons.12 Directors3 Directors3 Directors3 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Health, safety and environment

Experience related to workplace health and safety, environmental and social responsibility, and community.13 Directors4 Directors3 Directors4 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Remuneration

Board Remuneration Committee membership or management experience in relation to remuneration, including incentive programs and pensions/superannuation and the legislation and contractual framework governing remuneration.14 Directors4 Directors3 Directors5 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Mining

Senior executive experience in a large mining organisation combined with an understanding of the Group’s corporate purpose to create long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources.5 Directors1 Director0 Directors1 Director2 Directors2 Directors

Skills and experience

BoardRisk and
Audit
Nomination
and
Governance
RemunerationSustainabilityFinance

Oil and gas

Senior executive experience in the oil and gas industry, including in-depth knowledge of the Group’s strategy, markets, competitors, operational issues, technology and regulatory concerns.6 Directors1 Director2 Directors3 Directors2 Directors1 Director

Marketing

Senior executive experience in marketing and a detailed understanding of the Group’s corporate purpose to create long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources.12 Directors2 Directors3 Directors4 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Public policy

Experience in public and regulatory policy, including how it affects corporations.14 Directors4 Directors3 Directors5 Directors4 Directors4 Directors

Renewal

The Board plans for its own succession, with the assistance of the Nomination and Governance Committee. In doing this, the Board:

considers the skills, backgrounds, knowledge, experience and diversity of geographic location, nationality and gender necessary to allow it to meet the corporate purpose;

assesses the skills, backgrounds, knowledge, experience and diversity currently represented;

identifies any inadequate representation of those attributes and agrees the process necessary to ensure a candidate is selected who brings them to the Board;

reviews how Board performance might be enhanced, both at an individual Director level and for the Board as a whole.

The Board believes that orderly succession and renewal is achieved as a result of careful planning, where the appropriate composition of the Board is continually under review.

When considering new appointments to the Board, the Nomination and Governance Committee oversees the preparation of a position specification that is provided to an independent recruitment organisation retained to conduct a global search. Independent search firms are instructed to consider a wide range of candidates, including taking into account geographic location, nationality and gender. In addition to the specific skills, knowledge and experience deemed necessary, the specification contains the criteria required by theBoard Governance Document.

The Board has adopted a letter of appointment that contains the terms on which Non-executive Directors will be appointed, including the basis upon which they will be indemnified. The letter of appointment clearly defines the role of Directors, including the expectations in terms of independence, participation, time commitment and continuous improvement. In summary, Directors are expected to constructively challenge; set the values and standards of the Group; monitor the performance of management and of the Group; satisfy themselves as to the adequacy and integrity of the Financial Statements; and satisfy themselves that the systems for the identification and management of risks are robust and appropriate. Directors are also expected to commit sufficient time to carry out their role and to participate in continuous improvement programs and internal reviews to support ongoing development. The letter of appointment also makes it clear that Directors are required to disclose circumstances that may affect, or be perceived to affect, their ability to exercise independent judgement so that the Board can assess independence on a regular basis.

A copy of the terms of appointment is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

Diversity

The Board is committed to ensuring gender diversity is actively pursued and implemented in terms of current and future Board composition. Diversity is a core consideration in ensuring that the Board and its committees have the right balance of skills, experience, independence and Group knowledge necessary to discharge their responsibilities. The right blend of perspectives is critical to ensuring the Board oversees BHP Billiton effectively for shareholders.

In 2011, the Board outlined its aspirational goal of increasing the number of women on the Board to at least three, having appointed Carolyn Hewson and Baroness Shriti Vadera in 2010 and 2011, respectively. The Board remains committed to this goal, and continues to work towards it in a structured manner, looking out over a five-year period. We have used this structured approach now for several years and it provides a robust framework to consider what the Board requires over time, including diversity of gender, background, geography, skills, knowledge and experience.

For the past two years, two executive search firms, JCA Group and Heidrick & Struggles, have produced all-women short lists focused on the United Kingdom, Europe and the United States, which are continually refreshed. The two lists – combined with our skills and experience profile five-year matrix – ensure we maximise the number of female candidates we talk with and consider for appointment. Short-listed candidates are considered by the Nomination and Governance Committee, and during FY2014, the Chairman met regularly with potential female candidates who have a range of backgrounds.

While we are making good progress, our goal is unlikely to be achieved until the end of 2015. Our immediate business imperative in FY2014 has been to appoint an additional Director with skills and experience in the upstream oil and gas sector. The candidate search actively considered both potential female candidates and other diversity considerations, including background, experience and culture. Former Royal Dutch Shell Director, Malcolm Brinded, was appointed to the Board in 2014, bringing specific oil and gas sector experience. The Board also considers that it is important to continue to develop the potential of women at all levels of the Company, and part of the Board’s role is to consider and approve the Group’s measurable objectives, and oversee the Group’s progress towards these objectives. Further information, in relation to the initiatives in place to address diversity across the broader Group, and the impact they are having, is contained in section 1.13.

Board skills, experience and diversity

LOGO

Note: Percentages in the diagram reflect the number of Directors represented in each category.

3.9    Director induction, training and development

The Board considers that the development of industry and Group knowledge is a continuous and ongoing process.

Upon appointment, each new Non-executive Director undertakes an induction program specifically tailored to their needs.

A copy of an indicative induction program is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

BHP Billiton’s long-stated strategy is to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market. The Board’s development activity reflects this diversification through the provision of regular updates to Directors on each of the Group’s commodities, geographies and markets.

Non-executive Directors also participate in continuous improvement programs, in accordance with their terms of appointment. Programs are designed to maximise the effectiveness of the Directors throughout their tenure and link in with their individual Director performance evaluations. The Training and Development Program covers a range of matters of a business nature, including environmental, social and governance matters.

Structured opportunities are provided to build knowledge through initiatives such as visits to BHP Billiton sites and briefings provided at Board meetings. Non-executive Directors also build their Group and industry knowledge through the involvement of the GMC and other senior Group employees in Board meetings.

Briefings, site visits and development sessions underpin and support the Board’s work in monitoring and overseeing progress towards the corporate purpose. We therefore continuously build Directors’ knowledge to ensure the Board remains up to date with developments within our Businesses, as well as developments in the markets in which we operate.

During the year, Non-executive Directors participated in the following activities:

briefings intended to provide each Director with a deeper understanding of the activities, environment and key issues and direction of the Businesses. These briefings are provided to the Board by senior executives, including GMC members and other team members with operational and non-operational responsibilities. They are comprehensive briefings on the commodities, assets and markets in which we operate, including HSEC, and public policy considerations. The briefings provided during FY2014 covered petroleum (conventional and non-conventional), copper, coal and marketing. When these briefings were combined with a site visit, they took place on-site, otherwise they took place at Board meetings where the relevant executives joined Directors;

development sessions on specific topics of relevance, such as climate change, commodity markets, world economy, changes in corporate governance standards, Directors’ duties and shareholder feedback. In relation to climate change the Board spent time, along with its committees, considering systemic climate change considerations relating to the resilience of, and opportunities for, the Group’s portfolio and receiving reports on scenarios and sign posts, which point to longer-term directional change and considering actions to manage the implications of climate change;

visits to Khutala Colliery, BECSA, South Africa; Hillside and Bayside, aluminium smelters, South Africa; Worsley, alumina refinery, Australia; and Houston, Petroleum, including briefings on the assets and other relevant issues, and meetings with key personnel;

addresses by external speakers, who are generally experts in their field.

These sessions and site visits provide not only an update on the main Businesses and assets, but also allow an opportunity to discuss, in detail, the changing risk environment and the potential for impacts on the achievement of our corporate purpose and business plans. More detail on the management of principal risks is set out in sections 1.7.3 and 3.15. Director involvement and continuous development through site visits, Business Risk and Audit Committee (Business RAC) meetings and on-site briefings are summarised in the following map.

Business RAC meetings take place twice yearly as part of our financial governance framework. Directors who are members of the Board’s Risk and Audit Committee chair the Business RAC meetings. Further information on Business RACs is at section 3.14.1.

Director site visits, on-site briefings and Business RAC meetings 2012-2014

LOGO

The Nomination and Governance Committee oversees the Directors’ Training and Development Program, and, as part of the yearly review process, the Chairman discusses development areas with each Director. Board committees in turn review and agree their training needs. The benefit of this approach is that induction and learning opportunities can be tailored to Directors’ committee memberships, as well as the Board’s specific areas of focus. In addition, this approach ensures a coordinated process in relation to succession planning, Board renewal, training and development and committee composition, which are all relevant to the Nomination and Governance Committee’s role in securing the supply of talent to the Board.

In addition, each Board committee provides a standing invitation for any Non-executive Director to attend committee meetings (rather than just limiting attendance to committee members). Committee agendas are provided to all Directors to ensure that Directors are aware of matters to be considered by the committees, and can elect to attend meetings where appropriate.

3.10    Independence

The Board is committed to ensuring a majority of Directors are independent. The Board considers that all the current Non-executive Directors, including the Chairman, are independent.

Process to determine independence

The Board has a policy that it uses to determine the independence of its Directors. This determination is carried out upon appointment, annually and at any other time where the circumstances of a Director change such as to warrant reconsideration.

 

A copy of the Policy on Independence of Directors is available at
www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

The policy provides thaton Independence of Directors is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

Under the test of independencepolicy, an ‘independent’ Director is whether the Directorone who is: ‘independent of management and any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with the exercise of objective, unfettered or independent judgement by the Director or the Director’s ability to act in the best interests of the BHP Billiton Group’.

Where a Director is considered by the Board to be independent, but is affected by circumstances that appear relevant to the Board’s assessment of independence, the Board has undertaken to explain the reasons why it reached its conclusion. In applying the independence test, the Board considers relationships with management, major shareholders, subsidiary and associated companies and other parties with whom the Group transacts business against predetermined materiality thresholds, all of which are set out in the policy. A summary of the factors that may be perceived to impact the independence of certain Directors is set out below.

Tenure

TwoDuring the year under review, four Directors, David Crawford, and John Schubert, Sir John Buchanan and Carlos Cordeiro, have each served on the Board for more than nine years from the date of their first election. Bothyears. Dr Schubert, Sir John and Mr Crawford and Dr SchubertCordeiro are standing for re-election at the 2011 Annual General Meetings,2014 AGMs, having each undergone a formal performance assessment. AlthoughAs noted above, Mr Crawford will retire from the BHP Billiton Board following the BHP Billiton Limited AGM in November 2014.

Dr Schubert was first appointedelected to the Board of BHP Limited in 2000. The Board in 1994,is of the Board considersview that he makesDr Schubert continues to make a significantvaluable contribution through his role as Chairman of the Sustainability Committee, his roles on the Remuneration and Nomination and Governance Committees, as well as to the work of the Board more broadly. Dr Schubert’s extensive experience as an executive, particularly in the international oil industry, and that his deep knowledgesubsequently as a public company director across multiple industries, adds significantly to the skills and expertise of the GroupBoard.

Sir John was first appointed to the Board (and as Senior Independent Director) in February 2003. The Board believes that he continues to act independently in the best interests of the Group. His expertise and broad international experience materially enhance the skills and experience profile of the Board and he continues to make a substantial contribution in his roles, as a member of the Board, Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, a member of the Nomination and Governance Committee and as Senior Independent Director.

Mr Cordeiro was first appointed to the Board in February 2005. The Board is particularly important atof the view that Mr Cordeiro continues to make a time when almost halfvaluable contribution through his role on the Non-executive Directors have between zeroRemuneration Committee as well as to three years tenure. the work of the Board. The Board believes that he continues to act independently in the best interests of the Group.

The Board does not believe that either Mr Crawford’s, or Dr Schubert’s, Sir John’s or Mr Cordeiro’s tenure materially interferes with their ability to act in the best interests of the Group. The Board also believes that each of them has retained independence of character and judgement and has not formed associations with management (or others) that might compromise their ability to exercise independent judgement or act in the best interests of the Group.

Retirement plan

As former Directors of BHP Limited, Davidprior to the merger with Billiton Plc, which formed the Group in 2001, Mr Crawford and JohnDr Schubert participated in a retirement plan approved by shareholders in 1989. The plan was closed on 24 October 2003 and benefits2003. Benefits accrued to that date,

together with interest earned on the benefits, have been preserved and will be paid on retirement. The Board does not believe that the independence of any participating Director is compromised as a result of this plan.

Relationships and associations

Lindsay Maxsted was the Chief Executive OfficerCEO of KPMG in Australia from January 2001 until December 2007. The Board considers that this prior relationship with KPMG does not materially interfere with Mr Maxsted’s exercise of objective, unfettered or

independent judgement, or his ability to act in the best interests of the BHP Billiton Group, andGroup. The Board has determined, consistent with its policy on the independence of Directors, that Mr Maxsted is independent. The Board notes in particular that:

 

Atat the time of his appointment to the Board, more than three years had elapsed since Mr Maxsted’s retirement from KPMG. The Director independence rules and guidelines that apply to the Group – which are a combination of Australian, UK and US rules and guidelines – all use three years as the benchmark ‘cooling off’ period for former audit firm partners;

 

Mr Maxsted has no financial (eg.(e.g. pension, retainer or advisory fee) or consulting arrangements with KPMG;

 

Mr Maxsted haswas not been part of the KPMG audit practice sinceafter 1980 and, haswhile at KPMG, was not been in any way involved in, or able to influence, any audit activity associated with BHP Billiton.

The Board considers Mr Maxsted’s financial acumen and extensive experience in the corporate restructuring field to be important in the discharge of the Board’s responsibilities. Accordingly, hisHis membership of the Board and Chairmanship of the RAC are considered by the Board to be appropriate and desirable.

DavidMr Crawford was a partner of KPMG in Australia until his retirement in June 2001; however, he2001. He has had no commercial relationship with KPMG since that time and the Board does not consider Mr Crawford’s independence to be compromised as a result of this relationshipassociation that ended more than 1013 years ago.

Some of the Directors hold or previously held positions in companies with which we have commercial relationships. Those positions and companies are set out in the Director profiles in section 4.1 of this Annual Report.3.2.1. The Board has assessed all of the relationships between the Group and companies in which Directors hold or held positions and has concluded that in all cases the relationships do not interfere with the Directors’ exercise of objective, unfettered or independent judgement or their ability to act in the best interests of our business.the Group.

A specific instance is Malcolm Broomhead, who, until 29 July 2013, was a Non-executive Director of Coates Group Holdings Pty Limited, a company with which BHP Billiton has commercial dealings. Coates Group provides equipment hire to the mining and resources industry, among others. Prior to and since the appointment of Mr Broomhead as a Director of BHP Billiton, the Board has assessed the relationship between BHP Billiton and Coates Group and remained satisfied that Mr Broomhead was able to apply objective, unfettered and independent judgement and act in the best interests of BHP Billiton. In addition, no commercial dealings with Coates Group were discussed at Board or Board committee level.

A second instance is Mr Crawford, who is an Advisory Board member for the commercial law firm Allens, which advises BHP Billiton on specific matters from time to time, but is not one of BHP Billiton’s relationship law firms. Mr Crawford’s role is as a member of the Advisory Board, a wholly advisory body that does not have decision-making authority for Allens. The Board has assessed the relationship and remains satisfied that Mr Crawford is independent in mind and judgement and is able to apply objective, unfettered and independent judgement and act in the best interests of BHP Billiton. In addition, the allocation of business to Allens was not discussed at Board or Board committee level, and to the extent it is in the future, Mr Crawford will absent himself fully from those deliberations.

A third instance is Malcolm Brinded who is a former executive Director of Royal Dutch Shell Plc, which is a material customer of the BHP Billiton Group. Mr Brinded stepped down from the Board of Shell on 1 April 2012 and left Shell group employment on 30 April 2012. Prior to and since the appointment of Mr Brinded as a Director of BHP Billiton, the Board has assessed the relationship between BHP Billiton and Shell group and remains satisfied that Mr Brinded is able to apply objective, unfettered and independent judgement and act in the best interests of BHP Billiton.

Transactions during the year that amounted to related-party transactions with Directors or Director-related entities under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) are outlined in note 30 ‘Key Management Personnel’31 to the financial statements.Financial Statements.

Carolyn Hewson and Lindsay Maxsted are both Directors and currently Audit, Risk Management and Nomination Committee members of Westpac Banking Corporation. Mr Maxsted is Chairman-elect of Westpac and is scheduled to become Westpac’s Chairman in December 2011. The Board has assessed this cross directorship and concluded that it does not interfere with the Directors’ exercise of objective, unfettered or independent judgement or the Directors’ ability to act in the Group’s best interests.

Executive Director

The Executive Director, Marius Kloppers,Andrew Mackenzie, is not considered independent because of his executive responsibilities. Mr KloppersMackenzie does not hold directorships in any other company included in the ASX 100 or FTSE 100.

Conflicts of interest

The UK Companies Act requires that BHP Billiton Directors avoid a situation where they have, or can have, an unauthorised direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the Company’s interests.interests, unless approved by non-interested Directors. In accordance with the UK Companies Act, BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association were amended at the 2008 Annual General Meetings to allow the Directors to authorise conflicts and potential conflicts where appropriate. A procedure operates to ensure the disclosure of conflicts and for the consideration and, if appropriate, the authorisation of them by non-conflicted Directors. The Nomination and Governance Committee supports the Board in this process, both by reviewing requests from Directors for authorisation of situations of actual or potential conflict and making recommendations to the Board, and by regularly reviewing any situations of actual or potential conflict that have previously been authorised by the Board, and making recommendations regarding whether the authorisation remains appropriate. In addition, in accordance with Australian law, if a situation arises for consideration in which a Director has a material personal interest, the affected Director takes no part in decision-making.

5.3.6    Senior Independent Director

The3.11    Board has appointed John Buchanan as the Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. Dr Buchanan is available to shareholders who have concerns that cannot be addressed through the Chairman, CEO or CFO. Dr Buchanan, as Senior Independent Director, also provides a sounding board for the Chairman and serves as an intermediary for other Directors if necessary.

5.3.7    Terms of appointment

The Board has adopted a letter of appointment that contains the terms on which Non-executive Directors will be appointed, including the basis upon which they will be indemnified. The letter of appointment clearly defines the role of Directors, including the expectations in terms of independence, participation, time commitment and continuous improvement. In summary, Directors are expected to constructively challenge; set values and standards of the Group; monitor the performance of management; satisfy themselves as to the adequacy and integrity of financial statements; and satisfy themselves that the systems for the identification and management of risks are robust and appropriate. Directors are also expected to commit sufficient time to carry out their role and to participate in continuous improvement programs and internal review to support ongoing development. The letter of appointment also makes it clear that Directors are required to disclose circumstances that may affect, or be perceived to affect, their ability to exercise independent judgement so that the Board can assess independence on a regular basis.

A copy of the terms of appointment is available at
www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

5.3.8    Induction and training

The Board considers that the development of Group and industry knowledge is a continuous and ongoing process.

Upon appointment, each new Non-executive Director undertakes an induction program specifically tailored to their needs.

A copy of an indicative induction program is available at
www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

Non-executive Directors undertake to participate in continuous improvement programs, as required by their terms of appointment.

Structured opportunities for improvement are provided to continuously build a Director’s knowledge. During the year, Non-executive Directors participated in development activities, including:

business briefings intended to provide each Director with a deeper understanding of the activities, environment and key issues and direction of CSGs;

development sessions on specific topics of relevance, such as climate change, commodity markets and changes in corporate governance standards;

visits to key sites;

addresses by external speakers, who are generally experts in their field.

In addition, each Non-executive Director has an individual development plan in order to provide a personalised approach to updating the Director’s skills and knowledge. The program is designed to maximise the effectiveness of the Directors throughout their tenure and links in with their individual performance reviews (discussed further in section 5.4.1). The training and development program covers not only matters of a business nature, but also matters falling into the environmental, social and governance (ESG) area.

The Nomination Committee has oversight of the Directors’ Training and Development Program. The benefit of this approach is that induction and learning opportunities can be tailored to Directors’ Committee memberships and that the process in relation to Committee composition, succession and training and development is coordinated to ensure a link with the Nomination Committee’s role in securing the supply of talent to the Board.

5.3.9    Independent advice

The Board and its Committees may seek advice from independent experts whenever it is considered appropriate. Individual Directors, with the consent of the Chairman, may seek independent professional advice on any matter connected with the discharge of their responsibilities, at the Group’s expense.

5.3.10    Remuneration

Details of our remuneration policies and practices and the remuneration paid to the Directors (Executive and Non-executive) and members of the GMC are set out in the Remuneration Report in section 6 of this Annual Report. Shareholders will be invited to consider and to approve the Remuneration Report at the 2011 Annual General Meetings.

5.3.11    Share ownership

Non-executive Directors have agreed to apply at least 25 per cent of their remuneration to the purchase of BHP Billiton shares until they achieve a shareholding equivalent in value to one year’s remuneration. Thereafter, they must maintain at least that level of shareholding throughout their tenure. All dealings by Directors are subject to the Group’s Securities Dealing document and are reported to the Board and to the stock exchanges.

Information on our policy governing the use of hedge arrangements over shares in BHP Billiton by both Directors and members of the GMC is set out in section 6.3 of this Annual Report.

Details of the shares held by Directors are set out in section 7.20 of this Annual Report.

5.3.12    Meetings

The Board meets as often as necessary to fulfil its role. Directors are required to allocate sufficient time to the Group to perform their responsibilities effectively, including adequate time to prepare for Board meetings. During the reporting year the Board met 10 times, with six of those meetings being held in Australia, three in the

UK and one in the US. Generally, meetings run over three days (includes Committee meetings). The Non-executive Directors meet during each Board meeting in the absence of the Executive Director and management and the session is chaired by the Group Chairman. Attendance by Directors at Board and Board Committee meetings is set out in the table in section 5.4.1.

Members of the GMC and other members of senior management attended meetings of the Board by invitation. Senior managers delivered presentations on the status and performance of our businesses and matters reserved for the Board, including the approval of budgets, annual financial statements and business strategy.

5.3.13    Company Secretaries

Jane McAloon is the Group Company Secretary. Ms McAloon’s qualifications and experience are set out in section 4.1. The Group Company Secretary is responsible for developing and maintaining the information systems and processes that enable the Board to fulfil its role. The Group Company Secretary is also responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures are complied with and advising the Board on governance matters. All Directors have access to the Group Company Secretary for advice and services. Independent advisory services are retained by the Group Company Secretary at the request of the Board or Board Committees. Ms McAloon is supported by Elisabeth Joyner, who was appointed in March 2011 as Deputy Company Secretary of BHP Billiton Limited, and Elizabeth Hobley and Geof Stapledon, who are Deputy Company Secretaries of BHP Billiton Plc. The Board appoints and removes the Company Secretaries.

5.4    Board of Directors – Review, re-election and renewalevaluation

5.4.1    Review

The Board is committed to transparency in determining Board membership and in assessing the performance of Directors. The Board assessesevaluates its performance through a combination of both internal peer review and externally facilitated evaluation.assessments. Contemporary performance measures are considered an important part of this process. Directors’ performance is also measured against their individual development plans (see section 5.3.8).plans.

The Board conducts regular evaluations of its performance, the performance of its Committees,committees, the Chairman, individual Directors and the governance processes that support the Board’s work. The Board evaluation process comprises both assessment and review, as summarised in the diagram below. This includes analysis of how the Board and its Directors are functioning, the time spent by the Board considering matters and whether the Termsterms of Referencereference of the Board Committeescommittees have been met, as well as compliance with theBoard Governance Document.

In addition, the evaluation considers the balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge of the Company and the Board, its overall diversity, including gender, and how the Board works together as a unit.

The evaluationassessment of the Board’s performance is conducted by focusing on individual Directors and Board Committeescommittees in one year and the Board as a whole in the following year. Our approach has been to conduct an externally facilitated review of the Board of Directors and committees at least every two years. As described in last year’s Annual Report, the FY2013 Board assessment was internally rather than externally facilitated. This was to provide an opportunity for the new management structure to become sufficiently established for a meaningful review, while also adhering to our commitment of continuous improvement. We therefore conducted an external assessment of the Board during FY2014, as set out in more detail below.

In addition, each year the Board, with the assistance of the Nomination and Governance Committee, conducts evaluationsa review of the performance of Directors retiring andeach Director seeking re-election and uses the results of the evaluationthat review when

considering whether to recommend the re-election of particular Directors.each Director. As the Board has adopted a policy of annual election, this effectively means that all Directors are subject to a performance review annually should they wish to remain on the Board.

LOGO

LOGO

During internally facilitated individual Director reviews, each of the Directors giveprovide anonymous feedback on their peers’ performance and individual contributions to the Board, which is passed on to the relevant Director via the Chairman. In respect of the Chairman’s performance, Directors provide feedback directly to either Dr Schubert or Sir John Schubert to be passed on anonymously to the Chairman.as Senior Independent Director. External independent advisers are engaged to assist these processes, as necessary and an externally facilitated review of the Board, Directors or Committees takes place at least every two years. It is thought that thenecessary. The involvement of an independent third party has assisted in the evaluation processes to be bothbeing rigorous, fair and fair.

Duringensuring continuous improvement in the year an externally facilitated evaluationoperation of the Board which commenced inand committees, as well as the previous financial year, was undertaken. The review indicated that the Board is continuing to function effectively and in accordance with the terms of theBoard Governance Document. In addition, externally facilitated reviewscontributions of individual Directors and of each Board Committee have been undertaken.Directors.

Director evaluation

The evaluation of individual Directors focuses on the contribution of the Director to the work of the Board and the expectations of Directors as specified in the Group’s governance framework. The performance of individual Directors is assessed against a range of criteria, including the ability of the Director to:

 

consistently take the perspective of creating shareholder value;

 

contribute to the development of strategy;

 

understand the major risks affecting the business;

Group;

 

provide clear direction to management;

 

contribute to Board cohesion;

 

commit the time required to fulfil the role and perform their responsibilities effectively;

 

listen to and respect the ideas of fellow Directors and members of management.

Board effectiveness

The effectiveness of the Board as a whole and of its Committeescommittees is assessed against the accountabilities set down in theBoard Governance Document and each committee’s terms of the Committees’ Terms of Reference.reference. Matters considered in the assessmentevaluations include:

 

the effectiveness of discussion and debate at Board and Committeecommittee meetings;

 

the effectiveness of the Board’s and Committees’committees’ processes and relationship with management;

 

the quality and timeliness of meeting agendas, Board and Committeecommittee papers and secretariat support;

 

the composition of the Board and each Committee,committee, focusing on the blend of skills, experience, independence and experience.knowledge of the Group and its diversity, including geographic location, nationality and gender.

The process is managed by the Chairman, but feedback on the Chairman’s performance is provided to him by JohnDr Schubert.

Information about the performance review process for executives is set out in section 5.7.

3.16.

Evaluations conducted in FY2014

During the year under review, the Board conducted an externally facilitated Board assessment, an internal assessment of each Director and an internal committee review to ensure continued compliance with the recently updated committee terms of reference.

Board assessment

The external assessment focused in particular on the Board’s interface with the CEO and senior management; the Board’s priorities; and the focus of the Board committees and their interface with the Board. It also sought the views of the Directors for suggestions for improving the Board’s overall effectiveness. The review was facilitated by JCA Group, and involved an interview with each Director. The findings were discussed in depth by the Board. A range of improvements to the Board’s work and effectiveness will be incorporated into the work of the Board and procedures, including: streamlining of the Board meeting processes and procedures, the introduction of regular Asset President meetings to allow Board members to engage with operating executives on a broad range of issues, and formalisation of the focused Board strategy day. This annual event is built around scenarios and sign posts for future developments and provides an opportunity for the Board to undertake a deeper dive into a range of strategic and long-term plans.

Director assessment

Due to the previous year’s externally facilitated Board assessment, the FY2014 Director assessment was internally facilitated. The overall findings were presented to the Board and discussed. Each Director was provided feedback on their contribution to the Board and its committees. This review supported the Board’s decision to endorse all retiring Directors standing for re-election.

Committee review

During FY2014, an internal review was conducted to confirm continued compliance with each committee’s respective terms of reference, which were updated in FY2013.

During the previous year, we conducted external assessments of the committees, which utilised an electronic survey tool provided by Lintstock, and were focused to draw out views on work, overall effectiveness, decision-making and other processes. Outcomes and recommendations from each committee were considered and approved by the Board prior to implementation.

Enhancements following previous evaluations

Board and committee evaluations conducted in recent years have led to a number of enhancements to Board meeting processes:

Board assessment:Following the internal assessment of the Board in FY2013, a number of changes were introduced to enhance the Board’s work and effectiveness. These included introducing formal strategy days to the Board program to support the discussions of strategy that currently take place between management and the Board at each meeting; implementing an updated plan for Board engagement on strategy, execution and monitoring; effective methods for engaging in the increasing number of Board matters considered out of session; increased use of the committee report-out process, which is used for committee chairmen to summarise the key discussions; new items for the training and development of Directors; and updating the format of materials provided to the Board.

Chairman’s matters: For some time, the Board has held a closed session at the end of Board meetings. An additional closed session has been incorporated so that all Board meetings start with a closed session of all Directors (there are no members of the GMC present other than the Executive Director and the President Governance and Group Company Secretary). This allows the Chairman to outline matters to be considered by the Board and set the context for the meeting. It is also an opportunity for Directors to raise the items of business they believe warrant particular attention or any other relevant issues.

3.12    Board meetings and attendance

The Board meets as often as necessary to fulfil its role. Directors are required to allocate sufficient time to the Group to perform their responsibilities effectively, including adequate time to prepare for Board meetings. During the reporting year, the Board met eight times, with five of those meetings being held in Australia, two in the United Kingdom and one in the United States. Regularly scheduled Board meetings run over three days (including committee meetings and Director training and development sessions).

Members of the GMC and other members of senior management attended meetings of the Board by invitation. Senior managers delivered presentations on the status and performance of our Businesses and matters reserved for the Board, including the approval of budgets, annual Financial Statements and strategy.

Attendance at Board and Board Committeecommittee meetings during the year ended 30 June 20112014 is set out in the table below.

 

  Board   Risk
and Audit
   Nomination   Remuneration   Sustainability   Board   Risk
and Audit
   Nomination and
Governance
   Remuneration   Sustainability   Finance 
    A       B       A       B       A       B       A       B       A       B     A   B     A       B     A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B 

Alan Boeckmann(1)

   7     6                         6     6            

Malcolm Brinded

   2     2                                   2     2            

Malcolm Broomhead

   10     10                                   7     7     8     8                                   7     7     10     10  

John Buchanan

   10     10               7     7     8     8               8     8               6     6     7     7                      

Carlos Cordeiro

   10     10                         8     8               8     8                         7     7                      

David Crawford(2)

   10     10     9     9                                   8     8                                             10     10  

Pat Davies

   8     8                         7     7                      

Carolyn Hewson

   10     10     9     9                                   8     8     9     9               3     3                      

Marius Kloppers

   10     10                                          

Lindsay Maxsted(3)

   3     3     1     1                                

Andrew Mackenzie

   8     8                                                    

Lindsay Maxsted

   8     8     9     9                                   10     10  

Wayne Murdy

   10     10     9     8                                   8     8     9     9                                   10     10  

Jacques Nasser

   10     10               7     7                      

Jac Nasser

   8     8               6     6                                

Keith Rumble

   10     9                                   7     7     8     8                                   7     7            

John Schubert

   10     10               7     7     8     8     7     7     8     8               6     6     7     7     7     7            

Shriti Vadera(4)

   4     4                                          

Shriti Vadera

   8     8     9     9                                          

 

Column A – indicates the number of scheduled and ad-hoc meetings held during the period the Director was a member of the Board and/or Committee.committee.

Column B – indicates the number of scheduled and ad-hoc meetings attended during the period the Director was a member of the Board and/or Committee.committee.

(1)

Alan Boeckmann retired from the Board and the Remuneration Committee on 23 March 2011.

(2)

David Crawford retired from the RAC on 6 September 2011.

(3)

Lindsay Maxsted was appointed to the Board on 23 March 2011 and to the RAC on 21 June 2011, and was subsequently appointed Chairman of that Committee on 6 September 2011.

(4)

Shriti Vadera was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2011 and to the RAC on 16 August 2011.

5.4.2    Re-election3.13    Director re-election

In August 2011 theThe Board has adopted a policy consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code, under which all Directors must seek re-election by shareholders annually, if they wish to remain on the Board, seek re-election by shareholders annually.Board. This new policy will taketook effect at the 2011 Annual General Meetings,AGMs. The Board believes that annual re-election promotes and replacessupports accountability to shareholders, and the previous system, as set out incombined voting outcome of the Constitution ofBHP Billiton Plc and BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles2013 AGMs meant that each Director received more than 97.5 per cent in support of Association of BHP Billiton Plc, under which Directors were required to submit themselves to shareholders for re-election at least every three years.their re-election.

Board support for reappointment is not automatic. Retiring Directors who are seeking re-election are subject to a performance appraisal overseen by the Nomination Committee. Following thatand Governance Committee of the Board. Annual re-election effectively means all Directors are subject to a performance appraisal theannually. The Board, on the recommendation of the Nomination and Governance Committee, makes a determination as to whether it will endorse a retiring Director for re-election. The Board will not endorse a Director for re-election if his or her performance is not considered satisfactory. The Board will advise shareholders in the Notice of Meeting whether or not re-election is supported.

BHP Billiton does not apply or implement a ‘no vacancy’ rule in relation to Board appointments. Accordingly, Director candidates can be elected to the Board by ordinary resolution and are not required to out-poll an incumbent Director in order to be elected.

5.4.3    Renewal

The3.14    Board plans for its own succession with the assistance of the Nomination Committee. In doing this, the Board:

considers the diversity of skills, backgrounds, knowledge, experience and gender necessary to allow it to meet the strategic vision for the business;

assesses the skills, backgrounds, knowledge, experience and gender currently represented;

identifies any inadequate representation of those attributes and agrees the process necessary to ensure a candidate is selected who brings them to the Board;

reviews how Board performance might be enhanced, both at an individual Director level and for the Board as a whole.

The Board believes that an orderly succession and renewal process is in the best interests of the Group. The Board believes that orderly succession and renewal is achieved as a result of careful planning, where the appropriate composition of the Board is continually under review.

When considering new appointments to the Board, the Nomination Committee oversees the preparation of a position specification that is provided to an independent recruitment organisation retained to conduct a global search. Independent search firms retained are instructed to consider a wide range of candidates, including taking into account geographic location, nationality and gender. In addition to the specific skills, knowledge and experience deemed necessary, the specification contains criteria such as:

a proven track record of creating shareholder value;

unquestioned integrity;

a commitment to the highest standards of governance;

having the required time available to devote to the job;

strategic mind set, an awareness of market leadership, outstanding monitoring skills;

a preparedness to question, challenge and critique;

an independent point of view.

Newly appointed Directors must submit themselves to shareholders for election at the first Annual General Meeting following their appointment.

Risk and Audit Committee Chairman succession

Following completion of the succession planning process for Board Chairman in 2010, the Board continued the succession planning process for the Chairman of the RAC. The succession planning process involved careful consideration of the skills, knowledge and experience required on the Board, in particular the skills and experience required to properly fulfil the duties of the RAC Chairman, given the size and complexity of the Group. Mr Lindsay Maxsted, a corporate recovery specialist who has managed a number of Australia’s largest corporate insolvency and restructuring engagements, was appointed as the new RAC Chairman from 6 September 2011. David Crawford retired as RAC Chairman and as a member of the RAC on 6 September 2011. At the request of the Board, Mr Crawford is standing for re-election to the Board.

5.5    Board Committeescommittees

The Board has established Committeescommittees to assist it in exercising its authority, including monitoring the performance of the businessGroup to gain assurance that progress is being made towards the corporate objectivepurpose within the limits imposed by the Board. The permanent Committees of the Board are the RAC, the Sustainability Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee. Other Committees are formed from time to time to deal with specific matters.

Each of the permanent Committeescommittees has Termsterms of Referencereference under which authority is delegated by the Board.

The Terms of Reference for each Committee can be found at
www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

The office of the Company Secretary provides secretariat services for each of the Committees.committees. Committee meeting agendas, papers and minutes are made available to all members of the Board. Subject to appropriate controls and the overriding scrutiny of the Board, Committee Chairmencommittee chairmen are free to use whatever resources they consider necessary to discharge their responsibilities.

Reports from each of the Committees appear below.committees follow.

5.5.1

The terms of reference for each committee are available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

3.14.1    Risk and Audit Committee Report

Role and focus

The role of the Risk and Audit Committee (RAC) met nine times during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 5.4.1 and information on their qualifications is included in section 4.1.

Risk and Audit Committee members during the year(3)

Name

Status

David Crawford (Chairman)(2)

Member for whole period(1)

Carolyn Hewson

Member for whole period

Lindsay Maxsted(1)(2)

Member from 21 June 2011

Wayne Murdy

Member for whole period

(1)

David Crawford retired from the Committee on 6 September 2011. Lindsay Maxsted was appointed as the Committee’s Chairman from 6 September 2011.

(2)

David Crawford was until 6 September 2011 the Committee’s financial expert nominated by the Board, and effective from 6 September 2011 the nominated financial expert has been Lindsay Maxsted.

(3)

Shriti Vadera was appointed to the Committee on 16 August 2011.

Role and focus

The role of the RAC is to assist the Board in monitoring the decisions and actions of the CEO and the Group and to gain assurance that progress is being made towards the corporate objectivepurpose within the CEO limits.limits imposed by the Board, as set out in theBoard Governance Document. The RAC undertakes thisdischarges its responsibilities by overseeing:

 

the integrity of the financial statements;

Group’s Financial Statements;

 

the appointment, remuneration, qualifications, independence and performance of the External Auditor and the integrity of the audit process as a whole;

 

the plans, performance, objectivity and leadership of the internal audit function;

function and the integrity of the internal audit process as a whole;

 

the effectiveness of the systems of internal controls and risk management;

 

the Group’s systems for compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements;

requirements within the RAC’s area of responsibility;

 

the CEO’s compliance by management with constraints imposed by the Board.relevant CEO limits.

The role of the RAC in the context of the Board’s broader governance framework is summarised in the diagram below. Further information about our approach to risk can be found in sections 1.7 and 3.15 of this Annual Report.

Business GroupBHP Billiton governance structure – Risk and Audit CommitteesCommittee

LOGO

The RAC met nine times during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 3.12 and information on their qualifications is included in section 3.2.1.

In addition to the regular business of the year, the Committee discussed the proposals for change in the regulatory environment across the jurisdictions in which our securities are listed. These included revisions to the 2012 UK Corporate Governance Code relating to annual reports being fair, balanced and understandable, and the proposals in respect of audit from the European Union and the UK Competition and Markets Authority. Statements relating to tendering of the external audit contract, significant matters relating to the Financial Statements, and the process for evaluating the external audit are set out below.

The RAC continues to monitor regulatory developments in relation to the audit regime and the role of risk and audit committees, and will continue to review and assess how these will impact the Group in the future. In addition, the RAC considered and discussed updates in relation to the ongoing anti-corruption investigation outlined in section 3.17.

Business Risk and Audit committees

To assist management in providing the information necessary to allow the RAC to discharge its responsibilities, Business Risk and Audit Committeescommittees have been established, for each of our Business Groups, incorporating each CSGBusiness, and for key functional areas such as Marketing and Treasury. As illustrated in the diagram below, these Committees,These committees, known as Business Group RACs, have been established and operate as committees of management, but are chaired by members of the RAC. TheyThe responsible member of the GMC participates in those meetings. Business RACs perform an important monitoring function in the overall governance of the Group.

Significant financial and risk matters raised at Business Group RAC meetings are reported to the RAC by the Head of Group Reporting and Taxation and the Head of Group Risk Assessment and Assurance.

LOGORisk and Audit Committee members during the year

Name

Status

Lindsay Maxsted (Chairman)(a)

Member for whole period

Carolyn Hewson

Member for whole period

Wayne Murdy

Member for whole period

Shriti Vadera

Member for whole period

(a)Mr Maxsted is the Committee’s financial expert nominated by the Board.

Activities undertaken during the year

Fair, balanced and understandable

One of the major items of discussion by the RAC during the year were the revisions to the UK Corporate Governance Code, which requires the Directors to confirm that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business model and strategy.

The Group has a substantial assurance framework for the Annual Report already in place. This includes management representation letters, CEO and CFO certifications, RAC oversight of the Financial Statements and a range of other financial governance procedures focused on the financial section of the Annual Report, together with detailed verification and internal audit procedures for the narrative reporting section of the Report.

The Board requested the RAC provide advice on whether the Annual Report meets the fair, balanced and understandable requirement and, as a result, the RAC terms of reference were updated to reflect this role. The RAC considered it appropriate to use the UK Corporate Governance Code revisions to enhance the existing project plans that support the preparation of the Annual Report suite, in order to provide the Board with appropriate assurance.

As part of the enhanced assurance process, the following is required:

ensuring all individuals involved in the preparation of any part of the Annual Report are briefed on the fair, balanced and understandable requirement, through training sessions for each content manager that detail the key attributes of ‘fair, balanced and understandable’;

formalising the process whereby employees who have been closely involved in the preparation of the Financial Statements review the entire narrative for the fair, balanced and understandable requirement, and sign off an appropriate sub-certification;

having the key members of the team preparing the Annual Report confirm they have taken the fair, balanced and understandable requirement into account and that they have raised, with the Annual Report project team, any concerns they have in relation to meeting this requirement;

amending the Annual Report suite sub-certification to incorporate the requirement;

in relation to the new requirement for the auditor to review parts of the narrative report for consistency with the audited Financial Statements, asking the auditor to raise any issues of inconsistency at an early stage.

As a result of the existing and enhanced process, the RAC, and then the Board, were able to confirm their view that BHP Billiton’s 2014 Annual Report taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable. The Board’s statement on the report is on page 209.

Integrity of financial statementsFinancial Statements

TheIn addition to the enhanced process above, the RAC assistscontinues to assist the Board in assuring the integrity of the financial statements.Financial Statements. The RAC evaluates and makes recommendations to the Board about the appropriateness of accounting policies and practices, areas of judgement, compliance with Accounting Standards, stock exchange and legal requirements and the results of the external audit. It reviews the half yearlyhalf-yearly and annual financial statementsFinancial Statements and makes recommendations on specific actions or decisions (including formal adoption of the financial statementsFinancial Statements and reports) the Board should consider in order to maintain the integrity of the financial statements.Financial Statements. From time to time, the Board may delegate authority to the RAC to approve the release of the statements to the stock exchanges, shareholders and the financial community.

The CEO and CFO have certified that the 2011 financial statements2014 Financial Statements present a true and fair view, in all material respects, of our financial condition and operating results and are in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements.

Significant matters

Another of the new UK Corporate Governance Code provisions that applies to the Group is the requirement to report the significant issues that the RAC considered in relation to the Financial Statements, and how these issues were addressed. During FY2014, the Committee considered the following significant issues:

New accounting standards

The Committee considered and approved accounting policy changes resulting from the application of:

IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’;

IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’;

Amendments to IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’;

IFRIC 20 ‘Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine’.

Significant consideration was given to the appropriate application of these new and amended standards and interpretations to BHP Billiton. The Committee reviewed management’s analysis and concurred with its recommendations, which resulted in significant changes to the basis of accounting for Escondida, Samarco and Antamina.

Impairment

The Committee reviewed the results of impairment assessments for Nickel West and Worsley assets in Western Australia and concluded that no further impairment charges or reversals were appropriate. In all cases, specific consideration was given to the most recent foreign exchange and price curves. In the case of Nickel West, specific consideration was given to the following:

the impact of the closure of the Leinster Perseverance Underground Mine;

anticipated cost savings;

additional production volumes available from adjacent developments.

Income tax liabilities

The Committee reviewed the measurement and disclosure of contingent liabilities arising from various income tax matters including the following:

transfer pricing issues;

status of income tax audits;

matters not yet subject to specific consideration by taxation authorities but where uncertainty exists in the law.

Divestments

The Committee reviewed the accounting treatment for the sale of Pinto Valley, United States, and concluded that the gain on sale of US$385 million (after tax) required disclosure as an exceptional item. The Committee also reviewed the sale of the BHP Navajo Coal Company and, while binding agreements for the sale have been entered into, determined that the disposal date for accounting purposes will be achieved only when the risks and rewards ultimately transfer to the acquirer.

Closure and rehabilitation provisions

The Committee reviewed the various changes in estimates for closure and rehabilitation provisions recognised during the year. Consideration was given to the results of the most recently completed surveying data, current cost estimates and appropriate inclusion of contingency in cost estimates to allow for both known and residual risks.

External Auditor

The RAC manages the relationship with the External Auditor on behalf of the Board. It considers the reappointment of the External Auditor each year, as well as remuneration and other terms of engagement, and makes a recommendation to the Board. The last competitive audit review was in 2003, when KPMG was appointed by the Board on the recommendation of the RAC. There are no contractual obligations that restrict the RAC’s capacity to recommend a particular firm for appointment as auditor. Shareholders are asked to approve

The last audit tender was in 2002, at which time the reappointmentGroup had three external auditors following the completion of the auditor each yearDLC merger. The tender resulted in KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers being appointed as joint auditors for FY2003 and a reduction in audit providers. A competitive audit review was undertaken in 2003, which resulted in KPMG being appointed as the External Auditor by the Board on the recommendation of the RAC.

The lead audit engagement partners in both Australia and the United Kingdom have been rotated every five years. The current Australian audit engagement partner was appointed for the FY2010 year-end, and therefore FY2014 was his last year. There has therefore been a transition period to the new engagement partner who took formal responsibility at the start of FY2015. A new UK audit engagement partner was appointed for the FY2013 year-end, and therefore FY2017 is scheduled to be his last year.

During FY2014, the Committee continued to monitor and discuss the UK and EU developments in regard to audit firm tender and rotation. The Committee is satisfied with the External Auditor’s performance and independence and therefore does not believe a tender in the UK.

near term is appropriate. Consistent with the guidance on transitional arrangements published by the UK Financial Reporting Council, the Committee’s current intention is to conduct an audit firm tender for either FY2018 or FY2019.

Evaluation of External Auditor and external audit process

The RAC evaluates the performance of the External Auditor during its term of appointment against specified criteria, including delivering value to shareholders and ourselves.the Group, and also assesses the effectiveness of the external audit process. It does so through a range of means, including:

the Committee considers the External Audit Plan, in particular to gain assurance that it is tailored to reflect changes in circumstances from the prior year;

throughout the year, the Committee meets with the audit partners, particularly the lead Australian and UK audit engagement partners, without management present;

following the completion of the audit, the Committee considers the quality of the External Auditor’s performance drawing on survey results. The survey is based on a two-way feedback model where the BHP Billiton and KPMG teams assess each other against a range of criteria. The criteria against which the BHP Billiton team evaluates KPMG’s performance include ethics and integrity, insight, service quality, communication and reporting, and responsiveness;

reviewing the terms of engagement of the External Auditor;

discussing with the audit engagement partners the skills and experience of the broader audit team;

reviewing audit quality inspection reports on KPMG published by the UK Financial Reporting Council;

overseeing (and approving where relevant) non-audit services as described below.

The RAC also reviews the integrity, independence and objectivity of the External Auditor. This review includes:

 

confirming that the External Auditor is, in its judgement, independent of the Group;

 

obtaining from the External Auditor an account of all relationships between the External Auditor and the Group;

monitoring the number of former employees of the External Auditor currently employed in senior positions within the Group and assessing whether those appointments impair, or appear to impair, the External Auditor’s judgement or independence;

 

considering whether the various relationships between the Group and the External Auditor collectively impair, or appear to impair, the External Auditor’s judgement or independence;

 

determining whether the compensation of individuals employed by the External Auditor who conduct the audit is tied to the provision of non-audit services and, if so, whether this impairs, or appears to impair, the External Auditor’s judgement or independence;

 

reviewing the economic importance of our businessthe Group to the External Auditor and assessing whether that importance impairs, or appears to impair, the External Auditor’s judgement or independence.

The External Auditor also certifies its independence to the RAC.

The audit engagement partner rotates every five years.Non-audit services

Although the External Auditor does provide some non-audit services, the objectivity and independence of the External Auditor is safeguarded through restrictions on the provision of these services. For example, certain types of non-audit serviceservices may only be undertaken by the External Auditor with the prior approval of the RAC (as described below), while other services may not be undertaken at all, including services where the External Auditor:

 

may be required to audit its own work;

 

participates in activities that would normally be undertaken by management;

 

is remunerated through a ‘success fee’ structure;

 

acts in an advocacy role for our business.

the Group.

The RAC has adopted a policy entitled ‘Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor’, covering the RAC’s pre-approval policies and procedures to maintain the independence of the External Auditor.

 

Our Policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor can be viewed atwww.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

Our policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor is available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

In addition to audit services, the External Auditor will be permitted to provide other (non-audit) services that are not, and are not perceived to be, in conflict with the role of the External Auditor. In accordance with the requirements of the US Securities Exchange Act and guidance contained in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) Release 2004-001, certain specific activities are listed in our detailed policy whichthat have been ‘pre-approved’ by the RAC.

The categories of ‘pre-approved’ services are as follows:

 

Audit services – work that constitutes the agreed scope of the statutory audit and includes the statutory audits of the Group and its entities (including interim reviews). The RAC will monitor the Auditaudit services engagements and approve, if necessary, any changes in terms and conditions resulting from changes in audit scope, Group structure or other relevant events.

Audit-related/assurance services – work that is outside the required scope of the statutory audit, but is consistent with the role of the external statutory auditor. This category includes work that is reasonably related to the performance of an audit or review and is a logical extension of the audit or review scope, is of an assurance or compliance nature and is work that the External Auditor must or is best placed to undertake.

 

Tax services – work of a tax nature that does not compromise the independence of the External Auditor.

 

Other advisory services – work of an advisory nature that does not compromise the independence of the External Auditor.

Activities not listed specifically are therefore not ‘pre-approved’ and must be approved by the RAC prior to engagement, regardless of the dollar value involved. Additionally, any engagement for other services with a value over US$100,000, even if listed as a ‘pre-approved’ service, can only be approved by the RAC, and all engagements for other services, whether ‘pre-approved’ or not, and regardless of the dollar value involved, are reported quarterly to the RAC.

While not specifically prohibited by our policy, any proposed non-audit engagement of the External Auditor relating to internal control (such as a review of internal controls or assistance with implementing the regulatory requirements, including those of the US Securities Exchange Act) must obtain specific prior approval byfrom the RAC. With the exception of the external audit of the Group financial report,Financial Statements, any engagement identified that contains an internal control-related element is not considered to be pre-approved. In addition, whilstwhile the categories shown above include a list of certain pre-approved services, the use of the External Auditor to perform such services shall always be subject to our overriding governance practices as articulated in the policy.

An exception can be made to the above policy where such an exception is in our interests and appropriate arrangements are put in place to ensure the integrity and independence of the External Auditor. Any such exception requires the specific prior approval of the RAC and must be reported to the Board. No exceptions were approved during the year ended 30 June 2011.2014.

In addition, the RAC approved no services during the year ended 30 June 20112014 pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of the US Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC)SEC Regulation S-X.

Fees paid to the Group’s External Auditor during the year for audit and other services were US$23.728.2 million, of which 6061 per cent comprised audit fees, 3034 per cent related to legislative requirements (including Sarbanes-Oxley) and 10five per cent werewas for other services. Details of the fees paid are set out in note 3435 ‘Auditor’s remuneration’ to the financial statements.Financial Statements.

Based on the review by the RAC, the Board is satisfied that the External Auditor is independent.

Change in registrant’s certifying accountant

The former auditor of BHP Billiton Plc for the 2013 and 2012 financial years, KPMG Audit Plc, has instigated an orderly wind down of business; accordingly KPMG Audit Plc did not stand for re-election at our annual general meeting on 24 October 2013. A resolution was approved at the annual general meeting for the appointment of KPMG LLP as auditor of BHP Billiton Plc. The decision to change auditor was recommended to the Board of Directors by the Risk and Audit Committee.

During the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012, (1) KPMG Audit Plc has not issued any reports on the financial statements of the Group or on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting that contained an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were the auditors’ reports of KPMG Audit Plc qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles, (2) there has not been any disagreement over any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreement if not resolved to KPMG Audit Plc’s satisfaction would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its auditors’ reports, or any “reportable event” as described in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F.

The Group has provided KPMG Audit Plc with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and has requested that KPMG Audit Plc furnish the Group with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) stating whether KPMG Audit Plc agrees with such disclosure and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of KPMG Audit Plc’s letter, dated 25 September 2014, in which KPMG Audit Plc stated that it agrees with such disclosure, is filed herewith as Exhibit 15.1.

There were no changes to the auditor of BHP Billiton Limited during FY2014.

Internal Audit

The Internal Audit function is carried out internally by Group Audit Services (GAS)Risk Assessment and Assurance (RAA). The role of GASRAA is to determine whether risk management, control and governance processes are adequate and functioning. The Internal Audit function is independent of the External Auditor. The RAC reviews the mission and charter of GAS,RAA, the staffing levels and its scope of work to ensure that it is appropriate in light of the key risks we face. It also reviews and approves the annual internal audit plan.plan and monitors and reviews the overall effectiveness of the internal audit activities.

The RAC also approves the appointment and dismissal of the Head of Group Risk Assessment and Assurance and assesses his or her performance, independence and objectivity. The role of the Head of Group Risk Assessment and Assurance includes achievement of the internal audit objectives, risk management policies and insurance strategy. The position iswas held throughout the year by Stefano Giorgini.Alistair Mytton. Mr Giorgini reportsMytton reported to senior management and hashad all necessary access to management and the right to see information and explanations, and has unfettered access to the RAC.

Effectiveness of systems of internal control and risk management

In delegating authority to the CEO, the Board has established CEO limits set out in theBoard Governance DocumentDocument.. Limits on the CEO’s authority require the CEO to ensure that there is a system of control in place for identifying and managing risk.risk in the Group. The Directors, through the RAC, review the systems that have been established for this purpose and regularly review their effectiveness. These reviews include assessing whether processes continue to meet evolving external governance requirements.

The RAC is responsible for the oversight of risk management and reviews the internal controls and risk management systems. In undertaking this role, the RAC reviews the following:

 

procedures for identifying business and operational risks and controlling their financial impact on the Group and the operational effectiveness of the policies and procedures related to risk and control;

 

budgeting and forecasting systems, financial reporting systems and controls;

 

policies and practices put in place by the CEO for detecting, reporting and preventing fraud and serious breaches of business conduct and whistle-blowing procedures;

 

procedures for ensuring compliance with relevant regulatory and legal requirements;

 

arrangements for protecting intellectual property and other non-physical assets;

 

operational effectiveness of the Business Group RAC structures;

 

overseeing the adequacy of the internal controls and allocation of responsibilities for monitoring internal financial controls.

For further discussion on our approach to risk management, refer to section 5.6.sections 1.7 and 3.15 of this Annual Report.

During the year, the Board conducted reviews of the effectiveness of the Group’s systemsystems of risk management and internal controls for the financial year and up to the date of this Annual Report in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code (Turnbull(including the Turnbull Guidance) and the Principles and Recommendations published by the ASXAustralian Securities Exchange (ASX) Corporate Governance Council. These reviews covered financial, operational and compliance controls and risk assessment. During the year, management presented an assessment of the material business risks facing the Group and the level of effectiveness of risk management over the material business risks. The reviews were overseen by the RAC, with findings and recommendations reported to the Board. In addition to considering key risks facing the Group, the Board received an assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over key risks identified through the work of the Board Committees.committees. The Board is satisfied that the effectiveness of the internal controls has been properly reviewed.

Management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting has been evaluated based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Controls – Integrated Framework, issued by the Sponsoring OrganisationOrganization of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as at 30 June 2011.2014. There were no material weaknesses in the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting identified by management.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and, even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

OurBHP Billiton has engaged our independent registered public accounting firms, KPMG and KPMG Audit Plc, have issuedLLP, to issue an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting which is contained on page F-104for inclusion in the Financial Statements section of this Annual Report.Report on Form 20-F as filed with the SEC.

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during FY2011FY2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

The CEO and CFO have certified to the Board that the financial statementsFinancial Statements are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control and that the system is operating efficiently and effectively in all material respects.

During the year, the RAC reviewed our compliance with the obligations imposed by the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including evaluating and documenting internal controls as required by section 404 of the Act.

Management’s assessment of our disclosure controls and procedures

Our management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, has performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of 30 June 2011.2014. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the material financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed by BHP Billiton, including in the reports that it files or submits under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, is recorded, processed, summarised and reported on a timely basis and that such information is accumulated and communicated to BHP Billiton’s management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on the foregoing, our management, including the CEO and CFO, has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in providing that reasonable assurance.

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

Further, in the design and evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, our management was necessarily required to apply its judgement in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Assessment of RAC performance

During 2011, the

Committee retained the services of the JCA Group, a UK based provider of board evaluation services, to assist with an externallyreview

An internally facilitated review was conducted during the year to confirm continued compliance with the RAC’s terms of reference. The terms of reference were updated during FY2013, and further updated during FY2014 to reflect the Committee’s effectiveness. The Committee also assessed itsrole of providing advice to the Board on whether the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, in accordance with its Terms of Reference.business model and strategy. As a result of its own assessment and feedback from the JCA Group,this review, the Committee is satisfied that it has met its Termsterms of Reference.reference.

5.5.2

The updated terms of reference for the RAC are available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

3.14.2     Remuneration Committee Report

The Remuneration Committee met eight times during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 5.4.1.

Remuneration Committee members during the year

Name

Status

John Buchanan (Chairman)

Member for whole period

Alan Boeckmann

Member to 23 March 2011

Carlos Cordeiro

Member for whole period

John Schubert

Member for whole period

Role and focus

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to assist the Board in its oversight of:overseeing:

 

the remuneration policy and its specific application to the CEO and the CEO’s direct reports, and its general application to all employees;

 

the adoption of annual and longer-term incentive plans;

the determination of levels of reward for the CEO and approval of reward to the CEO’s direct reports;

 

the annual evaluation of the performance of the CEO, by giving guidance to the Group Chairman;

 

communication to shareholders regarding remuneration policy and the Committee’s work on behalf of the Board, including the preparation of the Remuneration Report for inclusion in the Annual Report;

 

compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements associated with remuneration matters.

matters;

Changes to Terms of Reference

During the year, in response to corporate governance reviews that had highlighted the continuing lack of diversity among experienced Director candidates in Australia and the UK, the Committee’s Terms of Reference were reviewed to consider whether amendments were required to formalise diversity considerations. As a result, the Committee’s Terms of Reference were amended so that its role includes assisting the Board in its oversight of

the review, at least annually, of remuneration by gender,gender.

The role of the relative proportion of men and womenRemuneration Committee in the Group’s workforce and the Group’s progress in achieving its diversity objectives.

Activities undertaken during the year

Full detailscontext of the Committee’s work on behalf of the Board are set outBHP Billiton’s broader governance framework is summarised in the diagram below.

BHP Billiton governance structure – Remuneration Report in section 6.Committee*

During 2011, the Committee retained the services of the JCA Group to assist with an externally facilitated review of the Committee’s effectiveness. The Committee also assessed its performance in accordance with its Terms of Reference. As a result of its own assessment and feedback from the JCA Group, the Committee is satisfied it has met its Terms of Reference.

5.5.3    Nomination Committee ReportLOGO

*The Sustainability, RAC and Finance Committees assist the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC, financial and capital projects metrics, respectively, to be included in GMC scorecards and in assessing performance against those measures.

The NominationRemuneration Committee met seven times during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 5.4.1.3.12.

Nomination

Full details of the Committee’s work on behalf of the Board, including the review of our remuneration structures conducted by the Committee during FY2014, are set out in the Remuneration Report in section 4.

Remuneration Committee members during the year

 

Name

  

Status

Jacques NasserJohn Buchanan (Chairman)

  Member for whole period

John BuchananCarlos Cordeiro

  Member for whole period

Pat Davies

Member for whole period

Carolyn Hewson

Member since 6 January 2014

John Schubert

  Member for whole period

Committee review

An internally facilitated review was conducted during the year to confirm continued compliance with the Committee’s terms of reference, which were updated during FY2013. As a result of this review, the Committee is satisfied that it has met its terms of reference.

The terms of reference for the Remuneration Committee are available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

3.14.3    Nomination and Governance Committee Report

Role and focus

The role of the Nomination and Governance Committee is to assist in ensuring that the Board comprises individuals who are best able to discharge the responsibilities of a Director, having regard to the highest standards of governance, the strategic direction of the Group and the diversity aspirations of the Board. It does so by focusing on:

 

assessingthe succession planning process for the Board and its committees, including the identification of the skills, backgrounds,experience, independence and knowledge required on the Board, as well as the attributes required of potential Directors;

the identification of suitable candidates for appointment to the Board, taking into account the skills, experience and gender representeddiversity required on the Board, and identifying any inadequate representationthe attributes required of those attributes;

Directors;

 

retaining the services of independent search firms and identifying suitable candidates (possessing the skills identified by the skills assessment referred to above)succession planning process for the Board;Chairman;

overseeing the reviewsuccession planning process for the CEO and periodic evaluation of the assessmentprocess;

Board and Director performance evaluation, including evaluation of the performance of individual Directors and making recommendations to the Board on the endorsement of retiring Directors seeking re-election (see section 5.4.2);

prior to their endorsement by the Board as set out in sections 3.11 and 3.13;

 

the plan for succession of the Chairman and the CEO and the periodic evaluation of it;

the provision of appropriate training and development opportunities for Directors;

 

supporting the Board in its review and, where appropriate,independence of Non-executive Directors;

the time required from Non-executive Directors;

the authorisation of situations of actual and potential conflicts (seeconflict notified by Directors in accordance with the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc as set out in section 5.3.5);

3.10;

 

the Group’s corporate governance practices;

communicating

the preparation of a report by the Committee to shareholdersbe included in the Annual Report.

The Board has an aspirational goal of increasing the number of women on the Board to at least three by the end of 2015. The Nomination and Governance Committee continues to take diversity into account in its deliberations and works continuously to identify future candidates for the Board. The appointment this year focused on upstream oil and gas experience, as part of the ongoing five-year plan for Board succession. However, at the same time the Committee has added further emphasis to the need to appoint a female Non-executive Director and has met a number of potential candidates. We are planning on the basis that an appointment will be made before the end of 2015. The target set for Board diversity, and the approach undertaken by the Nominations and Governance Committee, is set out in more detail in section 3.8.

Information regarding the work ofBoard’s policy on diversity and the Committee on behalf of the Board.Committee’s role in this regard is set out in sections 3.8 and 3.18.

The Nomination and Governance Committee also has oversight of trainingoversaw the Director Training and development activityDevelopment Program for all Directors.FY2014. The Board considersbelieves this enhances the Committee’s ongoing consideration and review in relation to the appropriate skills mix for the Board.

Activities undertakenThe role of the Nomination and Governance Committee in the context of BHP Billiton’s broader governance framework is summarised in the diagram below.

BHP Billiton governance structure – Nomination and Governance Committee

LOGO

The Nomination and Governance Committee met six times during the yearyear. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 3.12.

There were changes to the composition of the Board during the year. Shriti Vadera and Lindsay Maxsted joinedyear, with the Board on 1 January 2011 and 23 March 2011, respectively. Alan Boeckmann retiredappointment of Mr Brinded as a Non-executive Director with effect from 15 April 2014. This followed a process involving the Board on 23 March 2011. The Committee retained the services of external recruitment specialists Heidrick & Struggles and Egon Zehnder to assistJCA Group, who have assisted in the identification of potential candidates for the Board. TheBoard, as set out in section 3.8.

Aside from conducting external searches, in previous years Heidrick & Struggles Leadership Assessment has provided services in respect of Director performance assessment. This year, JCA Group provided non-executive search services and facilitated the external Board assessment. In both cases, the search and assessment services operate independently, and neither firm has any other connection with the Group. In addition, Lintstock, whose services have been used by the Group in prior years for assessment, also has no other connection with the Group.

Nomination and Governance Committee also oversawmembers during the Director training and development program and the induction of new Directors (see section 5.3.8 for further information on Director induction and training).year

The Committee’s Terms of Reference were reviewed

Name

Status

Jac Nasser (Chairman)

Member for whole period

John Buchanan

Member for whole period

John Schubert

Member for whole period

Committee review

An internally facilitated review was conducted during the year to consider whether amendments were required to formalise diversity considerations. Amendments were subsequently made so that the diversity aspirations of the Board are expressly taken into account when identifying skills that may be required and suitable candidates.

During 2011, the Committee retained the services of the JCA Group to assistconfirm continued compliance with an externally facilitated review of the Committee’s effectiveness. The Committee also assessed its performance in accordance with its Termsterms of Reference.reference, which were updated during FY2013. As a result of its own assessment and feedback from the JCA Group,this review, the Committee is satisfied that it has met its Termsterms of Reference.reference.

5.5.4

The terms of reference for the Nomination and Governance Committee are available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

3.14.4    Sustainability Committee Report

Role and focus

The role of the Sustainability Committee is to assist the Board to take reasonable steps in overseeing the:

adequacy of the Group’s HSEC framework, which consists of:

-the CEO limits, which delegate authority to the CEO, including for HSEC matters;

-the Committee itself and its terms of reference;

-a robust independent assurance and audit process, established by the RAC;

-independent legal and specialist advice on HSEC matters;

-the Group’s HSEC Management System;

adequacy of the Group’s HSEC Management System, which is designed and implemented by management. It incorporates the systems and processes, resources, structures and performance standards for the day-to-day identification, management and reporting of HSEC risks and obligations, which are articulated in Group Level Documents (GLDs);

Group’s compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements associated with HSEC matters;

Annual Sustainability Report;

performance, resourcing and leadership of the HSEC function;

Group’s performance in relation to HSEC matters, including the HSEC component of the GMC scorecard.

Our approach to sustainability is reflected inOur Charter, which defines our values, purpose and how we measure success, and in our sustainability performance targets, which define our public commitments to safety, health, environment and community. Further information is set out in the Group’s Sustainability Report 2014.

A copy of the Sustainability Report and further information is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/sustainability/Pages/default.aspx.

The Committee provides oversight of the preparation and presentation of the Sustainability Report by management, including oversight of internal control systems relevant to the preparation of the Sustainability Report.

The role of the Sustainability Committee in the context of BHP Billiton’s broader governance framework is summarised in the diagram below.

BHP Billiton governance structure – Sustainability Committee

LOGO

Sustainable development governance

Our approach to HSEC and sustainable development governance is characterised by:

the Sustainability Committee overseeing material HSEC matters and risks across the Group;

management having primary responsibility for the design and implementation of an effective HSEC management system;

management having accountability for HSEC performance;

the HSE and Community functions providing advice and guidance directly, as well as through a series of networks across the Group;

seeking input and insight from external experts such as the BHP Billiton Forum on Corporate Responsibility;

clear links between remuneration and HSEC performance.

The Sustainability Committee met seven times during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 5.4.1.3.12.

Sustainability Committee members duringDuring the year,

Name

Status

John Schubert (Chairman)

Member for whole period

Malcolm Broomhead

Member for whole period

Keith Rumble

Member for whole period

Role and focus

The role of the Sustainability Committee iscontinued to assist the Board in its oversight of:

the effectiveness of the Group’s strategies, policiesHSEC issues and systems associated with health, safety, environmentperformance. This included consideration of strategic environmental and community (HSEC) matters;

our compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements associated with HSEC matters;

our performance in relation to HSEC matters;

the performance and leadership of the HSEC function;

HSEC risks;

our annual Sustainability Report;

communication to shareholders regarding the work of the Committee on behalf of the Board.

Sustainable development governance

Our approach to HSEC and sustainable development governance is characterised by:

the Sustainability Committee overseeing material HSEC matters and risks across the Group;

business line management having primary responsibility and accountability for HSEC performance;

the HSEC function providing advice and guidance directly, as well as through a series of networks across the business;

seeking input and insight from external experts such as our Forum for Corporate Responsibility;

clear links between remuneration and HSEC performance.

Activities undertaken during the year

During the year, the Sustainability Committee considered reports on strategic environmental issues, HSEC audits and trends, review of health and hygiene standards, learningsthe findings and action items from fatal accidents and other incidents,incidents.

The key areas on which the Committee, management and the potential impactHSE and Community functions focus are outlined in the diagram below.

LOGO

In addition to our focus on the health, safety and wellbeing of our people, the Committee spent considerable time considering environment and climate change regulation onscenarios and the Group’s portfolios and actions being taken to manage the implications of this regulation. It also reviewedclimate change regulation in light of the Group’s performance againstpublic target for emissions through to FY2017 as set out in section 1.14.2 of this Annual Report.

Climate change

Climate change is treated as a Board-level governance issue with the HSEC public targetsSustainability Committee playing a key supporting role. The Committee, along with the Risk and Audit Committee, spends considerable time considering systemic climate change considerations relating to the Key Performance Indicatorsresilience of, and opportunities for, the HSEC function.Group’s portfolio. The Committee also reviewedreceives reports on scenarios and sign posts, which point to longer-term directional change and considers actions to manage the performanceimplications of climate change on the Company. Further information on our climate change position and how we consider the impacts on our portfolio is set out in section 1.14.2.

Community investment

We also continued to monitor our progress in relation to our community investment, and met our target for investments in community programs, with such investments consisting of cash, in-kind support and administration. This was the equivalent of one per cent of our pre-tax profits, calculated on the average of the Headprevious three years pre-tax profit. During FY2014, our voluntary community investment totalled US$241.7 million, comprising US$141.7 million of Group HSEC. cash, in-kind support and administrative costs and a US$100 million contribution to the BHP Billiton Foundation.

The Committee reviewed and recommended to the Board the approval of the annual Sustainability Report for publication. The Sustainability Report identifies our targets for HSEC matters and our performance against those targets, with an emphasis on fact-based measurement and quality data in setting targets.

HSEC matters and remuneration

In order to link HSEC matters to remuneration, 20 per cent of the short-term incentive opportunity for GMC members was based on HSEC performance during the year, an increase from 15 per cent in FY2013. The Sustainability Committee assists the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC metrics to be included in GMC scorecards, and also assists in relation to assessment of performance against those measures. The Board believes this method of assessment is transparent, rigorous and balanced, and provides an appropriate, objective and comprehensive assessment of performance. Further information on the metrics and their assessment is set out in the Remuneration Report in section 4.

Sustainability Committee members during the year

 

A copy of the Sustainability Report and further information can be found at
www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/sustainability/Pages/default.aspx.
Name

Status

John Schubert (Chairman)

Member for whole period

Malcolm Brinded

Member from 15 April 2014

Malcolm Broomhead

Member for whole period

Keith Rumble

Member for whole period

During 2011, the Committee retained the services of the JCA Group to assist with an externallyreview

An internally facilitated review ofwas conducted during the year to confirm continued compliance with the Committee’s effectiveness. The Committee also assessed its performance in accordance with its Termsterms of Reference.reference, which were updated during FY2013. As a result of its own assessment and feedback from the JCA Group,this review, the Committee is satisfied that it has met its Termsterms of Reference.reference.

The terms of reference for the Sustainability Committee are available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

3.14.5    Finance Committee Report

Role and focus

The role of the Finance Committee is to assist the Board in its consideration for approval and ongoing oversight of matters pertaining to:

capital structure and funding;

capital management planning and initiatives, including capital allocation;

due diligence on acquisitions and investments, including proposals that may have a material impact on the Group’s capital position;

matters the Board may refer to the Committee from time to time in connection with the Group’s capital position.

Recognising that the focus of the Committee’s activities encompasses matters of strategy reserved for the Board, the Committee does not, as a matter of course, have a decision-making role. Instead, its focus is to advise the Board and make recommendations. The Board may, where it considers it appropriate, delegate decision-making power to the Committee in relation to specific matters.

The role of the Finance Committee in the context of BHP Billiton’s broader governance framework is summarised in the diagram below.

BHP Billiton governance structure – Finance Committee

LOGO

The Committee met 10 times during the year. Information on meeting attendance by Committee members is included in the table in section 3.12.

During the year, the Finance Committee continued to assist the work of the Board by considering matters relating to capital structure and funding, capital management planning and initiatives, capital expenditure, divestments and other matters referred to the Committee. In addition, the Committee assisted the Board in its consideration of the creation of a new global metals and mining company to accelerate portfolio simplification. The Committee’s considerations resulted in recommendations to the Board on the matters considered.

Finance Committee members during the year

Name

Status

David Crawford (Chairman)

Member for whole period

Malcolm Broomhead

Member for whole period

Lindsay Maxsted

Member for whole period

Wayne Murdy

Member for whole period

Committee review

An internally facilitated review was conducted during the year to confirm continued compliance with the Committee’s terms of reference, which were updated during FY2013. As a result of this review, the Committee is satisfied that it has met its terms of reference.

The terms of reference for the Finance Committee are available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

5.63.15    Risk management governance structure

5.6.1    Approach to risk management

We believe that the identification and management of risk is central to achieving the corporate objectivepurpose of deliveringcreating long-term shareholder value. Our approach to risk is set out in section 1.7.

The principal aim of the Group’s risk management governance structure and internal control systems is to identify, evaluate and manage business risks, with a view to enhancing the value to shareholders. of shareholders’ investments and safeguarding assets.

Each year, the Board reviews and considers the Group’s risk profile, for the whole business. This risk profilewhich covers both operational and strategic risks. The risk profile is assessed to ensure it supports the achievement of the Group’s strategy while maintaining a strongsolid ‘A’ credit rating. The Board’s approach to investment decision-making and portfolio management, and the consideration of risk in that process is set out in sections 1.5.4 and 1.7 and includes a broad range of scenarios to assess our portfolio. This process allows us to be able to continually adjust the shape of our portfolio to match energy and commodity demand and meet society’s expectations while maximising shareholder returns.

The Board has delegated the oversight of risk management to the RAC, although the Board retains overall accountability for the Group’s risk profile. In addition, the Board specifically requires the CEO to implement a system of control for identifying and managing risk. The Directors, through the RAC, review the systems that have been established for this purpose and regularly review their effectiveness. The RAC regularly reports to the Board to enable it to review the Group’s risk framework.

During the year, theThe RAC consideredhas established review processes for the nature and extent of material risks taken in achieving theour corporate objective.purpose. These processes include the application of materiality and tolerance criteria to determine and assess material risks. Materiality criteria include maximum foreseeable loss and residual risk thresholds.thresholds and are set at the Group level. Tolerance criteria additionally assess the control effectiveness of material risks.

The Group has established a Risk Management governance framework with supporting processes and performance requirements that provide an overarching and consistent approach fordiagram below outlines the identification, assessment and management of risks. Risks are ranked using a common methodology. Where a risk is assessed as material it is reported and reviewed by senior management. During the year, updated Risk Management Group Level Documents were approved and implemented across the Group.reporting process.

 

Our Risk Management Policy can be found at
www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

5.6.2    Business risks

The scope of our operations and the number of industries in which we operate and engage mean that a range of factors may impact our results. Material risks that could negatively affect our results and performance include:

impacts arising from the global financial crisis;

fluctuations in commodity prices;

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

failure or non-performance of counterparties;

failure to discover new reserves, maintain or enhance existing reserves or develop new operations;

influence of demand from China;

actions by governments, including additional taxation, infrastructure development, permitting requirements and political events in the countries in which we operate;

inability to successfully integrate acquired businesses;

inadequate human resource talent pool;

impact of increased costs or schedule delays on development projects;

inability to recover investments in mining and oil and gas projects;

non-compliance with the Group’s standards by non-controlled assets;

operating cost pressures and shortages could negatively impact our operating margins and expansion plans;

impact of health, safety, environmental and community exposures and related regulations on operations and reputation;

unexpected natural and operational catastrophes;

climate change, greenhouse effects and related regulations and taxes;

breaches in information technology security;

breaches in governance processes.

These risks are described in more detail in section 1.5.

5.6.3    Risk management governance structure

The principal aim of the Group’s risk management governance structure and internal control systems is to identify, evaluate and manage business risks, with a view to enhancing the value of shareholders’ investments and safeguarding assets.LOGO

Management has put in place a number of key policies, processes, performance requirements and independent controls to provide assurance to the Board and the RAC as to the integrity of our reporting and effectiveness of our systems of internal control and risk management. The BHP Billiton Governance structure diagram in section 5.1 highlights the relationship between the Board and the various controls in the assurance process. Some of the more significant internal control systems include Board and management committees, Business Group RACs the Risk Management Policy and internal audit.

Business Group Risk and Audit Committees

The Business Group RACs illustrated in the diagram in section 5.5.1 assist the RAC to monitor the Group’s obligations in relation to financial reporting, internal control structure, risk management processes and the internal and external audit functions.

Board Committeescommittees

Directors also monitor risks and controls through the RAC, the Remuneration Committee and the Sustainability Committee.

Management Committeescommittees

Management committees also perform roles in relation to risk and control. Strategic risks and opportunities arising from changes in our business environment are regularly reviewed by the GMC and discussed by the Board. The Financial Risk Management Committee (FRMC) reviews the effectiveness of internal controls relating to commodity price risk, counterparty credit risk, currency risk, financing risk, interest rate risk and insurance. Minutes of the GMC and the FRMC meetings are provided to the Board. The Investment Committee provides oversight for investment processes across the businessCompany and coordinates the investment toll-gating process for major investments. Reports are made to the Board on findings by the Investment Committee in relation to major capital projects.

The Disclosure Committee oversees the Group’s compliance with securities dealing and continuous and periodic disclosure requirements, including reviewing information that may require disclosure through stock exchanges and overseeing processes to ensure information disclosed is timely, accurate and complete.

5.73.16    Management

Below the level of the Board, key management decisions are made by the CEO, the GMC, other management committees and individual members of management to whom authority has been delegated.

On 27 August 2013, Mike Fraser was appointed to the GMC as President, Human Resources and on 3 March 2014, Tony Cudmore joined the GMC as President, Corporate Affairs.

On 19 August 2014, the Group announced Graham Kerr’s retirement from the GMC with effect from 1 October 2014, his appointment as Chief Executive Officer-designate of the planned demerged company, his replacement as BHP Billiton CFO by Peter Beaven, currently President, Copper, and the retirement from the GMC of Karen Wood with effect from 19 August 2014. Full details and biographies of the GMC are set out in section 3.2.2.

The diagram below describes the positionresponsibilities of the CEO and threefour key management committees.

LOGO

LOGO

Performance evaluation for executives

The performance of executives and other senior employees is reviewed on an annual basis. For the members of the GMC, this review includes their contribution, engagement and interaction at Board level. The annual performance review process that we employ considers the performance of executives against criteria designed to capture both ‘what’ is achieved and ‘how’ it is achieved. All performance assessments of executives consider how effective they have been in undertaking their role; what they have achieved against their specified key performance indicators; how they match up to the behaviours prescribed in our leadership model and how those behaviours align withOur BHP Billiton Charter values. The assessment is therefore holistic and balances absolute achievement with the way performance has been delivered. Progression within the Group is driven equally by personal leadership behaviours and capability to produce excellent results.

A performance evaluation as outlined above wasis conducted for all members of the GMC in FY2011.annually. For the CEO, the performance evaluation was led by the Chairman of the Board on behalf of all the Non-executive Directors, drawing on guidance from the Remuneration Committee.

5.8    Diversity at BHP Billiton

Corporate governance reviews have highlighted that there is a continuing lack of diversity among experienced Director candidates in Australia and the UK. The Board reviewed its existing practices during the year, including how the Board and the Nomination Committee take into account diversity criteria, including

gender, nationality and geography, as part of a Director candidate’s general background and experience. See section 5.3.3 for further detail about gender diversity on the Board. The review included an assessment of the Board Committees’ Terms of Reference, and resulted in amendments to the Terms of Reference of the Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee to formalise diversity considerations. The BHP BillitonHuman Resources Policy guides the Board and management in developing diversity objectives for the Group. TheHuman Resources Policy is supported by internal processes that set out measurable objectives to support the achievement of diversity across the Group.

OurHuman Resources Policy can be found on our website at
www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

Our approach to diversity is underpinned by key principles, including:

a diverse workforce is necessary to the delivery of our strategy that is predicated on diversification by commodity, geography and market;

our aspiration is to have a workforce that best represents the communities in which our assets are located and our employees live;

actions that support our diversity aspirations should be consistent with our established approach to talent, performance and reward;

achieving an appropriate level of diversity will require structured programs at an early career stage that ensure the development of necessary skills and experience for leadership roles;

measurable objectives in support of diversity will be transparent, achievable over a period of time and fit for purpose;

the set of measurable objectives will focus on (i) enabling a diverse workforce by way of removing barriers and (ii) establishing appropriate representation targets.

The key measurable objective for FY2011 was the development and implementation of diversity plans by each CSG, Minerals Exploration, Marketing and Group Function. Each group was required to develop a diversity plan that takes into account the diversity principles. The diversity composition of each was analysed to provide a base line in the areas of gender, age and nationality. This was a key input into the development of the plans and the means of highlighting the key diversity challenges to be addressed.

Completion of the diversity plans in FY2011 formed part of the performance requirements for each business and was taken into account in assessing bonus remuneration. Execution against those plans will be monitored and tracked in FY2012 and will again form part of the assessment of bonus remuneration. Monitoring and tracking performance against plan is undertaken as part of the Group’s internal compliance requirements.

Going forward, progress against each year’s measurable objectives will be disclosed in the Annual Report, along with the proportion of women in our workforce, in senior management and on the Board. There are currently two women on the Board and the proportion of women in our workforce and in senior management is set out in section 2.8.3, where you can also find further information on diversity and our employee profile more generally.

5.93.17    Business conduct

Code of Business Conduct

We have published the BHP BillitonCode of Business Conduct. TheCode of Business Conduct, which reflectsOur Charter values, particularly those of integrity, respect, trustIntegrity and openness.Respect. It provides clear direction and advice on conducting business internationally, interacting with communities, governments and business partners and general workplace

behaviour. TheCode of Business Conduct applies to Directors and to all employees, regardless of their position or location. Consultants and contractors are also expected to act in accordance with theCode of Business Conduct.

 

TheCode of Business Conduct can be found on our website at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/codeofbusconduct.aspx.

Anti-corruption investigation

As previously disclosed, BHP Billiton received requests for information in August 2009 from the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Following that request, the Group commenced an internal investigation and disclosed to relevant authorities evidence that it has uncovered regarding possible violations of applicable anti-corruption laws involving interactions with government officials.

The issues relate primarily to matters in connection with previously terminated exploration and development efforts, as well as hospitality provided as part of the Company’s sponsorship of the 2008 Beijing Olympics. The Group is currently discussing a potential resolution of the matter.

As has been publicly reported, the Australian Federal Police has indicated that it has commenced an investigation and the Group continues to fully cooperate with the relevant authorities.

In light of the continuing nature of the investigations, it is not appropriate at this stage for BHP Billiton to predict outcomes.

TheCode of Business Conduct can be found at our website at
www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/codeofbusconduct.aspx.

Insider trading

We have aSecurities Dealing Group Level Document GLD that covers dealings by Directors and identified employees, is consistent with the UK Model Code contained in the UK Financial ServicesConduct Authority Listing Rules and complies with the ASX Listing Rule requirements for a trading policy. TheSecurities Dealing document GLD restricts dealings by Directors and identified employees in shares and other securities during designated prohibited periods and at any time that they are in possession of unpublished price-sensitive information. As part of a regular, planned process, theSecurities Dealing GLD is reviewed every two years to ensure it remains current, fit for purpose and in line with our broader governance framework.

 

A copy of the Securities Dealing Group Level Document can be found at

A copy of theSecurities Dealing GLD can be found on our website atwww.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

Business Conduct Advisory Service

We havewww.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

EthicsPoint, BHP Billiton’s business conduct advisory service

EthicsPoint, BHP Billiton’s business conduct advisory service, has been established a Business Conduct Advisory Service so that employees, contractors or members of the community can seek guidance or express concerns on business-related issues and report cases of suspected misappropriations, fraud, briberyhow we work with fellow employees, governments, communities, third parties or corruption.how we use our Company resources. Reports can be made anonymously and without fear of retaliation. Arrangements are in place to investigate such matters. Where appropriate, investigations are conducted independently. Levels of activity and support processes for the Business Conduct Advisory ServiceEthicsPoint are monitored, with activity reports presented to the Board. Further information on the Business Conduct Advisory ServiceEthicsPoint can be found in theCode of Business Conduct.

Political donations

We maintain a position of impartiality with respect to party politics and do not make political contributions/donations for political purposes to any political party, politician, elected official or candidate for public office. We do, however, contribute to the public debate of policy issues that may affect our businessthe Company in the countries in which we operate. As explained in the Directors’ Report, the Australian Electoral Commission (AEC) disclosure requirements are broad, such that amounts that are not political donations can be reportable for AEC purposes. For example, where a political party or organisation owns shares in BHP Billiton, the AEC filing requires the political party or organisation to disclose the dividend payments received for their shareholding.

SEC investigation3.18    Diversity and inclusion at BHP Billiton

An internal investigation is continuing into allegationsOur Charter andHuman Resources GLDs guide management on all aspects of possible misconduct involving interactions with government officials. Following requests for information fromhuman resource management, including diversity and inclusion. Underpinning the US SecuritiesGLDs and Exchange Commission,supporting the achievement of diversity across the Group are principles and measurable objectives that define our approach to diversity and our focus on creating an inclusive work environment.

The Board believes that critical mass is important for diversity and, in relation to gender, has set a goal of increasing the number of women on the Board. See section 3.8 for further details. Alongside Board composition, part of the Board’s role is to consider and approve the Group’s measurable objectives for each financial year, and to oversee the Group’s progress in achieving those objectives. This progress will continue to be disclosed to relevant authorities evidence that it has uncovered regarding possible violations of applicable anti-corruption laws involving interactions with government officials. The Group is continuing to cooperatein the Annual Report, along with the relevant authorities. Itproportion of women in our workforce, in senior management positions and on the Board. Further information on diversity, and our employee profile more generally, is not possible at this time to predict the scope or duration of the investigation or its likely outcomes.set out in section 1.13.

5.103.19    Market disclosure

We are committed to maintaining the highest standards of disclosure ensuring that all investors and potential investors have the same access to high-quality, relevant information in an accessible and timely manner to assist them in making informed decisions. AThe Disclosure Committee manages our compliance with the market disclosure obligations and is responsible for implementing reporting processes and controls and setting guidelines for the release of information. As part of our commitment to continuous improvement we continue to ensure alignment with best practice as it develops in the jurisdictions in which we are listed.

Disclosure Officersofficers have been appointed in the Group’s CSGsBusinesses, Group Functions and Group Functions.Marketing. These officers are responsible for identifying and providing the Disclosure Committee with materialreferral information about the activities of the CSGBusiness or functional areas using disclosure guidelines developed by the Committee. The Committee then makes the decision whether a particular piece of information is material and therefore needs to be disclosed to the market.

To safeguard the effective dissemination of information, we have developed a Market Disclosuremarket disclosure and Communicationscommunications document, which outlines how we identify and distribute information to shareholders and market participants.

 

A copy of the Market Disclosure and Communications document is available online at

www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

A copy of the Market Disclosure and Communications document is available at
www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

Copies of announcements to the stock exchanges on which we are listed, investor briefings, half-yearly financial statements,Financial Statements, the Annual Report and other relevant information are posted to the Group’scan be found on our website atwww.bhpbilliton.com.Any person wishing to receive advice by email of news releases can subscribe atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

5.113.20    Remuneration

Details of our remuneration policies and practices and the remuneration paid to the Directors (Executive and Non-executive) and members of the GMC are set out in the Remuneration Report in section 4 of this Annual Report. Shareholders will be invited to consider and to approve the Remuneration Report at the 2014 AGMs. The Australian Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules prohibit Directors and members of the GMC from voting on various resolutions relating to Key Management Personnel remuneration, including, for example, the adoption of the Remuneration Report, an increase in the maximum aggregate remuneration payable to the Non-executive Directors and the grant of equity to the Executive Director.

3.21    Directors’ share ownership

Non-executive Directors have agreed to apply at least 25 per cent of their remuneration to the purchase of BHP Billiton shares until they achieve a shareholding equivalent in value to one year’s remuneration. Thereafter, they must maintain at least that level of shareholding throughout their tenure. All dealings by Directors are subject to the Group’sSecurities Dealing GLD and are reported to the Board and to the stock exchanges.

Information on our policy governing the use of hedge arrangements over shares in BHP Billiton by both Directors and members of the GMC is set out in section 4.4.2 of this Annual Report.

Details of the shares held by Directors are set out in section 4.4.27 of this Annual Report.

3.22    Company secretaries

Jane McAloon is the President, Governance and Group Company Secretary. Ms McAloon’s qualifications and experience are set out in section 3.2.1. The Group Company Secretary is responsible for developing and maintaining the information systems and processes that enable the Board to fulfil its role. The Group Company Secretary is also responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures are complied with and advising the Board on governance matters. All Directors have access to the Group Company Secretary for advice and services. Independent advisory services are retained by the Group Company Secretary at the request of the Board or Board committees. Other persons appointed to act as company secretary of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, or both are Nicole Duncan (BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc); Elizabeth Hobley (BHP Billiton Plc); and Geof Stapledon (BHP Billiton Plc). The Board appoints and removes the company secretaries.

3.23    Conformance with corporate governance standards

Our compliance with the governance standards in our home jurisdictions of Australia and the UK,United Kingdom, and with the governance requirements that apply to us as a result of our New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) listing and our registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)SEC in the US,United States, is summarised in this Corporate Governance Statement, the Remuneration Report, the Directors’ Report and the financial statements.Financial Statements.

The Listing Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the UK Financial ServicesConduct Authority require UK-listed companies listed in the UK to report on the extent to which they comply with the Main Principles and the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (UK Code), and explain the reasons for any non-compliance. The UK Code is available online atwww.frc.org.uk/corporate/ukcgcode.cfmukcgcode.cfm..

The Listing Rules of the ASX require Australian-listed companies to report on the extent to which they meet the Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations published by the ASX Corporate Governance Council (ASX Principles and Recommendations) and explain the reasons for any non-compliance. The ASX Principles and Recommendations are available online atwww.asx.com.au/about/corporate_governance/index.htmwww.asxgroup.com.au/corporate-governance-council.htm..

Both the UK Code and the ASX Principles and Recommendations require the Board to consider the application of the relevant corporate governance principles, while recognising that departures from those principles are appropriate in some circumstances. We have complied with the provisions set out in the UK Code and with the ASX Principles and Recommendations throughoutduring the financial period and have continuedcontinue to comply up to the date of this Annual Report.

 

A checklist summarising our compliance with the UK Code and the ASX Principles and Recommendations has been posted to the website at
www.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

A checklist summarising our compliance with the UK Code and the ASX Principles and Recommendations are available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com/home/aboutus/ourcompany/Pages/governance.aspx.

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are registrants with the SEC in the US.United States. Both companies are classified as foreign private issuers and both have American Depositary ReceiptsShares listed on the NYSE.

We have reviewed the governance requirements currently applicable to foreign private issuers under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (US), including the rules promulgated by the SEC and the rules of the NYSE and are satisfied that we comply with those requirements.

Section 303A of the NYSE ListedNYSE-Listed Company Manual has institutedcontains a broad regime of corporate governance requirements for NYSE-listed companies. Under the NYSE rules, foreign private issuers, such as ourselves, are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of the requirements of Section 303A, except for the rule relating to compliance with Rule 10A-3 of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (audit committee independence) and certain notification provisions contained in Section 303A of the Listed Company Manual. Section 303A.11 of the Listed Company Manual, however, requires us to disclose any significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ

from those followed by US listed companies under the NYSE corporate governance standards. Following a comparison of our corporate governance practices with the requirements of Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual followed by domestic issuers,US companies, the following significant differences weredifference was identified:

 

Our Nomination Committee’s Terms of Reference (charter) do not include the purpose of developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance principles applicable to the corporation. While we have a Nomination Committee, it is not specifically charged with this responsibility. We believe that this task is integral to the governance of the Group and is therefore best dealt with by the Board as a whole.

Rule 10A-3 of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires NYSE-listed companies to ensure that their audit committees are directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of the external auditor unless the company’s governing law or documents or other home country legal requirements require or permit shareholders to ultimately vote on or approve these matters. While the RAC is directly responsible for remuneration and oversight of the External Auditor, the ultimate responsibility for appointment and retention of the External AuditorsAuditor rests with our shareholders, in accordance with UK law and our constitutional documents. The RAC does, however, make recommendations to the Board on these matters, which are in turn reported to shareholders.

While the Board is satisfied with its level of compliance with the governance requirements in Australia, the UKUnited Kingdom and the US,United States, it recognises that practices and procedures can always be improved, and there is merit in continuously reviewing its own standards against those in a variety of jurisdictions. The Board’s program of review will continue throughout the year ahead.

5.123.24    Additional UK disclosure

The information specified in the UK Financial ServicesConduct Authority Disclosure and Transparency Rules, DTR 7.2.6, is located elsewhere in this Annual Report. The Directors’ Report, at section 7.23,5.9, provides cross-references to where the information is located.

This Corporate Governance Statement was approved by the Board on 611 September 20112014 and signed on its behalf by:

JacquesJac Nasser AO

Chairman

611 September 20112014

64    Remuneration Report

Using this Remuneration Report

The following guide is intended to help the reader to understand and navigate through this Remuneration Report, and to understand the linkages between BHP Billiton’s remuneration strategy and the remuneration outcomes for Directors and senior executives. All acronyms used in the Remuneration Report are defined on this contents page or in section 10 of this Report.

 

Section

 

Subsection

 

What it covers

 Section
number
6.1  Message from the Chairman   
6.2  Our approach to remuneration Our overarching remuneration principles The key principles that underpin the Group’s remuneration strategy. 6.2.1
   Our remuneration policy underpins our Group strategy Shows how BHP Billiton’s remuneration policy is linked to our strategic objectives, and how remuneration is structured to reinforce achievement of these objectives. 6.2.2
   Our remuneration approach is focused on the long term Explains how the structure of at risk remuneration encourages effective risk management and long-term decision-making by management. 6.2.3
   How remuneration is determined Describes how the Remuneration Committee determined remuneration outcomes for members of the GMC. 6.2.4
   Remuneration mix Describes the core components of Total Remuneration and their different roles. 6.2.5
   When remuneration is delivered Explains the timing of the different components of remuneration and deferral to subsequent years. 6.2.6
   Fixed remuneration Details the components of GMC remuneration that are not at risk. 6.2.7
   Short-term incentives (STI) Outlines the key features of the Group Incentive Scheme (GIS), and Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) and STI rewards for GMC members. 6.2.8
   Long-term incentives (LTI) Outlines the key features of the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), LTI awards for GMC members and LTIP. 6.2.9
   Share ownership guidelines Describes the Group’s minimum shareholding requirements for the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and other members of the GMC. 6.2.10
6.3  Remuneration Governance  Explains how the Board and Remuneration Committee make remuneration decisions, including the use of external remuneration consultants. 
6.4  Executive remuneration disclosures Senior management in FY2011 Shows the individuals comprising the Key Management Personnel (KMP), which are the GMC, with a summary of key service contract terms (including termination entitlements). 6.4.1
   Statutory disclosures Provides total remuneration for GMC members calculated pursuant to legislative and accounting requirements. 6.4.2
   Equity awards Sets out the interests of GMC members resulting from BHP Billiton’s remuneration programs (including those granted and vested during FY2011). 6.4.3

Contents of the Remuneration Report

4.1

Annual statement by the Remuneration Committee Chairman

4.2

Introduction to the Remuneration Report

4.3

Remuneration policy report

•       Remuneration policy for Executive Directors

•       Remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors

4.4

Annual report on remuneration

•       Remuneration governance

•       Remuneration outcomes for the Executive Director (the CEO)

•       Remuneration outcomes for Non-executive Directors

•       Remuneration for members of the GMC (other than the CEO)

•       Other statutory disclosures

Abbreviation

Item

AGM

Annual General Meeting

CEO

Chief Executive Officer

DEP

Dividend Equivalent Payment

EBIT

Earnings Before Interest and Tax

GIS

Group Incentive Scheme

GMC

Group Management Committee

GSTIP

Group Short Term Incentive Plan

HSEC

Health, Safety, Environment and Community

IFRS

International Financial Reporting Standards

KMP

Key Management Personnel

LTI

Long-Term Incentive

LTIP

Long-Term Incentive Plan

MAP

Management Award Plan

MSR

Minimum Shareholding Requirements

STI

Short-Term Incentive

STIP

Short-Term Incentive Plan

TRIF

Total Recordable Injury Frequency

TSR

Total Shareholder Return

Section

 

Subsection

 

What it covers

 Section
number
6.5  Aggregate Directors’ remuneration  The total remuneration provided to executive and Non-executive Directors. 
6.6  Non-executive Director arrangements Non-executive Directors in FY2011 Shows the individual Non-executive Directors. 6.6.1
   Remuneration structure Explains the basis on which Non-executive Director remuneration is set and outlines the components. 6.6.2
   Retirement benefits Details the retirement benefits payable to participating Directors under the now-closed Retirement Plan. 6.6.3
   Statutory disclosures Provides total remuneration for non-executive Directors (calculated pursuant to legislative and accounting standards). 6.6.4

6.1    Message from4.1    Annual statement by the Remuneration Committee Chairman

Dear Shareholder

Welcome to BHP Billiton’s Remuneration Report for the financial year to 30 June 2014.

I am pleased to introduce a revised structure to our report this year. The new look is driven by revised disclosure requirements in the UK, together with our constant pursuit of more accessible information. I am equally pleased to report that there has been no change to our underlying remuneration philosophy and no change to how we reflect performance in remuneration outcomes – 2014 marks a decade since the Company introduced its current incentive arrangements.

As BHP Billiton’sBilliton is an Australian / UK dual-listed company, the disclosures in our report must comply with both Australian and UK reporting requirements, which unavoidably leads to a lengthy report. However, the report is intended to be comprehensible as well as comprehensive.

Structure of the 2014 Remuneration Report

This Annual Statement introduces the 2014 Remuneration Report. Following this is the Remuneration Policy Report, which sets out the remuneration policies applicable to Andrew Mackenzie (our CEO and only Executive Director) and our Non-executive Directors.

Our remuneration governance arrangements and the remuneration outcomes for Mr Mackenzie, Non-executive Directors and other members of the GMC are covered in the Annual Report on Remuneration, including the various detailed disclosures required under UK and Australian regulatory regimes.

The new structure of the report allows for a specific binding vote by shareholders in regard to the Remuneration Policy Report for the year ended 30 June 2011.first time at our 2014 AGMs.

In preparing the Report, we have maintainedLink to strategy

Our BHP Billiton Charter sets out our approach of providing relevant performance and remuneration information, enabling shareholders to assess the linkages between executive remuneration, execution of the Group’spurpose, strategy, and Group performance. The Report contains the remuneration disclosures required by Australian and UK regulations. In addition, we have again reported the actual remuneration paid to our executive team during the year.

Over FY2011, the Committee has continued to apply the remuneration framework that has been in place since 2004. This has served us well, requiring minimal alteration during a period of considerable change. There are no changes proposed in our approach to remuneration for FY2012.

However, the tenth anniversary of the BHP and Billiton merger in June 2011 provides a fitting backdrop to consider the growth and development of the Group since that date and the opportunities and challenges ahead. We believe our remuneration strategy should reinforce sustainable, long term value creation. To achieve our business goals, our remuneration must remain competitive to attract and retain talented executives, enabling us to realise our opportunities and further develop our business. Striking the appropriate balance between these considerations is important for the continued long term success of the Group.

To ensure that our remuneration policy continues to reinforce the Group’s strategies, the Committee has commenced a comprehensive review of our remuneration structures. We are reviewing the external environment within which we operatevalues and how that environment may evolve. We will also consider the global market status, the risk environment and strategic priorities for BHP Billiton. Over the course of FY2012, we will progress this review, developing appropriate remuneration proposals that will supportmeasure our focus on operational excellence, risk management and the execution of the Group’s strategy.

We consider effective governance and clear reporting on remuneration essential to maintaining the strong level of support that shareholders have demonstrated for the Remuneration Report. As in prior years, the FY2011 Report is designed to be clear and concise, to meet regulatory requirements and, above all, provide you with the information required to consider the alignment of remuneration and the Group’s success.

John Buchanan

Chairman, Remuneration Committee

6 September 2011

6.2    Our approach to remuneration

This section outlines the overarching Group strategy and the remuneration framework that guides decisions on remuneration design and outcomes for senior In framing how we remunerate our executives including the GMC members. Details of GMC membershipwe are included in section 6.4.1.

The information in this section demonstrates:

how the remuneration strategy translates into practice for the members of the GMC;

how executive remuneration is determined annuallyguided by the Remuneration Committee and Board;

the impact of business and individual performance on remuneration outcomes.

The focus is on the remuneration outcomes provided to executives and is different from, and complementary to, the statutory and accounting view of remuneration as set out in section 6.4.2.

6.2.1    Our overarching remuneration principles

The key principles of our remuneration policy are unchanged and are to:

support the execution of the Group’s business strategy in accordance with a risk appetite that is appropriate for the organisation;

provide competitive rewards to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled executives willing to work around the world;

apply demanding performance measures, including key financial and non financial measures of performance;

link a large component of pay to our performance and the creation of value for our shareholders;

ensure remuneration arrangements are equitable and facilitate the deployment of people around our businesses;

limit severance payments on termination to pre established contractual arrangements (which do not commit us to making any unjustified payments).

The Remuneration Committee is confident that these principles continue to meet the Group’s objectives.

6.2.2    success contained inOur remuneration policy underpins our Group strategy

The Remuneration Committee recognises that the implementation of the Group’s strategy and our ongoing performance depends on the quality and motivation of our people.

Our purpose is to create long-term shareholder value through the discovery, acquisition, development and marketing of natural resources.

Our strategy is to own and operate large, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market.

Our focus on the safety and health of our workforce, our fundamental drive for sustainability across all our business operations, our concern for the environment and communities within which we work, and our management of operational risks are reflected through our remuneration policy and structures.

The diagram below illustrates how BHP Billiton’s remuneration policy and structures serve to support and reinforce the six key drivers of our strategy.

LOGO

6.2.3    Our remuneration approach is focused on the long term

The focus at BHP Billiton is on long-term sustainability and our remuneration frameworksCharter. They are designed to ensure that executives take a long-term approach to decision makingdecision-making and to minimise activities that focus only on short-term results at the expense of longer termlonger-term business growth and success. The Remuneration Committee has considered the ways in which risk management and the long-term horizon are reflected throughout BHP Billiton’s rewardremuneration arrangements for all executives, and is satisfied that our approach reinforces the desired behaviours.

This is largely achieved through the Group’s approach to short-term and long-term incentive awards, which comprise a significant portion of total remuneration for Mr Mackenzie and other members of the GMC. The equity component of the short-term incentive award is deferred for a two-year period, and performance under the long term incentive plan is measured over a five-year period. The actual rewards received by Mr Mackenzie and other members of the GMC therefore reflect the Group’s performance and share price over an extended period.

Our approach

Despite the report’s new look, there have been no substantial changes to our underlying approach – we ensure that remuneration outcomes reflect the performance of the Group, Businesses and individuals. This approach has enjoyed a strong level of support from shareholders, with a vote in favour for the remuneration report of 97 per cent at last year’s AGMs.

Our approach to incentive structures has been in place for more than a decade and has served both shareholders and participants well, delivering remuneration outcomes to executives aligned to the performance of the Group and of individuals. BHP Billiton adopted the deferral of a substantial portion ofshort-term incentive awards in equity in 2003 and a five-year term for long-term incentive awards in 2004. These approaches, which were then market leading, have since become more prevalent and acknowledged as best practice.

Notwithstanding our stable approach, the Committee and the Board continue to pay close attention to shareholders’ views so they can be factored into the Group’s future approach.

Our remuneration policy in action

Each year, the Committee makes decisions regarding a range of remuneration matters, including any changes in base salary, fees and benefits, and adjudicating on short-term and long-term incentive outcomes relating to Mr Mackenzie and other members of the GMC.

Last year, when Mr Mackenzie was appointed to the CEO role, the Board and Committee believed that some downward rebasing of his remuneration package, relative to that of the former CEO, was appropriate; a view supported by Mr Mackenzie.

This year, following the Committee’s annual review process, the FY2015 base salary of Mr Mackenzie has not been increased. Likewise, other elements of Mr Mackenzie’s total target remuneration (pension contributions, benefits and short-term and long-term incentive targets) will remain the same in FY2015 as in FY2014.

Mr Mackenzie’s annual short-term incentive is at risk. The scorecard against which his performance is assessed is made up of a number of performance measures, including HSEC, financial performance, capital project management and individual personal measures. For FY2014, the Committee has assessed the performance of Mr Mackenzie and concluded it was in excess of target with a bonus outcome of 115.3 per cent, against a target of 100 per cent, a maximum of 150 per cent, and a minimum of zero. This outperformance was mainly due to positive outcomes across a range of HSEC measures, together with above-target production and productivity achievements.

Mr Mackenzie’s long-term incentive is also at risk. BHP Billiton’s business is long term, and decisions are made that are likely to have an impact for many years. It is therefore important that a significant part of senior executives’ pay reflects long-term performance. BHP Billiton’s long-term incentive plan measures performance over five years.

The Committee has now considered performance and vesting outcomes for the long-term incentive award granted in 2009, covering the five years to 30 June 2014. The performance condition benchmarked BHP Billiton’s TSR against the TSR of a tailored comparator group of resources companies. The five-year TSR performance for BHP Billiton was 60.6 per cent, exceeding the weighted average TSR of the comparator group by 17.8 per cent, resulting in a 58 per cent vesting.

The Committee considered whether there were any circumstances that merited it exercising its discretion to reduce this vesting outcome (as was the case last year where the Committee reduced vesting from 100 per cent to 65 per cent). This discretion is an important safeguard in circumstances where the Committee does not believe that the vesting outcome truly reflects performance.

After carefully considering the relative TSR outcome and both Group and individual performance over the vesting period, the Committee determined that the TSR outcome was a fair reflection of performance.

Consistent with the approach for Mr Mackenzie, the base salaries and total target remuneration packages for other GMC members have also been held constant for FY2015. Aligned with this, Non-executive Director fees were again frozen, for the third consecutive year.

Summary

This year’s Remuneration Report represents a change in format, structure and content from prior years. However, our fundamental philosophies and approaches to remuneration have not changed – we trust that you will agree that our long held, consistent approach to aligning remuneration to performance has served shareholders well.

As ever, we welcome your comments.             

John Buchanan
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

11 September 2014

4.2    Introduction to the Remuneration Report

The contents of this Remuneration Report are governed by legislation in the United Kingdom and Australia.

The UK Companies Act 2006 and the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended), which are generally described as UK requirements in this Remuneration Report, require BHP Billiton to make certain disclosures in regard to Directors, which for BHP Billiton includes the Non-executive Directors and the Executive Director, being the CEO.

The Australian Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and IFRS require BHP Billiton to make certain disclosures for KMP, defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly. For the purposes of this Remuneration Report, it has been determined that the KMP includes the Non-executive Directors, and the members of the GMC including the CEO.

4.2.1    Members of the GMC

The GMC makes key management decisions under the authorities that have been delegated to it by the Board. The composition and structure of the GMC reflects a commitment to a relentless focus on the safe execution of the Group’s strategy, and provides BHP Billiton with the right balance of skills and experience to lead the Group. The members of the GMC during FY2014 are shown in the table below.

Name

Title

Andrew Mackenzie

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

Peter Beaven

President, Copper

Tony Cudmore

President, Corporate Affairs since 3 March 2014

Tim Cutt

President, Petroleum and Potash since 2 July 2013

Dean Dalla Valle

President, Coal

Mike Fraser

President, Human Resources since 27 August 2013

Geoff Healy

Chief Legal Counsel

Mike Henry

President, HSE, Marketing and Technology since 5 May 2014

President, HSEC, Marketing and Technology to 4 May 2014

Graham Kerr

Chief Financial Officer

Jane McAloon

President, Governance and Group Company Secretary

Daniel Malchuk

President, Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

Jimmy Wilson

President, Iron Ore

Karen Wood

President since 3 March 2014

President, Corporate Affairs from 1 December 2013 to 2 March 2014

President, Public Affairs from 27 August 2013 to 30 November 2013

President, People and Public Affairs to 26 August 2013

LOGOSection3.2.2for dates of appointment of GMC members

4.2.2    Non-executive Directors

Details of the Non-executive Directors who held office during FY2014 are set out below. Each Non-executive Director held office for the whole of FY2014 unless otherwise indicated.

Name

Title

Name

Title

Malcolm Brinded(1)

Non-executive DirectorLindsay MaxstedNon-executive Director

Malcolm Broomhead

Non-executive DirectorWayne MurdyNon-executive Director

John Buchanan

Senior Independent DirectorJac NasserChairman

Carlos Cordeiro

Non-executive DirectorKeith RumbleNon-executive Director

David Crawford

Non-executive DirectorJohn SchubertNon-executive Director

Pat Davies

Non-executive DirectorShriti VaderaNon-executive Director

Carolyn Hewson

Non-executive Director

(1)Malcolm Brinded joined BHP Billiton as a Non-executive Director from 15 April 2014.

LOGOSection 3.2.1 for dates of appointment of Non-executive Directors

4.3    Remuneration policy report

This section of the report describes the overarching remuneration policy that guides the Remuneration Committee’s decisions. The remuneration policy report is presented as follows.

Contents of the remuneration policy report

4.3.1 to 4.3.8    Remuneration policy for Executive Directors

4.3.9                   Remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors

LOGOSection 4.4.14 for remuneration policy for the GMC (excluding the CEO)

The contents of this section are determined by new UK legislation, under which this policy report is required to be put to a binding vote at the Group’s 2014 AGMs. Subject to shareholder approval, this remuneration policy will become effective for Directors of BHP Billiton immediately after our final 2014 AGM. Under the UK legislation, the policy will be binding only in regard to the Directors (including the CEO) and not for other members of the GMC. The UK legislation requires BHP Billiton to present the remuneration policy for this vote at least every three years.

Where the remuneration policy report includes cross-references to other sections of the Remuneration Report or the Annual Report, these are solely for the purposes of assisting the reader to locate related information. The referenced information is not part of the remuneration policy report.

Remuneration policy for Executive Directors

BHP Billiton currently has a single Executive Director, being the CEO. Therefore, for simplicity, this section refers only to the CEO. This remuneration policy would, however, apply for any new Executive Director role, in the event that one were created during the life of this remuneration policy. In that case, references in this section to the CEO should be read as being to each Executive Director.

4.3.1    Overarching principles

The Remuneration Committee recognises that remuneration has an important role to play in supporting the implementation and achievement of the Group’s strategy and our ongoing performance, aligning the activities of management to the interests of shareholders, and in supporting Our Charter.

LOGOInside front cover of the Annual Report:Our Charter sets out our purpose, strategy, values and how we judge our success

The Committee determines the appropriate remuneration for the CEO, taking into account his responsibilities, location, skills, experience and performance within the Group. In doing so, the Committee recognises that levels of remuneration should be sufficient to attract, motivate and retain a highly skilled CEO, but also that the Group should avoid paying more than is necessary for this purpose.

The key principles of our remuneration policy, which remain unchanged, are to:

support the execution of the Group’s business strategy in accordance with a risk framework that is appropriate for the organisation;

provide competitive rewards to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled executives willing to work around the world;

apply demanding performance measures, including key financial and non-financial measures of performance;

link a significant component of pay to our performance and the creation of value for our shareholders from relative outperformance;

ensure remuneration arrangements are equitable and facilitate the deployment of people around the Group;

limit severance payments on termination to pre-established contractual arrangements (which do not commit us to making any unjustified payments).

4.3.2    The purpose of remuneration at BHP Billiton

BHP Billiton’s remuneration arrangements reinforce the achievement of our success, as set out inOur Charter, and are designed to ensure that the CEO takes a long-term approach to decision-making and to minimise activities that focus only on short-term results at the expense of longer-term business growth and success. The Remuneration Committee has considered the ways in which risk management and the long-term horizon are reflected throughout BHP Billiton’s remuneration arrangements for the CEO and all executives, and is satisfied that the approach reinforces the desired behaviours.

This is largely achieved through the Group’s approach to STI and LTI rewards,awards, which comprise a significant portion of total remuneration for the members of the GMC.remuneration. The equity component of any STI rewardsaward is deferred for a two-year period, and performance under the LTIP is measured over a five yearfive-year period. The actual rewards received by members of the GMCCEO therefore reflect the Group’s performance and share price over an extended period.

It is the Remuneration Committee’s view that this provides an appropriate focus on BHP Billiton’s sustained performance beyond the end of the initial measurement period. This approach also provides a transparent mechanism for clawback or adjustment in the event of a restatement of Group results, through changes to the vesting or non-vesting of deferred equity.awards.

In addition, STI and LTI outcomes are not driven by a purely formulaic approach. The Remuneration Committee applies qualitative judgement in determining STI and LTI outcomes, and mayholds discretion to determine that rewardsawards are not to be provided or vested in circumstances where it would be inappropriate or would provide unintended outcomes. The Remuneration Committee has no discretion to allow vesting of equity awards when performance conditions have not been satisfied.

6.2.4    How remuneration is determined

The Remuneration Committee considerssatisfied (other than in the appropriate Total Remuneration for each memberevent of death or serious injury, disability, illness that prohibits continued employment or total and permanent disablement of the GMC by examining the remuneration provided to comparable roles in organisations of similar global complexity, size, reach and industry.CEO).

Each year, the Remuneration Committee’s independent adviser, Kepler Associates, sources and consolidates relevant remuneration data for appropriate roles, based on their analysis of relevant organisations and markets. The adviser prepares a comparison to current GMC remuneration, but does not make specific recommendations regarding individual executives’ remuneration(1).

From this market comparison, the Remuneration Committee determines the appropriate Total Remuneration level for each individual, taking into account their location, skills, experience and performance within the Group. In doing so, the Remuneration Committee recognises that levels4.3.3    Components of remuneration should be sufficient to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled executives, but also that the Group should avoid paying more than is necessary for this purpose.

6.2.5    Remuneration mix

The Remuneration Committee then considers the appropriate mix and weighting of different remuneration components to make up Total Remuneration for GMC members. This includes fixed and at risk components, which are designed to deliver appropriate pay over a one-, three- and five-year time horizons.

While the Board recognises that market forces necessarily influence remuneration practices, it strongly believes that the fundamental driver of our remuneration structure should be business performance. Accordingly,

(1)For more information on the services provided to the Remuneration Committee by Kepler Associates, please refer to section 6.3.

while target remuneration is structured to attract and retain executives, the amount of remuneration actually received is dependent on the achievement of superior business and individual performance and on generating sustained shareholder value. At risk components therefore represent a significant portion of Total Remuneration and are subject to performance conditions and to ongoing service.

The components of Total Remuneration that are considered by the Remuneration Committee are:

Fixed remuneration – determined relative to comparable roles in other companies and comprising base salary, pension/retirement benefits and other non-pensionable benefits such as medical and life insurance;

Short-term incentive (STI) – intended to support a high-performance culture and delivered in cash with a matching award of Deferred Shares or Options;

Long-term incentive (LTI) – appropriate to the long-term nature of business decision making and delivered in Performance Shares with vesting determined under a five-year performance hurdle.

LOGO

More detail in regard to each component is included in the following sections of this Remuneration Report.

Maximum and actual remuneration mix

The diagram to the left illustrates the relative proportion of these components for the members of the GMC.

Base salary forms the foundation of the remuneration mix and each of the other components is described as a percentage of base salary. The diagram therefore shows base salary as 100 per cent with each additional component relative to that base salary.

The first column of the diagram shows the mix that would have applied if themaximumat risk rewards had been earned and the second column shows the comparativeactualTotal Remuneration received in relation to FY2011 as shown in the table overleaf in section 6.2.6 (as an average across the seven GMC members).

6.2.6    When remuneration is delivered

The delivery time frame varies for different components of Total Remuneration.

Total Remuneration is the key measure considered by the Remuneration Committee. The Total Remuneration for each member of the GMC in respect of the 2011 performance year was determined by the Committee over a series of meetings from July 2010. Total Remuneration is allocated across different elements

of remuneration to reflect a focus on both short- and long-term performance, and delivery of these elements occurs over different time frames as shown in the table and diagram below. As set out in sections 6.2.7 to 6.2.9, the process followed by the Remuneration Committee for determining the Total Remuneration is as follows:

A review of base salary effective from 1 September 2010 applying (along with the retirement benefits shown below) over the period from 1 September 2010 to 31 August 2011.

A target STI is set for the 2011 financial year, to reflect performance from 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2011, with performance assessed in August 2011:

Cash awards will be provided in September 2011; and

Deferred Shares and/or Options are expected to be allocated in December 2011 following the Group’s 2011 Annual General Meetings.

An LTI award of Performance Shares is allocated in December 2010 following the Group’s 2010 Annual General Meetings.

Non-statutory table: The following table shows Total Remuneration for the GMC as a resultcomponents of total remuneration, the determinations of the Remuneration Committee. The crystallisation of the Deferred STIlink to strategy, how each component operates, how performance is assessed and will impact remuneration, and the LTI awards will be after a two-year and five-year period respectively and will depend on performance and service conditions. Given the requirements to use Accounting Standards under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and the UK Companies Act 2006maximum opportunity for determining and measuring executive remuneration, including allocation across the vesting period for longer-term incentives, the ‘non-statutory remuneration’ data set out below do not reconcile directly to the Statutory Total Remuneration Table as shown in section 6.4.2.

US dollars

  Total
Remuneration
as determined
by the
Remuneration
Committee in
respect of
FY 2011
   Base salary
effective from
1 September
2010
   Retirement
benefits
effective from
1 September
2010
   Cash STI
awards to be
provided in
September
2011
   Deferred STI
awards to be
allocated in
December 2011
(Face Value)
   LTI awards
allocated in
December 2010
(Expected Value)
 

Marius Kloppers

   10,994,689     2,130,000     852,000     2,351,448     2,351,448     3,309,793  

Alberto Calderon

   5,542,641     1,100,000     385,000     1,179,200     1,179,200     1,699,241  

Andrew Mackenzie

   5,571,241     1,100,000     396,000     1,188,000     1,188,000     1,699,241  

Marcus Randolph

   6,062,321     1,230,000     418,200     1,338,240     1,338,240     1,737,641  

Alex Vanselow

   5,614,041     1,100,000     418,000     1,179,200     1,179,200     1,737,641  

Karen Wood

   4,615,812     967,500     332,820     1,037,160     1,037,160     1,241,172  

J Michael Yeager

   6,167,417     1,240,000     443,920     1,372,928     1,372,928     1,737,641  

LOGO

6.2.7    Fixed remuneration

Base salary

Base salary is reviewed annually and changes are effective from 1 September each year. It is benchmarked relative to comparable roles in global companies of similar complexity, size, reach and industry and reflects an individual’s responsibilities, location, performance, qualifications and experience within the Group. Pay reviews also consider general economic conditions and salary reviews across the rest of the Group. It is stated and paid in US dollars for all GMC members.

Non-statutory table: Base salary amounts in the table below are effective 1 September and are not linked to any specific financial year. They therefore do not match with the 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2011 salaries shown in section 6.4.2.

US dollars

  1 September 2009   1 September 2010   %
change
   1 September 2011   %
change
 

Marius Kloppers

   2,038,885     2,130,000     4.47     2,215,200     4.00  

Alberto Calderon

   1,057,000     1,100,000     4.07     1,144,000     4.00  

Andrew Mackenzie

   1,057,000     1,100,000     4.07     1,200,000     9.09  

Marcus Randolph

   1,182,751     1,230,000     3.99     1,279,200     4.00  

Alex Vanselow

   1,057,000     1,100,000     4.07     1,144,000     4.00  

Karen Wood

   930,000     967,500     4.03     1,006,200     4.00  

J Michael Yeager

   1,190,000     1,240,000     4.20     1,289,600     4.00  

Retirement benefits

As part of fixed remuneration, all GMC members are entitled to retirement benefits under defined contribution plans (for all new entrants) and legacy defined benefit plans. Employees in legacy defined benefit plans continue to accrue benefits in those plans for past and future service unless they have elected to transfer to a defined contribution plan. The table below sets out the retirement benefits payable to each member of the GMC.component.

 

Remuneration component

and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

Base salary

A competitive base salary is paid in order to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO, and to provide appropriate remuneration for this important role in the Group.

•    Base salary is broadly aligned with salaries for comparable roles in global companies of similar global complexity, size, reach and industry, and reflects the CEO’s responsibilities, location, skills, performance, qualifications and experience.

•    Base salary is reviewed annually with effect from 1 September. Reviews are informed, but not led, by benchmarking to comparable roles (as above), changes in responsibility and general economic conditions. Substantial weight is also given to the general base salary increases for employees. Base salary is not subject to separate performance conditions.

•    Base salary is denominated in US dollars.

8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in Australia.

NameRemuneration component

and link to strategy

  

Pension entitlement(1)Operation and performance framework

 %

Maximum (1)

•    The Remuneration Committee’s discretion in respect of base salary

Marius Kloppers(2) increases applies up to the maximum shown.

 Defined Contribution
40.0

Alberto CalderonPension

Provides a market-competitive level of post-employment benefit to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO.

  Defined Contribution35.0

Andrew Mackenzie

Defined Contribution36.0

Marcus Randolph

Defined Contribution34.0

Alex Vanselow

Defined Benefit38.0

Karen Wood

Defined Contribution34.4

J Michael Yeager

Defined Contribution35.8

Notes•    Pension contributions are benchmarked to comparable roles in global companies.

 

(1)

Individuals•    Pension contributions are givenprovided, with a choice of funding vehicles: a defined contribution plan, an unfunded Retirement Savings Plan,retirement savings plan, an International Retirement Planinternational retirement plan or a self-managed superannuation fund. Alternatively, a cash payment may be provided in lieu.

 

(2)

Prior to his appointment as CEO, and under the terms•    The Committee’s discretion in respect of a pre existing contract, Marius Kloppers had the choice of a (1) ‘defined benefit’, (2) ‘defined contribution’ underpinned by a defined benefit promise or (3) ‘cash in lieu’ pension entitlement for each year since 1 July 2001. He elected to take cash in lieu for each year except for FY2004 when he elected to take a defined contribution entitlement with a defined benefit underpin. Mr Kloppers retains the option to convert the entitlement accrued in the defined contribution fund to a defined benefit entitlement. Up until 2009, the value of his defined contribution entitlement exceeded the transfer value of the defined benefit underpin that he would be entitled to should he revertcontributions applies up to the defined benefit promise, and as such the entitlement was treated on a defined contribution basis. However, as measured at 30 June 2011, the transfer valuemaximum shown.

25% of the underpin (US$603,562) wasgreater than the defined contribution fund (US$530,780). This was also the case in 2009 and 2010. BHP Billiton expects that over the long term the value of the defined contribution element will revert to being in excess of the transfer value of the underpin and therefore continues to treat the entitlement on a defined contribution basis. Upon his succession as CEO on 1 October 2007, Mr Kloppers relinquished all future defined benefit entitlements.

base salary.

Shareplus all-employee share purchase plan

Like all permanent employees, members of the GMC are eligible to participate in Shareplus, an all-employee share purchase plan. Participants in Shareplus contribute from their post-tax base salary (capped at US$5,000 per year) to acquire shares in BHP Billiton. Each of the GMC members chose to contribute the maximum allowable amount to the plan from their post-tax salary in FY2011.

Provided the participant remains employed by BHP Billiton on the third anniversary of the shares being acquired, the plan provides for a grant of matching shares on a 1:1 basis. The accounting value of the rights acquired is included in remuneration over the share purchase period in the table in section 6.4.2.

A grant of Matching Shares was made to participants (including the members of the GMC) on 1 April 2011, and details of the resulting share holdings for GMC members are shown in section 6.4.3. Further details regarding Shareplus are set out in note 32 ‘Employee share ownership plans’ to the financial statements.

6.2.8    Short-term incentives

An individual scorecard of measures is set for each executive at the commencement of each financial year under the Group Incentive Scheme (GIS).

These measures are linked to the achievement of the business strategy and financial outcomes and also individual non-financial objectives reflecting individual contribution to the business (as shown in the scorecard table below). These measures have been chosen as they reward members of the GMC for their overall performance in the current year, comprising both financial performance and delivery against measures that impact the long-term sustainability of the Group.

At the conclusion of the financial year, each executive’s achievement against their measures is assessed by the Remuneration Committee and Board and their cash STI award is determined. The Board believes this method of assessment is transparent, rigorous and balanced, and provides an appropriate and objective assessment of performance.

Cash awards are paid in September following the release of the Group’s annual results. The rules of the GIS outline the circumstances in which participants may be entitled to a cash award for the financial year in which they cease employment. Such circumstances depend on the reason for leaving. The only circumstance in which the Remuneration Committee has considered using its discretion to allow members of the GMC to receive a cash award in event of departure is for those individuals who have retired or are retiring.

The value of any cash STI award is matched by an equivalent face value of Deferred Shares (or an approximately equivalent value in Options, or a combination of the two, at the election of the participant) to which the executive will not have access for two years (unless they leave the Group under specific circumstances). More details on the terms of these awards are provided below. Deferred Shares and Options are allocated in December after the Annual General Meetings. Allocations to the CEO are subject to shareholder approval.

Details of the interests held in BHP Billiton by members of the GMC as a result of participation in the GIS are provided in section 6.4.3.

LOGO

Determining STI outcomes

The key measures for the GMC in FY2011 and the level of achievement against Group measures are set out below. The Remuneration Committee believes that the KPIs set and their relative weightings appropriately incentivise short term performance.

The table below shows how, for the Group CEO and other Group Executives, all non-individual measures are assessed on a Group basis. For the Business CEOs, the weighting of assessment for measures is split between the Group and the businesses for which they are responsible as shown in the table below.

FY2011 key performance
indicators

 Weighting for
Group CEO
  Weighting for
Business CEOs (1)
  Weighting for
other Group
Executives(2)
  

FY2011 assessment for
Group-based measures (3)

  Group  Business   

Health, safety, environment and community (HSEC) includes:

 

•    Total recordable injury frequency (TRIF)

 

•    Fatalities/Significant environmental incidents

 

•    HSE risk management

 

•    Human rights impact assessment

 

•    Environment and occupational health

  15  7.5  7.5  15 The Sustainability and Remuneration Committees reviewed HSEC performance. The two fatalities arising in the Manganese business were tragic reminders for the need for constant management focus on safety and were at the forefront of consideration when determining the outcomes for the Group and businesses. Both Committees noted the good progress made on TRIF and, in particular, the strong progress in risk management, environmental risk control and employee health initiatives. Performance in HSEC was differentiated across the businesses with the overall Group result considered marginally above Target, performance in the Non-Ferrous Materials businesses and Petroleum considered to be between Target and Stretch and an outcome in Ferrous and Coal businesses of below Target.
Profit after tax (adjusted for foreign exchange, price and exceptional items)  50%    25%        35%   Performance was considered to be between Target and Stretch, reflecting positive outcomes against targets, primarily in respect of production volumes and cost management.

FY2011 key performance
indicators

 Weighting for
Group CEO
 Weighting for
Business CEOs (1)
 Weighting for
other Group
Executives(2)
 

FY2011 assessment for
Group-based measures (3)

  Group Business  
Underlying EBIT for the relevant business(es) (adjusted for foreign exchange, price and exceptional items)   25%  Performance for each business varied with results for Petroleum and the Non Ferrous Materials businesses being between Stretch and Exceptional reflecting positive outcomes against targets, primarily in respect of production volumes and cost management. Ferrous and Coal performance was between Target and Stretch
Capital management – cost and schedule 15% 7.5% 7.5% 10% With the exception of the Ferrous and Coal businesses that achieved a result above Stretch, the overall performance was below Target for a portfolio of eight major projects. This reflected the cost and schedule overruns experienced.
Individual measures based on contribution to management team, key project deliverables of each role, and the operating model (1SAP system, scalable organisational structure and people strategy including diversity) 20% 20% 40% Personal performance of the CEO and other members of the GMC was strong across the range of personal measures.

Notes

(1)

Applicable weightings for Andrew Mackenzie, Marcus Randolph and J Michael Yeager.

(2)

Applicable weightings for Alberto Calderon, Alex Vanselow and Karen Wood.

(3)

A performance range is set for each measure with the level of performance against each KPI determined as:

Threshold: the minimum necessary to qualify for any reward.

Target: where the performance requirements are met.

Stretch: where the performance requirements are exceeded.

Exceptional: where the performance requirements are significantly exceeded.

Actual STI provided for FY2011 performance

STI targets for FY2011 were set by the Remuneration Committee as part of Total Remuneration as described in section 6.2.6. The target cash award was 80 per cent of base salary for all members of the GMC, with a maximum cash award of 160 per cent of base salary for exceptional performance against all scorecard measures.

The following table shows the amount of at risk remuneration awarded by the Board as STI in cash (in September 2011) and in Deferred Shares and/or Options (to be allocated in December 2011) as a result of Group, business and individual performance against the above scorecard objectives.

As described above, the Deferred Share and/or Option awards shown below have not yet delivered any realised value to the executives, as they generally do not vest and cannot be exercised for at least two years from the end of the relevant financial year (i.e. the FY2011 awards are expected to vest in August 2013). The number and value of Deferred Shares and/or Options thatvested during FY2011 are shown in section 6.4.3.

Non-statutory table: Cash STI rewards shown below are the same as those reported in section 6.4.2, but this table shows the market value of the Deferred Shares and/or Options at the time of allocation (rather than amortising the accounting value of each award over the relevant performance and service periods as per accounting standards).

US dollars

 FY 2010
Cash STI
  FY 2010
Deferred
Shares and
Options (1)
  FY 2010
Total
  % of
max
FY
2010
  FY 2011
Cash STI
  FY 2011
Deferred
Shares and
Options (1)
  FY 2011
Total
  % of
max
FY
2011
 

Marius Kloppers

  2,330,527    2,330,527    4,661,054    71.4    2,351,448    2,351,448    4,702,896    69.0  

Alberto Calderon

  1,129,066    1,129,066    2,258,132    66.8    1,179,200    1,179,200    2,358,400    67.0  

Andrew Mackenzie

  1,120,620    1,120,620    2,241,240    66.3    1,188,000    1,188,000    2,376,000    67.5  

Marcus Randolph

  1,309,945    1,309,945    2,619,890    69.2    1,338,240    1,338,240    2,676,480    68.0  

Alex Vanselow

  1,120,610    1,120,610    2,241,220    66.3    1,179,200    1,179,200    2,358,400    67.0  

Karen Wood

  985,967    985,967    1,971,934    66.3    1,037,160    1,037,160    2,074,320    67.0  

J Michael Yeager

  1,336,407    1,336,407    2,672,814    70.2    1,372,928    1,372,928    2,745,856    69.2  
   

 

 

     

 

 

  

Total

    18,666,284       19,292,352   
   

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Average(2)

     68.1       67.8  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Note

(1)

The Deferred Shares and/or Options have the same values as the corresponding cash award. The actual number of Deferred Shares allocated is determined by dividing the relevant value by the share price at the time of allocation. The number of Options required to provide an approximately equivalent value will also be determined (should any members of the GMC nominate this alternative, or a combination of Deferred Shares and Options) based on a valuation calculated by Kepler Associates.

(2)

The average percentage of maximum is graphed against Group earnings overleaf.

Relationship between STI rewards and Group performance

The following graphs are included as part of satisfying an Australian disclosure requirement to show the relationship between KMP remuneration and earnings.

As shown on the previous page of this report, STI rewards for members of the GMC are based on a balanced scorecard of key performance measures. A substantial component of each scorecard is based on measures that will drive the long-term success and sustainability of the Group, but which may not have a direct correlation to annual profitability.

Only a proportion of STI outcomes are directly related to financial measures, and that proportion varies for different members of the GMC. The profit measure used for calculating scorecard outcomes (as defined in that section) is not the same as the disclosed profit attributable to shareholders used in the graph below.

Due to the factors described above, some correlation between STI outcomes and the measures used in the graphs below is evident over the last five years, but there is no guarantee that this will be the case in the future. Further details of the Group’s attributable profit and basic earnings per share over the past five years can be found in section 1.4.1 of this Annual Report (including definitions of these terms).

LOGOBenefits

Provides personal insurances and assistance where BHP Billiton’s structure gives rise to tax obligations across multiple jurisdictions, and a market- competitive level of benefits to attract and retain a high-quality and experienced CEO.

  LOGO

Terms of deferred STI

Each Deferred Share and each Option is a conditional right to acquire one ordinary BHP Billiton share upon satisfaction of the vesting conditions. They will not deliver any value to the holder for at least two years from the end of the financial year (unless the executive’s employment with the Group ends earlier in specific circumstances such as on death, serious injury, disability or illness, retirement and redundancy/retrenchment).

The Remuneration Committee considers it as an important principle that Deferred Shares and Options will be forfeited by the individual in specific circumstances, including if they resign from the Group or are terminated for cause within the two-year vesting period. Deferred Shares are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights. Dividends are not received by the executives during the vesting period. However, a Dividend Equivalent Payment (as described in section 6.4.2) is made to cover the period between grant and exercise, but only on Deferred Shares and/or Options that have vested. This payment is not made in relation to any securities that are forfeited during the vesting period.

Deferred Shares that vest may be exercised at no cost to the participant. Options have an exercise price that reflects the market price of BHP Billiton shares at the time of allocation, and a greater number of Options are therefore allocated if an executive chooses this alternative. The Group’s Securities Dealing Group Level Document governs and restricts dealing arrangements and the exercise of Deferred Shares and Options (as described in section 6.3).

6.2.9    Long-term incentives

An allocation of Performance Shares is determined as part of Total Remuneration (relative to market as described in section 6.2.4) and provided to each member of the GMC under the Group’s Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).

The purpose of the LTIP is to focus management’s efforts on the achievement of sustainable long-term growth and success of the Group (including appropriate management of business risks) and to align senior executive rewards with sustained shareholder wealth creation through the relative TSR performance condition. TSR is detailed and described in the table of terms later in this section.

Details of the interests held in BHP Billiton by members of the GMC as a result of participation in the LTIP are provided in section 6.4.3.

LTI granted in December 2010

The following table shows the LTI awards determined by the Remuneration Committee as part of Total Remuneration for FY2011 and provided as an award of Performance Shares in December 2010 (following approval of the CEO’s award by shareholders at the Annual General Meetings) to drive long-term performance of the Group over a five-year period (with comparative prior year data).

Whether the grants deliver any value to executives will not be determined until the end of the performance period. In order for any benefit to be obtained by the executives from the Performance Shares, the relative five-year TSR performance hurdle must be achieved over the period from 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2015, and the individual must remain employed by the Group (unless they leave the Group in specific circumstances as described in the table of terms later in this section).

Expected Value of LTI awards

The value of Performance Shares within the remuneration mix is based on the Expected Value of the Performance Shares (being a percentage of the share price).

Shareholders approved changes to the LTI plan at the 2010 Annual General Meetings, which applied to the December 2010 allocations. The impact of the changes and the new LTI terms are set out in detail in the table of terms later in this section. The table includes information on the Expected Value of the LTI awards, as calculated by Kepler Associates, which takes the performance hurdle into account along with other factors as described in the table. The Expected Value is used to represent the expected remuneration outcomes from the LTIP for the GMC members when the Remuneration Committee is considering Total Remuneration and the appropriate remuneration mix (as described in sections 6.2.5 and 6.2.6).

The changes in LTI terms from FY2011 resulted in an increase in the Expected Value of LTI awards from 31 per cent to 41 per cent of the face value of a BHP Billiton share. This has resulted in a reduction in the number of Performance Shares allocated as shown in the table below.

Non-statutory table:LTI awards shown below are included in the table in section 6.4.2, but this table shows the Expected Value of the awards as described above (rather than amortising the accounting value of each award over the relevant performance and service periods as per accounting standards).

Name

  Number of
Performance
Shares
allocated in
December 2009
   December 2009
Expected
Value (1)
   % of max
December
2009 (3)
   Number of
Performance
Shares
allocated in
December 2010
   December 2010
Expected
Value (2)
   % of max
December
2010 (3)
 

Marius Kloppers

   250,000     2,864,636     70.3     200,000     3,309,793     77.7  

Alberto Calderon

   120,000     1,150,279     54.4     120,000     1,699,241     77.2  

Andrew Mackenzie

   120,000     1,150,279     54.4     120,000     1,699,241     77.2  

Marcus Randolph

   120,000     1,375,025     58.1     105,000     1,737,641     70.6  

Alex Vanselow

   120,000     1,375,025     65.0     105,000     1,737,641     79.0  

Karen Wood

   90,000     1,031,269     55.4     75,000     1,241,172     64.1  

J Michael Yeager

   120,000     1,375,025     57.8     105,000     1,737,641     70.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   940,000     10,321,538       830,000     13,162,370    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average

       59.3         73.7  
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Notes

•    Benefits may be provided as determined by the Committee. Currently, this includes such items as the costs of private family health insurance, death and disability insurance, car parking, and personal tax return preparation in the required countries where BHP Billiton has requested that the CEO relocate internationally, or where BHP Billiton’s Dual Listed Company structure requires personal tax returns in multiple jurisdictions.

 

(1)

December 2009 Expected Values•    The CEO may from time to time be accompanied by his spouse/partner on business related travel, including for Board meetings. The costs associated with spouse/partner attendance are calculatedmet by multiplyingBHP Billiton. In some instances, they are deemed to be taxable benefits for the closing share price on the grant date (being A$40.65 forCEO. In such cases, BHP Billiton Ltd sharesreimburses the CEO for this tax cost.

•    The CEO is eligible to participate in Shareplus, which is BHP Billiton’s all- employee share purchase plan.LOGO  Section 4.4.26 for information about Shareplus and £19.06 forthe CEO’s participation

•    The Committee’s discretion in respect of benefits applies up to the maximums shown.

•    A relocation allowance and assistance is provided only where a change of location is made at BHP Billiton Plc shares)Billiton’s request. The Group’s mobility policies provide ‘one-off’ payments with no trailing entitlements.

Benefits as determined by the Expected Value

factor of 31 per cent (as determined by Kepler Associates), convertedCommittee but to US dollars on the allocation date. The Expected Value for each executive therefore reflects the number of Performance Shares allocated, the entity over which they apply and the relevant exchange rates (where applicable).

(2)

December 2010 Expected Values are calculated on a similar basis to that described in Note (1) above, except that the Expected Value for December 2010 allocations is calculated as 41 per cent of the average closing price (in US dollars) over the three months up to and including the grant date (being A$41.48 for BHP Billiton Ltd shares and £21.84 for BHP Billiton Plc shares). As the Expected Value of each Performance Shares is higher (relative to the prior year) even a reduced number of Performance Shares in December 2010 has provided an increased total value.

(3)

The maximum award under the LTIP is an Expected Value of 200 per centlimit not exceeding 10% of base salary for the relevant year (as set out the terms table later in this section).

and (if applicable) a one-off taxable relocation allowance up to US$700,000.

Proposed allocation of FY2012 LTI in December 2011

On the advice of the Remuneration Committee, the Board has approved an award of Performance Shares with an Expected Value (as described above the table) of US $3,441,000. This represents a small increase from the FY2011 LTI for the CEO (as shown in the table). The actual number of Performance Shares to be granted will depend on the share price and exchange rate over the three months up to the date of grant. At the time of determination by the Remuneration Committee this value was equal to approximately 180,000 Performance Shares (compared to 200,000 in FY2011). This Expected Value was determined with the input of independent advisers, and takes into account the appropriate level of total remuneration for the CEO, as assessed by reference to a number of factors, including the extent to which the total remuneration is market competitive. If approved by shareholders, the Performance Shares will be granted following the Annual General Meetings (i.e. in or around December 2011). The number of Performance Shares allocated will be notified to shareholders when provided, along with the number of Performance Shares which will be granted to the other members of the GMC on the same date in respect of FY2012 LTI.

LTI vesting outcomes and the delivery of LTIP rewards

The performance hurdle for the 2005 and 2006 LTIP awards requires BHP Billiton’s TSR to exceed the weighted median TSR of a group of peer companies by 5.5 per cent per annum (on average over the five years) which is 30.7 per cent over five years. Details of the comparator group companies are set out in section 6.4.3.

2005 allocations under the LTIP – vested in FY2011

The 2005 LTIP vested in August 2010. The number and value of vested Performance Shares for each GMC member are provided in section 6.4.3. Over the performance period, BHP Billiton’s TSR was 187.7 per cent. In contrast, the average TSR for the peer group against which the Group’s performance was measured was 113.6 per cent. The impact of the Company’s outperformance was to add US$59.2 billion of shareholder value from 1 July 2005 to 30 June 2010 over and above performance in line with the average of the peer group.

2006 allocations under the LTIP – tested to the end of FY2011

BHP Billiton’s TSR performance from 1 July 2006 to 30 June 2011 was assessed as 138.3 per cent compared with an average TSR performance for the comparator group companies of 66.8 per cent. This outperformance of 71.5 per cent based on BHP Billiton’s 1 July 2006 market capitalisation of US$122.7 billion represents outperformance of US$87.7 billion over and above performance in line with the average of the peer group.

The Remuneration Committee has considered the TSR outcome in the context of the Group’s financial performance over the five-year performance period and determined that the recorded TSR outperformance is a genuine reflection of BHP Billiton’s underlying financial outperformance. This qualitative judgement, which is applied before final vesting is confirmed, is an important risk management aspect to ensure that vesting is not simply driven by a formula that may give unexpected or unintended remuneration outcomes.

LOGO

LOGO

The graph below highlights BHP Billiton’s strong comparative performance against the LTIP comparator group companies and the ASX 100 and FTSE 100.

LOGO

5-year share price and dividend history

    2007     2008     2009     2010     2011  

BHP Billiton Limited (AUD)

 Share price at beginning of year $28.96 $35.38 $44.45 $33.96 $36.94
 Share price at end of year $35.03 $43.70 $34.72 $37.65 $43.80
 Dividends paid $  0.50 $  0.66 $  1.12 $  0.95 $  0.95

BHP Billiton Plc (GBP)

 Share price at beginning of year £10.61 £13.76 £18.97 £13.75 £17.28
 Share price at end of year £13.90 £19.20 £13.64 £17.54 £24.47
 Dividends paid £  0.20 £  0.28 £  0.51 £  0.53 £  0.58

Terms of LTI and the performance hurdle

Each Performance Share is a conditional right to acquire one ordinary BHP Billiton share upon satisfaction of the vesting conditions. It will therefore not deliver any value to the holder for at least five years from the end of the financial year.

Upon vesting, Performance Shares become exercisable (at no cost to the participant) in accordance with the terms of grant and BHP Billiton’s Securities Dealing Group Level Document (as described in section 6.3). Participants are prohibited from entering into hedge arrangements in respect of unvested Performance Shares. All other terms and details of the performance hurdle are outlined below.

TermsRemuneration component

Duration of performance periodFive years
Dividends

and link to strategy

  

• Dividends arenot received by the executive during the vesting period.

• A Dividend Equivalent Payment (as described in section 6.4.2) will be provided when the vesting period is overOperation and the executive exercises their Performance Shares. This payment is not made in relation to any securities that are forfeited during the vesting period.performance framework

Performance condition 

• BHP Billiton’s TSR relativeMaximum (1)

STISetting performance measures and targetsMaximum award

The purpose of STI is to TSR of comparator companies. TSRfocus the CEO’s efforts on those performance measures the return delivered to shareholders over a certain period through the change in share price and any dividends paid (whichoutcomes that are notionally reinvestedpriorities for the purposesGroup for the relevant financial year, and to motivate the CEO to strive to achieve stretch performance objectives.

The performance measures for each year are chosen on the basis that they are expected to have a significant short- and long-term impact on the success of the calculation). (1)Group.

Average period for measuring TSR performance

• TSR for

Deferral of a portion of STI awards in deferred equity over BHP Billiton andshares encourages a longer-term focus aligned to that of shareholders.

LOGO  Section 4.4.3 for eachinformation on MSR for the CEO

LOGO  Section 1.10 for a description of KPIs for the peer companies is averaged over a three-month period to help ensure that short-term fluctuations in the market do not affect the vesting results. (2)

LTI granted in December 2009 and priorLTI granted December 2010
Comparator companies (Index)

• Sector peer groupGroup

  

•    Sector peer group (determines vestingA scorecard of 67%measures is set at the commencement of each financial year.

•    The measures and their relative weightings are chosen by the Committee, in their discretion, in order to appropriately drive overall performance for the coming year. Specified financial measures will constitute the largest weighting. The scorecard will also include measures that impact the long-term sustainability of the Performance Shares).Group. The Sustainability Committee assists the Remuneration Committee in determining appropriate HSEC measures and weightings.

 

•    Broad stock market group (determines vestingWe plan to disclose the weightings of 33%HSEC, financial and individual measures around the beginning of each performance period.

•    The target is determined for each performance measure, at a level which will motivate the CEO to achieve an appropriately stretching annual performance outcome and which will contribute to the longer-term success of the Performance Shares), beingGroup and shareholder wealth. The target for each financial measure is derived from the Morgan Stanley Capital Index World – a market capitalisation index that capturesannual budget as approved by the Board for the relevant financial year.

•    For HSEC and for individual measures the target is ordinarily expressed in narrative form and will be disclosed near the beginning of the performance period. For reasons of 1,500 stocks from aroundcommercial sensitivity, while we will provide a narrative description of financial target performance in broad terms, the world. (3)actual target for each financial measure will not be disclosed in advance. However, we plan to disclose the target for each measure retrospectively. In the rare instances where this may not be prudent on grounds of commercial sensitivity, we will seek to explain why and give an indication of when the target may be disclosed.

Sector peer group composition

•    Weighted 75% to miningShould any other performance measures be added at the discretion of the Committee, we will determine the timing of disclosure of the relevant target with due consideration of commercial sensitivity.

LOGO  Section 4.4.6 for details of performance measures and 25% to oil and gasoutcomes for 2014

LOGO  Section 4.4.11 for details of performance measures for 2015

 

• No change to weightings. Current oil240% of base salary (cash 120% and gas component expanded to include major companies, with a cap120% in deferred equity).

Target performance

160% of base salary (cash 80% and collar mechanism to reduce sensitivity to any single constituent company.80% in deferred equity).

Threshold performance

80% of base salary (cash 40% and 40% in deferred equity).

Minimum award

Zero

TermsRemuneration component

and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

Vesting scaleAssessment of performance
  

No Performance Shares vest if BHP Billiton’s TSR    At the conclusion of the financial year, the CEO’s achievement against each measure is at orassessed by the Remuneration Committee and the Board, and an STI award determined. If performance is below the Index TSR.Threshold level for any measure, no STI will be provided in respect of that portion of the STI opportunity.

  

No Performance Shares vest if BHP Billiton’s TSR    The Remuneration Committee is belowassisted by the Index TSR.

•25%Sustainability Committee in relation to assessment of the Performance Shares vest if BHP Billiton’s TSR is at the Index TSR.performance against HSEC measures, and considers guidance provided by other Committees in respect of other measures.

 

•For all Performance Shares to vest, BHP Billiton’s TSR must exceed the Index TSR by an average of 5.5% per annum, which equates to exceeding the average TSR over the five-year performance period by 30.7%. Vesting occurs on a sliding scale between the Index TSR and the point of full vesting.

Other vesting conditions  

    The Board believes this method of assessment is transparent, rigorous and balanced, and provides an appropriate, objective and comprehensive assessment of performance.

•    In the event that the Remuneration Committee does not consider the level of vesting that would otherwise apply based on the Group’s achievement of the TSR hurdle to be a true reflection of the long-term financial performance of the Group it retains the discretion to lapse some or all of a participant’s Performance Shares. This is an important mitigator against the risk of unintended vesting outcomes.

•The Remuneration Committee also has the capacity to determine that vesting not be applied for any particular participant(s), should theyit consider that individual performance or other circumstances makes this an appropriate outcome. Itinappropriate outcome, it retains the discretion to not provide all or a part of any STI award. This is anticipated that this power would only be exercised in exceptional circumstances.an important mitigation against the risk of unintended award outcomes.

Retesting if performance hurdle not met 

•Not permitted

Maximum award each financial year

•An award not exceeding 200% of base salary at Expected Value. The Board determines an appropriate allocation for each individual each year.

•Expected Value is the outcome weighted by probability, and takes into account the difficulty of achieving performance conditions and the correlation between these and share price appreciation (through a Monte Carlo simulation model). The valuation methodology also takes into account other factors, including volatility and forfeiture risk (including through failure to meet the service conditions).

•Expected Value has been used because it enables the Remuneration Committee to determine LTI awards within target Total Remuneration, ensuring that awards are externally competitive.

  LTI granted in December 2009 and priorDelivery of award LTI granted December 2010
Expected Value  

    STI awards are provided under the STIP.

•    The Expected Valuevalue of each Performance Share (as calculated by Kepler Associates) was 31%any STI award is provided half in cash and half in an award of the marketequivalent value of oneBHP Billiton equity, which is deferred for two years and may be forfeited if the CEO leaves the Group within the deferral period.

•    The award of deferred equity comprises rights to receive ordinary BHP Billiton Ltd orshares in the future if the CEO is still employed by BHP Billiton Plc share at the allocation date.end of the deferral period (2). Before vesting (or exercise), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards (3). The Committee has a discretion to settle STI awards in cash.

  

The Expected Value of each Performance Share (as calculated by Kepler Associates) was 41% of the market value of one ordinary BHP Billiton Ltd or BHP Billiton Plc share at the allocation date.

Exercise period    Both cash and Expiry Dateequity STI awards are subject to malus and clawback as described below this table.

 

•Vested Performance Shares are able to be exercised for five years following the date that vesting is determined, with an Expiry Date at a date prior to the fifth anniversary of vesting.

TermsRemuneration component

Treatment on departure

and link to strategy

  

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

LTI

The Remuneration Committee regards it as an important principlepurpose of the LTI is to focus the CEO’s efforts on the achievement of sustainable long-term value creation and success of the Group (including appropriate management of business risks).

It aligns the CEO’s reward with sustained shareholder wealth creation in excess of that whereof relevant comparator group(s), through the relative TSR performance condition.

The provision of LTIP awards over BHP Billiton shares also encourages long-term share exposure for the CEO, and aligns the long-term interests of the CEO and shareholders.

Demonstration of this alignment between the interests of the CEO and shareholders is seen through the five-year performance period of the LTI which is consistent with the long-term nature of the resources industry.

LOGO  Section 4.4.3 for information on MSR for the CEO

LOGO  Section 4.4.21 for a participant resigns withouttable of awards held under the Remuneration Committees’s consent or their employment is terminated for cause, they forfeit the entitlement to their unvested Performance Shares.LTIP

Relative TSR performance condition

 

•The rulesaward is subject to a relative TSR performance condition, which must be achieved over a five-year period. Full vesting under the LTIP only occurs where BHP Billiton’s relative TSR (4) significantly outperforms the TSR of the LTIP provide that should a participant cease employment in specific circumstances, such as retirement,comparator group(s). The comparator group(s) and with the consent of the Remuneration Committee would retain entitlements to a portion of the Performance Shares that have been granted, but that are not yet exercisable. The number of such Performance Shares wouldweighting between comparator groups will be pro-rated to reflect the period of service from the start of the relevant performance period to the date of departure and, after the employee’s departure, would only vest and become exercisable to the extent that the performance hurdles are met. This ensures that any benefit receiveddetermined by the individual remains linkedCommittee in relation to their contribution to ongoing Group performance.each grant.

LOGO  Section 4.4.8 for further detail on LTIP comparator group(s)

 

If a participant’s employment ends due to death or disability, the Remuneration Committee may choose to allow retention and immediate vesting of all of the participant’s Performance Shares.

Notes

(1)

    Relative TSR has been chosen as the most appropriate measure as it allows for an objective external assessment over a sustained period on a basis whichthat is familiar to shareholders.

Level of performance required for vesting

•    None of the award will vest if BHP Billiton’s TSR is below the Peer Group TSR (being the weighted median TSR (6) where the comparator group is a specified group of peer companies) and/or below Index TSR (being the index value where the comparator group is a market index such as the MSCI World index).

•    For each award, the Committee will determine the level of relative TSR outperformance required on a per annum basis, or on a compounded basis over the five-year period, against the peer group and/or market index in order for the whole of the LTI award to vest.

LOGO  Section 4.4.8 for details of the outperformance required for recent grants

•    25% of the award will vest if BHP Billiton’s TSR is equal to the Peer Group TSR and/or Index TSR (as applicable), and vesting occurs on a sliding scale between that point and the point of full vesting.

•    There is no retesting if the performance condition is not met. In the event that the Committee does not consider the level of vesting that would otherwise apply based on the Group’s achievement of the relative TSR performance condition to be a true reflection of the underlying performance of the Group, or should it consider that individual performance or other circumstances makes this an inappropriate outcome, it retains the discretion to lapse any portion or all of the award. This is an important mitigation against the risk of unintended vesting outcomes.

Normal Maximum Award

Face value of 400% of base salary.

Exceptional Maximum Award (5)

Face value of 488% of base salary.

Remuneration component

and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum (1)

LOGO  Section 1.10 for a description of KPIs for the Group

•    To ensure that the LTI performance conditions continue to support operational excellence, risk management and the execution of the Group’s strategy, the Committee retains discretion to add further performance measures to supplement the existing relative TSR performance condition. Prior to doing so, consultation would be undertaken with key stakeholders. Should this be the case, the vesting of a portion of any LTI award may instead be linked to performance against the new measure(s). The Committee expects that in the event of introducing an additional performance measure(s), the weighting on relative TSR would remain the majority weighting.

Delivery of award

•    LTI awards are provided under the LTIP approved by shareholders at the 2013 AGMs. When considering the value of the award to be provided, the Committee primarily considers the face value of the award, and also considers its fair value which includes consideration of the performance conditions. (7)

•    The award of deferred equity comprises rights to receive ordinary BHP Billiton shares in the future if the performance and service conditions are met (2). Before vesting (or exercise), these rights are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights; however, a DEP is provided on vested awards (3). The Committee has a discretion to settle LTI awards in cash.

•    LTI awards are subject to malus and clawback as described below this table.

LOGOSection 4.3.5for how the remuneration policy considers other employees

(1)UK regulations require the disclosure of the maximum that may be paid in respect of each remuneration component. Where that is expressed as a maximum annual percentage increase which is annualised it should not be interpreted that it is the Company’s current intention to award an increase of that size in total in any one year, or in each year, and instead it is a maximum required to be disclosed under the regulations.

(2)The award may be retained if the CEO has left the Group in certain circumstances.

LOGOSection 4.3.8 for payments on loss of office

(3)A DEP is provided when the award vests (or is exercised). The CEO will receive the value of dividends that would have been payable on ordinary BHP Billiton shares over the period from grant to vest (or exercise). The Committee intends that DEP will be provided in the form of shares, although the plan accommodates a cash equivalent. A DEP is not provided in relation to any STI and LTI awards that are forfeited or lapse.

(4)BHP Billiton’s TSR is a weighted average of the TSRs of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc.

(5)

The maximum award permitted with the LTIP rules (as approved by shareholders at the 2013 AGMs) is expressed as a fair value equal to 200 per cent of base salary. A fair value takes into account the probability of meeting the performance condition and other factors. The current plan design (for FY2014 and FY2015

awards) produces a fair value of 41 per cent of face value. The maximum fair value of 200 per cent of base salary is therefore currently equivalent to a face value of 488 per cent of base salary (488% x 41% = 200%). This is shown as the Exceptional Maximum Award in the table. However, it is current policy to provide a maximum award of 400 per cent of base salary which is therefore shown in the table as the Normal Maximum Award. In any case, all LTI awards to the CEO will only be provided with prior approval by shareholders in the relevant AGMs.

(6)The weighted median TSR means the median outcome when the companies are listed by their TSR, after weighting by market capitalisation.

(7)The fair value is calculated by the Committee’s independent adviser, Kepler Associates. It reflects outcomes weighted by probability, taking into account the difficulty of achieving the performance conditions and the correlation between these and share price appreciation, together with other factors, including volatility and forfeiture risks. The fair value for the current plan design (current comparator groups, outperformance percentage, etc.) is 41 per cent of the face value of an award. This fair value of 41 per cent may change should the Committee vary elements (such as adding a performance measure or altering the level of relative TSR outperformance) not specified in this remuneration policy report. This fair value is different from the fair value used for IFRS disclosures elsewhere in this report. In particular, the IFRS fair value does not take into account forfeiture conditions on the awards.

Malus and clawback

The STIP and LTIP provisions allow the Committee to reduce or clawback awards in the following circumstances:

the participant acting fraudulently or dishonestly or being in material breach of their obligations to the Group;

where BHP Billiton becomes aware of a material misstatement or omission in the financial statements of a Group company or the Group; or

any circumstances occur that the Committee determines in good faith to have resulted in an unfair benefit to the participant.

These malus and clawback provisions apply whether or not awards are made in the form of cash or equity, and whether or not the equity has vested.

Legacy incentive plans under which awards may vest

The remuneration policy approved by shareholders is required to cover awards which were granted under legacy plans and which may vest in the future on their existing terms. Key terms are shown in the table below.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum value on
vesting

STI under the GIS

The former GIS was replaced by the STIP (described in the previous table) from FY2014. Awards were provided for the same purpose as the STIP.

•    The terms of STI awards provided under the GIS were similar to those provided under the STIP.

•    Awards were provided to the CEO for performance in FY2013, and are scheduled to vest in August 2015.

•    LOGO  Section 4.4.20 for a table of awards held under the GIS

The face value of the award on vesting plus the value of any associated DEP.

Remuneration component
and link to strategy

Operation and performance framework

Maximum value on
vesting

LTI under the former LTIP

The former LTIP was replaced by the new LTIP (described in the previous table) from FY2014. Awards were provided for the same purpose as the new LTIP.

•    The terms of LTI awards provided under the former LTIP were similar to those provided under the new LTIP as described in the previous table, including the performance conditions.

•    Awards provided to the CEO in December 2010, 2011, and 2012 are due to vest from FY2016 to FY2018 to the extent that the performance conditions are met.

•    LOGO  Section 4.4.21 for a table of awards held under the former LTIP

The face value of the awards on vesting plus the value of any associated DEP.

4.3.4    Approach to recruitment and promotion remuneration

The ongoing remuneration arrangements for a newly recruited or promoted CEO, or for another Executive Director should one be appointed, will reflect the remuneration policy as set out in this report. The ongoing components will therefore comprise base salary, pension contributions, benefits, STI and LTI.

A market competitive level of base salary, benefits and pension contributions will be provided to a newly recruited or promoted CEO, or another Executive Director. The same maximum STI and LTI apply as per the remuneration policy for the current CEO. The combined maximum level of STI and LTI that may be provided is 728 per cent of base salary, which is the combination of the maximum 240 per cent of base salary in STI and the exceptional maximum 488 per cent of base salary in LTI as per the remuneration policy for the CEO.

For external appointments, the Remuneration Committee may determine that it is appropriate to provide additional cash and/or equity components to replace any remuneration forfeited from a former employer. It is anticipated that any foregone equity awards would be replaced by equity. The value of the replacement remuneration would not be any greater than the fair value of the awards forgone (as determined by the Committee’s independent adviser). The Committee would determine appropriate service conditions and performance conditions within BHP Billiton’s framework, taking into account the conditions attached to the forgone award. The Committee is mindful of limiting such payments and not providing any more compensation than is necessary.

For any internal CEO (or another Executive Director) appointments, any entitlements provided under former arrangements will be honoured according to their existing terms.

4.3.5    Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group

When setting remuneration for the CEO, the Remuneration Committee considers the prevailing market conditions, the competitive environment and the positioning and relativities of pay and employment conditions across the wider BHP Billiton workforce.

The Committee is briefed regularly about the pay and conditions of the wider employee population, and takes into account the annual base salary increases for our employee population when determining any change in the CEO’s base salary. Salary increases in Australia, where the CEO is located, are particularly relevant, as they reflect the local economic conditions.

The principles that underpin the remuneration policy for the CEO are the same as those that apply to other employees, although the CEO’s arrangements have a greater emphasis on performance-related pay and a higher proportion of the CEO’s total remuneration is variable in the form of STI and LTI. Like those for the CEO, the performance measures used to determine STI outcomes for all employees are linked to achievement of the Group’s strategy and behaviours aligned to the values inOur Charter.

Although BHP Billiton does not consult directly with employees on Directors’ remuneration, the Group conducts regular employee engagement surveys which give employees an opportunity to provide feedback on remuneration matters. Many employees are ordinary shareholders and have the opportunity to vote on AGM resolutions. In FY2014 more than 27,000 employees enrolled to purchase BHP Billiton shares under Shareplus, our all-employee share plan.

4.3.6    Consideration of shareholder views

Part of the Board’s commitment to high-quality governance is expressed through the approach we take to engaging and communicating with shareholders. We encourage shareholders to make their views known to us.

Our shareholders are based across the globe. Regular proactive engagement on remuneration and governance matters takes place with institutional shareholders and investor representative organisations. This is overseen by the Remuneration Committee Chairman (who is also the Senior Independent Director).

In addition, shareholders can contact us at any time through our Investor Relations team, with contact details available on our website:www.bhpbilliton.com.

Feedback from shareholders and investors is shared with the Board and Remuneration Committee through the Chairman and the Remuneration Committee Chairman and is used as input to decision-making by the Board and the Committee, in respect of executive remuneration policy and application. In particular, this feedback has had a direct bearing on the Committee’s decisions in formulating this remuneration policy report content.

The Committee considers that this approach provides a robust mechanism to ensure Directors are aware of matters raised, have a good understanding of current shareholder views, and formulate policy and make decisions as appropriate.

4.3.7    Potential remuneration outcomes for the CEO

While the Remuneration Committee recognises that market forces necessarily influence remuneration practices, it strongly believes that the fundamental driver of remuneration outcomes should be business performance. It also believes that overall remuneration should be both fair to the individual and commensurate with the expectations of our shareholders.

Accordingly, while target total remuneration is structured to attract and retain a high calibre CEO, the amount of remuneration actually received each year depends on:

the achievement of superior business and individual performance;

generating sustained shareholder value from relative outperformance;

the view of the Committee as to what is fair to the individual and commensurate with shareholder expectations.

STI and LTI are the two components of remuneration that are measured on business performance, with the outcome assessed against pre-determined performance conditions.

The minimum amount the CEO could earn in respect of FY2015 is US$2.217 million, which is fixed remuneration, and made up of his base salary of US$1.700 million, pension contributions of US$0.425 million and benefits of US$0.092 million.

The maximum is US$13.097 million. This assumes he earns the maximum under the STI of US$4.080 million and the normal maximum under the LTI of US$6.800 million. All of these components are shown in the table below at the minimum, target and maximum levels. The normal maximum amount of the LTI has been calculated on the basis of full vesting at the share price on the date of grant. The normal maximum LTI is 400 per cent of base salary.

Before deciding on the final outcome for the CEO (and for other members of the GMC), the Committee first considers the outcome against the pre-determined performance conditions. It then applies its overarching discretion. It can exercise discretion downwards only (i.e. to reduce remuneration).

When the CEO was appointed in May 2013, the Board advised him that the Committee would exercise its discretion on the basis of what it considered to be a fair and commensurate remuneration level to decide if the outcome should be reduced.

To be fair to the individual, remuneration levels need to accurately reflect the CEO’s responsibilities and contributions. To be commensurate with the expectations of shareholders, remuneration levels need to reflect the expectations of our shareholders that their Company’s funds would be used to remunerate our employees in a way that is proportionate to both performance and overall value.

In this way, the Committee believes it can set a remuneration level for the CEO that is sufficient to incentivise him and that is also fair to him and commensurate with shareholder expectations and prevailing market conditions. These same considerations led the Committee to set the incoming CEO’s remuneration when he was appointed in 2013 at a lower level than the previous level for this role.

The diagram below shows the relative proportion of each remuneration component for the CEO if the minimum, target and maximum levels of performance were achieved.

LOGO

(1)Fixed remuneration comprises base salary (US$1.700 million per annum), pension contributions (25 per cent of base salary) and other benefits (US$0.092 million). The amount included for other benefits is based on FY2014 actual figures for the CEO, excluding non-recurring items.

(2)The STI target amount is based on target performance of 160 per cent of base salary. The STI maximum amount is based on a maximum award of 240 per cent of base salary. The impact of potential future share price movements (up and down) on the value of deferred STI awards is not included.

(3)The LTI amount (target and maximum) is based on the CEO’s normal maximum award equal to the face value of 400 per cent of base salary, which is lower than the maximum permissible award size under the plan rules. The ‘target’ value for the LTI award is based on the fair value of the award, which is 41 per cent of the face value, as this is the expected outcome on the balance of probabilities for the current plan design as calculated by the independent advisor to the Remuneration Committee, Kepler Associates. The minimum value for the LTI award is zero, and applies where the relative TSR of BHP Billiton is lower than the Peer Group and/or Index TSR (as applicable for each grant). The impact of potential future share price movements (up and down) on the value of LTI awards is not included.

LOGOSection 4.3.3 for more information on the components of remuneration for the CEO

4.3.8    Service contracts and policy on loss of office

The terms of employment for the CEO are formalised in his employment contract. Key terms of the current contract and relevant payments on loss of office are shown below. If a new CEO or another Executive Director was appointed, similar contractual terms would apply, other than where the Remuneration Committee determines that different terms should apply for reasons specific to the individual.

The CEO’s contract has no fixed term. It can be terminated by BHP Billiton on 12 months’ notice. BHP Billiton can terminate the contract immediately by paying base salary plus pension contributions for the notice period. The CEO must give six months’ notice for voluntary resignation. The table below sets out the basis on which payments on loss of office may be made.

Leaving reason (1) (2)

Voluntary
resignation

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Base salary

•  Base salary for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

•  No payment will be made.

•  Base salary will be paid for a period of up to four months, after which time employment may cease.

•  Base salary for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

Pension

•  Pension contributions for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

•  No pension contributions will be provided from the date of termination.

•  Pension contributions will be paid for a period of up to four months, after which time employment may cease.

•  Pension contributions for the notice period will be paid as a lump sum or progressively over the notice period.

Benefits

•  Applicable benefits may continue to be provided during the notice period.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  No benefits will be provided.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Applicable benefits may continue to be provided during the notice period.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

•  Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

•  Applicable benefits may continue to be provided for the relevant year in which employment ceases.

•  Accumulated annual leave entitlements and any statutory payments will also be paid.

Leaving reason (1) (2)

Voluntary
resignation

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

• Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will lapse.

• Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will lapse.

• Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will vest in full.

• Applicable expenses may be paid for repatriation to the home location where a relocation has been requested by BHP Billiton.

• Unvested Shareplus Matched Shares will vest in full.

STI

Where CEO leaves during the financial year or after the end of the financial year, but before an award is provided.

• No STI will be paid.

• No STI will be paid.

• The Committee may determine in its discretion to pay an amount in respect of the participant’s performance for that year.

• The Committee may determine in its discretion to pay an amount in respect of the participant’s performance for that year.

Unvested STIP equity

• Will lapse.

• Will lapse.

• Will vest in full.

• Will continue to be held, on the existing terms, for the scheduled deferral period before vesting (subject to a Committee discretion to lapse some or all of the award).

• The awards remain subject to malus and clawback.

Leaving reason (1) (2)

Voluntary
resignation

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Vested but unexercised STIP equity

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, or for a reduced exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

Unvested GIS equity

•  Will lapse.

•  Will lapse.

•  Will vest in full.

•  Will vest in full, except in the case of a leaving reason not specified in the plan rules, in which case the Committee has discretion to determine the treatment of equity awards.

Vested GIS Options (with a market-based exercise price) previously provided to the CEO – if still held on leaving.

•  Will be retained for the scheduled exercise period, and on the existing terms.

•  Will lapse.

•  Will be retained for the scheduled exercise period, and on the existing terms.

•  Will be retained for the scheduled exercise period, and on the existing terms.

LTI

Unvested awards

•  Will lapse.

•  Will lapse.

•  Will vest in full.

•  A pro rata portion of unvested awards (based on the proportion of the performance period served) will continue to be held subject to the LTIP rules and terms of grant. The balance will lapse.

•  The awards remain subject to malus and clawback.

Leaving reason (1) (2)

Voluntary
resignation

Termination for
cause

Death, serious
injury, disability
or illness (3)

Cessation of
employment with
the agreement of
the Board (4)

Vested but unexercised awards

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period.

•  Will remain exercisable for the rest of the exercise period, or for a reduced exercise period, unless the Committee determines they will lapse.

 

(2)(1) 

Starting with awardsIf the Committee considers it to be allocatednecessary, BHP Billiton may enter into agreements with a CEO which may include the settlement of liabilities in December 2011,return for payment(s), including reimbursement of legal fees subject to appropriate conditions; or to enter into new arrangements with the averaging period will be doubled to six months as added security against short-term price fluctuations.

departing CEO (for example, entering into consultancy arrangements).

 

(2)In the event of a change in control event (e.g. takeover, compromise or arrangement, winding up of the Company) as defined in the STIP and LTIP rules:

base salary, pension contributions and benefits will be paid until the date of the change of control event;

the Committee may determine that a cash payment be made in respect of performance during the current financial year and all unvested STI equity awards would vest in full; and

the Committee may determine that unvested LTI awards will either vest to the extent that the Committee determines appropriate (with reference to performance against the performance condition up to the date of the change of control event and expectations regarding future performance) or that the awards be lapsed if the Committee determines that the holders will participate in an acceptable alternative employee equity plan as a term of the change of control event.

(3) Defined as occurring when a participant leaves BHP Billiton due to death, serious injury, disability or illness that prohibits continued employment or total and permanent disablement.

(4)Defined as occurring when a participant leaves BHP Billiton due to forced early retirement, retrenchment or redundancy, termination by mutual agreement or retirement with the agreement of the Company, or such other circumstances that do not constitute resignation or termination for cause.

Remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors

Our Non-executive Directors are paid in compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code (2012) and the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Principles and Recommendations (3rd Edition).

4.3.9    Components of remuneration

The following table shows the components of total remuneration for Non-executive Directors, the link to strategy, how each component operates, and how performance is assessed and will impact remuneration and the maximum opportunity for each component.

Remuneration component and link
to strategy

Operation and performance
framework

Maximum (1)

Fees

• Competitive base fees are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals, and to provide appropriate remuneration for the role undertaken.

• Committee fees are provided to recognise the additional responsibilities, time and commitment required.

• The Chairman is paid a single fee for all responsibilities.

• Non-executive Directors are paid a base fee and relevant committee membership fees.

• Committee Chairmen and the Senior Independent Director are paid an additional fee to reflect their extra responsibilities.

• All fee levels are reviewed annually and any changes are effective from 1 July.

• Fees are set at a competitive level with advice on benchmark fees in equivalent size companies provided by external advisers. Fee levels reflect the size and complexity of the Group, the multi-jurisdictional environment arising from the Dual Listed Company structure, the multiple stock exchange listings and the extent of the geographic regions in which the Group operates. The economic environment and the financial performance of the Group are taken into account. Consideration is also given to salary reviews across the rest of the Group.

• LOGOSection 4.4.13 for current fee levels provided to Non- executive Directors

8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in the location in which duties are primarily performed, on a per fee basis.

Remuneration component and link
to strategy

Operation and performance
framework

Maximum (1)

Pension

• As required by law.

• Pension contributions provided on fees only where required by law.

As required by law.

Benefits

Travel allowances

• Competitive benefits are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals and adequately compensate for the considerable travel burden.

• Non-executive Directors receive travel allowances on a per trip basis reflecting the considerable travel burden imposed on members of the Board as a consequence of the Dual Listed Company structure and the resulting Board meetings in Australia and the UK, along with site visits at our multiple geographic locations.

8% increase per annum (annualised), or inflation if higher in the location in which duties are primarily performed, on a per-trip basis.

Other benefits

• Competitive benefits are paid in order to attract and retain high-quality individuals, and to provide appropriate remuneration for the role undertaken.

• As a consequence of the Dual Listed Company structure, Non-executive Directors are required to prepare personal tax returns in both Australia and the UK, regardless of whether they reside in one or neither of those countries. They are accordingly reimbursed for the costs of personal tax return preparation in whichever of the UK and/or Australia is not their place of residence (including payment of the tax cost associated with the provision of the benefit).

• Non-executive Directors may from time to time be accompanied by their spouse/partner to business meetings. The costs associated with spouse/partner attendance at one business meeting per annum are met by BHP Billiton’s TSR performance relative to its peers tendsBilliton and, in some instances, they are deemed to be counter-cyclical,taxable benefits for the sector-based comparison usedNon-executive Director. In such cases BHP Billiton reimburses the Non-executive Director for this tax cost.

Up to a limit not exceeding 20% of fees.

STI and LTI

• Non-executive Directors are not eligible to participate in isolation prior any STI or LTI arrangements.

Remuneration component and link
to 2010 resultedstrategy

Operation and performance
framework

Maximum (1)

Payments on early termination

• There are no provisions in less perceived valueany of the Non-executive Directors’ appointment arrangements for executivescompensation payable on early termination of their directorship.

(1)UK regulations require the disclosure of the maximum that may be paid in respect of each remuneration component. Where that is expressed as a maximum annual percentage increase which is annualised, it should not be interpreted that it is the Company’s current intention to award an increase of that size in total in any one year, or in each year, and potential recruits at times wheninstead it is a maximum required to be disclosed under the regulations.

Approach to recruitment remuneration

The ongoing remuneration arrangements for a newly recruited Non-executive Director will reflect the remuneration policy in place for other Non-executive Directors, as above. The components will therefore comprise fees, pension contributions where required by law and benefits as set out in the table above. No variable remuneration (STI and LTI) will be provided to newly recruited Non-executive Directors.

Letters of appointment and policy on loss of office

The standard letter of appointment for Non-executive Directors is available on our website. The Board has adopted a policy consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code, under which all Non-executive Directors must seek re-election by shareholders annually, if they wish to remain on the Board. As such no Non-executive Directors seeking re-election have an unexpired term in their letter of appointment.

A Non-executive Director may resign on reasonable notice. No payments are made to Non-executive Directors on loss of office. A legacy arrangement provides accrued retirement benefits under the now closed Retirement Plan of BHP Billiton Limited, and this will continue to be honoured.

LOGOSection4.4.30for retirement disclosures for the Non-executive Directors

Considerations when setting Non-executive Director remuneration

When Non-executive Director remuneration is determined, the same considerations in respect of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group and shareholder views, as described in relation to setting remuneration for the CEO, are taken into account.

LOGOSection4.3.5for consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group

LOGOSection4.3.6for consideration of shareholder views

4.4    Annual report on remuneration

This section of the report shows the impact of the remuneration policy in FY2014 and how actual performance outcomes are linked to remuneration outcomes. It is divided as follows:

Contents of the annual report on remuneration

4.4.1 to 4.4.4

Remuneration governance

4.4.5 to 4.4.11

Remuneration outcomes for the Executive Director (the CEO)

4.4.12 to 4.4.13

Remuneration outcomes for Non-executive Directors

4.4.14 to 4.4.18

Remuneration for members of the GMC (other than the CEO)

4.4.19 to 4.4.31

Other statutory disclosures

Remuneration governance

4.4.1    Board oversight and retention pressures were greatest. As a result, the Remuneration Committee introduced a second TSR comparison based on a broad stock market index for assessing the Group’s TSR performance in order to provide a fairer and more balanced measure of performance. The Morgan Stanley Capital Index World was chosen as a suitable broad stock market index for this second comparison.

6.2.10    Share ownership guidelines

The CEO is required to hold BHP Billiton securities with a value at least equal to 300 per cent of (i.e. three times) one year’s pre-tax (gross) base salary under the Group’s Minimum Shareholding Requirements policy. For other members of the GMC, the minimum requirement is 200 per cent of (i.e. two times) one year’s pre-tax (gross) base salary. These requirements reflect a strengthening of the policy effective from 1 July 2010 (previously the guidelines were set as a percentage of net base salary). The value of the securities for the purposes of the policy is the market value of the underlying shares. Unvested securities do not qualify. All of the members of the GMC currently hold sufficient securities to meet these requirements.

Under the policy, employees are not required to meet the holding requirement before awards are allocated to them, but if they are not holding the required number of shares at the time of exercise of an award, then they will be prohibited from selling all of the underlying shares on exercise. GMC members are also not allowed to hedge or otherwise protect the value of unvested securities.

6.3    Remuneration governance

Board oversight

The Board is responsible for ensuring that the Group’s remuneration structuresarrangements are equitable and aligned with the long-term interests of BHP Billiton and its shareholders. In performing this function, it is critical that the Board is independent of management when making decisions affecting employee remuneration.

remuneration of the CEO, the other members of the GMC and the Group’s employees.

Accordingly, theThe Board has therefore established a Remuneration Committee to assist it in making decisions affecting employee remuneration.such decisions. The Remuneration Committee is comprised solely of Non-executive Directors, all of whom are independent. In order to ensure that it is fully informed, when making remuneration decisions, the Remuneration Committee receives regular reports and updates fromregularly invites members of management (who the Remuneration Committee invites to attend meetings asto provide reports and when appropriate) andupdates. The Committee can draw on services from a range of external sources, including remuneration consultants.

Remuneration Committee members

John Buchanan (Chairman)

Alan Boeckmann (Member to 23 March 2011)

Carlos Cordeiro

John Schubert

Number of meetings in FY2011

Eight
Other individuals who regularly attended meetings(1)

Jacques Nasser (Chairman)

Marius Kloppers (CEO)

Karen Wood (Group Executive and Chief People and Public Affairs Officer)

Gerard Bond (Head of Group HR from 6 September 2010)

Richard Doody (Vice President Group Reward and Recognition)

Jane McAloon (Group Company Secretary)

Geof Stapledon (Group Manager Governance)

Note

(1)

Other individuals who regularly attended meetings were not present when matters associated with their own remuneration were considered.

Remuneration Committee

The activities of the Remuneration Committee are governed by Terms of Reference (approved(most recently approved by the Board in March 2008)June 2013), which are available on our website. The Remunerationpurpose of the Committee focuses on:is to assist the Board in its oversight of:

 

the remuneration policy and its specific application to the CEO, andthe other members of the GMC as well as theand its general application to all Group employees;

 

the determination of levels of reward tofor the CEO and approval of reward to the other members of the GMC;

 

the annual evaluation of the performance of the CEO, by providing guidance to the Chairman on evaluating the performance of the CEO;

Group Chairman;

 

effective communication with shareholders on the Group’s remuneration policy and the Remuneration Committee’s work on behalf of the Board.

Board;

Use

the Group’s compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements associated with remuneration matters;

the preparation of the Remuneration Report to be included in the Group’s Annual Report;

the review, at least annually, of remuneration by gender.

Remuneration

Committee members

•     John Buchanan (Chairman)

•     Carlos Cordeiro

•     Pat Davies

•     John Schubert

•     Carolyn Hewson (appointed 28 January 2014)

Number of meetings in FY2014

•     Seven

Other individuals who

regularly attended

meetings(1)

•     Jac Nasser (Chairman)

•     Andrew Mackenzie (CEO)

•     Karen Wood (President)

•     Mike Fraser (President, Human Resources)

•     Andrew Fitzgerald (Vice President, Group Reward)

•     Jane McAloon (President, Governance and Group Company Secretary)

•     Geof Stapledon (Vice President, Governance)

(1)These individuals were not present when matters associated with their own remuneration were considered.

LOGOSection3.14.2for further information regarding the Committee

The use of remuneration consultants

The BoardCommittee seeks and considers advice from independent remuneration consultantsadvisors where appropriate. Remuneration consultants are engaged by, and report directly to, the Remuneration Committee. Potential conflicts of interest are taken into account when remuneration consultants are selected, and their terms of engagement regulate their level of access to, and require their independence from, BHP Billiton’s management. The advice and recommendations of external consultantsadvisers are used as a guide, but do not serve as a substitute for thorough consideration of the issues by each Director.

Kepler Associates who werewas appointed by the Remuneration Committee to act as an independent remuneration advisers,adviser to provide specialist remuneration advice and dodoes not provide other services to the Group. Kepler Associates is a member of the UK Remuneration Consultants Group, and adheres to its Code of Conduct. During the year, Kepler Associates provided advice and assistance to the Remuneration Committee on a wide range of matters, including:

 

advice in regard to remuneration arrangements for the CEO and the members of the GMC;

benchmarking of pay of senior executives against comparable roles at a range of relevant comparator groups, including sector and size peers;

provision of information and commentary on global trends in executive remuneration;

 

calculation of accounting fair values for accounting and remuneration setting purposes of equity awards and performance analysis for LTI awards;

 

review of, and commentary on, management proposals;

 

analysis and support in the review of LTI arrangements;

other ad hocad-hoc support and advice as requested by the Committee.

Kepler Associates is the only remuneration consultant appointed by the Committee.

Remuneration Committee.recommendations

HedgingAs part of its role, Kepler Associates provided ‘remuneration recommendations’ (as defined in the Australian Corporations Act 2001) to the Committee during the year. Each time Kepler Associates provides a remuneration recommendation, Kepler Associates provides a declaration that the remuneration recommendation was made free from undue influence by the individual to whom the recommendation relates. The Board considered the

processes outlined above, the constraints incorporated into Kepler Associates’ terms of engagement, the implementation of a comprehensive protocol for the engagement of remuneration advisors and the receipt of the declaration of no undue influence. It is satisfied that the remuneration recommendations received from Kepler Associates were made free from undue influence by any member of the KMP to whom the recommendations related.

Total fees paid to Kepler Associates for the above services for the period from 1 July 2013 to 30 June 2014 were £125,520, of which £51,920 was for attendance at Committee meetings and commentary on management proposals, and a total of £73,600 for the provision of remuneration recommendations and other technical advice and support on executive remuneration.

Management also appoints external firms from time to time to assist with remuneration benchmarking, data provision and the like. While other external firms did provide certain information to management to assist them in deliberations, no remuneration advisor other than Kepler Associates provided remuneration recommendations during the year in relation to KMP.

4.4.2    Prohibition on hedging of BHP Billiton shares and equity instruments

EmployeesThe CEO and other members of the GMC are not allowed to protect the value of any unvested BHP Billiton equity instrumentsawards allocated to them under employee programsprogrammes, or the value of shares and equity instrumentssecurities held as part of meeting BHP Billiton’s minimum shareholding requirements (asMSR as described below. The policy also prohibits GMC members from using unvested BHP Billiton equity awards as collateral in section 6.2.10).any financial transaction, including hedging and margin loan arrangements.

Any securities that have vested and are no longer subject to restrictions or performance conditions may be subject to hedging arrangements or used as collateral, provided that consent is obtained from BHP Billiton in advance of the employee entering into the arrangement. Such arrangements need to be reported in the Remuneration Report, and no such arrangements were in place during FY2011 or at the date of this Annual Report.

BHP Billiton treats compliance with this policy as a serious issue, and takes appropriate measures to ensure that the policy is adhered to.

In addition,4.4.3    Share ownership guidelines and the Group hasMSR

The share ownership guidelines and the MSR help to ensure that the interests of directors, executives and shareholders remain aligned. For FY2014:

the MSR for the CEO was 500 per cent of annual gross pre-tax base salary and he met the MSR as at the date of this report;

the MSR for other members of the GMC was 300 per cent of annual gross pre-tax base salary and they all met the MSR as at the date of this report apart from Tony Cudmore, Tim Cutt, Geoff Healy and Daniel Malchuk.

The value of equity awards and any other securities for the purposes of the MSR is the market value of the underlying shares. Unvested employee equity awards do not qualify, and neither do any options with a market-based exercise price.

The CEO and other members of the GMC are expected to grow their holdings to the MSR from the scheduled vesting of their employee awards over time. Under the policy, employees are not required to meet the holding requirement before awards are allocated to them. Rather, the MSR is tested at the time that shares are to be sold. The GMC members are entitled to sell sufficient shares to satisfy tax obligations arising from the granting, holding, vesting, exercise or sale of the employee awards or the underlying shares. However, if a GMC member wishes to sell additional shares, they will be prohibited from doing so unless they will meet the MSR after the sale.

LOGOSection 4.4.27 for details of share ownership information of the CEO and other members of the GMC

Subject to securities dealing constraints, Non-executive Directors have agreed to apply at least 25 per cent of their remuneration (base fees plus Committee fees) to the purchase of BHP Billiton shares until they achieve a shareholding equivalent in value to one year’s remuneration. Thereafter, they must maintain at least that level of shareholding throughout their tenure. All Non-executive Directors met the MSR as at the date of this report.

LOGOSection 4.4.27 for details of share ownership information of the Non-executive Directors

4.4.4    Statement of voting at the 2013 AGMs

BHP Billiton’s remuneration resolutions have attracted a high level of support by shareholders. Voting in regard to those resolutions put to shareholders at the 2013 AGMs is shown below, in accordance with UK legislation.

AGM Resolution

  % vote ‘for’   % vote ‘against’   Votes withheld (1) 

Remuneration Report

   97.28     2.72     19,292,876  

Adoption of new LTIP Rules

   97.22     2.78     41,873,567  

Approval of grants to Executive Director

   97.28     2.72     17,772,663  

(1)The sum of votes marked ‘Vote Withheld’ at BHP Billiton Plc’s AGM and votes marked ‘Abstain’ at BHP Billiton Limited’s AGM.

Remuneration outcomes for the Executive Director (the CEO)

The CEO remuneration policy that prohibits Non-executive Directorsapplied in FY2014 is the same as set out in the remuneration policy report, and senior executives from using BHP Billiton securities as collateralthe remuneration outcomes described below have therefore been provided in any financial transaction, including margin loan arrangements.accordance with that same policy.

6.4    ExecutiveLOGOSection 4.3 for the remuneration disclosurespolicy for the CEO

4.4.5    Single total figure of remuneration

This section provides full detailsshows a single total figure of service contract terms, disclosedremuneration as prescribed under UK requirements. It is a measure of actual remuneration and equity holdingsis not intended to meet IFRS accounting standards.

LOGOSection 4.4.19 for the Statutory IFRS Remuneration table

This measure of remuneration is required to be reported only in relation to the performance of the services of an Executive Director. As Andrew Mackenzie assumed the role of CEO and Executive Director in May 2013, the FY2013 figures therefore relate only to a part-year period.

US dollars (’000)

      Base salary   Benefits   STI (1)   LTI   Pension   Total 

Andrew Mackenzie

   FY2014     1,700     92     3,136     2,635     425     7,988  
   FY2013     242     702     256     1,208     60     2,468  

(1)Provided half in cash and half in deferred equity as shown in the table below.

For Mr Mackenzie, the single total figure of remuneration is calculated as set out below.

FY2013 – 10 May to 30 June 2013

FY2014

Base salary

Base salary earned for the period, based on a full-year base salary in the CEO role of US$1.700 million.Base salary earned from 1 July 2013 to 30 June 2014 based on a full-year base salary of US$1.700 million as Mr Mackenzie did not receive any salary increase for FY2014.

Benefits(1)

LOGO  Section 4.3.3 for policy for specific benefits

Personal tax return preparation in required countries, a pro-rated portion of private family health insurance, plus the full amount of the US$0.700 million relocation allowance paid in respect of Mr Mackenzie’s move from the UK to Australia.The full amount of private family health insurance and personal tax return preparation in required countries provided during FY2014, together with spouse business-related travel.

STI

LOGO  Section 4.4.6 for how STI is determined

A pro-rated portion of STI awarded for FY2013 performance. Half or US$0.128 million was provided in cash in September 2013, and half or US$0.128 million deferred in an equity award, which is due to vest in FY2016.STI awarded for FY2014 performance. Half or US$1.568 million will be provided in cash in September 2014, and half or US$1.568 million deferred in an equity award (subject to shareholder approval at the 2014 AGMs), which will be due to vest in FY2017.

LTI

LOGOSection 4.4.7 for the LTI performance condition

LOGOSection 4.4.8 for LTI awarded during FY2014

A pro-rated portion of the value of 243,126 LTI awards that vested on 22 August 2013, based on performance during the five-year period to 30 June 2013. The total value of that award (based on a share price on 22 August 2013 of £19.20, converted to US dollars on that date) plus the associated DEP (of US$1.017 million) on the date of vesting and exercise was US$8.480 million.The value of 69,600 LTI awards that vested on 20 August 2014, based on performance during the five-year period to 30 June 2014. This value of that award is based on a share price on 20 August 2014 of £19.65, (converted to US dollars on that date) plus the associated DEP of US$0.359 million.

Pension

BHP Billiton’s contribution to defined contribution pension plans during the period at 25% of base salary.BHP Billiton’s contribution to defined contribution pension plans at 25% of base salary.

(1)Although eligible, the CEO does not currently participate in Shareplus, for reasons of administrative simplicity in terms of stock exchange dealings and announcements.

When the components of remuneration are provided

The following graph illustrates the usual time frame for delivery of the components of remuneration. It shows how STI and LTI outcomes are deferred.

LOGO

4.4.6    FY2014 STI performance outcomes

The CEO scorecard for the FY2014 performance year is summarised in the following table. A description of each performance measure and the CEO’s level of achievement, as determined by the Committee, are shown below the table. The performance range is set for each measure with the level of performance determined on a range of Threshold (the minimum necessary to qualify for any reward outcome), Target (where the performance requirements are met), and Stretch (where the performance requirements are exceeded).

LOGO

HSEC

The HSEC KPI for the CEO is aligned to the Group’s suite of HSEC Five Year Public Targets as set out in BHP Billiton’s Sustainability Report. As it has done for several years, the Remuneration Committee sought guidance from the Sustainability Committee when assessing HSEC performance. The Sustainability Committee reviewed performance against each of the designated measures. Consistent with prior years, the Remuneration Committee then took a holistic view of how the Group had performed in critical areas.

Targets for FY2014

Fatalities, environmental and community incidents: Nil fatalities and nil actual significant environmental and community incidents.

TRIF and occupational illness: Improved performance compared with FY2013 results, with severity and trends to be considered as a moderating influence on the overall HSEC assessment.

Risk management: The Group is to have all material risks with HSEC impacts recorded and controlled, and to have all critical control designs and critical control assessment test plans reviewed by the material risk owners.

Health, environment and community initiatives: All assets to achieve 100 per cent of targets in respect of occupational exposure reduction, water and greenhouse gas reduction and local procurement.

Performance for FY2014

Fatalities, environmental and community incidents:Zero fatalities occurred in FY2014, with a reduction in the number of potential significant events recorded as well. No significant environmental incidents occurred, and while there was a significant community protest at Cerro Matoso (Columbia), it was well managed without any material impact.

TRIF and occupational illness: TRIF performance for FY2014 was a significant improvement over FY2013, with a nine per cent reduction to a TRIF of 4.2 for FY2014, partly offset by an increase in occupational illness outcomes of 14 per cent in FY2014 compared with FY2013.

Risk management: All material HSEC risks that have been identified are recorded, and critical control assessments have been completed.

Health, environment and community initiatives: Greenhouse gas reduction targets set at the commencement of the year were materially exceeded, with outperformance observed across BHP Billiton. Targets set for reducing occupational health exposures, for water management and local procurement plan development and implementation were achieved.

Attributable profit

Profit after taxation attributable to members of the GMC.

6.4.1    Senior management in FY2011

Australian Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards require BHP Billiton to make certain disclosures for Key Management Personnel (KMP). KMPGroup (attributable profit) is defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities ofprimary measure used by the Group, directly or indirectly.

Board when assessing the Group’s financial performance. For the purposes of assessing the actual reported outcome against a directly comparable target, the attributable profit KPI is adjusted for changes in commodity prices, foreign exchange movements, and exceptional items to ensure that it appropriately measures outcomes that are within the control and influence of the Group and its executives. Of these, changes in commodity prices are ordinarily the most material due to volatility in prices and the impact on Group revenue.

Targets for FY2014

In respect of FY2014, the Board determined a target for attributable profit of US$13.3 billion, after the adjustments described above.

Performance for FY2014

Attributable profit of US$13.8 billion was reported by BHP Billiton, which was in excess of the target. The drivers of this outperformance were higher than expected sales volumes, particularly in Iron Ore and, to a lesser extent, in Coal, together with positive productivity and cost performance across a range of Businesses, particularly in Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel, and in Coal. These gains were partly offset by the impact of non-cash costs in Copper.

Capital project management (cost and schedule)

Capital project management measures based on the cost and the schedule outcomes for major capital projects in execution are considered to be effective measures of the delivery of our project pipeline, and consistent with other companies in our sector. The cost KPI is adjusted for foreign exchange movements to ensure that it appropriately measures outcomes that are within the control and influence of the Group and its executives.

Targets for FY2014

In respect of FY2014, the Board determined a target for cost of US$23.9 billion, after adjusting for foreign exchange movements, and a target for schedule of 36.0 months which are weighted averages of the portfolio of major projects under development.

Performance for FY2014

The outcome of US$24.0 billion on cost was slightly behind the target. While the performance outcome on schedule was nominally on target at 36.0 months, the actual outcome was determined to be marginally behind target for the purposes of STI outcomes. While the majority of major capital projects proceeded in accordance with approved targets, cost budgets were exceeded on certain projects in Copper and Iron Ore, while favourable cost outcomes were observed in respect of certain other projects in Coal and Iron Ore. Negative impacts on schedule were observed on certain major capital projects in Copper, Iron Ore and Petroleum and Potash, while certain other projects progressed ahead of approved schedule in Iron Ore and Coal.

Individual performance measures for the CEO

Individual measures for the CEO are determined at the commencement of the financial year. The application of personal, qualitative measures remains an important element of effective performance management. These measures seek to provide a balance between the financial and non-financial performance requirements that maintain our position as a leader in our industry.

Targets for FY2014

The CEO’s individual measures for FY2014 comprised contribution to the overall performance of the Group and the management team, and delivery against projects and initiatives within the scope of the CEO role as set out by the Board, including productivity and cost improvement, enhanced stakeholder relations and portfolio optimisation.

Performance for FY2014

The CEO has completed his first full financial year in the role, and is considered by the Committee to have performed well against the individual measures set at the commencement of the year, as set out above. The CEO has contributed positively to the performance of the Company and the GMC, significant productivity improvements have been achieved during FY2014, relations with stakeholders have improved, and the Group’s portfolio optimisation efforts are progressing well. Accordingly, the Committee is of the view the CEO has performed ahead of target on individual measures.

4.4.7    LTI performance outcomes

LTI vested based on performance to June 2014

The five-year performance period for the 2009 LTI awards ended on 30 June 2014. The CEO’s 2009 LTI comprised 120,000 awards, subject to achievement of the relative TSR performance condition, and any discretion applied by the Remuneration Report, itCommittee as described below.

Testing the performance condition

For the award to vest in full, BHP Billiton was required to deliver a TSR that exceeded the Peer Group TSR by an average of 5.5 per cent per year for five years, being 30.7 per cent in total compounded over the five-year performance period from 1 July 2009 to 30 June 2014.

LOGOSection 4.3.3 for the definition of Peer Group TSR

In respect of the 2009 LTI, the Peer Group TSR was 42.8 per cent, compared to BHP Billiton’s TSR of 60.6 per cent. Accordingly, BHP Billiton outperformed its peer companies by 17.8 per cent, and therefore 58 per cent of awards vested. As a result, 69,600 of the CEO’s 2009 LTI award (granted under the former LTIP) vested on 20 August 2014. The closing price of ordinary BHP Billiton Limited shares on the LSE on that date was £19.65 and so the value of the vested award was US$2.635 million, including the associated DEP of US$0.359 million in relation to dividends over the five-year performance period in the form of shares (by applying the net cash DEP towards the purchase of ordinary BHP Billiton Limited shares for the CEO).

If BHP Billiton’s relative performance had been equal to or less than the Peer Group TSR, then Threshold vesting would not have been achieved, and none of the award would have vested.

LOGOSection 4.4.8 for the 2009 peer group companies

The impact of the TSR outperformance by BHP Billiton was to add US$25 billion of shareholder value from 1 July 2009 to 30 June 2014 over and above the weighted average performance of the comparators, as shown in the graphs below. Starting from the LTI award scheduled to vest next year, being the LTI allocated in 2010, relative TSR will be measured against both a peer group, and also a broader market index.

Application of discretion to reduce vesting

The rules of the LTIP and the terms and conditions of the award give the Committee an overarching discretion to reduce the number of awards that will vest, notwithstanding the fact that the performance condition for partial or full vesting has been met.

In accordance with its overarching discretion, the Committee has considered the TSR outcome in the context of the Group’s performance over the five-year performance period and determined that the KMPrecorded TSR outcome is a fair reflection of performance.

This qualitative judgement, which is applied before final vesting is confirmed, is an important risk management aspect to ensure that vesting is not simply driven by a formula that may give unexpected or unintended remuneration outcomes. The Committee considers its discretion carefully each year, taking account of the circumstances that are relevant to the Directorsfive-year period under consideration.

LOGOSection4.4.25for a five-year history of BHP Billiton share prices and dividends

The graphs below show BHP Billiton’s performance under the 2009 LTIP performance condition.

LOGO

LOGO

The graph below shows BHP Billiton’s comparative performance against the ASX 100, FTSE 100 and the membersMSCI World index.

LOGO

LTI vested during FY2014 based on performance to June 2013

As detailed in last year’s Remuneration Report, the five-year performance period for the 2008 LTIP ended on 30 June 2013. For awards to vest in full, BHP Billiton was required to deliver a TSR that exceeded the Peer Group TSR of a by an average of 5.5 per cent per year for five years, being 30.7 per cent in total compounded over the five-year performance period. The Peer Group TSR was negative 44.0 per cent, which compared to BHP Billiton’s TSR of negative 9.4 per cent. As a result, BHP Billiton outperformed its peer companies by 34.6 per cent, and therefore met the requisite performance condition for full vesting.

LOGOSection 4.3.3 for the definition of Peer Group TSR

LOGO Section 4.4.8 for the 2008 peer group companies

As described above, the Committee then considered their overarching discretion under the LTIP rules to reduce the number of awards that vested, notwithstanding the fact that the performance condition for full vesting had been met. The Committee, with the support of the GMC who servedBoard, exercised that discretion and reduced vesting by 35 per cent for all participants. Accordingly, 35 per cent of the CEO’s awards did not vest and instead lapsed.

In applying its discretion, the Committee took into account a range of factors, including the negative TSR over the five-year performance period that shareholders have experienced. While the Committee recognised that the TSR was delivered in a difficult business environment, it also felt that more closely aligning the experience of shareholders and executives was important. As always, the Committee also looked at the total remuneration for executives. While the Committee exercised its discretion in respect of the 2008 LTIP vesting, based on its consideration of all relevant factors, this does not imply that the discretion will or will not be exercised to reduce the vesting result in future years.

LOGOSection 4.4.5 for the number and value of vested LTI awards for the CEO

4.4.8    LTI allocated during FY2011. FY2014

Following shareholder approval at the 2013 AGMs, an LTI award was granted to the CEO on 18 December 2013. The face value and fair value of the award are shown in the table below.

Number of LTI
rights (1)

  

Face value

US$ (‘000) (2)

  

Face value

% of salary

  

Fair value

US$ (‘000) (3)

  

Fair value

% of salary

  

% of max (4)

198,514

  6,800  400  2,788  164  82

(1)The number of LTI rights is calculated by dividing the face value by the average closing share price over the 12 months up to and including the grant date (being A$35.33) and rounding down to the nearest number of rights.

(2)The face value of the award was determined as 400 per cent of Andrew Mackenzie’s base salary of US$1.700 million.

(3)The fair value of the award is calculated by multiplying the face value of the award by the fair value factor of 41 per cent (for the current plan design, as determined by Kepler Associates).

(4)The allocation is 82 per cent of the maximum award that may be provided under the LTIP rules. The maximum is a fair value of 200 per cent of base salary, or face value of 488 per cent of base salary, based on the fair value of 41 per cent for the current plan design (488% x 41% = 200%).

Terms of the LTI award

LOGO Section 4.3.3 for the terms of LTI that are set in the remuneration policy for the CEO

In addition to those terms, the Remuneration Committee has determined:

The performance period will be 1 July 2013 to 30 June 2018.

The share price averaging period of six months will be used in the TSR calculations to account for short-term price fluctuations.

BHP Billiton’s performance relative to peers tends to be counter-cyclical. To provide a fair and balanced outcome, TSR relative to the weighted average TSR of sector peer companies selected by the Committee (Peer Group TSR) determined the vesting of 67 per cent of the award. TSR relative to the broad MCSI World index (Index TSR) will determine the vesting of the remaining 33 per cent of the award.

For the whole of either portion of the award to vest, BHP Billiton’s TSR must exceed the Peer Group TSR or the Index TSR (as applicable) by an average of 5.5 per cent per annum. This equates to exceeding average TSR over the five-year performance period by 30.7 per cent. Threshold vesting of each portion of the award occurs where BHP Billiton’s TSR equals the Peer Group TSR or Index TSR (as applicable).

Peer Group TSR is the weighted median TSR for the companies. Each company in the peer group is weighted by market capitalisation to ensure that it is represented appropriately within the TSR calculation. The maximum weighting for any one company is capped at 15 per cent and the minimum is set at one per cent, to reduce sensitivity to any single peer company.

The sector peer group companies for the FY2014 allocations in December 2013 are below, along with those for prior LTI grants.

December
2008 and
2009 (1)
December
2010 to
2012
December
2013

Resources (75%) (2)

Alcoa

Anglo American

Cameco

Consol Energy

Fortescue Metals

Freeport McMoRan

Glencore Xstrata (3)

Norilsk

Peabody Energy

Rio Tinto

Southern Copper

Teck Cominco

Vale

December
2008 and
2009 (1)
December
2010 to
2012
December
2013

Oil and Gas (25%)

Andarko Petroleum

Apache

BG Group

BP

Canadian Natural Res.

Chevron

ConocoPhillips

Devon Energy

EOG Resources

Exxon Mobil

Occidental Petroleum

Shell

Woodside Petroleum

(1)In 2008 and 2009, the share price averaging period used in the TSR calculations to account for short-term price fluctuations was 3 months. This was extended to 6 months from the December 2010 grants.

(2)This peer group was the only comparator group for the 2008 and 2009 LTIP grants. The Index TSR was introduced as a secondary comparator (for 33 per cent of the award) from the December 2010 grant.

(3)GlencoreXstrata has replaced Xstrata in the peer group for December 2008 to 2012 awards from the merger of Glencore and Xstrata in May 2013.

4.4.9    CEO remuneration and returns to shareholders

Five-year CEO remuneration

The table below shows the total remuneration earned by Andrew Mackenzie and Marius Kloppers over the last five years, along with the proportion of maximum opportunity earned in relation to each type of incentive. As Mr Mackenzie assumed the role of CEO in May 2013, the FY2013 total remuneration shown relates only to the period 10 May to 30 June 2013. The FY2013 total remuneration for Mr Kloppers relates only to the period 1 July 2012 to 10 May 2013.

LOGOSection 4.4.5 for the methodology used to calculate the single total figure of remuneration as used in this table

Financial year

  FY2010   FY2011   FY2012   FY2013   FY2014 

Andrew Mackenzie

          

Total remuneration (single figure, $’000)

                  2,468     7,988  

STI (% of maximum)

                  47     77  

LTI (% of maximum)

                  65     58  

Marius Kloppers

          

Total remuneration (single figure, $’000)

   14,789     15,755     16,092     15,991       

STI (% of maximum)

   71     69     0     47       

LTI (% of maximum)

   100     100     100     65       

Five-year TSR

The graph below shows BHP Billiton’s TSR against the performance of relevant indices over the same five-year period. The indices shown in the graph were chosen as being broad market indices which include companies of a comparable size and complexity to BHP Billiton.

LOGO

4.4.10    Change in CEO’s remuneration in FY2014

The table below sets out the CEO’s base salary, benefits and STI amounts earned in respect of FY2014, with the percentage change from FY2013. The table also shows the average change in each element for employees of the Group in Australia (being approximately 26,500 employees). This has been chosen by the Committee as the most appropriate comparison, as the CEO is located in Australia.

      Base salary   Benefits   STI 

CEO

   $’000    1,700     92     3,136  
   % change (1)   0.0     (87.0)     23.2  

Australian employees

   % change (average)    2.3     (10.0)     17.9  

(1)The percentage changes for the CEO have been determined with reference to annualised numbers for FY2013.

4.4.11    Remuneration for the CEO in FY2015

Subject to approval of the remuneration policy by shareholders at the 2014 AGMs, the remuneration for the CEO in FY2015 will be provided in accordance with that policy.

LOGOSection 4.3.3 for the remuneration policy for the CEO

Base salary increase in September 2014

Base salary is reviewed annually, and increases are applicable from 1 September. The CEO will not receive a base salary increase in September 2014 and it will remain unchanged at US$1.700 million per annum for FY2015.

FY2015 STI performance measures

STI awards will be determined and provided on the same basis as set out for FY2014, and the HSEC, attributable profit, capital project management and individual performance measures are unchanged.

LOGOSection 4.4.6 for a description of STI for FY2014, including the performance measures

The performance measures set out in the table below have been set by the Remuneration Committee for the CEO in FY2015.

Performance measure

Weighting

Target performance

HSEC

20%

• Fatalities, Environment and Community Incidents:Nil fatalities and nil actual significant environmental and community incidents.

• TRIF and Occupational Illness: Improved performance compared with FY2014 results, with severity and trends to be considered as a moderating influence on the overall HSEC assessment.

• HSEC Risk Management: Each Business is to have all material risks with HSEC impacts recorded and controlled. For all material risks Businesses to have all critical control designs and critical control assessment test plans reviewed by the material risk owner.

Performance measure

Weighting

Target performance

• Health, Environment and Community Initiatives: All assets to achieve 100% of planned targets in respect of occupational exposure reduction, water and greenhouse gas projects reduction and local procurement and cultural awareness targets.

Attributable profit

(adjusted for commodity prices foreign exchange movements and exceptional items)

40%

• For reasons of commercial sensitivity, the target for attributable profit will not be disclosed in advance; however, we plan to disclose targets and outcomes retrospectively. In the rare instances where this may not be prudent or grounds of commercial sensitivity, we will explain why and give an indication of when they will be disclosed.

Capital project management

(cost and schedule)

20%

• For reasons of commercial sensitivity, the targets for capital project management cost and schedule will not be disclosed in advance; however, we plan to disclose targets and outcomes retrospectively. In the rare instances where this may not be prudent or grounds of commercial sensitivity, we will explain why and give an indication of when they will be disclosed.

Individual performance

20%

• The CEO’s individual measures for FY2015 comprise contribution to BHP Billiton’s overall performance and the management team, and the delivery of projects and initiatives within the scope of the CEO role as set out by the Board, including portfolio optimisation and simplification, capital management, improvement in leadership capabilities and employee engagement throughout the Group, and GMC member development and succession.

FY2015 LTI award

On the advice of the Committee, the Board has proposed an FY2015 LTI award for the CEO with a face value of US$6.800 million, being 400 per cent of the CEO’s base salary. Taking into account the performance condition as represented by the fair value factor of 41 per cent, the fair value of these awards is US$2.788 million.

The FY2015 LTI award will use the same performance and service conditions, vesting schedule and peer groups as the FY2014 LTI award.

LOGOSection 4.4.8 for a description of LTI for FY2014

If approved by shareholders, this FY2015 LTI award will be granted following the AGMs (i.e. in or around December 2014). The number of awards will be notified to shareholders at the time that they are provided.

Remuneration outcomes for Non-executive Directors

The remuneration policy for the Non-executive Directors set out in the remuneration policy report also applied in FY2014, and the remuneration outcomes described below have therefore been provided in accordance with that same policy.

LOGOSection 4.3.9 for the remuneration policy for the Non-executive Directors

The maximum aggregate fees payable to Non-executive Directors (including the Chairman) was approved by shareholders at the 2008 AGMs at US$3.8 million per annum. This sum includes base fees, committee fees and pension contributions. Travel allowances and non-monetary benefits are not included in this limit.

4.4.12    Single total figure of remuneration

This section shows a single total figure of remuneration as prescribed under UK requirements. It is a measure of actual remuneration. As Non-executive Directors do not receive any equity awards as part of their remuneration, this table also meets the requirements of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 requires and relevant accounting standards.

US dollars (’000)

      Fees (1)   Benefits (2)   Pension (3)   Total 

Malcolm Brinded (4)

   2014     42     15          57  

Malcolm Broomhead

   2014     230     75     12     317  
   2013     230     59     12     301  

John Buchanan

   2014     263     84   ��      347  
   2013     263     67          330  

Carlos Cordeiro

   2014     198     103          301  
   2013     198     115          313  

David Crawford

   2014     230     69     12     311  
   2013     230     88     12     330  

Pat Davies

   2014     198     88          286  
   2013     198     118          316  

Carolyn Hewson

   2014     214     48     12     274  
   2013     203     60     10     273  

Lindsay Maxsted

   2014     263     53     14     330  
   2013     263     69     14     346  

Wayne Murdy

   2014     235     113          348  
   2013     235     161          396  

Jac Nasser

   2014     1100     114          1214  
   2013     1100     107          1207  

Keith Rumble

   2014     198     129          327  
   2013     198     154          352  

John Schubert

   2014     243     45     13     301  
   2013     243     90     12     345  

Shriti Vadera

   2014     203     79          282  
   2013     203     93          296  

(1)Fees include the annual base fee, plus additional fees as applicable for the Senior Independent Director, Committee Chairs and Committee memberships.

LOGOSection4.4.13for details of the fee structure for FY2013 and FY2014

(2)

The majority of the amounts disclosed for benefits are travel allowances for each Non-executive Director: amounts of between US$15,000 and US$112,000 (US$59,000 and US$119,000 for FY2013). In addition, amounts of between US$ nil and US$5,000 (US$ nil and US$5,000 for FY2013) are included in respect of

tax return preparation; amounts of between US$ nil and US$32,000 (US$ nil and US$25,000 for FY2013) are included in respect of costs associated with spouse/partner attendance at a business meeting location; and amounts of between US$ nil and US$19,000 (US$ nil and US$16,000 for FY2013) are included in respect of reimbursement of the tax cost associated with the provision of taxable benefits.

(3)BHP Billiton Limited made minimum superannuation contributions of 9.25 per cent of fees for FY2014 in accordance with Australian superannuation legislation (increasing to 9.5 per cent of fees paid in FY2015).

(4)The FY2014 remuneration for Malcolm Brinded relates to part of that year only, as he joined the Board on 15 April 2014.

4.4.13     Non-executive Directors’ remuneration in FY2015

Subject to make certain disclosures in respectapproval of the top five highest paid executivesremuneration policy by shareholders at the 2014 AGMs, the remuneration for the Non-executive Directors in FY2015 will be provided in accordance with that policy.

LOGOSection 4.3.9 for the remuneration policy for the Non-executive Directors

Fees for the Non-executive Directors are determined by the Chairman and the CEO. The Non-executive Directors do not take part in these discussions. Fees for the Chairman are determined by the Board on the recommendation of the Remuneration Committee.

Fees for the Non-executive Directors and Chairman were reviewed in June 2014 and benchmarked against peer companies, with the assistance of externally provided benchmark data. As a result of the review, a decision was taken to keep FY2015 fees unchanged from FY2014. The table below Board level. In FY2011,sets out the five highest paid executives below Board level were allfee levels for FY2015, and the changes in fee levels since FY2011.

Levels of fees and travel allowances
for Non-executive Directors
(in US dollars)

  From 1 July
2010
   From 1 July
2011
   From 1 July
2012
   From 1 July
2013
   From 1 July
2014
 

Base annual fee

   154,000     170,000     170,000     170,000     170,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plus additional fees for:

          

Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc

   35,000     48,000     48,000     48,000     48,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Committee Chair:

          

Risk and Audit

   55,000     60,000     60,000     60,000     60,000  

Finance(1)

             60,000     60,000     60,000  

Remuneration

   40,000     45,000     45,000     45,000     45,000  

Sustainability

   40,000     45,000     45,000     45,000     45,000  

Nomination

   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Committee membership:

          

Risk and Audit

   30,000     32,500     32,500     32,500     32,500  

Finance(1)

             32,500     32,500     32,500  

Remuneration

   25,000     27,500     27,500     27,500     27,500  

Sustainability

   25,000     27,500     27,500     27,500     27,500  

Nomination

   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
   
 
No additional
fees
 
  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Travel allowance: (2)

          

Greater than 3 but less than 10 hours

   7,000     7,000     7,000     7,000     7,000  

10 hours or more

   15,000     15,000     15,000     15,000     15,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Chairman’s remuneration

   1,000,000     1,100,000     1,100,000     1,100,000     1,100,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The Finance Committee was created on 23 April 2012, and the fees shown are annualised and commenced from that date.

(2)In relation to travel for Board business, the time thresholds relate to the flight time to travel to the meeting location (i.e. one way flight time). Until 30 June 2011, the time frames were ‘Greater than 3 but less than 12 hours’ and ‘12 hours or more’.

Remuneration for members of the GMC (other than the CEO)

The information in this section contains details of the remuneration policy that guided the Remuneration Committee’s decisions and therefore their remuneration details are already includedresulted in the KMP disclosures.

Details of theremuneration outcomes for members of the GMC, during FY2011other than the CEO (or any other Executive Directors should any be appointed in future).

LOGOSection4.2.1 for members of the GMC

The remuneration policy and structures for the other members of the GMC are essentially the same as those already described for the CEO in previous sections of the Remuneration Report. Where this is the case, to avoid repetition, this section of the report cross references that prior content.

4.4.14    Remuneration policy

In designing and determining the remuneration for members of the GMC, the Remuneration Committee applies the Group’s remuneration policy. This contains the key principles that support and reinforce the Group’s strategy and ongoing performance and align activities of management with the interests of shareholders.

LOGOSection 4.3.1 and 4.3.2 for overarching principles and purpose of remuneration at BHP Billiton

The Remuneration Committee considers the appropriate total remuneration for each member of the GMC by examining the remuneration provided to comparable roles in organisations of similar global complexity, size, reach and industry.

Each year, the Committee’s independent adviser, Kepler Associates, sources and consolidates relevant remuneration data for comparable roles, in relevant organisations and markets. The adviser prepares a comparison to current GMC remuneration, but does not make specific recommendations regarding the level of individual executives’ remuneration.

LOGOSection 4.4.1 for more information on services provided by Kepler Associates

From this market comparison, the Committee determines the appropriate remuneration for each individual, taking into account their responsibilities, location, skills, qualifications, experience and performance within the Group. In doing so, the Committee recognises that levels of remuneration should be sufficient to attract, motivate and retain high quality, experienced executives, but also that the Group should avoid paying more than is necessary for this purpose.

4.4.15    Components of remuneration

The components of remuneration for members of the GMC are the same as the CEO, with any differences described below.

LOGOSection 4.3.3 for the components of CEO remuneration (including how remuneration links to strategy, how each component operates and how performance is assessed)

Fixed remuneration

As for the CEO, the other members of the GMC receive:

A competitive base salary that is appropriate to the role and attracts and retains high quality executives.

Pension contributions to a maximum of 25 per cent of base salary.

Relocation allowance and other benefits as determined by the Remuneration Committee, and of a similar nature to those received by the CEO, or as otherwise determined by local policy or practice in the location where the GMC member is located.

LOGOSection 4.4.19 for details of significant components of fixed remuneration for each member of the GMC

STI

Members of the GMC are entitled to participate in the STIP on the same basis as the CEO.

LOGOSection 4.3.3 for details of the STIP, including the setting of performance measures, assessment of performance, and delivery of awards in cash and deferred equity (including terms in relation to malus and clawback)

LOGOSection 4.3.8 for the terms of STI awards on cessation of employment

The performance measures for members of the GMC are similar to those of the CEO, as determined by the Committee. However, the weighting of each performance measure will vary to reflect the focus required from each GMC role. In particular, there are different weightings for GMC members with specific Business responsibilities. The relevant performance measures and weightings and the performance outcomes for FY2014 (as assessed by the Committee) are set out in this table. Each individual wasthe diagram below.

LOGOSection 4.4.6 for a comparable table of performance measures and outcomes for the CEO

LOGOSection 4.4.19 for details of the STI amount provided to each member of the GMC for FY2014 performance

FY2014 performance measures and outcomes

LOGO

The description of the wholeSTI outcomes for the CEO explains the FY2014 performance outcomes against targets for HSEC, attributable profit, EBIT and capital project management. This includes the material variations from target performance for BHP Billiton and for its separate Businesses, which correspond to the Business outcomes shown in the diagram above.

Individual measures are determined at the commencement of FY2011. Datesthe financial year. These comprise each individual’s contribution to the GMC, delivery against projects and initiatives within the scope of appointmenthis or her role, and his or her contribution to the overall performance of allthe Group. Personal performance of other GMC members appear in section 4.2was reviewed against these measures by the Committee and, on average, was considered marginally above target, with a range of this Annual Report, and the dates21 to 23 per cent against a target of their current service contracts appear in the table on the right.20 per cent.

The service contracts for allLTI

Other members of the GMC receive LTI awards under the LTIP, which are made on the same basis and with the same performance hurdles and vesting conditions as those provided to the CEO.

LTI awards granted to other members of the GMC generally have a maximum face value of 350 per cent of base salary, which is a fair value of 143.5 per cent of base salary under the current plan design (with an expected value of 41 per cent, taking into account the performance condition: 350% x 41% = 143.5%). The exception is for Jane McAloon and Tony Cudmore, for whom the maximum face value is 300 per cent of base salary (or a fair value of 123.0 per cent of base salary).

LOGOSection 4.3.3 for details of the LTIP, including the relative TSR performance condition, and the level of performance required for vesting (including terms in relation to malus and clawback)

LOGOSection 4.3.8 for the terms of LTI awards on cessation of employment

LOGOSection 4.4.7 for details of the performance outcomes for the 2009 LTIP

LOGOSection 4.4.21 for details of LTI awards, that vested during FY2014

Shareplus all-employee share purchase plan

Like the CEO, other members of the GMC are also eligible to participate in Shareplus. For administrative simplicity in regard to stock exchange dealings and announcements, the other members of the GMC do not currently participate in Shareplus.

LOGOSection 4.4.26 for information about Shareplus and the current holdings of GMC members

4.4.16    Remuneration mix

The Group approach to remuneration for members of the GMC is that a significant portion should be ‘at risk’ to provide strong alignment between remuneration outcomes and the interests of BHP Billiton shareholders.

The diagram below sets out the relative mix of each remuneration component for other members of the GMC. Each component is determined as a percentage of base salary (at the minimum, target and maximum levels of performance-based remuneration).

LOGO

(1)Base salary earned by each member of the GMC is set out in section 4.4.19.

(2)As for the CEO, the minimum STI award is zero, with an award of 80 per cent of base salary in cash and 80 per cent in deferred equity for target performance, and a maximum award of 120 per cent cash and 120 per cent deferred equity for exceptional performance against KPIs.

LOGOSection 4.4.19 for actual cash STI awards for FY2014 performance, which are shown in the annual cash incentive column of the table

(3)Other members of GMC have a maximum LTI award with a face value of 350 per cent of base salary as shown in the chart, with the exception of Jane McAloon and Tony Cudmore, who each have a maximum LTI award with a face value of 300 per cent of base salary.

LOGOSection 4.4.21 for actual LTI awards for FY2014, which were granted on 18 December 2013

4.4.17    Employment contracts

The terms of employment for other members of the GMC are formalised in employment contracts, which have no fixed term. They typically outline the components of remuneration paid to the individual, but do not prescribe how remuneration levels are to be modified from year to year. The contracts are all capable of terminationyear-to-year. A GMC employment contract may be terminated by BHP Billiton on up to 12 months’ notice. BHP Billiton can terminate a contract immediately by making a

payment of up to 12 months’ base salary plus pension contributions for the relevant period. The GMC member must give six months’ notice. In addition,notice for voluntary resignation.

LOGOSection 4.2.1 for members of the GMC (including the date they commenced in their role if during the current financial year)

4.4.18    Arrangements for a GMC member leaving the Group retainsafter 30 June 2014

Karen Wood retired from BHP Billiton on 20 August 2014

Karen Wood retired from her role as President on the right to terminate a contract immediately by making a payment equal to 12 months’GMC on 19 August 2014 and from BHP Billiton on 20 August 2014. Ms Wood has received base salary, pluspension contributions and applicable benefits up to the date of her retirement. She received no payments in lieu of notice upon retirement, but has been paid the value of the pension and superannuation funds that she has accumulated during her service with the Group. When determining the STI awards for GMC members, the Remuneration Committee resolved that Ms Wood would receive a FY2014 short-term incentive award in the form of cash, which was assessed by the Committee, based on her performance. No deferral period will apply in respect of this cash STI award. Upon her retirement, the unvested deferred shares allocated to her in respect of the FY2013 GIS award vested to her in full. In accordance with the Group’s usual practice, Ms Wood’s unvested LTIP awards were pro-rated, to reflect the percentage of the performance period that had elapsed to 20 August 2014. The vesting of the retained pro-rated awards will be determined by the Committee at the relevant time in future years. The awards will only vest if the performance condition is met at the end of each five-year performance period, subject to the Committee’s ability to reduce vesting through its discretion under the plan rules.

The arrangements for GMC members leaving the Group are within the approval provided by shareholders at the 2011 and 2013 AGMs in regard to Australian termination benefits forlegislation, including the provision of performance-based remuneration in accordance with the rules of the relevant incentive plans. Ms Wood will continue to provide advice and assistance to the CEO on a consultancy basis.

Other statutory disclosures

This section provides details of any additional statutory disclosures required by Australian or UK regulations that period.have not been included in the previous sections of the Remuneration Report.

Name

Title

Date of Contract

Marius Klopper

Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Executive Director12 February 2008

Alberto Claderon

Group Executive and Chief Commercial Officer16 January 2008

Andrew Mackenzie

Group Executive and Chief Executive Non-Ferrous Materials14 November 2007

Marcus Randolph

Group Executive and Chief Executive Ferrous and Coal13 December 2005

Alex Vanselow

Group Executive and Chief Financial Officer14 June 2006

Karen Wood

Group Executive and Chief People and Public Affairs Officer21 February 2006

J Michael Yeager

Group Executive and Chief Executive Petroleum21 March 2006

6.4.2    Statutory disclosures4.4.19    GMC remuneration table

The table overleafbelow has been prepared in accordance with the requirementsrelevant accounting standards. Remuneration data for all members of the UK Companies Act 2006 (andGMC are pro-rated for the Largeperiods of FY2013 and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 made thereunder) andFY2014 that each individual served as a member of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and relevant accounting standards.

ExplanationGMC. An explanation of the share-based payments terms used in the table is provided following the table and associated footnotes. Comparative FY2013 figures for many of the current members of the GMC therefore relate only to a small portion of the year following their appointment to the GMC. Tony Cudmore, Tim Cutt and Mike Fraser joined the GMC during FY2014 and there is no relevant FY2013 comparison.

More information on the policy and operation of each element of remuneration is provided in prior sections of this report.

Share-based payments

The figures included in the shaded columns of the statutory table below for share-based payments were not actually provided to the KMP during FY2013 or FY2014. These amounts are calculated in accordance with accounting standards and are the amortised IFRS fair values of equity and equity-related instruments that have been granted to the executives, either in relation to FY2013 and FY2014 performance or that of prior financial years. Please refer to sections 4.4.20 to 4.4.26 for information on awards allocated during FY2013 and FY2014. A further explanation of the share-based payments terms used in the table is provided following the table and its associated footnotes.

       Short-term benefits   Post-
employment
benefits
   Share-based payments (6)   Total 

US dollars (’000)

      Base
salary (1)
   Annual cash
incentive (2)
   Non-
monetary
benefits (3)
   Other
benefits (4)
   Retirement
benefits (5)
   Value of STI
and Shareplus
awards (7)
   Value of LTI
awards (8)
   

Executive Directors

                  

Andrew Mackenzie

   2014     1,700     1,568     92          425     992     2,346     7,123  
   2013     1,271     899     10     700     431     902     888     5,101  

Other GMC members

                  

Peter Beaven

   2014     1,000     850     17          250     588     1,342     4,047  
   2013     142     77     1          36     69     159     484  

Tony Cudmore

   2014     247     223               62     30     22     584  

Tim Cutt

   2014     1,000     867     12     550     250     525     1,173     4,377  

Dean Dalla Valle

   2014     1,000     936               250     565     1,173     3,924  
   2013     142     60          100     36     62     119     519  

Mike Fraser

   2014     717     656     13          179     284     604     2,453  

Geoff Healy

   2014     1,000     914     29          250     294     271     2,758  
   2013     77                    19               96  

Mike Henry

   2014     1,083     1,015     20          271     816     1,365     4,570  
   2013     1,000     817     11     700     250     687     1,231     4,696  

Graham Kerr

   2014     1,083     1,006     68          271     828     1,383     4,639  
   2013     1,000     897     4          250     642     1,285     4,078  

Jane McAloon

   2014     750     686               188     402     796     2,822  
   2013     106     41               27     42     76     292  

Daniel Malchuk

   2014     871     797     29          218     441     817     3,173  
   2013     121     51     3     475     31     42     64     787  

Jimmy Wilson

   2014     1,000     951               250     647     1,342     4,190  
   2013     142     75               36     77     159     489  

Karen Wood

   2014     1,000     922               250     711     1,542     4,425  
   2013     1,005     741     16          333     740     1,881     4,716  

(1)Base salaries shown in this table reflect the amounts paid over the 12-month period from 1 July 2013 to 30 June 2014. No changes to salaries occurred during FY2014 except as follows:

Mike Fraser and Tony Cudmore were appointed to the GMC during the year on base salaries of US$0.850 million and US$0.750 million respectively; and

Daniel Malchuk’s base salary increased from US$0.850 million to US$1.000 million (consistent with other Business Presidents) on 10 May 2014, reflecting the development in the role since his appointment on 10 May 2013.

LOGOSection 4.3.3 and 4.4.15 for base salary policy and operation

(2)Annual cash incentive is the cash portion of STI awards earned in respect of performance during each financial year.

LOGOSection 4.3.3, 4.4.6 and 4.4.15 for STI policy and operation and for FY2014 STI outcomes

STI is provided half in cash and half in deferred equity (which are included in the share-based payments columns of the table). The minimum possible value awarded to each individual is nil. The maximum STI is 240 per cent of base salary (120 per cent in cash and 120 per cent in deferred equity). For FY2014 GMC members earned the following STI awards as a percentage of the maximum (the remaining portion has not been earned (i.e. has been ‘forfeited’)): Andrew Mackenzie 77 per cent, Peter Beaven 71 per cent, Tony Cudmore 76 per cent, Tim Cutt 72 per cent, Dean Dalla Valle 78 per cent, Mike Fraser 76 per cent, Geoff Healy 76 per cent, Mike Henry 77 per cent, Graham Kerr 76 per cent, Jane McAloon 76 per cent, Daniel Malchuk 76 per cent, Jimmy Wilson 79 per cent and Karen Wood 77 per cent.

(3)Non-monetary benefits are non-pensionable and include such items as health and other insurances and fees for tax return preparation (if required in multiple jurisdictions).

(4)Other benefits are non-pensionable and included one-off relocation allowances (with no trailing entitlements) provided to Andrew Mackenzie, Mike Henry and Daniel Malchuk in FY2013 and to Tim Cutt in FY2014 in regard to their international relocations, and to Dean Dalla Valle in FY2013 in regard to his domestic relocation.

(5)Retirement benefits are 25 per cent of base salary for each GMC member.

(6)The percentage of the total remuneration for FY2014, which is made up of equity awards, ranges from 9 per cent for Tony Cudmore to 51 per cent for Karen Wood.

(7)The amounts shown in this column are described in the section below these notes. They may include awards paid in the form of cash where the individual ceases employment prior to the scheduled allocation date of the STI awards (in December 2014 for FY2014 awards). Footnote (2) shows the percentage of the FY2014 STI award not earned (i.e. ‘forfeited’) as a percentage of the maximum award. These share-based payments may also be forfeited after allocation in specific circumstances as described in section 4.3.8 and therefore, the minimum possible value of the awards is nil. The maximum possible value cannot be determined as it depends on future share price movements, but is estimated by the IFRS fair value used for accounting purposes in this table.

LOGOSection 4.4.20,4.4.23 and 4.4.26 for the actual numbers of awards allocated to and held by members of the GMC

(8)The amounts shown in this column are described in the section below these notes. These share-based payments may also be forfeited after allocation in specific circumstances as described in section 4.3.8 and therefore the minimum possible value of the awards is nil. The maximum possible value cannot be determined as it depends on future share price movements, but is estimated by the IFRS fair value used for accounting purposes in this table.

LOGOSection 4.4.21, 4.4.22 and 4.4.24 for the actual numbers of awards allocated to the GMC

This column also includes an amount allocated to remuneration in FY2013 and in FY2014 in respect of awards received by Mr Mackenzie on commencement of employment with BHP Billiton, which vested during FY2013. The final value of the awards will be determined at the time that Mr Mackenzie chooses to redeem the award, and this column will incorporate an annual true-up amount until that time. Full details of the award and the relevant terms and conditions were provided in the FY2013 Annual Report.

ValueThe value of STI and Shareplus awards: The amountsawards shown in the table include:includes:

 

the estimated IFRS fair value of Deferred Shares and OptionsSTI awards provided as deferred equity or cash settled share-based payments under the GIS, as described in section 6.2.8, subsequentGSTIP and STIP;

LOGOSection 4.4.20 and 4.4.23 for awards allocated to meeting KPIs. Theeach individual

the IFRS fair value of the Deferred Shares and OptionsSTI awards is estimated at grant date by discounting the total value of the shares that will be issued in the future using the risk-free interest rate for the period to the date of award. From FY2011, there was a change in accounting policy to account for the Dividend Equivalent Payment (DEP) from cash settled to equity settled. The table overleaf incorporates this change with the 2010 value of Deferred Shares and Options under the GIS being restated to include the value of the DEP that will be received on exercise. Participants who wereare provided with awards under the GIS in previous years are entitled to a payment (upon exercise)DEP in lieu of the dividends that would have been payable on ordinary BHP Billiton shares over the period from the allocation date to the time they exercise theirreceive ordinary shares in BHP Billiton. Prior to FY2011 awards, a similar DEP entitlement applied to GSTIP awards. Deferred Shares and OptionsThis is not the case with awards allocated since October 2011. From FY2011, there was a change in accounting policy to account for the DEP from cash-settled to equity-settled. STI awards are equity-settled share-based payments. The actual Deferred Shares and Options will be awardedgranted to GMC participants following the 2011 Annual General Meetings (subjectrelevant AGMs (awards to the CEO are subject to shareholder approval forapproval). If employment ceases prior to that scheduled allocation of equity awards, the CEO).value of the awards may be provided in cash, but would still be included in this column of the table. Once awarded, the onlythere is a vesting condition is forthat requires participants to remain in employment for a further two further years. Accordingly, the number of securities (if any) that will ultimately vest cannot be determined until the service period has been completed. The estimatedIFRS fair value of the Deferred Shares and Options forms part of the STI at risk remuneration appearing throughout this Remuneration Report. The fair value of Deferred Shares and Optionsawards is apportioned to annual remuneration based on the expected future service period, which is normally three years.years (being the performance year in which the STI is earned and the subsequent two-year service period). The vesting of Deferred Shares and OptionsSTI awards may be accelerated in the event of leaving the Group, in which case the expected future service period is amended;

 

the estimated IFRS fair value of rights to MatchingMatched Shares acquired during each share purchase period under the Shareplus program, as described in section 6.2.7.program. These rights are acquired on each of the quarterly share-purchaseshare purchase dates under the program (grant dates), and the IFRS fair value is apportioned to annual remuneration based on the future service period required for the MatchingMatched Shares to be allocated (i.e. the vesting date of the rights). Where entitlements to the MatchingMatched Shares are accelerated on leaving the Group, the expected future service period is amended.

LOGOSection 4.4.26 for awards under Shareplus

ValueThe value of LTI awards: Performance Shares allocated underawards shown in the LTIP as described in section 6.2.9 are defined as equity-settled share-based payments. Thetable includes:

the estimated IFRS fair value of awards provided under the LTIP, MAP and as Transitional GMC awards which are defined as equity-settled share-based payments;LOGOSection 4.4.21, 4.4.22 and 4.4.24 for awards allocated to each individual

the amount included in this column in respect of each LTI

award under the LTIP is the estimated IFRS fair value of the Performance Sharesaward as determined by Kepler Associates using a Monte Carlo simulation methodology taking account of the performance hurdle,condition, the term of the award, the share price at grant date, the expected price volatility of the underlying share, the risk-free interest rate for the term of the award and the value of the DEP that will be received on exercise of the award. The 2010 figures in the table overleaf have been restated to include the change in accounting policy of DEP from cash settled to equity settled. TheIFRS fair value of each award is apportioned to annual remuneration in equal amounts to each of the years in the expected future service period, which is normally five years. Where entitlements to Performance SharesLTI awards are preserved on leaving the Group, the expected future service period is amended.

The figures provided in the shaded columns of the statutory table below for share-based payments were not actually provided to the KMP during FY2011. These amounts are calculated in accordance with accounting standards and are the amortised accounting fair values of equity and equity-related instruments that have been granted to the executives, either in relation to FY2011 performance or that of prior financial years. Please refer to sections 6.2 and 6.4.3 for information on awards allocated during FY2011.

US dollars

    Short-term benefits  Subtotal:
UK requirements
  Post-
employment
benefits
  Share-based payments  Total:
Australian
requirements
 
    Base
Salary(1)
  Annual cash
bonus(2)
  Non-
monetary
benefits (3)
  Other
benefits  (4)
   Retirement
benefits (5)
  Value of STI
and Shareplus
awards(6)
  Value of LTI
awards(7)
  

Executive Director

  

   

Marius Kloppers

  2011    2,114,814    2,351,448    85,708        4,551,970    845,926    2,002,603    4,233,635    11,634,134  
  2010    2,038,885    2,330,527    67,067        4,436,479    815,554    1,817,191    3,653,589    10,722,813  

Other GMC members

  

   

Alberto Calderon (8)

  2011    1,092,833    1,179,200    20,489    177,009    2,469,531    382,492    1,082,048    1,878,134    5,812,205  
  2010    1,056,934    1,129,066    13,776    175,000    2,374,776    369,927    970,040    1,531,235    5,245,978  

Andrew Mackenzie

  2011    1,092,833    1,188,000    3,112        2,283,945    393,420    917,887    5,806,514    9,401,766  
  2010    1,025,603    1,120,620    3,067        2,149,290    369,217    522,517    3,234,167    6,275,191  

Marcus Randolph

  2011    1,222,125    1,338,240    78,520    2,839    2,641,724    415,523    1,121,021    2,231,715    6,409,983  
  2010    1,182,751    1,309,945    46,561        2,539,257    402,135    1,060,796    1,915,152    5,917,340  

Alex Vanselow (8)

  2011    1,092,833    1,179,200    80,356    800    2,353,189    415,277    985,468    2,313,101    6,067,035  
  2010    1,077,468    1,120,610    34,908        2,232,986    409,438    930,710    1,996,538    5,569,672  

Karen Wood

  2011    961,250    1,037,160            1,998,410    330,670    861,644    1,766,402    4,957,126  
  2010    928,375    985,967    4,852        1,919,194    319,361    782,339    1,541,489    4,562,383  

J Michael Yeager

  2011    1,231,667    1,372,928    17,057    66,767    2,688,419    440,937    1,192,946    2,289,142    6,611,444  
  2010    1,183,092    1,336,407    20,119        2,539,618    423,547    1,086,731    2,153,609    6,203,505  

Notes

(1)

Base salaries are generally reviewed on 1 September each year. Amounts shown in this table reflect the amounts paid over the 12-month period from 1 July to 30 June each year. From 1 September 2009, all GMC base salaries are expressed in US dollars. More detail is provided in section 6.2.7.

(2)

Annual cash bonus is the cash portion of STI reward earned in respect of performance during each financial year as described in section 6.2.8, which shows the STI reward earned as a percentage of the maximum award, where the maximum possible award is 100 per cent. The remaining portion of the 100 per cent maximum has not been earned (i.e. it has been ‘forfeited’). The minimum possible value awarded is nil. Actual payments are made in September, once performance has been assessed, e.g. in September 2011 for FY2011 awards. The equity portion of STI rewards are described in Note 6 below.

(3)

Non-monetary benefits are non-pensionable and include such items as medical and other insurances and fees for professional services such as for tax advice.

(4)

Other benefits are non-pensionable and include:

A relocation allowance of US$175,000 for Alberto Calderon in each year in relation to a change in his place of employment from London to Melbourne.

Payment of US$66,767 in lieu for leave accrued but not taken by J Michael Yeager in FY2011, as Group policy does not allow GMC members to roll forward annual leave entitlements from one financial year to the next.

(5)

Retirement benefits are calculated as a percentage of base salary for each GMC member, as set out in the table in section 6.2.7.

(6)

The amounts shown in this column are described on the previous page. Section 6.2.8 shows the STI reward earned as a percentage of the maximum award, where the maximum possible award is 100 per cent. The remaining portion of the 100 per cent maximum has not been earned (i.e. it has been ‘forfeited’). These share-based payments may also be forfeited after allocation in specific circumstances as described in section 6.2.8 and therefore, the minimum possible value of the awards is nil. The maximum possible value cannot be determined as it depends on future share price movements, but is estimated by the fair value used for accounting purposes in this table. At the date of this Annual Report, GMC members had not made their elections for Deferred Shares and/or Options in regard to FY2011 STI rewards. In respect of FY2010 awards, Andrew Mackenzie elected to receive Options. The percentage of his remuneration in 2010 that was represented by these Options was 0.6 per cent. The actual number of Deferred Shares and Options allocated in respect of FY2010 awards is shown in section 6.4.3. Section 6.2.7 describes the Shareplus program and the contributions made during FY2011 by members of the GMC in relation to the rights to acquire Matching Shares, which are included as share-based remuneration in the table.

(7)

The amounts shown in this column are described on the previous page. Section 6.2.9 shows the LTI provided as a percentage of the maximum award, where the maximum possible award is 100 per cent. The remaining portion of the 100 per cent maximum has not been earned (i.e. it has been ‘forfeited’). These share-based payments may also be forfeited after allocation in specific circumstances as described in section 6.2.9 and therefore the minimum possible value of the awards is nil. The maximum possible value cannot be determined as it depends on future share price movements, but is estimated by the fair value used for accounting purposes in this table. Details of individual awards are set out in the LTIP table in section 6.4.3. This column also includes the amount allocated to remuneration for each year in respect of awards received by Andrew Mackenzie on commencement of employment with BHP Billiton (in addition to the cash payment shown in Note 4 above). These awards, are in the form of Performance Shares allocated on 4 December 2008 as shown in the final table in section 6.4.3 and conditional rights to receive cash sums under two phantom awards, which are treated as cash-settled share-based payments and are included in this column for the purposes of remuneration. The awards were approved by the Remuneration Committee for the purposes of compensating Mr Mackenzie for awards forgone by him as a result of leaving his former employer. The value and nature of the awards were determined by the Remuneration Committee as being an equivalent fair value as that forgone by Mr Mackenzie under the at risk remuneration arrangements operated by his former employer. In valuing the awards, the Remuneration Committee sought the advice of its independent adviser, Kepler Associates. Full details of the awards were disclosed in the FY2009 Annual Report.

6.4.3    Equity awards

The following tablessections set out the interests held by members of the GMC inunder the Group’s employee equity schemes.plans. Each vested security can be exercised forequity award is a right to acquire one ordinary share in BHP Billiton LtdLimited or in BHP Billiton Plc.Plc upon satisfaction of the vesting conditions. The vesting conditions will include performance and/or service requirements as relevant to the purpose of the award and as described in each of the following sections. The value of securitiesawards over BHP Billiton LtdLimited shares is shown in Australian dollars and the value of securitiesawards over BHP Billiton Plc shares is shown in Sterling.pounds sterling for awards over shares on the LSE and in South African rand for awards over shares on the JSE.

Awards of Deferred SharesDividend Equivalent Payments

The awards are not ordinary shares and do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights. Dividends are not received by the executives during the vesting period. For awards provided under the GIS and the LTIP, a DEP is provided to cover dividends that would have been payable on ordinary BHP Billiton shares over the period from the allocation date to the time that the holder receives ordinary shares in BHP Billiton in respect of the award (on vesting or on exercise). A DEP is only provided in relation to awards that have vested upon satisfaction of the relevant conditions. This payment is not made in relation to any securities that are forfeited or lapse.

Each employee may nominateTheSecurities Dealing GLD governs and restricts dealing arrangements and the provision of shares on vesting or exercise of awards.

Equity awards provided for GMC service

4.4.20    STI awards under the GIS

Awards under the GIS will not deliver any value to receive GIS awardsthe holder for at least two years from the beginning of the financial year in which they are granted (unless the formexecutive’s employment with the Group ends earlier in specific circumstances, such as on death, serious injury, disability or illness, retirement with the agreement of Deferred Shares (as shown in this table) or inBHP Billiton and redundancy/retrenchment).

At the form2013 AGMs, shareholders approved a new STIP which applies from FY2014. Awards have not yet been allocated under the STIP. The terms and conditions of Options (as shown in the next table) or a combination thereof.new STIP are largely the same as those of the GIS.

Name

 Date of grant  At
1 July
2010
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2011
  Date award
may vest and
becomes
exercisable (1)
  Market
price on
date of
grant(2)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
  Aggregate gain
of shares
exercised (4)
 

Executive Director

  

Marius Kloppers

  

 

 

6 Dec 2010

14 Dec 2009

4 Dec 2008

  

  

  

  

 

 


46,951

95,847

  

  

  

  

 

 

54,831

  

  

  

  

 

 


95,847

  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


95,847

  

  

  

  

 

 

54,831

46,951

  

  

  

  

 

 

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

7 Sep 2010

  

  

  

 A$

A$

A$

44.53

40.65

27.50

  

  

  

  

 

A$


38.44

  

  

  

  

 

A$


37.91

  

  

  

  

 

A$


3,633,560

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Total

   142,798    54,831    95,847        95,847    101,782       
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Other members of the GMC

  

Alberto Calderon

  

 

 

6 Dec 2010

14 Dec 2009

4 Dec 2008

  

  

  

  

 

 


33,343

  

  

  

  

 

 

30,495

  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 

30,495

33,343

  

  

  

  

 

 

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

  

  

  

 £

£

 

24.40

19.06

  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Total

   33,343    30,495                63,838       
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Andrew Mackenzie

  

 

6 Dec 2010

14 Dec 2009

  

  

  

 


12,476

  

  

  

 

22,700

  

  

  

 


  

  

  

 


  

  

  

 


  

  

  

 

22,700

12,476

  

  

  

 

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

  

  

 £

£

24.40

19.06

  

  

  

 


  

  

  

 


  

  

  

 


  

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Total

   12,476    22,700                35,176       
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Marcus Randolph

  

 

 

6 Dec 2010

14 Dec 2009

4 Dec 2008

  

  

  

  

 

 


25,126

45,027

  

  

  

  

 

 

30,819

  

  

  

  

 

 


45,027

  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


45,027

  

  

  

  

 

 

30,819

25,126

  

  

  

  

 

 

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

7 Sep 2010

  

  

  

 A$

A$

A$

44.53

40.65

27.50

  

  

  

  

 

A$


38.44

  

  

  

  

 

A$


37.91

  

  

  

  

 

A$


1,706,974

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Total

   70,153    30,819    45,027        45,027    55,945       
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Alex Vanselow

  

 

 

6 Dec 2010

14 Dec 2009

4 Dec 2008

  

  

  

  

 

 


27,727

  

  

  

  

 

 

26,365

  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 

26,365

27,727

  

  

  

  

 

 

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

  

  

  

 A$

A$

 

44.53

40.65

  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Total

   27,727    26,365                54,092       
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Karen Wood

  

 

 

6 Dec 2010

14 Dec 2009

4 Dec 2008

  

  

  

  

 

 


23,686

30,778

  

  

  

  

 

 

23,197

  

  

  

  

 

 


30,778

  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


30,778

  

  

  

  

 

 

23,197

23,686

  

  

  

  

 

 

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

7 Sep 2010

  

  

  

 A$

A$

A$

44.53

40.65

27.50

  

  

  

  

 

A$


38.44

  

  

  

  

 

A$


37.91

  

  

  

  

 

A$


1,166,794

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Total

   54,464    23,197    30,778        30,778    46,883       
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

J Michael Yeager

  

 

 

6 Dec 2010

14 Dec 2009

4 Dec 2008

  

  

  

  

 

 


29,877

56,373

  

  

  

  

 

 

31,442

  

  

  

  

 

 


56,373

  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


56,373

  

  

  

  

 

 

31,442

29,877

  

  

  

  

 

 

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

7 Sep 2010

  

  

  

 A$

A$

A$

44.53

40.65

27.50

  

  

  

  

 

A$


38.44

  

  

  

  

 

A$


37.91

  

  

  

  

 

A$


2,137,100

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Total

   86,250    31,442    56,373        56,373    61,319       
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Notes

Name

 Date of grant  Option
Exercise
price
payable (1)
  At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (2)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (3)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (4)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (5)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (5)
  DEP on
awards
(’000) (6)
 

Executive Director

              

Andrew Mackenzie

  18 Dec 2013            28,157                28,157    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  5 Dec 2012        20,023                    20,023    Aug 2014    £19.98                  
  5 Dec 2011        39,230        39,230        39,230        21 Aug 2013    £20.12    £18.73    £18.73    £735    US$88  
  6 Dec 2010   £23.71    30,389                    30,389    2 Oct 2012    £24.40    £19.45              
  16 Dec 2009   £18.68    16,119                16,119        25 Aug 2011    £19.06    £19.44    £18.73    £1    US$64  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    105,761    28,157    39,230        55,349    78,569        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Other members of the GMC

  

             

Peter Beaven

  18 Dec 2013            2,423                2,423    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  

Dean Dalla Valle

  18 Dec 2013            1,895                1,895    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  

Mike Henry

  18 Dec 2013            25,594                25,594    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  5 Dec 2012        15,058                    15,058    Aug 2014    £19.98                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    15,058    25,594                40,652        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Graham Kerr

  18 Dec 2013            28,101                28,101    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  5 Dec 2012        13,230                    13,230    Aug 2014    A$34.29                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    13,230    28,101                41,331        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jane McAloon

  18 Dec 2013            1,270                1,270    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  

Daniel Malchuk

  18 Dec 2013            1,598                1,598    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  

Jimmy Wilson

  18 Dec 2013            2,360                2,360    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  

Karen Wood

  18 Dec 2013            23,231                23,231    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  5 Dec 2012        15,685                    15,685    Aug 2014    A$34.29                  
  5 Dec 2011        28,539        28,539        28,539        21 Aug 2013    A$37.26    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$1,020    US$64  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    44,224    23,231    28,539        28,539    38,916        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

 

(1) 

The holding period for each award ends on 30 June in the year the award ‘may vest and become exercisable’ if the conditions for vesting are met (including the relevant service conditions). Under the GIS, rules, awards will vest and become exercisable on, or as soon as practicable after,each employee could nominate to receive a portion of their award in the first non-prohibited period date occurring after 30 June. The expiry dateform of awardsoptions with a market-based exercise price. Where an individual has made this choice, the option exercise price payable is the day prior to the third anniversary of that vesting date.

(2)

The market price shown for the December 2010 grant is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on 6 December 2010. No price is payable by the individual for acquiring the Deferred Shares at the time of grant. The grant-date fair values of the awards are estimated as at the start of the vesting period, being 1 July 2010 and were A$37.11 and £16.95.

(3)

All (100 per cent) of the Deferred Shares granted under the GIS in December 2008 became fully vested on 7 September 2010 as the service conditions were met as described in section 6.2.8. The price shown is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on that date.

(4)

The market price shown (and used for calculating the aggregate gain) is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the date that the individual exercised their Deferred Shares. No price is payable by the individual for exercising the Deferred Shares. One ordinary BHP Billiton share is acquired for each Deferred Share exercised. The amounts shown in this column do not include the value of the DEP paid on exercise of the awards as described in section 6.4.2. The DEP is included within the value of share-based payment remuneration in that section.

Awards of Options under the GIS

Each employee may nominate to receive GIS awards in the form of Options (as shown in this table) or in the form of Deferred Shares (as shown in the previous table) or a combination thereof.

Name

 Date of grant  Exercise
price
payable (1)
  At
1 July
2010
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2011
  Date award
may vest and
becomes
exercisable (2)
  Market
price on
date of
grant(3)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting
  Market
price on
date of
exercise
  Aggregate
gain of
shares
exercised
 

Alberto Calderon

  4 Dec 2008   £10.89    143,227        143,277        143,277        7 Sep 2010   £10.60   £18.93   £18.93   £1,151,947  

Andrew Mackenzie

  

 

6 Dec 2010

14 Dec 2009

  

  

 £

£

23.71

18.68

  

  

  

 


16,119

  

  

  

 

30,389

  

  

  

 


  

  

  

 


  

  

  

 


  

  

  

 

30,389

16,119

  

  

  

 

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

  

  

 £

£

24.40

19.06

  

  

  

 


  

  

  

 


  

  

  

 


  

  

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Total

    16,119    30,389                46,508       
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Alex Vanselow

  4 Dec 2008   A$29.15    153,768        153,768        153,768        7 Sep 2010   A$27.50   $38.44   A$37.91   A$1,347,008  

Notes

(1)

shown. The exercise price is determined by the weighted average price at which BHP Billiton shares were traded over the one week up to and including the date of grant. This is the amount payable by theA greater number of options were allocated if an individual chose this alternative (as opposed to choosing awards with no exercise each Option and to receive one ordinary BHP Billiton share for each Option exercised.

price).

 

(2)

The holding period for each award ends on 30 June in the year the award ‘may vest and become exercisable’ if the conditions for vesting are met (including the relevant service conditions). Under the GIS rules, awardsAwards will vest and become exercisable on, or as soon as practicable after, the first non-prohibited period date occurring after 30 June.June of the second financial year after allocation, if the conditions for vesting are met (including the relevant service conditions). The estimated vesting month is shown in the table. The expiry date of awards is the day prior to the third anniversary of that vesting date.

(3)The market price shown for the December 20102013 grant is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on 618 December 2010.2013. No price is payable by the individual for acquiring the Optionsaward at the time of grant. The grant-dategrant date IFRS fair value of the Optionsawards is estimated as at the start of the vesting period, being 1 July 2010, using a Black-Scholes model,2013, and was £4.54. The value of the underlying shares during the financial year is shown in the table at the top of page 152.

Awards of Matched Shares under the Shareplus all-employee share plan

Each member of the GMC may choose to participate in the Shareplus all-employee share plan on the same basis as other employees. Matched shares were allocated under the plan on 1 April 2011 in relation to contributions made from base salary during the 2008 Shareplus Plan Year (i.e. during the period from June 2008 to May 2009). Differences in exchange rates in relation to the base salaries of the GMC members and the currencies of each securities exchange result in minor differences in the numbers of shares allocated. GMC interests in BHP Billiton as a result of the plan are shown below. Further detail on Shareplus is provided in section 6.2.7.

Name

  Allocation Date   At
1 July 2010
   Number of shares
granted(1)
   Transferred from
trust or sold
   At
30 June  2011
   Market price on date
of allocation/vesting (2)
 

Marius Kloppers

   

 

1 Apr 2011

1 Apr 2010

  

  

   

 


160

  

  

   

 

168

  

  

   

 

36

  

  

   

 

132

160

  

  

   

 

A$46.68

A$43.95

  

  

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

     160     168     36     292    
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Alberto Calderon

   

 

1 Apr 2011

1 Apr 2010

  

  

   

 


156

  

  

   

 

188

  

  

   

 

23

  

  

   

 

165

156

  

  

   

 

£25.12

£23.01

  

  

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

     156     188     23     321    
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Marcus Randolph

   

 

1 Apr 2011

1 Apr 2010

  

  

   

 


157

  

  

   

 

172

  

  

   

 


  

  

   

 

172

157

  

  

   

 

A$46.68

A$43.95

  

  

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

     157     172          329    
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Alex Vanselow

   

 

1 Apr 2011

1 Apr 2010

  

  

   

 


157

  

  

   

 

168

  

  

   

 


  

  

   

 

168

157

  

  

   

 

A$46.68

A$43.95

  

  

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

     157     168          325    
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Karen Wood

   

 

1 Apr 2011

1 Apr 2010

  

  

   

 


157

  

  

   

 

168

  

  

   

 


  

  

   

 

168

157

  

  

   

 

A$46.68

A$43.95

  

  

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

     157     168          325    
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

J Michael Yeager(3)

   1 Apr 2011          210     64     146     US$48.42  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

          210     64     146    
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Notes

(1)

Matched Shares allocated upon the vesting of rights to these shares (acquired during the 2008 Shareplus Plan Year).

A$29.01.

 

(2)(4) 

The marketawards granted under the GIS in December 2011 became fully vested on 21 August 2013 as the service conditions were met. The price shown is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on 1 April 2010 and 1 April 2011 respectively.

that date.

 

(3)(5) 

J Michael Yeager was allocated 105 American Depositary Receipts (listedThe market price shown (and used for calculating the aggregate gain of the total award) is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the New York Stock Exchange)date that the individual exercised their award.

(6)The amounts shown in April 2011 (and 67 American Depositary Receipts in April 2010), whichthis column are each equivalent to two ordinary BHP Billiton Ltd shares.

the value of the DEP paid on the awards.

Awards of Performance Shares4.4.21    LTI awards under the LTIP

Awards under the LTIP will not deliver any value to the holder for at least five years from the beginning of the financial year in which they are granted (unless the executive’s employment with the Group ends earlier in specific circumstances, such as on death, serious injury, disability or illness).

A new LTIP was approved by shareholders at the 2013 AGMs and was effective for grants from December 2013. The terms and conditions of the new LTIP, including the performance conditions, are described in sections 4.3.3 and 4.3.8 and are largely the same as the former LTIP. The rules are available on the BHP Billiton website.

 

Name

 Date of grant At
1 July
2010
 Granted Vested Lapsed Exercised At
30 June
2011
 Date award
may vest and
become
exercisable (1)
 Market
price on
date of
grant(2)
 Market
price

on date of
vesting(3)
 Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
 Aggregate
gain of
shares
exercised (4)
  Date of grant At
1 July
2013
 Granted Vested Lapsed Exercised At
30 June
2014
 Date award
may vest (1)
 Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
 Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
 Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
 Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (4)
   DEP on
awards
(’000) (5)
 

Executive Director

Executive Director

  

Executive Director

  

             

Marius Kloppers

  

 

 

 

 

 

6 Dec 2010

4 Dec 2009

4 Dec 2008

14 Dec 2007

7 Dec 2006

5 Dec 2005

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


250,000

500,000

333,327

225,000

225,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

200,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


225,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


225,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

200,000

250,000

500,000

333,327

225,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

Aug 2015

Aug 2014

Aug 2013

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

7 Sep 2010

  

  

  

  

  

  

 A$

A$

A$

A$

£

£

44.53

40.65

27.50

42.05

9.72

8.90

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

£


18.93

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

£


18.93

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

£


4,259,250

  

  

  

  

  

  

Andrew Mackenzie

 18 Dec 2013       198,514               198,514   Aug 2018   A$35.79                   
 5 Dec 2012   140,326                   140,326   Aug 2017   £19.98                   
 5 Dec 2011   146,510                   146,510   Aug 2016   £20.12                   
 6 Dec 2010   120,000                   120,000   Aug 2015   £24.40                   
 14 Dec 2009   120,000                   120,000   Aug 2014   £19.06                   
 4 Dec 2008   325,839       211,795   114,044   211,795       21 Aug 2013   £10.60   £18.73   £18.73   £3,967     US$1,017  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

Total

   1,533,327    200,000    225,000        225,000    1,508,327          852,675    198,514    211,795    114,044    211,795    725,350         
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

Other members of the GMC

Other members of the GMC

  

          

Other members of the GMC

  

             

Alberto Calderon

  

 

 

 

 

 

6 Dec 2010

14 Dec 2009

4 Dec 2008

14 Dec 2007

7 Dec 2006

5 Dec 2005

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


120,000

225,000

211,993

80,000

40,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

120,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


40,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


40,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

120,000

120,000

225,000

211,993

80,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

Aug 2015

Aug 2014

Aug 2013

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

7 Sep 2010

  

  

  

  

  

  

 £

£

£

£

£

£

24.40

19.06

10.60

15.45

9.72

8.90

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

£


18.93

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

£


18.93

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

£


757,200

  

  

  

  

  

  

Peter Beaven

  18 Dec 2013        102,176                102,176    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   

Tony Cudmore

  3 Mar 2014        22,273                22,273    Aug 2018    A$37.40                   

Tim Cutt

  18 Dec 2013        102,176                102,176    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   

Dean Dalla Valle

  18 Dec 2013        102,176                102,176    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   

Mike Fraser

  18 Dec 2013        86,850                86,850    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   

Geoff Healy

  18 Dec 2013        102,176                102,176    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   

Mike Henry

  18 Dec 2013        112,394                112,394    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   
  5 Dec 2012    121,179                    121,179    Aug 2017    £19.98                   
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

Total

   676,993    120,000    40,000        40,000    756,993          121,179    112,394                233,573         
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

Andrew Mackenzie (5)

  

 

 

6 Dec 2010

14 Dec 2009

4 Dec 2008

  

  

  

  

 

 


120,000

325,839

  

  

  

  

 

 

120,000

  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 

120,000

120,000

325,839

  

  

  

  

 

 

Aug 2015

Aug 2014

Aug 2013

  

  

  

 £

£

£

24.40

19.06

10.60

  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

  

 

 


  

  

  

Graham Kerr

  18 Dec 2013        112,394                112,394    Aug 2018    A$35.79                   
  5 Dec 2012    108,939                    108,939    Aug 2017    A$34.29                   
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

Total

   445,839    120,000                565,839          108,939    112,394                221,333         
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

        

Marcus Randolph

  

 

 

 

 

 

6 Dec 2010

14 Dec 2009

4 Dec 2008

14 Dec 2007

7 Dec 2006

5 Dec 2005

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


120,000

225,000

197,676

175,000

110,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

105,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


110,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


110,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

105,000

120,000

225,000

197,676

175,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

Aug 2015

Aug 2014

Aug 2013

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

7 Sep 2010

  

  

  

  

  

  

 A$

A$

A$

A$

A$

A$

44.53

40.65

27.50

42.05

26.40

22.03

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

A$


38.44

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

A$


37.91

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

A$


4,170,100

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

      

Total

   827,676    105,000    110,000        110,000    822,676       
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

      

Name

 Date of grant  At
1 July
2010
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2011
  Date award
may vest and
become
exercisable (1)
  Market
price on
date of
grant(2)
  Market
price

on date  of
vesting(3)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
  Aggregate
gain of
shares
exercised (4)
 

Alex Vanselow

  

 

 

 

 

 

6 Dec 2010

14 Dec 2009

4 Dec 2008

14 Dec 2007

7 Dec 2006

5 Dec 2005

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


120,000

225,000

197,676

225,000

110,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

105,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


110,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


110,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

105,000

120,000

225,000

197,676

225,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

Aug 2015

Aug 2014

Aug 2013

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

7 Sep 2010

  

  

  

  

  

  

 A$

A$

A$

A$

A$

A$

44.53

40.65

27.50

42.05

26.40

22.03

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

A$


38.44

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

A$


37.91

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

A$


4,170,100

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Total

   877,676    105,000    110,000        110,000    872,676       
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Karen Wood

  

 

 

 

 

 

6 Dec 2010

1 Feb 2010

4 Dec 2008

14 Dec 2007

7 Dec 2006

5 Dec 2005

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


90,000

175,000

154,187

175,000

80,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

75,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


80,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


80,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

75,000

90,000

175,000

154,187

175,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

Aug 2015

Aug 2014

Aug 2013

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

7 Sep 2010

  

  

  

  

  

  

 A$

A$

A$

A$

A$

A$

44.53

40.65

27.50

42.05

26.40

22.03

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

A$


38.44

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

A$


37.91

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

A$


3,032,800

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Total

   674,187    75,000    80,000        80,000    669,187       
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

J Michael Yeager

  

 

 

 

 

 

6 Dec 2010

14 Dec 2009

4 Dec 2008

14 Dec 2007

7 Dec 2006

26 Apr 2006

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


120,000

225,000

187,702

225,000

325,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

105,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


325,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 


325,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

105,000

120,000

225,000

187,702

225,000

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

Aug 2015

Aug 2014

Aug 2013

Aug 2012

Aug 2011

7 Sep 2010

  

  

  

  

  

  

 A$

A$

A$

A$

A$

A$

44.53

40.65

27.50

42.05

26.40

31.06

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

A$


38.44

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

A$


37.91

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

A$


12,320,750

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Total

   1,082,702    105,000    325,000        325,000    862,702       
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Notes

Name

 Date of grant  At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (1)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (4)
  DEP
on
awards
(’000) (5)
 

Jane McAloon

  18 Dec 2013        65,684                65,684    Aug 2018    A$35.79                  

Daniel Malchuk

  18 Dec 2013        86,850                86,850    Aug 2018    A$35.79                  

Jimmy Wilson

  18 Dec 2013        102,176                102,176    Aug 2018    A$35.79                  

Karen Wood

  18 Dec 2013        102,176                102,176    Aug 2018    A$35.79                  
  5 Dec 2012    90,234                    90,234    Aug 2017    A$34.29                  
  5 Dec 2011    85,027                    85,027    Aug 2016    A$37.26                  
  6 Dec 2010    75,000                    75,000    Aug 2015    A$44.53                  
  1 Feb 2010    90,000                    90,000    Aug 2014    A$39.20                  
  4 Dec 2008    175,000        113,750    61,250    50,813    62,937    21 Aug 2013    A$27.50    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$1,816    US$244  
  14 Dec 2007    64,187                64,187        2 Oct 2012    A$42.05    A$33.54    A$35.74    A$2,294    US$344  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   579,448    102,176    113,750    61,250    115,000    505,374        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

 

(1) 

The performance period for each award ends on 30 June in the year the award ‘may vest and become exercisable’ if the conditions for vesting are met (including if the relevant performance hurdle is achieved). Under the LTIP rules, awardsAwards will vest and become exercisable on, or as soon as practicable after, the first non-prohibited period date occurring after 30 June.June of the fifth financial year after allocation if the conditions for vesting are met (including if the relevant performance condition is achieved). The estimated vesting month is shown in the table. The expiry date of awards is the day prior to the fifth anniversary of that vesting date.

(2) 

The market price shown for the December 2010 grantgrants made in FY2014 is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on 6 December 2010.the relevant date of grant. No price is payable by the individual for acquiring the Performance Sharesaward at the time of grant. The accounting grant-dategrant date IFRS fair valuesvalue of the awards areis estimated as at the start of the vesting period, being 1 July 2010,2013, using a Monte Carlo simulation, and werewas A$23.38 and £10.68.

12.35.

 

(3) 

All (10065 per cent)cent of the Performance SharesLTIP awards granted under the LTIP in December 20052008 became fully vested on 7 September 201021 August 2013, following the performance hurdlecondition being fully achieved and the Remuneration Committee considering its discretion over the vesting outcome, as described in section 6.2.9.4.3.3. The remaining 35 per cent of the LTIP awards lapsed and cannot be exercised by the previous holders. The price shown is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on thatthe vesting date.

 

(4) 

The market price shown (and used for calculating the aggregate gain) is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the date that the individual exercised their Performance Shares.LTIP award. No price is payable by the individual for exercising the Performance Shares. One ordinary BHP Billiton share is acquired for each Performance Share exercised. award.

(5)The amounts shown in this column do not include the value of DEP paid on exercise of the awards as described in section 6.4.2. The DEP is included withinare the value of the share-based payment remunerationDEP paid on awards.

4.4.22    Transitional GMC awards

As the MAP awards that are allocated to individuals in their non-GMC management positions have a three-year service condition, and the LTIP awards provided to GMC members have a five-year service and performance condition, as a transitional step, the Committee may determine that new GMC members recruited from within BHP Billiton receive Transitional GMC awards to bridge the gap between the two programs.

Transitional GMC awards have two tranches. Tranche one has a three-year service and performance condition. Tranche two has a four-year service and performance condition. The Remuneration Committee has absolute discretion to determine if the performance condition has been met and whether any, all or part of the award will vest (or otherwise lapse), having regard to (but not limited to) BHP Billiton’s TSR over the three- or four-year performance period (respectively), the participant’s contribution to Group outcomes and the participant’s personal performance (with guidance on this assessment from the CEO). No DEP is payable on these awards.

The treatment of Transitional GMC awards on cessation of employment will depend on the circumstances and is similar to those for LTIP awards. If the participant’s employment ceases due to dismissal or resignation, any unvested awards will lapse immediately. If the reason for cessation is death, serious injury, disability or illness, then the awards will vest in full on the date of cessation. If the participant retires from the Group with the agreement of BHP Billiton, is made redundant or employment is terminated by mutual agreement, then a proportion of the award (pro-rated to reflect the percentage of the performance period that has elapsed) will continue on foot and vest, subject to the performance condition, on the future vesting date. The remaining portion of the award will lapse. In all other circumstances, the Committee in its absolute discretion will determine the portion of the award that vests (or lapses).

Name

 Date of grant At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (1)
  Market
price on
date of

grant (2)
  Market
price on
date of

vesting
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000)
 

Peter Beaven

 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2017    A$35.79��         
 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       36,490                36,490      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Tim Cutt

 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2017    A$35.79          
 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       36,490                36,490      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Dean Dalla Valle

 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2017    A$35.79          
 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       36,490                36,490      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Mike Fraser

 18 Dec 2013      15,508                15,508    Aug 2017    A$35.79          
 18 Dec 2013      15,508                15,508    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       31,016                31,016      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Mike Henry

 5 Dec 2012  19,930                    19,930    Aug 2016    £19.98          
 5 Dec 2012  19,930                    19,930    Aug 2015    £19.98          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

   39,860                    39,860      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Graham Kerr

 5 Dec 2012  17,917                    17,917    Aug 2016    A$34.29          
 5 Dec 2012  17,917                    17,917    Aug 2015    A$34.29          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

   35,834                    35,834      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Jane McAloon

 18 Dec 2013      13,684                13,684    Aug 2017    A$35.79          
 18 Dec 2013      13,684                13,684    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       27,368                27,368      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Daniel Malchuk

 18 Dec 2013      15,508                15,508    Aug 2017    A$35.79          
 18 Dec 2013      15,508                15,508    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       31,016                31,016      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Jimmy Wilson

 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2017    A$35.79          
 18 Dec 2013      18,245                18,245    Aug 2016    A$35.79          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

Total

       36,490                36,490      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

     

(1)The holding period for each award ends on 30 June in that section.the year the award ‘may vest’ if the conditions for vesting are met as described above the table. Awards will vest on or as soon as practicable after the first non-prohibited period date occurring after 30 June of the third financial year after allocation (for tranche one) and the fourth financial year after vesting (for tranche two) if the conditions for vesting are met as described above. The DEPestimated vesting month is shown in relationthe table. No exercise requirement or expiry date applies to these awards and there is no price payable by the vested 225,000 Performance Shares for Marius Kloppers was US$757,125 (UK disclosure requirement).

individual on vesting. Where performance conditions are not met at vesting, awards will lapse.

 

(2)The market price shown for the December 2013 grant is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on 18 December 2013. No price is payable by the individual for acquiring the award at the time of grant. The grant date IFRS fair values of the awards are estimated at the start of the vesting period, being 1 July 2013, and were A$28.09 for tranche one, and A$27.20 for tranche two.

Equity awards provided for pre-GMC service

4.4.23    STI awards under the GSTIP

The table below shows GSTIP awards that were held by the executives at the time that they were appointed to the GMC or which were allocated in relation to performance and service before they became GMC members.

Prior to their appointment as members of the GMC, the individuals shown in the table below received STl awards under the GSTIP which has applied for the non-GMC management of BHP Billiton since the awards allocated in FY2009 (in relation to FY2008 performance).

The terms and conditions of the GSTIP awards are essentially the same as those provided under the GIS. Under both plans, participants must satisfy applicable STl performance conditions in order to be eligible for any award. Due to changes in the GSTIP, which applied to all participants in that plan, no DEP is payable on the GSTIP awards that were allocated in FY2012 (in relation to FY2011 performance) or since that time.

Name

 Date of grant  Option
Exercise
price
payable (1)
  At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (2)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (3)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (4)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (5)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (5)
  DEP on
awards
(’000) (6)
 

Awards under the GSTIP

              

Peter Beaven

  18 Dec 2013            12,082                12,082    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  31 Oct 2012        13,756                    13,756    Aug 2014    A$34.25                  
  31 Oct 2011        13,256        13,256        13,256        21 Aug 2013    A$37.80    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$474      
  29 Oct 2010        10,596                10,596        23 Aug 2012    A$41.92    A$33.41    A$35.74    A$379    US$33  
  30 Oct 2009   A$38.41    10,002                10,002        25 Aug 2011    A$37.45    A$38.61    A$37.23    (A$12  US$46  
  30 Oct 2009        8,335                8,335        25 Aug 2011    A$37.45    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$298    US$33  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    55,945    12,082    13,256        42,189    25,838        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Tim Cutt

  18 Dec 2013            10,637                10,637    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  14 Nov 2012        11,402                    11,402    Aug 2014    A$33.73                  
  31 Oct 2011        10,917        10,917        10,917        21 Aug 2013    A$37.80    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$390      
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    22,319    10,637    10,917        10,917    22,039        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Dean Dalla Valle

  18 Dec 2013            10,009                10,009    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  31 Oct 2012        12,407                    12,407    Aug 2014    A$34.25                  
  31 Oct 2011        13,561        13,561        13,561        21 Aug 2013    A$37.80    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$485      
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    25,968    10,009    13,561        13,561    22,416        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Name

 Date of grant  Option
Exercise
price
payable (1)
  At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (2)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (3)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (4)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (5)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (5)
  DEP on
awards
(’000) (6)
 

Mike Fraser (7)

  18 Dec 2013            5,020                5,020    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  31 Oct 2012        3,831                    3,831    Aug 2014    £19.86                  
  29 Oct 2010        5,470                5,470        23 Aug 2012    ZAR246.68    ZAR258.16    ZAR303.12    ZAR1,658    US$20  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    9,301    5,020            5,470    8,851        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Mike Henry (8)

  22 Aug 2013        5,715                    5,715    Aug 2014    A$35.37                  
  31 Oct 2011        16,566        16,566        16,566        21 Aug 2013    £19.68                  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    22,281        16,566        16,566    5,715        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Graham Kerr (8)

  22 Aug 2013        4,501                    4,501    Aug 2014    A$35.37                  
  31 Oct 2011        11,963        11,963        11,963        21 Aug 2013    A$37.80    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$428      
  30 Oct 2009   A$38.41    17,345                17,345        25 Aug 2011    A$37.45    A$38.61    A$36.80    (A$28  US$79  
  30 Oct 2009        4,818                4,818        25 Aug 2011    A$37.45    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$172    US$19  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    38,627        11,963        34,126    4,501        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jane McAloon

  18 Dec 2013            6,709                6,709    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  14 Nov 2012        8,698                    8,698    Aug 2014    A$33.73                  
  31 Oct 2011        9,119        9,119        9,119        21 Aug 2013    A$37.80    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$326      
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    17,817    6,709    9,119        9,119    15,407        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Daniel Malchuk

  18 Dec 2013            8,577                8,577    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  31 Oct 2012        6,884                    6,884    Aug 2014    A$34.25                  
  31 Oct 2011        8,855        8,855        8,855        21 Aug 2013    A$37.80    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$316      
  29 Oct 2010        4,791                4,791        23 Aug 2012    A$41.92    A$33.41    A$35.74    A$171    US$15  
  30 Oct 2009        5,939          ��     5,939        25 Aug 2011    A$37.45    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$212    US$24  
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    26,469    8,577    8,855        19,585    15,461        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jimmy Wilson

  18 Dec 2013            12,466                12,466    Aug 2015    A$35.79                  
  31 Oct 2012        16,611                    16,611    Aug 2014    A$34.25                  
  31 Oct 2011        16,127        16,127        16,127        21 Aug 2013    A$37.80    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$576      
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

    32,738    12,466    16,127        16,127    29,077        
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

(1)Prior to FY2011, each employee could nominate to receive a portion of their award in the form of options with a market-based exercise price. Where an individual has made this choice, the option exercise price payable is shown. The exercise price is determined by the weighted average price at which BHP Billiton shares were traded over the one week up to and including the date of grant. A greater number of options were allocated if an individual chose this alternative (as opposed to choosing awards with no exercise price to pay).

(2)Awards will vest and become exercisable on, or as soon as practicable after, the first non-prohibited period date occurring after 30 June of the second financial year after allocation, if the conditions for vesting are met (including the relevant service conditions). The estimated vesting month is shown in the table. Where applicable, the expiry date of awards is the day prior to the third anniversary of that vesting date.

(3)The market price shown for grants made during FY2014 is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the relevant date of grant. No price is payable by the individual for acquiring the award at the time of grant. The grant date IFRS fair value of the awards is estimated as at the start of the vesting period, being 1 July 2013, and was A$29.01 No exercise requirement or expiry date applies to these awards (as described above the table).

(4)The awards granted under the GSTIP in October 2011 became fully vested on 21 August 2013 as the service conditions were met. The price shown is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on that date.

(5) The market price shown (and used for calculating the aggregate gain of the total award) is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the date that the individual exercised their award.

(6)The amounts shown in this column are the value of the DEP paid on the awards.

(7)The opening balance shown for Mike Fraser reflects his holdings on 27 August 2013 (rather than on 1 July 2013) being the date he joined the GMC.

(8)The awards allocatedshown for Mike Henry and Graham Kerr with a grant date of 22 August 2013 had this allocation date due to Andrew Mackenzieadministrative reasons, but were made on 4the same basis as if they had been made on 5 December 2008 included 225,000 Performance Shares2012.

4.4.24    LTI awards under the MAP and LTIP

The table below shows awards that were held by the executives at the time that they were appointed to the GMC.

Prior to their appointment as members of the GMC, the individuals listed in the tables below received LTI awards:

under the MAP which has applied for the non-GMC management of BHP Billiton since FY2009;

prior to that under the LTIP, which applied to non-GMC management (as well as to the GMC members) before the MAP was introduced.

LOGO Section 4.4.21 for details of LTIP awards allocated for GMC service

The vesting of MAP awards is subject to a service condition of continued employment with the Group through to the vesting date as shown in the table. Where a participant resigns or is terminated for cause prior to the vesting date, their unvested MAP awards are forfeited. If a participant’s employment ends due to death, illness or injury, a pro rata number of unvested Restricted Shares will vest based on the portion of the relevant vesting period served. Due to changes in the MAP, which applied to all participants in that plan, no DEP is payable on the MAP awards that were allocated in FY2012 or since that time.

Name

 Date of grant  At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (1)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (4)
  DEP on
awards
(’000) (5)
 

Awards under the MAP

             

Peter Beaven

  31 Oct 2012    34,250                    34,250    Aug 2015    A$34.25                  
  31 Oct 2011    31,700                    31,700    Aug 2014    A$37.80                  
  29 Oct 2010    30,500        30,500        30,500        21 Aug 2013    A$41.92    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$1,090    US$101  
  30 Oct 2009    21,000                21,000        23 Aug 2012    A$37.45    A$33.41    A$35.74    A$751    US$96  
  19 Nov 2008    21,000                21,000        25 Aug 2011    A$23.20    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$751    US$84  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   138,450        30,500        72,500    65,950        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Tim Cutt

  14 Nov 2012    27,000                    27,000    Aug 2015    A$33.73                  
  31 Oct 2011    25,000                    25,000    Aug 2014    A$37.80                  
  29 Oct 2010    24,000        24,000        24,000        21 Aug 2013    A$41.92    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$858    US$76  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   76,000        24,000        24,000    52,000        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Name

 Date of grant  At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (1)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (4)
  DEP on
awards
(’000) (5)
 

Dean Dalla Valle

  31 Oct 2012    27,000                    27,000    Aug 2015    A$34.25                  
  31 Oct 2011    25,000                    25,000    Aug 2014    A$37.80                  
  29 Oct 2010    19,500        19,500        19,500        21 Aug 2013    A$41.92    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$697    US$61  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   71,500        19,500        19,500    52,000        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Mike Fraser (6)

  22 Aug 2013    10,045                    10,045    Aug 2015    A$35.37                  
  31 Oct 2011    11,330                    11,330    Aug 2014    £19.68                  
  29 Oct 2010    9,250        9,250        9,250        21 Aug 2013    ZAR246.68    ZAR301.99    ZAR303.12    ZAR2,804    US$35  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   30,625        9,250        9,250    21,375        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Mike Henry

  25 Nov 2011    5,900                    5,900    Aug 2014    £17.60                  
  31 Oct 2011    29,500                    29,500    Aug 2014    £19.68                  
  29 Oct 2010    19,500        19,500        19,500        21 Aug 2013    £22.14    £18.73    £18.73    £365    US$61  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   54,900        19,500        19,500    35,400        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Graham Kerr

  25 Nov 2011    9,750                    9,750    Aug 2014    A$34.05                  
  31 Oct 2011    20,250                    20,250    Aug 2014    A$37.80                  
  29 Oct 2010    19,500        19,500        19,500        21 Aug 2013    A$41.92    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$697    US$61  
  19 Nov 2008    21,000                21,000        25 Aug 2011    A$23.20    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$751    US$101  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   70,500        19,500        40,500    30,000        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jane McAloon

  14 Nov 2012    17,900                    17,900    Aug 2015    A$33.73                  
  31 Oct 2011    16,600                    16,600    Aug 2014    A$37.80                  
  29 Oct 2010    11,000        11,000        11,000        21 Aug 2013    A$41.92    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$393    US$35  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   45,500        11,000        11,000    34,500        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Daniel Malchuk

  31 Oct 2012    21,900                    21,900    Aug 2015    A$34.25                  
  31 Oct 2011    9,600                    9,600    Aug 2014    A$37.80                  
  29 Oct 2010    9,250        9,250        9,250        21 Aug 2013    A$41.92    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$331    US$34  
  30 Oct 2009    7,000                7,000        23 Aug 2012    A$37.45    A$33.41    A$35.74    A$250    US$29  
  19 Nov 2008    7,000                7,000        25 Aug 2011    A$23.20    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$250    US$28  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   54,750        9,250        23,250    31,500        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jimmy Wilson

  31 Oct 2012    34,250                    34,250    Aug 2015    A$34.25                  
  31 Oct 2011    31,700                    31,700    Aug 2014    A$37.80                  
  29 Oct 2010    30,500        30,500        30,500        21 Aug 2013    A$41.92    A$35.74    A$35.74    A$1,090    US$96  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   96,450        30,500        30,500    65,950        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Name

 Date of grant  At
1 July
2013
  Granted  Vested  Lapsed  Exercised  At
30 June
2014
  Date award
may vest (1)
  Market
price on
date of
grant (2)
  Market
price on
date of
vesting (3)
  Market
price on
date of
exercise (4)
  Aggregate
gain on
awards
(’000) (4)
  DEP on
awards
(’000) (5)
 

Awards under the LTIP

             

Peter Beaven

  14 Dec 2007    40,000                35,000    5,000    23 Aug 2012    A$42.05    A$33.41    A$35.74    A$1,251    US$252  
  7 Dec 2006    40,000                40,000        25 Aug 2011    A$26.40    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$1,430    US$230  
  5 Dec 2005    40,000                    40,000    25 Aug 2010    A$22.03    A$37.44              
  3 Dec 2004    40,000                40,000        12 Aug 2009    A$15.28    A$37.99    A$35.74    A$1,430    US$188  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   160,000                115,000    45,000        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Graham Kerr

  7 Dec 2006    20,000                20,000        25 Aug 2011    A$26.40    A$38.64    A$35.74    A$715    US$115  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   20,000                20,000            
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Daniel Malchuk

  14 Dec 2007    7,500                7,500        23 Aug 2012    A$42.05    A$33.41    A$35.74    A$268    US$40  
  7 Dec 2006    5,000                5,000        25 Aug 2011    A$26.40    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$179    US$30  
  5 Dec 2005    5,000                5,000        25 Aug 2010    A$22.03    A$37.44    A$35.74    A$179    US$29  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   17,500                17,500            
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Jimmy Wilson

  14 Dec 2007    80,000                22,500    57,500    23 Aug 2012    A$42.05    A$33.41    A$35.74    A$804    US$121  
  7 Dec 2006    80,000                80,000        25 Aug 2011    A$26.40    A$38.61    A$35.74    A$2,859    US$460  
  3 Dec 2004    13,400                13,400        12 Aug 2009    ZAR66.00    ZAR207.28    ZAR303.12    ZAR4,062    US$84  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

Total

   173,400                115,900    57,500        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

       

(1)Awards will vest on, or as soon as practicable after, the first non-prohibited period date occurring after 30 June of the third (MAP awards) or fifth (LTIP awards) financial year after allocation, if the conditions for vesting are met (including the relevant service conditions). The estimated vesting month is shown in the table. Where applicable, expiry date of awards is the day prior to him as partthe third (MAP awards) or fifth (LTIP awards) anniversary of FY2009 Total Remuneration and a further 100,839 Performance Shares allocated to him on commencement withthat vesting date.

(2)The market price shown for grants made during FY2014 is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the relevant date of grant. No price is payable by the individual for acquiring the award at the time of grant. The grant date IFRS fair value of the awards is estimated as at the start of the vesting period, being 1 July 2013, and was A$28.09. No exercise requirement or expiry date applies to these awards (as described above the table).

(3)The awards granted under the MAP in relationOctober 2010 became fully vested on 21 August 2013 as the service conditions were met. The price shown is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on that date.

(4)The market price shown (and used for calculating the aggregate gain of the total award) is the closing price of BHP Billiton shares on the date that the individual exercised their award. No price is payable by the individual for exercising the award.

(5)The amounts shown in this column are the value of the DEP paid on the awards

(6)The opening balance shown for Mike Fraser reflects his holdings on 27 August 2013 (rather than on 1 July 2013) being the date he joined the GMC. The awards shown with a grant date of 22 August 2013 hold this allocation date due to at risk rewards forfeited when he left his former employer. More informationadministrative reasons, but were made on Mr Mackenzie’s commencement arrangements is included in Note 7 to the table in section 6.4.2.

same basis as if they had been made on 31 October 2012.

4.4.25    Estimated value range of equity awards

The current face value of STI and LTI awards allocated during FY2011FY2014 and yet to vest (to be disclosed under the Australian Corporations Act 2001) is the number of awards as set out in the previous tables multiplied by the current share price of BHP Billiton LtdLimited or BHP Billiton Plc as applicable.

The actual value that may be received by participants in the future can notcannot be determined as it is dependent on, and therefore fluctuates with, the share prices of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc at the date that any particular award is exercised. The table below provides FY2011five-year share price details for BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc.

   30 June 2011   Highest   Lowest 

BHP Billiton Limited

  A$43.80    A$49.55    A$36.98  

BHP Billiton Plc

  £24.47    £26.32    £16.85  

Comparator group for LTIP awards

The index of peer group companies for the LTIP since its implementation in 2004 is shown below:

December 2004 to 2006December 2007 to 2009December 2010

Resources

Alcan

X

Alcoa

XXX

Alumina

X

Anglo American

XXX

Cameco

XX

Flaconbridge

X

Freeport McMoRan

XXX

Impala

X

Inco

X

Newmont Mining

X

Norilsk

XXX

Peabody Energy

XX

Phelps Dodge

X

Rio Tinto

XXX

Southern Copper

XX

Teck Cominco

XX

Vale

XXX

Xstrata

XXX

Oil and Gas

Apache

XX

BG Group

XXX

BP

XX

ConocoPhillips

X

Devon Energy

XX

Exxon Mobil

XX

Marathon Oil

X

Shell

XX

Total

X

Woodside Petroleum

XXX

A brief description of the performance hurdle applying to the LTIP Performance Shares is set out in section 6.2.9.

6.5    Aggregate Directors’ remuneration

This table sets out the aggregate remuneration of Executive and Non-executive Directors in accordance with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 (and the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 made thereunder).

US dollars million

  2010   2011 

Emoluments

   8     8  

Termination payments

          

Awards vesting under LTI plans

   7     10  

Gains on exercise of Options

          

Pension contributions

   3     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   18     19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

6.6    Non-executive Director arrangements

This section explains the remuneration policy, structure and outcomes for Non-executive Directors as listed below.

6.6.1    Non-executive Directors in FY2011

Details of the Non-executive Directors who held office during FY2011 are set out below. Except where otherwise indicated, the Directors held office for the whole of FY2011. Dates of appointment of all Directors appear in section 4.1 of this Annual Report.

Name

Title

Details if changed position
during FY2011

Alan Boeckmann

Non-executive DirectorRetired 23 March 2011

Malcolm Broomhead

Non-executive Director

John Buchanan

Senior Independent Director

Carlos Cordeiro

Non-executive Director

David Crawford

Non-executive Director

Carolyn Hewson

Non-executive Director

Lindsay Maxsted

Non-executive DirectorAppointed 23 March 2011

Wayne Murdy

Non-executive Director

Jacques Nasser

Chairman

Keith Rumble

Non-executive Director

John Schubert

Non-executive Director

Shriti Vadera

Non-executive DirectorAppointed 1 January 2011

6.6.2    Remuneration structure

Our Non-executive Directors are paid in compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code (2010) and the ASX Corporate Governance Council Principles of Good Corporate Governance (2007, with 2010 amendments).

The Board is conscious that, just as it must set remuneration levels to attract and retain talented executives, it must also ensure that remuneration rates for Non-executive Directors are set at a level that will attract and retain the calibre of Director necessary to contribute effectively to a high-performing Board. The remuneration levels reflect the size and complexity of the Group, the multi-jurisdictional environment arising from the Dual Listed Companies structure, the multiple stock exchange listings, the extent of the geographic regions in which the Group operates and the enhanced responsibilities associated with membership of Board Committees. They also reflect the considerable travel burden imposed on members of the Board. In setting the remuneration of the Directors, the Remuneration Committee takes into account the economic environment and the financial performance of the Group, along with pay and employment conditions of employees elsewhere in the Group.

Fees for the Non-executive Directors are determined by the Chairman and the CEO. The Non-executive Directors do not take part in these discussions. Fees for the Non-executive Directors and Chairman were reviewed in June 2011 and benchmarked against peer companies with the assistance of external advisers. The table on the following page sets out the fees before and after the 2011 review. The aggregate sum available to remunerate Non-executive Directors was approved by shareholders at the 2008 Annual General Meetings at US$3.8 million.

Levels of fees and travel allowances for
Non-executive Directors (in US dollars)

 From 1 July 2008  From 1 July 2009  From 1 July 2010  From 1 July 2011 

Base annual fee

  140,000    140,000    154,000    170,000  

Plus additional fees for:

    

Senior Independent Director of BHP Billiton Plc

  30,000    30,000    35,000    48,000  

Committee Chair:

    

Risk and Audit

  50,000    50,000    55,000    60,000  

Remuneration

  35,000    35,000    40,000    45,000  

Sustainability

  35,000    35,000    40,000    45,000  

Nomination

  No additional fees    No additional fees    No additional fees    No additional fees  

Committee membership:

    

Risk and Audit

  25,000    25,000    30,000    32,500  

Remuneration

  20,000    20,000    25,000    27,500  

Sustainability

  20,000    20,000    25,000    27,500  

Nomination

  No additional fees    No additional fees    No additional fees    No additional fees  

Travel allowance:

    

Greater than 3 but less than 10 hours *

  7,000    7,000    7,000    7,000  

10 hours or more *

  15,000    15,000    15,000    15,000  

Chairman’s remuneration

  1,000,000    1,000,000    1,000,000    1,100,000  

*Until 30 June 2011, the time frames were ‘Greater than 3 but less than 12 hours’ and ‘12 hours or more’.

Non-executive Directors are not eligible to participate in any of our incentive arrangements. A standard letter of appointment has been developed for Non-executive Directors and is available on our website. Each Non-executive Director is appointed subject to periodic re-election by shareholders (see section 5 of this Annual Report for an explanation of the process). There are no provisions in any of the Non-executive Directors’ appointment arrangements for compensation payable on early termination of their directorship.

6.6.3    Retirement benefits

The following table sets out the accrued retirement benefits under the now-closed Retirement Plan of BHP Billiton Limited. The Retirement Plan was closed on 24 October 2003 and entitlements that had accumulated in respect of each of the participants were frozen. These will be paid on retirement. An earnings rate equal to the five-year Australian Government Bond Rate is being applied to the frozen entitlements from that date.

US dollars

  Completed service  at
30 June 2011 (years)
   Increase in lump sum
entitlement during the
year(1)
   Lump sum entitlement at (2) 
      30 June
2011
   30 June
2010
 

David Crawford

   17     144,726     582,572     437,846  

John Schubert

   11     72,317     291,100     218,783  

Notes

(1)

Since the closure of the Retirement Plan, no further entitlements have accrued. The movement reflects the application of the earnings rate and foreign exchange rate (the translation from Australian dollars to US dollars for the Remuneration Report) to the lump sum entitlement at the date of closure.

(2)

Lump sum entitlements disclosure up to and including 2008 included compulsory Group contributions to the BHP Billiton Superannuation Fund. Accordingly, the entitlement amounts disclosed relate to the benefits under the Retirement Plan.

6.6.4    Statutory disclosures

The table below has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 (and the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 made thereunder) and the Australian Corporations Act 2001, and relevant accounting standards.

US dollars

  Short-term benefits  Subtotal: UK
Requirements
  Post-employment benefits(2)  Total:
Australian
requirements
 
 Fees  Committee
Chair fees
  Committee
membership
fees
  Travel
allowances
  Other
benefits

(non-
monetary) (1)
   Superannuation
benefits
  Retirement
benefits
  

Alan Boeckmann(3)

  2011    112,188        18,212    44,000        174,400            174,400  
  2010    140,000        20,000    66,000    8,296    234,296            234,296  

Malcolm Broomhead (4)

  2011    154,000        25,000    52,000        231,000    9,541        240,541  
  2010    35,376        5,054            40,430    2,131        42,561  

John Buchanan

  2011    189,000    40,000        60,000    1,664    290,664            290,664  
  2010    170,000    35,000        68,000    1,327    274,327            274,327  

Carlos Cordeiro

  2011    154,000        25,000    59,000    1,664    239,664            239,664  
  2010    140,000        20,000    89,000        249,000            249,000  

David Crawford

  2011    154,000    55,000        52,000        261,000    11,162        272,162  
  2010    140,000    50,000        45,000    22,410    257,410    9,952        267,362  

Carolyn Hewson(4)

  2011    154,000        30,000    37,000        221,000    9,808        230,808  
  2010    35,376        6,317            41,693    2,198        43,891  

Lindsay Maxsted(3)

  2011    42,226            15,000        57,226    2,113        59,339  

Wayne Murdy

  2011    154,000        30,000    88,000    1,664    273,664            273,664  
  2010    140,000        25,000    81,000    24,932    270,932            270,932  

Jacques Nasser (5)

  2011    1,000,000            97,000    1,889    1,098,889            1,098,889  
  2010    357,312        18,683    88,000    1,856    465,851            465,851  

Keith Rumble

  2011    154,000        25,000    89,000    1,664    269,664            269,664  
  2010    140,000        20,000    81,000    17,879    258,879            258,879  

John Schubert

  2011    154,000    40,000    25,000    52,000        271,000    14,037        285,037  
  2010    140,000    35,000    5,430    45,000        225,430    9,430        234,860  

Shriti Vadera(3)

  2011    77,000            30,000        107,000            107,000  

Notes

(1)

Other benefits include professional fees and reimbursements of the cost of travel, accommodation and subsistence for the Director and, where applicable, their spouse.

(2)

In respect of superannuation benefits, BHP Billiton Limited makes superannuation contributions of nine per cent of fees paid in accordance with Australian superannuation legislation.

(3)

FY2011 remuneration for Alan Boeckmann, Lindsay Maxsted, and Shriti Vadera relates to part of that year only, as they retired from, or joined, the Board during the year. Details of their dates of retirement or appointment are set out in section 6.6.1.

(4)

FY2010 remuneration for Malcolm Broomhead, and Carolyn Hewson relates to part of that year only, as they joined the Board during that year.

(5)

FY2010 remuneration for Jacques Nasser relates to part of the year as Non-executive Director (until 30 March 2010), and part of the year as Chairman (from 31 March 2010). The current Chairman’s remuneration is set out in section 6.6.2.

This Report was approved by the Board on 6 September 2011 and signed on its behalf by:

John Buchanan

Chairman, Remuneration Committee

6 September 2011

7    Directors’ Report

The information presented by the Directors in this Directors’ Report relates to BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc and their subsidiaries. The Chairman’s Review in section 1.2, Chief Executive Officer’s Report in section 1.3 and section 1 Key information, section 2 Information on the Company, section 3 Operating and financial review and prospects and section 11 Shareholder information of this Annual Report are each incorporated by reference into, and form part of, this Directors’ Report.

7.1    Principal activities, state of affairs and business review

The UK Companies Act 2006 requires this Directors’ Report to include a fair review of the business of the Group during FY2011 and of the position of the Group at the end of the financial year and a description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group (known as the ‘business review’). In addition to the information set out below, the information that fulfils the requirements of the business review can be found in the following sections of this Annual Report (which are each incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report):

Section

Reference

Key performance indicators

1.4 and 3.3

Risk factors

1.5

Business overview

2.2

Sustainable development

2.8

Employees

2.9

Financial review

3

A review of the operations of the Group during FY2011, the results of those operations during FY2011 and the expected results of those operations in future financial years, is set out in sections 1.2, 1.3, 2.2 and 3 and other material in this Annual Report. Information on the development of the Group and likely developments in future years also appear in those sections of this Annual Report. The Directors believe that to include further information on those matters and on the strategies and expected results of the operations of the Group in this Annual Report would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group.

Our principal activities during FY2011 were minerals exploration, development, production and processing (in respect of bauxite, alumina, aluminium, copper, silver, lead, zinc, molybdenum, gold, iron ore, metallurgical coal, energy coal, nickel, manganese ore, manganese metal and alloys, diamonds, titanium minerals, potash and uranium), and oil and gas exploration, development and production. No significant changes in the nature of any of the Group’s principal activities occurred during FY2011.

Significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group that occurred during FY2011 and significant post-balance date events are set out below and in sections 2.2 and 3 of this Annual Report.

There were changes to the composition of the Board during FY2011. Alan Boeckmann retired from the Board on 23 March 2011. Shriti Vadera and Lindsay Maxsted were appointed to the Board with effect from 1 January 2011 and 23 March 2011 respectively, and have also been appointed members of the Risk and Audit Committee, with Mr Maxsted appointed as Chairman of the Risk and Audit Committee effective from 6 September 2011. Ms Vadera and Mr Maxsted will seek election at the 2011 Annual General Meetings.

On 2 July 2010, we announced that BHP Billiton was encouraged by the Australian Government’s decision to replace the proposed Resource Super Profits Tax with a proposed Minerals Resource Rent Tax on mined iron ore and coal from 1 July 2012. The Minerals Resource Rent Tax is subject to passing by the Australian Parliament and may differ (wholly or in part) in its final form. BHP Billiton will continue to work constructively with the Australian Government to ensure the detailed design of minerals taxation maintains the international competitiveness of the Australian resources industry into the future.

On 24 September 2010, we announced approval for the development of the Macedon gas field in the Exmouth Sub-basin, Western Australia. BHP Billiton’s expected share of costs is approximately US$1,050 million. The Macedon project is a joint venture between BHP Billiton (71.43 per cent) and Apache Northwest Energy (28.57 per cent). First production is expected during CY2013.

On 18 October 2010, BHP Billiton and Rio Tinto announced their joint decision to end plans for an iron ore production joint venture in the Pilbara in Western Australia following extensive discussions with regulators.

On 15 November 2010, we announced the withdrawal of our offer to acquire all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Potash Corporation of Saskatchewan Inc. The all-cash offer was announced on 18 August 2010, and subsequently amended on 20 September 2010. BHP Billiton determined that the condition of its offer relating to receipt of a net benefit determination by the Minister of Industry under the Investment Canada Act could not be satisfied.

On 20 January 2011, we announced the approval of increased capital expenditure for the Esso Australia operated Kipper and Turrum projects in the Gippsland Basin, offshore Victoria. Kipper’s expenditure has increased to US$900 million (BHP Billiton share) and the facilities are now forecast to be completed in CY2012. Turrum’s expenditure has been adjusted to US$1,350 million (BHP Billiton share) and is now forecast to begin production in CY2013.

On 22 February 2011, we announced our agreement to acquire all of Chesapeake Energy Corporation’s interests in the Fayetteville Shale, US, including the midstream pipeline system, for US$4.75 billion. Chesapeake’s Fayetteville Shale assets include approximately 487,000 acres of leasehold and producing natural gas properties located in Arkansas, US.

On 24 March 2011, we announced the approval of US$7.4 billion (BHP Billiton share US$6.6 billion) of capital investment to continue production growth in the company’s Western Australian Iron Ore operations. This followed an earlier announcement on 17 November 2010 of a further US$635 million (BHP Billiton share US$570 million) of capital expenditure. This additional capital expenditure will facilitate the ongoing development of important port, rail and Jimblebar mine infrastructure. The investment will deliver an integrated operation with capacity in excess of 220 million tonnes per annum (mtpa), on a 100 per cent basis.

On 24 March 2011, we announced the approval of three metallurgical coal projects located in the Bowen Basin in Central Queensland. The projects will add 4.9 million tonnes (Mt) of annual mine capacity (100 per cent basis) through development of the Daunia operation and a new mining area at Broadmeadow. In addition, 11 Mt of annual port capacity (100 per cent basis) will be developed at the Hay Point Coal Terminal. The total investment is US$5 billion, of which BHP Billiton’s share is US$2.5 billion.

On 24 March 2011, we announced the approval of US$400 million investment to expand Hunter Valley Energy Coal in New South Wales. The expansion, known as the RX1 Project, will enable Mt Arthur Coal’s run-of-mine thermal coal production to increase by 4 mtpa to approximately 24 mtpa.

On 30 March 2011, we announced approval for the Escondida Ore Access project, which will relocate the crushing and conveying facilities currently located inside Escondida’s main pit to improve access to higher grade ore and thereby support higher production from 2013. The project is expected to cost US$554 million (US$319 million BHP Billiton share) and will be completed by mid CY2012.

On 11 April 2011, we announced the completion of a US$6 billion off-market tender buy-back of BHP Billiton Limited shares. 147 million shares (4.4 per cent of BHP Billiton Limited’s issued share capital) were bought back at a price of A$40.85 per share. BHP Billiton’s capital management program for BHP Billiton Plc was reactivated on 16 November 2010 and expanded to US$10 billion to apply to the Group’s issued capital on 16 February 2011. Completion of the expanded US$10 billion capital management program was announced on 30 June 2011.

On 29 April 2011, we announced that the partners of Samarco had approved the US$3.5 billion (BHP Billiton share US$1.75 billion) Fourth Pellet Plant Project at Samarco in Brazil. The expansion will increase Samarco iron ore pellet production capacity by 8.3 mtpa to 30.5 mtpa (100 per cent basis).

On 1 June 2011, we welcomed the High Court’s decision in favour of BHP Billiton in its dispute with the Australian Taxation Office over certain tax issues relating to BHP Billiton’s former Hot Briquetted Iron project. As a result of the resolution of the entire dispute with the Australian Taxation Office over these issues an income tax credit of US$718 million has been recognised as an exceptional item in the financial results.

On 23 June 2011, we announced the completion of the budget and schedule review for the Worsley Efficiency and Growth project. The capital cost estimate for the project, encompassing the development of the Marradong mine, refinery expansion and connection to a multi-fuel cogeneration unit, has increased to US$2,995 million (BHP Billiton share).

On 23 June 2011, we announced the approval for US$488 million of further investment to support development of the Jansen Potash Project in Saskatchewan, Canada. This additional pre-commitment capital will fund site preparation and the procurement of long lead time items during the project’s feasibility study. Based on the current schedule, Jansen is expected to start producing saleable potash in CY2015.

On 9 August 2011, we signed a Heads of Agreement with Leighton Holdings to acquire the HWE Mining subsidiaries that provide contract mining services to our Western Australia Iron Ore operations. The purchase price is US$735 million, subject to working capital assumptions. The definitive agreements are subject to due diligence and relevant internal and regulatory approvals. It is expected to close during the fourth quarter of CY2011.

On 18 August 2011, we arranged a new unsecured 364-day multicurrency term and revolving credit facility for an amount of US$7.5 billion consisting of two tranches: a US$5 billion term loan and US$2.5 billion revolving credit facility.

On 21 August 2011, we announced the successful completion of the cash tender offer to acquire Petrohawk Energy Corporation in the US for US$38.75 per share, representing a total equity value of approximately US$12.1 billion and a total enterprise value of approximately US$15.1 billion, including the assumption of net debt. Combined with the Fayetteville Shale acquisition, this expands BHP Billiton’s interest in US shale.

No other matter or circumstance has arisen since the end of FY2011 that has significantly affected or is expected to significantly affect the operations, the results of operations or state of affairs of the Group in future years.

7.2    Share capital and buy-back programs

The BHP Billiton share buy-back program was reactivated after being suspended since FY2008.

At the Annual General Meetings held in 2010, shareholders authorised BHP Billiton Plc to make on-market purchases of up to 223,112,120 of its ordinary shares, representing approximately 10 per cent of BHP Billiton Plc’s issued share capital at that time. Shareholders will be asked at the 2011 Annual General Meetings to renew this authority.

During FY2011, 94.9 million ordinary shares in BHP Billiton Plc, with a nominal value of US$0.50 per share and representing 4.3 per cent of BHP Billiton Plc’s issued share capital, were purchased by BHP Billiton Limited, and immediately transferred to BHP Billiton Plc for nil consideration and cancellation. These shares were bought back at an average price of £23.96 for an aggregate consideration of US$3,678 million to return value to shareholders under our capital management program. This represented a discount to the average BHP Billiton Limited share price over the buy-back period (being 16 November 2010 to 29 June 2011) of 16.4 per cent. The completion of this program was announced on 30 June 2011.

In February 2011 BHP Billiton Limited commenced an off market share buy-back program under which 146.9 million shares of BHP Billiton Limited, representing 4.4 per cent of BHP Billiton Limited’s issued share capital, were purchased off-market and cancelled. These shares were bought back at an average price of A$40.85 for an aggregate consideration of US$6.3 billion to return value to shareholders under our capital management program. This represented a discount to the BHP Billiton Limited market price of A$47.50 (volume weighted average price (VWAP) of BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares over the five trading days up to and including the closing date of 8 April 2011) of 14 per cent. We did not make any on-market share purchases of BHP Billiton Limited shares during FY2011.

Some of our executives receive options over BHP Billiton shares as part of their remuneration arrangements. Entitlements may be satisfied by the transfer of existing shares, which are acquired on-market, or in respect of some entitlements, by the issue of new shares.

The shares in column ‘A’ below were purchased to satisfy awards made under the various BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc employee share schemes, and those shares purchased in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc as part of our capital management program during FY2011.

Period

 A
Total number  of
shares purchased
  B
Average price
paid  per share (a)

US$
  C
Total number  of
shares purchased as
part of publicly
announced plans or
programs
  D
Maximum number of  shares that
may yet be purchased under the
plans or program
 
           BHP Billiton
Limited
  BHP Billiton Plc (b) 

1 July 2010 to 31 July 2010

  163,891    30.47         (c)   223,112,120 (d)  

1 Aug 2010 to 31 Aug 2010

  3,663,275    32.01         (c)   223,112,120 (d)  

1 Sep 2010 to 30 Sep 2010

  3,365,765    34.09         (c)   223,112,120 (d)  

1 Oct 2010 to 31 Oct 2010

  1,275,444    36.88         (c)   223,112,120 (d)  

1 Nov 2010 to 30 Nov 2010

  5,863,837    37.23    5,275,000     (c)   217,837,120 (d)  

1 Dec 2010 to 31 Dec 2010

  1,929,884    40.28    1,550,007     (c)   216,287,113 (d)  

1 Jan 2011 to 31 Jan 2011

  9,699,003    39.33    9,277,372     (c)   207,009,741 (d)  

1 Feb 2011 to 28 Feb 2011

  7,962,036    40.52    7,719,003     (c)   199,290,738 (d)  

1 Mar 2011 to 31 Mar 2011

  16,592,224    38.32    15,368,580     (c)   183,922,158 (d)  

1 Apr 2011 to 30 Apr 2011

  156,648,900    43.09    156,296,296 (e)    (c)   174,525,671 (d)  

1 May 2011 to 31 May 2011

  23,706,320    39.24    22,947,021     (c)   151,578,650 (d)  

1 June 2011 to 30 June 2011

  23,626,827    37.69    23,402,278     (c)   128,176,372 (d)  

Total

  254,497,406    41.22    241,835,557        128,176,372 (d)  

(a)

The shares were purchased in the currency of the stock exchange on which the purchase took place, and the sale price has been converted into US dollars at the exchange rate on the day of the purchase.

(b)

On 15 November 2010, the share buy-back program was reactivated.

(c)

While BHP Billiton Limited is able to buy-back and cancel BHP Billiton Limited shares within the ‘10/12 limit’ without shareholder approval in accordance with section 257B of the Australian Corporations Act 2001, BHP Billiton Limited has not resumed the on-market share buy-back program that was suspended as of 30 September 2007. Any future on-market share buy-back program will be conducted in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and with the ASX Listing Rules.

(d)

At the Annual General Meetings held during 2010, shareholders authorised BHP Billiton Plc to make on-market purchases of up to 223,112,120 of its ordinary shares, representing approximately 10 per cent of BHP Billiton Plc’s issued share capital at that time.

(e)

This number includes the 146.9 million shares purchased under the BHP Billiton Limited off-market buy-back.

7.3    Results, financial instruments and going concern

Information about our financial position and financial results is included in the financial statements in this Annual Report. The income statement shows profit attributable to BHP Billiton members of US$23,648 million compared with US$12,722 million in 2010.

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are discussed in section 3 of this Annual Report. In addition, section 5.6 and note 28 ‘Financial risk management’ to the financial statements detail the Group’s capital management objectives, its approach to financial risk management and exposure to financial risks, liquidity and borrowing facilities. Each of these sections is incorporated into, and forms part of, this Directors’ Report.

The Directors, having made appropriate enquiries, have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Therefore they continue to adopt the going-concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements.

7.4    Directors

The Directors who served at any time during or since the end of the financial year were Jacques Nasser, Marius Kloppers, Alan Boeckmann, Malcolm Broomhead, John Buchanan, Carlos Cordeiro, David Crawford, Carolyn Hewson, Lindsay Maxsted, Wayne Murdy, Keith Rumble, John Schubert and Shriti Vadera. Further details of the Directors of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are set out in section 4.1 of this Annual Report. These details include the period for which each Director held office up to the date of this Directors’ Report, their qualifications, experience and particular responsibilities, the directorships held in other listed companies since 1 July 2008, and the period for which each directorship has been held.

Mr Boeckmann retired as a Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc with effect from 23 March 2011, having been a Director since September 2008.

Ms Vadera was appointed as a Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc with effect from 1 January 2011 and Mr Maxsted was appointed a Director with effect from 23 March 2011.

The number of meetings of the Board and its Committees held during the year and each Director’s attendance at those meetings are set out in sections 5.3.12 and 5.4.1 of this Annual Report.

7.5    Remuneration and share interests

7.5.1    Remuneration

The policy for determining the nature and amount of emoluments of members of the Group Management Committee (GMC) (including the Executive Director) and the Non-executive Directors and information about the relationship between that policy and our performance are set out in sections 6.2, 6.4 and 6.6 of this Annual Report.

The remuneration tables contained in sections 6.4 and 6.5 of this Annual Report set out the remuneration of members of the GMC (including the Executive Director) and the Non-executive Directors.

7.5.2    Directors

The tables contained in section 7.20 of this Directors’ Report set out the relevant interests in shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc of the Directors who held office during FY2011, at the beginning and end of FY2011, and in relation to all Directors in office as at the date of this Directors’ Report, their relevant interests in shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc as at the date of this Directors’ Report. No rights or options over shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are held by any of the Non-executive

Directors. Interests held by the Executive Director under share and option plans as at 30 June 2011 are set out in the tables showing interests in incentive plans contained in section 6.4.3 and note 30 ‘Key Management Personnel’ in the financial statements of this Annual Report.

We have not made available to any Director any interest in a registered scheme.

The former Directors of BHP Limited participated in a retirement plan under which they were entitled to receive a payment on retirement calculated by reference to years of service. This plan was closed on 24 October 2003, and benefits accrued to that date are held by BHP Billiton Limited and will be paid on retirement. Further information about this plan and its closure are set out in section 6.6.3 of this Annual Report.

7.5.3    GMC members

The table contained in section 7.21 of this Directors’ Report sets out the relevant interests held by members of the GMC (other than Directors) in shares of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc at the beginning and end of FY2011, and at the date of this Directors’ Report. Interests held by members of the GMC under share and option plans as at 30 June 2011 are set out in the tables showing interests in incentive plans contained in section 6.4.3 and note 30 ‘Key Management Personnel’ in the financial statements of this Annual Report.

7.6    Secretaries

Jane McAloon is the Group Company Secretary. Details of her qualifications and experience are set out in section 4.1 of this Annual Report. The following people also act as the Company Secretaries of either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc: Elisabeth Joyner, BA (Jurisprudence), LLM, FCIS, Deputy Company Secretary BHP Billiton Limited, and Geof Stapledon, BEc LLB (Hons), DPhil, FCIS, Deputy Company Secretary BHP Billiton Plc and Elizabeth Hobley, BA (Hons), ACIS, Deputy Company Secretary BHP Billiton Plc. Each such individual has experience in a company secretariat role arising from time spent in such roles within BHP Billiton, large listed companies or other relevant entities.

7.7    Indemnities and insurance

Rule 146 of the BHP Billiton Limited Constitution and Article 146 of the BHP Billiton Plc Articles of Association require each Company to indemnify to the extent permitted by law, each Director, Secretary or executive officer of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc respectively against liability incurred in, or arising out of, the conduct of the business of the Company or the discharge of the duties of the Director, Secretary or executive officer. The Directors named in section 4.1 of this Annual Report, the executive officers and the Company Secretaries of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have the benefit of this requirement, as do individuals who formerly held one of those positions.

In accordance with this requirement, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have entered into Deeds of Indemnity, Access and Insurance (Deeds of Indemnity) with each of their respective Directors. The Deeds of Indemnity are qualifying third party indemnity provisions for the purposes of the UK Companies Act 2006.

We have a policy that we will, as a general rule, support and hold harmless an employee, including an employee appointed as a Director of a subsidiary who, while acting in good faith, incurs personal liability to others as a result of working for us.

From time to time, we engage our External Auditor, KPMG, to conduct non-statutory audit work and provide other services in accordance with our policy on the provision of other services by the External Auditor. The terms of engagement include an indemnity in favour of KPMG:

against all losses, claims, costs, expenses, actions, demands, damages, liabilities or any proceedings (liabilities) incurred by KPMG in respect of third party claims arising from a breach by the Group under the engagement terms;

for all liabilities KPMG has to the Group or any third party as a result of reliance on information provided by the Group that is false, misleading or incomplete.

We have insured against amounts that we may be liable to pay to Directors, Company Secretaries or certain employees pursuant to Rule 146 of the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and Article 146 of the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc or that we otherwise agree to pay by way of indemnity. The insurance policy also insures Directors, Company Secretaries and some employees against certain liabilities (including legal costs) they may incur in carrying out their duties for us.

We have paid premiums for this ‘Directors and Officers’ insurance of US$2,335,600 net during FY2011. Directors, Company Secretaries and employees contribute to the premium for this insurance.

No indemnity in favour of a current or former officer of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, or in favour of the External Auditor, has been called on during FY2011.

7.8    Employee policies and involvement

We are committed to open, honest and productive relationships with our employees. At BHP Billiton, we recognise the most important ingredient for success is our talented and motivated workforce, whose members demonstrate behaviours that are aligned toOur Charter values.

We have an integrated people strategy to effectively attract, retain and develop talented people. Our approach is outlined in our Human Resources Policy, theCode of Business Conduct and the Group Level Documents that prescribe what we will do and how we will do it. All of these documents are published and accessible to employees.

Effective communication and employee engagement is critical for maintaining open and productive relationships between leaders and employees. All employees receive communication on BHP Billiton goals and performance, as well as on important issues such as health and safety and the environment and theCode of Business Conduct. Our Code is founded onOur Charter values, which make an unqualified commitment to working with integrity. Communication is undertaken through a variety of channels, including the internet, intranet, email, newsletters and other means designed to cater for the local environment. These tools are also used to facilitate employee feedback, as are a variety of consultative processes. Dispute and grievance handling processes are also in place to assist in equitably addressing workplace issues in all businesses. A Business Conduct Advisory Service operates worldwide to allow concerns to be raised about conduct that is out of step withOur Charter values, our policies and procedures or the law.

Our all-employee share purchase plan, Shareplus, is available to all employees, except where local regulations limit operation of the scheme. In these instances, alternative arrangements are in place. As at 30 June 2011, approximately 43 per cent of employees were participants in Shareplus. The Shareplus employee plan is described in section 6.2.7 of this Annual Report. Short-term and long-term incentive schemes also operate across the Group. Rewards for individuals are predicated on the need to meet targets relating to our Company’s performance in areas such as health, safety and achievement of financial measures and on the personal performance of each employee.

All employees are entitled to balanced and realistic feedback coupled with the identification of development and training needs to help maximise their performance and realise their full potential. In FY2011, 71 per cent of employees participated in a formal performance review process. Due to industrial agreements, not all employees are able to participate in individual performance reviews. The importance we place on employee development and training is demonstrated by the significant amount of training our employees undertake.

BHP Billiton is committed to developing and maintaining a diverse workforce and providing a work environment in which every employee is treated fairly and with respect. We work actively to avoid discrimination on any basis, including disability. Where an employee suffers some disability while they are employed, we work to identify roles that meet their skill, experience and capability, and in some cases offer retraining. We also work hard to offer flexible work practices, where this is possible, taking into account the needs of the employee and those of the particular workplace. Our remuneration policy and employment packages, which must comply with local regulations, are based on merit, aligned to our business requirements and sufficiently attractive to recruit and retain the best people.

Our employees can access our Annual Reports either via the intranet or hard copy.

7.9    Environmental performance

Particulars in relation to environmental performance are referred to in sections 2.8, 3.3 and 7.22 of this Annual Report and in the Sustainability Report, available at www.bhpbilliton.com.

7.10    Corporate Governance

The UK Financial Services Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTR 7.2) require that certain information be included in a corporate governance statement set out in the Directors’ Report. BHP Billiton has an existing practice of issuing a separate corporate governance statement as part of its Annual Report. The information required by the Disclosure and Transparency Rules and the UK Financial Services Authority’s Listing Rules (LR 9.8.6) is located in section 5 of this Annual Report, with the exception of the information referred to in DTR 7.2.6, which is located in section 7.23 of this Annual Report.

7.11    Dividends

A final dividend of 55.0 US cents per share will be paid on 29 September 2011. Details of the dividends paid and the dividend policy are set out in sections 3.7.6 and 11.3 of this Annual Report.

7.12    Auditors

A resolution to reappoint KPMG Audit Plc as the auditor of BHP Billiton Plc will be proposed at the 2011 Annual General Meetings in accordance with section 489 of the UK Companies Act 2006.

Lindsay Maxsted was the only officer of BHP Billiton during FY2011 who was a director or partner of the Group’s External Auditor at a time when the Group’s External Auditor conducted an audit of the Group. Mr Maxsted’s prior relationship with KPMG is set out in section 5.3.5 of the Annual Report. Mr Maxsted has not been part of the KPMG audit practice since 1980 and has not been in any way involved in, or able to influence, any audit activity associated with BHP Billiton.

Each person who held the office of Director at the date the Board resolved to approve this Directors’ Report makes the following statements:

so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s External Auditor is unaware;

the Director has taken all steps that he or she ought to have taken as a Director to make him or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s External Auditor is aware of that information.

7.13    Non-audit services

Details of the non-audit services undertaken by our External Auditor, including the amounts paid for non-audit services, are set out in note 34 ‘Auditor’s remuneration’ in the financial statements of this Annual Report. Based on advice provided by the Risk and Audit Committee, the Directors have formed the view that the provision of non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors, and that the nature of non-audit services means that auditor independence was not compromised. Further information about our policy in relation to the provision of non-audit services by the auditor is set out in section 5.5.1 of this Annual Report.

7.14    Value of land

Much of our interest in land consists of leases and other rights that permit the working of such land and the erection of buildings and equipment thereon for the purpose of extracting and treating minerals. Such land is mainly carried in the accounts at cost and it is not possible to estimate the market value, as this depends on product prices over the long term, which will vary with market conditions.

7.15    Political and charitable donations

No political contributions/donations for political purposes were made to any political party, politician, elected official or candidate for public office during FY2011.

In FY2011, we made charitable donations for the purposes of funding community programs in the United Kingdom of US$193,324 (cash) (2010: US$250,946) and worldwide, including in-kind support and administrative costs totalling US$195,544,063 (2010: US$200,452,251).

The total amount of charitable donations made worldwide in FY2011 includes US$30 million contributed to BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities (registered with the UK Charities Commission) established for the purposes of funding community investment globally.

7.16    Exploration, research and development

Companies within the Group carry out exploration and research and development necessary to support their activities. Further details are provided in sections 2.5 and 2.6 of this Annual Report.

7.17    Creditor payment policy

When we enter into a contract with a supplier, payment terms will be agreed when the contract begins and the supplier will be made aware of these terms. We do not have a specific policy towards our suppliers and do not follow any code or standard practice. However, we settle terms of payment with suppliers when agreeing overall terms of business, and seek to abide by the terms of the contracts to which we are bound. As at 30 June 2011, BHP Billiton Plc (the unconsolidated parent entity) had US$12,000 of trade creditors outstanding which represents 1 day of purchases outstanding in respect of costs, based on the total invoiced by suppliers during FY2011.

7.18    Class order

BHP Billiton Limited is a company of a kind referred to in Australian Securities and Investments Commission Class Order No. 98/100, dated 10 July 1998. Amounts in this Directors’ Report and the financial statements, except estimates of future expenditure or where otherwise indicated, have been rounded to the nearest million dollars in accordance with that Class Order.

7.19    Proceedings on behalf of BHP Billiton Limited

No proceedings have been brought on behalf of BHP Billiton Limited, nor any application made under section 237 of the Australian Corporations Act 2001.

7.20    Directors’ shareholdings

The tables below set out information pertaining to the shares held by Directors in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc.

BHP Billiton Limited shares

  As at date of
Directors’ Report
   As at
30 June 2011
   As at
30 June 2010
 

Alan Boeckmann(1)(2)(3)

   Not applicable     4,330     3,150  

Malcolm Broomhead(2)

   9,000     9,000     9,000  

John Buchanan

               

Carlos Cordeiro(3)

   6,550     6,550     6,550  

David Crawford(2)

   33,127     33,127     33,127  

Carolyn Hewson(2)

   7,000     3,500     2,000  

Marius Kloppers(2)(5)(6)

   171,325     124,374     28,264  

Lindsay Maxsted(2)(4)

   3,000            

Wayne Murdy(2)(3)

   8,000     4,030     4,030  

Jacques Nasser(2)(3)

   10,400     5,600     5,600  

Keith Rumble

               

John Schubert

   23,675     23,675     23,675  

Shriti Vadera

               

BHP Billiton Plc shares

  As at date of
Directors’ Report
   As at
30 June 2011
   As at
30 June 2010
 

Alan Boeckmann(1)(2)(3)

   Not applicable     5,880     3,680  

Malcolm Broomhead

               

John Buchanan

   20,000     20,000     20,000  

Carlos Cordeiro

               

David Crawford(2)

   6,000     6,000     6,000  

Carolyn Hewson

               

Marius Kloppers(2)(5)(6)

   688,895     608,591     548,678  

Lindsay Maxsted

               

Wayne Murdy(2)(3)

   14,000     3,512     3,512  

Jacques Nasser(2)(3)

   64,000     40,000       

Keith Rumble(2)

   14,500     12,200     12,200  

John Schubert

               

Shriti Vadera(2)(4)

   5,000     5,000       

(1)

Alan Boeckmann retired from the Board on 23 March 2011. The disclosed holdings as at 30 June 2011 reflect his holdings as at the date of his respective retirement.

(2)

Includes shares held in the name of spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities.

(3)

All BHP Billiton Limited shares and BHP Billiton Plc shares are held in the form of American Depositary Shares: Alan Boeckmann (2,165 BHP Billiton Limited; 2,940 BHP Billiton Plc), Carlos Cordeiro (3,275 BHP Billiton Limited), Wayne Murdy (4,000 BHP Billiton Limited; 7,000 BHP Billiton Plc) and Jacques Nasser (5,200 BHP Billiton Limited and 32,000 BHP Billiton Plc).

(4)

Director appointed to the Board during FY2011: Shriti Vadera (1 January 2011) and Lindsay Maxsted (23 March 2011).

(5)

In addition to the shares specified above, Marius Kloppers held 1,385,434 options and rights over BHP Billiton Limited shares as at 30 June 2011 and 225,000 options and rights over BHP Billiton Plc shares as at 30 June 2011.

(6)

In addition to the shares specified above, Marius Kloppers holds 1,338,483 options and rights over BHP Billiton Limited shares as at the date of this Report.

7.21    GMC members’ shareholdings (other than Directors)

The following tables sets out information pertaining to the shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc held by those senior executives who were members of the GMC during FY2011 (other than the Executive Director).

BHP Billiton Limited shares

  As at date of
Directors’ Report
   As at
30 June 2011
   As at
30 June 2010
 

Alberto Calderon

               

Andrew Mackenzie

               

Marcus Randolph(1)

   391,872     191,746     191,415  

Alex Vanselow(1)

   441,886     270,925     174,263  

Karen Wood(1)

   266,303     161,914     109,133  

J Michael Yeager(1) (2)

   426,773     264,506     23,980  

(1)

Includes shares held in the name of spouse, superannuation fund and/or nominee.

(2)

870 BHP Billiton Limited shares are held in the form of 435 American Depositary Shares.

BHP Billiton Plc shares

  As at date of
Directors’ Report
   As at
30 June 2011
   As at
30 June 2010
 

Alberto Calderon(1)

   175,611     90,015     17,827  

Andrew Mackenzie(1)

   61,215     55,311     55,175  

Marcus Randolph

               

Alex Vanselow

               

Karen Wood

               

J Michael Yeager

               

(1)

Includes shares held in the name of spouse, superannuation fund and/or nominee.

7.22    Performance in relation to environmental regulation

A significant environmental incident is one with a severity rating of four or above based on our internal severity rating scale (tiered from one to five by increasing severity). There were no significant incidents reported in FY2011.

Fines and prosecutions

In FY2011, BHP Billiton received a fine with a total value of US$2,454, levied in Chile.

Further information about our performance, including in relation to environmental regulation can be found in sections 2.8 and 3.3 of this Annual Report and in the Sustainability Report available atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

7.23    Share capital, restrictions on transfer of shares and other additional information

Information relating to BHP Billiton Plc’s share capital structure, restrictions on the holding or transfer of its securities or on the exercise of voting rights attaching to such securities and certain agreements triggered on a change of control, is set out in the following sections of this Annual Report:

Section 2.1 (BHP Billiton locations)

Section 2.7 (Government regulations)

Section 2.10 (Organisational structure)

Section 2.11 (Material contracts)

Section 2.12 (Constitution)

Section 5.4 (Board of Directors – Review, re-election and renewal)

Section 7.2 (Share capital and buy-back programs)

Section 11.2 (Share ownership)

Note 19 ‘Share capital’ and note 32 ‘Employee share ownership plans’ in the financial statements of this Annual Report.

Further details of all options and rights outstanding as at the date of this Directors’ Report, including shares issued upon exercise of options and rights, are set out in note 32 ‘Employee share ownership plans’ in the financial statements of this Annual Report. Details of movements in share capital during and since the end of the financial year are set out in note 19 ‘Share capital’ in the financial statements of this Annual Report.

Each of the above sections is incorporated by reference into, and forms part of, this Directors’ Report.

The Directors’ Report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Board.

Jacques Nasser AO

Chairman

Marius Kloppers

Chief Executive Officer

Dated: 6 September 2011

8    Legal proceedings

We are involved from time to time in legal proceedings and governmental investigations of a character normally incidental to our business, including claims and pending actions against us seeking damages or clarification of legal rights and regulatory inquiries regarding business practices. In many cases, insurance or other indemnification protection afforded to us relates to such claims and may offset the financial impact on the Group of a successful claim.

This section summarises the significant legal proceedings and investigations in which we are currently involved.

Rio Algom Pension Plan

In June 2003, Alexander E. Lomas, a retired member of the Pension Plan for Salaried Employees of Rio Algom Mines Limited (Plan), filed a Notice of Application in a representative capacity in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice Commercial List against Rio Algom Limited (RAL) and the Plan Trustee alleging certain improprieties in their administration of the Pension Plan and use of Pension Plan funds from January 1966 onward.

Mr Lomas seeks relief, both quantified and unquantified, for himself and those Plan members he purports to represent in respect of a number of alleged breaches committed by RAL, including allegations of breach of employment contracts, breach of trust, and breach of the Trust Agreement underlying the Pension Plan. In particular:

Mr Lomas seeks US$115.26 million (C$121.6 million) on account of monies alleged to have been improperly paid out or withheld from the Pension Plan, together with compound interest calculated from the date of each alleged wrongdoing; and

punitive, aggravated and exemplary damages in the sum of US$1.84 million (C$1.94 million).

Mr Lomas purports to represent members of the defined benefits portion of the Pension Plan. In 2005, the defined contribution members of the Pension Plan were included as parties to this action.

A motion to strike Mr Lomas’ request for the winding-up of the Plan was heard on 27 November 2006. The court struck out part of Mr Lomas’ claim, but allowed the remainder to proceed. RAL’s appeal from that decision was dismissed, but further leave to appeal to the Ontario Court of Appeal was granted. On 10 March 2010, the Ontario Court of Appeal ruled in favour of RAL’s motion to strike out that part of the plaintiff’s claim that sought a court order to wind-up the Plan.

RAL has notified its insurers of the application and has advised other third parties of possible claims against them in respect of matters alleged in the application.

Class actions concerning Cerrejón privatisation

The non-government organisation, Corporación Colombia Transparente (CCT), brought three separate class actions (Popular Actions 1,029, 1,032 and 1,048) against various defendants in connection with the privatisation of 50 per cent of the Cerrejón Zona Norte mining complex in Colombia in 2002. Actions 1,029 and 1,048 were dismissed leaving only the action against Cerrejón Zona Norte SA (CZN). The mining complex is currently owned by CZN and Carbones del Cerrejón Limited (CDC). Our subsidiary Billiton Investment 3 BV owns a 33 per cent share in CDC, and our subsidiaries Billiton Investment 3 BV and Billiton Investment 8 BV (BHP Billiton Shareholders) collectively own a 33.33 per cent share in CZN.

CCT alleges, in part, that the defendants failed to comply with the privatisation process, and that the offer price for shares in CZN between Stages 1 and 2 of the privatisation process was not correctly adjusted for inflation.

Our share of the alleged adjustment of the CZN share price would be approximately US$4 million. In the alternative, CCT seeks declaration that the privatisation is null and void and forfeiture of the transfer price paid, of which our share would be approximately US$148 million. In both instances, CCT also seeks unquantified sanctions, including payment of stamp taxes, an award of 15 per cent of all monies recovered by the defendants, together with interest on all amounts at the maximum rate authorised by law.

The CZN action was dismissed on 18 February 2011, the Court determining that there were no irregularities in the privatisation of the Cerrejón Zona Norte mining complex.

CCT’s request for a reconsideration of the judgment was denied. On 15 March 2011 CCT filed an appeal against the dismissal.

A separate class action (Popular Action no. 242) arising out of the privatisation of the Cerrejón Zona Norte mining complex has been brought by Mr Martín Nicolás Barros Choles, against various defendants including CDC.

Mr Choles claims that the transfer of rights by CDC to CZN was ineffective because it only involved a transfer of shares and not the transfer of the underlying rights in the properties and assets used in the Cerrejón Zona Norte mining complex. Consequently, he is seeking orders that CDC pays for the use and lease of the properties and assets until November 2009, and that from that date the properties and assets of the Cerrejón project revert to the State.

Australian Taxation Office assessments

The Australian Taxation Office (ATO) issued amended assessments in prior years denying bad debt deductions arising from the investments in Beenup and Boodarie Iron and the denial of capital allowance claims made on the Boodarie Iron project. The Group challenged the assessments and was successful on all counts before the Full Federal Court. The ATO obtained special leave in September 2010 to appeal to the High Court in respect of the denial of capital allowance claims made on the Boodarie Iron project. The Group’s position in respect of the capital allowance claims on the Boodarie Iron project was confirmed by the High Court in June 2011. As a result of these appeals, US$138 million was released from the Group’s income tax provision in September 2010 and US$580 million in June 2011.

Petroleum Resource Rent Tax litigation

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Bass Strait) Pty Ltd is involved in litigation in the Federal Court of Australia, disputing whether certain receipts are subject to Petroleum Resource Rent Tax, as well as the ATO’s assessment of the taxing point for Petroleum Resource Rent Tax purposes in relation to sales of gas and LPG produced from the Gippsland Joint Venture, and the treatment of gas used for electricity generation. The Federal Court’s decision was handed down in April 2011, finding in favour of the Commissioner in respect of the taxing point and one of the receipts in issue. The Federal Court found in favour of BHP Billiton on another receipt issue and on the gas used for electricity generation issue. BHP Billiton has appealed to the Full Federal Court on the findings on which it was unsuccessful. The Commissioner has appealed on the receipt issue but not the gas used for electricity generation issue. The latter has resulted in the recognition of an income tax credit of approximately US$12 million in the 30 June 2011 financial results.

Petroleum Resource Rent Tax has been paid and expensed based on the ATO’s assessment, and any success on the remaining issues in dispute will result in an income tax benefit.

Given the complexity of the matters under dispute, it is not possible at this time to accurately quantify the anticipated benefit.

As part of the May 2011 Federal Budget, the Australian Government announced that it will amend the tax law, with effect from 1 July 1990, to provide greater certainty around how the taxing point is calculated for the purposes of the Petroleum Resource Rent Tax. It stated that the amendments will provide further statutory support for the Federal Court’s judgment above. The proposed legislative amendments are yet to be introduced.

North West Shelf Excise on Condensate litigation

BHP Billiton Petroleum (North West Shelf) Pty Ltd is involved in litigation in both the Federal Court of Australia and the Administrative Appeals Tribunal seeking orders that excise by-laws, enacted in 2008, prescribing a condensate production area for the purposes of the Excise Tariff Act incorrectly define the relevant fields.

As part of the May 2011 Federal Budget, the Australian Government announced that it would make several technical legislative amendments, with effect from 13 May 2008, to ensure that condensate production is subject to crude oil excise as announced in the 2008–09 Budget. The amendments include changes to the Excise Tariff Act to introduce a statutory definition of the production area ‘Rankin Trend’, and to ensure that production from ‘Rankin Trend’ does not represent ‘exempt offshore oil and condensate’. These legislative amendments were introduced into Parliament on 6 July 2011 but are yet to be enacted.

9    Financial Statements

Refer to F-1 to F-101 and F-107 to F-114.

10    Glossary

10.1    Non-mining terms

Term

Definition

A$

Australian dollars being the currency of the Commonwealth of Australia.

American Depositary Receipt (ADR)

Instruments that trade on the NYSE.

American Depositary Share (ADS)

An American Depositary Share is a share issued under a deposit agreement that has been created to permit US-resident investors to hold shares in non-US companies and trade them on the stock exchanges in the US. One ADS is equal to two BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares. ADSs are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, which are the instruments that trade on the NYSE.

All Publishers Index (API)

Thermal coal price index as published by Argus Media and IHS McCloskey for:

Northwestern Europe – CIF Amsterdam–Rotterdam–Antwerp (API 2);

South Africa – FOB Richard’s Bay (API 4);

Australia – FOB Newcastle (API 6).

BHP Billiton

Being both companies in the dual listed company structure, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc.

BHP Billiton Limited share

A fully paid ordinary share in the capital of BHP Billiton Limited.

BHP Billiton Limited shareholders

The holders of BHP Billiton Limited shares.

BHP Billiton Limited special voting share

A single voting share issued to facilitate joint voting by shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited on Joint Electorate Actions.

BHP Billiton Plc equalisation share

A share that has been authorised to be issued to enable a distribution to be made by BHP Billiton Plc Group to the BHP Billiton Limited Group should this be required under the terms of the DLC merger.

BHP Billiton Plc 5.5 per cent preference share

Shares that have the right to repayment of the amount paid up on the nominal value and any unpaid dividends in priority of any other class of shares in BHP Billiton Plc on a return of capital or winding up.

BHP Billiton Plc share

A fully paid ordinary share in the capital of BHP Billiton Plc.

BHP Billiton Plc shareholders

The holders of BHP Billiton Plc shares.

BHP Billiton Plc special voting share

A single voting share issued to facilitate joint voting by shareholders of BHP Billiton Plc on Joint Electorate Actions.

Board

The Board of Directors of BHP Billiton.

CEO

Chief Executive Officer.

Cost and freight (CFR) (…named port of destination)

The seller must pay the costs and freight necessary to bring the goods to the named port of destination, but the risk of loss of or damage to the goods, as well as any additional costs due to events occurring after the time the goods have been delivered on board the vessel, is transferred from the seller to the buyer when the goods pass the ship’s rail in the port of shipment. The CFR term requires the seller to clear the goods for shipment.

Term

Definition

Co-Investment Plan (CIP)

Legacy employee share scheme.

Community investment

Contributions made to support communities in which we operate. Our contributions to community programs comprise cash, in-kind support and administration costs. Our targeted level of contribution is one per cent of pre-tax profit calculated on the average of the previous three years’ pre-tax profit.

Customer Sector Group (CSG)

A product based global business unit

CY20XX

Refers to the calendar year ending 31 December 20XX, where XX is the two-digit number of the year.

Deferred share

A nil-priced option or a conditional right to acquire a share issued under the rules of the GIS.

Dividend Record Date

The date, determined by a company’s board of directors, by when an investor must be recorded as an owner of shares in order to qualify for a forthcoming dividend.

DLC merger

The Dual Listed Company merger between BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc on 29 June 2001.

DLC structure

The corporate structure resulting from the DLC merger.

Employee Share Plan (ESP)

A legacy employee share plan that commenced under the jurisdiction of BHP Limited prior to the formation of BHP Billiton.

Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI)

An international initiative dedicated to the enhancement of transparency around the payments of taxes and royalties derived from resource development.

Expected value

Expected value of a share incentive – the average outcome weighted by probability. This measure takes into account the difficulty of achieving performance conditions and the correlation between these and share price appreciation. The valuation methodology also takes into account factors such as volatility, forfeiture risk, etc.

Free prior and informed consent (FPIC)

A principle requiring that individuals and communities should be informed – in appropriate, accessible language, – about projects that might take place on their land. It also guarantees that they are given the opportunity to give or withhold their consent to a project before it commences.

Free on board (FOB) (…named port of shipment)

The seller delivers when the goods pass the ship’s rail at the named port of shipment. This means that the buyer has to bear all costs and risks of loss of or damage to the goods from that point. The FOB term requires the seller to clear the goods for export. This term can be used only for sea or inland waterway transport.

FY20XX

Refers to the financial year ending 30 June 20XX, where XX is the two-digit number for the year.

GAAP

Generally accepted accounting principles.

Gearing

Gearing is defined as the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets.

Group

BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Plc and their subsidiaries.

Group Incentive Scheme (GIS)

Current employee share scheme.

Term

Definition

Group Level Document (GLD)

The documents that give effect to the mandatory requirements arising from the BHP Billiton Operating Model. They articulate the scope and mandate of the Group Functions as approved by the GMC. They describe the mandatory minimum performance requirements and accountabilities for definitive business processes, functions and activities across BHP Billiton.

Greenhouse Gas (GHG) intensity indices

The GHG intensity indices are determined by dividing the annual greenhouse gas emissions OR energy use by the annual units of production for individual assets, then aggregating the results for the Group.

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

Accounting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

JV

Joint venture.

Key Management Personnel (KMP)

Persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly (including Executive Directors), and Non-executive Directors.

Key Performance Indicator (KPI)

Used to measure the performance of the Group, individual businesses and executives in any one year.

London Metal Exchange (LME)

London Metal Exchange – A London exchange which trades metals (e.g. lead, zinc, aluminium and nickel) in forward and option markets.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Current employee share scheme.

Major capital projects

Capital projects in the Feasibility or Execution phase where our share of capital expenditure to project completion is greater than US$250 million.

Market value

The market value based on closing prices, or, in instances when an executive exercises and sells shares, the actual sale price achieved.

New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX)

A New York physical futures exchange which trades energy commodities (i.e. crude oil and natural gas) and precious metals in futures and options markets.

Occupational exposure limit (OEL)

The concentration of a substance or agent, exposure to which, according to current knowledge, should not cause adverse health effects nor cause undue discomfort to nearly all workers.

Occupational illness

An occupational illness is an illness that occurs as a consequence of work-related activities or exposure. It includes acute or chronic illnesses or diseases, which may be caused by inhalation, absorption, ingestion or direct contact.

Option

A right to acquire a share on payment of an exercise price issued under the rules of the GIS.

Performance share

A nil-priced option or a conditional right to acquire a share, subject to a Performance Hurdle, issued under the rules of the LTIP.

Performance share plan (PSP)

An employee share plan that commenced under the jurisdiction of BHP Limited or Billiton Plc and prior to the formation of BHP Billiton. Legacy share scheme.

Project investment

Total budgeted capital expenditure on growth projects under development at year-end. Refer to section 3.7.2 Growth projects, for a full listing of these growth projects.

Term

Definition

Quality of life indicators

Measures of people’s overall well-being including material well-being (standard of living) and non-material components such as the quality of the environment, national security, personal safety, and political and economic freedoms.

Quoted

In the context of American Depositary Shares (ADS) and listed investments, the term ‘quoted’ means ‘traded’ on the relevant exchange.

Resource Endowment initiative (REi)

An initiative of the ICMM to enhance industry’s socio-economic contribution to the countries and communities where organisations such as BHP Billiton operate, by better understanding the factors that either inhibit or promote social and economic development linked to large-scale mining projects.

Restricted Share Scheme (RSS)

Legacy employee share scheme.

Return on capital employed (ROCE)

Return on capital employed is calculated as earnings from operations, excluding exceptional items and net finance costs (after tax), divided by average capital employed. Average capital employed is calculated as net assets less net debt.

Shareplus

All employee share purchase plan.

Significant environmental incident

A significant environmental incident is an occurrence that has resulted in or had the potential to cause significant environmental harm. Our definition of ‘significant’ is conservative to ensure all learnings are captured from relevant HSEC incidents. Such an incident is rated at level 3 or above on the BHP Billiton HSEC Consequence Severity Table which may be viewed at our website,www.bhpbilliton.com.

SME reg’d member

Registered member of the Society of Mining, Metallurgy and Exploration.

STRATE

Share Transactions Totally Electronic is a South African electronic settlement and depository system for dematerialised equities.

Total recordable injuries frequency (TRIF)

The sum of (fatalities + lost-time cases + restricted work cases + medical treatment cases) x 1,000,000 ÷ actual hours worked. Stated in units of per million hours worked.

Total shareholder return (TSR)

The change in share price plus dividends.

Underlying EBIT margin

Calculated as Underlying EBIT (as defined in section 3.3), excluding third party EBIT, divided by revenue net of third party product revenue.

US$

The Group’s reporting currency and the functional currency of the majority of its operations is the US dollar as this is assessed to be the principal currency of the economic environments in which they operate.

West Texas Intermediate (WTI)

A crude stream produced in Texas and southern Oklahoma which serves as a reference or ‘marker’ for pricing a number of other crude streams and which is traded in the domestic spot market at Cushing, Oklahoma.

10.2    Mining and mining-related terms

Term

Definition

2D

Two dimensional.

3D

Three dimensional.

Alumina

Aluminium oxide (Al2O3). Alumina is produced from bauxite in the refining process. Alumina is then converted (reduced) in an electrolysis cell to produce aluminium metal.

Ash

Inorganic material remaining after combustion.

Bauxite

Chief ore of aluminium.

Beneficiation

The process of separating ore from gangue prior to subsequent processing of the beneficiated ore.

Bio-leaching

Use of naturally occurring bacteria, to leach a metal from ore; for example, copper, zinc, uranium, nickel and cobalt from a sulphide mineral.

Brownfield

An exploration or development project located within an existing mineral province which can share infrastructure and management with an existing operation.

Coal Reserves

The same meaning as Ore Reserves, but specifically concerning coal.

Coking coal

By virtue of its carbonisation properties, is used in the manufacture of coke, which is used in the steelmaking process. Coking coal may also be referred to as metallurgical coal.

Condensate

A mixture of hydrocarbons that exist in gaseous form in natural underground reservoirs, but which condense to form a liquid at atmospheric conditions.

Copper cathode

Electrolytically refined copper that has been deposited on the cathode of an electrolytic bath of acidified copper sulphate solution. The refined copper may also be produced through leaching and electrowinning.

Crude oil

A mixture of hydrocarbons that exist in liquid form in natural underground reservoirs, and remain liquid at atmospheric pressure after being produced at the well head and passing through surface separating facilities.

Cut-off grade

A nominated grade above which is defined some mineral aspect of the reserve or resource. For example, the lowest grade of mineralised material that qualifies as economic for estimating an Ore Reserve.

ECSA

Engineering Council of South Africa.

Electrowinning/electrowon

An electrochemical process in which metal is recovered by dissolving a metal within an electrolyte and plating it onto an electrode.

Energy coal

Used as a fuel source in electrical power generation, cement manufacture and various industrial applications. Energy coal may also be referred to as steaming or thermal coal.

Term

Definition

Ethane

Where sold separately, is largely ethane gas that has been liquefied through pressurisation. One tonne of ethane is approximately equivalent to 26.8 thousand cubic feet of gas.

FAusIMM

Fellow of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

Flotation

A method of selectively recovering minerals from finely ground ore using a froth created in water by specific reagents. In the flotation process, certain mineral particles are induced to float by becoming attached to bubbles of froth and the unwanted mineral particles sink.

Grade

The relative quantity, or the percentage, of metal or mineral content in an orebody.

Greenfield

The development or exploration located outside the area of influence of existing mine operations/infrastructure.

Head grade

The average grade of ore delivered to a process for mineral extraction.

Heap leach(ing)

A process used for the recovery of metals such as copper, nickel, uranium and gold from low-grade ores. The crushed material is laid on a slightly sloping, impermeable pad and leached by uniformly trickling (gravity fed) a chemical solution through the beds to ponds. The metals are recovered from the solution.

Ilmenite

The principle ore of titanium composed of iron, titanium and oxygen (FeTiO3).

Kriging

A geostatistical method of estimating mine reserves based on a mathematical function known as a semivariogram.

Leaching

The process by which a soluble metal can be economically recovered from minerals in ore by dissolution.

Liquefied natural gas (LNG)

Consists largely of methane that has been liquefied through chilling and pressurisation. One tonne of LNG is approximately equivalent to 45.9 thousand cubic feet of natural gas.

Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)

Consists of propane and butane and a small amount (less than two per cent) of ethane that has been liquefied through pressurisation. One tonne of LPG is approximately equivalent to 11.6 barrels.

MAIG

Member of the Australian Institute of Geoscientists.

MAusIMM

Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

Marketable Coal Reserves

Represents beneficiated or otherwise enhanced coal product and should be read in conjunction with, but not instead of, reports of coal reserves.

Metallurgical coal

A broader term than coking coal, which includes all coals used in steelmaking, such as coal used for the pulverised coal injection process.

NAPEGG

Northwest Territories Association of Professional Geologists and Geoscientists.

Natural Gas Liquids (NGL)

Natural Gas Liquids, which include Propane, Butane and Ethane.

Mineralisation

Any single mineral or combination of minerals occurring in a mass, or deposit, of economic interest.

Term

Definition

Open-cut/open-pit (OC/OP)

Surface working in which the working area is kept open to the sky.

Ore Reserves

That part of a mineral deposit that could be economically and legally extracted or produced at the time of the reserve determination.

Probable (Indicated) Ore Reserves

Reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to that used for proven (measure) reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for proven (measured) reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation.

Proved oil and gas reserves

Those quantities of oil and gas, which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible – from a given date forward, from known reservoirs and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations – prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain.

Proven (Measured) Ore Reserves

Reserves for which (a) quantity is computed from dimensions revealed in outcrops, trenches, workings or drill holes; grade and/or quality are computed from the results of detailed sampling and (b) the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are spaced so closely and the geologic character is so well defined that size, shape, depth and mineral content of reserves are well-established.

Reserve life

Current stated ore reserves divided by the current approved nominated production rate as at the end of the financial year.

Run of mine product (ROM)

Product mined in the course of regular mining activities.

Rutile

It is an ore of titanium composed of titanium and oxygen (TiO2).

SACNASP

South African Council for Natural Scientific Professions.

Solvent extraction

A method of separating one or more metals from a leach solution by treating with a solvent that will extract the required metal, leaving the others. The metal is recovered from the solvent by further treatment.

Spud

Commence drilling of an oil or gas well.

Stockpile (SP)

An accumulation of ore or mineral built up when demand slackens or when the treatment plant or beneficiation equipment is incomplete or temporarily unable to process the mine output; any heap of material formed to create a buffer for loading or other purposes or material dug and piled for future use.

Tailing

Those portions of washed or milled ore that are too poor to be treated further or remain after the required metals and minerals have been extracted.

Titanium Slag

85 per cent TiO2smelter product.

Total Coal Reserves

Run of mine reserves as outputs from the mining activities.

Total Marketable Reserves

Product reserves as outputs from processing plant which includes sizing and beneficiation.

Total Ore Reserves

Proved Ore Reserves plus Probable Ore Reserves.

Term

Definition

Underground (UG)

Natural or man-made excavation under the surface of the Earth.

Zircon

It is the chief ore of zirconium composed of zirconium, silicon and oxygen (ZrSiO4).

10.3    Chemical terms

Term

Definition

A.AI2O3

Available alumina

Ag

silver

AI2O3

alumina

Anth

anthracite

Au

gold

cpt

carats per tonne

Cu

copper

CV

calorific value

Fe

iron

Fe2O3

iron oxide

insols

insolubles

K2O

potassium oxide

LOI

Loss on ignition refers to loss of mass (dry basis) during the assaying process.

Met

metallurgical coal

MgO

magnesium oxide

Mn

manganese

Mo

molybdenum

Ni

nickel

Pb

lead

P

phosphorous

Pc

phosphorous in concentrate

R.SiO2

reactive silica

S

sulphur

SCu

soluble copper

SiO2

silica

TCu

total copper

Th

thermal coal

TiO2

titanium oxide

U3O8

uranium oxide

VM

volatile matter

Zn

zinc

10.4    Units of measure

Abbreviation

Description

bbl/d

Barrels per day

boe

Barrel oil equivalent

dmt

Dry metric tonne

dmtu

Dry metric tonne unit

g/t

Grams per tonne

ha

Hectare

kcal/kg

Kilocalories per kilogram

kg/tonne or kg/t

Kilograms per tonne

km

Kilometre

kV

Kilovolt

kt

Kilotonne

kdwt

Thousand deadweight tonnes

m

Metre

Ml

Megalitre

Mt

Millions of tonnes

mm

Millimetre

MMboe

Million barrels oil equivalent

MMBtu

Million British Thermal Units

MMcf/d

Million cubic feet per day

Mbbl/d

Thousand barrels per day

MMbbl/d

Million barrels per day

MMcm/d

Million cubic metres per day

mtpa

Million tonnes per annum

MW

Megawatt

psi

Pounds per square inch

scf

Standard cubic feet

TJ

Terajoule

TJ/d

Terajoules per day

tpa

Tonnes per annum

tpd

Tonnes per day

tph

Tonnes per hour

wmt

Wet metric tonnes

11    Shareholder information

11.1    Markets

BHP Billiton Limited has a primary listing on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) in Australia and BHP Billiton Plc has a premium listing on the UK Listing Authority’s Official List and its ordinary shares are admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange (LSE). BHP Billiton Plc also has a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) in South Africa.

In addition, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in the US. Trading on the NYSE is via American Depositary Shares (ADSs), each representing two ordinary shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (ADRs). Citibank N.A. is the Depositary for both ADR programs. BHP Billiton Limited’s ADSs have been listed for trading on the NYSE (ticker BHP) since 28 May 1987 and BHP Billiton Plc’s since 25 June 2003 (ticker BBL).

11.2    Share ownership

Share capital

The details of the share capital for both BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are presented in note 19 ‘Share capital’ in the financial statements.

Major shareholders

The tables in sections 7.20 and 7.21 of this Annual Report present information pertaining to the shares held by Directors and members of the Group Management Committee (GMC) in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc.

Neither BHP Billiton Limited nor BHP Billiton Plc is directly or indirectly controlled by another corporation or by any government. Other than as described in section 2.10.2, no major shareholder possesses voting rights that differ from those attaching to all of BHP Billiton Limited’s voting securities.

BHP Billiton Limited

The tables in sections 7.20 and 7.21 of this Annual Report show the holdings for Directors and members of the GMC of BHP Billiton Limited, as a group, of BHP Billiton Limited’s voting securities. No person beneficially owned more than five per cent of BHP Billiton Limited’s voting securities. The following table shows holdings of five per cent or more of voting rights in BHP Billiton Limited’s shares as notified to BHP Billiton Limited under the Corporations Act 2001, Section 671B.

           Percentage of total voting rights (2) 

Title of class

 

Identity of person
or group

 Date of notice
received
 Date of change Number owned      2011          2010          2009     

Ordinary shares

 BlackRock Investment Management (Australia) Limited (1) 4 January
2010
 2 December
2009
  183,990,864    5.73  5.48    

(1)

On 2 December 2009, the Barclays Global Investors business was acquired by BlackRock Investment Management (Australia) Limited. The combined holdings of BlackRock Investment Management (Australia) Limited following this acquisition triggered this disclosure.

(2)

The percentage quoted are based on the total voting rights of BHP Billiton Limited as at the date of the Annual Report each year of 3,211,691,105 (2011) and 3,358,359,496 (2010).

BHP Billiton Plc

The following table shows holdings of three per cent or more of voting rights in BHP Billiton Plc’s shares as notified to BHP Billiton Plc under the UK Disclosure and Transparency Rule 5.(1)

  Date of last notice  Percentage of total voting rights (2) 

Title of class

 Identity of person
or group
 Date received Date of change Number owned      2011          2010          2009     

Ordinary shares

 Legal & General
Group Plc
(3)
 17 February
2010
 16 February
2010
  88,103,187    4.17  3.99  4.54

Ordinary shares

 BlackRock,
Inc. 
(4)
 3 December
2009
 1 December
2009
  213,014,043    10.08  9.65    

(1)

There has been no change in the holdings of three per cent or more of the voting rights in BHP Billiton Plc’s shares notified to BHP Billiton Plc as at the date of this Report.

(2)

The percentages quoted are based on the total voting rights of BHP Billiton Plc as at the date of the Annual Report each year of 2,112,071,796 (2011), 2,207,007,544 (2010) and 2,207,007,544 (2009) respectively. The percentages for 2011 take into account the buyback of BHP Billiton Plc shares completed since the notifications were made.

(3)

The notification received from Legal & General Group Plc was a group disclosure covering the interests of Legal & General Group Plc and its subsidiaries.

(4)

On 1 December 2009, the Barclays Global Investors business was acquired by BlackRock, Inc. The combined holdings of BlackRock, Inc following this acquisition triggered this disclosure.

The following table shows holdings of Directors and members of the GMC of BHP Billiton Plc who were in office as at 30 June 2011, as a group, of BHP Billiton Plc’s voting securities as at that date.(1)

Title of class

  

Identity of person or group

  Number owned   Percentage of total voting
rights at 30 June 2011(2)
 

Ordinary shares

  Directors and Executives as a group   840,652     0.04

(1)

As at the date of this Report, the Directors and members of the GMC who were in office at 30 June 2011 held 0.05 per cent of the total voting rights of BHP Billiton Plc (Number owned: 1,049,221).

(2)

The percentages quoted are based on the total voting rights of BHP Billiton Plc of 2,114,253,533 (at 30 June 2011) and 2,112,071,796 at the date of this Report.

Twenty largest shareholders as at 26 August 2011 (as named on the Register of Shareholders)

BHP Billiton Limited

  Number of
fully paid
shares
   % of issued
capital
 
1. HSBC Australia Nominees Pty Ltd   557,639,660     17.36  
2. J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited   367,083,966     11.43  
3. National Nominees Ltd   322,837,804     10.05  
4. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <BHP Billiton ADR Holders A/C>   211,082,608     6.57  
5. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited   134,103,375     4.18  
6. Australian Mutual Provident Society   78,570,157     2.45  
7. J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited <Cash Income A/C>   59,699,015     1.86  
8. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <Colonial First State Inv A/C>   21,495,590     0.67  
9. Potter Warburg Nominees Pty Ltd   15,296,927     0.48  
10. Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited   14,257,441     0.44  
11. Queensland Investment Corporation   11,396,183     0.35  
12. Perpetual Trustee Australia Group   9,425,426     0.29  
13. Australian Reward Investment Alliance   9,020,225     0.28  
14. ARGO Investments Limited   7,813,209     0.24  
15. RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited <PIPOOLED A/C>   7,742,455     0.24  
16. Bond Street Custodians Limited   7,483,839     0.23  
17. RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited <MLCI A/C>   6,531,782     0.20  
18. UBS Nominees Pty Ltd   5,073,010     0.16  
19. INVIA Custodian Pty Limited   4,731,057     0.15  
20. Computershare Nominees CI Ltd <ASX Shareplus Control A/C>   4,726,717     0.15  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,856,010,446     57.78  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

  Number of fully
paid shares
   % of issued
capital
 
1. 

PLC Nominees (Proprietary) Limited

   421,314,153     19.72  
2. 

GEPF Equity

   84,777,543     3.97  
3. 

State Street Nominees Limited < OM02>

   75,724,298     3.54  
4. 

Chase Nominees Limited <LEND>

   72,729,606     3.40  
5. 

National City Nominees Limited

   61,844,575     2.90  
6. 

Chase Nominees Limited

   61,096,900     2.86  
7. 

Nortrust Nominees Limited

   53,287,271     2.49  
8. 

HSBC Global Custody Nominee (UK) Limited <357206>

   51,073,913     2.39  
9. 

The Bank of New York (Nominees) Limited

   39,211,464     1.84  
10. 

BNY Mellon Nominees Limited <BSDTGUSD>

   39,058,277     1.83  
11. 

Nutraco Nominees Limited <781221>

   36,800,000     1.72  
12. 

Nortrust Nominees Limited <SLEND>

   35,994,595     1.68  
13. 

Vidacos Nominees Limited <CLRLUX2>

   35,514,442     1.66  
14. 

Lynchwood Nominees Limited <2006420>

   34,565,090     1.62  
15. 

State Street Nominees Limited <OM04>

   34,383,999     1.61  
16. 

Industrial Development Corporation

   33,804,582     1.58  
17. 

State Street Nominees Limited <OD64>

   33,673,463     1.58  
18. 

Vidacos Nominees Limited <FGN>

   25,979,661     1.22  
19. 

Chase Nominees Limited <BGILIFEL>

   23,910,630     1.12  
20. 

State Street Nominees Limited <6H1E>

   18,306,000     0.86  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,273,050,462     59.59  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

US share ownership as at 30 June 2011

   BHP Billiton Limited   BHP Billiton Plc 
    Shareholders
Numbers
   %   Shares
Numbers
  % of
issued
capital
   Shareholders
Numbers
   %   Shares
Numbers
  % of
issued
capital
 

Classification of holder

              

Registered holders of voting securities

   1,879     0.32     5,592,195    0.17     71     0.35     208,255    0.01  

ADR holders

   1,168     0.20     206,187,970 (a)   6.42     171     0.84     62,259,902 (b)   2.91  

(a)

These shares translate to 103,093,985 ADRs.

(b)

These shares translate to 31,129,951 ADRs.

Distribution of shareholders and shareholdings as at 26 August 2011

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
   Shareholders
Numbers
  %  Shares
Numbers
  %  Shareholders
Numbers
  %  Shares
Numbers
  % 

Registered address

        

Australia

  574,229    96.11    3,141,088,437    97.80    253    1.23    1,160,582    0.05  

New Zealand

  14,236    2.38    38,432,854    1.20    32    0.15    107,250    0.01  

United Kingdom

  3,383    0.57    10,963,904    0.34    17,888    86.99    1,680,002,743    78.64  

United States

  1,867    0.31    5,493,051    0.17    68    0.33    165,261    0.01  

South Africa

  121    0.02    220,481    0.01    1,367    6.65    436,372,576    20.43  

Other

  3,622    0.61    15,492,378    0.48    956    4.65    18,377,042    0.86  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  597,458    100.00    3,211,691,105    100.00    20,564    100.00    2,136,185,454    100.00  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
   Shareholders
Numbers
  %  Shares
Numbers(a)
  %  Shareholders
Numbers
  %  Shares
Numbers
  % 

Size of holding

        

1 – 500(b)

  267,118    44.71    60,994,963    1.90    10,791    52.48    2,737,804    0.13  

501 – 1,000

  113,931    19.07    88,334,332    2.75    4,270    20.76    3,175,107    0.15  

1,001 – 5,000

  167,404    28.02    376,705,139    11.73    3,439    16.72    7,098,410    0.33  

5,001 – 10,000

  28,137    4.70    198,905,703    6.19    461    2.24    3,255,880    0.15  

10,001 – 25,000

  15,452    2.59    232,539,570    7.24    377    1.83    6,046,164    0.28  

25,001 – 50,000

  3,444    0.58    117,670,365    3.66    224    1.09    8,138,452    0.38  

50,001 – 100,000

  1,265    0.21    86,605,095    2.70    246    1.20    17,704,552    0.83  

100,001 – 250,000

  497    0.08    72,035,148    2.24    264    1.28    43,028,762    2.01  

250,001 – 500,000

  114    0.02    39,621,594    1.23    172    0.84    62,374,367    2.92  

500,001 – 1,000,000

  38    0.01    24,529,965    0.76    106    0.52    75,080,870    3.52  

1,000,001 and over

  58    0.01    1,913,749,231    59.60    214    1.04    1,907,545,086    89.30  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  597,458    100.00    3,211,691,105    100.00    20,564    100.00    2,136,185,454    100.00  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)

One share entitles the holder to one vote.

(b)

Number of BHP Billiton Limited shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel (A$500) based on the market price of A$38.64 as at 26 August 2011 was 4,061.

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
   Shareholders
Numbers
  %  Shares
Numbers
  %  Shareholders
Numbers
  %  Shares
Numbers
  % 

Classification of holder

        

Corporate

  133,906    22.41    2,205,096,399    68.66    10,972    53.36    2,122,564,541    99.36  

Private

  463,552    77.59    1,006,594,706    31.34    9,592    46.64    13,620,913    0.64  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  597,458    100.00    3,211,691,105    100.00    20,564    100.00    2,136,185,454    100.00  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

11.3    Dividends

Policy

We have a progressive dividend policy that seeks to steadily increase or at least to maintain the dividend in US dollars at each half yearly payment.

We declare our dividends and other distributions in US dollars as it is our main functional currency. BHP Billiton Limited pays its dividends in Australian dollars, UK pounds sterling, New Zealand dollars or US dollars, depending on the country of residence of the shareholder. BHP Billiton Plc pays its dividends in UK pounds sterling to shareholders registered on its principal register in the UK and in South African rand to shareholders registered on its branch register in South Africa. If shareholders on the UK register wish to receive dividends in US dollars they must complete an appropriate election form and return it to the BHP Billiton Share Registrar no later than close of business on the Dividend Record Date.

Payments

BHP Billiton Limited shareholders may have their cash dividends paid directly into a nominated bank, building society or credit union, depending on the shareholder’s country of residence as shown below.

Country where shareholder is resident

Financial institution

Australia

Bank, building society, credit union

UK

Bank, building society

New Zealand

Bank

US

Bank

Shareholders from the abovementioned locations who do not provide their direct credit details and shareholders with registered addresses outside Australia, UK, New Zealand and US will receive dividend payments by way of a cheque in Australian dollars.

BHP Billiton Plc shareholders may have their cash dividends paid directly into a bank or building society by completing a dividend mandate form which is available from the BHP Billiton Share Registrar in the UK or South Africa.

11.4    Share price information

The following tables show the share prices for the period indicated for ordinary shares and ADSs for each of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc. The share prices are the highest and lowest closing market quotations for ordinary shares reported on the Daily Official List of the Australian and London Stock Exchanges respectively, and the highest and lowest closing prices for ADSs quoted on the NYSE, adjusted to reflect stock dividends.

BHP Billiton Limited

      Ordinary shares   American Depositary Shares (1) 

BHP Billiton Limited

  High A$   Low A$       High US$           Low US$     

FY2006

   32.00     18.09     49.21     27.35  

FY2007

   35.38     23.86     60.39     36.19  

FY2008

   49.55     31.00     95.00     52.27  

FY2009

   44.40     21.10     82.86     24.62  

FY2010

  First quarter   39.59     32.14     68.89     49.54  
  Second quarter   43.12     36.20     77.90     62.63  
  Third quarter   44.47     39.20     81.80     67.90  
  Fourth quarter   44.63     36.28     82.86     58.44  

FY2011

  First quarter   41.55     36.98     76.97     62.42  
  Second quarter   46.47     39.46     92.92     76.38  
  Third quarter   47.36     42.97     96.02     84.88  
  Fourth quarter   49.55     41.36     102.68     88.38  

   Ordinary shares   American Depositary Shares (1) 

BHP Billiton Limited

  High A$   Low A$       High US$           Low US$     

Month of January 2011

   46.05     44.25     92.91     87.20  

Month of February 2011

   47.36     44.62     95.69     91.45  

Month of March 2011

   47.25     42.97     96.02     84.88  

Month of April 2011

   49.55     45.83     102.68     96.84  

Month of May 2011

   46.15     42.97     100.16     90.55  

Month of June 2011

   44.53     41.36     94.63     88.38  

Month of July 2011

   44.95     41.42     96.80     89.65  

Month of August 2011

   42.30     36.60     90.72     71.88  

(1)

Each ADS represents the right to receive two BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares.

The total market capitalisation of BHP Billiton Limited at 30 June 2011 was A$140.6 billion (US$150.6 billion equivalent), which represented approximately 9.52 per cent of the total market capitalisation of all companies listed on the ASX. The closing price for BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares on the ASX on that date was A$43.80.

BHP Billiton Plc

      Ordinary shares   American Depositary Shares (1) 

BHP Billiton Plc

  High UK pence   Low UK pence       High US$           Low US$     

FY2006

   1,211.50     722.00     45.50     25.90  

FY2007

   1,390.00     853.00     56.40     33.20  

FY2008

   2,196.00     1,183.00     85.62     47.83  

FY2009

   1,841.00     752.50     74.18     21.16  

FY2010

  First quarter   1,766.00     1,287.50     58.69     41.88  
  Second quarter   2,012.50     1,627.00     64.66     51.93  
  Third quarter   2,268.50     1,824.50     68.88     57.26  
  Fourth quarter   2,334.50     1,735.00     70.95     49.45  

FY2011

  First quarter   2,038.50     1,684.50     64.61     51.61  
  Second quarter   2,616.00     2,026.50     80.91     64.18  
  Third quarter   2,561.00     2,213.50     82.38     70.53  
  Fourth quarter   2,631.50     2,244.00     85.47     72.95  

   Ordinary shares   American Depositary Shares (1) 

BHP Billiton Plc

  High UK pence   Low UK pence       High US$          Low US$     

Month of January 2011

   2,553.50     2,379.00     80.36    75.20  

Month of February 2011

   2,561.00     2,337.50     82.38    76.29  

Month of March 2011

   2,491.50     2,213.50     80.97    70.53  

Month of April 2011

   2,631.50     2,454.50     85.47    80.31  

Month of May 2011

   2,487.00     2,304.00     83.30    74.46  

Month of June 2011

   2,452.00     2,244.00     78.43    72.95  

Month of July 2011

   2,521.50     2,273.00     80.69    73.72  

Month of August 2011

   2,258.00     1,846.00     74.02    57.61  

(1)

Each ADS represents the right to receive two BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares.

The total market capitalisation of BHP Billiton Plc at 30 June 2011 was £51.8 billion (US$83.3 billion equivalent), which represented approximately 2.65 per cent of the total market capitalisation of all companies listed on the LSE. The closing price for BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares on the LSE on that date was £24.52.

11.5    American Depositary Receipts (ADR) fees and charges

Depositary fees

Citibank, N.A. (Citibank) serves as the depositary bank for both of our American Depositary Receipt (ADR) programs. ADR holders agree to the terms in the deposit agreement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for depositing American Depositary Shares (ADSs) or surrendering shares for cancellation and for certain services as provided by Citibank. Holders are required to pay all fees for general depositary services provided by Citibank in each of the BHP Billiton ADR programs, as set forth in the tables below.

Standard depositary fees:

Depositary service

Fee payable by the ADR holders

Issuance of ADSs upon deposit of Shares

Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) issued

Delivery of Deposited Securities against surrender of ADSs

Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) surrendered

Distribution of Cash Distributions

No fee

Corporate actions depositary fees:

Depositary service

Fee payable by the ADR holders

Cash Distributions (i.e. sale of rights, other entitlements, return of capital)

Up to US$2.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held

Distribution of ADSs pursuant to exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSs. Excludes stock dividends and stock splits

Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held

Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (i.e. spin-off shares)

Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held

Distribution of ADSs pursuant to an ADR ratio change in which shares are not distributed

No fee

Fees payable by the Depositary to the Issuer

Citibank has reimbursed BHP Billiton US$2.2 million in FY2011 for ADR program related expenses for both of BHP Billiton’s ADR programs (FY2010 US$2.6 million). ADR program related expenses include legal and accounting fees, listing fees, expenses related to investor relations in the US, fees payable to service providers for the distribution of material to ADR holders, expenses of Citibank, as administrator of the ADS Direct Plan and expenses to remain in compliance with applicable laws.

Citibank has further agreed to waive other ADR program related expenses for FY2011 amounting to less than US$0.02 million which are associated with the administration of the ADR programs ( FY2010 less than US$0.02 million).

Our ADR programs trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the stock tickers BHP and BBL for the Limited and Plc programs respectively. As of 30 June 2011, there were 103,093,985 shares outstanding in the BHP Billiton Limited ADR program and 31,129,951 shares outstanding in the BHP Billiton Plc ADR program. Both of the ADR programs have a 2:1 ordinary shares to ADR ratio.

11.6    Taxation

The taxation discussion below describes the material Australian income tax, UK tax and US federal income tax consequences to a US holder (as hereinafter defined) of owning BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares or ADSs or BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares or ADSs. Accordingly, the following discussion is not relevant to non-US holders of BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares or ADSs or BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares or ADSs.

The discussion is based on the Australian, UK and US tax laws currently in effect, as well as on the double taxation convention between Australia and the US (the Australian Treaty), the double taxation convention between the UK and the US (the UK Treaty) and the estate tax convention between the UK and the US (the UK–US Inheritance and Gift Tax Treaty). These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. For purposes of this discussion, a US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs who is, for US federal income tax purposes: (i) a citizen or resident alien of the US, (ii) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for US federal income tax purposes) that is created or organised under the laws of the US or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust (A) if a court within the US is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more US persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (B) that has made a valid election to be treated as a US person for tax purposes.

We recommend that holders of ordinary shares or ADSs consult their own tax advisers regarding the Australian, UK and US federal, state and local tax and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares and ADSs in their particular circumstances.

Shareholdings in BHP Billiton Limited

Australian taxation

In this section, references to ‘resident’ and ‘non-resident’ refer to residence status for Australian income tax purposes.

Dividends

Dividends (including other distributions treated as dividends for Australian tax purposes) paid by BHP Billiton Limited to a US holder who or which is a resident of Australia, or whose holding is effectively connected with a permanent establishment in Australia, may be subject to income tax.

Under the Australian Treaty, dividends paid by BHP Billiton Limited to a US holder who or which is eligible for treaty benefits and whose holding is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment in Australia or, in the case of a shareholder who performs independent personal services from a ‘fixed base’ situated therein, is not connected with that ‘fixed base’, may be subject to Australian withholding tax at a rate not exceeding 15 per cent of such gross dividend.

The payment of Australian income tax by an Australian company, such as BHP Billiton Limited, generates a ‘franking credit’ for the company. Broadly, an amount of tax paid by the company flows through to shareholders (as a franking credit) when the company pays a dividend which is franked by the company. Fully franked dividends paid to non-resident shareholders are not subject to withholding tax.

Dividends paid to non-residents of Australia are also exempt from withholding tax to the extent to which such dividends are declared by BHP Billiton Limited to be conduit foreign income (CFI). CFI is made up of certain amounts that are earned by BHP Billiton Limited that are not subject to tax in Australia, such as dividends remitted to Australia by foreign subsidiaries.

Any part of a dividend paid to a US holder that is not ‘franked’ and is not CFI will generally be subject to Australian withholding tax unless a specific exemption applies.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

A US holder who or which is a resident of Australia (other than certain temporary residents) may be liable for income tax on any profit on disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs, or Australian capital gains tax on any gain on disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs acquired after 19 September 1985.

No income or other tax is payable on any profit on disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs held by a US holder who or which is a non-resident of Australia except if the profit is of an income nature and sourced in Australia, or the sale is subject to Australian capital gains tax because the ordinary shares or ADSs are ‘taxable Australian property’. Under the Australian Treaty, if the profit is sourced in Australia, it will not be taxable in Australia if it represents business profits of an enterprise carried on by a US holder entitled to treaty benefits and the enterprise does not carry on business in Australia through a permanent establishment situated in Australia. Australian capital gains tax will not generally apply to a disposal of the ordinary shares or ADSs by a US holder who or which is a non-resident of Australia unless the shares or ADSs have been acquired after 19 September 1985 and:

the ordinary shares or ADSs have been used by the US holder in carrying on a trade or business through a permanent establishment in Australia;

the US holder (together with associates) directly or indirectly owns or owned 10 per cent or more of the issued share capital of BHP Billiton Limited at the time of the disposal or throughout a 12-month period during the two years prior to the time of disposal and the market values of BHP Billiton Limited’s assets that are taxable Australian real property at the time of disposal exceeds the market

values of BHP Billiton Limited’s assets that are not taxable Australian real property at that time; or

the US holder is an individual who elected on becoming a non-resident of Australia to continue to have the ordinary shares or ADSs subject to Australian capital gains tax.

Gift, estate and inheritance tax

Australia does not impose any gift, estate or inheritance taxes in relation to gifts of shares or ADSs or upon the death of a shareholder.

Stamp duty

An issue or transfer of BHP Billiton Limited shares or ADSs does not require the payment of Australian stamp duty.

US taxation

This section describes the material US federal income tax consequences to a US holder of owning ordinary shares or ADSs. It applies only to ordinary shares or ADSs that are held as capital assets for tax purposes. This section does not apply to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs who is a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including a dealer in securities, a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for its securities holdings, a tax-exempt organisation, a life insurance company, a person liable for alternative minimum tax, a person who actually or constructively owns 10 per cent or more of the voting stock of BHP Billiton Limited, a person who holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, or a person whose functional currency is not the US dollar.

If a partnership holds the ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding the ordinary shares or ADSs should consult its tax adviser with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.

This section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

In general, for US federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of ordinary shares for ADSs, and ADSs for ordinary shares, will generally not be subject to US federal income tax.

Dividends

Under US federal income tax laws and subject to the passive foreign investment company, (PFIC) rules discussed below, a US holder must include in its gross income the gross amount of any dividend paid by BHP Billiton Limited out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes). The holder must include any Australian tax withheld from the dividend payment in this gross amount even though the holder does not in fact receive it. The dividend is taxable to the holder when the holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, actually or constructively receives the dividend.

Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder on shares or ADSs in taxable years beginning before 1 January 2013 will be taxable at the rate applicable to long-term capital gains (generally at a rate of 15 per cent) provided that the US holder holds the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and does not enter into certain risk reduction transactions with respect to the shares or ADSs during the abovementioned holding period. In addition, a non-corporate US holder that elects to treat the dividend income as ‘investment income’ pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the US Internal Revenue Code

will not be eligible for the reduced rate of taxation. In the case of a corporate US holder, dividends on shares and ADSs are taxed as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations.

Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as a capital gain.

The amount of any cash distribution paid in any foreign currency will be equal to the US dollar value of such currency, calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date such distribution is received by the US holder or, in the case of ADSs, by the Depositary, regardless of whether and when the foreign currency is in fact converted into US dollars. If the foreign currency is converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder generally should not recognise foreign currency gain or loss on such conversion. If the foreign currency is not converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its US dollar value on the date received, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of such currency. Such foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss.

Subject to certain limitations, Australian tax withheld in accordance with the Australian Treaty and paid over to Australia will be creditable against your US federal income tax liability. Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are taxed at the capital gains rate. To the extent a refund of the tax withheld is available to a US holder under Australian law or under the Australian Treaty, the amount of tax withheld that is refundable will not be eligible for credit against the holder’s US federal income tax liability. A US holder that does not elect to claim a US foreign tax credit may instead claim a deduction for Australian income tax withheld, but only for a taxable year in which the US holder elects to do so with respect to all foreign income taxes paid or accrued in such taxable year.

Dividends will be income from sources outside the US, and generally will be ‘passive category’ income or, for certain taxpayers, ‘general category’ income, which are treated separately from each other for the purpose of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder. In general, your ability to use foreign tax credits may be limited and is dependent on your particular circumstances. US holders should consult their own tax advisers with respect to these matters.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realised and the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in those ordinary shares or ADSs. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the holder has a holding period greater than 12 months in the shares or ADSs sold. There are limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.

The US dollar value of any foreign currency received upon a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will be calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date of sale or other disposal (or, in the case of a cash basis or electing accrual basis taxpayer, on the settlement date). A US holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency received equal to that US dollar amount, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of the foreign currency. This foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

We do not believe that the BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually at the end of the year and thus may be subject to change. If BHP Billiton Limited were treated as a PFIC, any gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as a capital gain. Instead, a US holder would be treated as if it had realised such gain and certain ‘excess distributions’ ratably over its holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. In addition, dividends received with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs would not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if BHP Billiton Limited were a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead would be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income. Assuming the shares or ADSs are ‘marketable stock’, a US holder may mitigate the adverse tax consequences described above by electing to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to such shares or ADSs.

Shareholdings in BHP Billiton Plc

UK taxation

Dividends

Under UK law, no UK tax is required to be withheld at source from dividends paid on ordinary shares or ADSs.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

US holders will not be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised on disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs unless:

they are resident or ordinarily resident in the UK; or

they carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency for the year in which the disposal occurs and the shares or ADSs have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade (or profession or vocation), branch or agency. In the case of a trade, the term ‘branch’ includes a permanent establishment.

An individual who ceases to be resident in the UK for tax purposes while owning shares or ADSs and then disposes of those shares or ADSs while not UK resident may become subject to UK tax on capital gains if he/she subsequently becomes treated as UK resident again before five complete UK tax years of non-UK residence have elapsed from the date he/she left the UK. In this situation US holders will generally be entitled to claim US tax paid on such a disposition as a credit against any corresponding UK tax payable.

UK inheritance tax

Under the current the UK–US Inheritance and Gift Tax Treaty, ordinary shares or ADSs held by a US holder who is domiciled for the purposes of the UK–US Inheritance and Gift Tax Treaty in the US, and is not for the purposes of the UK–US Inheritance and Gift Tax Treaty a national of the UK, will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death or on a chargeable gift of the ordinary shares or ADSs during the individual’s lifetime, provided that any applicable US federal gift or estate tax liability is paid, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are part of the business property of a permanent establishment of the individual in the UK or, in the case of a shareholder who performs independent personal services, pertain to a fixed base situated in the UK. Where the ordinary shares or ADSs have been placed in trust by a settlor who, at the time of settlement, was a US resident shareholder, the ordinary shares or ADSs will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax unless the settlor, at the time of settlement, was not domiciled in the US and was a UK national.

In the exceptional case where the ordinary shares or ADSs are subject to both UK inheritance tax and US federal gift or estate tax, the UK–US Inheritance and Gift Tax Treaty generally provides for double taxation to be relieved by means of credit relief.

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

UK stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) will, subject to certain exemptions, be payable on any issue or transfer of shares to the Depositary or their nominee where those shares are for inclusion in the ADR program at a rate of 1.5 per cent of their price (if issued), the amount of any consideration provided (if transferred on sale) or their value (if transferred for no consideration). From 1 October 2009, this 1.5 per cent charge has generally ceased to apply to issues of shares into EU depositary receipt systems and into EU clearance systems. However, the 1.5 per cent charge continues to apply to the issue of shares to a clearance service or a depositary receipt issuer located outside the EU. No SDRT would be payable on the transfer of an ADS. No UK stamp duty should be payable on the transfer of an ADS provided that the instrument of transfer is executed and remains at all times outside the UK. Transfers of ordinary shares to persons other than the Depositary or their nominee will give rise to stamp duty or SDRT at the time of transfer. The relevant rate is currently 0.5 per cent of the amount payable for the shares. The purchaser normally pays the stamp duty or SDRT.

Special rules apply to transactions involving intermediates and stock lending.

US taxation

This section describes the material US federal income tax consequences to a US holder of owning ordinary shares or ADSs. It applies only to ordinary shares or ADSs that are held as capital assets for tax purposes. This section does not apply to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that is a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including a dealer in securities, a trader in securities who elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for its securities holdings, a tax-exempt organisation, a life insurance company, a person liable for alternative minimum tax, a person who actually or constructively owns 10 per cent or more of the voting stock of BHP Billiton Plc, a person who holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, or a person whose functional currency is not the US dollar.

If a partnership holds the ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding the ordinary shares or ADSs should consult its tax adviser with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.

This section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

In general, for US federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of ordinary shares for ADSs, and ADSs for ordinary shares will generally not be subject to US federal income tax.

Dividends

Under US federal income tax laws and subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder must include in its gross income the gross amount of any dividend paid by BHP Billiton Plc out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes). The dividend is taxable to the holder when the holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, actually or constructively receives the dividend.

Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder on shares or ADSs in taxable years beginning before 1 January 2013 will be taxable at the rate applicable to long-term capital gains (generally at a rate of 15 per cent) provided that the US holder holds the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date, and does not enter into certain risk reduction transactions with respect to the shares or ADSs during the abovementioned holding period. In addition, a non-corporate US holder that elects to treat the dividend income as ‘investment income’ pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code will not be eligible for the reduced rate of taxation. In the case of a corporate US holder, dividends on shares and ADSs are taxed as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations.

Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as a capital gain.

The amount of any cash distribution paid in any foreign currency will be equal to the US dollar value of such currency, calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date such distribution is received by the US holder or, in the case of ADSs, by the Depositary, regardless of whether and when the foreign currency is in fact converted into US dollars. If the foreign currency is converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder generally should not recognise foreign currency gain or loss on such conversion. If the foreign currency is not converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its US dollar value on the date received, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of such currency. Such foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss.

Dividends will be income from sources outside the US, and generally will be ‘passive category’ income or, for certain taxpayers, ‘general category’ income, which are treated separately from each other for the purpose of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder. In general, your ability to use foreign tax credits may be limited and is dependent on your particular circumstances. US holders should consult their own tax advisers with respect to these matters.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realised and the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in those ordinary shares or ADSs. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the holder has a holding period greater than 12 months in the shares or ADSs sold. There are limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.

The US dollar value of any foreign currency received upon a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will be calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date of sale or other disposal (or, in the case of a cash basis or electing accrual basis taxpayer, on the settlement date). A US holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency received equal to that US dollar amount, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of the foreign currency. This foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

We do not believe that the BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually at the end of the year and thus may be subject to change. If BHP Billiton Plc were treated as a PFIC, any gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as a capital gain. Instead, a

US holder would be treated as if it had realised such gain and certain ‘excess distributions’ ratably over its holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. In addition, dividends received with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs would not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if BHP Billiton Plc were a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead would be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income. Assuming the shares or ADSs are ‘marketable stock’, a US holder may mitigate the adverse tax consequences described above by electing to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to such shares or ADSs.

11.7    Ancillary information for our shareholders

Informationhistory for BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc, shareholders is provided in the BHP Billiton Group Annual Report 2011history of dividends paid and the Summary Review 2011.Group’s earnings.

The Annual Report provides the detailed financial dataFive-year share price, dividend and information on the BHP Billiton Group’s performance required to comply with the reporting regimes in Australia, UK and the US. There are no specific disclosure requirements for the Summary Review, which is published as an investor communication for shareholders.

Shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited will receive a copy of the Annual Report or the Summary Review if they have requested a copy. Shareholders of BHP Billiton Plc will receive the Annual Report if they have requested a copy. ADR holders may view all documents online atwww.bhpbilliton.com or opt to receive a hard copy by application to the appropriate BHP Billiton Share Registrar.

Change of shareholder details and enquiries

Shareholders wishing to contact BHP Billiton on any matter relating to their shares or ADR holdings are invited to telephone the appropriate office of the BHP Billiton Share Registrar or Transfer Office listed on the inside back cover of the Annual Report.

Please ensure any changes to your shareholding details are notified to the relevant Registrar in a timely manner.

Shareholders can also access their current shareholding details and change many of these details online via BHP Billiton’s websitewww.bhpbilliton.com. The website requires you to quote your Shareholder Reference Number (SRN) or Holder Identification Number (HIN) in order to access this information.

Alternative access to the Annual Report and Summary Review

We offer an alternative for all shareholders who wish to be advised of the availability of the Annual Report and Summary Review through our website via an email notification. By providing an email address through our website, shareholders will be notified by email when the Annual Report and Summary Review have been released. Shareholders will also receive notification of other major BHP Billiton announcements by email. If you require further information or you would like to make use of this service, please visit our websitewww.bhpbilliton.com.

ADR holders wishing to receive a hard copy of the Annual Report 2011 can do so by accessingcitibank.ar.wilink.com or by calling Citibank Shareholder Services during business hours. ADR holders may also contact the adviser that administers their investments. Holders of BHP Billiton Plc shares dematerialised into STRATE should liaise directly with their Central Securities Depository Participant (CSDP) or broker.

Key dates for shareholders

The following table sets out future dates in the next financial and calendar year of interest to our shareholders. If there are any changes to these dates, all relevant stock exchanges (see section 11.1) will be notified.earnings history

 

Date

Event

29 September 2011

Final Dividend Payment Date

20 October 2011

BHP Billiton Plc Annual General Meeting in London

Venue:

The Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre

Broad Sanctuary

Westminster

London SW1P 3EE

UK

Time: 11.00am (local time)

Details of the business of the meeting are contained in the separate Notice of Meeting

17 November 2011

BHP Billiton Limited Annual General Meeting in Melbourne

Venue:

Melbourne Convention and Exhibition Centre

1 Convention Centre Place

Melbourne

Australia

Time: 10.30am (local time)

Details of the business of the meeting are contained in the separate Notice of Meeting

8 February 2012

Interim Results Announced

2 March 2012

Interim Dividend Record Date

22 March 2012

Interim Dividend Payment Date

22 August 2012

Annual Results Announced

12    Exhibits

Exhibits marked “*” have been filed as exhibits to this annual report on Form 20-F. Remaining exhibits have been incorporated by reference as indicated.

Exhibit 1    Constitution

*1.1Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited.

*1.2Memorandum and Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc.

Exhibit 4    Material Contracts

4.1

DLC Structure Sharing Agreement, dated 29 June 2001, between BHP Limited and Billiton Plc.(1)

4.2

SVC Special Voting Shares Deed, dated 29 June 2001, among BHP Limited, BHP SVC Pty Limited, Billiton Plc, Billiton SVC Limited and The Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c.(1)

4.3

SVC Special Voting Shares Amendment Deed, dated 13 August 2001, among BHP Limited, BHP SVC Pty Limited, Billiton Plc, Billiton SVC Limited and The Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c.(1)

4.4

Deed Poll Guarantee, dated 29 June 2001, of BHP Limited.(1)

4.5

Deed Poll Guarantee, dated 29 June 2001, of Billiton Plc.(1)

4.6

Form of Service Agreement for Specified Executive (referred to in this Annual Report as the Key Management Personnel).(2)

4.7

BHP Billiton Ltd Group Incentive Scheme Rules 2004, dated August 2008.(3)

*4.8BHP Billiton Ltd Long Term Incentive Plan Rules, dated November 2010.

4.9

BHP Billiton Plc Group Incentive Scheme Rules 2004, dated August 2008.(3)

*4.10

BHP Billiton Plc Long Term Incentive Plan Rules, dated November 2010.

4.11

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Petroleum (North America) Inc., North America Holdings II Inc. and Petrohawk Energy Corporation, dated 14 July 2011.(4)

Exhibit 8    List of Subsidiaries

*8.1List of subsidiaries of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc

Exhibit 12    Certifications (section 302)

*12.1Certification by Chief Executive Officer, Mr Marius Kloppers, dated 21 September 2011

*12.2Certification by Chief Financial Officer, Mr Alex Vanselow, dated 21 September 2011

Exhibit 13    Certifications (section 906)

*13.1Certification by Chief Executive Officer, Mr Marius Kloppers, dated 21 September 2011

*13.2Certification by Chief Financial Officer, Mr Alex Vanselow, dated 21 September 2011

Exhibit 15    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

*15.1Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms KPMG and KPMG Audit Plc for incorporation by reference of audit reports in registration statements on Form F-3 and Form S-8

Exhibit 99    Miscellaneous

*99.1Disclosure of Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”) Safety Data.

*99.2Report of Netherland Sewell and Associates, Inc. regarding estimated proved reserves and future revenue, as of 30 June 2011, to BHP Billiton’s interest in certain gas properties located in the Fayetteville Shale, Arkansas.

*99.3Consent of Netherland, Sewell and Associates, Inc. for inclusion of Fayetteville Shale oil and gas reserves report in Form 20-F.

Footnotes

(1)

Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP Billiton’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2001 on 19 November 2001.

(2)

Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP Billiton’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2005 on 3 October 2005.

(3)

Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP Billiton’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 on 15 September 2008.

(4)

Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP Billiton Limited’s tender offer statement on schedule TO on 15 July 2011.

SIGNATURE

The registrants hereby certify that they meet all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that they have duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this annual report on their behalf.

BHP Billiton Limited

     

FY2010

  

FY2011

  

FY2012

  

FY2013

  

FY2014

 
BHP Billiton Limited  Share price at beginning of year  A$33.96    A$36.94    A$43.97    A$31.72    A$30.94  
  Share price at end of year  A$37.65    A$43.80    A$31.45    A$31.37    A$35.90  
  Dividends paid  A$0.95    A$0.95    A$1.03    A$1.10    A$1.29  

BHP Billiton Plc

/s/ Alex Vanselow

Alex Vanselow

Chief Financial Officer

Share price at beginning of year£13.75£17.28£24.39£18.30£17.15

Date: 21 September 2011

CONTENTS

Financial Statements

Consolidated Income Statement

F-1
Share price at end of year£17.54£24.47£18.06£16.82£18.90
Dividends paid£0.53£0.58£0.69£0.73£0.73
BHP BillitonAttributable profit (US$M)12,72223,64815,47311,22313,832  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

The highest share price during FY2014 was A$39.38 for BHP Billiton Limited shares and £19.95 for BHP Billiton Plc shares. The lowest share prices during FY2014 were A$30.94 and £16.67, respectively.

4.4.26    Awards of Matched Shares under the Shareplus all-employee share purchase plan

Like all permanent employees, members of the GMC are eligible to participate in Shareplus, an all-employee share purchase plan. For administrative simplicity in regard to stock exchange dealings and announcements, no GMC members currently participate. This table shows Shareplus holdings previously accumulated by members of the GMC, including during the period before they joined the GMC.

Participants in Shareplus contribute from their post-tax base salary (capped at US$5,000 per year) to acquire shares in BHP Billiton Limited or in BHP Billiton Plc. For each share purchased, the participant receives a right to acquire a Matched Share, which vests provided the participant remains employed by BHP Billiton on the third anniversary of the start of the relevant Shareplus Plan Year.

Differences in exchange rates in relation to the base salaries of the participants in previous financial years and the currencies of each securities exchange result in minor differences in the numbers of shares allocated.

Name

  Shareplus
plan year
   Vesting date   At
1 July
2013
   Granted (1)   Vested (2)   At
30 June
2014
 

Executive Director

            

Andrew Mackenzie

   2012     Apr 2015     41               41  
   2011     Aug 2014     170               170  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       211               211  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other members of the GMC

            

Peter Beaven

   2012     Apr 2015     108               108  
   2011     Aug 2014     128               128  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       236               236  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Name

  Shareplus
plan year
   Vesting date   At
1 July
2013
   Granted (1)   Vested (2)   At
30 June
2014
 

Tim Cutt(3)

   2012     Apr 2015     84               84  
   2011     Aug 2014     54               54  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       138               138  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dean Dalla Valle

   2012     Apr 2015     113               113  
   2011     Aug 2014     149               149  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       262               262  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mike Fraser(4)

   2012     Apr 2015     89               89  
   2011     Aug 2014     178               178  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       267               267  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mike Henry

   2012     Apr 2015     39               39  
   2011     Aug 2014     179               179  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       218               218  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Graham Kerr

   2012     Apr 2015     38               38  
   2011     Aug 2014     150               150  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       188               188  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Jane McAloon

   2012     Apr 2015     103               103  
   2011     Aug 2014     138               138  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       241               241  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Jimmy Wilson

   2012     Apr 2015     106               106  
   2011     Aug 2014     150               150  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       256               256  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Karen Wood

   2012     Apr 2015     39               39  
   2011     Aug 2014     149               149  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       188               188  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

F-2
(1)No Matched Shares were allocated to GMC members during FY2014.

Consolidated Balance Sheet

F-3
(2)The scheduled vesting of rights acquired during the 2011 Shareplus Plan Year (i.e. from salary contributions from June 2011 to May 2012) in April 2014 was delayed as members of the GMC were in a prohibited period. These Matched Shares have since vested, on 20 August 2014.

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

F-4
(3)Tim Cutt’s Shareplus awards are held over ADRs on the NYSE. Each ADR is equivalent to two ordinary shares in BHP Billiton Limited.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

F-5
(4)Mike Fraser participated in the cash based equivalent of Shareplus during 2011 and 2012 when he was located in Mozambique where local jurisdictional requirements prevent the operation of a share based plan.

Other disclosures

4.4.27    Ordinary share holdings and transactions

The number of ordinary shares in BHP Billiton Limited or in BHP Billiton Plc held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each individual (including shares held in the name of the spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities) are shown in table below as at 30 June 2014. In addition, there have been no changes in the interests of any Directors in the period to 11 August 2014 (being one month prior to the date of the notice of the 2014 AGMs). These are ordinary shares held without performance conditions or restrictions and are

included in MSR calculations for each individual. MSR calculations for members of the GMC (including the CEO) also include any vested but unexercised employee awards as shown in previous sections of the report.

  BHP Billiton Limited Shares  BHP Billiton Plc Shares 
  Held at 1
July 2013
  Purchased  Received  Sold  Held at 30
June 2014
  Held at 1
July 2013
  Purchased  Received  Sold  Held at 30
June 2014
 

Executive Director

           

Andrew Mackenzie

                      72,619        267,144    137,842    201,921  

Other members of the GMC

  

          

Peter Beaven

  73,533        229,689    118,621    184,601                      

Tony Cudmore

                                        

Tim Cutt (1)

  17,466        34,917    16,142    36,241                      

Dean Dalla Valle

  109,663        33,061    15,668    127,056                      

Mike Fraser (2)

                      148,282        14,720    2,453    160,549  

Geoff Healy

  3,000                3,000                      

Mike Henry

  18,696                18,696    75,564        36,066        111,630  

Graham Kerr

  49,598        94,626    49,640    94,584                      

Jane McAloon

  36,070        20,119    9,535    46,654                      

Daniel Malchuk

          60,335    7,648    52,687                      

Jimmy Wilson

  1,552        149,127    34,564    116,115    59,301        13,400    13,400    59,301  

Karen Wood

  313,013        143,539    88,539    368,013                      

Non-executive Directors

           

Malcolm Brinded (3)

                      12,000                12,000  

Malcolm Broomhead

  9,000                9,000                      

John Buchanan

                      20,000                20,000  

Carlos Cordeiro (1)

  6,550                6,550                      

David Crawford

  33,127                33,127    6,000                6,000  

Pat Davies

                      27,170                27,170  

Carolyn Hewson

  7,000    7,000            14,000                      

Lindsay Maxsted

  3,000    3,500            6,500                      

Wayne Murdy (1)

  8,000                8,000    14,000                14,000  

Jac Nasser (1)

  10,400                10,400    81,200                81,200  

Keith Rumble

                      14,500    6,180            20,680  

John Schubert

  23,675                23,675                      

Shriti Vadera

                      9,000                9,000  

(1)The following BHP Billiton Limited shares and BHP Billiton Plc shares are held in the form of American Depositary Shares: Tim Cutt (470 BHP Billiton Limited), Carlos Cordeiro (3,275 BHP Billiton Limited), Wayne Murdy (4,000 BHP Billiton Limited; 7,000 BHP Billiton Plc) and Jac Nasser (5,200 BHP Billiton Limited; 40,600 BHP Billiton Plc).

Notes to Financial Statements

F-6
(2)The opening balance shown for Mike Fraser reflects his holdings on 27 August 2013 (rather than 1 July 2013) being the date he joined the GMC.

1

Accounting policiesF-6
(3)The opening balance shown for Malcolm Brinded reflects his holdings on 15 April 2014 (rather than 1 July 2013) being the date that he was appointed to the Board.

2

4.4.28    Payments to past Directors

UK regulations require the disclosure of payments to past Directors(1).

As foreshadowed in the 2013 Remuneration Report, the following payments were made to Marius Kloppers (CEO and Executive Director until 10 May 2013):

325,000 LTI awards, granted in 2008, vested on 21 August 2013. The closing price of ordinary BHP Billiton Limited shares on that date was A$35.74 and so the value of the vested award was US$12.051 million (including the related DEP of US$1.560 million).

123,250 LTI awards, granted in 2009, vested on 20 August 2014. The closing price of ordinary BHP Billiton Limited shares on that date was A$38.13 and so the value of the vested award was US$5.883 million (including the related DEP of US$0.636 million).

For the period 10 May to 1 October 2013, base salary, pension contributions and applicable benefits were provided.

There were no payments made for loss of office in FY2014.

Segment reportingF-24
(1)The Remuneration Committee has adopted a de minimis threshold of US$7,500 in relation to disclosure of payments to past Directors under UK requirements.

3

4.4.29    Relative importance of spend on pay

The table below sets out the total spend on employee remuneration during FY2014 (and the prior year), compared with other significant expenditure items. The table includes items as prescribed in the UK requirements. BHP Billiton has included tax payments and purchases of property, plant and equipment, being the most significant other outgoings in monetary terms.

US dollars million

  FY2014   FY2013 

Aggregate employee benefits expenseLOGOSection 7.1.6 Note 5

   7,038     7,356  

Dividends paid to BHP Billiton shareholdersLOGOSection 7.1.4

   6,387     6,167  

Share buy-backsLOGOSection 7.1.4

          

Income tax paid and royalty-related taxation paid (net of refunds)LOGOSection 7.1.4

   6,465     8,574  

Purchases of property, plant and equipmentLOGOSection 7.1.4

   15,993     22,243  

4.4.30    Retirement disclosures for the Non-executive Directors

The following table sets out the accrued retirement benefits under the now-closed Retirement Plan of BHP Billiton Limited. The Retirement Plan was closed on 24 October 2003 and entitlements that had accumulated in respect of each of the participants were frozen. These will be paid on retirement. An earnings rate equal to the five-year Australian Government Bond Rate is being applied to the frozen entitlements from that date.

US dollars (’000)

    Completed service at
30 June 2014 (years)
     Change in lump sum
entitlement during
the year(1)
     Lump sum entitlement at 
            30 June 2014     30 June 2013 

David Crawford

     20       41       601       560  

John Schubert

     14       20       300       280  

Exceptional itemsF-28
(1)No further entitlements have accrued since the closure of the Retirement Plan in 2003. The movement reflects the application of the earnings rate and foreign exchange rate (the translation from Australian dollars to US dollars for the Remuneration Report) to the lump sum entitlement at the date of closure.

4

4.4.31     Transactions with KMP

During the financial year, there were no purchases by KMP from the Group (2013: US$ nil; 2012: US$ nil).

There are no amounts payable at 30 June 2014 (2013: US$ nil).

Loans with KMP

There are US$ nil loans (2013: US$ nil) with KMP.

Transactions with personally related entities

A number of Directors of the Group hold or have held positions in other companies, where it is considered they control or significantly influence the financial or operating policies of those entities. There have been no transactions with those entities and no amounts were owed by the Group to personally related entities (2013: US$ nil).

This Remuneration Report was approved by the Board on 11 September 2014 and signed on its behalf by:

Other incomeF-33

John Buchanan
Chairman, Remuneration Committee
11 September 2014

5    Directors’ Report

The information presented by the Directors in this Directors’ Report relates to BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc and their subsidiaries. Section 1 Strategic Report (which includes the Chairman’s Review in section 1.3 and the Chief Executive Officer’s Report in section 1.4, and incorporates the operating and financial review), section 2 Our Assets, section 3 Corporate Governance Statement, section 4 Remuneration Report, section 7 Financial Statements and section 9 Shareholder information of this Annual Report are each incorporated by reference into, and form part of, this Directors’ Report.

The Directors confirm, on the advice of the Risk and Audit Committee, that they consider the Annual Report (including the Financial Statements), taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business model and strategy.

5.1    Review of operations, principal activities and state of affairs

A review of the operations of the Group during FY2014, the results of those operations during FY2014 and the expected results of those operations in future financial years, are set out in section 1, in particular in sections 1.1, 1.3 to 1.5, 1.11, 1.12 and 1.15 and other material in this Annual Report. Information on the development of the Group and likely developments in future years also appears in those sections of this Annual Report.

Our principal activities during FY2014 were exploration, development, production and processing of minerals (in respect of iron ore, metallurgical and energy coal, copper, aluminium, manganese, uranium, nickel, silver and potash), and exploration, development and production of conventional and unconventional oil and gas. No significant changes in the nature of the Group’s principal activities occurred during FY2014.

Information in relation to significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group that occurred during FY2014 and significant post-balance date events is set out below and in sections 1.12 and 2.1 of this Annual Report.

On 1 July 2013 Mike Yeager retired from the Group Management Committee (GMC) and from his role as Group Executive and Chief Executive – Petroleum and Tim Cutt joined the GMC as President, Petroleum and Potash on 2 July 2013. During FY2014, we made further announcements relating to GMC changes: Mike Fraser joined the GMC as President, Human Resources on 27 August 2013 and Tony Cudmore joined the GMC as President, Corporate Affairs on 3 March 2014.

On 25 July 2013 we announced the investment of US$1.97 billion (BHP Billiton share) to sustain operations at Escondida in Chile by constructing a new 2,500 litre per second seawater desalination plant. On 23 July 2014 we announced the seawater desalination plant was on schedule and budget, with 12 per cent of the overall project complete.

On 20 August 2013 we announced the investment of US$2.6 billion to finish the excavation and lining of the Jansen Potash Project’s production and services shafts, and to continue the installation of essential surface infrastructure and utilities. We made further announcements in FY2014 that the investment will be spread over a number of years with the timeframes for both shaft completions being extended with no changes to the budget or long-term development plans. On 19 August 2014 we announced the overall project was 30 per cent complete and on budget.

On 26 September 2013 we announced the pricing of US$5.0 billion Global Bonds (four tranches) under the debt shelf registration statement, which had previously been filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission.

On 2 January 2014 we announced the redemption of Petrohawk Energy Corporation 10.5 per cent Senior Notes due 2014 and 7.875 per cent Senior Notes due 2015. The total aggregate principal value of the notes redeemed was approximately US$1.4 billion.

On 15 April 2014 Malcolm Brinded was appointed as a Non-executive Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc. In accordance with the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc, Mr Brinded will seek election at the 2014 Annual General Meetings.

On 14 July 2014 we announced the redemption of Petrohawk Energy Corporation 7.25 per cent Senior Notes due 2018 and 6.25 per cent Senior Notes due 2019. The total aggregate principal value of the notes to be redeemed was approximately US$1.8 billion.

On 19 August 2014 we announced the proposal to create a new global metals and mining company based on a demerger of a selection of the Group’s high-quality aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver assets to accelerate portfolio simplification. We also announced that shareholders will have the opportunity to vote on the proposal once all necessary approvals are in place.

On 19 August 2014, following the announcement in relation to creating a new global metals and mining company, we announced that Graham Kerr, currently Chief Financial Officer, is appointed Chief Executive Officer-designate of the new company. Graham will retire from the GMC on 1 October 2014 and will be replaced as Chief Financial Officer by Peter Beaven, currently President, Copper.

On 19 August 2014 Karen Wood retired from the GMC from her role as President, Corporate.

No other matter or circumstance has arisen since the end of FY2014 that has significantly affected or is expected to significantly affect the operations, the results of operations or state of affairs of the Group in future years.

5.2    Share capital and buy-back programs

At the Annual General Meetings held in 2013, shareholders authorised BHP Billiton Plc to make on-market purchases of up to 213,618,545 of its ordinary shares, representing 10 per cent of BHP Billiton Plc’s issued share capital at that time. During FY2014, we did not make any on-market or off-market purchases of BHP Billiton Limited shares or BHP Billiton Plc shares under any share buy-back program. As at the date of this Directors’ Report there are no current on-market buy-backs.

Shareholders will be asked at the 2014 Annual General Meetings to renew this authority. The Directors have no present intention to exercise this authority, if granted.

Some of our executives receive rights over BHP Billiton shares as part of their remuneration arrangements. Entitlements may be satisfied by the transfer of existing shares, which are acquired on-market, or in respect of some entitlements, by the issue of new shares.

The shares in column ‘A’ below were purchased to satisfy awards made under the various BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc employee share schemes during FY2014.

Period

 A
Total
number of
shares
purchased
  B
Average
price paid

per share (1)
US$
  C
Total
number of
shares
purchased
as part of
publicly
announced
plans or
programs
  D
Maximum number of shares that
may yet be purchased under the
plans or programs
 
           BHP Billiton
Limited (2)
  

BHP Billiton

Plc

 

1 Jul 2013 to 31 Jul 2013

  717,947    28.76            213,618,545 (3) 

1 Aug 2013 to 31 Aug 2013

  5,203,727    33.22            213,618,545 (3) 

1 Sep 2013 to 30 Sep 2013

  1,716,615    32.17            213,618,545 (3) 

1 Oct 2013 to 31 Oct 2013

  137,549    37.39            213,618,545 (3) 

1 Nov 2013 to 30 Nov 2013

  1,079,604    34.31            213,618,545 (4) 

1 Dec 2013 to 31 Dec 2013

                  213,618,545 (4) 

1 Jan 2014 to 31 Jan 2014

  26,417    30.53            213,618,545 (4) 

1 Feb 2014 to 28 Feb 2014

  4,236    35.41            213,618,545 (4) 

1 Mar 2014 to 31 Mar 2014

  1,037,212    32.30            213,618,545 (4) 

1 Apr 2014 to 30 Apr 2014

                  213,618,545 (4) 

1 May 2014 to 31 May 2014

  30,208    32.43            213,618,545 (4) 

1 Jun 2014 to 30 Jun 2014

  1,231,380    34.35            213,618,545 (4) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  11,184,895    32.96            213,618,545 (4) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

ExpensesF-33
(1)The shares were purchased in the currency of the stock exchange on which the purchase took place, and the sale price has been converted into US dollars at the exchange rate on the day of purchase.

6

Net finance costsF-34
(2)BHP Billiton Limited is able to buy-back and cancel BHP Billiton Limited shares within the ‘10/12 limit’ without shareholder approval in accordance with section 257B of the Australian Corporations Act 2001. Any future on-market share buy-back program will be conducted in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and with the ASX Listing Rules.

7

Income tax and deferred taxF-35
(3)At the Annual General Meetings held during 2012, shareholders authorised BHP Billiton Plc to make on-market purchases of up to 213,618,545 of its ordinary shares, representing 10 per cent of BHP Billiton Plc’s issued capital at the time.

8

Earnings per shareF-39
(4)At the Annual General Meetings held during 2013, shareholders authorised BHP Billiton Plc to make on-market purchases of up to 213,618,545 of its ordinary shares, representing 10 per cent of BHP Billiton Plc’s issued capital at the time.

9

5.3    Results, financial instruments and going concern

Information about our financial position and financial results is included in the Financial Statements in this Annual Report. The income statement shows profit attributable to BHP Billiton members of US$13.8 billion compared with US$11.2 billion in FY2013.

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are discussed in section 1 of this Annual Report. In addition, sections 1.5 to 1.7 and 3.15, and note 29 ‘Financial risk management’ to the Financial Statements detail the Group’s capital management objectives, its approach to financial risk management and exposure to financial risks, liquidity and borrowing facilities.

The Directors, having made appropriate enquiries, have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Therefore they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual Financial Statements.

5.4    Directors

The Directors who served at any time during or since the end of the financial year are Jac Nasser, Andrew Mackenzie, Malcolm Brinded, Malcolm Broomhead, John Buchanan, Carlos Cordeiro, David Crawford, Pat Davies, Carolyn Hewson, Lindsay Maxsted, Wayne Murdy, Keith Rumble, John Schubert and Shriti Vadera. Further details of the Directors of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are set out in section 3.2 of this Annual Report. These details include the period for which each Director held office up to the date of this Directors’ Report, their qualifications, experience and particular responsibilities, the directorships held in other listed companies since 1 July 2011, and the period for which each directorship has been held.

Mr Brinded was appointed as a Non-executive Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc with effect from 15 April 2014 and, in accordance with the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc, he will seek election at the 2014 Annual General Meetings.

The number of meetings of the Board and its Committees held during the year and each Director’s attendance at those meetings are set out in section 3.12 of this Annual Report.

5.5    Remuneration and share interests

5.5.1    Remuneration

The policy for determining the nature and amount of emoluments of members of the GMC (including the Executive Director) and the Non-executive Directors and information about the relationship between that policy and our performance are set out in sections 4.3 and 4.4 of this Annual Report.

The remuneration tables contained in section 4.4 of this Annual Report set out the remuneration of members of the GMC (including the Executive Director) and the Non-executive Directors.

5.5.2    Directors

The information contained in section 4.4.27 and section 5.17 of this Directors’ Report sets out the relevant interests in shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc of the Directors who held office during FY2014, at the beginning and end of FY2014, and in relation to all Directors in office as at the date of this Directors’ Report, their relevant interests in shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc as at the date of this Directors’ Report. No rights over shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are held by any of the Non-executive Directors. Interests held by the Executive Director under employee equity plans as at 30 June 2014 are set out in the tables showing interests in incentive plans contained in section 4.4 and note 31 ‘Key Management Personnel’ to the Financial Statements of this Annual Report.

We have not made available to any Director any interest in a registered scheme.

The former Directors of BHP Limited participated in a retirement plan under which they were entitled to receive a payment on retirement calculated by reference to years of service. This plan was closed on 24 October 2003, and benefits accrued to that date are held by BHP Billiton Limited and will be paid on retirement. Further information about this plan and its closure are set out in section 4.4.30 of this Annual Report.

5.5.3    GMC members

The information contained in section 4.4.27 and section 5.18 of this Directors’ Report sets out the relevant interests held by those senior executives who were members of the GMC (other than the Executive Director) during FY2014 in shares of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc at the beginning and end of FY2014, and at the date of this Directors’ Report. Interests held by members of the GMC under employee equity plans as at 30 June 2014 are set out in the tables showing interests in incentive plans contained in section 4.4 and note 31 ‘Key Management Personnel’ to the Financial Statements of this Annual Report.

5.6    Secretaries

Jane McAloon is the Group Company Secretary. Details of her qualifications and experience are set out in section 3.2 of this Annual Report. The following people also act as company secretaries of BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Plc or both (as indicated): Nicole Duncan BA (Hons), LLB (BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc), Geof Stapledon, BEc, LLB (Hons), DPhil, FCIS (BHP Billiton Plc) and Elizabeth Hobley, BA (Hons), ACIS (BHP Billiton Plc). Each such individual has experience in a company secretariat role or other relevant fields arising from time spent in such roles within BHP Billiton, large listed companies or other relevant entities.

5.7    Indemnities and insurance

Rule 146 of the BHP Billiton Limited Constitution and Article 146 of the BHP Billiton Plc Articles of Association require each Company to indemnify to the extent permitted by law, each Director, Secretary or Executive Officer of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc respectively against liability incurred in, or arising out of, the conduct of the business of the Company or the discharge of the duties of the Director, Secretary and Executive Officer. The Directors named in section 3.2 of this Annual Report, the Executive Officers and the Company Secretaries of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have the benefit of this requirement, as do individuals who formerly held one of those positions.

In accordance with this requirement, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have entered into Deeds of Indemnity, Access and Insurance (Deeds of Indemnity) with each of their respective Directors. The Deeds of Indemnity are qualifying third party indemnity provisions for the purposes of the UK Companies Act 2006.

We have a policy that we will, as a general rule, support and hold harmless an employee, including an employee appointed as a Director of a subsidiary who, while acting in good faith, incurs personal liability to others as a result of working for us.

From time to time, we engage our External Auditor, KPMG, to conduct non-statutory audit work and provide other services in accordance with our policy on the provision of other services by the External Auditor. The terms of engagement typically include an indemnity in favour of KPMG:

against all losses, claims, costs, expenses, actions, demands, damages, liabilities or any proceedings (liabilities) incurred by KPMG in respect of third party claims arising from a breach by the Group under the engagement terms;

for all liabilities KPMG has to the Group or any third party as a result of reliance on information provided by the Group that is false, misleading or incomplete.

We have insured against amounts that we may be liable to pay to Directors, Company Secretaries or certain employees pursuant to Rule 146 of the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and Article 146 of the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc or that we otherwise agree to pay by way of indemnity. The insurance policy also insures Directors, Company Secretaries and some employees against certain liabilities (including legal costs) they may incur in carrying out their duties for us.

We have paid premiums for this Directors’ and Officers’ insurance of US$2,088,352 net during FY2014.

No indemnity in favour of a current or former officer of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, or in favour of the External Auditor, has been called on during FY2014.

5.8    Employee policies

We are committed to open, honest and productive relationships with our employees. At BHP Billiton, we recognise the most important ingredient for success is our talented and motivated workforce, whose members demonstrate behaviours that are aligned toOur BHP Billiton Chartervalues.

Further information in relation to employee engagement and employee policies, including communications and disabilities, can be found in section 1.13.2.

5.9    Corporate governance

The UK Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTR 7.2) require that certain information be included in a corporate governance statement set out in the Directors’ Report. BHP Billiton has an existing practice of issuing a separate corporate governance statement as part of its Annual Report. The information required by the Disclosure and Transparency Rules and the UK Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules (LR 9.8.6) is located in section 3 of this Annual Report, with the exception of the information referred to in LR 9.8.6 (1), (3) and (4) and DTR 7.2.6, which is located in sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.17 and 5.20 of this Annual Report.

5.10    Dividends

A final dividend of 62 US cents per share will be paid on 23 September 2014, resulting in total dividends in respect of FY2014 of 121 US cents per share. Details of the dividends paid and the dividend policy are set out in sections 1.6.3 and 9.7 of this Annual Report.

5.11    Auditors

A resolution to reappoint KPMG LLP as the auditor of BHP Billiton Plc will be proposed at the 2014 Annual General Meetings in accordance with section 489 of the UK Companies Act 2006.

During FY2014 Mr Maxsted was the only officer of BHP Billiton who previously held the role of director or partner of the Group’s External Auditor at a time when the Group’s External Auditor conducted an audit of the Group. Mr Maxsted’s prior relationship with KPMG is set out in section 3.10 of this Annual Report. Mr Maxsted was not part of the KPMG audit practice after 1980 and, while at KPMG, was not in any way involved in, or able to influence, any audit activity associated with BHP Billiton.

Each person who held the office of Director at the date the Board resolved to approve this Directors’ Report makes the following statements:

so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s External Auditor is unaware; and

the Director has taken all steps that he or she ought to have taken as a Director to make him or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s External Auditor is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given pursuant to Section 418 of the UK Companies Act 2006 and should be interpreted in accordance with and subject to these provisions.

5.12    Non-audit services

Details of the non-audit services undertaken by our External Auditor, including the amounts paid for non-audit services, are set out in note 35 ‘Auditor’s remuneration’ to the Financial Statements of this Annual Report. All non-audit services were approved in accordance with the process set out in the Policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor, and no non-audit services were carried out which were specifically excluded by the Policy on Provision of Audit and Other Services by the External Auditor. Based on advice provided by the Risk and Audit Committee, the Directors have formed the view that the provision of non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors, and that the nature of non-audit services means that auditor independence was not compromised. Further information about our policy in relation to the provision of non-audit services by the auditor is set out in section 3.14.1 of this Annual Report.

5.13    Political donations

No political contributions/donations for political purposes were made to any political party, politician, elected official or candidate for public office during FY2014.(1)

DividendsF-40
(1)Note that Australian Electoral Commission (AEC) disclosure requirements are broad, such that amounts that are not political donations can be reportable for AEC purposes. For example, where a political party or organisation owns shares in BHP Billiton, the AEC filing requires the political party or organisation to disclose the dividend payments received for their shareholding.

5.14    Exploration, research and development

Companies within the Group carry out exploration and research and development necessary to support their activities. Further details are provided in sections 1.6.3, 1.12, 1.15.1, 2.1 and 2.3.2 of this Annual Report.

5.15    Class order

BHP Billiton Limited is a company of a kind referred to in Australian Securities and Investments Commission Class Order No. 98/100, dated 10 July 1998. Amounts in this Directors’ Report and the Financial Statements, except estimates of future expenditure or where otherwise indicated, have been rounded to the nearest million dollars in accordance with that Class Order.

5.16    Proceedings on behalf of BHP Billiton Limited

No proceedings have been brought on behalf of BHP Billiton Limited, nor any application made under section 237 of the Australian Corporations Act 2001.

5.17    Directors’ shareholdings

Except for Mr Maxsted and Mr Mackenzie, as at the date of this Directors’ Report, the information pertaining to shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by Directors is the same as set out in the table in section 4.4.27. Where applicable, the information includes shares held in the name of a spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities.

As at the date of this Directors’ Report, Mr Maxsted indirectly holds 8,000 shares in BHP Billiton Limited and Mr Mackenzie holds (either directly, indirectly or beneficially) 266,164 shares in BHP Billiton Plc.

5.18    GMC members’ shareholdings (other than Directors)

As at 30 June 2014, the information pertaining to shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by those senior executives who were members of the GMC during FY2014 (other than the Executive Director) is set out in the table in section 4.4.27. Where applicable, the information includes shares held in the name of a spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities.

As at the date of this Directors’ Report, the information pertaining to shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by those senior executives who were members of the GMC during FY2014 (other than the Executive Director) is as follows and, where applicable, the information includes shares held in the name of a spouse, superannuation fund, nominee and/or other controlled entities:

Trade and other receivablesF-41

11

Other financial assetsF-42

12

InventoriesF-43

13

Property, plant and equipmentF-44

14

Intangible assetsF-45

15

Trade and other payablesF-45

16

Interest bearing liabilitiesF-46

17

Other financial liabilitiesF-46

18

ProvisionsF-47

19

Share capitalF-48

20

Other equityF-51

21

Contingent liabilitiesF-53

22

CommitmentsF-54

23

Notes to the consolidated cash flow statementF-55

24

Business combinationsF-57

25

SubsidiariesF-59

26

Interests in jointly controlled entitiesF-62

27

Interests in jointly controlled assetsF-64

28

Financial risk managementF-65

29

Pension and other post-retirement obligationsF-79

30

Key Management PersonnelF-84

31

Related party transactionsF-88

32

Employee share ownership plansF-90

33

EmployeesF-100

34

Auditor’s remunerationF-100

35

Subsequent eventsF-101

Directors’ declaration

F-102

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and the Financial Statements

F-103

Independent auditors’ reports

F-104

Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited

F-106

GMC Member (1) (2)

BHP Billiton entity

As at date of
Directors’ Report
 

Peter Beaven

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP BILLITON 2011 FINANCIAL STATEMENTSBilliton Plc


 

184,473


Consolidated Income Statement

for the year ended 30 June 2011


  

   Notes   2011  2010  2009 
       US$M  US$M  US$M 

Revenue

      

Group production

     67,903    48,193    44,113  

Third party products

   2     3,836    4,605    6,098  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

   2     71,739    52,798    50,211  

Other income

   4     531    528    589  

Expenses excluding net finance costs

   5     (40,454  (33,295  (38,640
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from operations

     31,816    20,031    12,160  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

      

Group production

     31,718    19,920    11,657  

Third party products

     98    111    503  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     31,816    20,031    12,160  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial income

   6     245    215    309  

Financial expenses

   6     (806  (674  (852
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs

   6     (561  (459  (543
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     31,255    19,572    11,617  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   7     (6,481  (6,112  (4,784

Royalty related taxation (net of income tax benefit)

   7     (828  (451  (495
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total taxation expense

   7     (7,309  (6,563  (5,279
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit after taxation

     23,946    13,009    6,338  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

     298    287    461  

Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

     23,648    12,722    5,877  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per ordinary share (basic) (US cents)

   8     429.1    228.6    105.6  

Earnings per ordinary share (diluted) (US cents)

   8     426.9    227.8    105.4  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (US cents)

   9     91.0    83.0    82.0  

Dividends per ordinary share – declared in respect of the period
(US cents)

   9     101.0    87.0    82.0  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.Tony Cudmore

BHP Billiton Limited

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive IncomeBHP Billiton Plc

for the year ended 30 June 2011


 

   Notes   2011  2010  2009 
       US$M  US$M  US$M 

Profit after taxation

     23,946    13,009    6,338  

Other comprehensive income

      

Actuarial losses on pension and medical schemes

     (113  (38  (227

Available for sale investments:

      

Net valuation (losses)/gains taken to equity

     (70  167    3  

Net valuation (gains)/losses transferred to the income statement

     (47  2    58  

Cash flow hedges:

      

(Losses)/gains taken to equity

         (15  710  

Realised losses transferred to the income statement

         2    22  

Unrealised gains transferred to the income statement

             (48

Gains transferred to the initial carrying amount of hedged items

             (26

Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations taken to equity

     19    1    27  

Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations transferred to the income statement

         (10    

Tax recognised within other comprehensive income

   7     120    111    (253
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

     (91  220    266  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

     23,855    13,229    6,604  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

     284    294    458  

Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

     23,571    12,935    6,146  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 


Tim Cutt(3)

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc


56,459


Dean Dalla Valle

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc


126,907


Mike Fraser

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc



172,696


Geoff Healy

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc


3,000


Mike Henry

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc


21,879

162,632


Graham Kerr

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc


119,272


Jane McAloon

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc


59,581


Daniel Malchuk

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc


66,307


Jimmy Wilson

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc


115,965

59,301


(1)New members appointed to the GMC during FY2014: Tim Cutt (appointed 2 July 2013), Mike Fraser (appointed 26 August 2013) and Tony Cudmore (appointed 15 January 2014).

(2)Karen Wood ceased to be a member of the GMC on 19 August 2014. The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

Consolidated Balance Sheet

disclosed holdings as at 30 June 2011

2014 set out in section 4.4.27 of the Annual Report reflect her holdings as at the date of ceasing to be a member of the GMC.

 

   Notes   2011  2010 
       US$M  US$M 

ASSETS

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   23     10,084    12,456  

Trade and other receivables

   10     8,197    6,543  

Other financial assets

   11     264    292  

Inventories

   12     6,154    5,334  

Current tax assets

     273    189  

Other

     308    320  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     25,280    25,134  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

Trade and other receivables

   10     2,093    1,381  

Other financial assets

   11     1,602    1,510  

Inventories

   12     363    343  

Property, plant and equipment

   13     68,468    55,576  

Intangible assets

   14     904    687  

Deferred tax assets

   7     3,993    4,053  

Other

     188    168  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     77,611    63,718  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

     102,891    88,852  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

     

Current liabilities

     

Trade and other payables

   15     9,718    6,467  

Interest bearing liabilities

   16     3,519    2,191  

Other financial liabilities

   17     288    511  

Current tax payable

     3,693    1,685  

Provisions

   18     2,256    1,899  

Deferred income

     259    289  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     19,733    13,042  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

Trade and other payables

   15     555    469  

Interest bearing liabilities

   16     12,388    13,573  

Other financial liabilities

   17     79    266  

Deferred tax liabilities

   7     2,683    4,320  

Provisions

   18     9,269    7,433  

Deferred income

     429    420  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     25,403    26,481  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     45,136    39,523  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets

     57,755    49,329  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

EQUITY

     

Share capital – BHP Billiton Limited

   19     1,183    1,227  

Share capital – BHP Billiton Plc

   19     1,070    1,116  

Treasury shares

   19     (623  (525

Reserves

   20     2,001    1,906  

Retained earnings

   20     53,131    44,801  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

     56,762    48,525  

Non-controlling interests

   20     993    804  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity

     57,755    49,329  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 6 September 2011 and signed on its behalf by:

Jacques Nasser AO

Marius Kloppers

Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

for the year ended 30 June 2011

   Notes   2011  2010  2009 
       US$M  US$M  US$M 

Operating activities

      

Profit before taxation

     31,255    19,572    11,617  

Adjustments for:

      

Non-cash exceptional items

     (150  (255  5,460  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

     5,039    4,759    3,871  

Net gain on sale of non-current assets

     (41  (114  (38

Impairments of property, plant and equipment, financial assets and intangibles

     74    35    190  

Employee share awards expense

     266    170    185  

Financial income and expenses

     561    459    543  

Other

     (384  (265  (320

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Trade and other receivables

     (1,960  (1,713  4,894  

Inventories

     (792  (571  (116

Trade and other payables

     2,780    565    (847

Net other financial assets and liabilities

     46    (90  (769

Provisions and other liabilities

     387    (306  (497
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

     37,081    22,246    24,173  

Dividends received

     12    20    30  

Interest received

     107    99    205  

Interest paid

     (562  (520  (519

Income tax refunded

     74    552      

Income tax paid

     (6,025  (4,931  (5,129

Royalty related taxation paid

     (607  (576  (906
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows

     30,080    16,890    17,854  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (11,147  (9,323  (9,492

Exploration expenditure

     (1,240  (1,333  (1,243

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

     981    1,030    1,009  

Purchase of intangibles

     (211  (85  (141

Investment in financial assets

     (238  (152  (40

Investment in subsidiaries, operations and jointly controlled entities, net of their cash

     (4,807  (508  (286

Payment on sale of operations

         (156  (126
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash outflows from investing activities

     (16,662  (10,527  (10,319

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     80    132    164  

Proceeds from financial assets

     118    34    96  

Proceeds from sale or partial sale of subsidiaries, operations and jointly controlled entities, net of their cash

         376    17  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows

     (16,464  (9,985  (10,042
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities

     1,374    567    7,323  

Proceeds from debt related instruments

     222    103    354  

Repayment of interest bearing liabilities

     (2,173  (1,155  (3,748

Proceeds from ordinary shares

     32    12    29  

Contributions from non-controlling interests

         335      

Purchase of shares by Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) Trusts

     (469  (274  (169

Share buy-back – BHP Billiton Limited

     (6,265        

Share buy-back – BHP Billiton Plc

     (3,595        

Dividends paid

     (5,054  (4,618  (4,563

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     (90  (277  (406
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows

     (16,018  (5,307  (1,180
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,402  1,598    6,632  

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the beginning of financial year

     12,455    10,831    4,173  

Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     27    26    26  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the end of the financial year

   23     10,080    12,455    10,831  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

for the year ended 30 June 2011

   Attributable to members of the BHP Billiton Group       
   Share
capital  –

BHP
Billiton
Limited
  Share
capital –

BHP
Billiton Plc
  Treasury
shares
  Reserves  Retained
earnings
  Total  Non-
controlling
interests
  Total
equity
 
   US$M 

Balance as at 1 July 2010

   1,227    1,116    (525  1,906    44,801    48,525    804    49,329  

Total comprehensive income

               (66  23,637    23,571    284    23,855  

Transactions with owners:

         

BHP Billiton Limited shares bought back and cancelled

   (44              (6,301  (6,345      (6,345

BHP Billiton Plc shares bought back

           (3,678          (3,678      (3,678

BHP Billiton Plc shares cancelled

       (46  3,595    46    (3,595            

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

           (469          (469      (469

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions

           454    (121  (294  39        39  

Employee share awards forfeited

               (9  9              

Accrued employee entitlement for unvested awards

               266        266        266  

Distribution to option holders

               (21      (21  (17  (38

Dividends

                   (5,126  (5,126  (90  (5,216

Equity contributed

                           12    12  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at 30 June 2011

   1,183    1,070    (623  2,001    53,131    56,762    993    57,755  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at 1 July 2009

   1,227    1,116    (525  1,305    36,831    39,954    757    40,711  

Total comprehensive income

               197    12,738    12,935    294    13,229  

Transactions with owners:

         

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

           (274          (274      (274

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions

           274    (88  (178  8        8  

Employee share awards forfeited

               (28  28              

Accrued employee entitlement for unvested awards

               170        170        170  

Issue of share options to non-controlling interests

               43        43    16    59  

Distribution to option holders

               (10      (10  (6  (16

Dividends

                   (4,618  (4,618  (277  (4,895

Equity contributed

               317        317    20    337  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at 30 June 2010

   1,227    1,116    (525  1,906    44,801    48,525    804    49,329�� 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at 1 July 2008

   1,227    1,116    (514  750    35,756    38,335    708    39,043  

Total comprehensive income

               404    5,742    6,146    458    6,604  

Transactions with owners:

         

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

           (169          (169      (169

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions

           158    (34  (104  20        20  

Accrued employee entitlement for unvested awards

               185        185        185  

Dividends

                   (4,563  (4,563  (406  (4,969

Equity contributed

                           (3  (3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at 30 June 2009

   1,227    1,116    (525  1,305    36,831    39,954    757    40,711  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

Notes to Financial Statements

1    Accounting policies

Dual Listed Companies’ structure and basis of preparation of financial statements

Merger terms

On 29 June 2001,
(3)736 BHP Billiton Limited (previouslyshares are held in the form of 368 American Depositary Shares.

5.19    Performance in relation to environmental regulation

A significant environmental incident is one with a severity rating of four and above based on our internal severity rating scale (tiered from one to seven by increasing severity). An environmental incident with a severity level four is one that causes a major impact/s to land, biodiversity, ecosystem services, water resources or air, with effects lasting greater than one year. There were no significant environmental incidents reported at our operated assets in FY2014.

Fines and prosecutions

In FY2014, BHP Billiton received nine fines at our operated assets, with a total value of US$128,898.

A fine of US$94,455 was levied at Energy Coal South Africa’s Khutala Colliery, which self-reported a non-compliance against its environmental impact assessment requirements defined by the National Environmental Management Act. As a result, the asset has appointed an independent Environmental Control Officer and introduced a strengthened land disturbance permit procedure.

NSW Energy Coal incurred three fines totalling US$6,971 at its Mt Arthur Operations for blasting penalty infringements outside the manufacturer’s recommended sleep time, failure to comply with the approved erosion and sediment control plan and carrying out dumping operations on an elevated and exposed area during adverse weather conditions. Actions are in place to prevent these infringements occurring again.

The five other fines, totalling US$27,472, were levied in North and South America, where our operations were cited for activities in relation to regulatory breaches against permit requirements and for loss of containment. The impacted assets are reviewing measures to prevent these incidents from occurring in the future.

Greenhouse gas emissions

The UK Companies Act 2006 requires, to the extent practicable, the Company to obtain relevant information on the Company’s annual quantity of greenhouse gas emissions which is reported in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent. The Company’s total 2014 greenhouse gas emissions and intensity are set out in sections 1.10 and 1.14.4 of this Annual Report.

Further information in relation to environmental performance, including environmental regulation, can be found in section 1.14.4 of this Annual Report and in the Sustainability Report available online atwww.bhpbilliton.com.

5.20    Share capital, restrictions on transfer of shares and other additional information

Information relating to BHP Billiton Plc’s share capital structure, restrictions on the holding or transfer of its securities or on the exercise of voting rights attaching to such securities, certain agreements triggered on a change of control and the existence of branches of BHP Billiton outside of the United Kingdom, is set out in the following sections of this Annual Report:

Section 1.2 (BHP Billiton locations)

Section 5.2 (Share capital and buy-back programs)

Section 9.3 (Organisational structure)

Section 9.4 (Material contracts)

Section 9.5 (Constitution)

Section 9.6 (Share ownership)

Section 9.11 (Government regulations)

Note 19 ‘Share capital’ and note 33 ‘Employee share ownership plans’ to the Financial Statements of this Annual Report.

Further details of all unvested equity awards as at the date of this Directors’ Report, including shares issued upon exercise of equity awards, are set out in note 33 ‘Employee share ownership plans’ to the Financial Statements of this Annual Report. Details of movements in share capital during and since the end of the financial year are set out in note 19 ‘Share capital’ to the Financial Statements of this Annual Report.

The Directors’ Report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Board.

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

Andrew Mackenzie

Chief Executive Officer

Dated: 11 September 2014

6    Legal proceedings

We are involved from time to time in legal proceedings and governmental investigations of a character normally incidental to our business, including claims and pending actions against us seeking damages or clarification of legal rights and regulatory inquiries regarding business practices. In many cases, insurance or other indemnification protection afforded to us relates to such claims and may offset the financial impact on the Group of a successful claim.

This section summarises the significant legal proceedings and investigations in which we are currently involved.

Rio Algom Pension Plan

In June 2003, Alexander E Lomas, a retired member of the Rio Algom Limited Pension Plan for Salaried Employees (Pension Plan), filed a Notice of Application in a representative capacity in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice Commercial List against Rio Algom Limited (RAL) and the Plan Trustee alleging certain improprieties in their administration of the Pension Plan and use of Pension Plan funds from January 1966 onward.

Mr Lomas sought relief, both quantified and unquantified, for himself and those Pension Plan members he purported to represent in respect of a number of alleged breaches committed by RAL, including allegations of breach of employment contracts, breach of trust, and breach of the Trust Agreement underlying the Pension Plan. In particular:

Mr Lomas sought US$117 million (C$125 million) on account of monies alleged to have been improperly paid out or withheld from the Pension Plan, together with compound interest calculated from the date of each alleged wrongdoing; and

punitive, aggravated and exemplary damages in the sum of US$1.9 million (C$2 million).

Mr Lomas purported to represent members of the defined benefits portion of the Pension Plan. In 2005, the defined contribution members of the Pension Plan were included as parties to this action.

Between October 2006 and March 2010, various motions and appeals were argued by the parties. Among other things, these motions and appeals resulted in an order that the portion of the Application seeking an order directing RAL to apply for a wind-up of the Pension Plan be struck out of the Application.

In January 2014, the Court ordered that Ray Larson be substituted for Mr Lomas as the applicant in the Application. This motion was not opposed by RAL.

On 11 March 2014, RAL entered into a settlement with Mr Larson and other members of a committee of retired members of the Pension Plan. Subject to certain conditions being satisfied or waived, the settlement agreement provides for termination of the Pension Plan, the dismissal of the Application and releases from liability and subject to regulatory approval, the sharing of the surplus remaining in the Pension Plan upon wind-up between RAL and Pension Plan members and other persons entitled to benefits from the Pension Plan as at 11 March 2014, and those persons who had an entitlement under the Pension Plan at any time after 11 June 2003, but received payment of the commuted value of their entitlement under the Pension Plan prior to 11 March 2014. Court approval of the settlement agreement was granted on 25 June 2014.

Class actions concerning Cerrejón privatisation

The non-government organisation, Corporación Colombia Transparente (CCT), brought three separate class actions (Popular Actions 1,029, 1,032 and 1,048) against various defendants in connection with the privatisation of 50 per cent of the Cerrejón Zona Norte (CZN) mining complex in Colombia in 2002. The mining complex is

currently owned by CZN and Carbones del Cerrejón Limited (CDC). Our subsidiary Billiton Investment 3 BV owns a 33 per cent share in CDC, and our subsidiaries Billiton Investment 3 BV and Billiton Investment 8 BV (BHP Billiton Shareholders) collectively own a 33.33 per cent share in CZN.

CCT alleges, in part, that the defendants failed to comply with the privatisation process, and that the offer price for shares in CZN between Stages 1 and 2 of the privatisation process was not correctly adjusted for inflation.

Our share of the alleged adjustment of the CZN share price would be approximately US$4.41 million. In the alternative, CCT seeks declaration that the privatisation is null and void and forfeiture of the transfer price paid, of which our share would be approximately US$147.14 million. In both instances, CCT also seeks unquantified sanctions, including payment of stamp taxes, an award of 15 per cent of all monies recovered by the defendants, together with interest on all amounts at the maximum rate authorised by law.

Popular Action 1,048 was dismissed in December 2008. Popular Action 1,032, the CZN action, was originally dismissed on 18 February 2011, the Court determining that there were no irregularities in the privatisation of the Cerrejón Zona Norte mining complex.

CCT’s request for a reconsideration of the judgment was denied. In March 2011, CCT filed an appeal against the dismissal. This appeal was dismissed in February 2013 and the plaintiff filed for a revision of the judgment. Revision of judgment is a new avenue of review introduced by the Columbian Administrative Code that applies to the last instance judgments and may be used when the plaintiff believes certain issues were not considered in the decision. In January 2014, the request for revision was denied and the action is therefore concluded. Popular Action 1,029 was dismissed in December 2008. Despite the fact that this dismissal was final, the plaintiff filed a tutela action at the Council of State challenging the dismissal and obtained from the Council of State a decision ordering the first instance judge to continue with the action. Neither CZN nor BHP Billiton shareholders were informed of this action. In August 2013, at the request of the defendants, the Council of State annulled the steps that had been taken in the proceeding and the defendants filed a reply to the action. The tutela action was then subsequently dismissed; however, an appeal has been filed against the dismissal.

A separate class action arising out of the privatisation of the CZN mining complex has been brought by Mr Martín Nicolás Barros Choles, against various defendants including CDC.

Mr Choles claims that the transfer of rights by CDC to CZN was ineffective because it only involved a transfer of shares and not the transfer of the underlying rights in the properties and assets used in the CZN mining complex. Consequently, he is seeking orders that CDC pays for the use and lease of the properties and assets until November 2009, and that from that date the properties and assets of the Cerrejón project revert to the State. This action remains in the discovery phase.

Investigations

As previously disclosed, BHP Billiton received requests for information in August 2009 from the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Following that request, the Group commenced an internal investigation and disclosed to relevant authorities evidence that it has uncovered regarding possible violations of applicable anti-corruption laws involving interactions with government officials.

The issues relate primarily to matters in connection with previously terminated exploration and development efforts, as well as hospitality provided as part of the Company’s sponsorship of the 2008 Beijing Olympics. The Group is currently discussing a potential resolution of the matter.

As has been publicly reported, the Australian Federal Police has indicated that it has commenced an investigation and the Group continues to fully cooperate with the relevant authorities.

In light of the continuing nature of the investigations it is not appropriate at this stage for BHP Billiton to predict outcomes.

7    Financial Statements

Refer to the pages beginning on page F-1 in this annual report.

8    Glossary

8.1    Mining, oil and gas-related terms

Term

Definition

2D

Two dimensional.

3D

Three dimensional.

Alumina

Aluminium oxide (Al2O3). Alumina is produced from bauxite in the refining process. Alumina is then converted (reduced) in an electrolysis cell to produce aluminium metal.

Ash

Inorganic material remaining after combustion.

AusIMM

The Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

Bauxite

The chief ore of aluminium.

Beneficiation

The process of physically separating ore from gangue prior to subsequent processing of the beneficiated ore.

Brownfield

An exploration or development project located within an existing mineral province, which can share infrastructure and management with an existing operation.

Coal Reserves

The same meaning as Ore Reserves, but specifically concerning coal.

Coking coal

Used in the manufacture of coke, which is used in the steelmaking process by virtue of its carbonisation properties. Coking coal may also be referred to as metallurgical coal.

Competent Person

A minerals industry professional who is a Member or Fellow of The Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, or of the Australian Institute of Geoscientists, or of a ‘Recognised Professional Organisation’ (RPO), as included in a list available on the JORC and ASX websites. These organisations have enforceable disciplinary processes, including the powers to suspend or expel a member. A Competent Person must have a minimum of five years’ relevant experience in the style of mineralisation or type of deposit under consideration and in the activity that the person is undertaking (JORC Code, 2012).

Condensate

A mixture of hydrocarbons that exist in gaseous form in natural underground reservoirs, but which condense to form a liquid at atmospheric conditions.

Copper cathode

Electrolytically refined copper that has been deposited on the cathode of an electrolytic bath of acidified copper sulphate solution. The refined copper may also be produced through leaching and electrowinning.

Crude oil

A mixture of hydrocarbons that exist in liquid form in natural underground reservoirs, and remain liquid at atmospheric pressure after being produced at the well head and passing through surface separating facilities.
Cut-off gradeA nominated grade above which is defined an Ore Reserve or Mineral Resource. For example, the lowest grade of mineralised material that qualifies as economic for estimating an Ore Reserve.

Term

Definition

CQCA

Central Queensland Coal Associates.
Dated BrentA benchmark price assessment of the spot market value of physical cargoes of North Sea light sweet crude oil.
Electrowinning/electrowonAn electrochemical process in which metal is recovered by dissolving a metal within an electrolyte and plating it onto an electrode.
Energy coalUsed as a fuel source in electrical power generation, cement manufacture and various industrial applications. Energy coal may also be referred to as steaming or thermal coal.
EthaneA component of natural gas. Where sold separately, is largely ethane gas that has been liquefied through pressurisation. One tonne of ethane is approximately equivalent to 26.8 thousand cubic feet of gas.
FAusIMMFellow of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
FieldAn area consisting of a single reservoir or multiple reservoirs all grouped on or related to the same individual geological structural feature and/or stratigraphic condition. There may be two or more reservoirs in a field that are separated vertically by intervening impervious strata, or laterally by local geologic barriers, or by both. Reservoirs that are associated by being in overlapping or adjacent fields may be treated as a single or common operational field. The geological termsstructural feature andstratigraphic condition are intended to identify localised geological features as opposed to the broader terms of basins, trends, provinces, plays, areas-of-interest, etc. (per SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-10).
FlotationA method of selectively recovering minerals from finely ground ore using a froth created in water by specific reagents. In the flotation process, certain mineral particles are induced to float by becoming attached to bubbles of froth and the unwanted mineral particles sink.
FPSO (Floating, production, storage andoff-take)A floating vessel used by the offshore oil and gas industry for the processing of hydrocarbons and for storage of oil. An FPSO vessel is designed to receive hydrocarbons produced from nearby platforms or subsea templates, process them and store oil until it can be offloaded onto a tanker.
GradeAny physical or chemical measurement of the characteristics of the material of interest in samples or product.
GreenfieldThe development or exploration located outside the area of influence of existing mine operations/infrastructure.
GSSAGeological Society of South Africa
Heap leach(ing)A process used for the recovery of metals such as copper, nickel, uranium and gold from low-grade ores. The crushed material is laid on a slightly sloping, impermeable pad and leached by uniformly trickling (gravity fed) a chemical solution through the beds to ponds. The metals are recovered from the solution.

Term

Definition

ICSID (International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes)ICSID is an autonomous international institution that provides facilities and services to support conciliation and arbitration of international investment disputes between investors and States. ICSID was established under the Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes between States and Nationals of Other States (the ICSID Convention), with over 140 member States.

Kriging

A geostatistical method of estimating resources based on a mathematical function known as a semivariogram.

Leaching

The process by which a soluble metal can be economically recovered from minerals in ore by dissolution.

LNG (Liquefied natural gas)

Consists largely of methane that has been liquefied through chilling and pressurisation. One tonne of LNG is approximately equivalent to 45.9 thousand cubic feet of natural gas.

LOI (Loss on ignition)

A measure of the percentage of volatile matter (liquid or gas) contained within a mineral or rock. LOI is determined to calculate loss in mass during pyroprocessing.

LPG (Liquefied petroleum gas)

Consists of propane and butane and a small amount (less than two per cent) of ethane that has been liquefied through pressurisation. One tonne of LPG is approximately equivalent to 11.6 barrels of oil.

MAIG

Member of the Australian Institute of Geoscientists.

Marketable Coal Reserves

Represents beneficiated or otherwise enhanced coal product where modifications due to mining, dilution and processing have been considered, must be publicly reported in conjunction with, but not instead of, reports of Coal Reserves. The basis of the predicted yield to achieve Marketable Coal Reserves must be stated (JORC Code, 2012).

MAusIMM

Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

Metallurgical coal

A broader term than coking coal, which includes all coals used in steelmaking, such as coal used for the pulverised coal injection process.

Mineralisation

Any single mineral or combination of minerals occurring in a mass, or deposit, of economic interest.

Modifying Factors

Considerations used to convert Mineral Resources to Ore Reserves. These include, but are not restricted to, mining, processing, metallurgical, infrastructure, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governmental factors.

NGL (Natural gas liquids)

Consists of propane, butane and ethane – individually or as a mixture.

OC/OP (Open-cut/open-pit)

Surface working in which the working area is kept open to the sky.

Ore Reserves

The economically mineable part of a Measured and/or Indicated Mineral Resource. It includes diluting materials and allowances for losses, which may occur when the material is mined or extracted and is defined by studies at Pre-Feasibility or Feasibility

Term

Definition

level as appropriate that include application of Modifying Factors. Such studies demonstrate that, at the time of reporting, extraction could reasonably be justified.

PEGNL

Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of Newfoundland and Labrador.

Probable Ore Reserves

Reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to that used for proven reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for proven reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation.

Proved oil and gas reserves

Those quantities of oil, gas, and natural gas liquids, which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible – from a given date forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations – prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain, regardless of whether deterministic or probabilistic methods are used for the estimation (from SEC Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting, 2009).

Proven Ore Reserves

Reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to that used for proven reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for proven reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation.
Qualified petroleum reserves and resources evaluatorA qualified petroleum reserves and resources evaluator, as defined in Chapter 19 of the ASX Listing Rules.

Reserve life

Current stated Ore Reserves estimate divided by the current approved nominated production rate as at the end of the financial year.

Run of mine product

Product mined in the course of regular mining activities.

SACNASP

South African Council for Natural Scientific Professions.

SAIMM

The Southern African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

SME reg’d member

Registered member of the Society of Mining, Metallurgy and Exploration.

Solvent extraction

A method of separating one or more metals from a leach solution by treating with a solvent that will extract the required metal, leaving the others. The metal is recovered from the solvent by further treatment.

Spud

Commence drilling of an oil or gas well.

SP (Stockpile)

An accumulation of ore or mineral built up when demand slackens or when the treatment plant or beneficiation equipment

Term

Definition

is incomplete or temporarily unable to process the mine output; any heap of material formed to create a buffer for loading or other purposes or material dug and piled for future use.

Tailings

Those portions of washed or milled ore that are too poor to be treated further or remain after the required metals and minerals have been extracted.

TLP (Tension leg platform)

A vertically moored floating facility for production of oil and gas.

Total Coal Reserves

Run of mine reserves as outputs from the mining activities.

Total Ore Reserves

Proven Ore Reserves plus Probable Ore Reserves.

8.2    Non-mining, oil and gas terms

Term

Definition

A$

Australian dollars being the currency of the Commonwealth of Australia.

ADR (American Depositary Receipt)

Instruments that trade on the NYSE.

ADS (American Depositary Share)

A share issued under a deposit agreement that has been created to permit US-resident investors to hold shares in non-US companies and trade them on the stock exchanges in the United States. One ADS is equal to two BHP Limited), an Australian listed company, andBilliton Limited shares. Similarly one ADS is equal to two BHP Billiton Plc (previously knownordinary shares. ADSs are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, which are the instruments that trade on the NYSE.
ASIC (Australian Securities and Investments Commission)The Australian Government agency that enforces laws relating to companies, securities, financial services and credit in order to protect consumers, investors and creditors.

ASX (Australian Securities Exchange)

ASX is a multi-asset class vertically integrated exchange group that functions as Billiton Plc), a market operator, clearing house and payments system facilitator. It oversees compliance with its operating rules, promotes standards of corporate governance among Australia’s listed companies and helps educate retail investors.

Australian Tax Treaty

A tax convention between Australia and the United Kingdom (UK) listed company, entered into aStates as to the avoidance of double taxation.

BHP Billiton

Being both companies in the Dual Listed Company (DLC) merger. This was effected by contractual arrangements between the Companies and amendments to their constitutional documents.

The effect of the DLC merger is thatstructure, BHP Billiton Limited and its subsidiaries (the BHP Billiton Plc.

BHP Billiton Limited Group) and share

A fully paid ordinary share in the capital of BHP Billiton Limited.

BHP Billiton Limited shareholders

The holders of BHP Billiton Limited shares.

BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share

A single voting share issued to facilitate joint voting by shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited on Joint Electorate Actions.

BHP Billiton Plc and its subsidiaries (theequalisation share

A share that has been authorised to be issued to enable a distribution to be made by BHP Billiton Plc Group)Group to the BHP Billiton Limited Group should this be required under the terms of the DLC merger.

Term

Definition

BHP Billiton Plc 5.5 per cent preference shareShares that have the right to repayment of the amount paid up on the nominal value and any unpaid dividends in priority of any other class of shares in BHP Billiton Plc on a return of capital or winding up.

BHP Billiton Plc share

A fully paid ordinary share in the capital of BHP Billiton Plc.

BHP Billiton Plc shareholders

The holders of BHP Billiton Plc shares.

BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share

A single voting share issued to facilitate joint voting by shareholders of BHP Billiton Plc on Joint Electorate Actions.

Board

The Board of Directors of BHP Billiton.

Business

Refers to one of BHP Billiton’s Petroleum and Potash; Copper; Iron Ore; Coal; Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Business Groups formed in May 2013. Collectively, they are referred to as the Businesses.

CEO

Chief Executive Officer.
CFR (Cost and freight... named port of destination)The seller must pay the costs and freight necessary to bring the goods to the named port of destination, but the risk of loss of, or damage to the goods, as well as any additional costs due to events occurring after the time the goods have been delivered on board the vessel, is transferred from the seller to the buyer when the goods pass the ship’s rail in the port of shipment. The CFR term requires the seller to clear the goods for shipment.

Community investment

Contributions made to support communities in which we operate togetheror have an interest. Our contributions to community programs comprise cash, in-kind support and administration costs. Our targeted level of contribution is one per cent of pre-tax profit calculated on the average of the previous three years’ pre-tax profit as reported.

CSG (Customer Sector Group)

Prior to 10 May 2013, referred to as a single economic entity (the Group). UnderBHP Billiton product-based global business unit.

CY20XX

Refers to the arrangements:

calendar year ending 31 December 20XX, where XX is the shareholderstwo-digit number of the year.

Dividend Record Date

The date, determined by a company’s board of directors, by when an investor must be recorded as an owner of shares in order to qualify for a forthcoming dividend.

DLC

Dual Listed Company.

DLC merger

The Dual Listed Company merger between BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc haveon 29 June 2001.

DLC structure

The corporate structure resulting from the DLC merger.

EBIT

Earnings before net finance costs and taxation.
EITI (Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative)An international initiative dedicated to the enhancement of transparency around the payments of taxes and royalties derived from resource development.

Term

Definition

FOB (Free on board... named port of shipment)The seller delivers when the goods pass the ship’s rail at the named port of shipment. This means that the buyer has to bear all costs and risks of loss of, or damage to the goods from that point. The FOB term requires the seller to clear the goods for export. This term can be used only for sea or inland waterway transport.

FPIC (Free prior informed consent)

A principle requiring that individuals and communities should be informed – in appropriate, accessible language – about projects that might take place on their land. It also guarantees that they are given the opportunity to give or withhold their consent to a common economic interest in both Groups;project before it commences.

FY20XX

Refers to the shareholdersfinancial year ending 30 June 20XX, where XX is the two-digit number for the year.

GAAP

Generally accepted accounting principles.

Gearing

The ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets.

GHG (Greenhouse gas)

For BHP Billiton Limitedreporting purposes, these are the aggregate anthropogenic carbon dioxide equivalent emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs) and BHP Billiton Plc take key decisions, including the election of Directors, through a joint electoral procedure under which the shareholders of the two Companies effectively vote on a joint basis;sulphur hexafluoride (SF6).

Group

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have a common Board of Directors, a unified management structure and joint objectives;

dividends and capital distributions made by the two Companies are equalised;

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc each executed a deed poll guarantee, guaranteeing (subject to certain exceptions) the contractual obligations (whether actual or contingent, primary or secondary) of the other incurred after 29 June 2001 together with specified obligations existing at that date.

If either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc proposes to pay a dividend to its shareholders, then the other Company must pay a matching cash dividend of an equivalent amount per share to its shareholders. If either Company is prohibited by law or is otherwise unable to declare, pay or otherwise make all or any portion of such a matching dividend, then BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc will, so far as it is practicable to do so, enter into such transactions with each other as the Boards agree to be necessary or desirable so as to enable both Companies to pay dividends as nearly as practicable at the same time.

The DLC merger did not involve the change of legal ownership of any assets of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, any change of ownership of any existing shares or securities of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, the issue of any shares or securities or any payment by way of consideration, save for the issue by each Company of one special voting share to a trustee company which is the means by which the joint electoral procedure is operated.

Accounting for the DLC merger

The basis of accounting for the DLC merger was established under Australian and UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (GAAP), pursuant to the requirements of the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Practice Note 71 ‘Financial Reporting by Australian Entities in Dual-Listed Company Arrangements’, an order issued by ASIC under section 340 of the Corporations Act 2001 on 2 September 2002, and in accordance with the UK Companies Act 1985. In accordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS 1/AASB 1 ‘First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’, the same basis of accounting is

applied under International Financial Reporting Standards. Accordingly, these financial statements consolidate the Group as follows:

Results for the years ended 30 June 2011, 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2009 are of the consolidated entity comprising the BHP Billiton Limited Group and the BHP Billiton Plc Group.

Assets and liabilities of the BHP Billiton Limited Group and the BHP Billiton Plc Group were consolidated at the date of the merger at their existing carrying amounts.

Basis of preparation

This general purpose financial report for the year ended 30 June 2011 has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and the UK Companies Act 2006 and with:

Australian Accounting Standards, being Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) effective as of 30 June 2011;

International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as adopted by the European Union (EU) effective as of 30 June 2011;

International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board effective as of 30 June 2011.

The above standards and interpretations are collectively referred to as ‘IFRS’ in this report.

The principal standards that have been adopted for the first time in these financial statements are:

‘Improvements to IFRSs 2009’/AASB 2009-4 ‘Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the Annual Improvements Project’ and AASB 2009-5 ‘Further Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the Annual Improvements Project’ include a collection of minor amendments to IFRS. These amendments include a requirement to classify expenditures which do not result in a recognised asset as a cash flow from operating activities. This has resulted in exploration cash flows of US$1,030 million for the year ended 30 June 2010 (2009: US$1,009 million), which were not recognised as assets, being reclassified from net investing cash flows to net operating cash flows in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement.

The following standards may have an impact on the Group in future reporting periods but are not yet effective:

IFRS 9/AASB 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ modifies the classification and measurement of certain classes of financial assets and liabilities;

IFRS 10/AASB 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ is a replacement of IAS 27/AASB 127 ‘Consolidations’. The revised standard introduces a new, single definition of control which may impact which entities are consolidated into the Group;

IFRS 11/AASB 11 ‘Joint Ventures’ modifies the definition of joint control and focuses on the rights and obligations of joint arrangements to determine the accounting treatment. It distinguishes between joint operations and joint ventures and may require use of the equity method for certain investments in jointly controlled entities which are currently proportionately consolidated;

IFRS 13/AASB 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ replaces fair value measurement guidance in individual IFRSs with a single source of fair value measurement guidance;

Amendments to IAS 19/AASB 119 ‘Employee Benefits’. These amendments require all actuarial gains and losses to be recognised immediately in other comprehensive income and require the expected return on plan assets (recognised in the income statement) to be calculated based on the rate used to discount the defined benefit obligation.

These standards are available for early adoption in the 30 June 2011 financial year as permitted by the Australian Corporations Act 2001 but have not been applied in the preparation of these financial statements. None of these standards have been endorsed by the EU and hence are not available for early adoption in the EU. The potential impacts on the financial statements of the Group of adopting these standards have not yet been determined unless otherwise indicated.

Basis of measurement

The financial statements are drawn up on the basis of historical cost principles, except for derivative financial instruments and certain other financial assets which are carried at fair value.

Currency of presentation

All amounts are expressed in millions of US dollars, unless otherwise stated, consistent with the predominant functional currency of the Group’s operations.

Change in accounting policy

The accounting policies have been consistently applied by all entities included in the Group consolidated financial statements and are consistent with those applied in all prior years presented other than changes required by the adoption of new and amended accounting standards as discussed above and a change in accounting policy relating to dividend equivalent payment entitlements of employee share awards.

As permitted by IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’, the Group has elected to incorporate the value of dividend equivalent payment entitlements into the grant date fair value of the associated equity-settled share-based payment awards. Previously, the Group elected to measure and recognise the dividend equivalent payment as a separate cash-settled share-based payment.

This change in accounting policy was made to simplify the administration and accounting for dividend equivalent payments and better integrate the accounting into the fair value basis of measuring employee share awards. Following this change in accounting policy, an employee benefit provision of US$75 million was reversed (US$16 million tax expense) and an additional share-based payments expense of US$48 million was recognised with a corresponding increase in the Employee share awards reserve (US$10 million income tax credit). Comparative amounts have not been restated.

Principles of consolidation

The financial statements of the Group include the consolidation of

BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Plc and their respective subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are entities controlled

Group Function

Group Functions act as agents of the Group Management Committee (GMC). They operate under a defined set of mandates that relate to:

•   the governance of BHP Billiton;

•   the CEO limits established by either parent entity. Control exists where either parent entity has the powerBHP Billiton Board;

•   the activities necessary to governimprove the financial and operating policieseffectiveness of an entity so asthe Group.

GLD (Group Level Document)

The documents that give effect to obtain benefits from its activities. Subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial reportmandatory requirements arising from the date control commences untilBHP Billiton Operating Model as approved by the date control ceases. WhereGMC. They describe the Group’s interestmandatory minimum performance requirements and accountabilities for definitive business obligations, processes, functions and activities across BHP Billiton.

GMC (Group Management Committee)

The executive management group within BHP Billiton as determined by the CEO. Its role is less than 100 per cent,defined by the interest attributableGMC Terms of Reference.
IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards)Accounting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

JSE

Johannesburg Stock Exchange.

JV

Joint venture.

KMP (Key Management Personnel)

Persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly (including Executive Directors), and Non-executive Directors. For BHP Billiton it includes the GMC.

Term

Definition

KPI (Key Performance Indicator)

Used to outside shareholders is reflectedmeasure the performance of the Group, individual businesses and executives in non-controlling interests. The effects of all transactions between entitiesany one year.

LME

London Metal Exchange.

LSE

London Stock Exchange.

Major capital projects

Projects where the investment commitment exceeds the Group approval threshold, or complexity or associated reputational risk or exposure necessitates review at a Group level (and within the Group have been eliminated.investment process).

Marketing

Refers to the BHP Billiton staff, processes and activities that provide marketing services to the whole organisation.

NYMEX (New York Mercantile Exchange)

A New York physical futures exchange that trades energy commodities (i.e. crude oil and natural gas) and precious metals in futures and options markets.

NYSE

New York Stock Exchange.

Joint venturesOEL (Occupational exposure limit)

The Group undertakesconcentration of a numbersubstance or agent, exposure to which, according to current knowledge, should not cause adverse health effects nor cause undue discomfort to nearly all workers.

Occupational illness

An illness that occurs as a consequence of businesswork-related activities through joint ventures. Joint ventures are established through contractual arrangements that requireor exposure. It includes acute or chronic illnesses or diseases, which may be caused by inhalation, absorption, ingestion or direct contact.

OSHA

United States Government Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

Platts

Platts is a global provider of energy, petrochemicals, metals and agriculture information, and a premier source of benchmark price assessments for those commodity markets.

Project investment

Total budgeted capital expenditure on growth projects under development at year-end. Refer to section 2.4 Major projects, for a full listing of these growth projects.

Quality-of-life indicators

Measures of people’s overall wellbeing, including material well-being (standard of living) and non-material components such as the unanimous consent of eachquality of the venturers regardingenvironment, national security, personal safety, and political and economic freedoms.

Quoted

In the strategic financialcontext of American Depositary Shares (ADS) and operating policieslisted investments, the term ‘quoted’ means ‘traded’ on the relevant exchange.

REi (Resource Endowment initiative)

An initiative of the venture (joint control). The Group’s joint ventures are of two types:International Council on Mining and Metals to enhance industry’s socio-economic contribution to the countries and communities where organisations such as BHP Billiton operate, by better understanding the factors that either inhibit or promote social and economic development linked to large-scale mining projects.

ROCE (Return on capital employed)

Calculated as earnings from operations, excluding exceptional items and net finance costs (after tax), divided by average capital

Jointly controlled entities

Term

A jointly controlled entityDefinition

employed. Average capital employed is a corporation, partnershipcalculated as net assets less net debt.
SEC (United States Securities and Exchange Commission)United States regulatory commission that aims to protect investors, maintain fair, orderly and efficient markets and facilitate capital formation.

Senior manager

An employee who has responsibility for planning, directing or other entity in which each participant holds an interest. A jointly controlled entity operates in the same way as other entities, controlling the assetsactivities of the joint venture, earning its own incomeentity or a strategically significant part of it. In the Strategic Report, senior manager includes senior leaders and incurring its own liabilitiesany persons who are directors of any subsidiary company even if they are not senior leaders.

Shareplus

All-employee share purchase plan.

Strate

South Africa’s Central Securities Depositary for the electronic settlement of financial instruments.

TRIF (Total recordable injury frequency)

The sum of (fatalities + lost-time cases + restricted work cases + medical treatment cases) x 1,000,000 ÷ actual hours worked. Stated in units of per million hours worked. BHP Billiton adopts the US Government Occupational Safety and expenses. InterestsHealth Administration guidelines for the recording and reporting of occupational injury and illnesses. Excludes non-operated assets.

TSR (Total shareholder return)

TSR measures the return delivered to shareholders over a certain period through the change in jointly controlled entities are accounted for usingshare price and any dividends paid. It is the proportionate consolidation method, wherebymeasure used to compare BHP Billiton’s performance to that of other relevant companies under the Group’s proportionate interest inLTIP.

UKLA (United Kingdom Listing Authority)

Term used when the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of jointly controlled entities are recognised within each applicable line itemUK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) acts as the competent authority under Part VI of the financial statements. The shareUK Financial Services and Markets Act (FSMA).

Underlying EBIT

Calculated as earnings before net finance costs, taxation and any exceptional items.

Underlying EBIT margin

Calculated as Underlying EBIT excluding third party EBIT, divided by revenue net of jointly controlled entities’ results is recognised in the Group’s financial statements from the date that joint control commences until the date at which it ceases.third party product revenue.

US$

Jointly controlled assets

The Group has certain contractual arrangements with other participants to engage in joint activities involving the joint ownership of assets dedicated to the purposes of each venture. These arrangements do not create a jointly controlled entity as the venturers directly derive the benefits of operation of their jointly owned assets, rather than deriving returns from an interest in a separate entity.

The financial statements of the Group include its share of the assets in such joint ventures, together with the liabilities, revenues and expenses arising jointly or otherwise from those operations. All such amounts are measured in accordance with the terms of each arrangement, which are usually in proportion to the Group’s interest in the jointly controlled assets.

Business combinations

Business combinations that occurred between 1 July 2004 and 30 June 2009 were accounted for by applying the purchase method of accounting, whereby the purchase consideration of the combination is allocated to the identifiable net assets acquired. Business combinations prior to 1 July 2004 have been accounted for in accordance with the Group’s previous policies under Australian GAAP and UK GAAP and have not been restated.

Business combinations in the current financial year are accounted for by applying the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities (identifiable net assets) are measured on the basis of fair value at the date of acquisition.

Goodwill

Where the fair value of consideration paid for a business combination exceeds the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired, the difference is treated as purchased goodwill. Where the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired exceeds the cost of acquisition, the difference is immediately recognised in the income statement. The recognition and measurement of goodwill attributable to a non-controlling interest in a business combination is determined on a transaction by transaction basis. Goodwill is not amortised, however its carrying amount is assessed annually against its recoverable amount as explained

below under ‘Impairment of non-current assets’. On the subsequent disposal or termination of a previously acquired business, any remaining balance of associated goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal or termination.

Intangible assets

Amounts paid for the acquisition of identifiable intangible assets, such as software and licences, are capitalised at the fair value of consideration paid and are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment charges. Identifiable intangible assets with a finite life are amortised on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life, which is typically no greater than eight years. The Group has no identifiable intangible assets for which the expected useful life is indefinite.

Foreign currencies

The Group’s reporting currency and the functional currency of the majority of its operations is the US dollar, as this is assessed to be the principal currency of the economic environments in which they operate.

WTI (West Texas Intermediate)

A mixture of hydrocarbons that exists in liquid phase in natural underground reservoirs and remains liquid at atmospheric pressure after passing through surface separating facilities. Crude oil is refined to produce a wide array of petroleum products, including heating oils; gasoline, diesel and jet fuels; lubricants; asphalt; ethane, propane, and butane; and many other products used for their energy or chemical content.

Transactions denominated

West Texas Intermediate refers to a crude stream produced in foreign currencies (currenciesTexas and southern Oklahoma that serves as a reference or ‘marker’ for pricing a number of other thancrude streams and which is traded in the functional currencydomestic spot market at Cushing, Oklahoma.

8.3    Terms used in reserves and resources

Term

Definition

A.Al2O3

available alumina

Ag

Silver

Al2O3

Alumina

Anth

Anthracite

Au

Gold

Cu

Copper

CV

calorific value

Fe

Iron

Fe2O3

iron oxide

Insol

Insolubles

K2O

potassium oxide

KCl

potassium chloride

Met

metallurgical coal

MgO

magnesium oxide

Mn

manganese

Mo

molybdenum

Ni

nickel

P

phosphorous

Pb

lead

Pc

phosphorous in concentrate

R.SiO2

reactive silica

S

sulphur

SCu

soluble copper

SiO2

silica

TCu

total copper

Th

thermal coal

U3O8

uranium oxide

VM

volatile matter

Zn

zinc

8.4    Units of measure

Abbreviation

Description

%

percentage or per cent

bbl/d

barrels per day

boe

barrels of an operation)oil equivalent – 6,000 scf of natural gas equals 1 boe

dmt

dry metric tonne

dmtu

dry metric tonne unit

g/t

grams per tonne

ha

hectare

kcal/kg

kilocalories per kilogram

kg/tonne or kg/t

kilograms per tonne

km

kilometre

koz

kilo-ounce

kV

kilovolt

kt

kilotonnes

ktpa

kilotonnes per annum

ktpd

kilotonnes per day

kdwt

thousand deadweight tonnes

m

metre

ML

megalitre

mm

millimetre

MMboe

million barrels of oil equivalent

MMBtu

million British thermal units – 1 scf of natural gas equals 1,010 Btu

MMcf/d

million cubic feet per day

Mbbl/d

thousand barrels per day

MMbbl/d

million barrels per day

MMcm/d

million cubic metres per day

Mscf

thousand standard cubic feet

Mt

million tonnes

Mtpa

million tonnes per annum

MW

megawatt

psi

pounds per square inch

ppm

parts per million

scf

standard cubic feet

t

tonne

TJ

terajoule

TJ/d

terajoules per day

tpa

tonnes per annum

tpd

tonnes per day

tph

tonnes per hour

wmt

wet metric tonnes

9    Shareholder information

9.1    History and development

BHP Billiton Limited (formerly BHP Limited and before that The Broken Hill Proprietary Company Limited) was incorporated in 1885 and is registered in Australia with ABN 49 004 028 077. BHP Billiton Plc (formerly Billiton Plc) was incorporated in 1996 and is registered in England and Wales with registration number 3196209. Successive predecessor entities to BHP Billiton Plc have operated since 1860.

Since 29 June 2001, we have operated under a Dual Listed Company (DLC) structure. Under the DLC structure, the two parent companies, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc operate as a single economic entity, run by a unified Board and management team. More details of the DLC structure can be found in section 9.3.2 of this Annual Report.

BHP Billiton Limited has a primary listing on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) in Australia. BHP Billiton Plc has a premium listing on the UK Listing Authority’s Official List and its ordinary shares are admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) in the United Kingdom and a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) in South Africa. In addition, BHP Billiton Limited American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) and BHP Billiton Plc ADRs trade on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in the United  States.

9.2    Markets

As at the date of this Annual Report, BHP Billiton Limited has a primary listing on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) in Australia and BHP Billiton Plc has a premium listing on the UK Listing Authority’s Official List and its ordinary shares are admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange (LSE). BHP Billiton Plc also has a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) in South Africa.

In addition, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in the United States. Trading on the NYSE is via American Depositary Shares (ADSs), each representing two ordinary shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (ADRs). Citibank N.A. (Citibank) is the Depositary for both ADR programs. BHP Billiton Limited’s ADSs have been listed for trading on the NYSE (ticker BHP) since 28 May 1987 and BHP Billiton Plc’s since 25  June 2003 (ticker BBL).

9.3    Organisational structure

9.3.1    General

The BHP Billiton Group consists of the BHP Billiton Limited Group and the BHP Billiton Plc Group as a combined enterprise, following the completion of the Dual Listed Company (DLC) merger in June 2001. Refer to note 26‘Subsidiaries’ to the Financial Statements for a list of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc significant subsidiaries.

The BHP Billiton DLC merger was designed to place shareholders of both companies in a position where they effectively have an interest in a single group that combines the assets, and is subject to the liabilities, of both companies. BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have each retained their separate corporate identities and maintain separate stock exchange listings, but they are operated and managed as if they are a single unified economic entity, with their Boards and senior executive management comprising the same people.

9.3.2    DLC structure

The principles of the BHP Billiton DLC are reflected in the BHP Billiton Sharing Agreement and include the following:

the two companies are to operate as if they are a single unified economic entity, through Boards of Directors that comprise the same individuals and a unified senior executive management;

the Directors of both companies will, in addition to their duties to the company concerned, have regard to the interests of BHP Billiton Limited shareholders and BHP Billiton Plc shareholders as if the two companies were a single unified economic entity and, for that purpose, the Directors of each company take into account in the exercise of their powers the interests of the shareholders of the other;

certain DLC equalisation principles must be observed. These are designed to ensure that for so long as the Equalisation Ratio between a BHP Billiton Limited share and a BHP Billiton Plc share is 1:1, the economic and voting interests in the combined BHP Billiton Group resulting from the holding of one BHP Billiton Limited share are equivalent to that resulting from one BHP Billiton Plc share. Further details are set out in the sub-section ‘Equalisation of economic and voting rights’ below.

Additional documents that affect the DLC include:

BHP Billiton Limited Constitution

BHP Billiton Plc Articles of Association

BHP Billiton Special Voting Shares Deed

BHP Billiton Limited Deed Poll Guarantee

BHP Billiton Plc Deed Poll Guarantee.

Australian Foreign Investment Review Board (FIRB) conditions

The Treasurer of Australia approved the DLC merger subject to certain conditions, the effect of which was to require that, among other things, BHP Billiton Limited continues to:

be an Australian company, which is managed from Australia;

ultimately manage and control the companies conducting the business that was conducted by it at the time of the merger for as long as those businesses form part of the BHP Billiton Group.

The conditions have effect indefinitely, subject to amendment of the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 or any revocation or amendment by the Treasurer of Australia. If BHP Billiton Limited no longer wishes to comply with these conditions, it must obtain the prior approval of the Treasurer. Failure to comply with the conditions attracts substantial penalties under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975.

Equalisation of economic and voting rights

BHP Billiton Limited shareholders and BHP Billiton Plc shareholders have economic and voting interests in the combined BHP Billiton Group. The economic and voting interests represented by a share in one company relative to the economic and voting interests of a share in the other company are determined by reference to a ratio known as the Equalisation Ratio. Presently, the economic and voting interests attached to each BHP Billiton Limited share and each BHP Billiton Plc share are the same, since the Equalisation Ratio is 1:1. The Equalisation Ratio would change if either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc returned value to only its shareholders and no matching action was taken.

This means that the amount of any cash dividend paid by BHP Billiton Limited in respect of each BHP Billiton Limited share is normally matched by an equivalent cash dividend by BHP Billiton Plc in respect of each BHP Billiton Plc share, and vice versa. If one company has insufficient profits or is otherwise unable to pay the agreed dividend, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc will, as far as practicable, enter into such transactions as are necessary to enable both companies to pay the agreed amount of pre-tax dividends per share.

Joint Electorate Actions

Under the terms of the DLC agreements, the BHP Billiton Limited Constitution and the BHP Billiton Plc Articles of Association have implemented special voting arrangements so that the shareholders of both companies vote together as a single decision-making body on matters affecting the shareholders of each company in similar ways (such matters are referred to as Joint Electorate Actions). For so long as the Equalisation Ratio remains 1:1, each BHP Billiton Limited share will effectively have the same voting rights as each BHP Billiton Plc share on Joint Electorate Actions.

A Joint Electorate Action requires approval by ordinary resolution (or special resolution if required by statute, regulation, applicable listing rules or other applicable requirements) of BHP Billiton Limited and also of BHP Billiton Plc. Both the BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shareholders and the holder of the BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share vote as a single class and, in the case of BHP Billiton Plc, the BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shareholders and the holder of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share vote as a single class.

Class Rights Actions

In the case of certain actions in relation to which the two bodies of shareholders may have divergent interests (referred to as Class Rights Actions), the company wishing to carry out the Class Rights Action requires the prior approval of the shareholders in the other company voting separately and, where appropriate, the approval of its own shareholders voting separately. Depending on the type of Class Rights Action undertaken, the approval required is either an ordinary or special resolution of the relevant company.

These voting arrangements are secured through the constitutional documents of the two companies, the BHP Billiton Sharing Agreement, the BHP Billiton Special Voting Shares Deed and rights attaching to a specially created Special Voting Share issued by each company and held in each case by a Special Voting Company. The shares in the Special Voting Companies are held legally and beneficially by Law Debenture Trust Corporation Plc.

Cross guarantees

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have each executed a Deed Poll Guarantee, pursuant to which creditors entitled to the benefit of the BHP Billiton Limited Deed Poll Guarantee and the BHP Billiton Plc Deed Poll Guarantee will, to the extent possible, be placed in the same position as if the relevant debts were owed by both BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc on a combined basis.

Restrictions on takeovers of one company only

The BHP Billiton Limited Constitution and the BHP Billiton Plc Articles of Association have been drafted to ensure that, except with the consent of the Board, a person cannot gain control of one company without having made an equivalent offer to the shareholders of both companies on equivalent terms. Sanctions for breach of these provisions would include withholding of dividends, voting restrictions and the compulsory divestment of shares to the extent a shareholder and its associates exceed the relevant threshold.

9.4    Material contracts

DLC agreements

On 29 June 2001, BHP Billiton Limited (then known as BHP Limited) and BHP Billiton Plc (then known as Billiton Plc) merged by way of a DLC structure. To effect the DLC, BHP Limited and Billiton Plc (as they were then known) entered into the following agreements designed to place the shareholders of both companies in a position where they effectively have an interest in a single group that combines the assets, and is subject to all the liabilities, of both companies:

BHP Billiton Sharing Agreement

BHP Billiton Special Voting Shares Deed

BHP Billiton Limited Deed Poll Guarantee

BHP Billiton Plc Deed Poll Guarantee.

The effect of each of these agreements and the manner in which they operate are described in section 9.3 of this Annual Report.

9.5    Constitution

The following text summarises the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc. The effect of the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc is, so far as possible, identical. Where the term ‘BHP Billiton’ is used in this description of the Constitution and Articles of Association, it can be read to mean either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc.

Certain provisions of the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited and the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc can only be amended where such amendment is approved by special resolution either:

by approval as a Class Rights Action, where the amendment results in a change to an ‘Entrenched Provision’; or

otherwise, as a Joint Electorate Action.

A description of Joint Electorate Actions and Class Rights Actions is contained under the heading ‘Equalisation of economic and voting rights’ in section 9.3.2 of this Annual Report.

9.5.1    Directors

The management and control of the business and affairs of BHP Billiton are vested in the Board of Directors, which may exercise all powers of BHP Billiton, other than those which are required to be exercised or done by BHP Billiton in a general meeting.

9.5.2    Power to issue securities

BHP Billiton may, pursuant to the Constitution and Articles of Association, issue any shares or other securities (including redeemable shares) with preferred, deferred or other special rights, obligations or restrictions as and when the Directors may determine and on any other terms the Directors consider appropriate, provided that:

any such issue does not affect any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares;

any such issue is subject to the provisions regarding shareholder approval in the Constitution and Articles of Association;

the rights attaching to a class other than ordinary shares are expressed at the date of issue.

9.5.3     Restrictions on voting by Directors

A Director may not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement or any other proposal in which he or she has a material personal interest. A Director shall not be counted in the quorum at a meeting in relation to any resolution on which he or she is not entitled to vote.

In addition, under the UK Companies Act 2006, a Director has a duty to avoid a situation in which he or she has (or can have) a direct or indirect interest that conflicts (or may conflict) with the interests of the company. The duty is not infringed, if among other things, the situation is authorised by non-interested Directors. The Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc enable the Board to authorise a matter that might otherwise involve a Director breaching his or her duty to avoid conflicts of interest. An interested Director may not vote or be counted towards a quorum for a resolution authorising such a situation. Where the Board gives such authorisation, the Board may prohibit, or may establish regulations which prohibit, the relevant Director from voting on any matter relating to the conflict. The Board has adopted procedures to manage these voting restrictions.

Subject to applicable laws, a Director is entitled to vote, and be counted in the quorum, in respect of any resolution concerning any of the following matters, namely where the material personal interest:

arises because the Director is a shareholder of BHP Billiton and is held in common with the other shareholders of BHP Billiton;

arises in relation to the Director’s remuneration as a Director of BHP Billiton;

relates to a contract BHP Billiton is proposing to enter into that is subject to approval by the shareholders and will not impose any obligation on BHP Billiton if it is not approved by the shareholders;

arises merely because the Director is a guarantor or has given an indemnity or security for all or part of a loan, or proposed loan, to BHP Billiton;

arises merely because the Director has a right of subrogation in relation to a guarantee or indemnity referred to above;

relates to a contract that insures, or would insure, the Director against liabilities the Director incurs as an officer of BHP Billiton, but only if the contract does not make BHP Billiton or a related body corporate the insurer;

relates to any payment by BHP Billiton or a related body corporate in respect of an indemnity permitted by law, or any contract relating to such an indemnity; or

is in a contract, or proposed contract with, or for the benefit of, or on behalf of, a related body corporate and arises merely because the Director is a director of a related body corporate.

9.5.4    Loans by Directors

Any Director may lend money to BHP Billiton at interest with or without security or may, for a commission or profit, guarantee the repayment of any money borrowed by BHP Billiton and underwrite or guarantee the subscription of shares or securities of BHP Billiton or of any corporation in which BHP Billiton may be interested without being disqualified as a Director and without being liable to account to BHP Billiton for any commission or profit.

9.5.5    Retirement of Directors

In 2011, the Board adopted a policy consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code, under which all Directors must, if they wish to remain on the Board, seek re-election by shareholders annually. This policy took effect at the 2011 Annual General Meetings (AGMs), and replaced the previous system, as set out in the Constitution and Articles of Association, under which Directors were required to submit themselves to shareholders for re-election at least every three years.

9.5.6    Rights attaching to shares

Dividend rights

Under English law, dividends on shares may only be paid out of profits available for distribution. Under Australian law, dividends on shares may only be paid out of net assets, provided that the payment is fair and reasonable to the company’s shareholders as a whole and the payment of the dividend does not materially prejudice the company’s ability to pay its creditors. The Constitution and Articles of Association provide that payment of any dividend may be made in any manner, by any means and in any currency determined by the Board.

All unclaimed dividends may be invested or otherwise used by the Board for the benefit of whichever of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc declared that dividend, until claimed or, in the case of BHP Billiton Limited, otherwise disposed of according to law. In the case of BHP Billiton Plc, any dividend unclaimed after a period of 12 years from the date on which such dividend was declared or became due for payment shall be forfeited and shall revert to BHP Billiton Plc.

Voting rights

Voting at any general meeting of BHP Billiton Limited shareholders can, in the first instance, be conducted by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded by any of the following (except in relation to the election of a chairman of a meeting or, unless the Chairman otherwise determines, the adjournment of a meeting), or is otherwise required (as outlined below):

the Chairman;

any shareholder under the law; or

the holder of the BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share.

Voting at any general meeting of BHP Billiton Plc can, in the first instance, be conducted by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded by any of the following (except in relation to the election of a chairman of a meeting or, unless the Chairman otherwise determines, the adjournment of a meeting) or is otherwise required (as outlined below):

the Chairman;

not less than five members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote;

a member or members present in person or by proxy and representing not less than five per cent of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

the holder of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share.

As described under the heading ‘Equalisation of economic and voting rights’ in section 9.3.2 of this Annual Report, certain matters may be decided as Joint Electorate Actions or Class Rights Actions. Any matter considered by shareholders at an AGM of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc constitutes a Joint Electorate Action and shall therefore be decided on a poll. Therefore, in practice, generally all items of business at AGMs are decided by way of a poll.

In addition, at any general meeting a resolution, other than a procedural resolution, put to the vote of the meeting on which the holder of the relevant BHP Billiton Special Voting Share is entitled to vote shall be decided on a poll.

For the purposes of determining which shareholders are entitled to attend or vote at a meeting of BHP Billiton Plc or BHP Billiton Limited, and how many votes such shareholder may cast, the relevant company will specify

in any notice of meeting a time, not more than 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting, by which a shareholder must be entered on the Register of Shareholders in order to have the right to attend or vote at the relevant meeting.

Shareholders who wish to appoint a proxy to attend, vote or speak at a meeting of BHP Billiton Plc or BHP Billiton Limited (as appropriate) on their behalf, must deposit the relevant form appointing a proxy in accordance with the instructions contained in any notice of meeting, so as to be received in the specified manner not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting to which the appointment of a proxy relates.

Rights to share in BHP Billiton Limited’s profits

The rights attached to the shares of BHP Billiton Limited, as regards the participation in the profits available for distribution, are as follows:

The holders of any preference shares shall be entitled, in priority to any payment of dividend to the holders of any other class of shares, to a preferred right to participate as regards dividends up to but not beyond a specified amount in distribution.

Subject to the special rights attaching to any preference shares, but in priority to any payment of dividends on all other classes of shares, the holder of the Equalisation Share (if any) shall be entitled to be paid such dividends as are declared or paid thereon.

Any surplus remaining after payment of the distributions above shall be payable to the holders of BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares and the BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share in equal amounts per share.

Rights to share in BHP Billiton Plc’s profits

The rights attached to the shares of BHP Billiton Plc, in relation to the participation in the profits available for distribution, are as follows:

The holders of the cumulative preference shares shall be entitled, in priority to any payment of dividend to the holders of any other class of shares, to be paid a fixed cumulative preferential dividend (Preferential Dividend) at a rate of 5.5 per cent per annum, to be paid annually in arrears on 31 July in each year or, if any such date shall be a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in England, on the first business day following such date in each year. Payments of Preferential Dividends shall be made to holders on the register at any date selected by the Directors up to 42 days prior to the relevant fixed dividend date.

Subject to the rights attaching to the cumulative preference shares, but in priority to any payment of dividends on all other classes of shares, the holder of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share shall be entitled to be paid a fixed dividend of US$0.01 per annum, payable annually in arrears on 31 July.

Subject to the rights attaching to the cumulative preference shares and the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share, but in priority to any payment of dividends on all other classes of shares, the holder of the Equalisation Share shall be entitled to be paid such dividends as the Board may decide to pay thereon.

Any surplus remaining after payment of the distributions above shall be payable to the holders of the BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares in equal amounts per BHP Billiton Plc ordinary share.

9.5.7    Right on a return of assets on liquidation

On a return of assets on liquidation of BHP Billiton Limited, the assets of BHP Billiton Limited remaining available for distribution among shareholders, after giving effect to the payment of all prior ranking amounts owed to all creditors and holders of preference shares, and to all prior ranking statutory entitlements, shall be applied in paying to the holders of the BHP Billiton Limited Special Voting Share and the Equalisation Share

(if any) an amount of up to A$2.00 on each such share, on an equal priority with any amount paid to the holders of BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares, and any surplus remaining shall be applied in making payments solely to the holders of BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares in accordance with their entitlements.

On a return of assets on liquidation of BHP Billiton Plc, subject to the payment of all prior ranking amounts owed to the creditors of BHP Billiton Plc and to all prior ranking statutory entitlements, the assets of BHP Billiton Plc to be distributed on a winding-up shall be distributed to the holders of shares in the following order of priority:

To the holders of the cumulative preference shares, the repayment of a sum equal to the nominal capital paid up or credited as paid up on the cumulative preference shares held by them and accrual, if any, of the Preferential Dividend, whether such dividend has been earned or declared or not, calculated up to the date of commencement of the winding-up.

To the holders of the BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares and to the holders of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share and the Equalisation Share, the payment out of surplus, if any, remaining after the distribution above of an equal amount for each BHP Billiton Plc ordinary share, the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share and the Equalisation Share, if issued, subject to a maximum in the case of the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share and the Equalisation Share of the nominal capital paid up on such shares.

9.5.8    Redemption of preference shares

If BHP Billiton Limited at any time proposes to create and issue any preference shares, the preference shares may be issued on the terms that they are to be redeemed or, at the option of either or both BHP Billiton Limited and the holder, are liable to be redeemed, whether out of share capital, profits or otherwise.

The preference shares confer on the holders the right to convert the preference shares into ordinary shares if, and on the basis, the Board determines at the time of issue of the preference shares.

The preference shares are to confer on the holders:

the right (on redemption and on a winding-up) to payment in cash in priority to any other class of shares of (i) the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on each of the preference shares; (ii) the amount, if any, equal to the aggregate of any dividends accrued but unpaid and of any arrears of dividends; and

the right, in priority to any payment of dividend on any other class of shares, to the preferential dividend.

There is no equivalent provision in the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc although as noted in section 9.5.2, above, BHP Billiton can issue preference shares which are subject to a right of redemption on terms the Board considers appropriate.

9.5.9    Capital calls

Subject to the terms on which any shares may have been issued, the Board may make calls on the shareholders in respect of all monies unpaid on their shares. BHP Billiton has a lien on every partly paid share for all amounts payable in respect of that share. Each shareholder is liable to pay the amount of each call in the manner, at the time and at the place specified by the Board (subject to receiving at least 14 days’ notice specifying the time and place for payment). A call is considered to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed.

9.5.10    Borrowing powers

Subject to relevant law, the Directors may exercise all powers of BHP Billiton to borrow money, and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, assets (both present and future) and all uncalled capital or any part or parts

thereof and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of BHP Billiton or of any third party.

9.5.11    Changes to rights of shareholders

Rights attached to any class of shares issued by either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc can only be varied (whether as a Joint Electorate Action or a Class Rights Action) where such variation is approved both:

by the Company that issued the relevant shares, as a special resolution; and

by the holders of the issued shares of the affected class, either by a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of the class affected, or with the written consent of members with at least 75 per cent of the votes of that class.

9.5.12    Conditions governing general meetings

All provisions relating to general meetings apply with any necessary modifications to any special meeting of any class of shareholders that may be held. Therefore, the following information relates equally to general meetings and any special meeting of any class of shareholders.

The Board may and shall on requisition in accordance with applicable laws call a general meeting of the shareholders at the time and place or places and in the manner determined by the Board. No shareholder may convene a general meeting of BHP Billiton except where entitled under law to do so. Any Director may convene a general meeting whenever the Director thinks fit. General meetings can also be cancelled, postponed or adjourned, where permitted by law or the Constitution or Articles of Association. Notice of a general meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and such notice of meeting must be given in the form and manner in which the Board thinks fit. Five shareholders of the relevant company present in person or by proxy constitute a quorum for a meeting. A shareholder who is entitled to attend and cast a vote at a general meeting of BHP Billiton may appoint a person as a proxy to attend and vote for the shareholder in accordance with the law.

9.5.13    Limitations on rights to own securities

Neither the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited nor the Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc impose any limitations on the rights to own securities other than restrictions that reflect the takeovers codes under relevant Australian and UK law. In addition, the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 imposes a number of conditions that restrict foreign ownership of Australian-based companies.

Share control limits imposed by the Constitution and the Articles of Association, as well as relevant laws, are described in sections 9.11.2 and 9.3.2 of this Annual Report.

9.5.14    Documents on display

You can consult reports and other information about BHP Billiton Limited that it has filed pursuant to the rules of the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) atwww.asx.com.au. You can consult reports and other information filed for publication by BHP Billiton Plc pursuant to the rules of the UK Listing Authority at the Authority’s document viewing facility (the National Storage Mechanism) atwww.morningstar.co.uk/uk/NSM. Information filed on the ASX, or pursuant to the rules of the UK Listing Authority is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report. The documents referred to in this Annual Report as being available on our website,www.bhpbilliton.com, are not incorporated by reference and do not form part of this Annual Report.

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc both file annual and special reports and other information with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). These filings are available on the SEC website atwww.sec.gov.

You may also read and copy any document that either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc files at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SECat 1-800-SEC-0330 or access the SEC website atwww.sec.gov for further information on the public reference room.

9.6    Share ownership

Share capital

The details of the share capital for both BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc are presented in Note 19 ‘Share capital’ in the Financial Statements and remain current as at 22 August 2014.

Major shareholders

The tables in section 4.4.27 and the information set out in sections 5.17 and 5.18 of this Annual Report present information pertaining to the shares in BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc held by Directors and members of the Group Management Committee (GMC).

Neither BHP Billiton Limited nor BHP Billiton Plc is directly or indirectly controlled by another corporation or by any government. Other than as described in section 9.3.2, no major shareholder possesses voting rights that differ from those attaching to all of BHP Billiton Limited’s voting securities.

Substantial shareholders in BHP Billiton Limited

As at 22 August 2014, there are no substantial shareholders in BHP Billiton Limited. A substantial shareholder is a person who (together with associates) has a relevant interest in five per cent or more of voting rights conferred by ordinary shares in BHP Billiton Limited. Notifications to BHP Billiton Limited under section 671B of the Corporations Act 2001 indicate that no person (together with their associates) beneficially owned more than five per cent of BHP Billiton Limited’s voting securities.

Substantial Shareholders in BHP Billiton Plc

The following table shows holdings of three per cent or more of voting rights conferred by BHP Billiton Plc’s ordinary shares as notified to BHP Billiton Plc under the UK Disclosure and Transparency Rule 5.(1)

Title of class

 

Identity of person
or group

 Date of last notice Number owned   Percentage of
total voting rights (2)
 
  Date
received
 Date of
change
   2014  2013  2012 

Ordinary shares

 Aberdeen Asset Managers Limited 30 June
2014
 31 March
2014
  133,883,328     6.34        

Ordinary shares

 BlackRock, Inc. 3 December
2009
 1 December
2009
  213,014,043     10.08  10.08  10.08

(1)There has been no change in the holdings of three per cent or more of the voting rights in BHP Billiton Plc’s shares notified to BHP Billiton Plc as at the date of this Annual Report.

(2)The percentages quoted are recorded usingbased on the exchange rate rulingtotal voting rights conferred by ordinary shares in BHP Billiton Plc as at the date of the underlying transaction. Monetary assetsAnnual Report each year of 2,112,071,796 (2014) and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the rate of exchange ruling at year end2,112,071,796 (2012 and the gains or losses on retranslation are included in the income statement, with the exception of foreign exchange gains or losses on foreign currency provisions for site closure and rehabilitation, which are capitalised in property, plant and equipment for operating sites.2013).

The following table shows holdings of Directors and members of the GMC of BHP Billiton Plc who were in office as at 30 June 2014, as a group, of BHP Billiton Plc’s voting securities as at that date.(1)

Title of class

  

Identity of person or group

  Number owned   

Percentage of
total voting rights
at 30 June 2014 (2)

 

Ordinary shares

  Directors and Executives as a group   723,451     0.03

Exchange variations resulting from the retranslation at closing rate of the net investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures arising after 1 July 2004 are accounted for in accordance with the policy stated below. Exchange variations arising before this date were transferred to retained earnings
(1)As at the date of transitionthis Annual Report, the Directors and members of the GMC who were in office at 30 June 2014 held 0.04 per cent of the total ordinary share voting rights of BHP Billiton Plc (Number owned: 850,843).

(2)The percentages quoted are based on the total voting rights of ordinary shares in BHP Billiton Plc of 2,112,071,796.

Twenty largest shareholders as at 22 August 2014 (as named on the Register of Shareholders)(1)

BHP Billiton Limited Number of fully
paid shares
  % of issued
capital
 
1. HSBC Australia Nominees Pty Limited  580,069,546    18.06  
2. JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited  493,708,553    15.38  
3. National Nominees Ltd  279,035,779    8.69  
4. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <BHP Billiton ADR Holders A/C>  200,154,676    6.23  
5. Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd  144,522,993    4.50  
6. BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd  66,415,472    2.07  
7. Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <Colonial First State Inv A/C>  36,766,575    1.14  
8. Aust Mutual Prov Society  24,144,150    0.75  
9. Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited  13,990,941    0.44  
10. HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited <NT-Comnwlth Super Corp A/C>  13,984,916    0.44  
11. UBS Wealth Management  13,138,628    0.41  
12. BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <Agency Lending DRP A/C>  9,275,120    0.29  
13. Computershare Nominees CI Ltd <ASX Shareplus Control A/C>  8,586,884    0.27  
14. Argo Investments Limited  8,065,004    0.25  
15. RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited <PI Pooled A/C>  7,073,914    0.22  
16. National Nominees Limited <DB A/C>  6,926,358    0.22  
17. Computershare Trustees Jey Ltd < RE 3000101 A/C>  6,843,005    0.21  
18. RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited <BK Cust A/C>  6,550,059    0.20  
19. Bond Street Custodians Limited  5,884,026    0.18  
20. Navigator Australia Ltd <MLC Investment Settlement A/C>  5,776,473    0.18  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   1,930,913,072    60.14  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc Number of fully
paid shares
  % of issued
capital
 
1. PLC Nominees (Proprietary) Limited (2)  363,932,699    17.04  
2. State Street Nominees Limited <OM02>  96,811,610    4.53  
3. Chase Nominees Limited  90,836,599    4.25  
4. The Bank of New York (Nominees) Limited  82,462,791    3.86  
5. Chase Nominees Limited <LEND>  73,705,274    3.45  
6. State Street Nominees Limited <OM04>  70,118,416    3.28  
7. GEPF Equity  67,947,072    3.18  
8. Nortrust Nominees Limited  58,025,085    2.72  
9. Vidacos Nominees Limited <CLRLUX2>  49,220,595    2.30  
10. National City Nominees Limited  45,555,961    2.13  
11. State Street Nominees Limited <OD64>  38,827,954    1.82  
12. Lynchwood Nominees Limited <2006420>  38,310,348    1.79  
13. HSBC Global Custody Nominee (UK) Limited <357206>  36,209,783    1.70  
14. Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa  33,804,582    1.58  
15. BNY Mellon Nominees Limited <BSDTGUSD>  30,735,445    1.44  
16. Nutraco Nominees Limited <492762>  23,979,189    1.12  
17. Nutraco Nominees Limited <781221>  22,930,000    1.07  
18. Nortrust Nominees Limited <SLEND>  22,760,910    1.07  
19. Roy Nominees Limited <999999>  21,097,861    0.99  
20. Computershare Nominees Pty Ltd  16,865,810    0.79  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   1,284,137,984    60.11  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The largest holder on the South African register of BHP Billiton Plc, is the Strate nominee in which the majority of shares in South Africa (including some of the shareholders included in this list) are held in dematerialised form.

(2)Many of the twenty largest shareholders shown for BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc hold shares as a nominee or custodian. In accordance with the reporting requirements, the tables reflect the legal ownership of shares and not the details of the underlying beneficial holders.

United States share ownership as at 30 June 2014

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
  Number of
Shareholders
  %  Number of
shares
  %  Number of
Shareholders
  %  Number of
shares
  % 

Classification of holder

        

Registered holders of voting securities

  1,728    0.30    4,752,247    0.14    66    0.30    103,209    0.01  

ADR holders

  1,202    0.23    195,937,364 (1)   6.1    184    0.93    47,399,620 (2)   2.24  

(1)These shares translate to IFRS.97,968,682 ADRs.

(2)These shares translate to 23,699,810 ADRs.

Geographical distribution of shareholders and shareholdings as at 22 August 2014

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
  Number of
Shareholders
  %  Number of
shares
  %  Number of
Shareholders
  %  Number of
shares
  % 

Registered address

        

Australia

  554,637    96.25    3,138,694,670    97.73    481    2.04    1,244,093    0.06  

New Zealand

  13,079    2.27    34,571,262    1.08    40    0.17    112,343    0.01  

United Kingdom

  2,994    0.52    8,485,842    0.26    20,098    85.44    1,749,491,835    81.89  

United States

  1,737    0.30    4,748,562    0.15    69    0.29    97,393    0.01  

South Africa

  131    0.02    234,160    0.01    1,502    6.39    382,755,922    17.92  

Other

  3,642    0.63    24,956,609    0.78    1,333    5.67    2,483,868    0.11  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  576,220    100.00    3,211,691,105    100.00    23,523    100.00    2,136,185,454    100.00  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Distribution of shareholdings by size as at 22 August 2014

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
  Number of
Shareholders
  %  Number of
shares(1)
  %  Number of
Shareholders
  %  Number of
shares(1)
  % 

Size of holding

        

1 – 500 (2)

  257,655    44.71    58,549,553    1.82    12,883    54.77    3,203,269    0.15  

501 – 1,000

  111,769    19.40    85,968,746    2.68    4,794    20.38    3,520,204    0.16  

1,001 – 5,000

  160,931    27.93    360,013,381    11.21    3,858    16.40    7,751,488    0.36  

5,001 – 10,000

  26,521    4.60    187,271,116    5.83    437    1.86    3,083,295    0.14  

10,001 – 25,000

  14,375    2.49    216,472,195    6.74    349    1.48    5,586,860    0.26  

25,001 – 50,000

  3,209    0.56    110,083,509    3.43    193    0.82    7,031,471    0.33  

50,001 – 100,000

  1,137    0.20    77,910,360    2.43    234    0.99    16,747,258    0.78  

100,001 – 250,000

  453    0.08    65,223,012    2.03    284    1.21    44,975,481    2.11  

250,001 – 500,000

  82    0.01    27,095,771    0.84    145    0.62    52,250,236    2.45  

500,001 – 1,000,000

  35    0.01    24,713,833    0.77    117    0.50    80,650,327    3.78  

1,000,001 and over

  53    0.01    1,998,389,629    62.22    229    0.97    1,911,385,565    89.48  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  576,220    100.00    3,211,691,105    100.00    23,523    100.00    2,136,185,454    100.00  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)One ordinary share entitles the holder to one vote.

(2)Number of BHP Billiton Limited shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel (A$500) based on the market price of A$37.80 as at 22 August 2014 was 4,870.

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
  Number of
Shareholders
  %  Number of
shares
  %  Number of
Shareholders
  %  Number of
shares
  % 

Classification of holder

        

Corporate

  156,647    27.19    2,252,285,413    70.13    13,816    58.73    2,122,547,470    99.36  

Private

  419,573    72.81    959,405,692    29.87    9,707    41.27    13,637,984    0.64  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  576,220    100.00    3,211,691,105    100.00    23,523    100.00    2,136,185,454    100.00  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

9.7    Dividends

Policy

We have a progressive dividend policy that seeks to steadily increase or at least to maintain the dividend in US dollars at each half-yearly payment.

We declare our dividends and other distributions in US dollars as it is our main functional currency. BHP Billiton Limited pays its dividends in Australian dollars, UK pounds sterling, New Zealand dollars or US dollars, depending on the country of residence of the shareholder. BHP Billiton Plc pays its dividends in UK pounds sterling to shareholders registered on its principal register in the United Kingdom and in South African rand to shareholders registered on its branch register in South Africa. If shareholders on the United Kingdom register wish to receive dividends in US dollars, they must complete the appropriate election form and return it to the BHP Billiton Share Registrar in the United Kingdom no later than close of business on the Dividend Record Date.

Currency conversions will be based on the foreign currency exchange rates on the Record Date, except for the conversion into South African rand, which will take place on the last day to trade (cum dividend) on the JSE.

Aligning the currency conversion date with the Record Date (for all currencies except the conversion into South African rand, which takes place on and is aligned to the last day to trade on the JSE as explained above) enables a high level of certainty around the currency required to pay the dividend and helps to eliminate the Group’s exposure to movements in exchange rates since the number of shares on which dividends are payable (and the elected currency) is final at close of business on the Record Date.

Aligning the final date to receive currency elections (currency election date) with the Record Date further simplifies the process.

Payments

BHP Billiton Limited shareholders may have their cash dividends paid directly into a nominated bank, building society or credit union, depending on the shareholder’s country of residence as shown below.

SubsidiariesCountry where shareholder is resident

Financial institution

Australia

Bank, building society, credit union

United Kingdom

Bank, building society

New Zealand

Bank

United States

Bank

Shareholders from the abovementioned locations who do not provide their direct credit details and shareholders with registered addresses outside Australia, the United Kingdom, New Zealand and the United States will receive dividend payments by way of a cheque in Australian dollars.

BHP Billiton Plc shareholders may have their cash dividends paid directly into a bank or building society by completing a dividend mandate form, which is available from the BHP Billiton Share Registrar in the United Kingdom or South Africa.

9.8    Share price information

The following tables show the share prices for the period indicated for ordinary shares and ADSs for each of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc. The share prices are the highest and lowest closing market quotations for ordinary shares reported on the Daily Official List of the ASX and LSE respectively, and the highest and lowest closing prices for ADSs quoted on the NYSE, adjusted to reflect stock dividends.

BHP Billiton Limited

     Ordinary shares   American Depositary Shares(1) 

BHP Billiton Limited

  High A$   Low A$   High US$   Low US$ 

FY2009

   44.40     21.10     82.86     24.62  

FY2010

   44.63     32.14     82.86     49.54  

FY2011

   49.55     36.98     102.68     62.42  

FY2012

   44.95     30.60     96.80     60.87  

FY2013

 First quarter   34.22     30.18     72.28     61.84  
 Second quarter   37.40     32.93     78.44     67.78  
 Third quarter   39.00     32.76     80.46     68.43  
 Fourth quarter   35.27     30.65     71.09     57.38  

FY2014

 First quarter   37.33     30.94     70.02     56.32  
 Second quarter   38.24     34.62     72.81     63.73  
 Third quarter   39.38     35.20     70.82     62.76  
 Fourth quarter   38.40     35.28     72.40     66.38  
     Ordinary shares   American Depositary Shares(1) 

BHP Billiton Limited

  High A$   Low A$   High US$   Low US$ 

Month of January 2014

   38.20     35.93     68.20     62.99  

Month of February 2014

   39.38     35.28     70.82     62.76  

Month of March 2014

   37.80     35.20     68.58     63.86  

Month of April 2014

   38.40     37.05     72.40     69.16  

Month of May 2014

   38.30     37.01     71.97     67.88  

Month of June 2014

   36.59     35.28     69.26     66.38  

Month of July 2014

   39.10     36.00     73.50     69.20  

Month of August 2014

   39.68     36.67     72.76     68.23  

(1)Each ADS represents the right to receive two BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares.

The total market capitalisation of BHP Billiton Limited at 30 June 2014 was A$115.3 billion (US$108.3 billion equivalent), which represented approximately 7.53 per cent of the total market capitalisation of the ASX All Ordinaries Index. The closing price for BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares on the ASX on that date was A$35.90.

BHP Billiton Plc

     Ordinary shares  American Depositary Shares(1) 

BHP Billiton Plc

 High UK pence  Low UK pence  High US$  Low US$ 

FY2009

  1,841.00    752.50    74.18    21.16  

FY2010

  2,334.50    1,287.50    70.95    41.88  

FY2011

  2,631.50    1,684.50    85.47    51.61  

FY2012

  2,521.50    1,667.00    80.69    51.30  

FY2013

  First quarter  2,049.00    1,751.00    66.19    54.76  
  

Second quarter

  2,156.50    1,873.00    70.37    60.10  
  

Third quarter

  2,236.00    1,915.00    72.07    58.06  
  

Fourth quarter

  2,001.00    1,673.00    60.15    51.27  

FY2014

  First quarter  1,994.50    1,666.50    62.80    50.29  
  

Second quarter

  1,983.00    1,754.50    63.79    56.84  
  

Third quarter

  1,979.00    1,759.00    65.78    57.24  
  

Fourth quarter

  1,995.00    1,850.00    66.73    62.35  
     Ordinary shares  American Depositary Shares(1) 

BHP Billiton Plc

 High UK pence  Low UK pence  High US$  Low US$ 

Month of January 2014

  1,890.00    1,772.00    62.12    58.36  

Month of February 2014

  1,979.00    1,759.00    65.78    57.24  

Month of March 2014

  1,927.00    1,778.50    64.18    58.61  

Month of April 2014

  1,961.00    1,882.00    65.60    62.90  

Month of May 2014

  1,995.00    1,868.00    66.73    62.65  

Month of June 2014

  1,938.00    1,850.00    66.06    62.35  

Month of July 2014

  2,096.00    1,944.50    71.02    66.39  

Month of August 2014

  2,067.00    1,891.00    69.52    63.04  

(1)Each ADS represents the right to receive two BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares.

The total market capitalisation of BHP Billiton Plc at 30 June 2014 was £41.4 billion (US$70.5 billion equivalent), which represented approximately 1.80 per cent of the total market capitalisation of the FTSEAll-Share Index. The closing price for BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares on the LSE on that date was £18.90.

9.9    American Depositary Receipts fees and charges

We have American Depositary Receipts (ADR) programs for BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc.

Depositary fees

Citibank serves as the depositary bank for both of our ADR programs. ADR holders agree to the terms in the deposit agreement filed with the SEC for depositing ADSs or surrendering the ADSs for cancellation and for certain services as provided by Citibank. Holders are required to pay all fees for general depositary services provided by Citibank in each of our ADR programs, as set forth in the tables below.

Standard depositary fees:

Depositary service

Fee payable by the ADR holders

Issuance of ADSs upon deposit of shares

Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) issued

Delivery of Deposited Securities against surrender of ADSs

Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) surrendered

Distribution of Cash Distributions

No fee

Corporate actions depositary fees:

Depositary service

Fee payable by the ADR holders

Cash Distributions (i.e. sale of rights, other entitlements, return of capital)

Up to US$2.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held

Distribution of ADSs pursuant to exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSs. Excludes stock dividends and joint ventures that have functional currenciesstock splits

Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held

Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (i.e. spin-off shares)

Up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) held

Distribution of ADSs pursuant to an ADR ratio change in which shares are not distributed

No fee

Fees payable by the Depositary to the Issuer

Citibank has provided BHP Billiton net reimbursement of US$1.4 million in FY2014 for ADR program-related expenses for both of BHP Billiton’s ADR programs (FY2013 US$1.6 million). ADR program-related expenses include legal and accounting fees, listing fees, expenses related to investor relations in the United States, fees payable to service providers for the distribution of material to ADR holders, expenses of Citibank as administrator of the ADS Direct Plan and expenses to remain in compliance with applicable laws.

Citibank has further agreed to waive other ADR program-related expenses for FY2014, amounting to less than US$0.03 million, which are associated with the administration of the ADR programs (FY2013 less than US$0.03 million).

Our ADR programs trade on the NYSE under the stock tickers BHP and BBL for the BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc programs, respectively. As of 30 June 2014, there were 97,994,434 ADRs on issue and outstanding in the BHP Billiton Limited ADR program and 23,715,933 ADRs on issue and outstanding in the BHP Billiton Plc ADR program. Both of the ADR programs have a 2:1 ordinary shares to ADR ratio.

9.10    Taxation

The taxation discussion below describes the material Australian, UK and US federal income tax consequences to a US holder of owning BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares or ADSs or BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares or ADSs. The discussion below also outlines the potential South African tax issues for US holders of BHP Billiton Plc shares that are listed on the JSE.

The following discussion is not relevant to non-US holders of BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares or ADSs or BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares or ADSs. By its nature, the commentary below is of a general nature and we recommend that holders of ordinary shares or ADSs consult their own tax advisers regarding the Australian, UK, South African and US federal, state and local tax and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares and ADSs in their particular circumstances.

For purposes of this commentary, a US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs who is, for US federal income tax purposes:

a citizen or resident alien of the US;

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for US federal income tax purposes) that is created or organised under the laws of the US or any political subdivision thereof;

an estate, the income of which is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

a trust:

(a)if a court within the US dollars translateis able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more US persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions; or

(b)that has made a valid election to be treated as a US person for tax purposes.

This discussion of material tax consequences for US holders is based on the Australian, UK, US and South African laws currently in effect, the published practice of tax authorities in those jurisdictions and the double taxation treaties and conventions currently in existence. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

US holders in BHP Billiton Limited

(a) Australian taxation

Dividends

Dividends (including other distributions treated as dividends for Australian tax purposes) paid by BHP Billiton Limited to a US holder that is not an Australian resident for Australian tax purposes will generally not be subject to Australian withholding tax if they are fully franked (broadly, where a dividend is franked, tax paid by BHP Billiton Limited is imputed to the shareholders).

Dividends paid to such US holders, which are not fully franked, will generally be subject to 15 per cent Australian withholding tax only to the extent (if any) that the dividend is neither:

franked; nor

declared by BHP Billiton Limited to be conduit foreign income. (Broadly, this means that the relevant part of the dividend is declared to have been paid out of foreign source amounts received by BHP Billiton Limited that are not subject to tax in Australia, such as dividends remitted to Australia by foreign subsidiaries).

The Australian withholding tax outcome described above applies to US holders who are eligible for benefits under the Tax Convention between Australia and the US as to the Avoidance of Double Taxation (the Australian Tax Treaty). Otherwise, the rate of Australian withholding tax may be 30 per cent.

In contrast, dividends (including other distributions treated as dividends for Australian tax purposes) paid by BHP Billiton Limited to a US holder may instead be taxed by assessment in Australia if the US holder:

is an Australian resident for Australian tax purposes (although the tax will generally be limited to 15 per cent where the US holder is eligible for benefits under the Australian Tax Treaty as a treaty resident of the US and any franking credits may be creditable against their Australian income tax liability); or

carries on business through a permanent establishment in Australia and the dividend is effectively connected with that permanent establishment (in which case any franking credits may be creditable against their Australian income tax liability); or

performs independent personal services from a ‘fixed base’ situated in Australia and the dividend is effectively connected with that ‘fixed base’.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

Gains made by US holders on the sale of ordinary shares or ADSs will generally not be taxed in Australia.

However, the precise Australian tax treatment of gains made by US holders on the sale of ordinary shares or ADSs generally depends on whether or not the gain is an Australian sourced gain of an income nature for Australian income tax purposes.

Where the gain is Australian sourced and of an income nature, a US holder will generally only be liable to Australian income tax on an assessment basis (whether or not they are also an Australian resident for Australian tax purposes) if:

they are not eligible for benefits under the Australian Tax Treaty; or

they are eligible for benefits under the Australian Tax Treaty but the gain constitutes any of the following:

business profits of an enterprise attributable to a permanent establishment situated in Australia through which the enterprise carries on business in Australia; or

income statement items to US dollars at the date of each transaction. Assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates prevailing at year end. Exchange variations resultingor gains from the retranslation at closing ratealienation of property that form part of the net investmentbusiness property of a permanent establishment of an enterprise that the US holder has in such subsidiaries and joint ventures, together with differences between their income statement items translated at actual and closing rates, are recognisedAustralia, or pertain to a fixed base available to the US holder in the foreign currency translation reserve. ForAustralia for the purpose of foreign currency translation,performing independent personal services; or

income derived from the net investmentdisposition of shares in a foreign operation is determined inclusivecompany, the assets of foreign currency intercompany balanceswhich consist wholly or principally of real property (which includes rights to exploit or to explore for which settlement is neither planned nor likelynatural resources) situated in Australia, whether such assets are held directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities.

Where the gain is either not Australian sourced or is not of an income nature, the US holder will generally only be liable to Australian capital gains tax on an assessment basis if they acquired (or are deemed to have acquired) their shares or ADSs after 19 September 1985 and one or more of the following applies:

the US holder is an Australian resident for Australian tax purposes; or

the ordinary shares or ADSs have been used by the US holder in carrying on a business through a permanent establishment in Australia; or

the US holder (either alone or together with associates) directly or indirectly owns or owned 10 per cent or more of the issued share capital of BHP Billiton Limited at the time of the disposal or throughout a

12-month period during the two years prior to occur in the foreseeable future. The balancetime of the foreign currency translation reserve relating to a foreign operation that is disposed of, or partially disposed of, is recognised in the income statementdisposal and, at the time of disposal.the disposal, the sum of the market values of BHP Billiton Limited’s assets that are taxable Australian real property (held directly or through interposed entities) exceeds the sum of the market values of BHP Billiton Limited’s assets (held directly or through interposed entities) that are not taxable Australian real property at that time (which, for these purposes, includes mining, quarrying or prospecting rights in respect of minerals, petroleum or quarry materials situated in Australia – and the Government has announced that it may be extended to associated information and goodwill); or

the US holder is an individual who is not eligible for benefits under the Australian Tax Treaty as a treaty resident of the US and elected on becoming a non-resident of Australia to continue to have the ordinary shares or ADSs subject to Australian capital gains tax.

The comments above on the sale of ordinary shares and ADSs do not apply:

to temporary residents of Australia who should seek advice that is specific to their circumstances;

if the proposed Investment Management Regime (IMR) applies to the US holder. In this regard, the Australian Government has announced proposals to exempt from Australian income tax and capital gains tax gains made on disposals by certain categories of non-resident funds – called IMR foreign funds – of (relevantly) portfolio interests in Australian public companies. The exemptions would apply to gains made by IMR foreign funds that are treated as companies for Australian tax purposes as well as gains made by non-resident investors in IMR foreign funds that are treated as trusts and partnerships for Australian tax purposes. These reforms are not yet law and, if enacted, their start date is uncertain.

Stamp duty, gift, estate and inheritance tax

Australia does not impose any stamp duty, gift, estate or inheritance taxes in relation to transfers or gifts of shares or ADSs or upon the death of a shareholder.

(b) US taxation

This section describes the material US federal income tax consequences to a US holder of owning ordinary shares or ADSs. It applies only to ordinary shares or ADSs that are held as capital assets for tax purposes. This section does not apply to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that is a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including a dealer in securities, a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for its securities holdings, a tax-exempt organisation, a life insurance company, a person liable for alternative minimum tax, a person who actually or constructively owns 10 per cent or more of the voting stock of BHP Billiton Limited, a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, a person that purchases or sells ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes, or a person whose functional currency is not the US dollar.

If a partnership holds the ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding the ordinary shares or ADSs should consult its tax adviser with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.

This section is in part based on the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

In general, for US federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of ordinary shares for ADSs, and ADSs for ordinary shares, generally will not be subject to US federal income tax.

Dividends

Under US federal income tax laws and subject to the Passive Foreign Investment Company (PFIC) rules discussed below, a US holder must include in its gross income the amount of any dividend paid by BHP Billiton Limited out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) plus any Australian tax withheld from the dividend payment even though the holder does not receive it. The dividend is taxable to the holder when the holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, actually or constructively receives the dividend.

Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder on shares or ADSs will be taxable at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided the US holder holds the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and does not enter into certain risk reduction transactions with respect to the shares or ADSs during the abovementioned holding period. However, a non-corporate US holder that elects to treat the dividend income as ‘investment income’ pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the US Internal Revenue Code will not be eligible for such preferential rates. In the case of a corporate US holder, dividends on shares and ADSs are taxed as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations.

Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as a capital gain.

The amount of any cash distribution paid in any foreign currency will be equal to the US dollar value of such currency, calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date such distribution is received by the US holder or, in the case of ADSs, by the Depositary, regardless of whether and when the foreign currency is in fact converted into US dollars. If the foreign currency is converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder generally should not recognise foreign currency gain or loss on such conversion. If the foreign currency is not converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its US dollar value on the date received, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of such currency. Such foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Subject to certain limitations, Australian tax withheld in accordance with the Australian Treaty and paid over to Australia will be creditable against an individual’s US federal income tax liability. Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are taxed at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains. To the extent a refund of the tax withheld is available to a US holder under Australian law or under the Australian Treaty, the amount of tax withheld that is refundable will not be eligible for credit against the holder’s US federal income tax liability. A US holder that does not elect to claim a US foreign tax credit may instead claim a deduction for Australian income tax withheld, but only for a taxable year in which the US holder elects to do so with respect to all foreign income taxes paid or accrued in such taxable year.

Dividends will be income from sources outside the US, and generally will be ‘passive category’ income or, for certain taxpayers, ‘general category’ income, which are treated separately from each other for the purpose of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder. In general, a taxpayer’s ability to use foreign tax credits may be limited and is dependent on the particular circumstances. US holders should consult their tax advisers with respect to these matters.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the

US dollar value of the amount realised and the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in those ordinary shares or ADSs. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the holder has a holding period greater than 12 months in the shares or ADSs sold. There are limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.

The US dollar value of any foreign currency received upon a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will be calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date of sale or other disposal (or, in the case of a cash basis or electing accrual basis taxpayer, on the settlement date). A US holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency received equal to that US dollar amount, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of the foreign currency. This foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company rules

We do not believe that the BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually at the end of the year and thus may be subject to change. If BHP Billiton Limited were treated as a PFIC, any gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as a capital gain. Instead, a US holder would be treated as if it had realised such gain and certain ‘excess distributions’ ratably over its holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. In addition, dividends received with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs would not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if BHP Billiton Limited were a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead would be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income. Assuming the shares or ADSs are ‘marketable stock’, a US holder may mitigate the adverse tax consequences described above by electing to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to such shares or ADSs.

US Holders in BHP Billiton Plc

(a) UK taxation

Dividends

Under UK law, no UK tax is required to be withheld at source from dividends paid on ordinary shares or ADSs.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

US holders will not be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised on disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs unless:

they are resident in the UK; or

they carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency for the year in which the disposal occurs and the shares or ADSs have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade (or profession or vocation), branch or agency. In the case of a trade, the term ‘branch’ includes a permanent establishment.

An individual who ceases to be a resident in the UK for tax purposes while owning shares or ADSs and then disposes of those shares or ADSs while not a UK resident may become subject to UK tax on capital gains if he/she:

had sole UK residence in the UK tax year preceding his/her departure from the UK;

had sole UK residence at any time during at least four of the seven UK tax years preceding his/her year of departure from the UK; and

subsequently becomes treated as having sole UK residence again before five complete UK tax years of non-UK residence have elapsed from the date he/she left the UK.

In this situation US holders will generally be entitled to claim US tax paid on such a disposition as a credit against any corresponding UK tax payable.

UK inheritance tax

Under the current UK – US Inheritance and Gift Tax Treaty, ordinary shares or ADSs held by a US holder who is domiciled for the purposes of the UK – US Inheritance and Gift Tax Treaty in the US, and is not for the purposes of the UK – US Inheritance and Gift Tax Treaty a national of the UK, will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death or on a chargeable gift of the ordinary shares or ADSs during the individual’s lifetime, provided that any applicable US federal gift or estate tax liability is paid, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are part of the business property of a permanent establishment of the individual in the UK or, in the case of a shareholder who performs independent personal services, pertain to a fixed base situated in the UK. Where the ordinary shares or ADSs have been placed in trust by a settlor who, at the time of settlement, was a US resident shareholder, the ordinary shares or ADSs will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax unless the settlor, at the time of settlement, was not domiciled in the US and was a UK national. In the exceptional case where the ordinary shares or ADSs are subject to both UK inheritance tax and US federal gift or estate tax, the UK – US Inheritance and Gift Tax Treaty generally provides for double taxation to be relieved by means of credit relief.

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

Under applicable legislation, UK stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) is, subject to certain exemptions, payable on any issue or transfer of shares to the Depositary or their nominee where those shares are for inclusion in the ADR program at a rate of 1.5 per cent of their price (if issued), the amount of any consideration provided (if transferred on sale) or their value (if transferred for no consideration). However, from 1 October 2009, this 1.5 per cent charge has generally ceased to apply to issues of shares into European Union (EU) depositary receipt systems and into EU clearance systems. Further, the First-tier Tribunal has held that the 1.5 per cent SDRT charge on a transfer of shares to an issuer of American Depositary Receipts (as an integral part of a fresh capital raising) was incompatible with European Union law. Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs has confirmed that it will no longer seek to impose the 1.5 per cent SDRT charge on the issue of shares (or, where it is integral to the raising of new capital, the transfer of shares) to a depositary receipt issuer or a clearance service, wherever located. The law in this area may still be susceptible to change. We recommend advice should be sought in relation to paying the 1.5 per cent SDRT or stamp duty charge in any circumstances.

No SDRT would be payable on the transfer of an ADS. No UK stamp duty should be payable on the transfer of an ADS provided that the instrument of transfer is executed and remains at all times outside the UK. Transfers of ordinary shares to persons other than the Depositary or their nominee will give rise to stamp duty or SDRT at the time of transfer. The relevant rate is currently 0.5 per cent of the amount payable for the shares. The purchaser normally pays the stamp duty or SDRT.

Special rules apply to transactions involving intermediates and stock lending.

(b) US taxation

This section describes the material US federal income tax consequences to a US holder of owning ordinary shares or ADSs. It applies only to ordinary shares or ADSs that are held as capital assets for tax purposes. This section does not apply to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that is a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including a dealer in securities, a trader in securities who elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for its securities holdings, a tax-exempt organisation, a life insurance company, a person liable for alternative minimum tax, a person who actually or constructively owns 10 per cent or more of the voting stock of BHP Billiton Plc, a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, a person that purchases or sells ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes, or a person whose functional currency is not the US dollar.

If a partnership holds the ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding the ordinary shares or ADSs should consult its tax adviser with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.

This section is in part based on the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

In general, for US federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of ordinary shares for ADSs, and ADSs for ordinary shares generally will not be subject to US federal income tax.

Dividends

Under US federal income tax laws and subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder must include in its gross income the gross amount of any dividend paid by BHP Billiton Plc out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes). The dividend is taxable to the holder when the holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, actually or constructively receives the dividend.

Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder on shares or ADSs will be taxable at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided that the US holder holds the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date, and does not enter into certain risk reduction transactions with respect to the shares or ADSs during the abovementioned holding period. However, a non-corporate US holder that elects to treat the dividend income as ‘investment income’ pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code will not be eligible for such preferential rates. In the case of a corporate US holder, dividends on shares and ADSs are taxed as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations.

Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as a capital gain.

The amount of any cash distribution paid in any foreign currency will be equal to the US dollar value of such currency, calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date such distribution is received by the US holder or, in the case of ADSs, by the Depositary, regardless of whether and when the foreign currency is in fact converted into US dollars. If the foreign currency is converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder generally should not recognise foreign currency gain or loss on such conversion. If the foreign currency is not converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its US dollar value on the date received, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of such currency. Such foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Dividends will be income from sources outside the US, and generally will be ‘passive category’ income or, for certain taxpayers, ‘general category’ income, which are treated separately from each other for the purpose of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder. In general, a taxpayer’s ability to use foreign tax credits may be limited and is dependent on the particular circumstances. US holders should consult their own tax advisers with respect to these matters.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realised and the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in those ordinary shares or ADSs. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the holder has a holding period greater than 12 months in the shares or ADSs sold. There are limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.

The US dollar value of any foreign currency received upon a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs will be calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date of sale or other disposal (or, in the case of a cash basis or electing accrual basis taxpayer, on the settlement date). A US holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency received equal to that US dollar amount, and generally will recognise foreign currency gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposal of the foreign currency. This foreign currency gain or loss generally will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company rules

We do not believe that the BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually at the end of the year and thus may be subject to change. If BHP Billiton Plc were treated as a PFIC, any gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as a capital gain. Instead, a US holder would be treated as if it had realised such gain and certain ‘excess distributions’ ratably over its holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. In addition, dividends received with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs would not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if BHP Billiton Plc were a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead would be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income. Assuming the shares or ADSs are ‘marketable stock’, a US holder may mitigate the adverse tax consequences described above by electing to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to such shares or ADSs.

(c) South African taxation

Dividends

As from 1 April 2012, it is possible that US holders of BHP Billiton Plc shares or ADSs that remain South African residents may be subject to South African Dividends Tax, at a maximum rate of 15 per cent, on any dividends received from shares listed on the JSE. The South African Dividends Tax will be withheld from the gross amount of the dividend paid to the shareholder.

No South African Dividends Tax is required to be withheld from cash dividends provided the dividends are paid to, inter alia, non-South African tax resident shareholders or South African tax resident corporate shareholders (including South African pension, provident, retirement annuity and benefit funds). However, these dividends will only be exempt from South African Dividends Tax if these types of shareholders provide the requisite exempt declarations to the regulated intermediaries making the cash dividend payments.

Dividends Tax is nevertheless required to be withheld on dividends paid on ordinary shares and ADSs of BHP Billiton Plc listed on the JSE, where such dividends are paid to South African tax resident shareholders who are natural persons (individuals) or trusts, other than closure rehabilitation trusts.

Except for certain exclusions, generally speaking such dividends paid to South African tax resident natural persons or trusts are exempt from South African income tax and as such, the Dividends Tax may be considered as a final and non-creditable levy.

Sale of ordinary shares and ADSs

A US holder who or which is tax resident in South Africa would be liable for income tax on any profit on disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs, or capital gains tax on any gain on disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs, depending on whether the shares and ADSs are held on revenue or capital account.

Income tax is payable on any profit on disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs held by a non-resident US holder where the profit is of a revenue nature and sourced in South Africa unless relief is afforded under the Double Tax Agreement concluded between South Africa and the US. In such a case, the profit would only be taxed in South Africa if it is attributable to a permanent establishment of that US holder in South Africa.

Where the ordinary shares or ADSs are not held on revenue account, non-resident US holders will not be liable for South African tax on capital gains realised on the disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs unless:

such US Holders are tax resident in South Africa;

the shares or ADSs are held in a company, where 80 per cent or more of the market value of those shares or ADSs is attributable (at the time of disposal of those shares or ADSs) directly or indirectly to immovable property situated in South Africa, held otherwise than as trading stock; or

the US holder’s interest (the shares or ADSs in BHP Billiton Plc) is attributable to a permanent establishment which the US holder has in South Africa.

A US holder who holds ordinary shares or ADSs connected to a permanent establishment in South Africa will recognise a capital gain or loss for South African income tax purposes equal to the difference between the Rand value of the amount realised and the holder’s tax basis, determined in Rand, in those ordinary shares or ADSs. The holder’s tax basis will generally be equal to the cost that was incurred to acquire the shares, if such shares were acquired after 1 October 2001. The capital gain of a non-resident’s permanent establishment in South Africa will be taxed at an effective rate of 18.6 per cent.

Securities Transfer Tax

South African Securities Transfer Tax is levied at 0.25 per cent in respect of the transfer of ordinary shares or ADSs. The tax is levied on the amount of consideration at which the ordinary share or ADS is transferred or, where no value is declared, the closing price of the ordinary shares or ADSs. The tax is ultimately borne by the person to whom that ordinary share or ADS is transferred.

9.11    Government regulations

Government regulations touch all aspects of our operations. However, the geographical diversity of our operations reduces the risk that any one set of government regulations would have a material effect on our business, taken as a whole.

The ability to extract minerals, oil and natural gas is fundamental to BHP Billiton. In most jurisdictions, the rights to undeveloped mineral or petroleum deposits are owned by the state. In those jurisdictions, we rely upon the rights granted to us by the government that owns the mineral, oil or natural gas. These rights usually take the form of a lease or licence, which gives us the right to access the land and extract the product. The terms of the lease or licence, including the time period for which it is effective, are specific to the laws of the relevant government. Generally, we own the product we extract and royalties or similar taxes are payable to the government. In certain jurisdictions in which we operate, such as Trinidad and Tobago, a production sharing contract (PSC) governs the relationship between the government and companies concerning how much of the oil and gas extracted from the country each will receive. In production sharing contracts the government awards rights for the execution of exploration, development and production activities to the company. The company bears the financial risk of the initiative and explores, develops and ultimately produces the field as required.

When successful, the company is permitted to use the money from a certain set percentage of produced oil and gas to recover capital and operational expenditures, known as ‘cost oil’. The remaining production is known as ‘profit oil’ and is split between the government and the company at a rate determined by the government and set out in the PSC.

Related to the ability to extract is the ability to process the minerals, oil or natural gas. Again, we rely upon the relevant government to grant the rights necessary to transport and treat the extracted material in order to ready it for sale.

Underlying our business of extracting and processing natural resources is the ability to explore for those natural resources. Typically, the rights to explore for minerals, oil and natural gas are granted to us by the government that owns those natural resources that we wish to explore. Usually, the right to explore carries with it the obligation to spend a defined amount of money on the exploration or to undertake particular exploration activities.

Although onshore oil and gas rights in the United States can be derived from government (state and federal) mineral rights, they are primarily derived from private ownership of the rights, which is the case for our onshore oil and gas rights. Oil and gas rights primarily take the form of a lease, but also can be owned onshore outright in fee. If the rights granted are by lease, we are afforded the rights to access, explore, extract, produce and market the oil and gas for a period of years and then generally so long thereafter as there is oil or gas production or operations on the leased lands.

Governments also impose obligations on us in respect of environmental protection, land rehabilitation, occupational health and safety, and the rights and interests of Indigenous peoples with which we must comply in order to continue to enjoy the right to conduct our operations within that jurisdiction. These obligations often require us to make substantial expenditures to minimise or remediate the environmental impact of our operations, to ensure the safety of our employees and contractors and the like. Environmental protection, land rehabilitation and occupational health and safety onshore in the United States are principally regulated by the government and to a lesser degree, if applicable, by the lease contract with the landowner. For further information on these types of obligations, refer to section 1.14 of this Annual Report.

Of particular note are the following regulatory regimes:

9.11.1    Uranium production in Australia

To mine, process, transport and sell uranium from within Australia, we are required to hold possession and export permissions, which are also subject to regulation by the Australian Government or bodies that report to the Australian Government.

To possess nuclear material, such as uranium, in Australia, a Permit to Possess Nuclear Materials (Possession Permit) must be held pursuant to the Australian Nuclear Non-Proliferation (Safeguards) Act 1987 (Non-Proliferation Act). A Possession Permit is issued by the Australian Safeguards and Non-Proliferation Office, an office established under the Non-Proliferation Act, which administers Australia’s domestic nuclear safeguards requirements and reports to the Australian Government.

To export uranium from Australia, a Permit to Export Natural Uranium (Export Permit) must be held pursuant to the Australian Customs (Prohibited Exports) Regulations 1958. The Export Permit is issued by the Minister for Resources and Energy.

A special transport permit is required under the Non-Proliferation Act by a party that transports nuclear material from one specified location to another specified location. As we engage service providers to transport uranium, those service providers are required to hold a special transport permit.

9.11.2    Exchange controls and shareholding limits

BHP Billiton Plc

There are no laws or regulations currently in force in the United Kingdom that restrict the export or import of capital or the remittance of dividends to non-resident holders of BHP Billiton Plc’s shares, although the Group does operate in some other jurisdictions where remittances of funds could be affected as they are subject to exchange control approvals. There are certain sanctions adopted by the UK Government which implement resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations and sanctions imposed by the European Union (EU) against certain countries, entities and individuals and may restrict the export or import of capital or the remittance of dividends to certain non-resident holders of BHP Billiton Plc’s shares. Any enforcement of financial sanctions by the UK Government would be initiated by HM Treasury. Such sanctions may be in force from time to time and include those against:

(i) certain entities and/or individuals associated with Afghanistan, Belarus, the Central African Republic, Cote d’Ivoire, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (North Korea), the Democratic Republic of Congo, Egypt, Eritrea, the Republic of Guinea, the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, Iran, Lebanon, Liberia, the Russian Federation, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Tunisia, Ukraine, Zimbabwe and the previous regimes of Iraq, Libya and Yugoslavia;

(ii) individuals indicted by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia;

(iii) entities and individuals linked with the Taliban, Al-Qaeda and other terrorist organisations.

There are no restrictions under BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association or (subject to the effect of any sanctions) under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote BHP Billiton Plc’s shares.

There are certain restrictions on shareholding levels under BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association described under the heading ‘BHP Billiton Limited’ below.

BHP Billiton Limited

From time to time, the United Nations Security Council and the Australian Government impose international sanctions on certain countries and organisations. The countries and organisations that are currently subject to United Nations sanctions are certain individuals or entities linked with the Taliban, Al-Qaeda and associated individuals and entities, other designated individuals and entities associated with terrorism, certain entities and individuals associated with the Central African Republic, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Cote d’Ivoire, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (North Korea), Eritrea, Guinea-Bissau, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Sudan, Somalia and Yemen. The countries currently subject to the Australian Government’s autonomous sanctions are Myanmar, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (North Korea), Fiji, the former Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, Iran, Libya, Syria, Ukraine and Zimbabwe. The controls impose certain approval and reporting requirements on transactions involving such countries, entities and individuals and/or assets controlled or owned by them. Certain transfers into or out of Australia of amounts greater than A$10,000 in any currency may also be subject to reporting requirements. In addition, under the Australian Banking (Foreign Exchange) Regulations 1959, the Reserve Bank of Australia may impose restrictions on certain financial transactions and require the consent of the Reserve Bank of Australia for the movement of funds into and out of Australia. No such restrictions are currently in place.

Remittances of any dividends, interest or other payments by BHP Billiton Limited to non-resident holders of BHP Billiton Limited’s securities are not restricted by exchange controls or other limitations, save that in certain circumstances, BHP Billiton may be required to withhold Australian taxes.

There are no limitations, either under the laws of Australia or under the Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited, on the right of non-residents to hold or vote BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares other than as set out below.

The Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (the FATA) restricts certain acquisitions of interests in shares in BHP Billiton. Generally, under the FATA, the prior approval of the Australian Treasurer must be obtained for proposals by a foreign person (either alone or together with associates) to acquire control of 15 per cent or more of the voting power or issued shares in BHP Billiton Limited.

The FATA also empowers the Treasurer to make certain orders prohibiting acquisitions by foreign persons in BHP Billiton Limited (and requiring divestiture if the acquisition has occurred) where he considers the acquisition to be contrary to the national interest and the 15 per cent threshold referred to above would be exceeded as a result. Such orders may also be made in respect of acquisitions by foreign persons where two or more foreign persons (and their associates) in aggregate already control 40 per cent or more of the issued shares or voting power in BHP Billiton Limited.

There are certain other statutory restrictions, and restrictions under BHP Billiton Limited’s Constitution and BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association, that apply generally to acquisitions of shares in BHP Billiton (i.e. the restrictions are not targeted at foreign persons only). These include restrictions on a person (and associates) breaching a voting power threshold of:

20 per cent in relation to BHP Billiton Limited on a ‘stand-alone’ basis, i.e. calculated as if there were no Special Voting Share and only counting BHP Billiton Limited’s ordinary shares.

30 per cent of BHP Billiton Plc. This is the threshold for a mandatory offer under Rule 9 of the UK takeover code and this threshold applies to all voting rights of BHP Billiton Plc (therefore including voting rights attached to the BHP Billiton Plc Special Voting Share).

30 per cent in relation to BHP Billiton Plc on a ‘stand-alone’ basis, i.e. calculated as if there were no Special Voting Share and only counting BHP Billiton Plc’s ordinary shares.

20 per cent in relation to the BHP Billiton Group, calculated having regard to all the voting power on a joint electorate basis, i.e. calculated on the aggregate of BHP Billiton Limited’s and BHP Billiton Plc’s ordinary shares.

Under BHP Billiton Limited’s Constitution and BHP Billiton Plc’s Articles of Association, sanctions for breach of any of these thresholds, other than by means of certain ‘permitted acquisitions’, include withholding of dividends, voting restrictions and compulsory divestment of shares to the extent a shareholder and its associates exceed the relevant threshold.

9.12    Ancillary information for our shareholders

Information for BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc shareholders is provided in the BHP Billiton Group Annual Report 2014 and the Summary Review 2014.

This Annual Report provides the detailed financial data and information on the BHP Billiton Group’s performance required to comply with the reporting regimes in Australia, the United Kingdom and the United States. There are no specific disclosure requirements for the Summary Review, which is published as a communication for shareholders.

Shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited will receive a copy of the Annual Report or the Summary Review if they have requested a copy. Shareholders of BHP Billiton Plc will receive the Annual Report if they have requested a copy. ADR holders may view all documents online atwww.bhpbilliton.com or opt to receive a hard copy by application to Citibank Shareholder Services, details as listed on the inside back cover of the Annual Report.

Change of shareholder details and enquiries

Shareholders wishing to contact BHP Billiton on any matter relating to their shares or ADR holdings are invited to telephone the appropriate office of the BHP Billiton Share Registrar or Transfer Office listed on the inside back cover of the Annual Report.

Any change in shareholding details should be notified by the shareholder to the relevant Registrar in a timely manner.

Shareholders can also access their current shareholding details and change many of those details online atwww.bhpbilliton.com. The website requires shareholders to quote their Shareholder Reference Number (SRN) or Holder Identification Number (HIN) in order to access this information.

Alternative access to the Annual Report and Summary Review

We offer an alternative for all shareholders who wish to be advised of the availability of the Annual Report and Summary Review through our website via an email notification. By providing an email address through our website, shareholders will be notified by email when the Annual Report and Summary Review have been released. Shareholders will also receive notification of other major BHP Billiton announcements by email. Shareholders requiring further information or to make use of this service, should visit our websitewww.bhpbilliton.com.

ADR holders wishing to receive a hard copy of the Annual Report 2014 can do so by accessingcitibank.ar.wilink.com or by calling Citibank Shareholder Services during normal business hours. ADR holders may also contact the adviser that administers their investments. Holders of BHP Billiton Plc shares dematerialised into Strate should liaise directly with their Central Securities Depository Participant (CSDP) or broker.

Key dates for shareholders

The following table sets out future dates in the next financial and calendar year of interest to our shareholders. If there are any changes to these dates, all relevant stock exchanges (refer to section 9.2) will be notified.

Date

Event

23 September 2014

Final Dividend Payment Date

23 October 2014

BHP Billiton Plc Annual General Meeting in London

Share-based paymentsVenue:

The fair value at grant dateQueen Elizabeth II Conference Centre

Broad Sanctuary

Westminster

London SW1P 3EE

United Kingdom

Time: 11.00 am (local time)

Details of equity settled share awards granted on or after 8 November 2002 is charged to the income statement overbusiness of the period for which the benefits of employee servicesmeeting are expected to be derived. The corresponding accrued employee entitlement is recordedcontained in the employee share awards reserve. The fair valueseparate Notice of awards is calculated using an option pricing model which considers the following factors:Meeting

exercise price

expected life of the award

current market price of the underlying shares

expected volatility

expected dividends

risk-free interest rate

market-based performance hurdles

non-vesting conditions

For equity-settled share awards granted on or before 720 November 2002 and that remained unvested at 1 July 2004, the estimated cost of share awards is charged to the income statement from grant date to the date of expected vesting. The estimated cost of awards is based on the market value of shares at the grant date or the intrinsic value of options awarded, adjusted to reflect the impact of performance conditions, where applicable.2014

Where awards are forfeited because non-market based vesting conditions are not satisfied, the expense previously recognised is proportionately reversed. Where awards are cancelled because non-market based vesting conditions are not satisfied, the amount that would have been recognised over the remaining vesting period is recognised immediately. Upon forfeiture and cancellation, the relevant balance in the reserve is transferred to retained earnings. Where shares in BHP Billiton Limited Annual General Meeting in Adelaide

Venue:

Adelaide Entertainment Centre

Corner Port Road and Adam Street

Hindmarsh

South Australia

Australia

Time: 10.00 am (local time)

Details of the business of the meeting are contained in the separate Notice of Meeting

24 February 2015

Interim Results Announced

13 March 2015

Interim Dividend Record Date

31 March 2015

Interim Dividend Payment Date

25 August 2015

Annual Results Announced

Corporate Directory

BHP Billiton Group Registered Offices

BHP Billiton Limited

Australia

BHP Billiton Centre

171 Collins Street

Melbourne VIC 3000

Telephone 1300 554 757 (within Australia)

+61 3 9609 3333 (outside Australia)

Facsimile +61 3 9609 3015

BHP Billiton Plc

United Kingdom

Neathouse Place

London SW1V 1LH

Telephone +44 20 7802 4000

Facsimile +44 20 7802 4111

Group Company Secretary

Jane McAloon

BHP Billiton Corporate Centres

South Africa

6 Hollard Street

Marshalltown

Johannesburg 2107

Telephone +27 11 376 9111

Facsimile +27 11 838 4716

Chile

Cerro El Plomo 6000

Piso 18

Las Condes 7560623

Santiago

Telephone +56 2 2579 5000

Facsimile +56 2 2207 6517

United States

Our agent for service in the United States is Maria Isabel Reuter at:

1360 Post Oak Boulevard, Suite 150

Houston, TX 77056-3020

Telephone +1 713 961 8500

Facsimile +1 713 961 8400

Marketing Offices

Singapore

10 Marina Boulevard,#50-01

Marina Bay Financial Centre, Tower 2

Singapore 018983

Telephone +65 6421 6000

Facsimile +65 6421 7000

Share Registrars and Transfer Offices

Australia

BHP Billiton Limited Registrar

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited

Yarra Falls, 452 Johnston Street

Abbotsford VIC 3067

Postal Address – GPO Box 2975

Melbourne VIC 3001

Telephone 1300 656 780 (within Australia)

+61 3 9415 4020 (outside Australia)

Facsimile +61 3 9473 2460

Email enquiries:

www.investorcentre.com/bhp

United Kingdom

BHP Billiton Plc Registrar

Computershare Investor Services PLC

The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road

Bristol BS99 6ZZ

Telephone +44 844 472 7001

Facsimile +44 870 703 6101

Email enquiries:

www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus

South Africa

BHP Billiton Plc Branch Register

and Transfer Secretary

Computershare Investor Services

(Pty) Limited

70 Marshall Street

Johannesburg 2001

Postal Address – PO Box 61051

Marshalltown 2107

Telephone +27 11 373 0033

Facsimile +27 11 688 5217

Email enquiries:

web.queries@computershare.co.za

Holders of shares dematerialised

into Strate should contact their

CSDP or stockbroker.

New Zealand

Computershare Investor Services Limited

Level 2/159 Hurstmere Road

Takapuna Auckland

Postal Address – Private Bag 92119

Auckland 1142

Telephone +64 9 488 8777

Facsimile +64 9 488 8787

United States

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

250 Royall Street

Canton, MA 02021

Postal Address – PO Box 43078

Providence, RI 02940-3078

Telephone +1 888 404 6340

(toll-free within US)

Facsimile +1 312 601 4331

ADR Depositary, Transfer Agent and Registrar

Citibank Shareholder Services

PO Box 43077

Providence, RI 02940-3077

Telephone +1 781 575 4555 (outside of US) +1 877 248 4237(+1-877-CITIADR)

(toll-free within US)

Facsimile +1 201 324 3284

Email enquiries:

citibank@shareholders-online.com

Website: www.citi.com/dr

BHP Billiton is a Dual Listed Company comprising BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc. The two entities continue to exist as separate companies but operate as a combined Group known as BHP Billiton.

The headquarters of BHP Billiton Limited and the global headquarters of the combined BHP Billiton Group are located in Melbourne, Australia. BHP Billiton Plc is located in London, United Kingdom. Both companies have identical Boards of Directors and are run by a unified management team. Throughout this publication, the Boards are referred to collectively as the Board. Shareholders in each company have equivalent economic and voting rights in the BHP Billiton Group as a whole.

Throughout this Annual Report, the terms BHP Billiton, the Company and the Group refer to the combined group, including both BHP Billiton Limited and subsidiary companies and BHP Billiton Plc and subsidiary companies.

10    Exhibits

Exhibits marked “*” have been filed as exhibits to this annual report on Form 20-F. Remaining exhibits have been incorporated by reference as indicated.

Exhibit 1    Constitution

1.1Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited(1)

1.2Memorandum and Articles of Association of BHP Billiton Plc.(1)

Exhibit 4    Material Contracts

4.1DLC Structure Sharing Agreement, dated 29 June 2001, between BHP Limited and Billiton Plc.(2)

4.2SVC Special Voting Shares Deed, dated 29 June 2001, among BHP Limited, BHP SVC Pty Limited, Billiton Plc, Billiton SVC Limited and The Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. (2)

4.3SVC Special Voting Shares Amendment Deed, dated 13 August 2001, among BHP Limited, BHP SVC Pty Limited, Billiton Plc, Billiton SVC Limited and The Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. (2)

4.4Deed Poll Guarantee, dated 29 June 2001, of BHP Limited (2)

4.5Deed Poll Guarantee, dated 29 June 2001, of Billiton Plc (2)

4.6Form of Service Agreement for Specified Executive (referred to in this Annual Report as the Key Management Personnel)(3)

4.7BHP Billiton Ltd Group Incentive Scheme Rules 2004, dated August 2008(4)

4.8BHP Billiton Ltd Long Term Incentive Plan Rules, dated November 2010(1)

4.9BHP Billiton Plc are acquiredGroup Incentive Scheme Rules 2004, dated August 2008(4)

4.10BHP Billiton Plc Long Term Incentive Plan Rules, dated November 2010 (1)

4.11Agreement and Plan of Merger by on-market purchases priorand among BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Petroleum (North America) Inc., North America Holdings II Inc. and Petrohawk Energy Corporation, dated 14 July 2011.(5)

Exhibit 8    List of Subsidiaries

*8.1List of subsidiaries of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc

Exhibit 12    Certifications (section 302)

*12.1Certification by Chief Executive Officer, Mr Andrew Mackenzie, dated 25 September 2014

*12.2Certification by Chief Financial Officer, Mr Graham Kerr, dated 25 September 2014

Exhibit 13    Certifications (section 906)

*13.1Certification by Chief Executive Officer, Mr Andrew Mackenzie, dated 25 September 2014

*13.2Certification by Chief Financial Officer, Mr Graham Kerr, dated 25 September 2014

Exhibit 15    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

*15.1Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms KPMG and KPMG Audit Plc for incorporation by reference of audit reports in registration statements on Form F-3 and Form S-8

Exhibit 95    Mine Safety Health Administration

*95.1Disclosure of Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”) Safety Data.

Footnotes

(1)Previously filed as an exhibit to settling vested entitlements,BHP Billiton’s annual report on Form 20-F for the costyear ended 30 June 2011 on 21 September 2011.

(2)Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP Billiton’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2001 on 19 November 2001.

(3)Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP Billiton’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2013 on 25 September 2013.

(4)Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP Billiton’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2008 on 15 September 2008.

(5)Previously filed as an exhibit to BHP Billiton Limited’s tender offer statement on schedule TO on 15 July 2011.

SIGNATURE

The registrants hereby certify that they meet all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that they have duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this annual report on their behalf.

BHP Billiton Limited

BHP Billiton Plc

/s/ Graham Kerr

Graham Kerr

Chief Financial Officer

Date: 25 September 2014

7    Financial Statements

Contents

7.1 Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

7.1.1 Consolidated Income Statement

F-1

7.1.2 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

F-2

7.1.3 Consolidated Balance Sheet

F-3

7.1.4 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

F-4

7.1.5 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

F-5

7.1.6 Notes to Financial Statements

F-7

7.2 Not required for US reporting

F-123

7.3 Directors’ declaration

F-123

7.4  Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the acquired shares is carried as treasury shares and deducted from equity. When awards are satisfied by delivery of acquired shares, any difference between their acquisition costAnnual Report and the remuneration expense recognised is charged directlyFinancial Statements

F-124

7.5 Not required for US reporting

F-125

7.6 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

F-126

7.7 Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited

F-130

Notes to retained earnings. TheFinancial Statements
1Accounting policiesF-7
2Segment reportingF-25
3Exceptional itemsF-30
4Other incomeF-34
5ExpensesF-35
6Net finance costsF-36
7Income tax effect of awards granted is recognised in income tax expense, except to the extent that the total tax deductions are expected to exceed the cumulative remuneration expense. In this situation, the excess of the associated current orand deferred tax is recognised in other comprehensive income and forms part of the employeeF-37
8Earnings per share awards reserve.

Sales revenue

Revenue from the sale of goods and disposal of other assets is recognised when persuasive evidence, usually in the form of an executed sales agreement, or an arrangement exists, indicating there has been a transfer of risks and rewards to the customer, no further work or processing is required by the Group, the quantity and quality of the goods has been determined with reasonable accuracy, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. This is generally when title passes.

In the majority of sales for most commodities, sales agreements specify that title passes on the bill of lading date, which is the date the commodity is delivered to the shipping agent. For these sales, revenue is recognised on the bill of lading date. For certain sales (principally coal sales to adjoining power stations and diamond sales), title passes and revenue is recognised when the goods have been delivered.

In cases where the terms of the executed sales agreement allow for an adjustment to the sales price based on a survey of the goods by the customer (for instance an assay for mineral content), recognition of the sales revenue is based on the most recently determined estimate of product specifications.

For certain commodities, the sales price is determined on a provisional basis at the date of sale; adjustments to the sales price subsequently occurs based on movements in quoted market or contractual prices up to the date of final pricing. The period between provisional invoicing and final pricing is typically between 60 and 120 days. Revenue on provisionally priced sales is recognised based on the estimated fair value of the total consideration receivable. The revenue adjustment mechanism embedded within provisionally priced sales arrangements has the character of a commodity derivative. Accordingly, the fair value of the final sales price adjustment is re-estimated continuously and changes in fair value are recognised as an adjustment to revenue. In all cases, fair value is estimated by reference to forward market prices.

Revenue is not reduced for royalties

F-41
9DividendsF-41
10Trade and other taxes payable from the Group’s production.

The Group separately discloses sales of Group production from sales of third party products due to the significant difference in profit margin earned on these sales.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

Exploration and evaluation activity involves the search for mineral and petroleum resources, the determination of technical feasibility and the assessment of commercial viability of an identified resource. Exploration and evaluation activity includes:

researching and analysing historical exploration data

gathering exploration data through topographical, geochemical and geophysical studies

exploratory drilling, trenching and sampling

determining and examining the volume and grade of the resource

surveying transportation and infrastructure requirements

conducting market and finance studies

Administration costs that are not directly attributable to a specific exploration area are charged to the income statement. Licence costs paid in connection with a right to explore in an existing exploration area are capitalised and amortised over the term of the permit.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure (including amortisation of capitalised licence costs) is charged to the income statement as incurred except in the following circumstances, in which case the expenditure may be capitalised:

In respect of minerals activities:

the exploration and evaluation activity is within an area of interest which was previously acquired in a business combination and measured at fair value on acquisition; or

the existence of a commercially viable mineral deposit has been established;

In respect of petroleum activities:

the exploration and evaluation activity is within an area of interest for which it is expected that the expenditure will be recouped by future exploitation or sale; or

exploration and evaluation activity has not reached a stage which permits a reasonable assessment of the existence of commercially recoverable reserves.

Capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure considered to be tangible is recorded as a component of property, plant and equipment at cost less impairment charges. Otherwise, it is recorded as an intangible asset (such as licences). As the asset is not available for use, it is not depreciated. All capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is monitored for indications of impairment. Where a potential impairment is indicated, assessment is performed for each area of interest in conjunction with the group of operatingreceivables

F-43
11Other financial assets (representing a cash generating unit) to which the exploration is attributed. Exploration areas at which reserves have been discovered but that require major capital expenditure before production can begin are continually evaluated to ensure that commercial quantities of reserves exist or to ensure that additional exploration work is under way or planned. To the extent that capitalised expenditure is no longer expected to be recovered it is charged to the income statement.

Development expenditure

When proved reserves are determined and development is sanctioned, capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is reclassified as assets under construction, and is disclosed as a component of property, plant and equipment. All subsequent development expenditure is capitalised and classified as assets under construction. Development expenditure is net of proceeds from the sale of ore extracted during the development phase. On completion of development, all assets included in assets under construction are reclassified as either plant and equipment or other mineral assets.

F-44
12InventoriesF-45
13Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant

F-46
14Intangible assetsF-48
15Trade and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment charges. Cost is the fair value of consideration given to acquire the asset at the time of its acquisition or construction and includes the direct cost of bringing the assetother payablesF-51
16Interest bearing liabilitiesF-51
17Other financial liabilitiesF-52
18ProvisionsF-52
19Share capitalF-54
20Other equityF-56
21Contingent liabilitiesF-59
22CommitmentsF-60
23Notes to the locationconsolidated cash flow statementF-61
24Business combinationsF-63
25Assets and condition necessaryliabilities held for operationsaleF-64
26SubsidiariesF-65
27Investments accounted for using the equity methodF-68
28Interests in joint operationsF-72
29Financial risk managementF-73
30Pension and the estimated future costother post-retirement obligationsF-90
31Key management personnelF-97
32Related party transactionsF-97
33Employee share ownership plansF-99
34EmployeesF-110
35Auditor’s remunerationF-111
36Subsequent eventsF-111
37Impact of closurenew accounting standards and rehabilitation of the facility.

Other mineral assets

Other mineral assets comprise:change in accounting policies

F-113


7.1    Consolidated Financial Statements

7.1.1    Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended 30 June 2014

   Notes   2014  2013  2012 
       US$M  

US$M

Restated

  

US$M

Restated

 

Revenue

      

Group production

     64,227    63,067    66,969  

Third party products

   2     2,979    2,886    3,508  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

   2     67,206    65,953    70,477  

Other income

   4     1,524    3,947    898  

Expenses excluding net finance costs

   5     (46,513  (50,040  (48,644

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   27     1,195    1,142    1,869  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from operations

     23,412    21,002    24,600  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

      

Group production

     23,368    20,875    24,466  

Third party products

     44    127    134  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     23,412    21,002    24,600  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial expenses

     (1,273  (1,384  (836

Financial income

     97    108    168  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs

   6     (1,176  (1,276  (668
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     22,236    19,726    23,932  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (6,538  (5,714  (7,053

Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)

     (474  (1,192  (262
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total taxation expense

   7     (7,012  (6,906  (7,315
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit after taxation

     15,224    12,820    16,617  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

     1,392    1,597    1,144  

Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

     13,832    11,223    15,473  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)

   8     260.0    210.9    290.7  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)

   8     259.1    210.2    289.4  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (cents)

   9     118.0    114.0    110.0  

Dividends per ordinary share – determined in respect of the period (cents)

   9     121.0    116.0    112.0  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

7.1.2    Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year ended 30 June 2014

  Notes  2014  2013  2012 
     US$M  

US$M

Restated

  US$M
Restated
 

Profit after taxation

   15,224    12,820    16,617  

Other comprehensive income

    

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement:

    

Available for sale investments:

    

Net valuation losses taken to equity

   (15  (101  (32

Net valuation gains transferred to the income statement

   (14  (1  (2

Cash flow hedges:

    

Gains/(losses) taken to equity

   681    223    (320

(Gains)/losses transferred to the income statement

   (678  73    205  

Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations taken to equity

   (1  2    19  

Tax recognised within other comprehensive income

  7    3    (76  23  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement

   (24  120    (107
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement:

    

Actuarial gains/(losses) on pension and medical schemes

   57    61    (250

Tax recognised within other comprehensive income

  7    12    (16  66  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total items that will not be reclassified to the income statement

   69    45    (184
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

   45    165    (291
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   15,269    12,985    16,326  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

   1,392    1,599    1,146  

Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

   13,877    11,386    15,180  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

7.1.3    Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 30 June 2014

   Notes   2014  2013 
       US$M  

US$M

Restated

 

ASSETS

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   23     8,803    5,677  

Trade and other receivables

   10     6,741    6,310  

Other financial assets

   11     87    161  

Inventories

   12     6,013    5,821  

Assets classified as held for sale

   25         286  

Current tax assets

     318    267  

Other

     334    431  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     22,296    18,953  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

Trade and other receivables

   10     1,867    1,998  

Other financial assets

   11     2,349    1,719  

Inventories

   12     463    619  

Property, plant and equipment

   13     108,787    100,565  

Intangible assets

   14     5,439    5,496  

Investments accounted for using the equity method

   27     3,664    3,675  

Deferred tax assets

   7     6,396    6,069  

Other

     152    84  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     129,117    120,225  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

     151,413    139,178  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

     

Current liabilities

     

Trade and other payables

   15     10,145    10,860  

Interest bearing liabilities

   16     4,262    5,088  

Liabilities classified as held for sale

   25         220  

Other financial liabilities

   17     16    210  

Current tax payable

     919    1,158  

Provisions

   18     2,504    2,372  

Deferred income

     218    231  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     18,064    20,139  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

Trade and other payables

   15     113    286  

Interest bearing liabilities

   16     30,327    28,099  

Other financial liabilities

   17     303    582  

Deferred tax liabilities

   7     7,066    6,312  

Provisions

   18     9,891    8,178  

Deferred income

     267    291  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     47,967    43,748  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     66,031    63,887  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets

     85,382    75,291  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

EQUITY

     

Share capital – BHP Billiton Limited

   19     1,186    1,186  

Share capital – BHP Billiton Plc

   19     1,069    1,069  

Treasury shares

   19     (587  (540

Reserves

   20     2,927    1,970  

Retained earnings

   20     74,548    66,982  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

     79,143    70,667  

Non-controlling interests

   20     6,239    4,624  
    

 

 

  

��

 

 

Total equity

     85,382    75,291  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 11 September 2014 and signed on its behalf by:

 

Jac Nasser AO

Andrew Mackenzie

Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

7.1.4    Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 30 June 2014

   Notes   2014  2013  2012 
       US$M  

US$M

Restated

  US$M
Restated
 

Operating activities

      

Profit before taxation

     22,236    19,726    23,932  

Adjustments for:

      

Non-cash or non-operating exceptional items

     (551  1,893    3,417  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

     8,701    7,031    6,431  

Net gain on sale of non-current assets

     (95  (46  (118

Impairments of property, plant and equipment, financial assets and intangibles

     797    330    100  

Employee share awards expense

     247    210    270  

Net finance costs

     1,176    1,276    668  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

     (1,195  (1,142  (1,869

Other

     (83  (21  (376

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Trade and other receivables

     (252  1,037    1,755  

Inventories

     (54  (70  16  

Trade and other payables

     77    (767  (187

Net other financial assets and liabilities

     (49  119    (27

Provisions and other liabilities

     429    (783  (1,025
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

     31,384    28,793    32,987  

Dividends received

     34    11    10  

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

     1,250    710    712  

Interest received

     136    140    221  

Interest paid

     (975  (926  (633

Income tax refunded

     852        530  

Income tax paid

     (6,445  (7,618  (7,492

Royalty-related taxation refunded

     216          

Royalty-related taxation paid

     (1,088  (956  (1,076
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows

     25,364    20,154    25,259  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (15,993  (22,243  (18,637

Exploration expenditure

     (1,010  (1,351  (2,493

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

     716    1,047    1,644  

Purchase of intangibles

     (192  (400  (219

Investment in financial assets

     (1,193  (475  (471

Investment in subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of their cash

             (12,556

Investment in equity accounted investments

     (44  (84  (83
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash outflows from investing activities

     (17,716  (23,506  (32,815

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     114    2,338    146  

Proceeds from financial assets

     956    240    178  

Proceeds from divestment of subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of their cash

     812    502    6  

Proceeds from sale or partial sale of equity accounted investments

         1,700      
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows

     (15,834  (18,726  (32,485
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities

     6,251    9,157    12,817  

Proceeds/(settlements) from debt related instruments

     37    14    (180

Repayment of interest bearing liabilities

     (7,198  (2,014  (3,993

Proceeds from ordinary shares

     14    21    21  

Contributions from non-controlling interests

     1,435    73    101  

Purchase of shares by Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) Trusts

     (368  (445  (424

Share buy-back – BHP Billiton Plc

             (83

Dividends paid

     (6,387  (6,167  (5,877

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     (252  (837  (343
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows

     (6,468  (198  2,039  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     3,062    1,230    (5,187

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the beginning of the financial year

     5,667    4,454    9,671  

Foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     23    (17  (30
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the end of the financial year

   23     8,752    5,667    4,454  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

7.1.5    Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended 30 June 2014

   Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group       
   Share capital                 

US$M

  BHP
Billiton
Limited
   BHP
Billiton

Plc
   Treasury
shares
  Reserves  Retained
earnings
  Total  Non-
controlling
interests
  Total
equity
 

Balance as at 1 July 2013

   1,186     1,069     (540  1,970    66,982    70,667    4,624    75,291  

Total comprehensive income

                 (24  13,901    13,877    1,392    15,269  

Transactions with owners:

           

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

             (368          (368      (368

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions

   . –          321    (221  (91  9        9  

Employee share awards forfeited

                 (32  32              

Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards

                 247        247        247  

Distribution to option holders

                 (2      (2  (2  (4

Dividends

                     (6,276  (6,276  (252  (6,528

Equity contributed

                 989        989    477    1,466  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at 30 June 2014

   1,186     1,069     (587  2,927    74,548    79,143    6,239    85,382  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Restated

           

Balance as at 1 July 2012

   1,186     1,069     (533  1,912    61,892    65,526    3,789    69,315  

Total comprehensive income

                 77    11,309    11,386    1,599    12,985  

Transactions with owners:

           

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

             (445          (445      (445

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions

             438    (243  (178  17        17  

Employee share awards forfeited

                 (17  17              

Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards

                 210        210        210  

Issue of share options to non-controlling interests

                 49        49        49  

Dividends

                     (6,076  (6,076  (837  (6,913

Equity contributed

                             73    73  

Divestment of equity accounted investment

                 (18  18              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at 30 June 2013

   1,186     1,069     (540  1,970    66,982    70,667    4,624    75,291  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group       
   Share capital                

US$M

  BHP
Billiton
Limited
   BHP
Billiton

Plc
  Treasury
shares
  Reserves  Retained
earnings
  Total  Non-
controlling
interests
  Total
equity
 

Restated

          

Balance as at 1 July 2011

   1,183     1,070    (623  2,001    52,731    56,362    2,825    59,187  

Total comprehensive income

                (163  15,343    15,180    1,146    16,326  

Transactions with owners:

          

Proceeds from the issue of shares

   3                     3        3  

BHP Billiton Plc shares cancelled

        (1  83    1    (83            

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

            (424          (424      (424

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions

            431    (189  (213  29        29  

Employee share awards forfeited

                (8  8              

Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards

                270        270        270  

Dividends

                    (5,894  (5,894  (343  (6,237

Equity contributed

                            161    161  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as at 30 June 2012

   1,186     1,069    (533  1,912    61,892    65,526    3,789    69,315  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

7.1.6    Notes to Financial Statements

1    Accounting policies

Dual Listed Companies’ structure and basis of preparation of financial statements

Merger terms

On 29 June 2001, BHP Billiton Limited (previously known as BHP Limited), an Australian-listed company, and BHP Billiton Plc (previously known as Billiton Plc), a United Kingdom (UK) listed company, entered into a Dual Listed Company (DLC) merger. This was effected by contractual arrangements between the Companies and amendments to their constitutional documents.

The effect of the DLC merger is that BHP Billiton Limited and its subsidiaries (the BHP Billiton Limited Group) and BHP Billiton Plc and its subsidiaries (the BHP Billiton Plc Group) operate together as a single for-profit economic entity (the Group). Under the arrangements:

the shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have a common economic interest in both Groups;

the shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc take key decisions, including the election of Directors, through a joint electoral procedure under which the shareholders of the two Companies effectively vote on a joint basis;

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have a common Board of Directors, a unified management structure and joint objectives;

dividends and capital distributions made by the two Companies are equalised;

BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc each executed a deed poll guarantee, guaranteeing (subject to certain exceptions) the contractual obligations (whether actual or contingent, primary or secondary) of the other incurred after 29 June 2001 together with specified obligations existing at that date.

If either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc proposes to pay a dividend to its shareholders, then the other Company must pay a matching cash dividend of an equivalent amount per share to its shareholders. If either Company is prohibited by law or is otherwise unable to declare, pay or otherwise make all or any portion of such a matching dividend, then BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc will, so far as it is practicable to do so, enter into such transactions with each other as the Boards agree to be necessary or desirable so as to enable both Companies to pay dividends as nearly as practicable at the same time.

The DLC merger did not involve the change of legal ownership of any assets of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, any change of ownership of any existing shares or securities of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc, the issue of any shares or securities or any payment by way of consideration, save for the issue by each Company of one special voting share to a trustee company which is the means by which the joint electoral procedure is operated.

Accounting for the DLC merger

The basis of accounting for the DLC merger was established under Australian and UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (GAAP), pursuant to the requirements of the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Practice Note 71 ‘Financial Reporting by Australian Entities in Dual Listed Company Arrangements’, an order issued by ASIC under section 340 of the Corporations Act 2001 on 2 September 2002, and in accordance with the UK Companies Act 1985. In accordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS 1/AASB 1 ‘First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’, the same basis of accounting is applied under International Financial Reporting Standards. Accordingly, these financial statements consolidate the Group as follows:

Assets and liabilities of the BHP Billiton Limited Group and the BHP Billiton Plc Group were consolidated at the date of the merger at their existing carrying amounts.

Results for the years ended 30 June 2014, 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 are of the consolidated entity comprising the BHP Billiton Limited Group and the BHP Billiton Plc Group.

Basis of preparation

This general purpose financial report for the year ended 30 June 2014 has been prepared on a going concern basis and in accordance with the requirements of the Australian Corporations Act 2001, the UK Companies Act 2006 and with:

Australian Accounting Standards, being Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) effective for the year ended 30 June 2014;

International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as adopted by the European Union (EU) effective as of 30 June 2014;

International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board effective as of 30 June 2014.

The above accounting standards and interpretations are collectively referred to as ‘IFRS’ in this report.

The principal accounting standards or interpretations that have been adopted for the first time in these financial statements are:

IFRS 10/AASB 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ which is a replacement of IAS 27/AASB 127 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’;

IFRS 11/AASB 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’ which is a replacement of IAS 31 ‘Joint Ventures’;

IFRIC 20 ‘Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine’;

IFRS 13/AASB 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’; and

Amendments to IAS 19/AASB 119 ‘Employee Benefits’.

In addition, the Group has early-adopted amendments to IAS 36/AASB 136 ‘Impairment of Assets’. The amendment has been adopted early in conjunction with the initial adoption of IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’, as it reverses the unintended requirement in that standard to disclose the recoverable amount of every cash-generating unit to which significant goodwill has been allocated. Under the amendment, the recoverable amount of cash-generating units to which significant goodwill has been allocated is required to be disclosed only when an impairment loss has been recognised or reversed.

The Group has also changed its Exploration and Evaluation Expenditure policy from 1 July 2013 such that all acquisitions of exploration leases are classified as intangible exploration assets or tangible exploration assets based on the nature of the assets acquired.

The impact of the above changes on the financial statements is described in detail in note 37 ‘Impact of new accounting standards and change in accounting policies’.

The following new accounting standard and interpretation are not yet effective but may have an impact on the Group in financial years commencing from 1 July 2014:

Amendments to IAS 32/AASB 132 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ clarify the criteria for offsetting financial assets and liabilities.

IFRIC 21 ‘Levies’ confirms that a liability to pay a levy is only recognised when the activity that triggers the payment occurs.

The Group is currently in the process of determining the potential impact of adopting the above standard and interpretation. The standard and interpretation are available for early adoption in the 30 June 2014 financial year as permitted by the Australian Corporations Act 2001, but have not been applied in the preparation of these financial statements. Both the standard and interpretation have been endorsed by the EU and hence are available for early adoption in the EU.

The following new accounting standards are not yet effective but may have an impact on the Group in financial years commencing from 1 July 2015 or later:

IFRS 15/AASB 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ which modifies the determination of when to recognise revenue and how much revenue to recognise. The core principle is that an entity recognises revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services to the customer of an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

IFRS 9/AASB 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ modifies the classification and measurement of financial assets. It includes a single, principles-based approach for the classification of financial assets, which is driven by cash flow characteristics and the business model in which an asset is held. It also introduces a new expected loss impairment model requiring expected losses to be recognised when financial instruments are first recognised. The new standard also modifies hedge accounting to align the accounting treatment with risk management practices of an entity.

The Group is currently in the process of determining the potential impact of adopting the above standards. These standards have not been applied in the preparation of these financial statements. Neither of these standards have been endorsed by the EU or issued by the AASB and hence are not available for early adoption in the EU or under the Australian Corporations Act 2001.

Basis of measurement

The financial statements are drawn up on the basis of historical cost principles, except for derivative financial instruments and certain other financial assets, which are carried at fair value.

Rounding of amounts

Amounts in these financial statements have, unless otherwise indicated, been rounded to the nearest million dollars.

Currency of presentation

All amounts are expressed in millions of US dollars, unless otherwise stated, consistent with the predominant functional currency of the Group’s operations.

Consistent application of accounting policies

The accounting policies have been consistently applied by all entities included in the Group consolidated financial statements and are consistent with those applied in all prior years presented.

Comparatives

Where applicable, comparatives have been adjusted to measure or present them on the same basis as current period figures.

Principles of consolidation

The financial statements of the Group include the consolidation of BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Plc and their respective subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by either parent entity. Control exists where

either parent entity is exposed, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the subsidiary and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the subsidiary. A parent entity has power over the subsidiary, when it has existing rights to direct the relevant activities of the subsidiary. The relevant activities are those which significantly affect the subsidiary’s returns. The ability to approve the operating and capital budget of a subsidiary and the ability to appoint key management personnel are decisions that demonstrate that the Group has the existing rights to direct the relevant activities of a subsidiary. Subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial report from the date control commences until the date control ceases. Where the Group’s interest is less than 100 per cent, the interest attributable to outside shareholders is reflected in non-controlling interests. The effects of all transactions between entities within the Group have been eliminated.

Joint arrangements

The Group undertakes a number of business activities through joint arrangements. Joint arrangements exist when two or more parties have joint control. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. The Group’s joint arrangements are of two types:

Joint operations

Joint operations are joint arrangements in which the parties with joint control have rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. The activities of a joint operation are primarily designed for the provision of output to the parties to the arrangement, indicating that:

the parties have the rights to substantially all the economic benefits of the assets of the arrangement; and

all liabilities are satisfied by the joint participants through their purchases of that output. This indicates that, in substance, the joint participants have an obligation for the liabilities of the arrangement.

The financial statements of the Group include its share of the assets in joint operations, together with its share of the liabilities, revenues and expenses arising jointly or otherwise from those operations and its revenue derived from the sale of its share of output from the joint operation. All such amounts are measured in accordance with the terms of each arrangement, which are usually in proportion to the Group’s interest in the joint operation.

Joint ventures

Joint ventures are joint arrangements in which the parties with joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. A separate vehicle, not the parties, will have the rights to the assets and obligations to the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. More than an insignificant share of output from a joint venture is sold to third parties which indicates that the joint venture is not dependent on the parties to the arrangement for funding and that the parties to the arrangement have no obligation for the liabilities of the arrangement.

Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method the joint venture is recorded initially at cost to the Group, including the value of any goodwill on acquisition. In subsequent periods, the carrying amount of the joint venture is adjusted to reflect the Group’s share of its post-acquisition profit or loss and other comprehensive income. After application of the equity method, including recognising the Group’s share of the joint ventures’ results, the value of the investment will be assessed for impairment if there is objective evidence that an impairment of the investment may have occurred. Where the Group’s investment in a joint venture is nil after having applied equity accounting principles (and the Group has no legal or constructive obligation to make further payments, nor has made payments on behalf of the joint venture), dividends received from the joint venture will be recognised in the Group’s result as a ‘Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments’.

Associates

Associates are entities in which the Group holds significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of an entity but is not control or joint control. If the Group holds 20 per cent or more of the voting power of an entity, it is presumed that the Group has significant influence, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that this is not the case. Significant influence can also arise when the Group has less than 20 per cent of voting power but it can be demonstrated that the Group has the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the associate.

Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method as described above. The Group uses the term ‘equity accounted investments’ to refer to associates and joint ventures collectively.

Business combinations

Business combinations that occurred between 1 July 2004 and 30 June 2009 were accounted for by applying the purchase method of accounting, whereby the purchase consideration of the combination is allocated to the identifiable net assets acquired. Business combinations prior to 1 July 2004 have been accounted for in accordance with the Group’s previous policies under Australian GAAP and UK GAAP and have not been restated.

Business combinations undertaken from 1 July 2010 are accounted for by applying the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities (identifiable net assets) are measured on the basis of fair value at the date of acquisition.

Goodwill

Where the fair value of consideration paid for a business combination exceeds the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired, the difference is treated as purchased goodwill. Where the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired exceeds the cost of acquisition, the difference is immediately recognised in the income statement. The recognition and measurement of goodwill attributable to a non-controlling interest in a business combination is determined on a transaction by transaction basis. Goodwill is not amortised, however, its carrying amount is assessed annually against its recoverable amount as explained below under ‘Impairment and reversal of impairment of non-current assets’. On the subsequent disposal or termination of a previously acquired business, any remaining balance of associated goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal or termination.

Intangible assets

Amounts paid for the acquisition of identifiable intangible assets, such as software and licences, are capitalised at the fair value of consideration paid and are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment charges. Identifiable intangible assets with a finite life are amortised on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life, which is typically no greater than eight years. The Group has no identifiable intangible assets for which the expected useful life is indefinite.

Foreign currencies

The Group’s reporting currency and the functional currency of the majority of its operations is the US dollar as this is assessed to be the principal currency of the economic environments in which they operate.

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies (currencies other than the functional currency of an operation) are recorded using the exchange rate ruling at the date of the underlying transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the rate of exchange prevailing at year-end and

the gains or losses on retranslation are included in the income statement, with the exception of foreign exchange gains or losses on foreign currency provisions for site closure and rehabilitation, which are capitalised in property, plant and equipment for operating sites.

Exchange variations resulting from the retranslation at closing rate of the net investment in each subsidiary, joint arrangement and associate, arising after 1 July 2004, are accounted for in accordance with the policy stated below. Exchange variations arising before this date were transferred to retained earnings on 1 July 2004, being the date of transition to IFRS.

Subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates that have functional currencies other than US dollars are foreign operations and translate their income statement items to US dollars using the exchange rate prevailing at the date of each transaction. Assets and liabilities are translated using exchange rates prevailing at year-end. Exchange variations resulting from the retranslation at closing rate of the net investment in foreign operations, together with differences between their income statement items translated at actual and closing rates, are recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve. For the purpose of foreign currency translation, the net investment in a foreign operation is determined inclusive of foreign currency intercompany balances for which settlement is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future. The balance of the foreign currency translation reserve relating to a foreign operation that is disposed of, or partially disposed of, is recognised in the income statement at the time of disposal.

Share-based payments

The fair value at grant date of equity-settled share awards is charged to the income statement over the period for which the benefits of employee services are expected to be derived. The corresponding accrued employee entitlement is recorded in the employee share awards reserve. The fair value of awards is calculated using an option pricing model which considers the following factors:

exercise price;

expected life of the award;

current market price of the underlying shares;

expected volatility;

expected dividends;

risk-free interest rate;

market-based performance hurdles;

non-vesting conditions.

Where awards are forfeited because non-market based vesting conditions are not satisfied, the expense previously recognised is proportionately reversed. Where shares in BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc are acquired by on-market purchases prior to settling vested entitlements, the cost of the acquired shares is carried as treasury shares and deducted from equity. Where awards are satisfied by delivery of acquired shares, any difference between their acquisition cost and the remuneration expense recognised is charged directly to retained earnings. The tax effect of awards granted is recognised in income tax expense, except to the extent that the total tax deductions are expected to exceed the cumulative remuneration expense. In this situation, the excess of the associated current or deferred tax is recognised in other comprehensive income and forms part of the employee share awards reserve.

Sales revenue

Revenue from the sale of goods and disposal of other assets is recognised when persuasive evidence (usually in the form of an executed sales agreement) of an arrangement exists and;

there has been a transfer of risks and rewards to the customer;

no further work or processing is required by the Group;

the quantity and quality of the goods has been determined with reasonable accuracy;

the price is fixed or determinable;

collectability is reasonably assured.

Revenue is therefore generally recognised when title passes. In the majority of sales for most commodities, sales agreements specify that title passes on the bill of lading date, which is the date the commodity is delivered to the shipping agent. For these sales, revenue is recognised on the bill of lading date. For certain sales (principally coal sales to adjoining power stations and diamond sales), title passes and revenue is recognised when the goods have been delivered.

In cases where the terms of the executed sales agreement allow for an adjustment to the sales price based on a survey of the goods by the customer (for instance an assay for mineral content), recognition of the sales revenue is based on the most recently determined estimate of product specifications.

For certain commodities, the sales price is determined on a provisional basis at the date of sale and adjustments to the sales price subsequently occurs based on movements in quoted market or contractual prices up to the date of final pricing. The period between provisional invoicing and final pricing is typically between 60 and 120 days. Revenue on provisionally priced sales is recognised based on the estimated fair value of the total consideration receivable. The revenue adjustment mechanism embedded within provisionally priced sales arrangements has the character of a commodity derivative. Accordingly, the fair value of the final sales price adjustment is re-estimated continuously and changes in fair value are recognised as an adjustment to revenue. In all cases, fair value is estimated by reference to forward market prices.

Revenue is not reduced for royalties and other taxes payable from the Group’s production.

The Group separately discloses sales of Group production from sales of third party products because of the significant difference in profit margin earned on these sales.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

Exploration and evaluation activity involves the search for mineral and petroleum resources, the determination of technical feasibility and the assessment of commercial viability of an identified resource. Exploration and evaluation activity includes:

researching and analysing historical exploration data;

gathering exploration data through topographical, geochemical and geophysical studies;

exploratory drilling, trenching and sampling;

determining and examining the volume and grade of the resource;

surveying transportation and infrastructure requirements;

conducting market and finance studies.

Administration costs that are not directly attributable to a specific exploration area are charged to the income statement. Initial payments for the acquisition of intangible lease assets are capitalised and amortised over the term of the permit.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure (including amortisation of capitalised licence and lease costs) is charged to the income statement as incurred except in the following circumstances, in which case the expenditure may be capitalised:

In respect of minerals activities:

The exploration and evaluation activity is within an area of interest which was previously acquired as an asset acquisition or in a business combination and measured at fair value on acquisition; or

The existence of a commercially viable mineral deposit has been established.

In respect of petroleum activities:

The exploration and evaluation activity is within an area of interest for which it is expected that the expenditure will be recouped by future exploitation or sale; or

Exploration and evaluation activity has not reached a stage which permits a reasonable assessment of the existence of commercially recoverable reserves.

Capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure considered to be a tangible asset is recorded as a component of property, plant and equipment at cost less impairment charges. Otherwise, it is recorded as an intangible asset (such as certain licence and lease arrangements). In determining whether the purchase of an exploration licence or lease is an intangible asset or a component of property, plant and equipment, consideration is given to the substance of the item acquired not its legal form. Licences or leases purchased which allow exploration over an extended period of time meet the definition of an intangible exploration lease asset where they cannot be reasonably associated with a known resource (minerals) or reserves (petroleum). All capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is monitored for indications of impairment. When a potential impairment is indicated, assessment is performed for each area of interest in conjunction with the group of operating assets (representing a cash-generating unit) to which the exploration is attributed. Exploration areas in which reserves have been discovered but require major capital expenditure before production can begin, are continually evaluated to ensure that commercial quantities of reserves exist or to ensure that additional exploration work is under way or planned. To the extent that capitalised expenditure is no longer expected to be recovered, it is charged to the income statement.

Development expenditure

When proved reserves are determined and development is sanctioned, capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is reclassified as assets under construction, and is disclosed as a component of property, plant and equipment. All subsequent development expenditure is capitalised and classified as assets under construction, provided commercial viability conditions continue to be satisfied. Development expenditure is net of proceeds from the sale of ore extracted during the development phase. On completion of development, all assets included in assets under construction are reclassified as either plant and equipment or other mineral assets.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment charges. Cost is the fair value of consideration given to acquire the asset at the time of its acquisition or construction and includes the direct cost of bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for operation and the estimated future cost of closure and rehabilitation of the facility.

Other mineral assets

Other mineral assets comprise:

capitalised exploration, evaluation and development expenditure (including development stripping) for properties now in production;

mineral rights and petroleum interests acquired;

capitalised production stripping (as described below in ‘Overburden removal costs’).

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

The carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment are depreciated to their estimated residual value over the estimated useful lives of the specific assets concerned, or the estimated life of the associated mine, field or lease, if shorter. Estimates of residual values and useful lives are reassessed annually and any change in estimate is taken into account in the determination of remaining depreciation charges. Depreciation commences on the date of commissioning. The major categories of property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a unit of production and/or straight-line basis using estimated lives indicated below. However, where assets are dedicated to a mine, field or lease and are not readily transferable, the below useful lives are subject to the lesser of the asset category’s useful life and the life of the mine, field or lease:

•       Buildings

25 to 50 years

•       Land

not depreciated

•       Plant and equipment

3 to 30 years straight-line

•       Mineral rights and petroleum interests

based on reserves on a unit of production basis

•       Capitalised exploration, evaluation and development  expenditure (including development stripping) for properties now in production;

Mineral rights and petroleum interests acquired;

Capitalised production stripping (as described below in ‘Overburden removal costs’).

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

The carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment (including initial and any subsequent capital expenditure) are depreciated to their estimated residual value over the estimated useful lives of the specific assets concerned, or the estimated life of the associated mine, field or lease, if shorter. Estimates of residual values and useful lives are reassessed annually and any change in estimate is taken into account in the determination of remaining depreciation charges. Depreciation commences on the date of commissioning. The major categories of property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a unit of production and/or straight-line basis using estimated lives indicated below. However, where assets are dedicated to a mine, field or lease and are not readily transferable, the below useful lives are subject to the lesser of the asset category’s useful life and the life of the mine, field or lease:

•    Buildings

25 to 50 years

•    Land

not depreciated

•    Plant and equipment

3 to 30 years straight-line

•    Mineral rights and Petroleum interests

      based on reserves on a unit of production basis

•    Capitalised exploration, evaluation and development expenditure

based on reserves on a unit of production basis

Leased assets

Assets held under leases which result in the Group receiving substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset (finance leases) are capitalised at the lower of the fair value of the property, plant and equipment or the estimated present value of the minimum lease payments.

The corresponding finance lease obligation is included within interest bearing liabilities. The interest element is allocated to accounting periods during the lease term to reflect a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the obligation.

Operating lease assets are not capitalised and rental payments are included in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Provision is made for the present value of future operating lease payments in relation to surplus lease space when it is first determined that the space will be of no probable future benefit. Operating lease incentives are recognised as a liability when received and subsequently reduced by allocating lease payments between rental expense and reduction of the liability.

Impairment of non-current assets

Formal impairment tests are carried out annually for goodwill. Formal impairment tests for all other assets are performed when there is an indication of impairment. The Group conducts annually an internal review of asset values which is used as a source of information to assess for any indications of impairment. External factors, such as changes in expected future prices, costs and other market factors are also monitored to assess for indications of impairment. If any such indication exists an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount is calculated, being the higher of fair value less direct costs to sell

Leased assets

Assets held under lease, which result in the Group receiving substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset (finance leases), are capitalised at the lower of the fair value of the property, plant and equipment or the estimated present value of the minimum lease payments.

The corresponding finance lease obligation is included within interest bearing liabilities. The interest component is charged to financial expenses over the lease term to reflect a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the obligation.

Operating lease assets are not capitalised and rental payments are included in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Provision is made for the present value of future operating lease payments in relation to surplus lease space, when it is first determined that the space will be of no probable future benefit. Operating lease incentives are recognised as a liability when received and subsequently reduced by allocating lease payments between rental expense and reduction of the liability.

Impairment and reversal of impairment of non-current assets

Formal impairment tests are carried out annually for goodwill. In addition, formal impairment tests for all assets are performed when there is an indication of impairment. The Group conducts an internal review of asset values annually, which is used as a source of information to assess for any indications of impairment or reversal of previously recognised impairment losses. External factors, such as changes in expected future prices, costs and other market factors, are also monitored to assess for indications of impairment or reversal of previously recognised impairment losses. If any such indication exists, an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount is calculated, being the higher of fair value less direct costs of disposal and the asset’s value in use.

If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is impaired and an impairment loss is charged to the income statement so as to reduce the carrying amount in the balance sheet to its recoverable

amount. A reversal of a previously recognised impairment loss is limited to the lesser of the amount that would not cause the carrying amount to exceed (a) its recoverable amount; or (b) the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset or cash-generating unit.

Fair value is determined as the amount that would be obtained from the sale of the asset in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair value for mineral assets is generally determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continued use of the asset, including any expansion prospects, and its eventual disposal, using assumptions that an independent market participant may take into account. These cash flows are discounted at an appropriate rate to arrive at a net present value of the asset.

Value in use is determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continued use of the asset in its present form and its eventual disposal. Value in use is determined by applying assumptions specific to the Group’s continued use and cannot take into account future development. These assumptions are different to those used in calculating fair value and consequently the value in use calculation is likely to give a different result (usually lower) to a fair value calculation.

In testing for indications of impairment and performing impairment calculations, assets are considered as collective groups and referred to as cash-generating units. Cash-generating units are the smallest identifiable group of assets, liabilities and associated goodwill that generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.

The impairment assessments are based on a range of estimates and assumptions, including:

Estimates/assumptions:Basis:

•       Future production

•  proved and probable reserves, resource estimates and, in  certain cases, expansion projects

•       Commodity prices

forward market and contract prices, and longer-term price  protocol estimates

•       Exchange rates

current (forward) market exchange rates

•       Discount rates

cost of capital risk-adjusted appropriate to the resource

Overburden removal costs

The process of removing overburden and other mine waste materials to access mineral deposits is referred to as stripping. In open-pit mining, stripping costs are accounted for separately for each component of an ore body. A component is a specific section within an ore body that is made more accessible by the stripping activity. The identification of components is dependent on the mine plan and will often comprise a separate pushback or phase identified in the plan.

There are two types of stripping activity:

Development stripping is the initial overburden removal during the development phase to obtain access to a mineral deposit that will be commercially produced.

Production stripping is the interburden removal during the normal course of production activity. Production stripping commences after the first saleable minerals have been extracted from the component.

Development stripping costs are capitalised as a development stripping asset when:

It is probable that future economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the entity; and

The costs can be measured reliably.

Production stripping can give rise to two benefits being the extraction of ore in the current period and improved access to the ore body component in future periods. To the extent that the benefit is the extraction of ore the stripping costs are recognised as an inventory cost. To the extent the benefit is improved access to future ore, the stripping costs are recognised as a production stripping asset if the following criteria are met:

It is probable that the future economic benefit (improved access to ore) will flow to the entity;

The component of the ore body for which access has been improved can be identified; and

The costs relating to the stripping activity can be measured reliably.

Production stripping costs are allocated between the inventory produced and the production stripping asset using a life-of- component waste to ore (or mineral contained) strip ratio. When the current strip ratio is greater than the life-of-component ratio a portion of the stripping costs is capitalised to the production stripping asset.

The development and production stripping assets are depreciated on a units of production basis based on the proven and probable reserves of the relevant components. Stripping assets are classified as other mineral assets in property, plant and equipment.

Inventories

Inventories, including work in progress, are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined primarily on the basis of average costs. For processed inventories, cost is derived on an absorption costing basis. Cost comprises cost of purchasing raw materials and cost of production, including attributable mining and manufacturing overheads. In respect of minerals inventory, quantities are assessed primarily through surveys and assays. In respect of petroleum inventory, quantities are derived through flow rate or tank volume measurement; volume calculation and composition is derived via sample analysis.

Finance costs

Finance costs are expensed as incurred except where they relate to the financing of construction or development of qualifying assets requiring a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended future use, in which case finance costs are capitalised up to the date when the asset is ready for its intended use. The amount of finance costs capitalised (before the effects of income tax) for the period is determined by applying the interest rate applicable to appropriate borrowings outstanding during the period, to the average amount of capitalised expenditure for the qualifying assets during the period.

Taxation

Taxation on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Taxation is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case the tax is recognised in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year using rates enacted or substantively enacted at period end, and includes any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for the tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax assessment or deduction purposes. Where an asset has no deductible or depreciable amount for income tax purposes, but has a deductible amount on sale or abandonment for capital gains tax purposes, that amount is included in the determination of temporary differences. The tax effect of certain temporary differences is not recognised, principally with respect to: goodwill; temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities (other than those arising in a business combination or in a manner that initially impacted

accounting or taxable profit); and temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates to the extent that the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax recognised is based on the expected manner and timing of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, with the exception of items that have a tax base solely derived under capital gains tax legislation, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at period end. To the extent that an item’s tax base is solely derived from the amount deductible under capital gains tax legislation, deferred tax is determined as if such amounts are deductible in determining future assessable income.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date and amended to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group has both the right and the intention to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net or simultaneous basis.

Royalties and resource rent taxes are treated as taxation arrangements when they have the characteristics of a tax. This is considered to be the case when they are imposed under government authority and the amount payable is calculated by reference to revenue derived (net of any allowable deductions) after adjustment for temporary differences. For such arrangements, current and deferred tax is provided on the same basis as described above for other forms of taxation. Obligations arising from royalty arrangements that do not satisfy these criteria are recognised as current provisions and included in expenses.

Provision for employee benefits

Provision is made in the financial statements for all employee benefits, including on costs. In relation toindustry-based long service leave funds, the Group’s liability, including obligations for funding shortfalls, is determined after deducting the fair value of dedicated assets of such funds.

Liabilities for unpaid wages and salaries are recognised in sundry creditors. Current entitlements to annual leave and accumulating sick leave accrued for services up to the reporting date are recognised in provision for employee benefits and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid. Entitlements to non-accumulating sick leave are recognised when the leave is taken.

The current liability for long service leave (for which settlement within 12 months of the reporting date cannot be deferred) is recognised in the current provision for employee benefits and is measured in accordance with annual leave described above. The non-current liability for long service leave is recognised in the non-current provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on national government bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Superannuation, pensions and other post-retirement benefits

The Group operates or participates in a number of pension (including superannuation) schemes throughout the world. The funding of the schemes complies with local regulations. The assets of the schemes are generally held separately from those of the Group and are administered by trustees or management boards.

For defined contribution schemes or schemes operated on an industry-wide basis where it is not possible to identify assets attributable to the participation by the Group’s employees, the pension charge is calculated on the basis of contributions payable.

For defined benefit schemes, the cost of providing pensions is charged to the income statement so as to recognise current and past service costs, interest cost on defined benefit obligations, and the effect of any curtailments or settlements, net of returns on plan assets. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised directly in equity. An asset or liability is consequently recognised in the balance sheet based on the present value of defined benefit obligations less the fair value of plan assets, except that any such asset cannot exceed the present value of expected refunds from and reductions in future contributions to the plan. Defined benefit obligations are estimated by discounting expected future payments using market yields at the reporting date on high-quality corporate bonds in countries that have developed corporate bond markets. However, where developed corporate bond markets do not exist, the discount rates are selected by reference to national government bonds. In both instances, the bonds are selected with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash flows.

Certain Group companies provide post-retirement medical benefits to qualifying retirees. In some cases the benefits are provided through medical care schemes to which the Group, the employees, the retirees and covered family members contribute. In some schemes there is no funding of the benefits before retirement. These schemes are recognised on the same basis as described above for defined benefit pension schemes.

Closure and rehabilitation

The mining, extraction and processing activities of the Group normally give rise to obligations for site closure or rehabilitation. Closure and rehabilitation works can include facility decommissioning and dismantling; removal or treatment of waste materials; site and land rehabilitation. The extent of work required and the associated costs are dependent on the requirements of relevant authorities and the Group’s environmental policies.

Provisions for the cost of each closure and rehabilitation program are recognised at the time that environmental disturbance occurs. When the extent of disturbance increases over the life of an operation, the provision is increased accordingly. Costs included in the provision encompass all closure and rehabilitation activity expected to occur progressively over the life of the operation and at or after the time of closure, for disturbance existing at the reporting date. Routine operating costs that may impact the ultimate closure and rehabilitation activities, such as waste material handling conducted as an integral part of a mining or production process, are not included in the provision. Costs arising from unforeseen circumstances, such as the contamination caused by unplanned discharges, are recognised as an expense and liability when the event gives rise to an obligation which is probable and capable of reliable estimation.

The timing of the actual closure and rehabilitation expenditure is dependent upon a number of factors such as the life and nature of the asset, the operating licence conditions, the principles of Our BHP Billiton Charter and the environment in which the mine operates. Expenditure may occur before and after closure and can continue for an extended period of time dependent on closure and rehabilitation requirements. The majority of the expenditure is expected to be paid over periods of up to 50 years with some payments into perpetuity.

Closure and rehabilitation provisions are measured at the expected value of future cash flows, discounted to their present value and determined according to the probability of alternative estimates of cash flows occurring for each operation. Discount rates used are specific to the country in which the operation is located. Significant judgements and estimates are involved in forming expectations of future activities and the amount and timing of the associated cash flows. Those expectations are formed based on existing environmental and regulatory requirements or, if more stringent, Group environmental policies which give rise to a constructive obligation.

When provisions for closure and rehabilitation are initially recognised, the corresponding cost is capitalised as an asset, representing part of the cost of acquiring the future economic benefits of the operation. The capitalised cost of closure and rehabilitation activities is recognised in property, plant and equipment and depreciated accordingly. The value of the provision is progressively increased over time as the effect of discounting unwinds, creating an expense recognised in financial expenses.

Closure and rehabilitation provisions are also adjusted for changes in estimates. Those adjustments are accounted for as a change in the corresponding capitalised cost, except where a reduction in the provision is greater than the undepreciated capitalised cost of the related assets, in which case the capitalised cost is reduced to nil and the remaining adjustment is recognised in the income statement. In the case of closed sites, changes to estimated costs are recognised immediately in the income statement. Changes to the capitalised cost result in an adjustment to future depreciation. Adjustments to the estimated amount and timing of future closure and rehabilitation cash flows are a normal occurrence in light of the significant judgements and estimates involved. Factors influencing those changes include:

revisions to estimated reserves, resources and lives of operations;

developments in technology;

regulatory requirements and environmental management strategies;

changes in the estimated extent and costs of anticipated activities, including the effects of inflation and movements in foreign exchange rates;

movements in interest rates affecting the discount rate applied.

Financial instruments

All financial assets are initially recognised at the fair value of consideration paid. Subsequently, financial assets are carried at fair value or amortised cost less impairment. Where non-derivative financial assets are carried at fair value, gains and losses on remeasurement are recognised directly in equity unless the financial assets have been designated as being held at fair value through profit or loss, in which case the gains and losses are recognised directly in the income statement. Financial assets are designated as being held at fair value through profit or loss where this is necessary to reduce measurement inconsistencies for related assets and liabilities. All financial liabilities other than derivatives are initially recognised at fair value of consideration received net of transaction costs as appropriate (initial cost) and, with the exception of financial liabilities which have been designated in fair value hedging relationships, are subsequently carried at amortised cost.

Derivatives, including those embedded in other contractual arrangements but separated for accounting purposes because they are not clearly and closely related to the host contract, are initially recognised at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss on remeasurement depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The measurement of fair value is based on quoted market prices. Where no price information is available from a quoted market source, alternative market mechanisms or recent comparable transactions, fair value is estimated based on the Group’s views on relevant future prices, net of valuation allowances to accommodate liquidity, modelling credit and other risks implicit in such estimates.

Forward exchange contracts and interest rate swaps held for hedging purposes are accounted for as either cash flow or fair value hedges. Derivatives embedded within other contractual arrangements and the majority of commodity-based transactions executed through derivative contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting.

Fair value hedges

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. Any difference between the change in fair value of the derivative and the hedged risk constitutes ineffectiveness of the hedge and is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Cash flow hedges

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in equity in the hedging reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset (for example, plant and equipment purchases) or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the measurement of the initial carrying amount of the asset or liability.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge ceases to meet the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a hedged forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative hedge gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement.

Available for sale and trading investments

Available for sale and trading investments are measured at fair value. Gains and losses on the remeasurement of trading investments are recognised directly in the income statement. Gains and losses on the remeasurement of available for sale investments are recognised directly in equity and subsequently recognised in the income statement when realised by sale or redemption, or when a reduction in fair value is judged to represent an impairment.

Application of critical accounting policies and estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgements and estimates and form assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenues and expenses reported in the financial statements. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its judgements and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases its judgements and estimates on historical experience and on other factors it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of the reported amounts that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

The Group has identified the following critical accounting policies under which significant judgements, estimates and assumptions are made and where actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect financial results or the financial position reported in future periods.

Further details of the nature of these assumptions and conditions may be found in the relevant notes to the financial statements.

Reserve estimates

Reserves are estimates of the amount of product that can be economically and legally extracted from the Group’s properties. In order to estimate reserves, estimates are required for a range of geological, technical and economic factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates, production costs, transport costs, commodity demand, commodity prices and exchange rates.

Estimating the quantity and/or grade of reserves requires the size, shape and depth of ore bodies or fields to be determined by analysing geological data such as drilling samples. This process may require complex and difficult geological judgements to interpret the data.

The Group determines and reports ore reserves in Australia and the United Kingdom under the principles incorporated in the Australasian Code for Reporting Exploration Results of Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves December 2012 known as the JORC Code, and the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules 2012 for minerals. The JORC Code requires the use of reasonable investment assumptions when reporting reserves. As a result, management will form a view of forecast sales prices, based on current and long-term historical average price trends. For example, if current prices remain above long-term historical averages for an extended period of time, management may assume that lower prices will prevail in the future and as a result, those lower prices are used to estimate reserves under the JORC Code. Lower price assumptions generally result in lower estimates of reserves.

Reserve reporting requirements for SEC (United States of America) filings are specified in Industry Guide 7, which requires economic assumptions to be based on current economic conditions (which may differ from assumptions based on reasonable investment assumptions). Accordingly, for SEC filings, we test our reserve estimates derived under JORC against assumed ‘current economic conditions’. ‘Current economic conditions’ are based on the three-year average of historical contract and market prices for commodities such as iron ore and coal, and the three-year average of historical market prices for commodities that are traded on the London Metal Exchange, such as copper and nickel. However, we only report a different reserve in the United States if, based on the United States SEC pricing assumptions test, the reserve will be lower than that reported under JORC in Australia and the United Kingdom.

Oil and gas reserves reported in Australia and the United Kingdom, and the United States for SEC filing purposes, are based on the average of prices prevailing on the first day of each month for the past 12 months as required under the SEC Rules ‘Modernisation of Oil & Gas Reporting’.

Because the economic assumptions used to estimate reserves change from period to period, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of reserves may change from period to period. Changes in reported reserves may affect the Group’s financial results and financial position in a number of ways, including the following:

Asset recoverable amounts may be affected due to changes in estimated future cash flows.

Depreciation, depletion and amortisation charged in the income statement may change where such charges are determined on the units of production basis, or where the useful economic lives of assets change.

Overburden removal costs recorded on the balance sheet or charged to the income statement may change due to changes in stripping ratios or the units of production basis of depreciation.

Decommissioning, site restoration and environmental provisions may change where changes in estimated reserves affect expectations about the timing or cost of these activities.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets may change due to changes in estimates of the likely recovery of the tax benefits.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

The Group’s accounting policy for exploration and evaluation expenditure results in certain items of expenditure being capitalised for an area of interest where it is considered likely to be recoverable by future exploitation or sale or where the activities have not reached a stage which permits a reasonable assessment of the existence of reserves. This policy requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions as to future events and circumstances, in particular whether an economically viable extraction operation can be established. Any such

estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having capitalised the expenditure under the policy, a judgement is made that recovery of the expenditure is unlikely, the relevant capitalised amount will be written off to the income statement.

Development expenditure

Development activities commence after project sanctioning by the appropriate level of management. Judgement is applied by management in determining when a project is economically viable. In exercising this judgement, management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions similar to those described above for capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure. Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having commenced the development activity, a judgement is made that a development asset is impaired, the appropriate amount will be written off to the income statement.

Property, plant and equipment and Intangible assets – recoverable amount

In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, each asset or cash-generating unit is evaluated every reporting period to determine whether there are any indications of impairment or reversal of previously recognised impairment losses. If any such indication exists, a formal estimate of recoverable amount is performed. Where carrying amount exceeds recoverable amount an impairment loss is recognised. A reversal of previously recognised impairment loss is limited to the lesser of the amount that would not cause the increased carrying amount to exceed (a) its recoverable amount; or (b) the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset or cash-generating unit. The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating group of assets is measured at the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use.

The determination of fair value and value in use requires management to make estimates and assumptions about expected production and sales volumes, commodity prices (considering current and historical prices, price trends and related factors), reserves (see ‘Reserve estimates’ above), operating costs, closure and rehabilitation costs and future capital expenditure. These estimates and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty; hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter these projections, which may impact the recoverable amount of the assets. In such circumstances, some or all of the carrying amount of the assets may be further impaired or the impairment charge reduced with the impact recorded in the income statement.

Defined benefit pension schemes

The Group’s accounting policy for defined benefit pension schemes requires management to make judgements as to the nature of benefits provided by each scheme and thereby determine the classification of each scheme. For defined benefit schemes, management is required to make annual estimates and assumptions about future returns on classes of scheme assets, future remuneration changes, employee attrition rates, administration costs, changes in benefits, inflation rates, exchange rates, life expectancy and expected remaining periods of service of employees. In making these estimates and assumptions, management considers advice provided by external advisers, such as actuaries. Where actual experience differs to these estimates, actuarial gains and losses are recognised directly in equity. Refer to note 30 ‘Pension and other post-retirement obligations’ for details of the key assumptions.

Provision for closure and rehabilitation

The Group’s accounting policy for the recognition of closure and rehabilitation provisions requires significant estimates and assumptions such as: requirements of the relevant legal and regulatory framework; the magnitude of possible contamination; and the timing, extent and costs of required closure and rehabilitation activity. These uncertainties may result in future actual expenditure differing from the amounts currently provided.

The provision recognised for each site is periodically reviewed and updated based on the facts and circumstances available at the time. Changes to the estimated future costs for operating sites are recognised in the balance sheet by adjusting both the closure and rehabilitation asset and provision. For closed sites, changes to estimated costs are recognised immediately in the income statement.

In addition to the uncertainties noted above, certain closure and rehabilitation activities are subject to legal disputes and depending on the ultimate resolution of these issues, the final liability for these matters could vary.

Taxation

The Group’s accounting policy for taxation, including royalty-related taxation, requires management’s judgement as to the types of arrangements considered to be a tax on income in contrast to an operating cost. Judgement is also required in assessing whether deferred tax assets and certain deferred tax liabilities are recognised on the balance sheet. Deferred tax assets, including those arising from unrecouped tax losses, capital losses, foreign tax credits and temporary differences, are recognised only where it is considered more likely than not that they will be recovered, which is dependent on the generation of sufficient future taxable profits. Deferred tax liabilities arising from temporary differences in investments, caused principally by retained earnings held in foreign tax jurisdictions, are recognised unless repatriation of retained earnings can be controlled and are not expected to occur in the foreseeable future.

Assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits and repatriation of retained earnings depend on management’s estimates of future cash flows. These depend on estimates of future production and sales volumes, commodity prices, reserves, operating costs, closure and rehabilitation costs, capital expenditure, dividends and other capital management transactions. Judgements are also required about the application of income tax legislation and its interaction with income tax accounting principles. These judgements and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty, hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact the amount of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recognised on the balance sheet and the amount of other tax losses and temporary differences not yet recognised. In such circumstances, some or all of the carrying amount of recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities may require adjustment, resulting in a corresponding credit or charge to the income statement.

Exchange rates

The following exchange rates relative to the US dollar have been applied in the financial statements:

   Average
year ended
30 June 2014
   Average
year ended
30 June 2013
   Average
year ended
30 June 2012
   As at
30 June 2014
   As at
30 June 2013
   As at
30 June 2012
 

Australian dollar(a)

   0.92     1.03     1.03     0.94     0.92     1.00  

Brazilian real

   2.29     2.04     1.78     2.20     2.18     2.08  

Canadian dollar

   1.07     1.00     1.00     1.07     1.05     1.03  

Chilean peso

   532     479     492     551     504     510  

Colombian peso

   1,935     1,814     1,825     1,881     1,923     1,807  

Euro

   0.74     0.77     0.75     0.73     0.77     0.80  

South African rand

   10.39     8.84     7.77     10.60     10.00     8.41  

UK pound sterling

   0.62     0.64     0.63     0.59     0.66     0.64  

(a)Displayed as US$ to A$1 based on common convention.

2 Segment reporting

Business segments

The Group operates five Businesses aligned with the commodities which we extract and market, reflecting the structure used by the Group’s management to assess the performance of the Group.

Reportable segment

Principal activities

Petroleum and Potash

Exploration, development and production of oil and gas

Potash pre-development

CopperMining of copper, silver, lead, zinc, molybdenum, uranium and gold
Iron OreMining of iron ore
CoalMining of metallurgical coal and thermal (energy) coal
Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

Mining of bauxite, refining of bauxite into alumina and smelting of alumina into aluminium metal

Mining of manganese ore and production of manganese metal and alloys

Mining and production of nickel products

Group and unallocated items represent Group centre functions, unallocated operations and consolidation adjustments. Exploration and technology activities are recognised within relevant segments.

It is the Group’s policy that inter-segment sales are made on a commercial basis.

   Petroleum
and Potash
  Copper  Iron Ore  Coal  Aluminium,
Manganese

and Nickel
  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations (f)
  BHP
Billiton
Group
 
US$M                      

Year ended 30 June 2014

        

Revenue

        

Group production

   14,022    12,838    20,882    8,659    7,583        63,984  

Third party products

   437    1,030    130    456    823    103    2,979  

Rendering of services

   112        131                243  

Inter-segment revenue

   262        213        5    (480    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total revenue(a)

   14,833    13,868    21,356    9,115    8,411    (377  67,206  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBITDA (b)

   9,615    6,586    13,531    1,717    1,029    (119  32,359  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

   (3,951  (1,418  (1,464  (1,039  (670  (159  (8,701

Impairment (losses)/reversals

   (377  (88  35    (292  (52  (23  (797
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT (b)

   5,287    5,080    12,102    386    307    (301  22,861  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

        

Group production

   5,288    4,634    11,498    218    289    (305  21,622  

Third party products

   3    8    (3  18    18        44  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   (4  438    607    150        4    1,195  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT (b)

   5,287    5,080    12,102    386    307    (301  22,861  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs(c)

         (1,176

Exceptional items(d)

         551  
        

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

         22,236  
        

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

   6,423    3,757    2,949    2,345    498    21    15,993  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method (e)

   115    1,386    1,069    1,089        5    3,664  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets (e)

   47,046    24,690    27,412    18,863    12,713    20,689    151,413  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities (e)

   7,532    2,459    4,022    4,563    3,391    44,064    66,031  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Petroleum
and Potash
  Copper  Iron Ore  Coal  Aluminium,
Manganese

and Nickel
  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations (f)
  BHP
Billiton
Group
 
US$M                      

Year ended 30 June 2013

        

Revenue

        

Group production

   12,951    13,837    18,331    9,310    8,093    326    62,848  

Third party products

   175    700    86    585    1,165    175    2,886  

Rendering of services

   98        121                219  

Inter-segment revenue

           55        20    (75    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total revenue(a)

   13,224    14,537    18,593    9,895    9,278    426    65,953  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBITDA (b)

   8,910    6,885    12,113    1,480    915    5    30,308  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

   (3,068  (1,197  (917  (885  (772  (192  (7,031

Impairment (losses)/reversals

   (206  (49  (87      15    (20  (347
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT (b)

   5,636    5,639    11,109    595    158    (207  22,930  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

        

Group production

   5,616    5,181    10,565    410    120    (231  21,661  

Third party products

   11    3    31    44    38        127  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   9    455    513    141        24    1,142  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT (b)

   5,636    5,639    11,109    595    158    (207  22,930  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs(c)

         (1,276

Exceptional items(d)

         (1,928
        

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

         19,726  
        

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

   7,675    3,930    5,979    3,626    893    140    22,243  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method(e)

   130    1,351    1,044    1,150            3,675  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets(e)

   44,383    22,623    25,877    17,568    12,092    16,635    139,178  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities(e)

   6,858    2,549    3,751    4,343    3,283    43,103    63,887  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Petroleum
and Potash
  Copper  Iron Ore  Coal  Aluminium,
Manganese

and Nickel
  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations (f)
  BHP
Billiton
Group
 
US$M 

Year ended 30 June 2012

        

Revenue

        

Group production

   12,617    13,090    20,171    11,638    8,334    706    66,556  

Third party products

   230    463    86    856    1,563    310    3,508  

Rendering of services

   86        309    18            413  

Inter-segment revenue

           39        14    (53    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total revenue(a)

   12,933    13,553    20,605    12,512    9,911    963    70,477  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBITDA (b)

   9,097    6,203    14,815    3,340    809    353    34,617  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

   (3,045  (960  (771  (730  (811  (114  (6,431

Impairment (losses)/reversals

   (19  70        2    (22  (131  (100
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT (b)

   6,033    5,313    14,044    2,612    (24  108    28,086  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

        

Group production

   6,023    4,800    13,104    2,195    (43  4    26,083  

Third party products

   3    (9  31    90    19        134  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   7    522    909    327        104    1,869  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT (b)

   6,033    5,313    14,044    2,612    (24  108    28,086  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs(c)

         (668

Exceptional items(d)

         (3,486
        

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

         23,932  
        

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

   5,488    3,518    4,458    3,103    1,941    129    18,637  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method (e)

   129    1,073    876    1,103            3,181  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets (e)

   39,937    20,417    21,214    15,635    16,759    15,239    129,201  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities(e)

   6,354    3,696    3,839    4,972    3,632    37,393    59,886  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Revenue not attributable to reportable segments comprises the sale of freight and fuel to third parties, as well as revenues from unallocated operations described in footnote (f).

(b)Underlying EBIT is earnings before net finance costs, taxation and any exceptional items. Underlying EBIT is reported net of the Group’s share of net finance costs and taxation of equity accounted investments. Underlying EBITDA is Underlying EBIT before depreciation, impairments and amortisation.

(c)Refer to note 6 Net finance costs.

(d)Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

(e)Total segment assets and liabilities of businesses represent operating assets and operating liabilities including the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is impairedequity accounted investments and an impairment loss is charged to the income statement so as to reduce the carrying amount in the balance sheet to its recoverable amount.

Fair value is determined as the amount that would be obtained from the sale of the asset in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable and willing parties. Fair value for mineral assets is generally determined as the present value of the estimated futurepredominantly excludes cash flows expected to arise from the continued use of the asset, including any expansion prospects, and its eventual disposal, using assumptions that an independent market participant may take into account. These cash flows are discounted at an appropriate rate to arrive at a net present value of the asset.

Value in use is determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continued use of the asset in its present form and its eventual disposal. Value in use is determined by applying assumptions specific to the Group’s continued use and cannot take into account future development. These assumptions are different to those used in calculating fair value and consequently the value in use calculation is likely to give a different result (usually lower) to a fair value calculation.

In testing for indications of impairment and performing impairment calculations, assets are considered as collective groups and referred to as cash generating units. Cash generating units are the smallest identifiable group of assets,balances, interest bearing liabilities and associated goodwill that generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.

The impairment assessments are based on a range of estimates and assumptions, including:

Estimates/assumptions:

Basis:

•    Future production

proved and probable reserves, resource estimates and, in certain cases, expansion projects

•    Commodity prices

forward market and contract prices, and longer-term price protocol estimates

•    Exchange rates

current (forward) market exchange rates

•    Discount rates

cost of capital risk-adjusted appropriate to the resource

Overburden removal costs

Overburden and other mine waste materials are often removed during the initial development of a mine site in order to access the mineral deposit. This activity is referred to as development stripping. The directly attributable costs (inclusive of an allocation of relevant overhead expenditure) are initially capitalised as assets under construction. Capitalisation of development stripping costs ceases at the time that saleable material begins to be extracted from the mine. On completion of development, all capitalised development stripping included in assets under construction is transferred to other mineral assets.

Production stripping commences at the time that saleable materials begin to be extracted from the mine and normally continues throughout the life of a mine. The costs of production stripping are charged to the income statement as operating costs when the ratio of waste material to ore extracted for an area of interest is expected to be constant throughout its estimated life. When the ratio of waste to ore is not expected to be constant, production stripping costs are accounted for as follows:

All costs are initially charged to the income statement and classified as operating costs.

When the current ratio of waste to ore is greater than the estimated life-of-mine ratio, a portion of the stripping costs (inclusive of an allocation of relevant overhead expenditure) is capitalised to other mineral assets.

In subsequent years when the ratio of waste to ore is less than the estimated life-of-mine ratio, a portion of capitalised stripping costs is charged to the income statement as operating costs.

The amount of production stripping costs capitalised or charged in a financial year is determined so that the stripping expense for the financial year reflects the estimated life-of-mine ratio. Changes to the estimated life-of-mine ratio are accounted for prospectively from the date of the change.

Inventories

Inventories, including work in progress, are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined primarily on the basis of average costs. For processed inventories, cost is derived on an absorption costing basis. Cost comprises cost of purchasing raw materials and cost of production, including attributable mining and manufacturing overheads.

Finance costs

Finance costs are generally expensed as incurred except where they relate to the financing of construction or development of qualifying assets requiring a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended future use.

Finance costs are capitalised up to the date when the asset is ready for its intended use. The amount of finance costs capitalised (before the effects of income tax) for the period is determined by applying the interest rate applicable to appropriate borrowings outstanding during the period to the average amount of capitalised expenditure for the qualifying assets during the period.

Taxation

Taxation on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Taxation is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case the tax is recognised in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year using rates enacted or substantively enacted at the year end, and includes any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for the tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax assessment or deduction purposes. Where an asset has no deductible or depreciable amount for income tax purposes, but has a deductible amount on sale or abandonment for capital gains tax purposes, that amount is included in the determination of temporary differences. The tax effect of certain temporary differences is not recognised, principally with respect to goodwill; temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities (other than those arising in a business combination or in a manner that initially impacted accounting or taxable profit); and temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates to the extent that the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and the temporary difference is not expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax recognised is based on the expected manner and timing of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, with the exception of items that have a tax base solely derived under capital gains tax legislation, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at period end. To the extent that an item’s tax base is solely derived from the amount deductible under capital gains tax legislation, deferred tax is determined as if such amounts are deductible in determining future assessable income.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date and amended to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group has both the right and the intention to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net or simultaneous basis.

Royalties and resource rent taxes are treated as taxation arrangements when they have the characteristics of a tax. This is considered to be the case when they are imposed under government authority and the amount payable is calculated by reference to revenue derived (net of any allowable deductions) after adjustment for temporary differences. For such arrangements, current and deferred tax is provided on the same basis as described above for other forms of taxation. Obligations arising from royalty arrangements that do not satisfy these criteria are recognised as current provisions and included in expenses.

Provision for employee benefits

Provision is made in the financial statements for all employee benefits, including on-costs. In relation to industry-based long service leave funds, the Group’s liability, including obligations for funding shortfalls, is determined after deducting the fair value of dedicated assets of such funds.

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave and accumulating sick leave obliged to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date, are recognised in sundry creditors or provision for employee benefits in respect of employees’ services up to the reporting date and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. Liabilities for non-accumulating sick leave are recognised when the leave is taken and measured at the rates paid or payable.

The liability for long service leave for which settlement within 12 months of the reporting date cannot be deferred is recognised in the current provision for employee benefits and is measured in accordance with annual leave described above. The liability for long service leave for which settlement can be deferred beyond 12 months from the reporting date is recognised in the non-current provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on national government bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Superannuation, pensions and other post-retirement benefits

The Group operates or participates in a number of pension (including superannuation) schemes throughout the world. The funding of the schemes complies with local regulations. The assets of the schemes are generally held separately from those of the Group and are administered by trustees or management boards.

For defined contribution schemes or schemes operated on an industry-wide basis where it is not possible to identify assets attributable to the participation by the Group’s employees, the pension charge is calculated on the basis of contributions payable.

For defined benefit schemes, the cost of providing pensions is charged to the income statement so as to recognise current and past service costs, interest cost on defined benefit obligations, and the effect of any curtailments or settlements, net of expected returns on plan assets. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised directly in equity. An asset or liability is consequently recognised in the balance sheet based on the present value of defined benefit obligations, less any unrecognised past service costs and the fair value of plan assets, except that any such asset cannot exceed the total of unrecognised past service costs and the present value of refunds from and reductions in future contributions to the plan. Defined benefit obligations are estimated by discounting expected future payments using market yields at the reporting date on high-quality corporate bonds in countries that have developed corporate bond markets. However, where developed corporate bond markets do not exist, the discount rates are selected by reference to national government bonds. In both instances, the bonds are selected with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash flows.

Certain Group companies provide post-retirement medical benefits to qualifying retirees. In some cases the benefits are provided through medical care schemes to which the Group, the employees, the retirees and covered family members contribute. In some schemes there is no funding of the benefits before retirement. These schemes are recognised on the same basis as described above for defined benefit pension schemes.

Closure and rehabilitation

The mining, extraction and processing activities of the Group normally give rise to obligations for site closure or rehabilitation. Closure and rehabilitation works can include facility decommissioning and dismantling; removal or treatment of waste materials; site and land rehabilitation. The extent of work required and the associated costs are dependent on the requirements of relevant authorities and the Group’s environmental policies.

Provisions for the cost of each closure and rehabilitation program are recognised at the time that environmental disturbance occurs. When the extent of disturbance increases over the life of an operation, the provision is increased accordingly. Costs included in the provision encompass all closure and rehabilitation activity expected to occur progressively over the life of the operation and at the time of closure in connection with disturbances at the reporting date. Routine operating costs that may impact the ultimate closure and rehabilitation activities, such as waste material handling conducted as an integral part of a mining or production process, are not included in the provision. Costs arising from unforeseen circumstances, such as the contamination caused by unplanned discharges, are recognised as an expense and liability when the event gives rise to an obligation which is probable and capable of reliable estimation.

The timing of the actual closure and rehabilitation expenditure is dependent upon a number of factors such as the life and nature of the asset, the operating licence conditions, the principles of the Group’s Charter and the environment in which the mine operates. Expenditure may occur before and after closure and can continue for an extended period of time dependent on closure and rehabilitation requirements. The majority of the expenditure is expected to be paid over periods of up to 50 years with some payments into perpetuity.

Closure and rehabilitation provisions are measured at the expected value of future cash flows, discounted to their present value and determined according to the probability of alternative estimates of cash flows occurring for each operation. Discount rates used are specific to the country in which the operation is located. Significant judgements and estimates are involved in forming expectations of future activities and the amount and timing of the associated cash flows. Those expectations are formed based on existing environmental and regulatory requirements or, if more stringent, Group environmental policies which give rise to a constructive obligation.

When provisions for closure and rehabilitation are initially recognised, the corresponding cost is capitalised as an asset, representing part of the cost of acquiring the future economic benefits of the operation. The capitalised cost of closure and rehabilitation activities is recognised in property, plant and equipment and depreciated accordingly. The value of the provision is progressively increased over time as the effect of discounting unwinds, creating an expense recognised in financial expenses.

Closure and rehabilitation provisions are also adjusted for changes in estimates. Those adjustments are accounted for as a change in the corresponding capitalised cost, except where a reduction in the provision is greater than the undepreciated capitalised cost of the related assets, in which case the capitalised cost is reduced to nil and the remaining adjustment is recognised in the income statement. In the case of closed sites, changes to estimated costs are recognised immediately in the income statement. Changes to the capitalised cost result in an adjustment to future depreciation. Adjustments to the estimated amount and timing of future closure and rehabilitation cash flows are a normal occurrence in light of the significant judgements and estimates involved. Factors influencing those changes include:

revisions to estimated reserves, resources and lives of operations;

developments in technology;

regulatory requirements and environmental management strategies;

changes in the estimated extent and costs of anticipated activities, including the effects of inflation and movements in foreign exchange rates;

movements in interest rates affecting the discount rate applied.

Financial instruments

All financial assets are initially recognised at the fair value of consideration paid. Subsequently, financial assets are carried at fair value or amortised cost less impairment. Where non-derivative financial assets are carried at fair value, gains and losses on remeasurement are recognised directly in equity unless the financial assets have been designated as being held at fair value through profit or loss, in which case the gains and losses are recognised directly in the income statement. Financial assets are designated as being held at fair value through profit or loss when this is necessary to reduce measurement inconsistencies for related assets and liabilities. All financial liabilities other than derivatives are initially recognised at fair value of consideration received net of transaction costs as appropriate (initial cost) and subsequently carried at amortised cost.

Derivatives, including those embedded in other contractual arrangements but separated for accounting purposes because they are not clearly and closely related to the host contract, are initially recognised at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss on remeasurement depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The measurement of fair value is based on quoted market prices. Where no price information is available from a quoted market source, alternative market mechanisms or recent comparable transactions, fair value is estimated based on the Group’s views on relevant future prices, net of valuation allowances to accommodate liquidity, modelling and other risks implicit in such estimates.

Forward exchange contracts held for hedging purposes are accounted for as either cash flow or fair value hedges. Interest rate swaps held for hedging purposes are generally accounted for as fair value hedges. Derivatives embedded within other contractual arrangements and the majority of commodity-based transactions executed through derivative contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting.

Fair value hedges

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. Any difference between the change in fair value of the derivative and the hedged risk constitutes ineffectiveness of the hedge and is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Cash flow hedges

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in equity in the hedging reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset (for example, plant and equipment purchases) or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the measurement of the initial carrying amount of the asset or liability.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a hedged forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative hedge gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement.

Available for sale and trading investments

Available for sale and trading investments are measured at fair value. Gains and losses on the remeasurement of trading investments are recognised directly in the income statement. Gains and losses on the remeasurement of available for sale investments are recognised directly in equity and subsequently recognised in the income statement when realised by sale or redemption, or when a reduction in fair value is judged to represent an impairment.

Application of critical accounting policies and estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgements and estimates and form assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported revenue and expenses during the periods presented therein. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its judgements and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases its judgements and estimates on historical experience and on other factors it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

The Group has identified the following critical accounting policies under which significant judgements, estimates and assumptions are made and where actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect financial results or the financial position reported in future periods.

Further details of the nature of these assumptions and conditions may be found in the relevant notes to the financial statements.

Reserve estimates

Reserves are estimates of the amount of product that can be economically and legally extracted from the Group’s properties. In order to estimate reserves, estimates are required about a range of geological, technical and economic factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates, production costs, transport costs, commodity demand, commodity prices and exchange rates.

Estimating the quantity and/or grade of reserves requires the size, shape and depth of ore bodies or fields to be determined by analysing geological data such as drilling samples. This process may require complex and difficult geological judgements to interpret the data.

The Group determines and reports ore reserves in Australia and the UK under the principles incorporated in the Australasian Code for Reporting Exploration Results of Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves December 2004, known as the JORC Code. The JORC Code requires the use of reasonable investment assumptions when reporting reserves. As a result, management will form a view of forecast sales prices, based on current and long-term historical average price trends. For example, if current prices remain above long-term historical averages for an extended period of time, management may assume that lower prices will prevail in the future and as a result, those lower prices are used to estimate reserves under the JORC Code. Lower price assumptions generally result in lower estimates of reserves.

Reserve reporting requirements for SEC (United States of America) filings are specified in Industry Guide 7, which requires economic assumptions to be based on current economic conditions (which may differ from assumptions based on reasonable investment assumptions). Accordingly, for SEC filings, we test our reserve estimates derived under JORC against assumed ‘current economic conditions’. ‘Current economic conditions’ are based on the three-year historical average contract prices for commodities, such as iron ore and coal, and the three-year historical average for commodities that are traded on the London Metal Exchange, such as copper and nickel. However, we only report a different reserve in the US if, based on the US SEC pricing assumptions test, the reserve will be lower than that reported under JORC in Australia and the UK.

Oil and gas reserves reported in Australia and the UK, and the US for SEC filing purposes are based on the average of prices prevailing on the first day of each month for the past 12 months as required under the SEC Rules ‘Modernisation of Oil & Gas Reporting’. Reserves reported in prior periods are based on the prices prevailing at the time of the estimates as previously required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 69 ‘Disclosures about Oil and Gas Producing Activities’, issued by the US Financial Accounting Standards Board.

Because the economic assumptions used to estimate reserves change from period to period, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of reserves may change from period to period. Changes in reported reserves may affect the Group’s financial results and financial position in a number of ways, including the following:

Asset carrying amounts may be affected due to changes in estimated future cash flows.

Depreciation, depletion and amortisation charged in the income statement may change where such charges are determined by the units of production basis, or where the useful economic lives of assets change.

Overburden removal costs recorded on the balance sheet or charged to the income statement may change due to changes in stripping ratios or the units of production basis of depreciation.

Decommissioning, site restoration and environmental provisions may change where changes in estimated reserves affect expectations about the timing or cost of these activities.

balances. The carrying amount of investments accounted for using the equity method represents the balance of the Group’s investment in equity accounted investments, with no adjustment for any cash balances, interest bearing liabilities and deferred tax assets may change due to changes in estimatesbalances of the likely recovery ofequity accounted investment.

(f)Includes the tax benefits.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

The Group’s accounting policy for exploration and evaluation expenditure resultsdiamonds business (divested effective 10 April 2013), interest in certain items of expenditure being capitalised for an area of interest where it is considered likely to be recoverable by future exploitation or sale or where the activities have not reached a stage which permits a reasonable assessment of the existence of reserves. This policy requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions as to future

events and circumstances, in particular whether an economically viable extraction operation can be established. Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having capitalised the expenditure under the policy, a judgement is made that recovery of the expenditure is unlikely, the relevant capitalised amount will be written off to the income statement.

Development expenditure

Development activities commence after project sanctioningtitanium minerals (divested effective 3 September 2012), non-Potash corporate costs incurred by the appropriate level of management. Judgement is applied by management in determining when a project is economically viable. In exercising this judgement, management is required to make certain estimatesformer Diamonds and assumptions similar to those described above for capitalised explorationSpecialty Products business, consolidation adjustments and evaluation expenditure. Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having commenced the development activity, a judgement is made that a development asset is impaired, the appropriate amount will be written off to the income statement.unallocated items.

Property, plant and equipment – recoverable amount

Geographical information

   Revenue by location of customer 
   2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Australia

   3,957     4,591     5,300  

United Kingdom

   1,284     1,598     378  

Rest of Europe

   4,767     5,609     6,649  

China

   23,287     20,079     21,670  

Japan

   7,143     8,147     9,095  

India

   2,798     2,581     3,751  

South Korea

   4,789     4,483     5,773  

Rest of Asia

   5,137     6,176     5,605  

North America

   10,149     8,510     7,896  

South America

   2,212     2,181     2,165  

Southern Africa

   1,143     1,311     1,415  

Rest of world

   540     687     780  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   67,206     65,953     70,477  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Non-current assets by location of assets 
   2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Australia

   60,408     56,173     53,809  

United Kingdom

   516     436     359  

North America

   35,845     33,844     28,094  

South America

   15,926     13,695     11,003  

Southern Africa

   4,570     5,081     6,316  

Rest of world

   3,107     3,208     4,335  

Unallocated assets(a)

   8,745     7,788     6,358  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   129,117     120,225     110,274  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, each asset or cash generating unit is evaluated every reporting period to determine whether there are any indications of impairment. If any such indication exists, a formal estimate of recoverable amount is performed and an impairment loss recognised to the extent that carrying amount exceeds recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of an asset or cash generating group of
(a)Unallocated assets is measured at the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

The determination of fair value and value in use requires management to make estimates and assumptions about expected production and sales volumes, commodity prices (considering current and historical prices, price trends and related factors), reserves (see ‘Reserve estimates’ above), operating costs, closure and rehabilitation costs and future capital expenditure. These estimates and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty; hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter these projections, which may impact the recoverable amount of the assets. In such circumstances, some or all of the carrying amount of the assets may be further impaired or the impairment charge reduced with the impact recorded in the income statement.

Defined benefit pension schemes

The Group’s accounting policy for defined benefit pension schemes requires management to make judgements as to the nature of benefits provided by each scheme and thereby determine the classification of each scheme. For defined benefit schemes, management is required to make annual estimates and assumptions about future returns on classes of scheme assets, future remuneration changes, employee attrition rates, administration costs, changes in benefits, inflation rates, exchange rates, life expectancy and expected remaining periods of service of employees. In making these estimates and assumptions, management considers advice provided by external advisers, such as actuaries. Where actual experience differs to these estimates, actuarial gains and losses are recognised directly in equity. Refer to note 29 for details of the key assumptions.

Provision for closure and rehabilitation

The Group’s accounting policy for the recognition of closure and rehabilitation provisions requires significant estimates and assumptions such as: requirements of the relevant legal and regulatory framework; the magnitude of possible contamination; and the timing, extent and costs of required closure and rehabilitation activity. These uncertainties may result in future actual expenditure differing from the amounts currently provided.

The provision recognised for each site is periodically reviewed and updated based on the facts and circumstances available at the time. Changes to the estimated future costs for operating sites are recognised in the balance sheet by adjusting both the closure and rehabilitation asset and provision. For closed sites, changes to estimated costs are recognised immediately in the income statement.

In addition to the uncertainties noted above, certain closure and rehabilitation activities are subject to legal disputes and depending on the ultimate resolution of these issues, the final liability for these matters could vary.

Taxation

The Group’s accounting policy for taxation requires management’s judgement as to the types of arrangements considered to be a tax on income in contrast to an operating cost. Judgement is also required in assessing whethercomprise deferred tax assets and certainother financial assets.

3    Exceptional items

Exceptional items are those items where their nature and amount is considered material to the financial statements. Such items included within the Group’s profit for the year are detailed below.

Year ended 30 June 2014

  Gross   Tax  Net 
   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

     

Sale of Pinto Valley

   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   551     (166  385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exceptional items are classified by nature as follows:

Year ended 30 June 2014

  Sale of
assets
   Gross 
   US$M   US$M 

Sale of Pinto Valley

   551     551  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   551     551  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sale of Pinto Valley:

On 11 October 2013, the Group announced it had completed the sale of its Pinto Valley mining operation for cash consideration of US$653 million, after working capital adjustments. A gain on sale of US$385 million (after tax expense) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2014.

Year ended 30 June 2013

 Gross  Tax  Net 
  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

   

Sale of Yeelirrie uranium deposit

  420        420  

Sale of Richards Bay Minerals

  1,212    (183  1,029  

Sale of diamonds business

  (97  (42  (139

Sale of East and West Browse Joint Ventures

  1,539    (188  1,351  

Impairment of Nickel West assets

  (1,698  454    (1,244

Impairment of Worsley assets

  (2,190  559    (1,631

Impairment of Permian Basin assets

  (266  99    (167

Other impairments arising from capital project review

  (1,006  291    (715

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

  158    (47  111  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  (1,928  943    (985
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exceptional items are classified by nature as follows:

Year ended 30 June 2013

 Sale of
assets
  Impairment
of goodwill
and other
assets
  Restructuring
costs
  Closure and
rehabilitation
provisions
released
  Gross 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Sale of Yeelirrie uranium deposit

  420                420  

Sale of Richards Bay Minerals

  1,212                1,212  

Sale of diamonds business

      (97          (97

Sale of East and West Browse Joint Ventures

  1,539                1,539  

Impairment of Nickel West assets

      (1,698          (1,698

Impairment of Worsley assets

      (2,190          (2,190

Impairment of Permian Basin assets

      (266          (266

Other impairments arising from capital project review

      (898  (108      (1,006

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

              158    158  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  3,171    (5,149  (108  158    (1,928
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Sale of Yeelirrie uranium deposit:

On 27 August 2012, the Group announced the sale of its wholly owned Yeelirrie uranium deposit and the transaction was completed on 19 December 2012. A gain on sale of US$420 million was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2013, while the associated tax expense was offset by the recognition of deferred tax benefits on available tax losses of US$126 million.

Sale of Richards Bay Minerals:

On 7 September 2012, the Group announced it had completed the sale of its 37.76 per cent effective interest in Richards Bay Minerals. A gain on sale of US$1,029 million (after tax expense) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2013.

Sale of diamonds business:

On 13 November 2012, the Group announced the sale of its diamonds business, comprising its interests in the EKATI Diamond Mine and Diamond Marketing operations. The transaction was completed on 10 April 2013 for an aggregate cash consideration of US$553 million (after adjustments). An impairment charge of US$139 million (after tax expense) was recognised based on the final consideration.

Sale of East and West Browse Joint Ventures:

On 12 December 2012, the Group signed a definitive agreement to sell its 8.33 per cent interest in the East Browse Joint Venture and 20 per cent interest in the West Browse Joint Venture. A gain on sale of US$1,539 million was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2013. The associated tax expense of US$462 million was partly offset by the recognition of deferred tax benefits on available tax losses of US$241 million and the derecognition of deferred tax liabilities of US$33 million. The transaction was completed on 7 June 2013.

Impairment of Nickel West assets:

As a result of expected continued strength in the Australian dollar and weak nickel prices, the Group recognised an impairment charge of US$1,244 million (after tax benefit) in the year ended 30 June 2013.

Impairment of Worsley assets:

The Group recognised an impairment of assets at Worsley as a result of expected continued strength in the Australian dollar and weak alumina prices. A total impairment charge of US$1,631 million (after tax benefit) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2013.

Impairment of Permian Basin assets:

An impairment charge of US$167 million (after tax benefit) was recognised as the performance of specific evaluation wells in certain areas of the Permian Basin (US) do not support economic development.

Other impairments arising from capital project review:

In the year ended 30 June 2013, WAIO refocused its attention on the capital-efficient expansion opportunity that exists within the Port Hedland inner harbour and all early works associated with the outer harbour development option were suspended. This revision to the WAIO development sequence and the change in status of other minor capital projects across the Group has resulted in the recognition of impairment charges of US$639 million (after tax benefit) and other restructuring costs of US$76 million (after tax benefit) in the year ended 30 June 2013.

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation:

The Group recognised a decrease of US$158 million (before tax expense) to its rehabilitation obligations in respect of former operations at the Newcastle steelworks (Australia). This followed the completion of the Hunter River Remediation Project and reaching agreement with the Environment Protection Authority in March 2013 regarding the necessary scope of work to repeal the Environmental Classification at Steel River.

Year ended 30 June 2012

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Impairment of Fayetteville goodwill and other assets

   (2,835  996    (1,839

Impairment of Nickel West goodwill and other assets

   (449  94    (355

Suspension or early closure of operations and the change in status of specific projects(a)

   (502  108    (394

Settlement of insurance claims(a)

   300    (90  210  

Recognition of deferred tax assets on enactment of MRRT and PRRT extension legislation in Australia

       637    637  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (3,486  1,745    (1,741
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Includes gross amounts attributable to non-controlling interest of US$(34) million (US$7 million tax liabilitiesexpense).

Exceptional items are classified by nature as follows:

Year ended 30 June 2012

 Impairment
of goodwill
and other
assets
  Idle capacity
costs and
inventory
write-downs
  Restructuring
costs
  Insurance
recoveries
  Gross 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Impairment of Fayetteville goodwill and other assets

  (2,835              (2,835

Impairment of Nickel West goodwill and other assets

  (406  (43          (449

Suspension or early closure of operations and the change in status of specific projects

  (422  (40  (40      (502

Settlement of insurance claims

              300    300  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  (3,663  (83  (40  300    (3,486
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Impairment of Fayetteville goodwill and other assets:

As a result of the fall in United States domestic gas prices and the Company’s decision to adjust its development plans, the Group recognised impairments of goodwill and other assets in relation to its Fayetteville shale gas assets. A total impairment charge of US$1,839 million (after tax benefit) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2012.

Impairment of Nickel West goodwill and other assets:

The Group recognised impairments of goodwill and other assets at Nickel West as a result of the continued downturn in the nickel price and margin deterioration. A total impairment charge of US$355 million (after tax benefit) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2012.

Suspension or early closure of operations and the change in status of specific projects:

As part of our regular portfolio review, various operations and projects around the Group were either suspended, closed early or changed in status. These included the change in status of the Olympic Dam expansion project; the temporary suspension of production at TEMCO and the permanent closure of the Metalloys South Plant in South Africa; the indefinite cessation of production at Norwich Park; and the suspension of other minor capital projects. As a result, impairment charges of US$338 million (after tax benefit), idle capacity costs and inventorywrite-down of US$28 million (after tax benefit) and other restructuring costs of US$28 million (after tax benefit) were recognised in the year ended 30 June 2012.

Settlement of insurance claims:

During 2008, extreme weather across the central Queensland coalfields affected production from the BHP Billiton Mitsubishi Alliance (BMA) and BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal (BMC) operations. The Group settled insurance claims in respect of the lost production and insurance claim income of US$210 million (after tax expense) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2012.

Recognition of deferred tax assets on enactment of MRRT and PRRT extension legislation in Australia:

The Australian Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT) and Petroleum Resource Rent Tax (PRRT) extension legislation was enacted in March 2012. Under the legislation, the Group is entitled to a deduction against future MRRT and PRRT liabilities based on the market value of its coal, iron ore and petroleum assets. A deferred tax asset, and an associated net income tax benefit of US$637 million, was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2012 to reflect the future deductibility of these market values for MRRT and PRRT purposes, to the extent they were considered recoverable.

4    Other income

   2014  2013   2012 
   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Dividend income

   31    16     10  

Royalties

   18    35     28  

(Losses)/gains on sale of property, plant and equipment (a)

   (35  1,984     101  

Gains/(losses) on sale of investments

   8    9     (2

Gains on divestment of equity accounted investments (b)

       1,212       

Gains on divestment of subsidiaries and operations(c)

   673         19  

Commission income

   85    93     131  

Insurance recoveries (d)

   41    16     304  

Other income

   703    582     307  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

   1,524    3,947     898  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$1,947 million; 2012: US$ nil). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

(b)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$1,212 million; 2012: US$ nil). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

(c)Includes exceptional items of US$551 million (2013: US$ nil; 2012: US$ nil). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

(d)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$ nil; 2012: US$300 million). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

5    Expenses

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

   (128  180    317  

Raw materials and consumables used

   8,842    8,926    8,128  

Employee benefits expense

   6,903    7,168    6,035  

External services (including transportation) (a)

   11,736    12,478    14,293  

Third party commodity purchases

   2,935    2,759    3,402  

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

   100    (284  (571

Research and development costs before crediting related grants

   43    64    75  

Fair value change on derivatives(b)

   (120  79    (141

Impairment of available for sale financial assets

       1    1  

Reversal of previously impaired financial assets

   (2        

Government royalties paid and payable

   2,760    2,562    2,880  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

   8,701    7,031    6,431  

Exploration and evaluation expenditure incurred and expensed in the current period

   716    1,047    1,644  

Exploration and evaluation expenditure previously capitalised, written off as unsuccessful or abandoned(c)

   167    1,099    144  

Reversal of previously written off capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure

   (56        

Impairment of property, plant and equipment(d)

   623    4,456    3,114  

Reversal of previously impaired property, plant and equipment

       (67  (71

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (e)

   65    7    575  

Operating lease rentals

   759    776    658  

All other operating expenses (f)

   2,469    1,758    1,730  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   46,513    50,040    48,644  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Aggregate employee benefits expense

    

Wages, salaries and redundancies

   6,143    6,625    5,564  

Employee share awards(g)

   239    214    258  

Social security costs

   7    7    12  

Pensions and other post-retirement obligations – refer to note 30

   649    510    456  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   7,038    7,356    6,290  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Less employee benefits expense classified as exploration and evaluation expenditure above

   (135  (188  (255
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee benefits expense

   6,903    7,168    6,035  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$96 million; 2012: US$ nil). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

(b)Fair value change on the balance sheet. Deferred tax assets, including those arising from unrecouped tax losses, capital losses, foreign tax creditsderivatives includes realised gains of US$49 million (2013: US$51 million realised gains; 2012: US$126 million realised losses) and temporary differences, are recognised only where itunrealised gains of US$71 million (2013: US$130 million unrealised losses; 2012: US$267 million unrealised gains).

(c)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$832 million; 2012: US$ nil). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

(d)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$4,310 million; 2012: US$3,088 million). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

(e)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: US$7 million; 2012: US$575 million). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

(f)Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2013: decrease of US$158 million; 2012: US$ nil). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

(g)Employee share awards expense is considered more likely than not that they will be recovered, which is dependentUS$238.544 million (2013: US$213.671 million; 2012: US$257.583 million).

6    Net finance costs

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Financial expenses

    

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts(a)

   14    13    19  

Interest on all other borrowings(a) (b)

   708    965    641  

Finance lease and hire purchase interest

   55    11    37  

Dividends on redeemable preference shares

             

Discounting on provisions and other liabilities

   475    478    485  

Net interest expense on post-retirement employee benefits

   22    19    26  

Interest capitalised(c)

   (182  (290  (272

Fair value change on hedged loans

   328    (505  345  

Fair value change on hedging derivatives

   (292  489    (381

Fair value change on non-hedging derivatives(b)

   101    183    (11

Exchange variations on net debt

   44    21    (53
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   1,273    1,384    836  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial income

    

Interest income(d)

   (97  (108  (168
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (97  (108  (168
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs

   1,176    1,276    668  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Interest on the generation of sufficient future taxable profits. Deferred tax liabilities arising from temporary differences in investments, caused principally by retained earnings held in foreign tax jurisdictions, are recognised unless repatriation of retained earnings can be controlledbank loans and are not expected to occur in the foreseeable future.

Assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits and repatriation of retained earnings depend on management’s estimates of future cash flows. These depend on estimates of future production and sales volumes, commodity prices, reserves, operating costs, closure and rehabilitation costs, capital expenditure, dividendsoverdrafts, and other capital management transactions. Judgements are also required aboutborrowings, relates to financial liabilities carried at amortised cost.

(b)Interest on all other borrowings includes financial income of US$52 million of realised fair value changes on non-hedging derivatives used to manage interest rate exposure on debt securities (2013: expense of US$97 million; 2012: US$ nil). The fair value change on non-hedging derivatives includes the applicationunrealised fair value changes on similar instruments. The total fair value changes on non-hedging derivatives amounted to an expense of income tax legislation. These judgements and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty, hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impactUS$49 million (2013: expense of US$280 million; 2012: gain of US$11 million).

(c)Interest has been capitalised at the amountrate of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recognised on the balance sheet and the amount of other tax losses and temporary differences not yet recognised. In such circumstances, some or all of the carrying amount of recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities may require adjustment, resulting in a corresponding credit or chargeinterest applicable to the income statement.

Rounding of amounts

Amounts in these financial statements have, unless otherwise indicated, been rounded tospecific borrowings financing the nearest million dollars.

Comparatives

Where applicable, comparatives have been adjusted to present themassets under construction or, where financed through general borrowings, at a capitalisation rate representing the average interest rate on the same basis as current period figures.

Exchange rates

The following exchange rates relative to the US dollar have been applied in the financial statements:

   Average
year  ended
30 June 2011
   Average
year  ended
30 June 2010
   Average
year  ended
30 June 2009
   As at
30 June 2011
   As at
30 June 2010
   As at
30 June 2009
 

Australian dollar(a)

   0.99     0.88     0.75     1.07     0.85     0.81  

Brazilian real

   1.68     1.80     2.08     1.57     1.81     1.95  

Canadian dollar

   1.00     1.06     1.16     0.97     1.06     1.16  

Chilean peso

   486     529     582     470     545     530  

Colombian peso

   1,843     1,970     2,205     1,779     1,920     2,159  

South African rand

   7.01     7.59     9.01     6.80     7.68     7.82  

Euro

   0.73     0.72     0.73     0.69     0.82     0.71  

UK pound sterling

   0.63     0.63     0.63     0.62     0.66     0.60  

(a)

Displayed as US$ to A$1 based on common convention.

2    Segment reporting

Business segments

The Group operates nine Customer Sector Groups aligned with the commodities which we extract and market, reflecting the structure used by the Group’s management to assess the performance of the Group:

Customer Sector Group

Principal activities

PetroleumExploration, development and production of oil and gas
AluminiumMining of bauxite, refining of bauxite into alumina and smelting of alumina into aluminium metal
Base MetalsMining of copper, silver, lead, zinc, molybdenum, uranium and gold
Diamonds and Specialty ProductsMining of diamonds and titanium minerals; potash development
Stainless Steel MaterialsMining and production of nickel products
Iron OreMining of iron ore
ManganeseMining of manganese ore and production of manganese metal and alloys
Metallurgical CoalMining of metallurgical coal
Energy CoalMining of thermal (energy) coal

Group and unallocated items represent Group centre functions. Exploration and technology activities are recognised within relevant segments.

It is the Group’s policy that inter-segment sales are made on a commercial basis.

  Petroleum  Aluminium  Base Metals  Diamonds and
Specialty
Products
  Stainless Steel
Materials
  Iron Ore  Manganese  Metallurgical
Coal
  Energy Coal  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
  BHP
Billiton
Group
 
  US$M 

Year ended 30 June 2011

           

Revenue

           

Group production

  10,603    3,601    13,550    1,517    3,698    20,182    2,423    7,565    4,651        67,790  

Third party products

  127    1,620    602        158    93            851    385    3,836  

Rendering of services

  2                    98        8    5        113  

Inter-segment revenue

  5                5    39                (49    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total revenue(a)

  10,737    5,221    14,152    1,517    3,861    20,412    2,423    7,573    5,507    336    71,739  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBITDA(b)

  8,319    596    7,525    779    990    13,946    780    3,027    1,469    (338  37,093  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

  (1,913  (330  (735  (192  (404  (618  (83  (357  (340  (67  (5,039

Impairment (losses)/reversals recognised

  (76              2                        (74
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT(b)

  6,330    266    6,790    587    588    13,328    697    2,670    1,129    (405  31,980  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

           

Group production

  6,325    275    6,796    587    583    13,296    697    2,670    1,058    (405  31,882  

Third party products

  5    (9  (6      5    32            71        98  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT(b)

  6,330    266    6,790    587    588    13,328    697    2,670    1,129    (405  31,980  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs(c)

            (561

Exceptional items(d)

            (164
           

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

            31,255  
           

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

  1,984    1,329    1,404    319    651    3,627    276    1,172    754    94    11,610  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  18,645    9,602    15,973    2,833    4,912    17,585    2,439    6,731    6,176    17,995    102,891  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  4,500    1,606    3,118    664    1,579    3,652    1,049    2,088    2,386    24,494    45,136  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Petroleum  Aluminium  Base Metals  Diamonds and
Specialty
Products
  Stainless Steel
Materials
  Iron Ore  Manganese  Metallurgical
Coal
  Energy Coal  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
  BHP
Billiton
Group
 
  US$M 

Year ended 30 June 2010

           

Revenue

           

Group production

  8,682    2,948    9,528    1,272    3,311    10,964    2,143    6,019    3,214        48,081  

Third party products

  86    1,405    881        306    67    7        1,051    802    4,605  

Rendering of services

  3                    69        40            112  

Inter-segment revenue

  11                    39                (50    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total revenue(a)

  8,782    4,353    10,409    1,272    3,617    11,139    2,150    6,059    4,265    752    52,798  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBITDA(b)

  6,571    684    5,393    648    1,085    6,496    784    2,363    971    (482  24,513  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

  (1,998  (278  (729  (163  (427  (495  (72  (309  (228  (60  (4,759

Impairment (losses)/reversals recognised

          (32      10            (1  (13  1    (35
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT(b)

  4,573    406    4,632    485    668    6,001    712    2,053    730    (541  19,719  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

           

Group production

  4,570    393    4,639    485    646    6,003    717    2,053    642    (540  19,608  

Third party products

  3    13    (7      22    (2  (5      88    (1  111  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT(b)

  4,573    406    4,632    485    668    6,001    712    2,053    730    (541  19,719  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs(c)

            (459

Exceptional items(d)

            312  
           

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

            19,572  
           

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

  1,951    1,019    763    127    265    3,838    182    653    881    87    9,766  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  12,733    8,078    14,970    2,588    4,507    13,592    2,082    5,597    5,425    19,280    88,852  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  3,175    1,318    2,621    527    1,154    2,526    794    1,475    1,965    23,968    39,523  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Petroleum  Aluminium  Base Metals  Diamonds and
Specialty
Products
  Stainless
Steel
Materials
  Iron Ore  Manganese  Metallurgical
Coal
  Energy Coal  Group and
unallocated
items/
eliminations
  BHP
Billiton
Group
 
  US$M 

Year ended 30 June 2009

           

Revenue

           

Group production

  6,924    3,219    6,616    896    2,202    9,815    2,473    7,988    3,830        43,963  

Third party products

  192    932    488        112    132    63    18    2,694    1,467    6,098  

Rendering of services

  6                    61        81        2    150  

Inter-segment revenue

  89        1        41    40                (171    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total revenue(a)

  7,211    4,151    7,105    896    2,355    10,048    2,536    8,087    6,524    1,298    50,211  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBITDA(b)

  5,456    476    1,994    370    (366  6,631    1,397    4,988    1,676    (347  22,275  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

  (1,288  (298  (663  (222  (439  (384  (48  (277  (210  (42  (3,871

Impairment (losses)/reversals recognised

  (83  14    (39  (3  (49  (18          (6  (6  (190
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT(b)

  4,085    192    1,292    145    (854  6,229    1,349    4,711    1,460    (395  18,214  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

           

Group production

  4,081    202    1,326    145    (905  6,022    1,358    4,704    1,174    (396  17,711  

Third party products

  4    (10  (34      51    207    (9  7    286    1    503  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Underlying EBIT(b)

  4,085    192    1,292    145    (854  6,229    1,349    4,711    1,460    (395  18,214  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs(c)

            (543

Exceptional items(d)

            (6,054
           

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

            11,617  
           

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

  1,905    863    1,018    112    685    1,922    279    1,562    876    114    9,336  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  12,444    7,575    14,812    2,073    4,767    8,735    1,454    4,929    4,555    17,426    78,770  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  3,388    1,242    2,995    292    1,482    1,501    571    1,249    2,004    23,335    38,059  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)

Revenue not attributable to reportable segment reflects sales of freight and fuel to third parties.

(b)

Underlying EBIT is earnings before net finance costs, taxation and any exceptional items. Underlying EBITDA is Underlying EBIT, before depreciation, amortisation and impairments.

(c)

Refer to note 6.

(d)

Refer to note 3.

Geographical information

   Revenue by location of
customer
 
   2011   2010   2009 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Australia

   5,487     4,515     4,621  

UK

   1,043     1,289     3,042  

Rest of Europe

   8,370     8,554     7,764  

China

   20,261     13,236     9,873  

Japan

   9,002     5,336     7,138  

Rest of Asia

   15,805     9,840     9,280  

North America

   6,167     5,547     4,020  

South America

   2,592     2,013     1,652  

Southern Africa

   1,548     1,227     1,374  

Rest of world

   1,464     1,241     1,447  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   71,739     52,798     50,211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Non-current assets by location
of assets
 
   2011   2010   2009 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Australia

   42,723     35,267     28,779  

UK

   229     316     245  

North America

   11,719     7,143     7,382  

South America

   10,125     9,230     9,163  

Southern Africa

   5,944     5,466     4,286  

Rest of world

   849     733     976  

Unallocated assets(a)

   6,022     5,563     5,453  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   77,611     63,718     56,284  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

Unallocated assets predominantly include deferred tax assets and other financial assets.

3    Exceptional items

Exceptional items are those items where their nature and amount is considered material to the financial statements. Such items included within the Group’s profit for the year are detailed below.

Year ended 30 June 2011

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Withdrawn offer for PotashCorp

   (314      (314

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

   150    (45  105  

Release of income tax provisions

       718    718  

Reversal of deferred tax liabilities

       1,455    1,455  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (164  2,128    1,964  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exceptional items are classified by nature of expense as follows:

Year ended 30 June 2011

  External
services
  Closure and
rehabilitation
provisions
released
   Gross 
   US$M 

Withdrawn offer for PotashCorp

   (314       (314

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

       150     150  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (314  150     (164
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Withdrawn offer for Potash Corporation of Saskatchewan Inc. (PotashCorp):

The Group withdrew its offer for PotashCorp on 15 November 2010 following the Board’s conclusion that the condition of the offer relating to receipt of a net benefit as determined by the Minister of Industry under the Investment Canada Act could not be satisfied. The Group incurred fees associated with the US$45 billion debt facility (US$240 million), investment bankers’, lawyers’ and accountants’ fees, printing expenses and other charges (US$74 million) in progressing this matter during the period up to the withdrawal of the offer, which were expensed as operating costs insuch borrowings. For the year ended 30 June 2011.2014, the capitalisation rate was 1.82 per cent (2013: 2.24 per cent; 2012: 2.83 per cent).

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation:

The Group recognised a decrease of US$150 million (US$45 million tax charge)
(d)Interest income relates to rehabilitation obligations in respect of former operationsfinancial assets carried at the Newcastle steelworks (Australia) following a full review of the progress of the Hunter River Remediation Project and estimated costs to completion.amortised cost.

7    Income tax and deferred tax

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Total taxation expense comprises:

    

Current tax expense

   6,586    7,399    7,889  

Deferred tax expense/(benefit)

   426    (493  (574
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   7,012    6,906    7,315  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total taxation expense attributed to geographical jurisdiction:

    

UK

   (44  84    (70

Australia

   4,871    4,512    5,837  

Rest of world

   2,185    2,310    1,548  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   7,012    6,906    7,315  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   2014  2013  2012 
   %  US$M  %  US$M  %  US$M 

Factors affecting income tax expense for the period

       

Income tax expense differs to the standard rate of corporation tax as follows:

       

Profit before taxation

    22,236     19,726     23,932  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tax on profit at standard rate of 30 per cent

   30.0    6,671    30.0    5,918 ��  30.0    7,180  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tax on remitted and unremitted foreign earnings

   0.8    169    0.6    109    0.8    181  

Non-deductible depreciation, amortisation and exploration expenditure (a)

   0.3    84    1.1    222    0.6    150  

Non-tax-effected operating losses and capital gains

   0.1    28    (0.3  (56  0.7    169  

Tax rate changes

   0.1    20    0.4    68          

Tax rate differential on foreign income

   0.1    15    (0.4  (74  (1.2  (287

Exchange variations and other translation adjustments

   (0.1  (24  1.2    245    1.4    347  

Initial recognition of tax assets(b)

   (0.2  (45  (1.9  (370  (0.6  (136

Amounts (over)/under provided in prior years

   (0.4  (81  (0.2  (36  0.3    72  

Investment and development allowance

   (1.0  (225  (1.3  (260  (0.9  (224

Tax effect of share of profits of equity accounted investments (c)

   (1.6  (359  (1.7  (343  (2.3  (561

Other

   1.3    285    1.5    291    0.7    162  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   29.4    6,538    29.0    5,714    29.5    7,053  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit) (d)

   2.1    474    6.0    1,192    1.1    262  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total taxation expense

   31.5    7,012    35.0    6,906    30.6    7,315  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Release of income tax provisions:

The Australian Taxation Office (ATO) issued amended assessments in prior years denying bad debt deductions arising from the investments in Beenup and Boodarie Iron and the denial of capital allowance claims made on the Boodarie Iron project. The Group challenged the assessments and was successful on all counts before the Full Federal Court. The ATO obtained special leave in September 2010 to appeal to the High Court in respect of the denial of capital allowance claims made on the Boodarie Iron project. The Group’s position in respect of the capital allowance claims on the Boodarie Iron project was confirmed by the High Court in June 2011. As a result of these appeals, US$138 million was released from the Group’s income tax provision in September 2010 and US$580 million in June 2011.

Reversal of deferred tax liabilities:

Consistent with the functional currency of the Group’s operations, eligible Australian entities elected to adopt a US dollar tax functional currency from 1 July 2011. As a result, the deferred tax liability relating to certain US dollar denominated financial arrangements has been derecognised, resulting in a credit to income tax
(a)Includes exceptional expense of US$1,455 million.

nil (2013: US$152 million; 2012: US$ nil). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

 

Year ended 30 June 2010

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Pinal Creek rehabilitation

   186    (53  133  

Disposal of Ravensthorpe nickel operations

   653    (196  457  

Restructuring of operations and deferral of projects

   (298  12    (286

Renegotiation of power supply agreements

   (229  50    (179

Release of income tax provisions

       128    128  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   312    (59  253  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(b)Includes exceptional benefit of US$ nil (2013: US$367 million; 2012: US$ nil). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items are classified by nature of expense as follows:

items.

 

Year ended 30 June 2010

  (Impairment)/
impairment
reversal of
property, plant
and

equipment
  Closure and
rehabilitation
provisions
released
   Funding
received for
past and future
rehabilitation
costs
   Contract
cancellation,
redundancy and
other restructuring
costs

(incurred)/released
  Embedded
derivative
revaluations
  Gross 
   US$M 

Renegotiation of power supply agreements

                     (229  (229

Restructuring of operations and deferral of projects

   (292            (6      (298

Disposal of the Ravensthorpe nickel operations

   611              42        653  

Pinal Creek rehabilitation

       130     56             186  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   319    130     56     36    (229  312  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Pinal Creek rehabilitation:

On 22 February 2010 a settlement was reached in relation to the Pinal Creek (US) groundwater contamination which resulted in other parties taking on full responsibility for groundwater remediation and partly funding the Group for past and future rehabilitation costs. As a result, a gain
(c)The share of US$186 million (US$53 million tax expense) was recognised reflecting the releaseprofits of rehabilitation provisions and cash received.

Disposal of Ravensthorpe nickel operations:

On 9 December 2009, the Group announced it had signed an agreement to sell the Ravensthorpe nickel operations (Australia). The sale was completed on 10 February 2010. As a result of the sale, impairment charges recognised as exceptional items in the financial year ended 30 June 2009 were partially reversed totalling US$611 million (US$183 million tax expense). In addition, certain obligations that remained with the Group were mitigated and related provisions released; together with minorequity accounted investments is net operating costs this resulted in a gain of US$42 million (US$13 million tax expense).

Restructuring of operations and deferral of projects:

Continuing power supply constraints impacting the Group’s three Aluminium smelter operations in southern Africa, and temporary delays with the Guinea Alumina project, gave rise to charges for the impairment of property, plant and equipment and restructuring provisions. A total charge of US$298 million (US$12 million tax benefit) was recognised by the Group in the year ended 30 June 2010.

Renegotiation of power supply arrangements:

Renegotiation of long-term power supply arrangements in southern Africa impacted the value of embedded derivatives contained within those arrangements. A total charge of US$229 million (US$50 million tax benefit) was recognised by the Group in the year ended 30 June 2010.

Release of income tax. This item removes the prima facie tax provisions:

The ATO issued amended assessments in prior years denying bad debt deductions arising from the investments in Hartley, Beenup and Boodarie Iron and the denial of capital allowance claims madeeffect on the Boodarie Iron project. BHP Billiton lodged objections and was successful on all counts in the Federal Court and the Full Federal Court. The ATO has not sought to appeal the Boodarie Iron bad debt disallowance to the High Court which resulted in a release of US$128 million from the Group’s income tax provisions. The ATO sought special leave to appeal to the High Court in relation to the Beenup bad debt disallowance and the denial of the capital allowance claims on the Boodarie Iron project and was granted special leave only in relation to the denial of the capital allowance claims on the Boodarie Iron project.

Year ended 30 June 2009

  Gross  Tax  Net 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Exceptional items by category

    

Suspension of Ravensthorpe nickel operations

   (3,615  1,076    (2,539

Announced sale of Yabulu refinery

   (510  (175  (685

Withdrawal or sale of other operations

   (665  (23  (688

Deferral of projects and restructuring of operations

   (306  86    (220

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

   (508  152    (356

Lapsed offers for Rio Tinto

   (450  93    (357
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (6,054  1,209    (4,845
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exceptional items are classified by nature of expense as follows:

Year ended 30 June 2009

 Impairments  of
property,

plant and
equipment(a)
  Closure and
rehabilitation
provisions
  Contract
cancellation,
redundancy
and other
closure costs
  Inventory
impairments
  Rio Tinto
offer
costs
  Gross 
  US$M 

Suspension of Ravensthorpe nickel operations

  (3,260      (228  (127      (3,615

Announced sale of Yabulu refinery

  (510                  (510

Withdrawal or sale of other operations

  (463  (34  (137  (31      (665

Deferral of projects and restructuring of operations

  (217      (80  (9      (306

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation

      (508              (508

Lapsed offers for Rio Tinto

                  (450  (450
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  (4,450  (542  (445  (167  (450  (6,054
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)

Impairments recorded in respect of Ravensthorpe nickel operations have been calculated by reference to fair value less costs to sell, based on an internal valuation. Impairments recorded in respect of Yabulu refinery have been calculated with respect to the sale proceeds expected to be received.

Suspension of Ravensthorpe nickel operations:

On 21 January 2009, the Group announced the suspension of operations at Ravensthorpe nickel operations (Australia) and as a consequence stopped the processing of the mixed nickel cobalt hydroxide product at Yabulu (Australia). As a result, an impairment charge and increased provisions for contract cancellation, redundancy and other closure costs of US$3,615 million (US$1,076 million tax benefit) were recognised. This exceptional item did not include the loss from operations of Ravensthorpe nickel operations of US$173 million.

Announced sale of Yabulu refinery:

On 3 July 2009, the Group announced the sale of the Yabulu nickel operations. As a result, impairment charges of US$510 million (US$ nil tax benefit) were recognised in addition to those recognised on suspension of the Ravensthorpe nickel operations. As a result of the sale, deferred tax assets of US$175 million were no longer expected to be realised by the Group and were recognised as a charge to income tax expense. The remaining assets and liabilities of the Yabulu operations were classified as held for sale as at 30 June 2009.

Withdrawal or sale of other operations:

As part of the Group’s regular review of the long-term viability of operations, a total charge of US$665 million (US$23 million tax expense) was recognised primarily in relation to the decisions to cease development of the Maruwai Haju trial mine (Indonesia), sell the Suriname operations, suspend copper sulphide mining operations at Pinto Valley (US) and cease the pre-feasibility study at Corridor Sands (Mozambique). The remaining assets and liabilities of the Suriname operations were classified as held for sale as at 30 June 2009.

Deferral of projects and restructuring of operations:

As part of the Group’s regular review of the long-term viability of continuing operations, a total charge of US$306 million (US$86 million tax benefit) was recognised primarily in relation to the deferral of expansions at the Nickel West operations (Australia), deferral of the Guinea Alumina project (Guinea) and the restructuring of the Bayside Aluminium Casthouse operations (South Africa).

Newcastle steelworks rehabilitation:

The Group recognised a charge of US$508 million (US$152 million tax benefit) for additional rehabilitation obligations in respect of former operations at the Newcastle steelworks (Australia). The increase in obligations related to changes in the estimated volume of sediment in the Hunter River requiring remediation and treatment, and increases in estimated treatment costs.

Lapsed offers for Rio Tinto:

The Group’s offers for Rio Tinto lapsed on 27 November 2008 following the Board’s decision that it no longer believed that completion of the offers was in the best interests of BHP Billiton shareholders. The Group incurred fees associated with the US$55 billion debt facility (US$156 million cost, US$31 million tax benefit), investment bankers’, lawyers’ and accountants’ fees, printing expenses and other charges (US$294 million cost, US$62 million tax benefit) in progressing this matter over the 18 months up to the lapsing of the offers, which were expensed in the year ended 30 June 2009.

4    Other income

   2011  2010   2009 
   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Dividend income

   12    16     33  

Royalties

   27    12     11  

(Losses)/gains on sale of property, plant and equipment

   (12  76     48  

Gains on sale of investments

   53    22     8  

Gains/(losses) on sale of subsidiaries and operations

       16     (18

Commission income

   142    118     106  

Insurance recoveries

   10    21     88  

Other income

   299    247     313  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

   531    528     589  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

5    Expenses

   2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

   (394  (501  (11

Raw materials and consumables used

   8,148    6,371    6,227  

Employee benefits expense

   5,299    4,661    4,147  

External services (including transportation)

   11,705    9,538    9,725  

Third party commodity purchases

   3,758    4,478    5,785  

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

   1,074    112    (324

Research and development costs before crediting related grants

   74    65    156  

Fair value change on derivatives(a)

   63    259    (560

Impairment of available for sale financial assets

       2    71  

Government royalties paid and payable

   2,887    1,653    1,905  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

   5,039    4,759    3,871  

Exploration and evaluation expenditure incurred and expensed in the current period

   981    1,030    1,009  

Exploration and evaluation expenditure previously capitalised, written off as unsuccessful or abandoned(b)

   73    256    96  

Impairment of property, plant and equipment(b)

   11    89    4,439  

Reversal of previously written off capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure

       (1    

Reversal of previously impaired property, plant and equipment(b)

   (10  (630    

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

           34  

Operating lease rentals

   451    390    409  

All other operating expenses

   1,295    764    1,661  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   40,454    33,295    38,640  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   2011   2010   2009 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Aggregate employee benefits expense

      

Wages, salaries and redundancies

   4,834     4,271     3,877  

Employee share awards(c)

   199     210     164  

Social security costs

   18     13     15  

Pensions and other post-retirement obligations costs – refer to note 29

   406     336     289  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   5,457     4,830     4,345  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less employee benefits expense classified as exploration and evaluation expenditure above

   158     169     198  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Employee benefits expense

   5,299     4,661     4,147  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

Fair value change on derivatives includes realised losses of US$40 million (2010: US$95 million realised losses; 2009: US$219 million realised losses) and unrealised losses of US$23 million (2010: US$164 million unrealised losses; 2009: US$779 million unrealised gains).

(b)

Includes exceptional items of US$ nil (2010: US$319 million; 2009: US$4,450 million). Refer to note 3.

(c)

Employee share awards expense is US$199.140 million (2010: US$210.490 million; 2009: US$163.820 million).

6    Net finance costs

   2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Financial expenses

    

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts(a)

   19    24    47  

Interest on all other borrowings(a)

   471    460    527  

Finance lease and hire purchase interest

   12    14    15  

Dividends on redeemable preference shares

           1  

Discounting on provisions and other liabilities

   411    359    315  

Discounting on post-retirement employee benefits

   128    130    132  

Interest capitalised(b)

   (256  (301  (149

Fair value change on hedged loans

   (140  131    390  

Fair value change on hedging derivatives

   110    (138  (377

Exchange variations on net debt

   51    (5  (49
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   806    674    852  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial income

    

Interest income(c)

   (141  (117  (198

Expected return on pension scheme assets

   (104  (98  (111
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (245  (215  (309
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs

   561    459    543  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)

Includes interest expense on financial liabilities carried at amortised cost of US$161 million (2010: US$274 million; 2009: US$338 million).

(b)

Interest has been capitalised at the rate of interest applicable to the specific borrowings financing the assets under construction or, where financed through general borrowings, at a capitalisation rate representing the average interest rate on such borrowings. For the year ended 30 June 2011, the capitalisation rate was 2.87 per cent (2010: 3.5 per cent; 2009: 4.25 per cent).

(c)

Includes interest income on financial assets carried at amortised cost of US$141 million (2010: US$117 million; 2009: US$198 million).

such profits.

7    Income tax and deferred tax

   2011  2010   2009 
   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Total taxation expense comprises:

     

Current tax expense

   8,845    5,395     6,078  

Deferred tax expense

   (1,536  1,168     (799
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   7,309    6,563     5,279  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total taxation expense attributed to geographical jurisdiction

     

UK

   21    178     319  

Australia

   3,503    3,798     3,158  

Rest of world

   3,785    2,587     1,802  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   7,309    6,563     5,279  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   2011  2010  2009 
   %  US$M  %  US$M  %  US$M 

Factors affecting income tax expense for the period

       

Income tax expense differs to the standard rate of corporation tax as follows:

       

Profit before taxation

    31,255     19,572     11,617  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tax on profit at standard rate of 30 per cent

   30.0    9,377    30.0    5,872    30.0    3,485  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Investment and development allowance

   (1.0  (298  (1.4  (279  (1.2  (142

Amounts (over)/under provided in prior years(a)

   (1.3  (397  (1.0  (181  0.1    16  

(Initial recognition)/derecognition of tax assets

       (13  (0.2  (42  2.5    290  

Non-deductible depreciation, amortisation and exploration expenditure

   0.4    109    0.5    92    0.7    91  

Tax rate differential on foreign income

   (0.1  (32  0.5    94    (0.2  (26

Tax on remitted and unremitted foreign earnings

   0.8    251    1.1    221    1.7    196  

Non tax-effected operating losses and capital gains

   0.3    108    0.8    152    2.9    338  

Exchange variations and other translation adjustments

   (4.7  (1,473  0.5    106    3.8    444  

Tax rate changes

   0.1    17    0.1    17          

Other(b)

   (3.7  (1,168  0.3    60    0.8    92  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   20.8    6,481    31.2    6,112    41.1    4,784  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Royalty related taxation (net of income tax benefit)

   2.6    828    2.3    451    4.3    495  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total taxation expense

   23.4    7,309    33.5    6,563    45.4    5,279  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)

Includes exceptional items of US$718 million (2010: US$128 million; 2009: US$ nil) for the release of tax provisions following the Group’s position being confirmed with respect to ATO amended assessments. Refer to note 3.

(d)Includes exceptional benefit of US$ nil (2013: US$33 million; 2012: US$637 million). Refer to note 3 Exceptional items.

(b)

Includes exceptional items of US$1,455 million (2010: US$ nil; 2009: US$ nil) for the reversal of deferred tax liabilities following the election of eligible Australian entities to adopt a USD tax functional currency. Refer to note 3.

Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income is as follows:

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Income tax effect of:

    

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement:

    

Available for sale investments:

    

Net valuation losses/gains taken to equity

   2    13    (12

Net valuation gains transferred to the income statement

   2          

Cash flow hedges:

    

Gains/losses taken to equity

   (204  (67  96  

Gains/losses transferred to the income statement

   203    (22  (61

Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations taken to equity

             
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax credit/(charge) relating to items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement

   3    (76  23  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement:

    

Actuarial gains/losses on pension and medical schemes

   (6  (23  76  

Employee share awards transferred to retained earnings on exercise

   18    49    46  

Net accrued employee entitlement for share awards

       (42  (56
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax credit/(charge) relating to items that will not be reclassified to the income statement

   12    (16  66  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total income tax credit/(charge) relating to components of other comprehensive income(a)

   15    (92  89  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Included within total income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income is US$(1) million relating to deferred taxes and US$16 million relating to current taxes (2013: US$(139) million and US$47 million; 2012: US$44 million and US$45 million).

The movement for the year in the Group’s net deferred tax position is as follows:

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset

    

At the beginning of the financial year

   (243  (611  1,766  

Income tax (charge)/credit recorded in the income statement

   (426  493    574  

Income tax (charge)/credit recorded directly in equity

   (1  (139  44  

Acquisition and divestment of subsidiaries and operations

           (2,996

Transferred to liabilities held for sale

       60      

Exchange variations and other movements

       (46  1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   (670  (243  (611
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The composition of the Group’s net deferred tax asset and liability recognised in the balance sheet and the deferred tax expense charged/(credited) to the income statement is as follows:

  Deferred
tax assets
  Deferred tax
liabilities
  Charged/(credited)
to the income statement
 
      2014          2013          2014          2013          2014          2013          2012     
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Type of temporary difference

       

Depreciation

  (514  606    6,375    7,000    495    532    (100

Exploration expenditure

  669    662    (102  (105  (4  (14  (101

Employee benefits

  389    355    (173  (176  (32  23    31  

Closure and rehabilitation

  1,658    1,513    (794  (589  (353  (72  (31

Resource rent tax

  1,580    1,028    1,907    1,861    (506  484    (335

Other provisions

  433    59    (59  (22  (411  34    43  

Deferred income

  (32  (22  (11  (13  12    (74  178  

Deferred charges

  (575  (374  307    282    226    302    326  

Investments, including foreign tax credits

  1,906    1,859    1,765    1,420    298    133    127  

Foreign exchange gains and losses

  (261  (431  76    64    (158  (239  (16

Non tax-depreciable fair value adjustments, revaluations and mineral rights

  (5  (11  89    76    8    (25  (63

Tax-effected losses

  1,159    961    (2,192  (3,001  605    (1,588  (762

Other

  (11  (136  (122  (485  246    11    129  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  6,396    6,069    7,066    6,312    426    (493  (574
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The composition of the Group’s unrecognised deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

    

Tax losses and tax credits

   1,572     1,484  

Deductible temporary differences relating to MRRT and PRRT

   19,528     19,419  

Other deductible temporary differences

   3,395     3,350  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unrecognised deferred tax assets

   24,495     24,253  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

    

Taxable temporary differences relating to unrecognised deferred tax asset for MRRT and PRRT

   5,858     5,826  

Investments in subsidiaries

   2,153     2,174  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

   8,011     8,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax losses

At 30 June 2014, the Group had income and capital tax losses with a tax benefit of US$1,053 million (2013: US$1,021 million) which are not recognised as deferred tax assets. The Group recognises the benefit of tax losses only to the extent of anticipated future taxable income or gains in relevant jurisdictions. The gross amount of tax losses carried forward that have not been tax effected expire as follows:

Year of expiry

  Australia   UK   Rest of
world
   Total 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Income tax losses

        

Later than two years and not later than five years

             2,443     2,443  

Later than five years and not later than ten years

             40     40  

Later than ten years and not later than twenty years

             339     339  

Unlimited

   3     436     252     691  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   3     436     3,074     3,513  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital tax losses

        

Later than two years and not later than five years

             239     239  

Unlimited

   1,797     26     26     1,849  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross amount of tax losses not recognised

   1,800     462     3,339     5,601  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax effect of total losses not recognised

   540     95     418     1,053  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax credits

At 30 June 2014, the Group had US$519 million of tax credits that have not been recognised (2013: US$463 million). Of the US$519 million of tax credits, US$383 million expires later than five years and not later than ten years, US$41 million expires later than ten years and not later than twenty years. The remainder of the tax credits do not have an expiration date.

Temporary differences relating to MRRT and PRRT

At 30 June 2014, the Group had US$19,528 million of unrecognised deductible temporary differences (2013: US$19,419 million) relating to the Australian MRRT and PRRT with a corresponding unrecognised deferred tax liability for income tax purposes of US$5,858 million (2013: US$5,826 million). Recognition of a deferred tax asset for MRRT and PRRT depends on benefits expected to be obtained from the deduction against MRRT and PRRT liabilities.

Other deductible temporary differences

At 30 June 2014, the Group had deductible temporary differences for which deferred tax assets of US$3,395 million (2013: US$3,350 million) have not been recognised because it is not probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the Group can utilise the benefits. The deductible temporary differences do not expire under current tax legislation.

Temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries

At 30 June 2014, deferred tax liabilities of US$2,153 million (2013: US$2,174 million) associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries have not been recognised because the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is not probable that such differences will reverse in the foreseeable future.

8    Earnings per share

   2014   2013   2012 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (US cents)

   260.0     210.9     290.7  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (US cents)

   259.1     210.2     289.4  

Basic earnings per American Depositary Share (US cents)(a)

   520.0     421.8     581.4  

Diluted earnings per American Depositary Share (US cents)(a)

   518.2     420.4     578.8  

Basic earnings (US$M)

   13,832     11,223     15,473  

Diluted earnings (US$M)

   13,832     11,223     15,473  

The weighted average number of shares used for the purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share reconciles to the number used to calculate basic earnings per share as follows:

Weighted average number of shares

  2014   2013   2012 
   Million   Million   Million 

Basic earnings per ordinary share denominator (b)

   5,321     5,322     5,323  

Shares and options contingently issuable under employee share ownership plans (c)

   17     18     23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share denominator (d)

   5,338     5,340     5,346  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Income tax effect of:

    

Actuarial losses on pension and medical schemes

   26    15    62  

Available for sale investments:

    

Net valuation losses/gains taken to equity

   37    (16  (21

Net valuation gains/losses transferred to the income statement

             

Cash flow hedges:

    

Losses/gains taken to equity

       5    (245

Realised losses transferred to the income statement

       (1  (7

Unrealised gains transferred to the income statement

           15  

Gains transferred to the initial carrying amount of hedged items

           5  

Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations taken to equity

             

Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations transferred to the income statement

             

Employee share awards taken directly to retained earnings on exercise

   70    39    27  

Accrued employee entitlements for unvested awards

   (13  69    (89
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total income tax credit/(charge) relating to components of other comprehensive income (a)

   120    111    (253
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a) 

Included within total income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income is US$47 million relating to deferred taxes and US$73 million relating to current taxes (2010: US$75 million and US$36 million; 2009: US$(297) million and US$44 million).

The movement for the year in the Group’s net deferred tax position is as follows:

   2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)

    

At the beginning of the financial year

   (267  872    370  

Income tax credit/(charge) recorded in the income statement

   1,536    (1,168  799  

Income tax credit/(charge) recorded directly in equity

   47    75    (297

Acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries and operations

       (49  6  

Exchange variations and other movements

   (6  3    (6
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   1,310    (267  872  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The composition of the Group’s net deferred tax asset and liability recognised in the balance sheet and the deferred tax expense (credited)/charged to the income statement is as follows:

  Deferred tax assets  Deferred tax liabilities  (Credited)/charged to the income statement 
      2011          2010          2011          2010          2011          2010          2009     
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Type of temporary difference

       

Depreciation

  (679  (805  1,429    2,661    (1,364  938    692  

Exploration expenditure

  657    555    2    (15  (84  (112  (95

Employee benefits

  228    216    (292  (232  (59  49    39  

Closure and rehabilitation

  715    401    (1,351  (1,123  (544  (119  (128

Resource rent tax

  459    223    1,187    657    294    175    (256

Other provisions

  123    94    (97  (76  (43  14    (28

Deferred income

  80    69    (6  (49  32    (60  (293

Deferred charges

  (134  (36  491    421    169    (11  47  

Investments, including foreign tax credits

  1,607    1,592    773    612    146    (69  (179

Foreign exchange gains and losses

  (93  29    669    1,026    (234  353    (316

Non tax-depreciable fair value adjustments, revaluations and mineral rights

  (30  (23  122    179    (51  (148  119  

Tax-effected losses

  964    1,600        (17  666    (242  (378

Other

  96    138    (244  276    (464  400    (23
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  3,993    4,053    2,683    4,320    (1,536  1,168    (799
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   2011   2010 
   US$M   US$M 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

    

Tax losses and tax credits

   1,598     652  

Investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities

   7     6  

Other deductible temporary differences

   3,112     2,189  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unrecognised deferred tax assets

   4,717     2,847  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

    

Investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities

   2,096     1,782  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

   2,096     1,782  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax losses

At 30 June 2011, the Group had income and capital tax losses with a tax benefit of US$1,254 million (2010: US$437 million) which are not recognised as deferred tax assets. The Group recognises the benefit of tax losses only to the extent of anticipated future taxable income or gains in relevant jurisdictions. The gross amount of tax losses carried forward that have not been tax effected expire as follows:

Year of expiry

  Australia   UK   Rest of
world
   Total
losses
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Income tax losses

        

Not later than one year

             2     2  

Later than one year and not later than two years

             38     38  

Later than two years and not later than five years

             214     214  

Later than five years and not later than ten years

             89     89  

Later than ten years and not later than twenty years

             163     163  

Unlimited

        764     53     817  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        764     559     1,323  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital tax losses

        

Unlimited

   2,873          100     2,973  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross amount of tax losses not recognised

   2,873     764     659     4,296  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax effect of total losses not recognised

   862     200     192     1,254  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax credits

At 30 June 2011, the Group had US$344 million of tax credits that have not been recognised (2010: US$215 million).

Deductible temporary differences

At 30 June 2011, the Group had deductible temporary differences for which deferred tax assets of US$3,119 million (2010: US$2,195 million) have not been recognised because it is not probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the Group can utilise the benefits. The deductible temporary differences do not expire under current tax legislation.

Temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities

At 30 June 2011, deferred tax liabilities of US$2,096 million (2010: US$1,782 million) associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities have not been recognised because the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is not probable that such differences will reverse in the foreseeable future.

8    Earnings per share

   2011   2010   2009 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (US cents)

   429.1     228.6     105.6  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (US cents)

   426.9     227.8     105.4  

Basic earnings per American Depositary Share (US cents)(a)

   858.2     457.2     211.2  

Diluted earnings per American Depositary Share (US cents)(a)

   853.8     455.6     210.8  

Basic earnings (US$M)

   23,648     12,722     5,877  

Diluted earnings (US$M)(b)

   23,648     12,743     5,899  

The weighted average number of shares used for the purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share reconciles to the number used to calculate basic earnings per share as follows:

Weighted average number of shares

  2011   2010   2009 
   Million   Million   Million 

Basic earnings per ordinary share denominator

   5,511     5,565     5,565  

Shares and options contingently issuable under employee share ownership plans (c)

   29     30     33  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share denominator(d)

   5,540     5,595     5,598  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

Each American Depositary Share (ADS) represents two ordinary shares.

(b)

Diluted earnings are calculated after adding back dividend equivalent payments of US$ nil (2010: US$21 million; 2009: US$22 million) that would not be made if potential ordinary shares were converted to fully paid. As permitted by IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’, from 1 July 2010 the Group has elected to incorporate the value of dividend equivalent payment entitlements into the grant date fair value of the associated equity-settled share-based payment awards. Previously, the Group elected to measure and recognise the dividend equivalent payment as a separate cash-settled share-based payment. Comparative amounts have not been restated.

(c)

The calculation of the number of ordinary shares used in the computation of basic earnings per share is the aggregate of the weighted average number of ordinary shares of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc outstanding during the period after deduction of the number of shares held by the Billiton share repurchase scheme, the Billiton Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust, and the BHP Bonus Equity Plan Trust and adjusting for the BHP Billiton Limited bonus share issue. Included in the calculation of fully diluted earnings per share are shares contingently issuable under Employee Share Ownership Plans.

(d)

Diluted earnings per share calculation excludes 464,369 of instruments (2010: 2,177,884; 2009: nil) which are considered antidilutive.

9    Dividends

   2011   2010   2009 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Dividends paid/payable during the period

      

BHP Billiton Limited

   3,076     2,787     2,754  

BHP Billiton Plc – Ordinary shares

   2,003     1,831     1,809  

– Preference shares(a)

               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   5,079     4,618     4,563  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends declared in respect of the period

      

BHP Billiton Limited

   3,331     2,921     2,754  

BHP Billiton Plc – Ordinary shares

   2,183     1,920     1,809  

– Preference shares(a)

               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   5,514     4,841     4,563  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2011   2010   2009 
   US cents   US cents   US cents 

Dividends paid during the period (per share)

      

Prior year final dividend

   45.0     41.0     41.0  

Interim dividend

   46.0     42.0     41.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   91.0     83.0     82.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends declared in respect of the period (per share)

      

Interim dividend

   46.0     42.0     41.0  

Final dividend

   55.0     45.0     41.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   101.0     87.0     82.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends are declared after period end in the announcement of the results for the period. Interim dividends are declared in February and paid in March. Final dividends are declared in August and paid in September. Dividends declared are not recorded as a liability at the end of the period to which they relate. Subsequent to year end, on 24 August 2011, BHP Billiton declared a final dividend of 55.0 US cents per share (US$2,943 million), which will be paid on 29 September 2011 (2010: 45.0 US cents per share – US$2,504 million; 2009: 41.0 US cents per share – US$2,281 million).

Each American Depositary Share (ADS) represents two ordinary shares.

(b)The calculation of the number of ordinary shares used in the computation of basic earnings per share is the aggregate of the weighted average number of ordinary shares of BHP Billiton Limited orand BHP Billiton Plc. Dividends declared on each ADS represent twicePlc outstanding during the dividend declared onperiod after deduction of the number of shares held by the Billiton share repurchase scheme, the Billiton Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust, the BHP Billiton ordinary shares.

Bonus Equity Plan Trust, the BHP Billiton Limited Executive Incentive Scheme Trust and the BHP Billiton Limited Employee Equity Trust.

(c)Included in the calculation of fully diluted earnings per share are shares contingently issuable under Employee Share Ownership Plans.

(d)Diluted earnings per share calculation excludes 183,181 of instruments (2013: 357,498; 2012: 711,751) which are considered antidilutive.

9    Dividends

  2014  2013  2012 
  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Dividends paid/payable during the period

   

BHP Billiton Limited

  3,793    3,662    3,559  

BHP Billiton Plc – Ordinary shares

  2,483    2,404    2,335  
                             – Preference shares(a)            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  6,276    6,066    5,894  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends determined in respect of the period

   

BHP Billiton Limited

  3,887    3,721    3,621  

BHP Billiton Plc – Ordinary shares

  2,555    2,446    2,376  
                             – Preference shares(a)            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  6,442    6,167    5,997  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  2014  2013  2012 
  US cents  US cents  US cents 

Dividends paid during the period (per share)

   

Prior year final dividend

  59.0    57.0    55.0  

Interim dividend

  59.0    57.0    55.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  118.0    114.0    110.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends determined in respect of the period (per share)

   

Interim dividend

  59.0    57.0    55.0  

Final dividend

  62.0    59.0    57.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  121.0    116.0    112.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends are determined after period end in the announcement of the results for the period. Interim dividends are determined in February and paid in March. Final dividends are determined in August and paid in September. Dividends determined are not recorded as a liability at the end of the period to which they relate. Subsequent to year-end, on 19 August 2014, BHP Billiton determined a final dividend of 62.0 US cents per share (US$3,301 million), which will be paid on 23 September 2014 (30 June 2013: final dividend of 59.0 US cents per share – US$3,147 million; 30 June 2012: final dividend of 57.0 US cents per share – US$3,049 million).

Each American Depositary Share (ADS) represents two ordinary shares of BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc. Dividends determined on each ADS represent twice the dividend determined on BHP Billiton ordinary shares.

BHP Billiton Limited dividends for all periods presented are, or will be, fully franked based on a tax rate of 30 per cent.

  2014  2013  2012 
  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Franking credits as at 30 June

  13,419    10,516    7,494  

Franking (debits)/credits arising from the (refund)/payment of current tax

  (29  824    2,547  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total franking credits available(b)

  13,390    11,340    10,041  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)5.5 per cent dividend on 50,000 preference shares of £1 each determined and paid annually (30 June 2013: 5.5 per cent; 30 June 2012: 5.5 per cent).

(b)The payment of the final 2014 dividend determined after 30 June 2014 will reduce the franking account balance by US$853 million.

10    Trade and other receivables

   2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

Current

   

Trade receivables

   4,735    4,531  

Provision for doubtful debts

   (115  (116
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total trade receivables

   4,620    4,415  

Employee Share Plan loans(a)

   4    2  

Loans to equity accounted investments

   284    13  

Interest bearing loans receivable

   3    30  

Other receivables

   1,830    1,850  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current receivables(b)

   6,741    6,310  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current

   

Employee Share Plan loans(a)

   2    9  

Loans to equity accounted investments

   921    1,196  

Interest bearing loans receivable

   334    278  

Other receivables

   610    515  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current receivables(b)

   1,867    1,998  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

Movement in provision for doubtful debts

   

At the beginning of the financial year

       116        121  

Charge/(credit) for the year:

   

Underlying charge to the income statement

       2  

Released to the income statement

   (1    

Utilisation

       (7
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   115    116  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Under the terms of the BHP Billiton Limited Employee Share Plan, shares have been issued to employees for subscription at the weighted average market price less a discount not exceeding 5 per cent. Interest free employee loans are full recourse and are available to fund the purchase of such shares for a period of up to 20 years, repayable by application of dividends or an equivalent amount. Refer to note 33 Employee share ownership plans.

(b)Disclosures relating to receivables from related parties are set out in note 32 Related party transactions.

11    Other financial assets

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

At fair value

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   12     64  

Forward exchange contracts

        1  

Commodity contracts

   18     30  

Other derivative contracts

   57     29  

Shares – available for sale

        37  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current other financial assets

   87     161  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

At fair value

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   1,471     898  

Commodity contracts

   7     19  

Other derivative contracts

   214     166  

Shares – available for sale

   512     497  

Other investments – available for sale(a)

   145     139  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current other financial assets

   2,349     1,719  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Includes investments held by BHP Billiton Energy Coal South Africa Rehabilitation Trust Fund. The future realisation of this investment is intended to fund environmental obligations relating to the closure of the South African coal operations, and consequently this investment, while under the Group’s control, is not available for the general purposes of the Group. Any income from this investment is reinvested or applied to meet these obligations. The Group retains responsibility for these environmental obligations until such time as the former mine sites have been rehabilitated in accordance with the relevant environmental legislation. These obligations are therefore included under non-current provisions. Refer to note 18 Provisions.

12    Inventories

      2014   2013 
      US$M   US$M 

Current

      

Raw materials and consumables

  – at net realisable value(a)   39     5  
  – at cost   2,161     1,993  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,200     1,998  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Work in progress

  – at net realisable value(a)   185     322  
  – at cost   2,269     2,033  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,454     2,355  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finished goods

  – at net realisable value(a)   239     220  
  – at cost   1,120     1,248  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,359     1,468  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current inventories

   6,013     5,821  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

      

Raw materials and consumables

  – at net realisable value(a)        47  
  – at cost   225     436  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     225     483  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Work in progress

  – at net realisable value(a)   4     7  
  – at cost   130     112  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     134     119  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finished goods

  – at net realisable value(a)          
  – at cost   104     17  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     104     17  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current inventories

   463     619  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)US$95 million of inventory write-downs were recognised during the year (2013: US$62 million; 2012: US$56 million). Inventory write-downs of US$69 million made in previous periods were reversed during the year (2013: US$18 million; 2012: US$ nil).

13    Property, plant and equipment

Year ended 30 June 2014

 Land and
buildings
  Plant and
equipment
  Other
mineral
assets
  Assets
under
construction
  Exploration
and
evaluation
  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Cost

      

At the beginning of the financial year

  10,446    81,304    32,117    23,560    2,823    150,250  

Additions

  5    2,564    1,424    14,028    99    18,120  

Disposals

  (78  (521  (253      (80  (932

Divestment of subsidiaries and operations

  (9  (1,882  (247          (2,138

Transferred to assets held for sale

  (2  (27      24        (5

Exchange variations taken to reserve

      4        2        6  

Transfers and other movements

  3,298    18,849    (219  (22,288  (23  (383
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  13,660    100,291    32,822    15,326    2,819    164,918  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

      

At the beginning of the financial year

  2,950    37,138    8,171        1,426    49,685  

Charge for the year

  584    6,653    1,203        3    8,443  

Impairments for the year

  153    397    73        167    790  

Reversal of impairments

                  (56  (56

Disposals

  (14  (459  (230      (80  (783

Divestment of subsidiaries and operations

      (1,699  (215          (1,914

Transferred to assets held for sale

                        

Exchange variations taken to reserve

      7                7  

Transfers and other movements

  6    828    (890  15        (41
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  3,679    42,865    8,112    15    1,460    56,131  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net book value at 30 June 2014

  9,981    57,426    24,710    15,311    1,359    108,787  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2013

 Land and
buildings
  Plant and
equipment
  Other
mineral
assets
  Assets
under
construction
  Exploration
and
evaluation
  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Cost

      

At the beginning of the financial year

  8,749    68,062    32,986    20,286    2,219    132,302  

Additions

  45    123    1,707    19,861    496    22,232  

Disposals

  (178  (717  (35      (54  (984

Divestment of subsidiaries and operations

                        

Transferred to assets held for sale

  (224  (1,404  (1,044  (175  (42  (2,889

Exchange variations taken to reserve

      (75      (3      (78

Transfers and other movements

  2,054    15,315    (1,497  (16,409  204    (333
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  10,446    81,304    32,117    23,560    2,823    150,250  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

      

At the beginning of the financial year

  2,488    29,629    7,273    58    621    40,069  

Charge for the year

  445    4,419    1,953        4    6,821  

Impairments for the year

  356    3,246    854        1,099    5,555  

Reversal of impairments

  (12  (55              (67

Disposals

  (156  (647  (28      (4  (835

Divestment of subsidiaries and operations

                        

Transferred to assets held for sale

  (193  (796  (845          (1,834

Exchange variations taken to reserve

      (68              (68

Transfers and other movements

  22    1,410    (1,036  (58  (294  44  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  2,950    37,138    8,171        1,426    49,685  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net book value at 30 June 2013

  7,496    44,166    23,946    23,560    1,397    100,565  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

14    Intangible assets

  2014  2013 
  Goodwill  Other
intangibles
  Total  Goodwill  Other
intangibles
  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Cost

      

At the beginning of the financial year

  4,105    2,246    6,351    4,105    2,132    6,237  

Additions

      291    291        119    119  

Disposals

      (3  (3      (13  (13

Divestments of subsidiaries and operations

  (23      (23            

Impairments for the year

  (48      (48            

Transfers and other movements

      (17  (17      8    8  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  4,034    2,517    6,551    4,105    2,246    6,351  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated amortisation and impairments

      

At the beginning of the financial year

      855    855        651    651  

Disposals

      (3  (3      (13  (13

Charge for the year

      258    258        210    210  

Impairments for the year

      17    17        7    7  

Transfers and other movements

      (15  (15            
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

      1,112    1,112        855    855  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

  4,034    1,405    5,439    4,105    1,391    5,496  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated to the cash-generating units (CGUs), or groups of CGUs, as follows:

Cash-generating units

  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

Onshore US

   3,568    3,591  

Other

   466    514  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   4,034    4,105  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Impairment testing of goodwill

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill has been allocated to CGUs, or groups of CGUs, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination and which represent the level at which management will monitor and manage the goodwill.

Onshore US

The goodwill of US$3,591 million that arose from the acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation in 2011 has been allocated to the Onshore US group of CGUs which comprises the Eagle Ford, the Permian Basin, Haynesville and Fayetteville CGUs. During the period, the Group disposed its interest in South Midland (within the Permian Basin). Goodwill of US$23 million was allocated to South Midland to calculate the loss on disposal. Accordingly, goodwill allocated to the Onshore US group of CGUs is US$3,568 million.

The Onshore US group of CGUs comprises the natural gas and liquid reserves and resources, production wells and associated infrastructure including gathering systems and processing facilities in the Eagle Ford, Haynesville

and the Permian areas in Texas and Louisiana (US) and the Fayetteville area in Arkansas (US). The Onshore US group of CGUs is part of the Petroleum and Potash reportable segment. The Onshore US group of CGUs was tested for impairment after testing each of the individual CGUs that it comprises.

The recoverable amount of the Onshore US group of CGUs was determined based on fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD). FVLCD was determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows (expressed in real terms) expected to arise from the continued use of the assets (life of asset), including any expansion prospects, and its eventual disposal, using assumptions that an independent market participant may take into account. These cash flows were discounted using a real after tax discount rate that reflected current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGU.

The determination of FVLCD was most sensitive to the following assumptions:

Production volumes

Crude oil prices

Natural gas prices

Discount rate

Production volumes – estimated production volumes were based on detailed data for the fields and took into account development plans for the fields established by management as part of the long-term planning process. Production volumes are dependent on variables, such as the recoverable quantities of hydrocarbons, the production profile of the hydrocarbons, the cost of the development of the infrastructure necessary to recover the hydrocarbons, the production costs, the contractual duration of the production leases and the selling price of the hydrocarbons produced. As each producing field has specific reservoir characteristics and economic circumstances, the cash flows of the fields were computed using appropriate individual economic models and key assumptions established by management. The production profiles used were consistent with the resource volumes approved as part of the Group’s process for the estimation of proved reserves and total resources.

Crude oil and natural gas prices – key assumptions for oil and gas prices were derived from forward price curves and long-term views of global supply and demand, building upon past experience of the industry and consistent with external sources. These prices were adjusted to arrive at appropriate consistent price assumptions for different qualities of oil and gas, or where appropriate, contracted oil and gas prices were applied.

The crude oil and natural gas prices used in the FVLCD determinations were either lower or within the following range of prices published by market commentators:

   2014  2013 

Crude oil price (US$/bbl)

   88.00 – 107.79    71.00 – 125.00  

Natural gas price (US$/MMBtu)

   3.84 – 5.84    4.45 – 6.51  

Discount rate – in arriving at the FVLCD, a real post-tax discount rate of 6.0 per cent (2013: 5.9 per cent) was applied to the post-tax cash flows expressed in real terms. This discount rate was derived from the Group’s post-tax weighted average cost of capital (WACC), with appropriate adjustments made to reflect the risks specific to the CGU.

Year ended 30 June 2014

The impairment tests for the individual Eagle Ford, the Permian Basin, Haynesville and Fayetteville CGUs indicated that no impairments or reversal of prior impairments were required. The impairment test of the Onshore US group of CGUs indicated that the recoverable amount of the Onshore US group of CGUs exceeded its carrying amount by US$598 million and no impairment was required.

The table below shows the key assumptions used in the FVLCD as well as the amount by which each key assumption must change in isolation in order for the estimated recoverable amount to be equal to the carrying amount of the Onshore US group of CGUs, including goodwill. Owing to the complexity of the analysis caused by relationships between each key assumption, such that a change in one would cause a change in several other inputs to the calculation, the analysis below was performed for each assumption individually.

 

   2011   2010   2009 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Franking credits as at 30 June

   3,971     3,861     2,506  

Franking credits arising from the payment of current tax payable

   3,218     818     1,265  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total franking credits available(b)

   7,189     4,679     3,771  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Assumptions used in
FVLCD
Change required for the carrying
amount to equal the recoverable
amount

Production volumes

Management’s long-term plandecrease of 1.2

Crude oil prices (US$/bbl)

79.42 – 92.83decrease of 5.1

Natural gas prices (US$/MMBtu)

4.07– 5.57decrease of 3.5

Discount rate

6.0increase of 20 basis points

Year ended 30 June 2013

The impairment tests for the individual Eagle Ford, Haynesville and Fayetteville CGUs indicated that no impairments were required. However, an impairment of US$266 million was recognised in relation to the Permian Basin. In the prior year, the Permian Basin had been identified as one CGU. However, the current development plan identifies two distinct regions that would have to be developed independently: North Reeves/Pecos region (Delaware Basin) and South Midland (Midland Basin) region. Management also noted that each region has a separate and distinctive basin; they are geographically distant; and they do not share common infrastructure. Accordingly, management determined that each region represents a separate CGU. The US$266 million impairment relates to the South Midland CGU and was recognised against property, plant and equipment. Refer to note 3 ‘Exceptional items’ for further discussion.

The impairment test of the Onshore US group of CGUs was therefore performed after the Permian assets were written down to their recoverable amount (which was based on FVLCD measured using discounted cash flow projections). The result indicated that the recoverable amount of the Onshore US group of CGUs exceeded its carrying amount including goodwill by US$4,104 million and no further impairment was required.

The table below shows the key assumptions used in the FVLCD as well as the amount by which each key assumption must change in isolation in order for the estimated recoverable amount to be equal to the carrying amount of the Onshore US group of CGUs, including goodwill. Owing to the complexity of the analysis caused by relationships between each key assumption, such that a change in one would cause a change in several other inputs to the calculation, the analysis below was performed for each assumption individually.

Assumptions used in
FVLCD
Change required for the carrying
amount to equal the recoverable
amount

Production volumes

Management’s long-term plandecrease of 7

Crude oil prices (US$/bbl)

82.50 – 91.54decrease of 23

Natural gas prices (US$/MMBtu)

4.14 – 5.66decrease of 18

Discount rate

5.9increase of 160 basis points

Other

Goodwill held by other CGUs is US$466 million (2013: US$514 million), representing less than one per cent of net assets at 30 June 2014 (2013: less than one per cent). The goodwill has been allocated across a number of CGUs in different reportable segments, with no CGU accounting for more than US$200 million of total goodwill.

15    Trade and other payables

 

(a)

5.5 per cent dividend on 50,000 preference shares of £1 each declared and paid annually (2010: 5.5 per cent; 2009: 5.5 per cent).
   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Trade creditors

   6,973     7,601  

Other creditors

   3,172     3,259  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current payables

   10,145     10,860  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Other creditors

   113     286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current payables

   113     286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

16    Interest bearing liabilities

 

(b)

The payment of the final 2011 dividend declared after 30 June 2011 will reduce the franking account balance by US$757 million.
   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Unsecured bank loans (a)

   81     74  

Notes and debentures(a)

   4,002     3,531  

Commercial paper

        1,330  

Secured bank loans (a) (b)

        20  

Finance leases

   93     29  

Unsecured other

   35     94  

Unsecured bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings

   51     10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current interest bearing liabilities

   4,262     5,088  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Unsecured bank loans (a)

   1,381     1,012  

Notes and debentures (a)

   27,245     26,728  

Redeemable preference shares(c)

        15  

Finance leases

   1,291     108  

Unsecured other(a)

   410     236  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current interest bearing liabilities

   30,327     28,099  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Includes US$75 million (2013: US$66 million) share of bank loans and other borrowings arranged by joint operations to fund the financing of joint operations. While the Group chose to finance the joint operations directly and not to participate in the external borrowing programs arranged by the joint operations, it recognises its share of those borrowings in accordance with the terms of each arrangement, which are usually in proportion to the Group’s interest in the joint operation. A corresponding amount is recognised in interest bearing loans receivables. Refer to note 10 Trade and other receivables, reflecting the direct funding of the Group’s contribution to each joint operation.

(b)Secured bank loans for 2013 includes US$20 million secured by a pledge over the assets of the Mozal SARL joint operation. The bank loan was repaid during the 2014 financial year. As at 30 June 2014, the pledge over the assets has not yet been released.

 

   2011  2010 
   US$M  US$M 

Current

   

Trade receivables

   6,219    5,092  

Provision for doubtful debts

   (151  (147
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total trade receivables

   6,068    4,945  

Employee Share Plan loans(a)

   3    3  

Other receivables

   2,126    1,595  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current receivables(b)

   8,197    6,543  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current

   

Employee Share Plan loans(a)

   21    21  

Interest bearing loans receivable

   1,044    683  

Other receivables

   1,028    677  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current receivables(b)

   2,093    1,381  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
(c)Redeemable preference shares for 2013 comprised 150 Series A preferred shares issued by BHP Billiton Foreign Holdings Inc. at US$100,000 each fully paid, cumulative and non-participating. The shares were redeemed at par at the option of BHP Billiton Foreign Holdings Inc. during the 2014 financial year.

17    Other financial liabilities

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps, and swaptions

        173  

Forward exchange contracts

        1  

Commodity contracts

        20  

Other derivative contracts

   16     16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current other financial liabilities

   16     210  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   273     553  

Commodity contracts

   9     8  

Other derivative contracts

   21     21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current other financial liabilities

   303     582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

18    Provisions

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Employee benefits(a)

   1,727     1,621  

Restructuring(b)

   26     46  

Closure and rehabilitation(c)

   368     370  

Post-retirement employee benefits(d)

   23     6  

Other

   360     329  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current provisions

   2,504     2,372  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Employee benefits(a)

   247     260  

Restructuring(b)

        1  

Closure and rehabilitation(c)

   8,927     7,247  

Post-retirement employee benefits(d)

   519     548  

Other

   198     122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current provisions

   9,891     8,178  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   2011  2010 
   US$M  US$M 

Movement in provision for doubtful debts

   

At the beginning of the financial year

   147    176  

Charge/(credit) for the year:

   

Underlying charge to the income statement

   5    4  

Released to the income statement

   (1  (19

Utilised

       (14
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   151    147  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
(a)The expenditure associated with total employee benefits will occur in a pattern consistent with when employees choose to exercise their entitlement to benefits.

(b)Total restructuring provisions include provisions for business terminations and office closures.

(c)Total closure and rehabilitation provisions include provisions for closed sites of US$1,514 million (2013: US$1,075 million).

(a)

Under the terms of the BHP Billiton Limited Employee Share Plan, shares have been issued to employees for subscription at market price less a discount not exceeding 10 per cent. Interest free employee loans are full recourse and are available to fund the purchase of such shares for a period of up to 20 years, repayable by application of dividends or an equivalent amount. Refer to note 32.

(d)The provision for post-retirement employee benefits includes pension liabilities of US$117 million (2013: US$139 million) and post-retirement medical benefit liabilities of US$425 million (2013: US$415 million). Refer to note 30 Pension and other post-retirement obligations. The non-current provision includes Non-executive Directors’ retirement benefits of US$1 million (2013: US$1 million).

 

(b)

Disclosures relating to receivables from related parties are set out in note 31.
  Employee
benefits
  Restructuring  Closure and
rehabilitation
  Post-retirement
employee
benefits
  Other  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

At the beginning of the financial year

  1,881    47    7,617    554    451    10,550  

Amounts capitalised

          1,194            1,194  

Dividends determined

                  6,276    6,276  

Charge/(credit) for the year:

      

Underlying

  1,602    48    413    183    388    2,634  

Discounting

  7        465            472  

Net interest expense

              22        22  

Exchange variations

  (14      (17  (2  77    44  

Released during the year

  (21  (16  (35  (1  (141  (214

Actuarial gains taken to retained earnings

              (57      (57

Exchange variations taken to reserve

          10    (1      9  

Utilisation

  (1,455  (69  (219  (151  (85  (1,979

Dividends paid

                  (6,387  (6,387

Divestments of subsidiaries and operations

          (145          (145

Transferred to liabilities held for sale

  3        (2  1        2  

Transfers and other movements

  (29  16    14    (6  (21  (26
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  1,974    26    9,295    542    558    12,395  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

19    Share capital

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
  2014  2013  2012  2014  2013  2012 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Share capital

      

At the beginning of the financial year

  1,186    1,186    1,183    1,069    1,069    1,070  

Shares bought back and cancelled(a)

                      (1

Proceeds from the issue of shares

          3              
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  1,186    1,186    1,186    1,069    1,069    1,069  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Treasury shares

      

At the beginning of the financial year

  (8  (8  (1  (532  (525  (622

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

  (290  (330  (318  (78  (115  (106

Employee share awards exercised following vesting

  247    330    311    74    108    120  

Shares bought back(a)

                        

Shares cancelled(a)

                      83  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year(b)

  (51  (8  (8  (536  (532  (525
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc(c) 
  2014
Shares(d)
  2013
Shares(d)
  2012
Shares (d)
  2014
Shares(d)
  2013
Shares(d)
  2012
Shares (d)
 

Share capital issued

      

Ordinary shares fully paid

  3,211,691,105    3,211,691,105    3,211,691,105    2,136,185,454    2,136,185,454    2,136,185,454  

Comprising:

      

– Shares held by the public

  3,210,206,876    3,211,448,985    3,211,448,985    2,110,945,784    2,111,078,268    2,111,273,967  

– Treasury shares

  1,484,229    242,120    242,120    25,239,670    25,107,186    24,911,487  

Special Voting Share of no par value(e)

  1    1    1     

5.5% Preference shares of £1 each(f)

     50,000    50,000    50,000  

Special Voting Share of US$0.50 par value(e)

     1    1    1  

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
  2014
Shares
  2013
Shares
  2012
Shares
  2014
Shares
  2013
Shares
  2012
Shares
 

Movement in shares held by the public

      

Opening number of shares

  3,211,448,985    3,211,448,985    3,211,607,567    2,111,078,268    2,111,273,967    2,110,963,849  

Shares issued on the exercise of Group Incentive Scheme awards

          36,418              

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

  (8,621,160  (9,545,296  (8,077,647  (2,563,735  (3,761,193  (3,055,030

Employee share awards exercised following vesting

  7,379,051    9,545,296    7,882,647    2,431,251    3,565,494    3,365,148  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Closing number of shares(g)

  3,210,206,876    3,211,448,985    3,211,448,985    2,110,945,784    2,111,078,268    2,111,273,967  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
  2014
Shares
  2013
Shares
  2012
Shares
  2014
Shares
  2013
Shares
  2012
Shares
 

Movement in Treasury shares

      

Opening number of shares

  242,120    242,120    47,120    25,107,186    24,911,487    27,403,342  

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

  8,621,160    9,545,296    8,077,647    2,563,735    3,761,193    3,055,030  

Employee share awards exercised following vesting

  (7,379,051  (9,545,296  (7,882,647  (2,431,251  (3,565,494  (3,365,148

Shares cancelled(a)

                      (2,181,737
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Closing number of shares

  1,484,229    242,120    242,120    25,239,670    25,107,186    24,911,487  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)On 15 November 2010, BHP Billiton announced the reactivation of the remaining US$4.2 billion component of its previously suspended US$13 billion buy-back program and subsequently announced an expanded US$10 billion capital management program on 16 February 2011. This expanded program was completed on 29 June 2011 through a combination of on-market and off-market buy-backs. In accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006 and the resolutions passed at the 2010 Annual General Meetings, BHP Billiton Limited purchased fully paid shares in BHP Billiton Plc on-market and then transferred those shares to BHP Billiton Plc for nil consideration and cancellation. BHP Billiton Plc shares bought back as part of this program prior to 29 June 2011 but cancelled after 30 June 2011 were accounted for as Treasury shares within the share capital of BHP Billiton Plc.

(b)Treasury shares include US$ nil and US$2 million held by subsidiaries in respect of ESOP Trusts for BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc respectively (2013: US$ nil and US$1 million; 2012: US$ nil and US$ nil).

(c)An Equalisation Share (US$0.50 par value) has been authorised to be issued to enable a distribution to be made by BHP Billiton Plc Group to the BHP Billiton Limited Group should this be required under the terms of the DLC merger. The Directors have the ability to issue the Equalisation Share if required under those terms. The Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited allows the Directors of that Company to issue a similar Equalisation Share. There has been no movement in this class of share.

(d)The total number of BHP Billiton Limited shares of all classes is 3,211,691,106 of which 99.99 per cent are ordinary shares fully paid (2013: 3,211,691,106, 99.99 per cent; 2012: 3,211,691,106, 99.99 per cent). The total number of BHP Billiton Plc shares of all classes is 2,136,235,455 of which 99.99 per cent are ordinary shares of US$0.50 par value (2013: 2,136,235,455, 99.99 per cent; 2012: 2,136,235,455, 99.99 per cent). Any profit remaining after payment of preferred distributions is available for distribution to the holders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares in equal amounts per share.

(e)Each of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc issued one Special Voting Share to facilitate joint voting by shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc on Joint Electorate Actions. There has been no movement in these shares.

(f)Preference shares have the right to repayment of the amount paid up on the nominal value and any unpaid dividends in priority to the holders of any other class of shares in BHP Billiton Plc on a return of capital or winding up. The holders of preference shares have limited voting rights if payment of the preference dividends are six months or more in arrears or a resolution is passed changing the rights of the preference shareholders. There has been no movement in these shares, all of which are held by JP Morgan Limited.

(g)During the period 1 July 2014 to 11 September 2014, no fully paid ordinary shares in BHP Billiton were issued on the exercise of Group Incentive Scheme awards.

20    Other equity

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Reserves

    

Share premium account(a)

    

At the beginning of the financial year

   518    518    518  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   518    518    518  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve(b)

    

At the beginning of the financial year

   55    53    34  

Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations taken to equity

   (1  2    19  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

   (1  2    19  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   54    55    53  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards reserve(c)

    

At the beginning of the financial year

   605    697    680  

Net deferred tax arising on accrued employee entitlement for share awards

       (42  (56
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

       (42  (56

Employee share awards exercised net of employee contributions

   (221  (243  (189

Employee share awards forfeited

   (32  (17  (8

Accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards

   247    210    270  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   599    605    697  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Hedging reserve – cash flow hedges(d)

    

At the beginning of the financial year

   127    (80    

Gains/(losses) taken to equity

   681    223    (320

(Gains)/losses transferred to the income statement

   (678  73    205  

Deferred tax relating to cash flow hedges

   (1  (89  35  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

   2    207    (80
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   129    127    (80
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial assets reserve(e)

    

At the beginning of the financial year

   140    230    276  

Net valuation losses on available for sale investments taken to equity

   (15  (103  (32

Net valuation gains on available for sale investments transferred to the income statement

   (14  (1  (2

Deferred tax relating to revaluation gains and losses

   4    14    (12
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

   (25  (90  (46
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   115    140    230  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Share buy-back reserve(f)

    

At the beginning of the financial year

   165    165    164  

BHP Billiton Plc shares cancelled

           1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   165    165    165  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest contribution reserve(g)

    

At the beginning of the financial year

   360    329    329  

Issue of share options to non-controlling interests

       49      

Distribution to option holders

   (2        

Equity contributed

   989          

Divestment of equity accounted investment

       (18    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   1,347    360    329  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total reserves

   2,927    1,970    1,912  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Retained earnings

    

At the beginning of the financial year

   66,982    61,892    52,731  

Profit after taxation

   13,832    11,223    15,473  

Actuarial gains/(losses) on pension and medical schemes

   57    60    (253

Tax recognised within other comprehensive income

   12    26    123  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   13,901    11,309    15,343  

BHP Billiton Plc shares cancelled – refer to note 19 Share capital

           (83

Employee share awards exercised, net of employee contributions and forfeitures

   (59  (161  (205

Dividends

   (6,276  (6,076  (5,894

Divestment of equity accounted investment

       18      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   74,548    66,982    61,892  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Non-controlling interests

    

At the beginning of the financial year

   4,624    3,789    2,825  

Profit after taxation

   1,392    1,597    1,144  

Net valuation gains on available for sale investments taken to equity

       2      

Actuarial gains on pension and medical schemes

       1    3  

Tax recognised within other comprehensive income

       (1  (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   1,392    1,599    1,146  

Distribution to option holders

   (2        

Dividends

   (252  (837  (343

Equity contributed

   477    73    161  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   6,239    4,624    3,789  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)The share premium account represents the premium paid on the issue of BHP Billiton Plc shares recognised in accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006.

(b)The foreign currency translation reserve represents exchange differences arising on the translation of non-US dollar functional currency operations within the Group into US dollars.

(c)The employee share awards reserve represents the accrued employee entitlements to share awards that have been charged to the income statement and have not yet been exercised.

(d)The hedging reserve represents hedging gains and losses recognised on the effective portion of cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the income statement when the hedged transaction impacts the income statement, or is recognised as an adjustment to the cost of non-financial hedged items.

(e)The financial assets reserve represents the revaluation of available for sale financial assets. Where a revalued financial asset is sold or impaired, the relevant portion of the reserve is transferred to the income statement.

(f)The share buy-back reserve represents the par value of BHP Billiton Plc shares which were purchased and subsequently cancelled. The cancellation of the shares creates a non-distributable reserve.

(g)The non-controlling interest contribution reserve represents the excess of consideration received over the book value of net assets attributable to the equity instruments when acquired by non-controlling interests.

Summarised financial information relating to each of the Group’s subsidiaries with non-controlling interests (NCI) that are material to the Group, before any intra-group eliminations, is shown below:

2014

US$M

 BHP Iron
Ore
(Jimblebar)
Pty Ltd (a)
  Minera
Escondida
Limitada
  Samancor
Holdings
(Proprietary)
Limited
  Groote
Eylandt
Mining
Company
Pty Ltd
  Other
individually
immaterial
subsidiaries
  Intra-group
eliminations
  Total 

BHP Billiton share (per cent)

  85.0    57.5    60.0    60.0     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Current assets(b)

  626    2,793    17    154     

Non-current assets(b)

  4,006    10,803    1,175    1,178     

Current liabilities

  (495  (1,034  (7  (125   

Non-current liabilities

  (1,481  (2,075      (225   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Net assets

  2,656    10,487    1,185    982     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets attributable to NCI

  388    4,457    474    393    529    (2  6,239  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

  994    8,706        990     

Profit after taxation

  204    3,007    (1  261     

Other comprehensive income

                   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Total comprehensive income

  204    3,007    (1  261     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit after taxation attributable to NCI

  22    1,278        104    (9  (3  1,392  

Other comprehensive income attributable to NCI

                            

Dividends paid to NCI

      74        120    58        252  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2013

US$M

                     

BHP Billiton share (per cent)

  100.0    57.5    60.0    60.0     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Current assets(b)

      2,597    18    635     

Non-current assets(b)

      8,361    1,175    1,085     

Current liabilities

      (1,384  (6  (543   

Non-current liabilities

      (1,911      (156   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Net assets

      7,663    1,187    1,021     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets attributable to NCI

      3,253    475    408    486    2    4,624  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

      8,826        935     

Profit after taxation

      3,309    (5  349     

Other comprehensive income

                   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Total comprehensive income

      3,309    (5  349     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit after taxation attributable to NCI

      1,406    (2  108    70    15    1,597  

Other comprehensive income attributable to NCI

                  2        2  

Dividends paid to NCI

      782        32    23        837  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2012

US$M

 BHP Iron
Ore
(Jimblebar)
Pty Ltd(a)
  Minera
Escondida
Limitada
  Samancor
Holdings
(Proprietary)
Limited
  Groote
Eylandt
Mining
Company
Pty Ltd
  Other
individually
immaterial
subsidiaries
  Intra-group
eliminations
  Total 

BHP Billiton share (per cent)

  100.0    57.5    60.0    60.0     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Revenue

      7,155        798     

Profit after taxation

      2,506    (21  186     

Other comprehensive income

                   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

      2,506    (21  186     
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Profit after taxation attributable to NCI

      1,065    (11  74    5    11    1,144  

Other comprehensive income attributable to NCI

                  2        2  

Dividends paid to NCI

      287        48    8        343  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)The Group has an effective interest of 92.5 per cent in BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd, however by virtue of the shareholder agreement with ITOCHU Minerals & Energy of Australia Pty Ltd and Mitsui & Co. Iron Ore Exploration & Mining Pty Ltd, our interest in the Jimblebar mining operation is 85 per cent which is consistent with the other respective joint operations at Western Australia Iron Ore.

(b)Whilst the Group controls these subsidiaries, the non-controlling interests hold certain protective rights which restrict the Group’s ability to sell assets held by these subsidiaries, or use the assets in other subsidiaries and operations owned by the Group. These subsidiaries are also restricted from paying dividends without the approval of the non-controlling interests.

21    Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities at balance date, not otherwise provided for in the financial statements, are categorised as arising from:

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Associates and joint ventures

    

Bank guarantees(a)

          

Actual or potential litigation(b)

   1,651     1,390  

Other

   11     8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total associates and joint ventures

   1,662     1,398  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subsidiaries and joint operations

    

Bank guarantees(a)

   23     24  

Actual or potential litigation(b)

   1,602     1,313  

Other

   89     48  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total subsidiaries and joint operations

   1,714     1,385  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contingent liabilities

   3,376     2,783  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)The Group has entered into various counter-indemnities of bank and performance guarantees related to its own future performance in the normal course of business.

(b)

Actual or potential litigation, including tax-related amounts, predominantly relate to a number of actions against the Group, none of which are individually significant and where the liability is not probable and

11    Other
therefore the Group has not provided for such amounts in these financial assetsstatements. Additionally, there are a number of legal claims or potential claims against the Group, the outcome of which cannot be foreseen at present, and for which no amounts have been included in the table above.

In addition to the amounts reported above, following requests for information in August 2009 from the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Group commenced an internal investigation and disclosed to relevant authorities evidence that it has uncovered regarding possible violations of applicable anti-corruption laws involving interactions with government officials.

The issues relate primarily to matters in connection with previously terminated exploration and development efforts, as well as hospitality provided as part of the Company’s sponsorship of the 2008 Beijing Olympics. The Group is currently discussing a potential resolution of the matter.

As has been publicly reported, the Australian Federal Police has indicated that it has commenced an investigation and the Group continues to fully cooperate with the relevant authorities.

In light of the continuing nature of the investigations it is not appropriate at this stage for BHP Billiton to predict outcomes, and therefore no amount has been included in the contingent liabilities above.

22    Commitments

   2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

Capital expenditure commitments

   4,798    5,175  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Lease expenditure commitments

   

Finance leases(a)

   

Due not later than one year

   203    59  

Due later than one year and not later than two years

   195    56  

Due later than two years and not later than three years

   193    50  

Due later than three years and not later than four years

   163    47  

Due later than four years and not later than five years

   153    19  

Due later than five years

   1,709    36  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total commitments under finance leases

   2,616    267  

Future financing charges

   (1,174  (57

Right to reimbursement from joint operations partner

   (58  (73
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Finance lease liability

   1,384    137  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating leases(b)

   

Due not later than one year

   833    973  

Due later than one year and not later than two years

   560    774  

Due later than two years and not later than three years

   433    561  

Due later than three years and not later than four years

   227    406  

Due later than four years and not later than five years

   202    211  

Due later than five years

   1,272    1,466  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total commitments under operating leases

   3,527    4,391  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

   2011   2010 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

At fair value

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   49     23  

Forward exchange contracts

   26     28  

Commodity contracts

   173     240  

Other derivative contracts

   16     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current other financial assets

   264     292  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

At fair value

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   705     595  

Commodity contracts

   41     42  

Other derivative contracts

   114     111  

Shares – available for sale

   580     657  

Other investments – available for sale(a)

   162     105  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current other financial assets

   1,602     1,510  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

Includes investments held by BHP Billiton Energy Coal South Africa Rehabilitation Trust Fund. The future realisation of this investment is intended to fund environmental obligations relating to the closure of the South African coal operations, and consequently this investment, while under the Group’s control, is not available for the general purposes of the Group. Any income from this investment is reinvested or applied to meet these obligations. The Group retains responsibility for these environmental obligations until such time as the former mine sites have been rehabilitated in accordance with the relevant environmental legislation. These obligations are therefore included under non-current provisions. Refer to note 18.

12    Inventories

     2011   2010 
     US$M   US$M 

Current

     

Raw materials and consumables

 – at net realisable value(a)   4       
 – at cost   1,960     1,518  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,964     1,518  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Work in progress

 – at net realisable value(a)   4     18  
 – at cost   2,315     2,129  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    2,319     2,147  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finished goods

 – at net realisable value(a)   136     300  
 – at cost   1,735     1,369  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,871     1,669  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current inventories

   6,154     5,334  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

     

Raw materials and consumables

 – at cost   142     124  

Work in progress

 – at cost   209     209  

Finished goods

 – at cost   12     10  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current inventories

   363     343  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

US$23 million of inventory write-downs were recognised during the year (2010: US$33 million; 2009: US$219 million). Inventory write-downs of US$8 million made in previous periods were reversed during the year (2010: US$21 million; 2009: US$1 million).

13    Property, plant
(a)Finance leases include leases of power generation and equipment

Year ended 30 June 2011

  Land and
buildings
  Plant and
equipment
  Other
mineral
assets
  Assets
under
construction
  Exploration
and
evaluation
  Total 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Cost

       

At the beginning of the financial year

   6,148    50,560    15,750    10,719    1,968    85,145  

Additions

   38    1,596    499    11,003    281    13,417  

Acquisitions of subsidiaries and operations

   5    673    4,125            4,803  

Disposals

   (35  (694  (51  (7  (114  (901

Exchange variations taken to reserve

   2    199    30            231  

Transfers and other movements

   1,743    7,329    (78  (9,194  (4  (204
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   7,901    59,663    20,275    12,521    2,131    102,491  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

       

At the beginning of the financial year

   1,965    22,520    4,422        662    29,569  

Charge for the year

   321    3,991    625        66    5,003  

Impairments for the year

       11            73    84  

Reversals of impairments

       (10              (10

Disposals

   (26  (619  (51      (113  (809

Exchange variations taken to reserve

       167    26            193  

Transfers and other movements

   14    (32  11            (7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   2,274    26,028    5,033        688    34,023  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net book value at 30 June 2011

   5,627    33,635    15,242    12,521    1,443    68,468  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2010

  Land and
buildings
  Plant and
equipment
  Other
mineral
assets
  Assets
under
construction
  Exploration
and
evaluation
  Total 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Cost

       

At the beginning of the financial year

   5,708    47,533    14,812    8,298    1,444    77,795  

Additions

   53    975    622    9,452    314    11,416  

Acquisitions of subsidiaries and operations

           508            508  

Disposals

   (117  (870  (6      (24  (1,017

Disposals of subsidiaries and operations

   (352  (2,348  (109  (5      (2,814

Exchange variations taken to reserve

   (1  (179  (38  2    (1  (217

Transfers and other movements

   857    5,449    (39  (7,028  235    (526
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   6,148    50,560    15,750    10,719    1,968    85,145  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

       

At the beginning of the financial year

   2,168    22,141    4,113        341    28,763  

Charge for the year

   235    3,813    618        66    4,732  

Impairments for the year

   3    86            256    345  

Reversals of impairments

   (121  (426  (83      (1  (631

Disposals

   (85  (770  (6      (24  (885

Disposals of subsidiaries and operations

   (239  (1,925  (26          (2,190

Exchange variations taken to reserve

       (166  (35          (201

Transfers and other movements

   4    (233  (159      24    (364
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   1,965    22,520    4,422        662    29,569  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net book value at 30 June 2010

   4,183    28,040    11,328    10,719    1,306    55,576  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

14    Intangible assets

   2011  2010 
   Goodwill   Other
intangibles
  Total  Goodwill  Other
intangibles
  Total 
   US$M   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Cost

        

At the beginning of the financial year

   370     497    867    398    426    824  

Additions

        211    211        85    85  

Disposals

        (3  (3      (8  (8

Exchange variations taken to reserve

        2    2        (1  (1

Transfers and other movements

        37    37    (28  (5  (33
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   370     744    1,114    370    497    867  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated amortisation and impairments

        

At the beginning of the financial year

        180    180        163    163  

Charge for the year

        36    36        27    27  

Disposals

        (2  (2      (8  (8

Exchange variations taken to reserve

        1    1        (1  (1

Transfers and other movements

        (5  (5      (1  (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

        210    210        180    180  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total intangible assets(a)

   370     534    904    370    317    687  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)

The Group’s aggregate net book value of goodwill is US$370 million (2010: US$370 million), representing less than one per cent of net equity at 30 June 2011 (2010: less than one per cent). The goodwill is allocated across a number of cash generating units (CGUs) in different Customer Sector Groups, with no CGU or Customer Sector Group accounting for more than US$150 million of total goodwill.

15    Tradetransmission assets. Lease payments are subject to inflation escalation clauses on which contingent rentals are determined. The leases contain extension and other payables

   2011   2010 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Trade creditors

   6,667     4,470  

Other creditors

   3,051     1,997  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current payables

   9,718     6,467  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Other creditors

   555     469  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current payables

   555     469  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

16    Interest bearing liabilities

   2011   2010 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Unsecured bank loans

   484     393  

Notes and debentures

   2,458     1,424  

Secured bank loans

   160     184  

Finance leases

   63     63  

Secured other

   18       

Unsecured other

   332     126  

Unsecured bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings

   4     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current interest bearing liabilities

   3,519     2,191  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Unsecured bank loans

   526     361  

Notes and debentures

   10,122     12,012  

Secured bank loans (a)

   580     424  

Redeemable preference shares(b)

   15     15  

Finance leases

   129     162  

Unsecured other(a)

   448     250  

Secured other(a)

   568     349  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current interest bearing liabilities

   12,388     13,573  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

Includes US$591 million (2010: US$324 million) proportionate share of bank loans and other borrowings arranged by jointly controlled entities to fund the financing of joint venture partners. While the Group chose to finance the joint ventures directly and not to participate in the external borrowing programs arranged by the joint ventures, the Group recognises its share of those borrowings on proportionate consolidation of the assets and liabilities of each venture (refer to note 1). A corresponding amount of interest bearing loans receivable is recognised in other receivables (refer to note 10), reflecting the direct funding of the Group’s contribution to each joint venture.

(b)

Comprises 150 (2010: 150) Series A preferred shares issued by BHP Billiton Foreign Holdings Inc. at US$100,000 each fully paid, cumulative, non-participating. The shares are redeemable at par at the option of BHP Billiton Foreign Holdings Inc. after 3 August 2013 and at the option of the holder of the shares after 3 February 2016.

17    Other financial liabilities

   2011   2010 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   53     282  

Forward exchange contracts

   3     6  

Commodity contracts

   196     194  

Other derivative contracts

   36     29  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current other financial liabilities

   288     511  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

        174  

Commodity contracts

   23     41  

Other derivative contracts

   56     51  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current other financial liabilities

   79     266  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

18    Provisions

   2011   2010 
   US$M   US$M 

Current

    

Employee benefits(a)

   1,334     1,054  

Restructuring(b)

   40     55  

Closure and rehabilitation(c)

   378     378  

Post-retirement employee benefits(d)

   21     18  

Other

   483     394  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current provisions

   2,256     1,899  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Employee benefits(a)

   209     257  

Restructuring(b)

   38     49  

Closure and rehabilitation(c)

   7,615     6,264  

Post-retirement employee benefits(d)

   694     621  

Other

   713     242  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current provisions

   9,269     7,433  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

The expenditure associated with total employee benefits will occur in a pattern consistent with when employees choose to exercise their entitlement to benefits.

(b)

Total restructuring provisions include provision for business terminations of US$13 million (2010: US$15 million).

(c)

Total closure and rehabilitation provisions include provision for closed sites of US$1,753 million (2010: US$1,973 million).

(d)

The provision for post-retirement employee benefits includes pension liabilities of US$273 million (2010: US$295 million) and post-retirement medical benefit liabilities of US$442 million (2010: US$344 million). Refer to note 29. The non-current provision includes Non-executive Directors’ retirement benefits of US$1 million (2010: US$1 million).

renewal options.

 

   Employee
benefits
  Restructuring  Closure and
rehabilitation
  Post- retirement
employee
benefits
  Other  Total 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

At the beginning of the financial year

   1,311    104    6,642    639    636    9,332  

Amounts capitalised

           1,293            1,293  

Acquisition of subsidiaries and operations

           4            4  

Charge/(credit) for the year:

       

Underlying

   978    39    184    67    792    2,060  

Discounting

       7    404    128        539  

Expected return on pension scheme assets

               (104      (104

Exchange variations

   225    22    269    47    49    612  

Released during the year

   (56  (54  (413      (119  (642

Actuarial loss taken to retained earnings

               113        113  

Exchange variations taken to reserve

           16    2        18  

Utilisation

   (917  (40  (407  (181  (158  (1,703

Transfers and other movements

   2        1    4    (4  3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   1,543    78    7,993    715    1,196    11,525  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

19    Share capital

  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
  2011  2010  2009  2011  2010  2009 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Share capital

      

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

  1,227    1,227    1,227    1,116    1,116    1,116  

Shares bought back and cancelled(a)

  (44          (46        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

  1,183    1,227    1,227    1,070    1,116    1,116  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Treasury shares

      

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

  (1  (1  (1  (524  (524  (513

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

  (351  (216  (132  (118  (58  (37

Employee share awards exercised following vesting

  351    216    132    103    58    26  

Shares bought back(a)

              (3,678        

Shares cancelled(a)

              3,595          
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

  (1  (1  (1  (622  (524  (524
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc(b) 
  2011
Shares(c)
  2010
Shares(c)
  2009
Shares(c)
  2011
Shares(c)
  2010
Shares(c)
  2009
Shares(c)
 

Share capital issued

      

Ordinary shares fully paid

  3,211,654,687    3,358,444,496    3,358,444,496    2,138,367,191    2,231,121,202    2,231,121,202  

Comprising

      

– Shares held by the public

  3,211,607,567    3,358,397,376    3,358,397,376    2,110,963,849    2,206,076,344    2,206,130,916  

– Treasury shares

  47,120    47,120    47,120    27,403,342    25,044,858    24,990,286  

Ordinary shares paid to A$1.36

      110,000    110,000     

Special Voting Share of no par value(d)

  1    1    1     

5.5% Preference shares of £1 each(e)

     50,000    50,000    50,000  

Special Voting Share of US$0.50 par value (d)

     1    1    1  
  BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
  2011
Shares
  2010
Shares
  2009
Shares
  2011
Shares
  2010
Shares
  2009
Shares
 

Movement in shares held by the public

      

Opening number of shares

  3,358,397,376    3,358,397,376    3,358,260,180    2,206,076,344    2,206,130,916    2,206,662,027  

Partly paid shares becoming fully paid(f)

  110,000        85,000              

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

  (8,997,229  (6,304,733  (5,274,136  (3,664,620  (2,081,566  (1,447,706

Employee share awards exercised following vesting

  8,997,229    6,304,733    5,326,332    3,487,873    2,026,994    916,595  

Shares bought back(a)

  (146,899,809          (94,935,748        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Closing number of shares(g)

  3,211,607,567    3,358,397,376    3,358,397,376    2,110,963,849    2,206,076,344    2,206,130,916  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   BHP Billiton Limited  BHP Billiton Plc 
   2011
Shares
  2010
Shares
  2009
Shares
  2011 Shares  2010 Shares  2009 Shares 

Movement in Treasury shares

       

Opening number of shares

   47,120    47,120    99,316    25,044,858    24,990,286    24,459,175  

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

   8,997,229    6,304,733    5,274,136    3,664,620    2,081,566    1,447,706  

Employee share awards exercised following vesting

   (8,997,229  (6,304,733  (5,326,332  (3,487,873  (2,026,994  (916,595

Shares bought back(a)

               94,935,748          

Shares cancelled(a)

               (92,754,011        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Closing number of shares

   47,120    47,120    47,120    27,403,342    25,044,858    24,990,286  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   BHP Billiton Limited 
   2011
Shares
  2010
Shares
   2009
Shares
 

Movement in shares partly paid to A$1.36

     

Opening number of shares

   110,000    110,000     195,000  

Partly paid shares becoming fully paid(f)

   (110,000       (85,000
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing number of shares

       110,000     110,000  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

On 15 November 2010, BHP Billiton announced the reactivation of the remaining US$4.2 billion component of its previously suspended US$13 billion buy-back program and subsequently announced an expanded US$10 billion capital management program on 16 February 2011. This expanded program was completed on 29 June 2011 through a combination of on-market and off-market buy-backs. In accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006 and with the resolutions passed at the 2010 Annual General Meetings, BHP Billiton Limited purchased fully paid shares in BHP Billiton Plc on-market and then transferred those shares to BHP Billiton Plc for nil consideration and cancellation. BHP Billiton Plc shares bought back as part of this program but not cancelled at 30 June 2011 are accounted for as Treasury shares within the share capital of BHP Billiton Plc. An off-market tender buy-back of BHP Billiton Limited shares was completed on 11 April 2011. In accordance with the structure of the buy-back, US$44 million was allocated to the share capital of BHP Billiton Limited and US$6,301 million was allocated to retained earnings. These shares were then cancelled. Details of the purchases are shown in the table below. Cost per share represents the average cost per share for BHP Billiton Plc shares and final cost per share for BHP Billiton Limited shares.

Year ended

 Shares purchased Number  Cost per
share
  Total cost
US$M
  Purchased by: 
     BHP Billiton
Limited
  BHP Billiton Plc 
     Shares  US$M  Shares  US$M 

30 June 2011

 BHP Billiton Plc  94,935,748    £23.96 (i)   3,678    94,935,748    3,678          
 BHP Billiton Limited  146,899,809    A$40.85    6,345    146,899,809    6,345          

(i)Cost per share represents the average cost per share paid on-market by BHP Billiton Limited for BHP Billiton Plc shares in 2011. Since the commencement of the buy-back in 2006 the average cost per share was £15.67.

(b)

An Equalisation Share (US$0.50 par value) has been authorised to be issued to enable a distribution to be made by BHP Billiton Plc Group to the BHP Billiton Limited Group should this be required under the terms of the DLC merger. The Directors have the ability to issue the Equalisation Share if required under those terms. The Constitution of BHP Billiton Limited allows the Directors of that Company to issue a similar Equalisation Share. There has been no movement in this class of share.

(b)Operating leases include leases of property, plant and equipment. Rental payments are generally fixed, but with inflation escalation clauses on which contingent rentals are determined. Certain leases contain extension and renewal options.

(c)

The total number of BHP Billiton Limited shares of all classes is 3,211,654,688 of which 99.99 per cent are ordinary shares fully paid (2010: 3,358,554,497, 99.99 per cent; 2009: 3,358,554,497, 99.99 per cent). The total number of BHP Billiton Plc shares of all classes is 2,138,417,192, of which 99.99 per cent are ordinary shares of US$0.50 par value (2010: 2,231,171,203, 99.99 per cent; 2009: 2,231,171,203, 99.99 per cent). Any surplus remaining after payment of preferred distributions shall be payable to the holders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares in equal amounts per share.

23    Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement

Cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash and with a maturity of less than 90 days, bank overdrafts and interest bearing liabilities at call.

 

(d)

Each of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc issued one Special Voting Share to facilitate joint voting by shareholders of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc on Joint Electorate Actions. There has been no movement in these shares.

(e)

Preference shares have the right to repayment of the amount paid up on the nominal value and any unpaid dividends in priority to the holders of any other class of shares in BHP Billiton Plc on a return of capital or winding up. The holders of preference shares have limited voting rights if payment of the preference dividends are six months or more in arrears or a resolution is passed changing the rights of the preference shareholders. There has been no movement in these shares, all of which are held by JP Morgan plc.

(f)

During the year ended 30 June 2011, 110,000 partly paid shares were paid up and became fully paid shares. 70,000 of these partly paid shares were also entitled to 79,928 bonus shares which were satisfied via on-market purchase.

(g)

During the period 1 July 2011 to 6 September 2011, 36,418 fully paid ordinary shares in BHP Billiton were issued on the exercise of Group Incentive Scheme awards.

20    Other equity

  2014  2013  2012 
  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise:

   

Cash

  1,726    2,521    1,206  

Short-term deposits

  7,077    3,156    3,268  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents(a) (b)

  8,803    5,677    4,474  

Bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings – refer to note 16 Interest bearing liabilities

  (51  (10  (20
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts

  8,752    5,667    4,454  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  2011  2010  2009 
  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Reserves

   

Share premium account(a)

   

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

  518    518    518  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

  518    518    518  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve (b)

   

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

  15    24    (3

Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations taken to equity

  19    1    27  

Exchange fluctuations on translation of foreign operations transferred to the income statement

      (10    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

  19    (9  27  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

  34    15    24  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards reserve(c)

   

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

  557    434    372  

Deferred tax arising on accrued employee entitlement for unexercised awards

  (13  69    (89
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

  (13  69    (89

Accrued employee entitlement for unvested awards

  266    170    185  

Employee share awards exercised

  (121  (88  (34

Employee share awards forfeited

  (9  (28    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

  680    557    434  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Hedging reserve – cash flow hedges(d)

   

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

      9    (417

Net (loss)/gain on cash flow hedges taken to equity

      (15  710  

Net realised losses on cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement

      2    22  

Net unrealised gains on cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement

          (48

Net gains on cash flow hedges transferred to the initial carrying amount of hedged items

          (26

Deferred tax relating to cash flow hedges

      4    (232
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

      (9  426  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

          9  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial assets reserve(e)

   

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

  348    202    162  

Net valuation (losses)/gains on available for sale investments taken to equity

  (71  160    3  

Net valuation (gains)/losses on available for sale investments transferred to the income statement

  (38  2    58  

Deferred tax relating to revaluations

  37    (16  (21
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

  (72  146    40  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

  276    348    202  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Share buy-back reserve(f)

   

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

  118    118    118  

BHP Billiton Plc shares cancelled

  46          
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

  164    118    118  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest contribution reserve(g)

   

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

  350          

Issue of share options to non-controlling interests

      43      

Distribution to option holders

  (21  (10    

Equity contributed

      317      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

  329    350      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total reserves

  2,001    1,906    1,305  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Retained earnings

    

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

   44,801    36,831    35,756  

Profit for the year

   23,648    12,722    5,877  

Actuarial losses on pension and medical schemes

   (105  (38  (224

Tax recognised directly in other comprehensive income

   94    54    89  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   23,637    12,738    5,742  

Dividends

   (5,126  (4,618  (4,563

BHP Billiton Limited share buy-back – refer to note 19

   (6,301        

BHP Billiton Plc share buy-back – refer to note 19

   (3,595        

Employee share awards exercised, net of employee contributions and forfeitures

   (285  (150  (104
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

   53,131    44,801    36,831  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Non-controlling interests

    

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

   804    757    708  

Profit for the year

   298    287    461  

Actuarial losses on pension and medical schemes

   (8      (3

Net valuation gains on available for sale investments taken to equity

   1    7      

Net valuation gains on available for sale investments transferred to the income statement

   (9        

Tax recognised directly in other comprehensive income

   2          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   284    294    458  

Issue of share options to non-controlling interests

       16      

Distribution to option holders

   (17  (6    

Dividends

   (90  (277  (406

Equity contributed

   12    20    (3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

   993    804    757  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)

The share premium account represents the premium paid on the issue of BHP Billiton Plc shares recognised in accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006.

(b)

The foreign currency translation reserve represents exchange differences arising on the translation of non-US dollar functional currency operations within the Group into US dollars.

(c)

The employee share awards reserve represents the accrued employee entitlements to share awards that have been charged to the income statement and have not yet been exercised.

(d)

The hedging reserve represents hedging gains and losses recognised on the effective portion of cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the income statement when the hedged transaction impacts the income statement, or is recognised as an adjustment to the cost of non-financial hedged items.

(e)

The financial assets reserve represents the revaluation of available for sale financial assets. Where a revalued financial asset is sold or impaired, the relevant portion of the reserve is transferred to the income statement.

(f)

The share buy-back reserve represents the par value of BHP Billiton Plc shares which were purchased and subsequently cancelled. The cancellation of the shares creates a non-distributable reserve.

(g)

The non-controlling interest contribution reserve represents the excess of consideration received over the book value of net assets attributable to the equity instruments held by non-controlling interests.

21    Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities at balance date, not otherwise provided for in the financial statements, are categorised as arising from:

   2011   2010 
   US$M   US$M 

Jointly controlled entities

    

Bank guarantees(a)

   12     7  

Actual or potential litigation(b)

   1,384     878  

Other

   1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   1,397     885  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subsidiaries and jointly controlled assets (including guarantees)

    

Bank guarantees(a)

   1     1  

Actual or potential litigation(b)

   693     455  

Other

   4     3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   698     459  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contingent liabilities

   2,095     1,344  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

The Group has entered into various counter-indemnities of bank and performance guarantees related to its own future performance in the normal course of business.

(b)

Actual or potential litigation amounts relate to a number of actions against the Group, none of which are individually significant and where the liability is not probable and therefore the Group has not provided for such amounts in these financial statements. Additionally, there are a number of legal claims or potential claims against the Group, the outcome of which cannot be foreseen at present, and for which no amounts have been included in the table above.

22    Commitments

   2011  2010 
   US$M  US$M 

Capital expenditure commitments

   

Due not later than one year

   5,307    4,311  

Due later than one year and not later than two years

   1,419    491  

Due later than two years and not later than three years

   531    171  

Due later than three years and not later than four years

   35    16  

Due later than four years and not later than five years

   1      
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total capital expenditure commitments

   7,293    4,989  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Lease expenditure commitments

   

Finance leases

   

Due not later than one year

   88    95  

Due later than one year and not later than two years

   54    60  

Due later than two years and not later than three years

   50    51  

Due later than three years and not later than four years

   51    49  

Due later than four years and not later than five years

   46    49  

Due later than five years

   93    140  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total commitments under finance leases

   382    444  

Future financing charges

   (93  (111

Right to reimbursement from joint venture partner

   (97  (108
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Finance lease liability

   192    225  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating leases(a)

   

Due not later than one year

   861    695  

Due later than one year and not later than two years

   640    580  

Due later than two years and not later than three years

   453    601  

Due later than three years and not later than four years

   208    255  

Due later than four years and not later than five years

   192    98  

Due later than five years

   1,197    830  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total commitments under operating leases

   3,551    3,059  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other expenditure commitments(b)

   

Due not later than one year

   3,473    2,793  

Due later than one year and not later than two years

   1,486    1,291  

Due later than two years and not later than three years

   947    1,111  

Due later than three years and not later than four years

   564    768  

Due later than four years and not later than five years

   546    444  

Due later than five years

   2,059    1,923  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total commitments for other expenditure

   9,075    8,330  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)

Operating leases are entered into as a means of acquiring property, plant and equipment. Rental payments are generally fixed, but with inflation escalation clauses on which contingent rentals are determined. Certain leases contain extension and renewal options.

(b)

Other expenditure commitments include the supply of goods and services, royalties, exploration expenditure and chartering costs.

23    Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement

Cash and cash equivalents

For include US$738 million (2013: US$674 million; 2012: US$326 million) which is restricted by legal or contractual arrangements. This amount includes contributions made during the purposeperiod of US$100 million (2013: US$106 million) to the consolidatedBHP Billiton Foundation and US$ nil to BHP Billiton Sustainable Communities Trust (2013: US$ nil). These trusts hold US$342 million of cash flow statement,and cash equivalents that can only be used to fund community development programmes and is not available for use by the wider Group (2013: US$284 million).

(b)Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertibleUS$600 million (2013: US$794 million) which is subject to restrictions imposed by governments where approval is required to repatriate cash and without of a maturity of less than 90 days, bank overdrafts and interest bearing liabilities at call.country.

Significant non-cash investing and financing transactions

Property, plant and equipment of US$1,268 million (2013: US$ nil; 2012: US$28 million) was acquired under finance leases.

Property, plant and equipment of US$ nil (2013: US$49 million; 2012: US$ nil) was acquired under vendor financing arrangements.

Divestment of subsidiaries, operations, joint operations and equity accounted investments

The Group disposed of the following subsidiaries, operations, joint operations and equity accounted investments during the year ended:

30 June 2014

   2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise:

    

Cash

   1,361    1,369    1,156  

Short-term deposits

   8,723    11,087    9,677  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents(a)

   10,084    12,456    10,833  

Bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings – refer to note 16

   (4  (1  (2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts

   10,080    12,455    10,831  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(a)

Cash and cash equivalents include US$170 million (2010: US$330 million; 2009: US$368 million) which is restricted by legal or contractual arrangements.

Significant non-cash investing and financing transactions

Property, plant and equipment of US$2 million (2010: US$56 million; 2009: US$59 million) was acquired under finance leases.

Property, plant and equipment of US$ nil (2010: US$236 million; 2009: US$ nil) was acquired under vendor financing arrangements.

Disposal of subsidiaries and operations

The Group disposed of the following subsidiaries and operations during the year ended:

30 June 2011

There were no disposals of subsidiaries or operations.

Pinto Valley and San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company

30 June 2010

Esidulini game reserve

Kendilo coal operation

Manganese Metal Company (Pty) Ltd

Pering mine

Ravensthorpe nickel operations

Suriname Bauxite Mines and the Paranam Refinery

Yabulu nickel refinery

30 June 2009

BHP Asia Pacific Nickel Pty Ltd

Mayaniquel SA

Minera Geleen SA

PT Gag Nickel

Sociedad Contractual Minera Otway

The carrying amount of assets and liabilities disposed are as follows:

   2011   2010  2009 
   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Cash and cash equivalents

       —     137      

Trade and other receivables

        11    1  

Inventories

        169      

Current tax assets

        9      

Other current assets

        11    6  

Property, plant and equipment

        682    35  

Trade and other payables

        (66  (1

Interest bearing liabilities

        (27    

Current tax payable

        (1    

Provisions

        (590    
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net identifiable assets(a)

        335    41  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross consideration

        351    23  

Less cash balances disposed of

        (137    
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net consideration

        214    23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising of:

     

– Cash

        214    17  

– Deferred consideration

            6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net consideration received

        214    23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gains/(losses) on sale of subsidiaries and operations

        16    (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(a)

Net identifiable assets disposed of in the year ended 30 June 2010 include property, plant and equipment of US$58 million, current tax assets of US$9 million and provisions of US$301 million classified as held for sale in 2009.

Acquisition of subsidiaries and operations

The Group acquired the following subsidiaries and operations during the year ended:

30 June 2011

Other than the business combination described in note 24, there were no acquisitions of subsidiaries or operations.

30 June 2010

100 per cent of Athabasca Potash Inc.

100 per cent of United Minerals Corporations NL

30 June 2009

100 per cent of Anglo Potash Limited

The fair values of assets and liabilities acquired, excluding those acquired through business combinations (refer to note 24), are as follows:

   2011   2010   2009 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Property, plant and equipment

       —     508     270  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net identifiable assets

        508     270  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consideration paid

        508     270  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

24    Business combinations

Business combination during the year ended 30 June 2011

On 31 March 2011, the Group completed the acquisition of 100 per cent of Chesapeake Energy Corporation’s (Chesapeake) interests in its Fayetteville Shale gas assets, and associated midstream pipeline system (Fayetteville Shale gas business), located in Arkansas (US), for US$4,819 million. The acquisition was funded from the Group’s cash resources.

The Fayetteville Shale upstream gas assets include approximately 487,000 acres of leasehold and producing natural gas properties and approximately 3,000 wells of which the Group operates approximately 800 wells. Midstream assets consist of gas gathering systems including extensive pipeline infrastructure and associated compression stations. The acquisition marks the entry of the Group into the shale gas business in the US.

Acquisition-related costs of US$17 million have been expensed and included in other operating expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement and in operating cash flows in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement.

The provisionally determined fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired comprising the Fayetteville Shale gas business as of the date of the acquisition

Liverpool Bay

South Midland (Onshore US – Midland Basin)

Kelar SA

30 June 2013

Richards Bay Minerals

EKATI

30 June 2012

Gulf of Mexico assets – West Cameron, Starlifter and Mustang

Details of the divestment of subsidiaries, operations, joint operations and equity accounted investments are as follows:

 

2011
US$M

Property, plant and equipment

4,803

Inventories

3

Trade and other receivables(a)

38

Trade and other payables

(21

Provisions

(4
   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

       51      

Trade and other receivables

   2    1      

Other financial assets

   2          

Investments accounted for using the equity method

             

Inventories

   74    209      

Property, plant and equipment

   452    668    1  

Intangible assets

   23          

Deferred tax assets

   3    77      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

   556    1,006    1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Trade and other payables

   (62  (10    

Current tax payable

   (2  (3    

Provisions

   (320  (302  (14

Deferred tax liabilities

       (138    

Deferred income

   (27        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   (411  (453  (14
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets/(liabilities) disposed

   145    553    (13
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Less non-controlling interest share of net assets disposed

             
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton share of net assets/(liabilities) disposed

   145    553    (13
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross cash consideration

   812    2,253    6  

Less cash and cash equivalents disposed

       (51    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash consideration received

   812    2,202    6  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Less repayment of intercompany loan(a)

       (488    

Add deferred consideration

   6          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gains on sale of subsidiaries, operations, joint operations and equity accounted investments

   673    1,212    19  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(a)Repayment of intercompany financing facilities which became external upon transition to IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’.

Acquisition of subsidiaries and operations

In addition to the business combinations described in note 24 ‘Business combinations’, the Group acquired the following subsidiaries and operations during the year ended:

30 June 2014

There were no acquisitions of subsidiaries or operations.

30 June 2013

There were no acquisitions of subsidiaries or operations.

30 June 2012

CEU Hawkville LLC

Details of the acquisitions of subsidiaries and operations, excluding those acquired through business combinations, refer to note 24 ‘Business combinations’, are as follows:

   2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Assets

      

Trade and other receivables

             3  

Other current assets

             3  

Property, plant and equipment

             89  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets acquired

             95  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash consideration paid

       –         –     95  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sale of non-controlling interest in subsidiary

30 June 2014

On 20 June 2013, BHP Billiton announced an extension of its long-term WAIO joint venture relationship with ITOCHU Corporation (ITOCHU) and Mitsui & Co., Ltd. (Mitsui). The transaction was completed on 10 July 2013 and aligned interests across the WAIO supply chain. Under the terms of the agreement, ITOCHU and Mitsui purchased shares in BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd providing them with an eight per cent and seven per cent non-controlling interest (NCI), respectively, in the Jimblebar mining hub and resource. The equity proceeds of US$1,337 million is included in the ‘Contributions from non-controlling interests’ item of the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement. The difference of US$971 million between the equity proceeds and the initial measurement of NCI of US$366 million is included in the non-controlling interest contribution reserve.

30 June 2013

There were no sales of interests in subsidiaries to non-controlling interests.

30 June 2012

There were no sales of interests in subsidiaries to non-controlling interests.

24    Business combinations

Major business combinations completed during the year ended 30 June 2014

There were no major business combinations.

Major business combinations completed during the year ended 30 June 2013

There were no major business combinations.

Major business combinations completed during the year ended 30 June 2012

The following business combinations were completed during the year.

Petrohawk Energy Corporation

In August 2011, the Group acquired all of the issued shares and outstanding shares of Petrohawk Energy Corporation Inc. (Petrohawk) for total consideration of US$12,005 million.

Petrohawk is an oil and natural gas company based in the United States. It owns a number of shale gas assets in Texas and Louisiana and associated midstream pipeline systems. This acquisition provides the Group with operated positions in the resource areas of the Eagle Ford, the Permian Basin and Haynesville.

Goodwill of US$3,591 million has been recognised in respect of the acquisition. The goodwill is attributable to the expected synergies to be realised through managing the portfolio of both the acquired assets and the Group’s existing assets, and to the measurement of deferred income taxes based on nominal amounts rather than fair value.

HWE Mining

On 30 September 2011, the Group acquired the HWE mining services business (HWE Mining) for total consideration of US$449 million.

The acquisition relates to the mining equipment and related assets that serviced the Area C, Yandi and Orebody 23/25 operations and is consistent with the Group’s previously stated intention to move the WAIO business from contract mining to owner-operator mining.

Goodwill of US$187 million has been recognised in respect of the acquisition. The goodwill is attributable to the skilled workforce and the expected synergies to result from an in-house mining workforce, improved safety and the management of costs.

25    Assets and liabilities held for sale

The Group classified the following subsidiaries and operations as held for sale during the year ended:

30 June 2014

There were no assets or liabilities held for sale at 30 June 2014.

30 June 2013

Pinto Valley

On 29 April 2013, the Group signed a definitive agreement to sell its Pinto Valley mining operation (Pinto Valley) and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company (SMARRCO) to Capstone Mining Corp. The sale completed on 11 October 2013 for a total cash consideration of US$653 million.

Diamonds business

On 13 November 2012, the Group announced the sale of its diamonds business, comprising its interests in the EKATI Diamond Mine and Diamond Marketing operations to Dominion Diamond Corporation (formerly Harry Winston Diamond Corporation). The sale completed on 10 April 2013 for a total amount paid of US$553 million, comprising of a purchase price of US$500 million plus purchase price adjustments of US$53 million.

East and West Browse Joint Ventures

On 12 December 2012, the Group signed a definitive agreement to sell its 8.33 per cent interest in the East Browse Joint Venture and 20 per cent interest in the West Browse Joint Venture to PetroChina International Investment (Australia) Pty Ltd. The sale completed on 7 June 2013 for a total cash consideration of US$1.70 billion, comprising of a purchase price of US$1.63 billion and purchase price adjustments of US$0.07 billion.

The remaining assets and liabilities classified as current assets and liabilities held for sale are presented in the table below:

   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Assets

    

Trade and other receivables

        17  

Inventories

        43  

Property, plant and equipment

        223  

Deferred tax assets

        3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

       –     286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Trade and other payables

        41  

Current tax payable

        2  

Provisions

        177  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        220  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

        66  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no assets or liabilities held for sale at 30 June 2014. Amounts presented for 30 June 2013 represented the assets and liabilities of the Pinto Valley mining operation and the associated San Manuel Arizona Railroad Company.

26    Subsidiaries

Significant subsidiaries of the Group, which are those with the most significant contribution to the Group’s net profit or net assets, are as follows:

      Effective
interest
 

Significant subsidiaries(a)

 Country of
incorporation
 

Principal activity

 2014
%
  2013
%
 

BHP Billiton Aluminium Australia Pty Ltd

 Australia Bauxite mining and alumina refining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Aluminium (RAA) Pty Ltd

 Australia Bauxite mining and alumina refining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Aluminium (Worsley) Pty Ltd

 Australia Bauxite mining and alumina refining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Canada Inc.

 Canada Diamond mining and potashpre-development  100    100  

BHP Billiton Direct Reduced Iron Pty Ltd

 Australia Hot briquette iron plant (closed)  100    100  

BHP Billiton Energy Coal South Africa Proprietary Limited (b)

 South Africa Coal mining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Finance BV

 Netherlands Finance  100    100  

BHP Billiton Finance Ltd

 Australia Finance  100    100  

BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Ltd (c)

 Australia Finance  100    100  

BHP Billiton Freight Singapore Pte Limited

 Singapore Freight services  100    100  

      Effective
interest
 

Significant subsidiaries(a)

 Country of
incorporation
 

Principal activity

 2014
%
  2013
%
 

BHP Billiton Group Operations Pty Ltd

 Australia Administrative services  100    100  

BHP Billiton International Services Limited

 UK Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton International Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

 China Marketing and logistic services  100    100  

BHP Billiton IO Mining Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Iron Ore Pty Ltd

 Australia Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Marketing AG

 Switzerland Marketing and trading  100    100  

BHP Billiton Marketing Asia Pte Ltd.

 Singapore Marketing support and services  100    100  

BHP Billiton Marketing Inc.

 US Marketing and trading  100    100  

BHP Billiton Metais SA

 Brazil Alumina refining and aluminium smelting  100    100  

BHP Billiton MetCoal Holdings Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Minerals Pty Ltd

 Australia Iron ore, coal, silver, lead and zinc mining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  80    80  

BHP Billiton New Mexico Coal Inc.

 US Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Nickel West Pty Ltd

 Australia Nickel mining, smelting, refining and administrative services  100    100  

BHP Billiton Olympic Dam Corporation Pty Ltd

 Australia Copper and uranium mining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Americas) Inc.

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Arkansas) Inc.

 US Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Australia) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Bass Strait) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Deepwater) Inc.

 US Hydrocarbons exploration, development and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Eagle Ford Gathering) LLC

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  75    75  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Fayetteville) LLC

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (International Exploration) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons development and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (KCS Resources), LLC

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (New Ventures) Corporation

 Canada Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (North West Shelf) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Sabah) Corporation

 Canada Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Tx Gathering) LLC

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Victoria) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons development  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum Great Britain Limited

 UK Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum Properties (N.A.) LP

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton SA Limited

 South Africa Holding and service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Shared Services Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.

 Malaysia Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton SSM Development Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton (Trinidad – 2C) Ltd

 Canada Hydrocarbons development  100    100  

BHP Chile Inc.

 Chile Service company  100    100  

BHP Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company and coal mining  100    100  

BHP Copper Inc.

 US Copper mining, development and reclamation  100    100  

BHP Escondida Inc.

 US Holding company  100    100  

BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd (d)

 Australia Iron ore mining  85    100  

      Effective
interest
 

Significant subsidiaries(a)

 Country of
incorporation
 

Principal activity

 2014
%
  2013
%
 

BHP Navajo Coal Company (e)

 US Coal mining      100  

BHP Petroleum (Pakistan) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Queensland Coal Investments Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company and coal mining  100    100  

Billiton Aluminium SA (Pty) Limited

 South Africa Aluminium smelting  100    100  

Broken Hill Proprietary (USA) Inc.

 US Service company  100    100  

Cerro Matoso SA

 Colombia Nickel mining and ferronickel smelting  99.9    99.9  

Compania Minera Cerro Colorado Limitada

 Chile Copper mining  100    100  

Dendrobium Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Endeavour Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Groote Eylandt Mining Company Pty Ltd

 Australia Manganese mining  60    60  

Hillside Aluminium (Pty) Limited

 South Africa Aluminium smelting  100    100  

Hotazel Manganese Mines (Proprietary) Limited (b)

 South Africa Manganese ore mining and processing  54.6    54.6  

Hunter Valley Energy Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Illawarra Coal Holdings Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Illawarra Services Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Minera Escondida Limitada(f)

 Chile Copper mining  57.5    57.5  

Minera Spence SA

 Chile Copper mining  100    100  

Petrohawk Energy Corporation

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

PT Lahai Coal

 Indonesia Coal exploration  75    75  

Rio Algom Limited

 Canada Holding Company  100    100  

Samancor AG

 Switzerland Marketing  60    60  

Samancor Manganese (Proprietary) Limited

 South Africa Manganese mining and manganese alloys  60    60  

San Juan Coal Company

 US Coal mining  100    100  

Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company Pty Ltd

 Australia Manganese alloys  60    60  

UMAL Consolidated Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company and coal mining  100    100  

Winwell Resources LLC

 US Holding company  100    100  

WMC Finance (USA) Limited

 Australia Finance  100    100  

 

(a)A complete list of the Group’s subsidiaries will be attached to BHP Billiton Plc’s annual return made to the UK Registrar of Companies.

(b)The Group’s effective interest in BHP Billiton Energy Coal South Africa Proprietary Limited will reduce to 90 per cent and effective interest in Hotazel Manganese Mines (Proprietary) Limited will reduce to 44.4 per cent pursuant to Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment transactions in South Africa.

(c)The BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Ltd is 100 per cent owned by BHP Billiton Limited. BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have each fully and unconditionally guaranteed BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Ltd’s debt securities.

(d)The Group has an effective interest of 92.5 per cent in BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd, however by virtue of the shareholder agreement with ITOCHU Minerals & Energy of Australia Pty Ltd and Mitsui & Co. Iron Ore Exploration & Mining Pty Ltd, our interest in the Jimblebar mining operation is 85 per cent which is consistent with the other respective joint operations at Western Australia Iron Ore.

(e)The Group divested its 100 per cent effective interest in BHP Navajo Coal Company in October 2013 but will remain as the manager and operator of Navajo Mine through to 2016. As BHP Billiton will retain control of the mine until full consideration is received from the buyer, the financial results of the Navajo mine will continue to be consolidated by the Group.

(f)

As the Group has the ability to direct the relevant activities at Minera Escondida Limitada, it has control over the entity. The assessment of the most relevant activity in this contractual arrangement is subject to

Net identifiable assets
judgement. The Group establishes the mine plan and the operating budget and has the ability to appoint the key management personnel, demonstrating that the Group has the existing rights to direct the relevant activities of Minera Escondida Limitada.

27    Investments accounted for using the equity method

The Group’s interests in equity accounted investments with the most significant contribution to the Group’s net profit or net assets are listed below:

                

Shareholdings in
associates and joint
ventures(a) (b)

 

Country of
incorporation
/principal place
of business

 Associate or
joint venture
 

Principal activity

 Reporting
date(c)
  Ownership
interest(c)
 
     2014
%
  2013
%
 

Caesar Oil Pipeline Company LLC (Caesar)(d)

 US Associate Hydrocarbons transportation  31 May    25    25  
Cleopatra Gas Gathering Company LLC (Cleopatra)(d) US Associate Hydrocarbons transportation  31 May    22    22  

Compañía Minera Antamina SA (Antamina)(d)

 Peru Associate Copper and zinc mining  30 June    33.75    33.75  

Samarco Mineração SA (Samarco)

 Brazil Joint venture Iron ore mining  31 December    50    50  

Carbones del Cerrejón LLC (Cerrejón)(d)

 Anguilla/ Colombia Associate Coal mining in Colombia  31 December    33.33    33.33  
Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group Pty Limited (NCIG)(d) Australia Associate Coal export terminal  30 June    35.5    35.5  

Richards Bay Minerals(e)

 South Africa Joint venture Minerals sands mining processing  31 December          

4,819
(a)A complete list of investments in associates and joint ventures will be attached to BHP Billiton Plc’s annual return made to the UK Registrar of Companies.

(b)The Group is restricted in its ability to make dividend payments from its investments in associates and joint ventures as any such payments require the approval of all investors in the associates and joint ventures.

(c)The ownership interest at the Group’s and the associates’ or joint ventures’ reporting dates are the same. When the annual financial reporting date is different to the Group’s, financial information is obtained as at 30 June in order to report on an annual basis consistent with the Group’s reporting date.

(d)Voting in relation to relevant activities, determined to be the approval of the operating and capital budgets, does not require unanimous consent of all participants to the arrangement, therefore joint control does not exist. Instead, because the Group has the power to participate in the financial and operating policies of the investee, these investments are accounted for as associates.

(e)Richards Bay Minerals comprises two legal entities, Richards Bay Mining (Proprietary) Limited and Richards Bay Titanium (Proprietary) Limited, in each of which the Group had a 50 per cent interest and which function as a single economic entity. After deducting non-controlling interests in subsidiaries of Richards Bay Minerals, the Group’s effective interest in the operations of Richards Bay Minerals was 37.76 per cent up to the date of its effective disposal on 3 September 2012.

Year ended 30 June 2014

 Investment in
associates
  Investment in joint
ventures
  Total equity accounted
investments
 
  US$M  US$M  US$M 

At the beginning of the financial year

  2,631    1,044    3,675  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

  588    607    1,195  

Investment in equity accounted investments

  44        44  

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

  (669  (581  (1,250

Other

  1    (1    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

  2,595    1,069    3,664  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2013

  Investment in
associates
  Investment in joint
ventures
  Total equity accounted
investments
 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

At the beginning of the financial year

   2,305    876    3,181  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

   616    526    1,142  

Investment in equity accounted investments

   84        84  

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

   (363  (347  (710

Other

   (11  (11  (22
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   2,631    1,044    3,675  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following table summarises the financial information relating to each of the Group’s significant equity accounted investments:

   Associates  Joint ventures   Total 

2014

  Antamina  Cerrejón  Individually
immaterial
  Samarco  Individually
immaterial
   
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M   US$M 

Current assets

   953    1,030     1,216 (a)    

Non-current assets

   4,060    2,992     5,937     

Current liabilities

   (465  (268   (1,637) (b)    

Non-current liabilities

   (668  (812   (4,310) (c)    
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Net assets – 100%

   3,880    2,942     1,206    
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Net assets – BHP Billiton share

   1,309    981     603    

Adjustments to net assets related to accounting policy adjustments

   32    84     466     
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount of investments accounted for using the equity method

   1,341   1,065    189    1,069        –     3,664  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue – 100%

   3,736   2,444     3,269    

Profit/(loss) from operations – 100%

   1,414   373     1,337 (d)    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of operating profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments (e)

   476   115    (3)  607       1,195  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income – 100%

   1,414   373     1,337    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of comprehensive income – BHP Billiton share in equity accounted investments

   476   115    (3)  607       1,195  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

   446   187    36   581       1,250  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

  Associates  Joint ventures    

2013

 Antamina  Cerrejón  Individually
immaterial
  Samarco  Individually
immaterial
  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Current assets

  1,108    1,166     883(a)   

Non-current assets

  3,596    2,886     4,997    

Current liabilities

  (350  (239   (1,558) (b)   

Non-current liabilities

  (569  (682   (3,134) (c)   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net assets – 100%

  3,785    3,131     1,188    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net assets – BHP Billiton share

  1,277    1,043     594    

Adjustments to net assets related to accounting policy adjustments

  34    94     450    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Carrying amount of investments accounted for using the equity method

  1,311    1,137    183   1,044        3,675  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue – 100%

  3,836    2,482     3,219    

Profit/(loss) from operations – 100%

  1,490    378     1,365 (d)   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of operating profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments(e)

  531    117    (32)  513   13    1,142  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income – 100%

  1,490    378     1,365   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of comprehensive income – BHP Billiton share in equity accounted investments

  531   117    (32)  513   13    1,142  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

  261   69    33   345   2    710  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  Associates  Joint ventures    

2012

 Antamina  Cerrejón  Individually
immaterial
  Samarco  Individually
immaterial
  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Revenue – 100%

  3,656   3,256    3,963   

Profit/(loss) from operations – 100%

  1,618   906    1,783 (d)   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Share of operating profit/(loss) of equity accounted investments

  614   294   (35)  909   87   1,869 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income – 100%

  1,618   906    1,783   
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Share of comprehensive income – BHP Billiton share in equity accounted investments

  614   294   (35  909   87   1,869 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

  203   107   39   338   25   712 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Includes cash and cash equivalents of US$571 million (2013: US$212 million).

(b)Includes current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions) of US$369 million (2013: US$1,359 million).

(c)Includes non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions) of US$3,961 million (2013: US$2,939 million).

(d)Includes depreciation and amortisation of US$113 million (2013: US$121 million; 2012: US$110 million), interest income of US$6 million (2013: US$3 million; 2012: US$ nil), interest expense of US$181 million (2013: US$54 million; 2012: US$53 million) and income tax expense of US$207 million (2013: US$317 million; 2012: US$472 million).

(e)The unrecognised share of losses for the period was US$66 million (2013: profit of US$52 million) which increased the cumulative losses to US$199 million (2013: decrease to US$133 million).

   Group share 
   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Share of contingent liabilities relating to joint ventures

   1,547     1,299  

Share of commitments relating to joint ventures

   2,024     2,095  

28    Interests in joint operations

Significant joint operations of the Group, which are those with the most significant contributions to the Group’s net profit or net assets, are as follows:

      Effective interest 

Significant joint
operations

 

Country of
operation

 

Principal activity

 2014
%
  2013
%
 

Atlantis

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  44    44  

Bass Strait

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  50    50  

Greater Angostura

 Trinidad and Tobago Hydrocarbons production  45    45  

Liverpool Bay(a)

 UK Hydrocarbons production      46.1  

Macedon(b)

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  71.43    71.43  

Mad Dog

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  23.9    23.9  

Minerva(b)

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  90    90  

Neptune

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  35    35  

North West Shelf

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  8.33 – 16.67    8.33 – 16.67  

Onshore US(b)

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  <0.1 – 100    <0.1 – 100  

Pyrenees(b)

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  40 – 71.43    40 – 71.43  

ROD Integrated Development

 Algeria Hydrocarbons exploration and production  38 – 45    38 – 45  

Shenzi

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  44    44  

Stybarrow

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  50    50  

Zamzama

 Pakistan Hydrocarbons exploration and production  38.5    38.5  

Mt Goldsworthy(c)

 Australia Iron ore mining  85    85  

Mt Newman(c)

 Australia Iron ore mining  85    85  

Yandi(c)

 Australia Iron ore mining  85    85  

Central Queensland Coal Associates

 Australia Coal mining  50    50  

Gregory

 Australia Coal mining  50    50  

Phola Coal Processing Plant (Pty) Ltd(d)

 South Africa Coal handling and processing plant  50    50  

Alumar

 Brazil Alumina refining  36    36  
  Aluminium smelting  40    40  

Mozal SARL(d)

 Mozambique Aluminium smelting  47.1    47.1  

Worsley(b)

 Australia Bauxite mining and alumina refining  86    86  

EKATI(e)

 Canada Diamond mining        

(a)The Group divested its 46.1 per cent interest in Liverpool Bay effective 31 March 2014.

(b)Whilst the Group holds a greater than 50 per cent interest in these joint operations, all the participants in these joint operations approve the operating and capital budgets and therefore the Group has joint control over the relevant activities of these arrangements.

(c)These contractual arrangements are controlled by the Group and do not meet the definition of joint operations. However, as they are formed by contractual arrangement and are not entities, the Group recognises its share of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses arising from these arrangements.

(d)These joint arrangements are separate vehicles however they are classified as joint operations as the participants to the arrangements are entitled to receive output, not dividends, from the arrangements.

(e)The Group divested its 80 per cent interest in EKATI effective 10 April 2013.

(f)Assets held in joint operations subject to significant restrictions are as follows:

   Group share 
   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Current assets

   6,112     3,899  

Non-current assets

   77,341     78,363  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets(i)

   83,453     82,262  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(i)Whilst the Group is unrestricted in its ability to sell a share of its interest in these joint operations, it does not have the right to sell individual assets which are used in these joint operations without the unanimous consent of the other participants. The assets in these joint operations are also restricted to the extent that they are only available to be used by the joint operation itself and not by other operations of the Group.

29    Financial risk management

Financial risk management strategy

The financial risks arising from the Group’s operations comprise market, liquidity and credit risk. These risks arise in the normal course of business, and the Group manages its exposure to them in accordance with the Group’s portfolio risk management strategy. The objective of the strategy is to support the delivery of the Group’s financial targets while protecting its future financial security and flexibility by taking advantage of the natural diversification provided by the scale, diversity and flexibility of the Group’s operations and activities.

A Cash Flow at Risk (CFaR) framework is used to measure the aggregate and diversified impact of financial risks upon the Group’s financial targets. The principal measurement of risk is CFaR measured on a portfolio basis, which is defined as the worst expected loss relative to projected business plan cash flows over a one-year horizon under normal market conditions at a confidence level of 95 per cent.

Market risk

The Group’s activities expose it to market risks associated with movements in interest rates, foreign currencies and commodity prices. Under the strategy outlined above, the Group seeks to achieve financing costs, currency impacts, input costs and commodity prices on a floating or index basis. This strategy gives rise to a risk of variability in earnings which is measured under the CFaR framework.

In executing the strategy, financial instruments are potentially employed in three distinct but related activities. The following table summarises these activities and the key risk management processes:

Activity

Key risk management processes

1       Risk mitigation

On an exception basis, hedging for the purposes of mitigating risk related to specific and significant expenditure on investments or capital projects will be executed if necessary to support the Group’s strategic objectives.Execution of transactions within approved mandates.

2       Economic hedging of commodity sales, operating costs and debt instruments

Where Group commodity production is sold to customers on pricing terms that deviate from the relevant index target, and where a relevant derivatives market exists, financial instruments may be executed as an economic hedge to align the revenue price exposure with the index target.Measuring and reporting the exposure in customer commodity contracts and issued debt instruments.
Where debt is issued in a currency other than the US dollar and/or at a fixed interest rate, fair value and cash flow hedges may be executed to align the debt exposure with the Group’s functional currency of US dollars and/or to swap to a floating interest rate. As part of this strategy swaptions may also be used.Executing hedging derivatives to align the total group exposure to the index target.

3       Strategic financial transactions

Opportunistic transactions may be executed with financial instruments to capture value from perceived market over/under valuations.Exposures managed within value at risk and stop loss limits.
Execution of transactions within approved mandates.

Primary responsibility for identification and control of financial risks, including authorising and monitoring the use of financial instruments for the above activities and stipulating policy thereon, rests with the Financial Risk Management Committee under authority delegated by the Group Management Committee.

Interest rate risk

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its outstanding borrowings and investments from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect future cash flows or the fair value of fixed interest rate financial instruments. Interest rate risk is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy.

The majority of the Group’s debt is raised under central borrowing programs. The Group has entered into interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps to convert most of the centrally managed debt into US dollar floating interest rate exposures. As at 30 June 2014, the Group holds US$3,319 million (2013: US$5,377 million) of centrally managed fixed interest rate borrowings as well as US$2,018 million (2013: US$3,533 million) of other fixed interest rate borrowings that have not been swapped to floating interest rates, arising from debt raised during the financial year ended 30 June 2014, debt assumed as part of the acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation and debt raised prior to the DLC merger. The Group’s earnings are sensitive to changes in interest rates on the floating interest rate component of the Group��s net borrowings.

The fair value of interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps in hedge relationships used to hedge both interest rate and foreign currency risks are as follows:

   Fair value 
   2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

Interest rate swaps

   

US dollar swaps

   

Pay floating/receive fixed

   

Not later than one year

   12    36  

Later than one year but not later than two years

   114    14  

Later than two years but not later than five years

   202    307  

Later than five years

   60    (56

US dollar swaps

   

Pay fixed/receive floating

   

Not later than one year

       1  

Later than one year but not later than two years

   3      

Later than two years but not later than five years

   8    15  

Later than five years

   198    365  

Australian dollar swaps

   

Pay fixed/receive floating

   

Later than two years but not later than five years

       2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cross currency interest rate swaps

   

UK pound sterling to US dollar swaps

   

Pay floating/receive fixed

   

Later than five years

   (7  (136

UK pound sterling to US dollar swaps

   

Pay fixed/receive fixed

   

Later than five years

   131    (22

Australian dollar to US dollar swaps

   

Pay floating/receive fixed

   

Later than two years but not later than five years

   (80  (117

Canadian dollar to US dollar swaps

   

Pay fixed/receive fixed

   

Later than five years

   (36  (31

Euro to US dollar swaps

   

Pay floating/receive fixed

   

Not later than one year

       27  

Later than two years but not later than five years

   169      

Later than five years

   327    33  

Euro to US dollar swaps

   

Pay fixed/receive fixed

   

Later than one year but not later than two years

   20      

Later than two years but not later than five years

       (45

Later than five years

   89    16  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Swaptions

   

Pay floating/receive fixed

   

Not later than one year

       (173
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total fair value of derivatives

   1,210    236  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Based on the net debt position as at 30 June 2014, taking into account interest rate swaps, cross currency interest rate swaps and swaptions, it is estimated that a one percentage point increase in the US LIBOR interest rate will decrease the Group’s equity and profit after taxation by US$126 million (2013: decrease of US$128 million). This assumes that the change in interest rates is effective from the beginning of the financial year and the fixed/floating mix and balances are constant over the year. However, interest rates and the net debt profile of the Group may not remain constant over the coming financial year and therefore such sensitivity analysis should be used with care.

Currency risk

The US dollar is the functional currency of most operations within the Group and as a result currency exposures arise from transactions and balances in currencies other than the US dollar. The Group’s potential currency exposures comprise:

translational exposure in respect of non-functional currency monetary items; and

transactional exposure in respect of non-functional currency expenditure and revenues.

The Group’s foreign currency risk is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy.

Translational exposure in respect of non-functional currency monetary items

Monetary items, including financial assets and liabilities, denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of an operation are periodically restated to US dollar equivalents, and the associated gain or loss is taken to the income statement. The exception is foreign exchange gains or losses on foreign currency denominated provisions for closure and rehabilitation at operating sites, which are capitalised in property, plant and equipment.

The following table shows the foreign currency risk arising from financial assets and liabilities, which are denominated in currencies other than the US dollar:

Net financial (liabilities)/assets – by currency of denomination

  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

Australian dollars

   (4,684  (4,104

Chilean peso

   (267  113  

South African rand

   62    251  

Other

   (56  109  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   (4,945  (3,631
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The principal non-functional currencies to which the Group is exposed are the Australian dollar, Chilean peso and South African rand. Based on the Group’s net financial assets and liabilities as at 30 June 2014, a weakening of the US dollar against these currencies as illustrated in the table below, with all other variables held constant, would (decrease)/increase profit after taxation and equity as follows:

   2014 US$M  2013 US$M 

Currency movement

  Profit
after taxation
  Equity  Profit
after taxation
  Equity 
     

1 cent movement in Australian dollar

   (31  (31  (27  (27

10 pesos movement in Chilean peso

   (3  (3  1    1  

0.2 rand movement in South African rand

   (3  1    (2  3  

The Group’s financial asset and liability profile may not remain constant and therefore these sensitivities should be used with care.

Transactional exposure in respect of non-functional currency expenditure and revenues

Certain operating and capital expenditure is incurred by some operations in currencies other than their functional currency. To a lesser extent, certain sales revenue is earned in currencies other than the functional currency of operations, and certain exchange control restrictions may require that funds be maintained in currencies other than the functional currency of the operation. These currency risks are managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy. When required under this strategy the Group enters into forward exchange contracts.

The net fair value of forward exchange contracts outstanding to manage short-term foreign currency cash flows relating to operating activities is an asset of US$ nil and a liability of US$ nil (2013: an asset of US$1 million and a liability of US$1 million).

Commodity price risk

Contracts for the sale and physical delivery of commodities are executed whenever possible on a pricing basis intended to achieve a relevant index target. Where pricing terms deviate from the index, derivative commodity contracts may be used when available to return realised prices to the index. Contracts for the physical delivery of commodities are not typically financial instruments and are carried in the balance sheet at cost (typically at nil); they are therefore excluded from the fair value and sensitivity tables below. Accordingly, the financial instrument exposures set out in the tables below do not represent all of the commodity price risks managed according to the Group’s objectives. Movements in the fair value of contracts included in the tables below are offset by movements in the fair value of the physical contracts, however only the former movement is recognised in the Group’s income statement prior to settlement. The risk associated with commodity prices is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy.

Financial instruments with commodity price risk included in the following tables are those entered into for the following activities:

economic hedging of prices realised on commodity contracts as described above;

purchases and sales of physical contracts that can be cash-settled; and

derivatives embedded within other supply contracts.

All such instruments are carried in the balance sheet at fair value.

Forward commodity and other derivative contracts

   2014   2013 
   Fair value
of asset
   Fair value
of liability
   Fair value
of asset
  Fair value
of liability
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Aluminium

   54     7     71    6  

Copper

   7     16     14    10  

Zinc

                 1  

Silver

                 1  

Nickel

   17     5     17    6  

Iron ore

                 9  

Energy coal

        1         7  

Petroleum

        6         19  

Gas

   218     11     142      

Freight

                 6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   296     46     244    65  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

       

Current

   75     16     59    36  

Non-current

   221     30     185    29  

The Group’s exposure at 30 June 2014 to the impact of movements in commodity prices upon the financial instruments, other than those designated as embedded derivatives, is set out in the following table:

     2014   2013 
  

Units of exposure

  Net
exposure

receive/
(deliver) (a)
   Impact on equity
and profit after

taxation of 10%
increase in

market price
   Net
exposure

receive/
(deliver)
  Impact on
equity and
profit after

taxation of 10%
increase in

market price
 
         US$M      US$M 

Aluminium

 Tonnes (’000s)             2      

Copper

 Tonnes (’000s)             (12  8  

Lead

 Tonnes (’000s)             (2    

Nickel

 Tonnes (’000s)             (1  1  

Iron ore

 Tonnes (’000s)             (44  1  

Energy coal

 Tonnes (’000s)             255    (2

Freight

 Time charter days             (4,863  7  

(a)Exposures on volumes are nil for 30 June 2014 as long and short positions are equal.

Provisionally priced commodity sales contracts

Not included in the above tables are provisionally priced sales volumes for which price finalisation, referenced to the relevant index, is outstanding at the reporting date. Provisional pricing mechanisms embedded within these sales arrangements have the character of a commodity derivative and are carried at fair value through profit and loss as part of trade receivables. The Group’s exposure at 30 June 2014 to the impact of movements in commodity prices upon provisionally invoiced sales volumes is set out in the following table.

      2014   2013 
   

Units of exposure

  Net exposure
(deliver)/
receive
  Impact on equity
and profit after
taxation of 10%
increase in

market price
   Net exposure
(deliver)/
receive
  Impact on equity
and profit after
taxation of 10%
increase in

market price
 
         US$M      US$M 

Copper

  Tonnes (’000s)   (350  246     (329  155  

Zinc

  Tonnes (’000s)   (11  2     (7  1  

Lead

  Tonnes (’000s)   (29  6     (59  12  

Gold

  Ounces   (19,401  2     (8,976  1  

Silver

  Ounces (’000s)   (5,072  10     (8,340  15  

Nickel

  Tonnes (’000s)   (3  5     (6  8  

Iron Ore

  Tonnes (’000s)   (588  5           

The sensitivities in the above tables have been determined as the absolute impact on fair value of a 10 per cent increase in commodity prices at each reporting date, while holding all other variables, including foreign currency and exchange rates, constant.

The relationship between commodity prices and foreign currencies is complex and movements in foreign exchange rates can impact commodity prices. The sensitivities should therefore be used with care.

Liquidity risk

The Group’s liquidity risk arises from the possibility that it may not be able to settle or meet its obligations as they fall due and is managed as part of the portfolio risk management strategy. Operational, capital and regulatory requirements are considered in the management of liquidity risk, in conjunction with short-term and long-term forecast information.

Additional liquidity risk arises on debt related derivatives due to the possibility that a market for derivatives might not exist in some circumstances. To counter this risk the Group only uses derivatives in highly liquid markets.

The Group’s strong credit profile, diversified funding sources and committed credit facilities ensure that sufficient liquid funds are maintained to meet its daily cash requirements. The Group’s policy on counterparty credit exposure ensures that only counterparties of a high credit standing are used for the investment of any excess cash.

During the year ended 30 June 2014, Moody’s Investors Service made no change to the Group’s long-term credit rating of A1 (the short-term credit rating is P-1). Standard & Poor’s made no change to the Group’s long-term credit rating of A+ (the short-term credit rating is A-1).

There were no defaults on loans payable during the period.

Standby arrangements and unused credit facilities

Details of major standby and support arrangements are as follows:

   Facility
available
2014
   Used
2014
   Unused
2014
   Facility
available
2013
   Used
2013
  Unused
2013
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Commercial paper program(a)

   6,000          6,000     6,000     (1,330  4,670  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financing facilities

   6,000       –     6,000     6,000     (1,330  4,670  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)The Group has a US$6.0 billion commercial paper program backed by US$6.0 billion of revolving credit facilities. In May 2014 the US$5.0 billion and US$1.0 billion revolving credit facilities expiring in December 2015 and December 2014 were replaced by a US$6.0 billion revolving credit facility. The new facility has a five-year maturity with two one-year extension options. The facility is used for general corporate purposes and as backup for the commercial paper programs. The interest rates under these facilities are based on an interbank rate plus a margin. The applicable margin is typical for a credit facility extended to a company with the Group’s credit rating. The Group had US$ nil US commercial paper outstanding in the market at the end of the financial year (2013: US$1.3 billion).

Maturity profile of financial liabilities

The maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on the contractual amounts, taking into account the derivatives related to debt, is as follows:

2014

 Bank loans,
debentures
and

other loans
  Expected
future
interest
payments
  Derivatives
related to
net debt
  Other
derivatives
  Obligations
under
finance
leases
  Other
financial
liabilities (a)
  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Due for payment:

       

In one year or less or on demand

  4,165    665    (180  16    167    9,747    14,580  

In more than one year but not more than two years

  3,107    1,034    (122  9    164    94    4,286  

In more than two years but not more than three years

  3,390    897    (32  1    164    3    4,423  

In more than three years but not more than four years

  1,066    807    128    6    151    3    2,161  

In more than four years but not more than five years

  4,169    784    70    11    152    3    5,189  

In more than five years

  16,857    7,949    485    3    1,708    10    27,012  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  32,754    12,136    349    46    2,506    9,860    57,651  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying amount

  33,205        273    46    1,384    9,860    44,768  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2013

 Bank loans,
debentures
and

other loans
  Expected
future
interest
payments
  Derivatives
related to
net debt
  Other
derivatives
  Obligations
under
finance
leases
  Other
financial
liabilities (a)
  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Due for payment:

       

In one year or less or on demand

  5,015    813    13    37    36    10,613    16,527  

In more than one year but not more than two years

  2,751    978    (138  3    46    57    3,697  

In more than two years but not more than three years

  3,606    889    9    4    28    27    4,563  

In more than three years but not more than four years

  2,878    744    74    2    24    11    3,733  

In more than four years but not more than five years

  1,038    658    266    16    9    7    1,994  

In more than five years

  17,608    4,889    1,232    4    25    199    23,957  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  32,896    8,971    1,456    66    168    10,914    54,471  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying amount

  33,035        726    66    137    10,914    44,878  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Includes trade and other payables of US$ nil (2013: US$41 million) included in liabilities held for sale. Refer to note 25 Assets and liabilities held for sale.

The amounts presented in the tables above comprise the contractual undiscounted cash flows, and therefore will not always agree with the amounts presented in the balance sheet. The Group holds derivatives related to net debt, commodities and currencies that are classified as other financial assets when they are expected to generate cash inflows. Refer to note 11 ‘Other financial assets’.

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from the non-performance by counterparties of their contractual financial obligations towards the Group. To manage credit risk the Group maintains Group-wide procedures covering the application for credit approvals, granting and renewal of counterparty limits and daily monitoring of exposures against these limits. As part of these processes, the financial viability of all counterparties is regularly monitored and assessed. The maximum exposure to credit risk is limited to the total carrying amount of relevant financial assets on the balance sheet as at the reporting date.

The Group’s credit risk exposures are categorised under the following headings:

Counterparties

The Group conducts transactions with the following major types of counterparties:

Receivables counterparties

Approximately half of sales to the Group’s customers are made on open terms.

Payment guarantee counterparties

Approximately half of sales to the Group’s customers occur via secured payment mechanisms.

Derivative counterparties

Counterparties to derivative contracts consist of a diverse number of financial institutions and industrial counterparties in the relevant markets.

Cash investment counterparties

As part of managing cash flow and liquidity, the Group holds short-term cash investments with a range of approved financial institutions.

The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk with any single counterparty or group of counterparties.

Geographic

The Group trades in all major geographic regions. Countries in which the Group has a significant credit risk exposure include South Africa, Australia, the United States, Japan and Singapore. Where appropriate, secured payment mechanisms and other risk mitigation instruments are used to protect revenues from credit risk losses.

Industry

In line with our asset portfolio, the Group sells into a diverse range of industries and customer sectors. This diversity means that the Group is not materially exposed to any individual industry or customer.

The following table shows the Group’s receivables at the reporting date that are exposed to credit risk and the ageing and impairment profile thereon:

2014

  Gross
amount
   Receivables
past due and
impaired
   Receivables
neither past
due nor
impaired
   Receivables past due but not impaired 
        Less than
30 days
   31 to 60
days
   61 to 90
days
   Over
90 days
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Trade receivables

   4,735     115     4,562     46               12  

Other receivables

   4,005     17     3,761     9     26     33     159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   8,740     132     8,323     55     26     33     171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013

  Gross
amount
   Receivables
past due and
impaired
   Receivables
neither past
due nor
impaired
   Receivables past due but not impaired 
        Less than
30 days
   31 to 60
days
   61 to 90
days
   Over
90 days
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Trade receivables

   4,531     116     4,367     24     1          23  

Other receivables

   3,904     11     3,468     103     34     49     239  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   8,435     127     7,835     127     35     49     262  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivables are deemed to be past due or impaired with reference to the Group’s normal terms and conditions of business. These terms and conditions are determined on a case-by-case basis with reference to the customer’s

credit quality and prevailing market conditions. Receivables that are classified as ‘past due’ in the above tables are those that have not been settled within the terms and conditions that have been agreed with that customer. For an analysis of movements in impaired trade receivables, refer to note 10 ‘Trade and other receivables’.

The credit quality of the Group’s customers is monitored on an ongoing basis and assessed for impairment where indicators of such impairment exist. The solvency of each debtor and their ability to repay the receivable is considered in assessing receivables for impairment. In certain circumstances the Group may seek collateral as security for the receivable. Where receivables have been impaired, the Group actively seeks to recover the amounts in question and enforce compliance with credit terms.

No other financial assets were past due or impaired at 30 June 2014 (30 June 2013: nil).

Fair values

All financial assets and liabilities, other than derivatives, are initially recognised at the fair value of consideration paid or received, net of transaction costs as appropriate, and subsequently carried at fair value or amortised cost, as indicated in the tables below. Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value.

The financial assets and liabilities are presented by class in the tables below at their carrying amounts, which generally approximate to the fair values. In the case of US$3,319 million (2013: US$5,377 million) of centrally managed fixed rate debt and other fixed interest borrowings of US$2,018 million (2013: US$3,533 million) not swapped to floating rate, the fair values at 30 June 2014 were US$3,718 million (2013: US$5,309 million) and US$1,947 million (2013: US$3,454 million) respectively.

Financial assets and liabilities

2014

 Notes  Loans and
receivables
  Available
for sale
securities
  Held at
fair value
through
profit
or loss
  Cash
flow
hedges
  Other
financial
assets
and
liabilities
at
amortised
cost
  Total 
     US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Financial assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  23    8,803                    8,803  

Trade and other receivables(a) (b)

  10    5,431        1,071            6,502  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

  11            846    637        1,483  

Commodity contracts

  11            25            25  

Other derivative contracts

  11            271            271  

Loans to equity accounted investments

  10    1,205                    1,205  

Interest bearing loans receivable

  10    337                    337  

Shares

  11        512                512  

Other investments

  11        145                145  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   15,776    657    2,213    637        19,283  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-financial assets

        132,130  
       

 

 

 

Total assets

        151,413  
       

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

       

Trade and other payables(c) (d)

  15            300        9,560    9,860  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps, and swaptions

  17            221    52        273  

Commodity contracts

  17            9            9  

Other derivative contracts

  17            37            37  

Unsecured bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings

  16                    51    51  

Unsecured bank loans

  16                    1,462    1,462  

Notes and debentures(e)

  16                    31,247    31,247  

Finance leases

  16                    1,384    1,384  

Unsecured other

  16                    445    445  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

           567    52    44,149    44,768  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-financial liabilities

        21,263  
       

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        66,031  
       

 

 

 

2013

 Notes  Loans and
receivables
  Available
for sale
securities
  Held at
fair value
through
profit
or loss
  Cash
flow
hedges
  Other
financial
assets and
liabilities
at
amortised
cost
  Total 
     US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Financial assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  23    5,677                    5,677  

Trade and other receivables(a) (b)

  10    5,212        1,059            6,271  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

  11            879    83        962  

Forward exchange contracts

  11            1            1  

Commodity contracts

  11            49            49  

Other derivative contracts

  11            195            195  

Loans to equity accounted investments

  10    1,209                    1,209  

Interest bearing loans receivable

  10    308                    308  

Shares

  11        534                534  

Other investments

  11        139                139  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   12,406    673    2,183    83        15,345  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-financial assets

        123,833  
       

 

 

 

Total assets

        139,178  
       

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

       

Trade and other payables(c) (d)

  15            248        10,651    10,899  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps, and swaptions

  17            555    171        726  

Forward exchange contracts

  17            1            1  

Commodity contracts

  17            28            28  

Other derivative contracts

  17            37            37  

Unsecured bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings

  16                    10    10  

Unsecured bank loans

  16                    1,086    1,086  

Commercial paper

  16                    1,330    1,330  

Notes and debentures(e)

  16                    30,259    30,259  

Secured bank and other loans

  16                    20    20  

Redeemable preference shares

  16                    15    15  

Finance leases

  16                    137    137  

Unsecured other

  16                    330    330  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

           869    171    43,838    44,878  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-financial liabilities

        19,009  
       

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        63,887  
       

 

 

 

(a)Excludes input taxes of US$564 million (2013: US$537 million) included in other receivables. Refer to note 10 Trade and other receivables.

(b)Includes trade and other receivables of US$ nil (2013: US$17 million) included in assets held for sale. Refer to note 25 Assets and liabilities held for sale.

(c)Excludes input taxes of US$398 million (2013: US$288 million) included in other payables. Refer to note 15 Trade and other payables.

(d)Includes trade and other payables of US$ nil (2013: US$41 million) included in liabilities held for sale. Refer to note 25 Assets and liabilities held for sale.

(e)Includes US$3,319 million (2013: US$5,377 million) of fixed rate debt not swapped to floating rate, US$1,998 million (2013: US$3,491 million) of fixed rate debt assumed as part of the acquisition of Petrohawk Energy Corporation and US$25,930 million (2013: US$21,391 million) of other debt swapped to floating rate under fair value hedges that is fair valued for interest rate risk.

Valuation hierarchy

The carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value is principally calculated with reference to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Where no price information is available from a quoted market source, alternative market mechanisms or recent comparable transactions, fair value is estimated based on the Group’s views on relevant future prices, net of valuation allowances to accommodate liquidity, modelling and other risks implicit in such estimates. The inputs used in fair value calculations are determined by the relevant Group Function. Our Group Functions support the Businesses and operate under a defined set of accountabilities authorised by the Group Management Committee. Movements in the fair value of financial assets and liabilities may be recognised through the income statement or in other comprehensive income. The following table shows the Group’s financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value with reference to the nature of valuation inputs used:

2014

  Level 1 (a)   Level 2 (b)  Level 3 (c)   Total 
   US$M   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Financial assets and liabilities

       

Trade and other receivables

        1,071         1,071  

Trade and other payables

        (300       (300

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

        1,210         1,210  

Commodity contracts

        16         16  

Other derivative contracts

        (13  247     234  

Investments – available for sale

   5     145    507     657  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   5     2,129    754     2,888  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013

  Level 1 (a)   Level 2 (b)  Level 3 (c)   Total 
   US$M   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Financial assets and liabilities

       

Trade and other receivables

        1,059         1,059  

Trade and other payables

        (248       (248

Cross currency and interest rate swaps, and swaptions

        236         236  

Commodity contracts

        21         21  

Other derivative contracts

        (5  163     158  

Investments – available for sale

   5     141    527     673  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   5     1,204    690     1,899  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Valuation is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical financial assets and liabilities.

(b)Valuation is based on inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) that are observable for the financial asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as unquoted prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

(c)Valuation is based on inputs that are not based on observable market data.

Level 3 financial assets and liabilities

The following table shows the movements in the Group’s level 3 financial assets and liabilities:

   2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

At the beginning of the financial year

   690    820  

Additions

   66    36  

Disposals

   (47  (8

Realised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statement(a)

   6    (13

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statement(a)

   77    (54

Unrealised losses recognised in other comprehensive income(b)

   (19  (91

Transfers(c)

   (19    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the financial year

   754    690  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Realised and unrealised gains and losses recognised in the income statement are recorded in expenses. Refer to note 5 Expenses.

(b)Unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income are recorded in the financial assets reserve. Refer to note 20 Other equity.

(c)Transfers comprise US$19 million related to an available for sale investment now classified as an equity accounted investment due to the adoption of IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’.

Sensitivity of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities

The carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities that are valued using inputs other than observable market data are calculated using appropriate valuation models, including discounted cash flow modelling, with inputs such as commodity prices, foreign exchange rates and inflation. The potential effect of using reasonably possible alternative assumptions in these models, based on a change in the most significant input by 10 per cent while holding all other variables constant, is shown in the following table. Significant inputs are assessed individually for each financial asset and liability.

       Profit after taxation  Equity 

2014

  Carrying
amount
   10% increase
in input
   10% decrease
in input
  10% increase
in input
   10% decrease
in input
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Financial assets and liabilities

         

Other derivative contracts

   247     67     (67  67     (67

Investments – available for sale

   507              72     (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   754     67     (67  139     (106
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

       Profit after taxation  Equity 

2013

  Carrying
amount
   10% increase
in input
   10% decrease
in input
  10% increase
in input
   10% decrease
in input
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Financial assets and liabilities

         

Other derivative contracts

   163     42     (41  42     (41

Investments – available for sale

   527              71     (67
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   690     42     (41  113     (108
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet where BHP Billiton currently has a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts, and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. BHP Billiton also entered into master netting arrangements that do not meet the criteria for offsetting but allow for the related amounts to be set-off in certain circumstances, such as the event of default.

The following table presents the recognised financial instruments that are offset, or subject to enforceable master netting arrangements but not offset, as at 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013. The column ‘Net amount’ shows the impact on the Group’s balance sheet if all set-off rights were exercised.

       Effects of offsetting on the balance sheet   Related amounts not offset 

2014

US$M

  Notes   Gross
amounts
   Gross amounts
set-off in
the balance
sheet
  Net amounts
presented in
the balance
sheet
   Amounts
subject to
master netting
arrangements
  Net amount 

Financial assets

          

Trade receivables

   10     4,639     (19  4,620         4,620  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps(a)

   11     1,483         1,483     (214  1,269  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

     6,122     (19  6,103     (214  5,889  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

          

Trade creditors

   15     6,992     (19  6,973         6,973  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps(a)

   17     273         273     (214  59  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

     7,265     (19  7,246     (214  7,032  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

       Effects of offsetting on the balance sheet   Related amounts not offset 

2013

US$M

  Notes   Gross
amounts
   Gross amounts
set-off in
the balance
sheet
  Net amounts
presented in
the balance
sheet
   Amounts
subject to
master netting
arrangements
  Net amount 

Financial assets

          

Trade receivables

   10     4,417     (2  4,415         4,415  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps(a)

   11     962         962     (352  610  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

     5,379     (2  5,377     (352  5,025  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

          

Trade creditors

   15     7,603     (2  7,601         7,601  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps, and swaptions(a)

   17     726         726     (352  374  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

     8,329     (2  8,327     (352  7,975  
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)BHP Billiton enters into derivative transactions under International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master netting agreements. Under the terms of these arrangements, only where certain events occur such as default, the net position owing/receivable to a single counterparty will be taken as owing and all the relevant arrangements terminated. As BHP Billiton does not presently have a legally enforceable right of set-off, these amounts have not been offset in the balance sheet, but have been presented separately in the table above.

Capital management

The Group’s long-term strategy is to own and operate large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets diversified by commodity, geography and market. The Group will invest capital in assets where they fit its strategy. The Group’s priorities for cash flow are:

reinvestment in projects that carry attractive rates of return regardless of the economic climate;

commitment to a solid ‘A’ credit rating; and

returning excess capital to shareholders firstly with its progressive dividend policy and thereafter via capital management initiatives (for example share buy-backs).

Further information relevant to the actions and outcomes of the Group’s capital management strategy is contained in section 7.1.4 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, note 9 ‘Dividends’, note 19 ‘Share capital’ and note 20 ‘Other equity’.

The Group monitors capital using a gearing ratio, being the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets. Our policy is for net gearing to be a maximum of 40 per cent.

   2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

Cash and cash equivalents

   (8,803  (5,677

Current debt

   4,262    5,088  

Non-current debt

   30,327    28,099  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net debt

   25,786    27,510  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets

   85,382    75,291  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gearing

   23.2  26.8
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

30    Pension and other post-retirement obligations

The Group operates the following pension and post-retirement medical schemes:

Defined contribution pension schemes and multi-employer pension schemes

The Group contributed US$467 million (2013: US$456 million; 2012: US$388 million) to defined contribution plans and multi-employer defined contribution plans. These contributions are expensed as incurred.

Defined benefit pension schemes

The Group has closed all defined benefit schemes to new entrants. Defined benefit pension schemes remain operating in Australia, the US, Canada, South America, Europe and South Africa for existing members. Full actuarial valuations are prepared and updated annually to 30 June by local actuaries for all schemes. The Projected Unit Credit valuation method is used. The Group operates final salary schemes that provide final salary benefits only, non-salary related schemes that provide flat dollar benefits and mixed benefit schemes that consist of a final salary defined benefit portion and a defined contribution portion.

Defined benefit post-retirement medical schemes

The Group operates a number of post-retirement medical schemes in the US, Canada, Europe and South Africa. Full actuarial valuations are prepared by local actuaries for all schemes. All of the post-retirement medical schemes in the Group are unfunded.

The Group’s defined benefit pension schemes and post-retirement medical schemes expose the Group to a number of risks:

Risk

Description

Volatility in asset values

The Group is exposed to changes in the value of assets held in funded pension schemes to meet future benefit payments.

Uncertainty in benefit payments

The cost to the Group of meeting future benefit obligations will depend on the value of the benefits paid in the future. To the extent these payments are dependent on future experience, there is some uncertainty. Some of the schemes’ benefit obligations are linked to inflation or to salaries, and some schemes provide benefits that are paid for the life of the member. If future experience varies from the assumptions used to value these obligations, the cost of meeting the obligations will vary.

Uncertainty in future funding requirements

Movement in the value of benefit obligations and scheme assets will impact the contributions that the Group will be required to make to the schemes in the future. In many cases, pension schemes are managed under trust, and the Group does not have full control over the rate of funding or investment policy for scheme assets. In addition, the Group is exposed to changes in the regulations applicable to benefit schemes.

Recognising this, the Group has adopted an approach of moving away from providing defined benefit pensions. The majority of Group sponsored defined benefit pension schemes have been closed to new entrants for many years. Existing benefit schemes, and the terms of employee participation in these schemes, are reviewed on a regular basis.

The Group follows a coordinated strategy for the funding and investment of its defined benefit pension schemes (subject to meeting all local requirements). The Group’s aim is for the value of defined benefit scheme assets to be maintained at close to the value of the corresponding benefit obligations, allowing for some short-term volatility.

The following tables set out details of the Group’s defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical schemes.

Balance sheet disclosures

The amounts recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet are as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
  Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
       2014          2013      2014   2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M   US$M 

Present value of funded defined benefit obligation

   1,297    1,839           

Present value of unfunded defined benefit obligation

   103    112    425     410  

Fair value of defined benefit scheme assets

   (1,319  (1,891         
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Scheme deficit

   81    60    425     410  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognised surplus

   33    70           

Unrecognised past service credits

                5  

Adjustment for employer contributions tax

   3    9           
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net liability recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

   117    139    425     415  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Group has no legal obligation to settle these liabilities with any immediate contributions or additional one-off contributions. The Group intends to continue to contribute to each defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical scheme in accordance with the latest recommendations of each scheme actuary.

Income statement disclosures

The amounts recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement are as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
  Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
   2014  2013  2012  2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Current service cost

   44    62    57    11    12    8  

Net interest expense/(income) on net defined benefit liability/(asset)

   (1  (5  1    23    24    25  

Past service costs

       2            (7  7  

Curtailment and settlement losses/(gains) and other adjustments(a)

   128    (15  (4  (1        
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expense

   171    44    54    33    29    40  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

– Recognised in employee benefits expense

   172    49    53    10    5    15  

– Recognised in net finance costs

   (1  (5  1    23    24    25  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)In the 2014 financial year, the Group settled defined benefit pension schemes held in the UK and the Netherlands. The settlement gave rise to a loss of US$150 million, being the difference between assets transferred to insurance companies of US$640 million in exchange for them taking on the obligations under the schemes of US$490 million. This was partially offset by gains of US$22 million relating to curtailments and plan amendments of schemes in the UK and US due to the removal of salary and future service accrual linkage from benefits.

Statement of Comprehensive Income (SOCI) disclosures

The amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income are as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
  Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
   2014  2013  2012  2014   2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M   US$M  US$M 

Actuarial (gains)/losses(a)

   (22  (65  221    5     (14  47  

Limit on net assets and other adjustments(b)

   (40  18    (18             
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total amount recognised in the SOCI

   (62  (47  203    5     (14  47  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cumulative amount recognised in the SOCI(c)

   407    469    516    158     153    167  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)In the 2014 financial year, the US$5 million loss on post-retirement medical schemes includes a US$5 million gain due to the removal of prior period unrecognised past service credits.

(b)Includes a gain of US$41 million recognised during the 2014 financial year which resulted from the settlement of a defined benefit pension scheme in the Netherlands and the subsequent release of the asset ceiling restriction. The corresponding entry is recognised as a loss in the income statement.

(c)Cumulative amounts are calculated from the transition to IFRS on 1 July 2004.

The change in the net defined benefit liability is as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
  Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
   2014  2013  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Net defined benefit liability at the beginning of the financial year

   139    349    415    450  

Amount recognised in the income statement

   171    44    33    29  

Remeasurement (gain)/loss recognised in other comprehensive income

   (62  (47  5    (14

Disbursements and settlements paid directly by employer

   (23  (16  (20  (22

Employer contributions

   (108  (174        

Foreign exchange losses/(gains)

   6    (3  (9  (28

Other adjustments

   (6  (14  1      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net defined benefit liability at the end of the financial year

   117    139    425    415  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation is as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
  Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
   2014  2013  2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the financial year

   1,951    2,215    410    446  

Current service cost

   44    62    11    12  

Interest cost

   71    87    23    24  

Contributions by scheme participants

   2    2          

Actuarial (gains)/losses due to experience

   (39  3    (12    

Actuarial losses/(gains) due to changes in financial assumptions

   19    (32  19    (9

Actuarial losses/(gains) due to changes in demographic assumptions

   2    2    3    (5

Benefits paid to participants

   (166  (239  (20  (22

Past service costs

       2        (7

Settlements(a)

   (490            

Curtailments

   (22  (15  (1    

Foreign exchange losses/(gains)

   27    (67  (9  (28

Transferred to liabilities held for sale

       (69  1    (1

Other adjustments

   1              
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligation at the end of the financial year

   1,400    1,951    425    410  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The change in the fair value of scheme assets for defined benefit pension schemes is as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
 
   2014  2013 
   US$M  US$M 

Fair value of scheme assets at the beginning of the financial year

   1,891    1,935  

Interest income on scheme assets(b)

   74    92  

Return on scheme assets greater than the discount rate(b)

   4    38  

Employer contributions

   131    190  

Contributions by scheme participants

   2    2  

Benefits paid to participants

   (166  (239

Settlements(a)

   (640    

Foreign exchange gains/(losses)

   22    (72

Transferred to liabilities held for sale

       (55

Other adjustments

   1      
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of scheme assets at the end of the financial year

   1,319    1,891  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)In the 2014 financial year, the Group settled defined benefit pension schemes held in the UK and the Netherlands. The settlement gave rise to a loss of US$150 million, being the difference between assets transferred to insurance companies of US$640 million in exchange for them taking on the obligations under the schemes of US$490 million.

(b)In the 2013 financial year, the US$92 million of interest income and the actuarial gain of US$38 million were calculated in accordance with the previous version of IAS19/AASB19 ‘Employee Benefits’.

The change in the unrecognised surplus (the effect of the asset ceiling) for defined benefit pension schemes is as follows:

Defined benefit
pension schemes
2014
US$M

Unrecognised surplus at the beginning of the financial year

70

Interest cost on unrecognised surplus

2

Change in unrecognised surplus in excess of interest

(40

Foreign exchange losses

1

Unrecognised surplus at the end of the financial year

33  
  

 

 

 

The effect of the asset ceiling for the year ended 30 June 2014 relates to one scheme in Canada and was determined as the unrecognised surplus in the scheme arising from ongoing legal proceedings with respect to ownership of this surplus.

The fair value of defined benefit pension scheme assets by major asset class is as follows:

   Fair value 
   2014   2013 
   US$M   US$M 

Asset class

    

Bonds(a)

   1,084     1,154  

Equities

   132     231  

Cash and cash equivalents

   67     259  

Property(b)

   11     17  

Other(c)

   25     230  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   1,319     1,891  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)The bonds asset class as at 30 June 2014 includes Fixed Interest Government Bonds of US$305 million, Index linked Government Bonds of US$304 million and Corporate bonds of US$475 million.

(b)Property is the only asset class that does not have a quoted market price in an active market.

(c)Scheme assets classified as ‘Other’ as at 30 June 2014 primarily comprise insured annuities in South Africa and Canada.

The fair value of scheme assets includes no amounts relating to any of the Group’s own financial instruments or any of the property occupied by or other assets used by the Group.

Scheme assets are invested in a diversified range of asset classes, predominantly comprising bonds and equities. In some locations, scheme trustees and other bodies have legal responsibility for the investment of scheme assets and decisions on investment strategy are taken in consultation with the Group.

The Group monitors its exposure to changes in equity markets, interest rates and inflation, and measures its balance sheet pension risk using a risk-based approach. Asset-liability studies are carried out periodically for the major pension schemes and the suitability of investment strategies for all defined benefit pension schemes are also reviewed periodically.

The Group’s aim is to progressively shift defined benefit pension scheme assets towards investments that match the anticipated profile of the benefit obligations, as funding levels improve, and as benefit obligations mature. Over time, this is expected to result in a further reduction in the total exposure of pension scheme assets to equity markets. For pension schemes that pay lifetime benefits, the Group may consider and support the purchase of annuities to back these benefit obligations if it is commercially sensible to do so.

Weighted average maturity profile of defined benefit obligation

  Defined benefit pension
schemes
  Post-retirement medical
schemes
 
  2014  2013  2014  2013 

Weighted average duration of defined benefit obligation (years)

  8    10    13    12  

Actuarial assumptions

The principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages) for defined benefit pension schemes are as follows:

   Australia   Americas   Europe   South Africa 
   2014   2013   2014   2013   2014   2013   2014   2013 
   %   %   %   %   %   %   %   % 

Discount rate

   3.3     3.0     4.3     4.3     4.1     4.4     9.4     8.6  

Future salary increases

   3.9     4.0     4.8     4.6     n/a     5.1     9.0     8.3  

The principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages) for post-retirement medical schemes are as follows:

   Americas   South Africa 
   2014   2013   2014   2013 
   %   %   %   % 

Discount rate

   3.9     4.3     9.2     8.7  

Medical cost trend rate (ultimate)

   4.4     4.4     8.7     7.9  

Assumptions regarding future mortality can be material depending upon the size and nature of the scheme liabilities. Post-retirement mortality assumptions in the Americas, Europe and South Africa are based on post-retirement mortality tables that are standard in these regions.

For the main schemes, these tables imply the following expected future lifetimes (in years) for employees aged 65 as at the balance sheet date: US males 19.9 (2013: 19.8), US females 21.6 (2013: 21.6); Canadian males 21.0 (2013: 19.8), Canadian females 23.9 (2013: 22.2); UK males 24.6 (2013: 23.6), UK females 25.6 (2013: 26.2); South African males 19.2 (2013: 19.0), South African females 23.6 (2013: 23.4).

Estimated contributions for the defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical schemes are as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
   Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
   US$M   US$M 

Estimated employer contributions for the year ending 30 June 2015

   33       

Estimated benefits paid to participants directly by employer for the year ending 30 June 2015

   2     22  

Estimated contributions by scheme participants for the year ending 30 June 2015

   1       

Sensitivity to assumptions

The Group’s defined benefit obligation at the reporting date has been determined using actuarial calculations that require assumptions about future events. The estimated sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to each significant assumption shown below has been determined at an individual scheme level if each assumption were changed in isolation. In practice, the schemes are subject to multiple external experience items which may vary the defined benefit obligation over time. The methods and assumptions used in preparing these sensitivity results remain consistent with those used in previous reporting periods.

The estimated effects of variations in the principal actuarial assumptions on the Group’s defined benefit obligation at the reporting date are as follows:

   Increase/(decrease) in defined benefit
obligation
 
   Defined benefit
pension schemes
  Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
   US$M  US$M 

Discount rate

   

Increase of 1%

   (89  (48

Decrease of 1%

   105    59  

Future salary increases

   

Increase of 1%

   18    n/a  

Decrease of 1%

   (17  n/a  

Mortality

   

Increase in life expectancy at age 65 of 1 year

   20    17  

Decrease in life expectancy at age 65 of 1 year

   (20  (16

Medical cost trend rate (initial and ultimate)

   

Increase of 1%

   n/a    52  

Decrease of 1%

   n/a    (42

31    Key management personnel

Key management personnel compensation comprises:

   2014   2013   2012 
   US$   US$   US$ 

Short-term employee benefits

   29,302,029     24,959,049     19,889,528  

Post-employment benefits

   3,176,079     3,446,910     3,586,477  

Share-based payments

   21,300,632     26,297,032     26,645,312  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   53,778,740     54,702,991     50,121,317  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with key management personnel

During the financial year, there were no purchases from the Group (2013: US$ nil; 2012: US$ nil).

There are no amounts payable at 30 June 2014 (2013: US$ nil).

Loans with key management personnel

There are no loans (2013: US$ nil) with key management personnel.

Transactions with personally related entities

A number of Directors of the Group hold or have held positions in other companies, where it is considered they control or significantly influence the financial or operating policies of those entities. There have been no transactions with those entities and no amounts were owed by the Group to personally related entities (2013: US$ nil).

32    Related party transactions

Subsidiaries

The percentage of ordinary shares held in significant subsidiaries is disclosed in note 26 ‘Subsidiaries’.

Joint operations

The percentage interest held in significant joint operations is disclosed in note 28 ‘Interests in joint operations’.

Joint ventures

The percentage interest held in significant joint ventures is disclosed in note 27 ‘Investments accounted for using the equity method’.

Associates

The percentage interest held in significant associates is disclosed in note 27 ‘Investments accounted for using the equity method’.

Key management personnel

Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 31 ‘Key management personnel’.

Transactions with related parties

  Joint operations(a)  Joint ventures  Associates  Other related parties (b) 
      2014          2013          2014      2013          2014          2013          2014          2013     
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Sales of goods/services

  252.911    259.880            3.781    0.060          

Purchases of goods/services

  37.782    40.827            978.186    729.400          

Interest income

  1.753    0.175    5.405    13.935    65.039    38.195          

Interest expense

  0.003    0.021                          

Dividends received

          581.086    347.031    668.880    363.277          

Loans made to related parties

  (6.183  (42.561  (0.115  (546.278  121.173    246.760          

(a)Disclosures in respect of transactions with joint operations represent the amount for which legal right of set-off does not exist.
(b)Excludes transactions with post-employment benefit plans for the benefit of Group employees. These are shown in note 30 Pension and other post-retirement obligations.

Transactions between each parent company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of that company, are eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.

Outstanding balances with related parties

  Joint operations (a)  Joint ventures  Associates  Other related parties 
      2014          2013          2014          2013          2014      2013          2014          2013     
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Trade amounts owing to related parties

  13.329    24.510            117.672    96.578          

Loan amounts owing to
related parties

  44.298    37.315            41.427    152.631          

Trade amounts owing from related parties

  17.385    19.403                0.061          

Loan amounts owing from related parties

  75.413    74.613    150.101    150.216    1,087.890    1,077.921          

(a)Disclosures in respect of amounts owing to/from joint operations represent the amount owing to the joint operation entity or from the joint operation third party participants for which legal right of set-off does not exist.

Terms and conditions

Sales to and purchases from related parties of goods and services are made in arm’s length transactions at normal market prices and on normal commercial terms.

Outstanding balances at year-end are unsecured and settlement occurs in cash.

Other amounts owing from related parties represent secured loans made to joint operations, associates and joint ventures under co-funding arrangements. Such loans are made on an arm’s length basis with interest charged at market rates and are due to be repaid between 31 July 2014 and 31 August 2031.

No guarantees are provided or received for any related party receivables or payables.

No provision for doubtful debts has been recognised in relation to any outstanding balances and no expense has been recognised in respect of bad or doubtful debts due from related parties.

33    Employee share ownership plans

Awards were provided under the following employee share ownership plans for the year ended 30 June 2014: the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), Group Incentive Scheme (GIS), Management Award Plan (MAP), Group Short Term Incentive Plan (GSTIP), Transitional GMC awards, the all-employee share plan, Shareplus and the Kgatelo Pele Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP). These awards take the form of rights to receive ordinary shares in either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc. Awards made are subject to performance hurdles (LTIP and Transitional GMC) and service conditions (all plans). Subject to the performance conditions and service conditions being met and the extent to which they are met, the awards will vest and the participant will become entitled to the appropriate number of ordinary shares or, if relevant, entitled to exercise options over the relevant number of ordinary shares. Awards under the plans do not confer any rights to participate in a share issue; however, there is discretion under each of the plans to adjust the awards in response to a variation of BHP Billiton’s share capital.

All awards issued prior to 1 July 2011 are eligible to receive a payment equal to the dividend amount that would have been earned on the underlying shares awarded to those participants (the Dividend Equivalent Payment). The Dividend Equivalent Payment is made to the participants once the underlying shares are issued or transferred to them. No Dividend Equivalent Payment is made in respect of awards that lapse. Awards issued after 1 July 2011 under GSTIP and MAP are no longer eligible to receive the Dividend Equivalent Payment.

A description of these plans is as follows:

(i)GIS and GSTIP

The GIS is a plan for the GMC and the GSTIP is a plan for management employees other than the GMC (being first introduced during the year ended 30 June 2009). The GIS and GSTIP awards are split equally between a cash award (being a percentage of base salary) and a grant of rights to receive BHP Billiton shares. The rights are subject to a two-year vesting period before they vest or can be exercised. If, during the vesting period, an individual resigns without the Remuneration Committee’s consent, or is dismissed for cause, their rights are forfeited. Awards in respect of the year ended 30 June 2014 will be awarded during the year ending 30 June 2015.

(ii)LTIP and MAP

The LTIP is a plan for the GMC. The LTIP awards are awarded annually. The performance hurdle applicable to the awards requires the Group’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over a five-year performance period to be greater than a combination of the Peer Group TSR (being the weighted median TSR where the comparator group is a specified group of peer companies) and, for awards from December 2010 onwards, the Index TSR (being the index value where the comparator group is a market index such as the MSCI World). To the extent that the performance hurdle is not achieved, awards are forfeited. There is no retesting. For awards to vest in full, the Group’s TSR must exceed the Peer Group TSR and Index TSR (if applicable) by a specified percentage per year, determined for each grant by the Remuneration Committee. Since the establishment of the LTIP in 2004, this percentage has been set at 5.5 per cent per year. The vesting scale is determined for each grant by the Committee.

The MAP is a plan for management employees other than the GMC. Under the MAP, participants receive an award of rights to receive BHP Billiton shares. The number of rights is determined by role, performance and organisational level. There are no performance conditions attached to the awards and awards will vest at the end of three years providing participants remain in employment over that time.

(iii)Transitional GMC awards

As the MAP awards that are allocated to individuals in their non-GMC management positions have a three-year service condition and the LTIP awards provided to GMC members have a five-year service and

performance condition, as a transitional step, the Committee may determine that new GMC members recruited from within BHP Billiton receive Transitional GMC awards to bridge the gap between the two programs.

Transitional GMC awards have two tranches. Tranche one has a three-year service and performance condition. Tranche two has a four-year service and performance condition. The Remuneration Committee has absolute discretion to determine if the performance condition has been met and whether any, all or part of the award will vest (or otherwise lapse), having regard to (but not limited to) BHP Billiton’s TSR over the three-year or four-year performance period (respectively), the participant’s contribution to Group outcomes and the participant’s personal performance (with guidance on this assessment from the CEO). No Dividend Equivalent Payment is payable on these awards.

(iv)Shareplus

Shareplus, an all-employee share purchase plan, commenced in April 2007. Employees may contribute up to US$5,000 to acquire shares (Acquired Shares) in any Plan year. On the third anniversary of the start of a Plan year, the Company will match the number of Acquired Shares held by the employee at that time with Matched Shares. The employees have no beneficial entitlement to the Matched Shares until they are awarded. Acquired Shares are purchased on a quarterly basis. Employees can sell their Acquired Shares at any time. If, prior to the third anniversary, an individual sells their Acquired Shares, resigns without the Remuneration Committee’s consent or is dismissed for cause, their entitlement to Matched Shares is forfeited.

(v)Kgatelo Pele ESOP

The Kgatelo Pele ESOP commenced in June 2013 with a three-year vesting period. All eligible employees are entitled to awards to the value of ZAR8,667 each year, with the last tranche to be granted in June 2015. Beneficiaries must be permanently employed by Hotazel Manganese Mines (Proprietary) Limited as at 1 May (effective date) of each year to qualify for the allocation for that particular year. Hotazel Manganese Mines (Proprietary) Limited will contribute the necessary amount to the Kgatelo Pele Trust by way of donation to enable the purchase of shares, which will be held until the end of the vesting period. During this period, beneficiaries will be entitled to dividends declared by BHP Billiton. At the end of each vesting period, eligible employees will be given the opportunity to create a portfolio by having the shares transferred into their own names or to sell their entitlements and receive the cash benefit.

Employee share awards – current plans

2014

 Number
of awards
on issue

at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
  Number
of
awards
issued
during

the year
  Number
of
awards
vested
and
exercised
  Number
of
awards
lapsed
  Number
of awards
remaining
at the end
of the
financial
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  244,868    114,629    215,953        143,544      

GIS awards – options

  90,389        90,389              

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  29.15        29.15              

– weighted average share price – A$

    36.80     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  2,388,298    1,256,041    1,414,934    51,071    2,178,334    46,839  

GSTIP awards – options

  284,636        116,876    57,441    110,319    110,319  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  39.44        38.41    38.41    41.08    41.08  

– weighted average share price – A$

    36.82     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

LTIP awards

  6,066,035    1,298,015    1,688,386    1,329,484    4,346,180    1,512,567  

Transitional GMC awards

  35,834    235,360            271,194      

MAP awards

  7,981,682    2,921,588    2,481,689    714,586    7,706,995    486,850  

Shareplus

  3,092,062    2,010,066    1,339,097    302,226    3,460,805      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  136,632        101,551        35,081      

GIS awards – options

  109,792        79,403        30,389    30,389  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  15.58        12.47        23.71    23.71  

– weighted average share price – £

    19.31     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  700,770    242,715    485,820    10,508    447,157    13,228  

GSTIP awards – options

  54,960        12,487        42,473    42,473  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  20.80        17.43        22.08    22.08  

– weighted average share price – £

    18.72     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

LTIP awards

  2,638,166        726,863    476,180    1,435,123    541,220  

Transitional GMC awards

  39,860                39,860      

MAP awards

  2,418,076    724,685    728,298    151,257    2,263,206    231,746  

Shareplus

  702,203    434,461    296,186    83,012    757,466      

Kgatelo Pele ESOP

      66,064            66,064      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value and assumptions in the calculation of fair value for awards issued

2014

 Weighted
average

fair value
of awards
granted
during
the year (a)
US$
  Risk-free
interest
rate (b)
  Estimated
life of
awards
  Share
price at
grant
date
  Estimated
volatility
of share
price 
(c)
  Dividend
yield
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  29.24    n/a    3 years    A$30.94    n/a    3.17

GIS awards – options

                        

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  26.62    n/a    3 years    A$30.94    n/a    3.17

GSTIP awards – options

                        

LTIP awards

  13.25    1.42  5 years    A$30.94    31.0  3.17

Transitional GMC awards

  25.37    n/a    3-4 years    A$30.94    n/a    3.17

MAP awards

  25.78    n/a    3 years    A$30.94    n/a    3.17

Shareplus

  31.37    2.55  3 years    A$36.78    n/a    3.11
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

                        

GIS awards – options

                        

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  24.24    n/a    3 years    £17.15    n/a    3.65

GSTIP awards – options

                        

LTIP awards

                        

Transitional GMC awards

                        

MAP awards

  23.35    n/a    3 years    £17.15    n/a    3.65

Shareplus

  28.61    2.05  3 years    £18.91    n/a    3.49

Kgatelo Pele ESOP

  30.14    n/a    3 years    £18.91    n/a    n/a  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards – current plans

2013

 Number of
awards on
issue at the
beginning of
the financial
year
  Number of
awards
issued
during the
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercised
  Number
of
awards
lapsed
  Number of
awards
remaining
at the end
of the
financial
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  614,335    53,854    407,847    15,474    244,868    23,167�� 

GIS awards – options

  764,318        359,098    314,831    90,389    90,389  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  34.44        29.15    41.99    29.15    29.15  

– weighted average share price – A$

    34.15     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  2,234,410    1,248,794    1,024,623    70,283    2,388,298    194,382  

GSTIP awards – options

  335,160            50,524    284,636    284,636  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  39.29            38.41    39.44    39.44  

– weighted average share price – A$

         

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

LTIP awards

  10,047,354    693,628    4,621,864    53,083    6,066,035    2,367,453  

Transitional GMC awards

      35,834            35,834      

MAP awards

  7,841,674    3,142,398    2,196,959    805,431    7,981,682    687,175  

Shareplus

  2,436,201    1,966,016    1,015,575    294,580    3,092,062      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  253,076    54,268    170,712        136,632    4,195  

GIS awards – options

  297,042        172,704    14,546    109,792    109,792  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  12.94        10.96    16.51    15.58    15.58  

– weighted average share price – £

    19.29     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  890,553    281,561    412,558    58,786    700,770    65,838  

GSTIP awards – options

  96,012        21,030    20,022    54,960    54,960  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  20.35        17.53    22.08    20.80    20.80  

– weighted average share price – £

    19.37     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

LTIP awards

  3,941,270    401,831    1,684,852    20,083    2,638,166    912,476  

Transitional GMC awards

      39,860            39,860      

MAP awards

  2,837,040    797,840    860,119    356,685    2,418,076    250,305  

Shareplus

  588,356    439,800    241,642    84,311    702,203      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value and assumptions in the calculation of fair value for awards issued

2013

  Weighted
average
fair value
of awards
granted
during
the year (a)
US$
   Risk-free
interest
rate(b)
  Estimated
life of
awards
   Share
price at
grant
date
   Estimated
volatility
of share
price(c)
  Dividend
yield
 

BHP Billiton Limited

          

GIS awards – deferred shares

   32.40     n/a    3 years     A$31.45     n/a    2.78

GIS awards – options

                            

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

   29.84     n/a    3 years     A$31.45     n/a    2.78

GSTIP awards – options

                            

LTIP awards

   16.41     0.73  5 years     A$31.45     35.0  2.78

Transitional GMC awards

   28.61     n/a    3-4 years     A$31.45     n/a    2.78

MAP awards

   29.01     n/a    3 years     A$31.45     n/a    2.78

Shareplus

   32.55     3.34  3 years     A$33.74     n/a    2.50
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

          

GIS awards – deferred shares

   28.91     n/a    3 years     £18.06     n/a    3.31

GIS awards – options

                            

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

   26.22     n/a    3 years     £18.06     n/a    3.31

GSTIP awards – options

                            

LTIP awards

   14.59     0.73  5 years     £18.06     35.0  3.31

Transitional GMC awards

   24.94     n/a    3-4 years     £18.06     n/a    3.31

MAP awards

   25.37     n/a    3 years     £18.06     n/a    3.31

Shareplus

   28.80     2.24  3 years     £19.49     n/a    2.89
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards – current plans

2012

 Number of
awards on
issue at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
  Number of
awards
issued
during the
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercised
  Number
of
awards
lapsed
  Number of
awards
remaining
at the end
of the
financial
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  979,532    200,295    560,080    5,412    614,335    306,199  

GIS awards – options

  935,360        163,268    7,774    764,318    764,318  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  33.47        29.10    30.12    34.44    34.44  

– weighted average share price – A$

    35.37     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  1,649,522    1,246,167    600,778    60,501    2,234,410    191,704  

GSTIP awards – options

  335,160                335,160    247,906  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  39.29                39.29    38.41  

– weighted average share price – A$

         

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      14   

LTIP awards

  13,531,419    550,954    3,747,840    287,179    10,047,354    2,250,843  

MAP awards

  6,207,609    3,287,253    1,334,130    319,058    7,841,674    554,150  

Shareplus

  2,154,184    1,620,551    1,113,270    225,264    2,436,201      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

GIS awards – deferred shares

  358,741    78,169    175,749    8,085    253,076    121,712  

GIS awards – options

  490,143        169,287    23,814    297,042    266,653  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  12.51        11.20    16.51    12.94    11.71  

– weighted average share price – £

    19.43     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      5   

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

  715,310    489,703    309,737    4,723    890,553    117,071  

GSTIP awards – options

  96,012                96,012    29,457  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  20.35                20.35    16.44  

– weighted average share price – £

         

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      37   

LTIP awards

  5,461,373    293,020    1,637,984    175,139    3,941,270    859,016  

MAP awards

  2,358,080    1,084,015    540,306    64,749    2,837,040    257,500  

Shareplus

  516,791    400,855    259,884    69,406    588,356      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value and assumptions in the calculation of fair value for awards issued

2012

  Weighted
average
fair value
of awards
granted
during
the year 
(a)
US$
   Risk-free
interest
rate
(b)
  Estimated
life of
awards
   Share
price at
grant
date
   Estimated
volatility
of share
price
(c)
  Dividend
yield
 

BHP Billiton Limited

          

GIS awards – deferred shares

   47.77     n/a    3 years     A$43.77     n/a    2.19

GIS awards – options

                            

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

   44.77     n/a    3 years     A$43.77     n/a    2.19

GSTIP awards – options

                            

LTIP awards

   27.61     1.82  5 years     A$43.77     33.0  2.19

MAP awards

   43.79     n/a    3 years     A$43.77     n/a    2.19

Shareplus

   30.47     4.38  3 years     A$33.80     n/a    2.25
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

          

GIS awards – deferred shares

   40.38     n/a    3 years     £24.60     n/a    2.47

GIS awards – options

                            

GSTIP awards – deferred shares

   37.52     n/a    3 years     £24.60     n/a    2.47

GSTIP awards – options

                            

LTIP awards

   23.27     1.82  5 years     £24.60     33.0  2.47

MAP awards

   36.59     n/a    3 years     £24.60     n/a    2.47

Shareplus

   25.57     2.76  3 years     £18.53     n/a    2.57
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards – past plans(d)

2014

  Number
of awards
at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
   Number
of
awards
issued
   Number
of
awards
exercised
   Number
of
awards
lapsed
   Number of
awards
remaining
at the end
of the
financial
year
   Number of
awards
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

            

Employee Share Plan shares

   3,950,536          1,773,508          2,177,028     2,177,028  

2013

  Number
of awards
at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
   Number
of
awards
issued
   Number
of
awards
exercised
   Number
of
awards
lapsed
   Number of
awards
remaining
at the end
of the
financial
year
   Number of
awards
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

            

Employee Share Plan shares

   5,447,321          1,496,785          3,950,536     3,950,536  

2012

  Number
of awards
at the
beginning
of the
financial
year
   Number
of
awards
issued
   Number
of
awards
exercised
   Number
of
awards
lapsed
   Number of
awards
remaining
at the end
of the
financial
year
   Number of
awards
exercisable
at the end
of the
financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

            

Employee Share Plan options

   284,850          242,010     42,840            

– weighted average exercise price – A$

   8.30          8.30     8.30            

Employee Share Plan shares

   6,960,419          1,513,098          5,447,321     5,447,321  

Performance Share Plan Performance Rights

   58,563          58,563                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

            

Co-Investment Plan (CIP)

   2,245          2,245                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Employee share awards – summary(f) (g)

  Awards outstanding at:      

Month of issue

 30 June 2014  11 September 2014  Exercise price (e)  

Exercise period/release date

BHP Billiton Limited

    

Employee Share Plan shares

    

October 1997

  826,659    806,008       Oct 1997 – Oct 2017

May 1995

  1,350,369    1,305,763       May 1995 – May 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  2,177,028    2,111,771    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

GIS awards

    

Deferred shares

    

December 2013

  114,629    91,398       Aug 2015 – Aug 2018

December 2012

  28,915           Aug 2014 – Aug 2017
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  143,544    91,398    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

GSTIP awards

    

Deferred shares

    

October 2013

  1,189,309    1,147,144       Aug 2015 – Aug 2018

October 2012

  942,186           Aug 2014 – Aug 2017

  Awards outstanding at:      

Month of issue

 30 June 2014  11 September 2014  Exercise price (e)  

Exercise period/release date

October 2010

  46,839    46,839       Aug 2012 – Aug 2015

Options

    

October 2010

  87,254    87,254    A$41.78   Aug 2012 – Aug 2015

October 2009

  23,065        A$38.41   Aug 2011 – Aug 2014
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  2,288,653    1,281,237    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

LTIP awards

    

December 2013

  1,298,015    1,219,116       Aug 2018 – Aug 2023

December 2012

  315,012    263,372       Aug 2017 – Aug 2022

December 2011

  287,368    255,721       Aug 2016 – Aug 2021

December 2010

  370,069    357,171       Aug 2015 – Aug 2020

December 2009

  563,149    62,214       Aug 2014 – Aug 2019

December 2008

  216,264           Aug 2013 – Aug 2018

December 2007

  625,780    544,030       Aug 2012 – Aug 2017

December 2006

  455,899    392,716       Aug 2011 – Aug 2016

December 2005

  197,349    188,516       Aug 2010 – Aug 2015

December 2004

  17,275           Aug 2009 – Aug 2014
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  4,346,180    3,282,856    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Transitional GMC awards

    

December 2013

  117,680    117,680       Aug 2017

December 2013

  117,680    117,680       Aug 2016

December 2012

  17,917    17,917       Aug 2016

December 2012

  17,917    17,917       Aug 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  271,194    271,194    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

MAP awards

    

October 2013 and April 2014

  2,705,673    2,689,976       Aug 2016 – Aug 2019

October 2012 and March 2013

  2,530,705    2,433,349       Aug 2015 – Aug 2018

October 2011 and March 2012

  1,983,767    9,467       Aug 2014 – Aug 2017

October 2010 and March 2011

  318,725    286,075       Aug 2013 – Aug 2016

October 2009 and March 2010

  168,125    160,125       Aug 2012 – Aug 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  7,706,995    5,578,992    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Shareplus

    

September 2013 to June 2014

  1,878,199    1,803,854       Apr 2016

September 2012 to June 2013

  1,582,606    1,525,478       Apr 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  3,460,805    3,329,332    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

BHP Billiton Plc

    

GIS awards

    

Deferred shares

    

December 2012

  35,081           Aug 2014 – Aug 2017

Options

    

December 2010

  30,389    30,389    £23.71   Aug 2012 – Aug 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  65,470    30,389    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

  Awards outstanding at:      

Month of issue

 30 June 2014  11 September 2014  Exercise price (e)  

Exercise period/release date

GSTIP awards

    

Deferred shares

    

October 2013

  213,706    208,032       Aug 2015 – Aug 2018

October 2012

  220,223    5,489       Aug 2014 – Aug 2017

October 2010

  13,228    13,228       Aug 2012 – Aug 2015

Options

    

October 2010

  42,473    42,473    £22.08   Aug 2012 – Aug 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  489,630    269,222    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

LTIP awards

    

December 2012

  287,231    287,231       Aug 2017 – Aug 2022

December 2011

  202,672    202,672       Aug 2016 – Aug 2021

December 2010

  190,000    190,000       Aug 2015 – Aug 2020

December 2009

  214,000           Aug 2014 – Aug 2019

December 2007

  240,644    232,744       Aug 2012 – Aug 2017

December 2006

  171,610    171,027       Aug 2011 – Aug 2016

December 2005

  121,466    114,883       Aug 2010 – Aug 2015

December 2004

  7,500           Aug 2009 – Aug 2014
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  1,435,123    1,198,557    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Transitional GMC awards

    

December 2012

  19,930    19,930       Aug 2016

December 2012

  19,930    19,930       Aug 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  39,860    39,860    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

MAP awards

    

October 2013 and April 2014

  678,815    658,963       Aug 2016 – Aug 2019

October 2012 and March 2013

  681,930    661,029       Aug 2015 – Aug 2018

October 2011 and March 2012

  670,715    37,935       Aug 2014 – Aug 2017

October 2010 and March 2011

  153,426    131,550       Aug 2013 – Aug 2016

October 2009 and March 2010

  77,320    74,820       Aug 2012 – Aug 2015

November 2008 and March 2009

  1,000           Aug 2011 – Aug 2014
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  2,263,206    1,564,297    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Shareplus

    

September 2013 to June 2014

  404,974    387,077       Apr 2016

September 2012 to June 2013

  352,492    342,306       Apr 2015
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  757,466    729,383    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Kgatelo Pele ESOP

    

June 2014

  30,208    30,208       Jun 2017

June 2013

  35,856    35,856       Jun 2016
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  66,064    66,064    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

(a)The fair value of awards as presented in the tables above represents the fair value at grant date. The fair values of awards granted were estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation methodology, Black-Scholes option pricing technique and net present value technique.

(b)The risk-free interest rate used is an applicable government bond rate.

Consideration paid(b)
(c)Historical volatility has been used to estimate the volatility of the share price.

4,819
(d)Awards issued under these plans occurred before 7 November 2002 and as such are exempt from the provisions of IFRS 2/AASB 2 ‘Share-based Payment’. Details of these plans have been provided for information purposes only.

(e)Exercise price on awards issued is equal to the exercise price as per awards outstanding.

(f)Shares issued on exercise of BHP Billiton’s employee share ownership plans include shares purchased on-market.

(g)In respect of employee share awards, the Group utilises the following trusts:

(i)The Billiton Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust is a discretionary trust for the benefit of all employees of BHP Billiton Plc and its subsidiaries. The trustee is an independent company, resident in Jersey. The Trust uses funds provided by BHP Billiton Plc and/or its subsidiaries as appropriate to acquire ordinary shares to enable awards to be made or satisfied under the LTIP, MAP, GIS, GSTIP, CIP, Shareplus and other employee share schemes operated by BHP Billiton Plc from time to time. The ordinary shares may be acquired by purchase in the market or by subscription at not less than nominal value. The Trust has waived its rights to dividends on shares held to meet future awards under Shareplus.

(ii)The BHP Billiton Limited Executive Incentive Scheme Trust is a discretionary trust established for the purpose of holding shares in BHP Billiton Limited to satisfy exercises made under the LTIP, MAP, GIS, GSTIP, Shareplus and other employee share schemes operated by BHP Billiton Limited from time to time. During the 2014 financial year, this Trust was closed and any remaining shares were used to satisfy employee awards.

(iii)The BHP Billiton Employee Equity Trust is a discretionary trust for the benefit of all employees of BHP Billiton Limited and its subsidiaries. The Trust uses funds provided by BHP Billiton Limited and/or its subsidiaries as appropriate to acquire ordinary shares to enable awards to be made or satisfied under the LTIP, MAP, GIS, GSTIP, Shareplus and other employee share schemes operated by BHP Billiton Limited from time to time. The ordinary shares may be acquired by purchase in the market or by subscription at not less than nominal value. The Trust has waived its rights to dividends on shares held.

(iv)Kgatelo Pele Trust is a discretionary trust established for the benefit of the Hotazel Manganese Mines employees. The Trust uses funds provided by Hotazel Manganese mines to acquire shares in BHP Billiton Plc until such time that they vest in the employees.

34    Employees

   2014   2013   2012 

Average number of employees(a)

      

Petroleum and Potash

   4,207     4,449     4,067  

Copper

   10,070     10,435     9,445  

Iron Ore

   8,035     6,883     4,711  

Coal

   12,318     12,240     11,679  

Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel

   10,775     11,115     11,388  

Group and unallocated

   1,639     1,770     1,948  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average number of employees

   47,044     46,892     43,238  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Average employee numbers include the Executive Director, 100 per cent of employees of subsidiary companies and our share of employees of joint operations. Employees of equity accounted investments are not included. Part-time employees are included on a full-time equivalent basis. Employees of businesses acquired or disposed of during the year are included for the period of ownership. Contractors are not included.

35    Auditor’s remuneration

   2014   2013   2012 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for assurance services

      

Audit of the Group’s annual report(a)

   4.093     3.953     4.577  

Audit of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates(b)

   13.201     15.197     17.927  

Audit-related assurance services(c)

   5.635     5.779     6.317  

Other assurance services(d)

   2.133     3.844     3.637  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assurance services

   25.062     28.773     32.458  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for other services

      

Other services relating to corporate finance(e)

   1.820     0.393     2.378  

All other services(f)

   1.302     1.372     1.407  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other services

   3.122     1.765     3.785  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fees

   28.184     30.538     36.243  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All amounts were paid to KPMG or KPMG affiliated firms. Fees are determined in local currencies and are billed in US dollars based on the exchange rate at the beginning of the relevant financial year.

(a)Comprises the fee payable to the Group’s auditors for the audit of the Group’s financial statements.

(b)Comprises the audits of the Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, as well as audit fees of US$ nil (2013: US$0.204 million; 2012: US$0.051 million) for pension funds. For UK purposes, fees for the audit of pension funds would be classified as a separate component of ‘other services’.

(c)Mainly comprises review of half-year reports and audit work in relation to compliance with section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

(d)Mainly comprises assurance in respect of the Group’s sustainability reporting.

(e)Mainly comprises services in connection with acquisitions, divestments and debt raising transactions.

(f)Mainly comprises non-statutory assurance based procedures, advice on accounting matters and tax compliance services. Tax compliance services amounted to US$ 0.008 million (2013: US$ nil; 2012: US$ nil).

36    Subsequent events

Proposed demerger of assets

The Group announced on 19 August 2014 that it plans to demerge a selection of its aluminium, coal, manganese, nickel and silver assets to create an independent metals and mining company. This includes BHP Billiton’s interests in its integrated Aluminium business, Manganese business and the Cerro Matoso nickel operation, Energy Coal South Africa, Illawarra metallurgical coal and the Cannington silver-lead-zinc mine.

It is intended that the new company would be listed on the Australian Securities Exchange with a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange. A final Board decision will only be made once the necessary government, taxation, regulatory and other third party approvals are secured on satisfactory terms. Once the necessary approvals are in place, shareholders will have the opportunity to vote on the proposed demerger.

As numerous steps are required to enable the demerger to proceed, the relevant businesses have not been classified as held for sale or distribution as at 30 June 2014. Subject to final Board approval to proceed, shareholder approval and the receipt of satisfactory third party approvals, the demerger is expected to be completed in the first half of the 2015 calendar year.

Summarised financial information as at 30 June 2014 and for the year ended 30 June 2014 of the businesses included in the proposed demerger is provided below:

2014
US$M

Current assets

2,860

Non-current assets

14,619

Current liabilities

1,897

Non-current liabilities

3,950  
  

 

 

 

Net assets

11,632

 

(a)

This represents the gross contractual amount for trade and other receivables.

 

(b)

Including US$12 million accrued as at 30 June 2011.

Provisional estimatesAttributable to non-controlling interests

867

Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

10,765

Revenue

10,444

Depreciation and amortisation

1,303

Profit before interest and taxation

764

Net operating cash inflows

1,658

Net investing cash outflows

700

Transaction costs incurred

45

The demerger will be recognised as a reduction in equity at the fair value of the shares in the demerged company distributed to shareholders. A gain or loss will arise on the difference between the fair value of those shares and the net assets of the demerged businesses determined at the date of the demerger, which will include the fair value step-up on the Manganese business described below, less any transaction costs. Transaction costs will mainly comprise stamp duty, professional fees and separation and establishment costs.

In contemplation of the proposed demerger, BHP Billiton and Anglo American have agreed to make certain changes to the agreement which governs their interests in the Manganese business. BHP Billiton manages and owns 60 per cent of the Manganese business with Anglo American owning the remaining 40 per cent.

Subject to obtaining the required approvals for the agreement, the changes will result in BHP Billiton and Anglo American agreeing to share joint control of the Manganese business. BHP Billiton will discontinue consolidation of the Manganese business and account for its 60 per cent interest as an equity accounted joint venture. BHP Billiton will therefore derecognise the existing carrying amounts of all assets, liabilities and the non-controlling interest in the Manganese business attributed to Anglo American and initially record its retained 60 per cent interest at fair value. The remeasurement at fair value will give rise to an estimated gain of approximately US$2 billion.

Repeal of Minerals Resource Rent Tax (MRRT)

On 2 September 2014, legislation to repeal the MRRT in Australia received the support of both Houses of Parliament. The MRRT will continue to apply until 30 September 2014. At 30 June 2014, the Group carried an MRRT deferred tax asset (net of income tax consequences) of US$698 million. An income tax charge approximating this amount is expected to be recognised in the 2015 financial year.

Chilean tax reform

Subsequent to the finalisation of the financial statements, the lower house of the newly elected Chilean Government passed a tax reform bill that will be retroactively applied to all entities operating in Chile starting from 1 January 2014. While the reform is yet to be signed by the President of Chile, the reform reflects the

underlying principles that the government presented to Congress earlier this year and is therefore taken as substantively enacted with lower house approval. The reform allows entities to elect into one of two new taxation systems with both systems progressively increasing the first category tax rate over a 4 to 5 year period. BHP Billiton is currently assessing the impacts of this reform before making any election. The impacts of this reform will be reflected in the year ending 30 June 2015.

Other than the matters outlined above, no matters or circumstances have arisen since the end of the financial year that have significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations, results of operations or state of affairs of the Group in subsequent accounting periods.

37    Impact of new accounting standards and change in accounting policies

Comparative financial information for the years ended 30 June 2012 and 30 June 2013 has been restated for the effects of new accounting standards and interpretations which came into effect in the financial year commencing from 1 July 2013; and for the effects of other voluntary changes in accounting policy. The changes described below resulted in changes to assets and liabilities reported for each segment. The segments impacted are identified below for each asset affected. The nature of each change reflected in the restated comparative information is as follows:

IFRS 10/AASB 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ is a replacement of IAS 27/AASB 127 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’. The revised standard introduces a modified single concept of control that applies to all entities. It changes the requirements for determining whether an entity is consolidated by revising the definition of control and adding further guiding principles. Under IFRS 10, Minera Escondida Limitada (Escondida – Copper Segment) has been determined as being controlled by the Group. Under IAS 27, BHP Billiton did not control Escondida and it accounted for Escondida as a jointly controlled entity in accordance with the previous IAS 31 ‘Interest in Joint Ventures’. As a result, the Group recognised its 57.5 per cent share of Escondida’s revenue, expenses, assets, liabilities and cash flows in its financial statements.

The restated comparative information presents 100 per cent of Escondida’s revenue, expenses, assets, liabilities and cash flows and a 42.5 per cent non-controlling interest in Escondida’s profit and net assets. Upon transition to IFRS 10 effective on 1 July 2011, an increase to Total Equity of US$2,226 million was recorded, representing the recognition of the non-controlling interests as at that date.

No other entities which were previously not consolidated under IAS 27 have been determined to be controlled under IFRS 10.

IFRS 11/AASB 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’ is a replacement of IAS 31/AASB131 ‘Interest in Joint Ventures’ and modifies the accounting for joint arrangements in two ways:

it changes the definition of joint control with reference to the definition of unanimous consent being the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement with reference to voting on relevant activities. Arrangements which do not fall within this definition are beyond the scope of IFRS 11 and are accounted for under other IFRS; and

for those entities within the scope of IFRS 11, a distinction is made between joint ventures and joint operations based on the rights and obligations of the parties arising from the arrangement in the normal course of business. Entities in which the Group has rights only to the net assets of the arrangement are classified as ‘joint ventures’ and are equity accounted under the modified IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’. Entities in which the Group has rights to the underlying assets and obligations for the liabilities of the arrangement are classified as ‘joint operations’. Accordingly, the Group recognises its share of the jointly held assets and liabilities, its proportionate share of revenue or output from the joint operation and its share of any expenses incurred jointly.

Entities previously accounted for as jointly controlled entities now accounted for as equity accounted investments

The following entities previously accounted for as jointly controlled entities under IAS 31 no longer meet the definition of joint control with reference to the definition of unanimous consent and are now considered associates that are equity accounted under the revised IAS 28:

Compañía Minera Antamina SA (Copper Segment);

Carbones del Cerrejón LLC (Coal Segment);

Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group Pty Limited (Coal Segment);

Cleopatra Gas Gathering Company LLC (Petroleum and Potash Segment); and

Caesar Oil Pipeline Company LLC (Petroleum and Potash Segment).

The following entities previously accounted for as jointly controlled entities under IAS 31 are now classified as joint ventures under IFRS 11 and are equity accounted under the requirements of the revised IAS 28:

Samarco Mineração SA (Iron Ore Segment); and

Richards Bay Minerals (Group and Unallocated) comprising two legal entities, Richards Bay Mining (Proprietary) Limited and Richards Bay Titanium (Proprietary) Limited.

As a result of these changes, the Group no longer recognises its proportionate share of the revenue, expenses, assets, liabilities and cash flows of each of the above entities. Instead the Group recognises:

its interest in the joint venture on a single line, ‘Investments accounted for using the equity method’, in the Consolidated Balance Sheet;

its share of net profit on a single line, ‘Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments’, in the Consolidated Income Statement;

cash flows as ‘Dividends received from equity accounted investments’ in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement; and

equity accounted investments are now considered to be related parties to the Group.

Transition to IFRS 11 and the revised IAS 28 effective on 1 July 2011 has resulted in an increase in net assets of US$480 million as the Group’s share of losses of equity accounted investments exceeded the carrying amount of its interests in those equity accounted investments on transition date. Shares of subsequent profits earned by these loss-making equity accounted investments (for which the investment balance has been reduced to nil) have not been recognised in the restated comparative information (and will not be recognised in the future) until the previously unrecognised losses have been recouped. Where the Group’s investment in an equity accounted investment is nil (and there is no legal or constructive obligation or the Group has not made payment on behalf of the associate or joint venture), dividends received from the equity accounted investment have been recognised in the Group’s result as a ‘Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments’ for the period rather than being eliminated as a consolidation adjustment.

Entities previously accounted for as jointly controlled entities now classified as joint operations

The following entities previously accounted for as jointly controlled entities under IAS 31 have been classified as joint operations under IFRS 11 and, as a result, there is no impact on the comparative information as the Group will continue to recognise its share of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows:

Phola Coal Processing Plant (Pty) Ltd (Coal Segment); and

Mozal SARL (Aluminium, Manganese and Nickel Segment).

Contractual Arrangements previously accounted for as jointly controlled assets now classified as joint operations

The following contractual arrangements, previously accounted for as jointly controlled assets under IAS 31 have been classified as joint operations and, as a result, there is no impact on the comparative information as the Group has continued to recognise its share of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows:

Petroleum Joint arrangements including Atlantis, Bass Strait, Greater Angostura, Liverpool Bay, Macedon, Mad Dog, Minerva, Neptune, North West Shelf, Onshore US, Pyrenees, ROD Integrated Development, Shenzi, Stybarrow and Zamzama;

Central Queensland Coal Associates;

Gregory;

Alumar; and

Worsley.

Contractual Arrangements previously accounted for as jointly controlled assets now accounted for under other IFRS

The following contractual arrangements, previously accounted for as jointly controlled assets under IAS 31 do not fall within the scope of either IFRS 10 or IFRS 11 and as a result these arrangements have been accounted for under other IFRS. This has not resulted in a change to the comparative information as the Group has continued to recognise its share of revenues, expenses, assets, liabilities and cash flows:

Mt Goldsworthy;

Mt Newman;

Yandi; and

EKATI.

IFRIC 20 ‘Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine’ applies to waste removal (stripping) costs incurred during the production phase of a surface mine; it does not deal with stripping costs in the development phase of a surface mine nor stripping costs in an underground mine. IFRIC 20 modifies the accounting for production stripping as follows:

requires an entity to recognise a production stripping asset only when the following criteria are met:

it is probable that the future economic benefit (improved access to the ore body) associated with the stripping activity will flow to the entity;

the entity can identify the component of the ore body for which access has been improved; and

the costs relating to the stripping activity associated with that component can be measured reliably.

mandates that stripping activity assets be depreciated on a systematic basis, over the expected useful life of the identified component of the ore body that becomes more accessible as a result of the stripping activity. The units of production method shall be applied unless another method is more appropriate; and

provides principles to follow in the determination of the adjustment on transition.

The Group has determined a component to be that part of the ore body that is directly accessible as a result of the stripping activity. Depending on the ore body and associated mine plan, each pushback or phase identified in the mine plan will generally constitute a separate component.

Before the introduction of IFRIC 20, the Group’s accounting for production stripping costs was based on common industry practice in compliance with IFRS principles as follows:

when the ratio of waste material to ore extracted (for an area of interest) was expected to be constant throughout its estimated life, the production stripping costs for the period were charged directly to the income statement as operating costs; and

when the ratio of waste to ore extracted (for an area of interest) was not expected to be constant throughout its estimated life, strip accounting was applied as follows:

in periods when the current ratio of waste to ore (current strip ratio) was greater than the estimated life-of-mine ratio of waste to ore (life-of-mine strip ratio), the cost of removal of the excess portion of waste (inclusive of an allocation of relevant overhead expenditure) was capitalised to the balance sheet in ‘Other mineral assets’; and

in subsequent periods when the current strip ratio was less than the estimated life-of-mine strip ratio, a portion of previously capitalised stripping costs (representing the difference between the amount of waste actually removed and the average amount of waste removed per period) was charged to the income statement as operating costs.

IFRIC 20 has impacted the accounting for production stripping at Escondida, Western Australia Iron Ore, Nickel West and EKATI. At the Group’s transition date of 1 July 2011, the net book value of deferred stripping balances for all surface mines was US$2,125 million, after adjusting for the impact of IFRS 10 and 11 as set out above. Application of IFRIC 20 to the Group has resulted in a transition adjustment to reduce the deferred stripping asset by US$1,797 million with a corresponding decrease in opening total equity of US$1,797 million (US$1,273 million after tax).

The Group has changed its Exploration and Evaluation Expenditure policy from 1 July 2013 such that all acquisitions of exploration leases are classified as intangible exploration assets or tangible exploration assets based on the nature of the assets acquired. Only acquired exploration leases which can be reasonably associated with known resources (for mineral leases) or known reserves (for petroleum leases) are now classified as a tangible asset (component of ‘Property, plant and equipment’). All other exploration leases acquired are now classified as an intangible asset (‘Other intangible asset’). This has resulted in reclassification of exploration assets from ‘Property, plant and equipment’ to ‘Intangible assets’. Prior period comparative information has been restated for consistent presentation with the current period.

In addition to the above newly applicable accounting standards, interpretations and changes in policy which have required restatement of comparative information, the following new or revised accounting standards have been applied commencing 1 July 2013, but have not had sufficient impact to warrant any restatements:

IFRS 13/AASB 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ replaces fair value measurement guidance in individual IFRSs with a single source of fair value measurement guidance; and

Amendments to IAS 19/AASB 119 ‘Employee Benefits’. These amendments require:

all actuarial gains and losses to be recognised immediately in other comprehensive income (consistent with current Group policy);

the expected return on plan assets (recognised in the income statement) must be calculated based on the rate used to discount the defined benefit obligation;

the definition of short term benefits (e.g. annual leave) has changed from a focus on when such benefits are due to be settled to when they are expected to be settled requiring a best estimate of the timing of expected future cash flows; and

‘Expected return on pension scheme assets’ and ‘Discounting on post-retirement employee benefits’ previously reported as separate components of ‘Financial income’ and ‘Financial expenses’ respectively are now being replaced by a single item ‘Net interest expense/(income) on post-retirement employee benefits’.

Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended 30 June 2013

  Year ended
30 June 2013

As published
  Restatements  Year ended
30 June 2013

Restated
 
   IFRS10  IFRS11  IFRIC20  Other  
  US$M              US$M 

Revenue

      

Group production

  63,203    3,744    (3,880          63,067  

Third party products

  2,765    (108  229            2,886  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

  65,968    3,636    (3,651          65,953  

Other income

  4,130    10    (193          3,947  

Expenses excluding net finance costs

  (50,873  (1,889  1,909    813        (50,040

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

          1,065    77        1,142  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from operations

  19,225    1,757    (870  890        21,002  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

      

Group production

  19,104    1,755    (874  890        20,875  

Third party products

  121    2    4            127  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  19,225    1,757    (870  890        21,002  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial expenses

  (1,522  (14  60        92    (1,384

Financial income

  169        31        (92  108  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs

  (1,353  (14  91            (1,276
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

  17,872    1,743    (779  890        19,726  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

  (5,641  (384  518    (207      (5,714

Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)

  (1,156  (85  55    (6      (1,192
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total taxation expense

  (6,797  (469  573    (213      (6,906
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit after taxation

  11,075    1,274    (206  677        12,820  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

  199    1,274    (8  132        1,597  

Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

  10,876        (198  545        11,223  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)

  204.4        (3.7  10.2        210.9  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)

  203.7        (3.7  10.2        210.2  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (cents)

  114.0                    114.0  

Dividends per ordinary share – determined in respect of the period (cents)

  116.0                    116.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 30 June 2013

   As at
30 June 2013
As published
  Restatements  As at
30 June 2013

Restated
 
    IFRS10  IFRS11  IFRIC20  Other  
   US$M              US$M 

ASSETS

       

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   6,060    95    (478          5,677  

Trade and other receivables

   6,728    280    (698          6,310  

Other financial assets

   159    1    1            161  

Inventories

   5,822    522    (296  (227      5,821  

Assets classified as held for sale

   286                    286  

Current tax assets

   327        (60          267  

Other

   404    44    (17          431  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   19,786    942    (1,548  (227      18,953  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current assets

       

Trade and other receivables

   1,579    (4  423            1,998  

Other financial assets

   1,698    1    20            1,719  

Inventories

   622        (3          619  

Property, plant and equipment

   102,927    3,793    (5,452  (430  (273  100,565  

Intangible assets

   5,226    1    (4      273    5,496  

Investments accounted for using the equity method

           3,545    130        3,675  

Deferred tax assets

   6,136        (147  80        6,069  

Other

   135        (51          84  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

   118,323    3,791    (1,669  (220      120,225  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

   138,109    4,733    (3,217  (447      139,178  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

       

Current liabilities

       

Trade and other payables

   10,881    280    (301          10,860  

Interest bearing liabilities

   5,303    28    (243          5,088  

Liabilities classified as held for sale

   220                    220  

Other financial liabilities

   217    2    (9          210  

Current tax payable

   1,148    25    (15          1,158  

Provisions

   2,395    65    (88          2,372  

Deferred income

   208    22    1            231  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   20,372    422    (655          20,139  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

       

Trade and other payables

   293        (7          286  

Interest bearing liabilities

   29,862    424    (2,187          28,099  

Other financial liabilities

   582                    582  

Deferred tax liabilities

   6,469    323    (346  (134      6,312  

Provisions

   8,237    123    (182          8,178  

Deferred income

   259        32            291  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

   45,702    870    (2,690  (134      43,748  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   66,074    1,292    (3,345  (134      63,887  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets

   72,035    3,441    128    (313      75,291  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

EQUITY

       

Share capital – BHP Billiton Limited

   1,186                    1,186  

Share capital – BHP Billiton Plc

   1,069                    1,069  

Treasury shares

   (540                  (540

Reserves

   1,970                    1,970  

Retained earnings

   66,979        128    (125      66,982  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

   70,664        128    (125      70,667  

Non-controlling interests

   1,371    3,441        (188      4,624  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity

   72,035    3,441    128    (313      75,291  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 30 June 2013

  Year ended
30 June 2013
As published
  Restatements  Year ended
30 June 2013
Restated
 
   IFRS10  IFRS11  IFRIC20  Other  
  US$M              US$M 

Operating activities

      

Profit before taxation

  17,872    1,743    (779  890        –    19,726  

Adjustments for:

      

Non-cash or non-operating exceptional items

  1,867        161    (135      1,893  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

  6,945    223    (202  65        7,031  

Net gain on sale of non-current assets

  (46                  (46

Impairments of property, plant and equipment, financial assets and intangibles

  311    19                330  

Employee share awards expense

  210                    210  

Net finance costs

  1,353    14    (91          1,276  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

          (1,065  (77      (1,142

Other

  (344  35    30    258        (21

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Trade and other receivables

  780    118    139            1,037  

Inventories

  (47  (116  17    76        (70

Trade and other payables

  (557  (164  (46          (767

Net other financial assets and liabilities

  122    (4  1            119  

Provisions and other liabilities

  (817  8    26            (783
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

  27,649    1,876    (1,809  1,077        28,793  

Dividends received

  13        (2          11  

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

          710            710  

Interest received

  79        61            140  

Interest paid

  (963  (11  48            (926

Income tax refunded

                        

Income tax paid

  (7,589  (360  331            (7,618

Royalty-related taxation paid

  (937  (78  59            (956
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows

  18,252    1,427    (602  1,077        20,154  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

  (21,573  (940  1,347    (1,077      (22,243

Exploration expenditure

  (1,326  (32  7            (1,351

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

  1,022    32    (7          1,047  

Purchase of intangibles

  (400                  (400

Investment in financial assets

  (338      (137          (475

Investment in subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of their cash

                        

Investment in equity accounted investments

          (84          (84
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash outflows from investing activities

  (22,615  (940  1,126    (1,077      (23,506

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

  2,338                    2,338  

Proceeds from financial assets

  204    (11  47            240  

Proceeds from divestment of subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of their cash

  2,202        (1,700          502  

Proceeds from sale or partial sale of equity accounted investments

          1,700            1,700  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows

  (17,871  (951  1,173    (1,077      (18,726
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities

  9,961    245    (1,049          9,157  

Proceeds from debt related instruments

  14                    14  

Repayment of interest bearing liabilities

  (2,580  (28  594            (2,014

Proceeds from ordinary shares

  21                    21  

Contributions from non-controlling interests

  73                    73  

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

  (445                  (445

Dividends paid

  (6,167                  (6,167

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

  (55  (782              (837
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows

  822    (565  (455          (198
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  1,203    (89  116            1,230  

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the beginning of the financial year

  4,881    186    (613          4,454  

Foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (34  (2  19            (17
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the end of the financial year

  6,050    95    (478          5,667  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended 30 June 2012

  Year ended
30 June 2012
As published
  Restatements  Year ended
30 June 2012
Restated
 
   IFRS10  IFRS11  IFRIC20  Other  
  US$M        US$M  

Revenue

      

Group production

  68,747    3,157    (4,935          66,969  

Third party products

  3,479    (116  145            3,508  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

  72,226    3,041    (4,790          70,477  

Other income

  906    9    (17          898  

Expenses excluding net finance costs

  (49,380  (1,733  2,143    326        (48,644

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

          1,815    54        1,869  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from operations

  23,752    1,317    (849  380        24,600  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprising:

      

Group production

  23,626    1,311    (851  380        24,466  

Third party products

  126    6    2            134  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  23,752    1,317    (849  380        24,600  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial expenses

  (955  (4  20        103    (836

Financial income

  225    2    44        (103  168  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net finance costs

  (730  (2  64            (668
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

  23,022    1,315    (785  380        23,932  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

  (7,238  (251  529    (93      (7,053

Royalty-related taxation (net of income tax benefit)

  (252  (53  46    (3      (262
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total taxation expense

  (7,490  (304  575    (96      (7,315
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit after taxation

  15,532    1,011    (210  284        16,617  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

  115    1,011    (36  54        1,144  

Attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

  15,417        (174  230        15,473  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)

  289.6        (3.3  4.4        290.7  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)

  288.4        (3.3  4.3        289.4  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends per ordinary share – paid during the period (cents)

  110.0                    110.0  

Dividends per ordinary share – determined in respect of the period (cents)

  112.0                    112.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 30 June 2012

   As at
30 June 2012

As published
  Restatements  As at
30 June 2012

Restated
 
    IFRS10   IFRS11  IFRIC20  Other  
   US$M         US$M  

ASSETS

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   4,781    186     (492          4,475  

Trade and other receivables

   7,704    359     (634          7,429  

Other financial assets

   282    13                 295  

Inventories

   6,233    389     (287  (166      6,169  

Assets classified as held for sale

   848         (848            

Current tax assets

   137         (49          88  

Other

   466    35     (30          471  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   20,451    982     (2,340  (166      18,927  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current assets

        

Trade and other receivables

   1,475    1     893            2,369  

Other financial assets

   1,881    4     30            1,915  

Inventories

   424    16     (3          437  

Property, plant and equipment

   95,247    3,108     (4,341  (1,304  (477  92,233  

Intangible assets

   5,112    1     (4      477    5,586  

Investments accounted for using the equity method

            3,128    53        3,181  

Deferred tax assets

   4,525         (202  120        4,443  

Other

   158    1     (49          110  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

   108,822    3,131     (548  (1,131      110,274  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

   129,273    4,113     (2,888  (1,297      129,201  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

        

Current liabilities

        

Trade and other payables

   12,024    414     (247          12,191  

Interest bearing liabilities

   3,531    37     (539          3,029  

Liabilities classified as held for sale

   433         (433            

Other financial liabilities

   200    18     (11          207  

Current tax payable

   2,811    6     (71          2,746  

Provisions

   2,784    66     (99          2,751  

Deferred income

   251    11                 262  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   22,034    552     (1,400          21,186  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

        

Trade and other payables

   509         (12          497  

Interest bearing liabilities

   24,799    198     (1,343          23,654  

Other financial liabilities

   317    2                 319  

Deferred tax liabilities

   5,287    311     (237  (307      5,054  

Provisions

   8,914    101     (196          8,819  

Deferred income

   328         29            357  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

   40,154    612     (1,759  (307      38,700  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   62,188    1,164     (3,159  (307      59,886  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets

   67,085    2,949     271    (990      69,315  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

EQUITY

        

Share capital – BHP Billiton Limited

   1,186                     1,186  

Share capital – BHP Billiton Plc

   1,069                     1,069  

Treasury shares

   (533                   (533

Reserves

   1,912                     1,912  

Retained earnings

   62,236         326    (670      61,892  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to members of BHP Billiton Group

   65,870         326    (670      65,526  

Non-controlling interests

   1,215    2,949     (55  (320      3,789  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity

   67,085    2,949     271    (990      69,315  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the year ended 30 June 2012

  Year ended
30 June 2012
As published
  Restatements  Year ended
30 June 2012
Restated
 
   IFRS10  IFRS11  IFRIC20  Other  
  US$M        US$M  

Operating activities

      

Profit before taxation

  23,022    1,315    (785  380        –    23,932  

Adjustments for:

      

Non-cash or non-operating exceptional items

  3,417                    3,417  

Depreciation and amortisation expense

  6,408    204    (182  1        6,431  

Net gain on sale of non-current assets

  (116      (2          (118

Impairments of property, plant and equipment, financial assets and intangibles

  100                    100  

Employee share awards expense

  270                    270  

Net finance costs

  730    2    (64          668  

Share of operating profit of equity accounted investments

          (1,815  (54      (1,869

Other

  (481      15    90        (376

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Trade and other receivables

  1,464    52    239            1,755  

Inventories

  (208  5    53    166        16  

Trade and other payables

  (288  95    6            (187

Net other financial assets and liabilities

  (18  4    (13          (27

Provisions and other liabilities

  (1,026  (4  5            (1,025
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

  33,274    1,673    (2,543  583        32,987  

Dividends received

  25        (15          10  

Dividends received from equity accounted investments

          712            712  

Interest received

  127    2    92            221  

Interest paid

  (715  (9  91            (633

Income tax refunded

  530                    530  

Income tax paid

  (7,842  (272  622            (7,492

Royalty-related taxation paid

  (1,015  (61              (1,076
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net operating cash flows

  24,384    1,333    (1,041  583        25,259  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

  (18,385  (869  1,200    (583      (18,637

Exploration expenditure

  (2,452  (44  3            (2,493

Exploration expenditure expensed and included in operating cash flows

  1,602    45    (3          1,644  

Purchase of intangibles

  (220      1            (219

Investment in financial assets

  (341      (130          (471

Investment in subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of their cash

  (12,556                  (12,556

Investment in equity accounted investments

          (83          (83
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash outflows from investing activities

  (32,352  (868  988    (583      (32,815

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

  159        (13          146  

Proceeds from financial assets

  151    (14  41            178  

Proceeds from divestment of subsidiaries, operations and joint operations, net of their cash

  6                    6  

Proceeds from sale or partial sale of equity accounted investments

                        
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net investing cash flows

  (32,036  (882  1,016    (583      (32,485
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from interest bearing liabilities

  13,287        (470          12,817  

Settlements from debt related instruments

  (180                  (180

Repayment of interest bearing liabilities

  (4,280  (44  331            (3,993

Proceeds from ordinary shares

  21                    21  

Contributions from non-controlling interests

  101                    101  

Purchase of shares by ESOP Trusts

  (424                  (424

Share buy-back – BHP Billiton Plc

  (83                  (83

Dividends paid

  (5,877                  (5,877

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

  (56  (287              (343
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net financing cash flows

  2,509    (331  (139          2,039  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  (5,143  120    (164          (5,187

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the beginning of the financial year

  10,080    65    (474          9,671  

Foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (56  1    25            (30
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts, at the end of the financial year

  4,881    186    (613          4,454  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

7.2     Not required for US reporting

7.3     Directors’ declaration

In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of the BHP Billiton Group, the Directors declare that:

(a)in the identifiable assetsDirectors’ opinion and liabilities approximate the consideration paid to Chesapeake and therefore no goodwill or bargain purchase gain has been recognised in respect of the acquisition. The fair values are provisional due to the complexitybest of their knowledge the valuation process. The finalisation offinancial statements and notes, set out in sections 7.1 and 7.2, are in accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006 and the Australian Corporations Act 2001, including:

(i)Complying with the applicable Accounting Standards; and

(ii)Giving a true and fair valueview of the assets, liabilities, financial position and liabilities acquired will be completed within twelve monthsprofit or loss of each of BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Plc, the acquisition.

FromBHP Billiton Group and the date ofundertakings included in the acquisition toconsolidation taken as a whole as at 30 June 2011, Fayetteville contributed revenue2014 and of US$107 million and a net profit of US$26 million to the Group. The results of the combined Group and Fayetteville Shale gas businesstheir performance for the year ended 30 June 2011,2014;

(b)the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards, as thoughdisclosed in note 1;

(c)to the acquisition had occurred asbest of the beginning of that period, has not been presented. The Group considered that compiling such information was impracticable owing toDirectors’ knowledge, the lack of suitable information formanagement report (comprising the Fayetteville Shale gas business for the nine months preceding the acquisition.

Business combination subsequent to the year ended 30 June 2011

On 14 July 2011, the Group announced it had entered intoStrategic Report and Directors’ Report) includes a definitive agreement to acquire Petrohawk Energy Corporation (Petrohawk) by means of an all-cash tender offer for allfair review of the issueddevelopment and outstanding sharesperformance of Petrohawk to be followed by a second-step merger, representing a total equity value of approximately US$12.1 billion and a total enterprise value of approximately US$15.1 billion, including the assumption of net debt. On 21 August 2011, the Group announced that all conditions to the closing of the tender offer to acquire all outstanding shares of common stock of Petrohawk for US$38.75 per share net to the seller in cash, without interest, less any applicable withholding taxes, have been satisfied. The acquisition date of Petrohawk by the Group was 20 August 2011 and the transaction closed on 25 August 2011.

The Group has entered into certain retention arrangements with the employees of Petrohawk. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Group will make retention payments at different intervals subject to mandatory service requirements and grant restricted share awards in BHP Billiton Limited with vesting dates ranging from 31 December 2012 to 22 August 2014. All cash amounts paid to employees will be accounted for as a post-combination employee benefit expense. Payments of US$13.8 million have been made since the acquisition date.

Petrohawk is an oil and natural gas company based in the United States. It owns a number of shale gas assets in Texas and Louisiana and associated midstream pipeline systems. The transaction provides BHP Billiton with operated positions in the resource areas of the Eagle Ford, Haynesville shale and the Permian Basin. Due to the timing of the transaction, management is in the preliminary stages of determining values of the assets and liabilities acquired and the associated accounting for the business combination. Accordingly, certain disclosures relating to the business combination such as the fair value of net assets acquired and acquisition-related transaction costs have not been presented.

There were no business combinations entered into by the Group in the previous financial year.

25    Subsidiaries

Significant subsidiaries of the Group, which are those with the most significant contribution to the Group’s net profit or net assets, are as follows:

Name

 Country of
incorporation
 

Principal activity

 The Group’s
effective
interest
 
     2011  
%
    2010  
%
 

BHP Billiton Aluminium Australia Pty Ltd

 Australia Bauxite mining and alumina refining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Aluminium (RAA) Pty Ltd

 Australia Bauxite mining and alumina refining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Aluminium (Worsley) Pty Ltd

 Australia Bauxite mining and alumina refining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Canada Inc.

 Canada Diamond mining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Direct Reduced Iron Pty Ltd

 Australia Hot briquette iron plant (closed)  100    100  

BHP Billiton Energy Coal Australia Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Energy Coal South Africa Limited

 South
Africa
 Coal mining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Finance BV

 Netherlands Finance  100    100  

BHP Billiton Finance Ltd

 Australia Finance  100    100  

BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Ltd(a)

 Australia Finance  100    100  

BHP Billiton Foreign Holdings Inc.

 US Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Group Operations Pty Ltd

 Australia Administrative services  100    100  

BHP Billiton International Services Limited

 UK Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Iron Ore Pty Limited

 Australia Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Marketing AG

 Switzerland Marketing and trading  100    100  

BHP Billiton Marketing Inc.

 US Marketing and trading  100    100  

BHP Billiton Metais SA

 Brazil Alumina refining and aluminium smelting  100    100  

BHP Billiton Minerals Pty Ltd

 Australia Iron ore, coal, silver, lead and zinc mining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Mitsui Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  80    80  

BHP Billiton Nickel West Pty Ltd

 Australia Nickel mining, smelting, refining and administrative services  100    100  

BHP Billiton Olympic Dam Corporation Pty Ltd

 Australia Copper and uranium mining  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Americas) Inc.

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Arkansas) Inc.

 US Hydrocarbons production  100      

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Australia) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Bass Strait) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Colombia) Corporation

 Canada Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

Name

 Country of
incorporation
 

Principal activity

 The Group’s
effective
interest
 
     2011  
%
    2010  
%
 

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Deepwater) Inc.

 US Hydrocarbons exploration, development and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Fayetteville) LLC

 US Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100      

BHP Billiton Petroleum (GOM) Inc.

 US Hydrocarbons exploration  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (North West Shelf) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum Great Britain Limited

 UK Hydrocarbons production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (International Exploration) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons development and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (New Ventures) Corporation

 Canada Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Sabah) Corporation

 Canada Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Billiton Petroleum (Victoria) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons development  100    100  

BHP Billiton SA Holdings Limited

 South Africa Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton SA Limited

 South Africa Holding and service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Shared Business Services Pty Ltd

 Australia Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton Shared Services Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.

 Malaysia Service company  100    100  

BHP Billiton SSM Development Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company  100    100  

BHP Billiton (Trinidad – 2c) Limited

 Canada Hydrocarbons development  100    100  

BHP Billiton World Exploration Inc.

 Canada Minerals exploration  100    100  

BHP Canadian Diamonds Company

 Canada Diamond mining  100    100  

BHP Chile Inc.

 US Service company  100    100  

BHP Coal Holdings Pty Limited

 Australia Holding company  100    100  

BHP Coal Pty Limited

 Australia Holding company and coal mining  100    100  

BHP Copper Inc.

 US Holding company and copper mining  100    100  

BHP Escondida Inc.

 US Holding company  100    100  

BHP Iron Ore (Jimblebar) Pty Ltd

 Australia Iron ore mining  100    100  

BHP Navajo Coal Company

 US Coal mining  100    100  

BHP Petroleum (Pakistan) Pty Ltd

 Australia Hydrocarbons exploration and production  100    100  

BHP Queensland Coal Investments Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company and coal mining  100    100  

BHPB Freight Pty Ltd

 Australia Transport services  100    100  

Billiton Aluminium SA Limited

 South Africa Aluminium smelting  100    100  

Billiton Marketing Holding BV

 Netherlands Holding company  100    100  

Broken Hill Proprietary (USA) Inc.

 US Service company  100    100  

Cerro Matoso SA

 Colombia Nickel mining and ferro-nickel smelting  99.9    99.9  

Name

 Country of
incorporation
 

Principal activity

 The Group’s
effective
interest
 
     2011  
%
    2010  
%
 

Coal Mines Australia Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal exploration  100    100  

Compañía Minera Cerro Colorado Limitada

 Chile Copper mining  100    100  

Dendrobium Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Endeavour Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Groote Eylandt Mining Company Pty Ltd

 Australia Manganese mining  60    60  

Hillside Aluminium Limited

 South
Africa
 Aluminium smelting  100    100  

Hotazel Manganese Mines (Proprietary) Limited(b)

 South
Africa
 Manganese ore mining and processing  54.6    54.6  

Hunter Valley Energy Coal Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Illawarra Coal Holdings Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Illawarra Services Pty Ltd

 Australia Coal mining  100    100  

Minera Spence SA

 Chile Copper mining  100    100  

Rio Algom Limited

 Canada Holding company  100    100  

Samancor AG

 Switzerland Marketing  60    60  

Samancor Manganese Proprietary Limited

 South
Africa
 Manganese mining and manganese alloys  60    60  

San Juan Coal Company

 US Coal mining  100    100  

Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company Pty Ltd

 Australia Manganese alloys  60    60  

UMAL Consolidated Pty Ltd

 Australia Holding company and coal mining  100    100  

United Iron Pty Ltd

 Australia Iron ore exploration  100    100  

WMC Finance (USA) Limited

 Australia Finance  100    100  

(a)

BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Ltd is 100 per cent owned by BHP Billiton Limited. BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc have each fully and unconditionally guaranteed BHP Billiton Finance (USA) Ltd’s debt securities.

(b)

The Group’s effective interest in Hotazel Manganese Mines (Proprietary) Limited will reduce to 44.4 per cent pursuant to a Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment transaction in South Africa.

(c)

A complete list of the Group’s subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities will be attached to BHP Billiton Plc’s annual return made to the UK Registrar of Companies.

26    Interests in jointly controlled entities

The Group’s significant interests in jointly controlled entities, which are those with the most significant contribution to the Group’s net profit or net assets, are listed below. All entities included below are subject to joint control as a result of governing contractual arrangements.

Major shareholdings in

jointly controlled entities

  

Country of

incorporation

  

Principal activity

  Reporting
date(a)
  Ownership
interest(a)
 
        2011   2010 
        %   % 

Caesar Oil Pipeline Company LLC

  US  Hydrocarbons transportation  31 May   25     25  

Cleopatra Gas Gathering Company LLC

  US  Hydrocarbons transportation  31 May   22     22  

Guinea Alumina Corporation Ltd

  British Virgin Islands  Bauxite mine and alumina refinery prospect  31 Dec   33.33     33.33  

Mozal SARL

  Mozambique  Aluminium smelting  30 June   47.1     47.1  

Compañía Minera Antamina SA

  Peru  Copper and zinc mining  30 June   33.75     33.75  

Minera Escondida Limitada(b)

  Chile  Copper mining  30 June   57.5     57.5  

Phola Coal Processing Plant (Pty) Ltd

  South Africa  Coal handling and processing plant  30 June   50     50  

Richards Bay Minerals(c)

  South Africa  Mineral sands mining and processing  31 Dec   37.76     37.76  

Samarco Mineração SA

  Brazil  Iron ore mining  31 Dec   50     50  

Carbones del Cerrejón LLC

  Anguilla  Coal mining in Colombia  31 Dec   33.33     33.33  

Newcastle Coal Infrastructure Group Pty Limited

  Australia  Coal export terminal  30 June   35.5     35.5  

   Group share 
   2011  2010 
   US$M  US$M 

Net assets of jointly controlled entities

   

Current assets

   3,743    3,352  

Non-current assets

   8,232    7,212  

Current liabilities

   (2,560  (2,162

Non-current liabilities

   (3,409  (2,388
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets

   6,006    6,014  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Group share 
   2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Share of jointly controlled entities’ profit

    

Revenue

   11,600    8,642    6,130  

Net operating costs

   (5,443  (4,597  (4,103
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit

   6,157    4,045    2,027  

Net finance costs

   (368  (68  (129

Income tax expense

   (1,462  (903  (465
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit after taxation

   4,327    3,074    1,433  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Group share 
   2011   2010 
   US$M   US$M 

Share of contingent liabilities and expenditure commitments relating to jointly controlled entities

    

Contingent liabilities

   1,397     885  

Capital expenditure commitments

   1,156     274  

Other expenditure commitments

   867     1,455  

(a)

The ownership interest at the Group’s and the jointly controlled entity’s reporting date are the same. When the annual financial reporting date is different to the Group’s, financial information is obtained as at 30 June in order to report on a consistent annual basis with the Group’s reporting date.

(b)

While the Group holds a 57.5 per cent interest in Minera Escondida Limitada, the entity is subject to effective joint control due to participant and management agreements which result in the operation of an Owners’ Council, whereby significant commercial and operational decisions are determined on aggregate voting interests of at least 75 per cent of the total ownership interest. Accordingly the Group does not have the ability to unilaterally control, and therefore consolidate, the investment in accordance with IAS 27/AASB 127 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’.

(c)

Richards Bay Minerals comprises two legal entities, Richards Bay Mining (Proprietary) Limited and Richards Bay Titanium (Proprietary) Limited, in each of which the Group has a 50 per cent interest and which function as a single economic entity. After deducting non-controlling interests in subsidiaries of Richards Bay Minerals, the Group’s economic interest in the operations of Richards Bay Minerals is 37.76 per cent.

(d)

A complete list of investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities will be attached to BHP Billiton Plc’s annual return made to the UK Registrar of Companies.

27    Interests in jointly controlled assets

The principal jointly controlled assets in which the Group has an interest and which are proportionately consolidated in the financial statements are as follows:

Name

  

Country of
operation

  

Principal activity

  The Group’s
effective
interest
 
      2011%   2010% 

Atlantis

  US  Hydrocarbons exploration and production   44     44  

Bass Strait

  Australia  Hydrocarbons production   50     50  

Fayetteville – refer to note 24

  US  Hydrocarbons exploration and production   0.03 –  100       

Liverpool Bay

  UK  Hydrocarbons production   46.1     46.1  

Mad Dog

  US  Hydrocarbons exploration and production   23.9     23.9  

Minerva

  Australia  Hydrocarbons exploration and production   90     90  

Neptune

  US  Hydrocarbons exploration and production   35     35  

North West Shelf

  Australia  Hydrocarbons production   8.33 –  16.67     8.33 – 16.67  

Ohanet

  Algeria  Hydrocarbons exploration and production   45     45  

Pyrenees

  Australia  Hydrocarbons exploration and production   40 – 71.43     40 – 71.43  

ROD Integrated Development

  Algeria  Hydrocarbons exploration and production   38 – 45     38 – 45  

Shenzi

  US  Hydrocarbons exploration and production   44     44  

Stybarrow

  Australia  Hydrocarbons exploration and production   50     50  

Greater Angostura

  Trinidad and Tobago  Hydrocarbons production   45     45  

Zamzama

  Pakistan  Hydrocarbons exploration and production   38.5     38.5  

Alumar

  Brazil  Alumina refining   36     36  
    Aluminium smelting   40     40  

Worsley

  Australia  Bauxite mining and alumina refining   86     86  

EKATI

  Canada  Diamond mining   80     80  

Mt Goldsworthy

  Australia  Iron ore mining   85     85  

Mt Newman

  Australia  Iron ore mining   85     85  

Yandi

  Australia  Iron ore mining   85     85  

Central Queensland Coal Associates

  Australia  Coal mining   50     50  

Gregory

  Australia  Coal mining   50     50  

   2011   2010 
   US$M   US$M 

Share of contingent liabilities and capital expenditure commitments relating to jointly controlled assets

    

Contingent liabilities(a)

   299     120  

Capital expenditure commitments(a)

   4,329     4,103  

(a)

Included in contingent liabilities and capital expenditure commitments for the Group. Refer to notes 21 and 22 respectively.

28    Financial risk management

The Group financial risk management strategy

The financial risks arising from the Group’s operations comprise market, liquidity and credit risk. These risks arise in the normal course of business and the Group manages its exposure to them in accordance with the Group’s Portfolio Risk Management Strategy. The objective of the strategy is to support the delivery of the Group’s financial targets while protecting its future financial security and flexibility by taking advantage of the natural diversification provided by the scale, diversity and flexibility of the Group’s operations and activities.

A Cash Flow at Risk (CFaR) framework is used to measure the aggregate and diversified impact of financial risks upon the Group’s financial targets. The principal measurement of risk is CFaR measured on a portfolio basis – which is defined as the worst expected loss relative to projected business plan cash flows over a one-year horizon under normal market conditions at a confidence level of 95 per cent. The CFaR framework includes Board-approved limits on the quantum of the CFaR relative to the Group’s financial targets.

Market risk

The Group’s activities expose it to market risks associated with movements in interest rates, foreign currencies and commodity prices. Under the strategy outlined above, the Group seeks to achieve financing costs, currency impacts, input costs and commodity prices on a floating or index basis. This strategy gives rise to a risk of variability in earnings which is measured under the CFaR framework.

In executing the strategy, financial instruments are potentially employed in three distinct but related activities. The following table summarises these activities and the key risk management processes.

Activity

    Key risk management processes    

1       Risk mitigation

Hedging of revenues with financial instruments may be executed to mitigate risk at the portfolio level when CFaR exceeds the Board-approved limits. Similarly, and on an exception basis, hedging for the purposes of mitigating risk related to specific and significant expenditure on investments or capital projects will be executed if necessary to support the Group’s strategic objectives.

•    Assessment of portfolio CFaR against Board-approved limits

•    Execution of transactions within approved mandates

2       Economic hedging of commodity sales, operating costs and debt instruments

Where group commodity production is sold to customers on pricing terms that deviate from the relevant index target, and where a relevant derivatives market exists, financial instruments may be executed as an economic hedge to align the revenue price exposure with the index target.

Where debt is issued in a currency other than the US dollar and/or at a fixed interest rate, fair value hedges may be executed to align the debt exposure with the Group’s functional currency of US dollars and/or to swap to a floating interest rate.

•    Assessment of portfolio CFaR against Board-approved limits

•    Measuring and reporting the exposure in customer commodity contracts and issued debt instruments

•    Executing hedging derivatives to align the total group exposure to the index target

3       Strategic financial transactions

Opportunistic transactions may be executed with financial instruments to capture value from perceived market over/under valuations.

•    Exposures managed within value at risk and stop loss limits

•    Execution of transactions within approved mandates

Primary responsibility for identification and control of financial risks, including authorising and monitoring the use of financial instruments for the above activities and stipulating policy thereon, rests with the Financial Risk Management Committee under authority delegated by the Group Management Committee.

Interest rate risk

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its outstanding borrowings and investments from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect future cash flows or the fair value of fixed interest rate financial instruments. Interest rate risk is managed as part of the Portfolio Risk Management Strategy and within the overall CFaR limit.

The majority of the Group’s debt is raised under central borrowing programs. The Group has entered into interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps to convert most of the centrally managed debt into US dollar floating interest rate exposures. As at 30 June 2011, the Group holds US$827 million (2010: US$2,577 million) of centrally managed fixed interest rate borrowings that have not been swapped to floating interest rates, arising principally from debt raised prior to the DLC merger. The Group’s earnings are sensitive to changes in interest rates on the floating interest rate component of the Group’s net borrowings.

The fair value of interest rate swaps, cross currency interest rate swaps, currency swaps and forward exchange contracts in fair value hedge relationships used to hedge both interest rate and foreign currency risks are as follows:

   Fair value 
   2011  2010 
   US$M  US$M 

Interest rate swaps

   

US dollar swaps

   

Pay floating/receive fixed

   

Not later than one year

   49    13  

Later than one year but not later than two years

   109    90  

Later than two years but not later than five years

   248    200  

Later than five years

   172    288  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

   

Euro to US dollar swaps

   

Pay floating/receive fixed

   

Not later than one year

       10  

Later than two years but not later than five years

   134    17  

Euro to US dollar swaps

   

Pay fixed/receive fixed

   

Later than two years but not later than five years

   42      

Later than five years

       (174

Forward exchange contracts

   

Euro to US dollar foreign exchange contract

   

Pay US dollar/receive Euro

   

Not later than one year

   (53  (282

Total fair value of derivatives

   701    162  

Based on the net debt position as at 30 June 2011, taking into account interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps, it is estimated that a one percentage point increase in the US LIBOR interest rate will decrease the Group’s profit after taxation and equity by US$25 million (2010: decrease of US$2 million). This assumes that the change in interest rates is effective from the beginning of the financial year and the fixed/floating mix and balances are constant over the year. However, interest rates and the net debt profile of the Group may not remain constant in the coming financial year and therefore such sensitivity analysis should be used with care.

Currency risk

The US dollar is the functional currency of most operations within the Group and as a result currency exposures arise from transactions and balances in currencies other than the US dollar. The Group’s potential currency exposures comprise:

translational exposure in respect of non-functional currency monetary items

transactional exposure in respect of non-functional currency expenditure and revenues

The Group’s foreign currency risk is managed as part of the Portfolio Risk Management Strategy within the overall CFaR limit.

Translational exposure in respect of non-functional currency monetary items

Monetary items, including financial assets and liabilities, denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of an operation are periodically restated to US dollar equivalents, and the associated gain or loss is taken to the income statement. The exception is foreign exchange gains or losses on foreign currency provisions for closure and rehabilitation at operating sites which are capitalised in property, plant and equipment.

The following table shows the foreign currency risk arising from financial assets and liabilities which are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the operations.

   Net financial assets/(liabilities) – by currency of
denomination
  Total 

2011

      US$          A$          SA rand           GBP           Other      
   US$M  US$M  US$M   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Functional currency of Group operation

         

US dollars

       (4,344  187     23     (1,414  (5,548

Australian dollars

   (1                    (1

UK pounds sterling

   (3                    (3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (4  (4,344  187     23     (1,414  (5,552
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Net financial assets/(liabilities)—by currency of
denomination
  Total 

2010

      US$          A$          SA rand           GBP           Other      
   US$M  US$M  US$M   US$M   US$M  US$M 

Functional currency of Group operation

         

US dollars

       (1,398  90     31     (942  (2,219

Australian dollars

   (1                    (1

UK pounds sterling

   4                      4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   3    (1,398  90     31     (942  (2,216
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

The principal non-functional currencies to which the Group is exposed are the Australian dollar, South African rand and UK pound sterling. Based on the Group’s net financial assets and liabilities as at 30 June 2011, a weakening of the US dollar against these currencies as illustrated in the table below, with all other variables held constant, would increase/(decrease) profit after taxation and equity as follows:

   2011 US$M  2010 US$M 

Currency movement

  Profit after taxation  Equity  Profit after taxation  Equity 

1 cent movement in Australian dollar

   (33  (33  (9  (8

0.2 rand movement in South African rand

   (7  4    (2  5  

1 pence movement in UK pound sterling

                 

The Group’s financial asset and liability profile may not remain constant, and therefore these sensitivities should be used with care.

Transactional exposure in respect of non-functional currency expenditure and revenues

Certain operating and capital expenditure is incurred by some operations in currencies other than their functional currency. To a lesser extent, certain sales revenue is earned in currencies other than the functional currency of operations, and certain exchange control restrictions may require that funds be maintained in currencies other than the functional currency of the operation. These currency risks are managed as part of the Portfolio Risk Management Strategy and within the overall CFaR limit. When required under this strategy the Group enters into forward exchange contracts.

The net fair value of forward exchange contracts outstanding to manage short-term foreign currency cash flows relating to operating activities is an asset of US$23 million (2010: an asset of US$22 million).

Commodity price risk

Contracts for the sale and physical delivery of commodities are executed whenever possible on a pricing basis intended to achieve a relevant index target. Where pricing terms deviate from the index, derivative commodity contracts are used when available to return realised prices to the index. Contracts for the physical delivery of commodities are not typically financial instruments and are carried in the balance sheet at cost (typically at nil); they are therefore excluded from the fair value and sensitivity tables below. Accordingly, the financial instrument exposures set out in the tables below do not represent all of the commodity price risks managed according to the Group’s objectives. Movements in the fair value of contracts included in the tables below are offset by movements in the fair value of the physical contracts, however only the former movement is recognised in the Group’s income statement prior to settlement. The risk associated with commodity prices is managed as part of the Portfolio Risk Management Strategy and within the overall CFaR limit.

Financial instruments with commodity price risk included in the following tables are those entered into for the following activities:

economic hedging of prices realised on commodity contracts as described above

purchases and sales of physical contracts that can be cash-settled

derivatives embedded within other supply contracts

All such instruments are carried in the balance sheet at fair value.

Forward commodity and other derivative contracts

   2011   2010 
   Fair value of asset   Fair value of liability   Fair value of asset   Fair value of liability 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Aluminium

   7     30     21     26  

Copper

   111     102     83     84  

Zinc

   2     2     29     19  

Lead

   6     8     40     26  

Silver

   18     27     4     9  

Nickel

   25     13     47     36  

Iron ore

   2     5          2  

Energy coal

   16     41     21     31  

Metallurgical coal

                  2  

Petroleum

   4     24          33  

Gas

   129     52     111     31  

Freight

   24     7     38     13  

Other

                  3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   344     311     394     315  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprising:

        

Current

   189     232     241     223  

Non-current

   155     79     153     92  

The Group’s exposure at 30 June 2011 to the impact of movements in commodity prices upon the financial instruments, other than those designated as embedded derivatives, is set out in the following table.

      2011  2010 
   

Units of exposure

  Net  exposure
receive/(deliver)
  Impact on equity
and profit after

taxation of 10%
movement in

market price
  Net  exposure
receive/(deliver)
  Impact on equity
and profit after

taxation of 10%
movement in

market price
 
         US$M     US$M 

Aluminium

  ’000 tonnes   (74  (18  (8  (2

Copper

  ’000 tonnes   29    27    20    18  

Zinc

  ’000 tonnes �� (8  (2  4      

Lead

  ’000 tonnes   (9  (2  (13    

Silver

  Million ounces   (1  (1  (3  (3

Nickel

  ’000 tonnes   (1  (3  (1  (2

Iron ore

  ’000 tonnes   1,102    18    273    3  

Energy coal

  ’000 tonnes   1,089    13    1,370    13  

Petroleum

  ’000 barrels   25    2          

Gas

  ’000 therms                 

Freight

  Time charter days   (1,823  (3  (1,490  (4
  

’000 voyage charter tonnes

   165        510    1  

Provisionally priced commodity sales contracts

Not included in the above tables are provisionally priced sales volumes for which price finalisation, referenced to the relevant index, is outstanding at balance date. Provisional pricing mechanisms embedded within these sales arrangements have the character of a commodity derivative and are carried at fair value as part of trade receivables. The Group’s exposure at 30 June 2011 to the impact of movements in commodity prices upon provisionally invoiced sales volumes is set out in the following table.

      2011  2010 
   

Units of exposure

  Net  exposure
receive/(deliver)
  Impact on equity
and profit after
taxation of 10%
movement in

market price
  Net  exposure
receive/(deliver)
  Impact on equity
and profit after
taxation of 10%
movement in

market price
 
         US$M     US$M 

Copper

  ’000 tonnes   (239  (145  (237  (100

The sensitivities in the above tables have been determined as the absolute impact on fair value of a 10 per cent increase in commodity prices at each reporting date, while holding all other variables, including foreign currency and exchange rates, constant.

The relationship between commodity prices and foreign currencies is complex and movements in foreign exchange can impact commodity prices. The sensitivities should therefore be used with care.

Liquidity risk

The Group’s liquidity risk arises from the possibility that it may not be able to settle or meet its obligations as they fall due and is managed as part of the Portfolio Risk Management Strategy and within the overall CFaR limit. Operational, capital and regulatory requirements are considered in the management of liquidity risk, in conjunction with short- and long-term forecast information.

Additional liquidity risk arises on debt related derivatives due to the possibility that a market for derivatives might not exist in some circumstances. To counter this risk the Group only uses derivatives in highly liquid markets.

During the year ended 30 June 2011, Moody’s Investors Service made no change to the Group’s long-term credit rating of A1 (the short-term credit rating is P-1). Standard & Poor’s made no change to the Group’s long-term credit rating of A+ (the short-term credit rating is A-1). The Group’s strong credit profile, diversified funding sources and committed credit facilities ensure that sufficient liquid funds are maintained to meet its daily cash requirements. The Group’s policy on counterparty credit exposure ensures that only counterparties of a high credit standing are used for the investment of any excess cash.

There were no defaults on loans payable during the period.

Standby arrangements and unused credit facilities

Details of major standby and support arrangements are as follows:

   Facility
available
2011
   Used
2011
   Unused
2011
   Facility
available
2010
   Used
2010
   Unused
2010
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Revolving credit facility(a)

   4,000          4,000     3,000          3,000  

Other facilities(b)

   61          61     58          58  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financing facilities

   4,061          4,061     3,058          3,058  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

The multi-currency revolving credit facility is available for general corporate purposes and matures in December 2015. This facility is used for general corporate purposes and as backup for the commercial paper programs. The interest rates under this facility are based on an interbank rate plus a margin. The applicable margin is typical for a credit facility extended to a company with the Group’s credit rating.

(b)

Other bank facilities are arranged with a number of banks with the general terms and conditions agreed on a periodic basis.

Maturity profile of financial liabilities

The maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on the contractual amounts, taking into account the derivatives related to debt, is as follows:

2011

  Bank  loans,
debentures
and

other loans
   Expected
future
interest
payments
   Derivatives
related to
net debt
   Other
derivatives
   Obligations
under
finance
leases
   Other
financial
liabilities
   Total 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Due for payment:

              

In one year or less or on demand

   3,702     720     54     247     67     9,429     14,219  

In more than one year but not more than two years

   1,946     588          44     34     44     2,656  

In more than two years but not more than three years

   2,715     499          6     30     33     3,283  

In more than three years but not more than four years

   179     369          4     31     7     590  

In more than four years but not more than five years

   2,971     347          9     53     29     3,409  

In more than five years

   3,733     867          4     38     381     5,023  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   15,246     3,390     54     314     253     9,923     29,180  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount

   15,700          53     314     192     9,921     26,180  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2010

  Bank  loans,
debentures
and

other loans
   Expected
future
interest
payments
   Derivatives
related to
net debt
  Other
derivatives
   Obligations
under
finance
leases
   Other
financial

liabilities
   Total 
   US$M   US$M   US$M  US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Due for payment:

             

In one year or less or on demand

   2,038     741     (54  241     77     6,245     9,288  

In more than one year but not more than two years

   2,286     689     346    37     64     30     3,452  

In more than two years but not more than three years

   1,827     567     10    19     23     5     2,451  

In more than three years but not more than four years

   2,837     475     10    10     23     4     3,359  

In more than four years but not more than five years

   134     357     11    11     23          536  

In more than five years

   5,841     1,124     143    3     85     323     7,519  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   14,963     3,953     466    321     295     6,607     26,605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount

   15,524          456    321     225     6,770     23,296  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amounts presented in the tables above comprise the contractual undiscounted cash flows, and therefore will not always agree with the amounts presented in the balance sheet. The Group holds derivatives related to net debt, commodities and currencies that are classified as other financial assets when they are expected to generate cash inflows (refer to note 11).

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from the non-performance by counterparties of their contractual financial obligations towards the Group. To manage credit risk the Group maintains Group-wide procedures covering the application for credit approvals, granting and renewal of counterparty limits and daily monitoring of exposures against these limits. As part of these processes the financial viability of all counterparties is regularly monitored and assessed. The maximum exposure to credit risk is limited to the total carrying value of relevant financial assets on the balance sheet as at the reporting date.

The Group’s credit risk exposures are categorised under the following headings:

Counterparties

The Group conducts transactions with the following major types of counterparties:

Receivables counterparties

The majority of sales to the Group’s customers are made on open terms.

Payment guarantee counterparties

A proportion of sales to Group customers occur via secured payment mechanisms.

Derivative counterparties

Counterparties to derivative contracts consist of a diverse number of financial institutions and industrial counterparties in the relevant markets.

Cash investment counterparties

As part of managing cash flow and liquidity, the Group holds short-term cash investments with a range of approved financial institutions.

The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk with any single counterparty or group of counterparties.

Geographic

The Group trades in all major geographic regions. Countries in which the Group has a significant credit risk exposure include South Africa, Australia, the US, Japan and China. Where appropriate, secured payment mechanisms and other risk mitigation instruments are used to protect revenues from credit risk losses.

Industry

In line with our asset portfolio, the Group sells into a diverse range of industries and customer sectors. This diversity means that the Group is not materially exposed to any individual industry or customer.

The following table shows the Group’s receivables at the reporting date that are exposed to credit risk and the ageing and impairment profile thereon.

               Receivables past due but not impaired 

2011

  Gross
amount
   Receivables
past due
and
impaired
   Receivables
neither past
due nor
impaired
   Less than 30
days
   31 to 60
days
   61 to 90
days
   Over 90
days
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Trade receivables

   6,219     151     5,782     230     3     4     49  

Other receivables

   4,242     20     3,880     74     6     13     249  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   10,461     171     9,662     304     9     17     298  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

               Receivables past due but not impaired 

2010

  Gross
amount
   Receivables
past due
and
impaired
   Receivables
neither past
due nor
impaired
   Less than 30
days
   31 to 60
days
   61 to 90
days
   Over 90
days
 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Trade receivables

   5,092     147     4,907     27     6     1     4  

Other receivables

   2,994     15     2,864     32     10     3     70  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   8,086     162     7,771     59     16     4     74  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivables are deemed to be past due or impaired with reference to the Group’s normal terms and conditions of business. These terms and conditions are determined on a case-by-case basis with reference to the customer’s credit quality and prevailing market conditions. Receivables that are classified as ‘past due’ in the above tables are those that have not been settled within the terms and conditions that have been agreed with that customer. For an analysis of movements in impaired trade receivables, refer to note 10.

The credit quality of the Group’s customers is monitored on an ongoing basis and assessed for impairment where indicators of such impairment exist. The solvency of each debtor and their ability to repay the receivable is considered in assessing receivables for impairment. In certain circumstances the Group may seek collateral as security for the receivable. Where receivables have been impaired, the Group actively seeks to recover the amounts in question and enforce compliance with credit terms.

No other financial assets were past due or impaired at 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010: nil).

Fair values

All financial assets and financial liabilities, other than derivatives, are initially recognised at the fair value of consideration paid or received, net of transaction costs as appropriate, and subsequently carried at fair value or amortised cost, as indicated in the tables below.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value. This measurement of fair value is principally based on quoted market prices. Where no price information is available from a quoted market source, alternative market mechanisms or recent comparable transactions, fair value is estimated based on the Group’s views on relevant future prices, net of valuation allowances to accommodate liquidity, modelling and other risks implicit in such estimates.

The financial assets and liabilities are presented by class in the tables below at their carrying values, which generally approximate to the fair values. In the case of US$827 million (2010: US$2,577 million) of centrally managed fixed rate debt not swapped to floating rate, the fair value at 30 June 2011 is US$977 million (2010: US$3,031 million).

Financial assets and liabilities

2011

  Notes  Loans and
receivables
   Available for
sale securities
   Held at fair
value through
profit or loss
   Other financial
assets and
liabilities at
amortised cost
   Total 
      US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Financial assets

            

Cash and cash equivalents

  23   10,084                    10,084  

Trade and other receivables(a)

  10   7,600          1,003          8,603  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

  11             754          754  

Forward exchange contracts

  11             26          26  

Commodity contracts

  11             214          214  

Other derivative contracts

  11             130          130  

Interest bearing loans receivable

  10   1,044                    1,044  

Shares

  11        580               580  

Other investments

  11        162               162  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     18,728     742     2,127          21,597  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-financial assets

             81,294  
            

 

 

 

Total assets

             102,891  
            

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

            

Trade and other payables(b)

  15                  9,906     9,906  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

  17             53          53  

Forward exchange contracts

  17             3          3  

Commodity contracts

  17             219          219  

Other derivative contracts

  17             92          92  

Unsecured bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings

  16                  4     4  

Unsecured bank loans

  16                  1,010     1,010  

Notes and debentures(c)

  16                  12,580     12,580  

Secured bank and other loans

  16                  1,326     1,326  

Redeemable preference shares

  16                  15     15  

Finance leases

  16                  192     192  

Unsecured other

  16                  780     780  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

               367     25,813     26,180  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-financial liabilities

             18,956  
            

 

 

 

Total liabilities

             45,136  
            

 

 

 

(a)

Excludes input taxes of US$643 million included in other receivables. Refer to note 10.

(b)

Excludes input taxes of US$367 million included in other payables. Refer to note 15.

(c)

Includes US$11,753 million of centrally managed fixed rate debt swapped to floating rate under fair value hedges, and is consequently fair valued for interest rate risk.

2010

  Notes   Loans and
receivables
   Available for
sale securities
   Held at fair
value through
profit or loss
   Other financial
assets and
liabilities at
amortised cost
   Total 
       US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Financial assets

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   23     12,456                    12,456  

Trade and other receivables(a)

   10     5,938          812          6,750  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   11               618          618  

Forward exchange contracts

   11               28          28  

Commodity contracts

   11               282          282  

Other derivative contracts

   11               112          112  

Interest bearing loans receivable

   10     683                    683  

Shares

   11          657               657  

Other investments

   11          105               105  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     19,077     762     1,852          21,691  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-financial assets

             67,161  
            

 

 

 

Total assets

             88,852  
            

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

            

Trade and other payables(b)

   15                    6,755     6,755  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

   17               456          456  

Forward exchange contracts

   17               6          6  

Commodity contracts

   17               235          235  

Other derivative contracts

   17               80          80  

Unsecured bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings

   16                    1     1  

Unsecured bank loans

   16                    754     754  

Notes and debentures(c)

   16                    13,436     13,436  

Secured bank and other loans

   16                    957     957  

Redeemable preference shares

   16                    15     15  

Finance leases

   16                    225     225  

Unsecured other

   16                    376     376  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

               777     22,519     23,296  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-financial liabilities

             16,227  
            

 

 

 

Total liabilities

             39,523  
            

 

 

 

(a)

Excludes input taxes of US$491 million included in other receivables. Refer to note 10.

(b)

Excludes input taxes of US$181 million included in other payables. Refer to note 15.

(c)

Includes US$10,847 million of centrally managed fixed rate debt swapped to floating rate under fair value hedges, and is consequently fair valued for interest rate risk.

Valuation hierarchy

The carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value is principally calculated with reference to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Where no price information is available from a quoted market source, alternative market mechanisms or recent comparable transactions, fair value is estimated based on the Group’s views on relevant future prices, net of valuation allowances to accommodate liquidity, modelling and other risks implicit in such estimates. Movements in the fair value of financial assets and liabilities may be recognised through the income statement or in other comprehensive income. The following table shows the Group’s financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value with reference to the nature of valuation inputs used.

2011

  Level 1 (a)   Level 2 (b)  Level 3 (c)   Total 
   US$M   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Financial assets and liabilities

       

Trade and other receivables

        1,003         1,003  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

        701         701  

Forward exchange contracts

        23         23  

Commodity contracts

        (5       (5

Other derivative contracts

        (4  42     38  

Investments – available for sale

   10     172    560     742  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   10     1,890    602     2,502  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2010

  Level 1 (a)   Level 2 (b)  Level 3 (c)   Total 
   US$M   US$M  US$M   US$M 

Financial assets and liabilities

       

Trade and other receivables

        812         812  

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

        162         162  

Forward exchange contracts

        22         22  

Commodity contracts

        47         47  

Other derivative contracts

        (9  41     32  

Investments – available for sale

   13     112    637     762  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   13     1,146    678     1,837  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

Valuation is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical financial assets and liabilities.

(b)

Valuation is based on inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) that are observable for the financial asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as unquoted prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

(c)

Valuation is based on inputs that are not based on observable market data.

Level 3 financial assets and liabilities

The following table shows the movements in the Group’s level 3 financial assets and liabilities.

   2011  2010 
   US$M  US$M 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

   678    590  

Additions

   78    141  

Disposals

   (38  (8

Realised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statement(a)

   12    (229

Unrealised (losses)/gains recognised in the income statement(a)

   (11  21  

Unrealised (losses)/gains recognised in other comprehensive income(b)

   (116  147  

Transfers to receivables

   (1    

Transfers from property, plant and equipment

       16  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the financial year

   602    678  

(a)

Realised and unrealised gains and losses recognised in the income statement are recorded in expenses. Refer to note 5.

(b)

Unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income are recorded in the financial assets reserve. Refer to note 20.

Sensitivity of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities

The carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities that are valued using inputs other than observable market data are calculated using appropriate valuation models, including discounted cash flow modelling, with inputs such as commodity prices, foreign exchange rates and inflation. The potential effect of using reasonably possible alternative assumptions in these models, based on a change in the most significant input by 10 per cent while holding all other variables constant, is shown in the following table. Significant inputs are assessed individually for each financial asset and liability.

       Profit after taxation   Equity 

2011

  Carrying
value

US$M
   10% increase
in input

US$M
  10% decrease
in input

US$M
   10% increase
in input

US$M
  10% decrease
in input

US$M
 

Financial assets and liabilities

        

Other derivative contracts

   42     (24  24     (24  24  

Investments – available for sale

   560              67    (88
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   602     (24  24     43    (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

   Profit after taxation   Equity 

2010

  Carrying
value

US$M
   10% increase
in input

US$M
  10% decrease
in input

US$M
   10% increase
in input

US$M
  10% decrease
in input

US$M
 

Financial assets and liabilities

        

Other derivative contracts

   41     (20  21     (20  21  

Investments – available for sale

   637              128    (140
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   678     (20  21     108    (119
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Capital management

The Group’s strategy is focused on owning and operating large, long-life, low-cost, expandable, upstream assets and the Group continually reviews its portfolio to identify assets which do not fit this strategy. The Group will invest capital in assets where they fit our strategy. The Group’s priorities for cash flow are:

reinvestment in projects that carry attractive rates of return regardless of the economic climate

commitment to a solid ‘A’ credit rating

returning excess capital to shareholders firstly with its progressive dividends policy and thereafter via dividends and capital management (for example share buy-backs)

The Group monitors capital using a gearing ratio, being the ratio of net debt to net debt plus net assets.

   2011  2010 
   US$M  US$M 

Cash and cash equivalents

   (10,084  (12,456

Current debt

   3,519    2,191  

Non-current debt

   12,388    13,573  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net debt

   5,823    3,308  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets

   57,755    49,329  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gearing

   9.2  6.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

29    Pension and other post-retirement obligations

Defined contribution pension schemes and multi-employer pension schemes

The Group contributed US$336 million (2010: US$276 million; 2009: US$231 million) to defined contribution plans and multi-employer defined contribution plans. These contributions are expensed as incurred.

Defined benefit pension schemes

The Group has closed all defined benefit schemes to new entrants. Defined benefit pension schemes remain operating in Australia, the US, Canada, South America, Europe and South Africa for existing members. Full actuarial valuations are prepared and updated annually to 30 June by local actuaries for all schemes. The Projected Unit Credit valuation method is used. The Group operates final salary schemes that provide final salary benefits only, non-salary related schemes that provide flat dollar benefits and mixed benefit schemes that consist of a final salary defined benefit portion and a defined contribution portion.

Defined benefit post-retirement medical schemes

The Group operates a number of post-retirement medical schemes in the US, Canada and South Africa. Full actuarial valuations are prepared by local actuaries for all schemes. All of the post-retirement medical schemes in the Group are unfunded.

The following tables set out details in respect of the Group’s defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical schemes.

Balance sheet disclosures

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are as follows:

   Defined benefit pension schemes  Post-retirement medical schemes 
       2011          2010          2011           2010     
   US$M  US$M  US$M   US$M 

Present value of funded defined benefit obligation

   1,948    1,673           

Present value of unfunded defined benefit obligation

   95    89    437     343  

Fair value of defined benefit scheme assets

   (1,866  (1,547         
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Scheme deficit

   177    215    437     343  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognised surplus

   80    69           

Unrecognised past service credits

           5     1  

Adjustment for employer contributions tax

   16    11           
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net liability recognised in the balance sheet

   273    295    442     344  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Group has no legal obligation to settle these liabilities with any immediate contributions or additional one-off contributions. The Group intends to continue to contribute to each defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical scheme in accordance with the latest recommendations of each scheme actuary.

Income statement disclosures

The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:

   Defined benefit pension schemes  Post-retirement medical schemes 
   2011  2010  2009  2011   2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M   US$M  US$M 

Current service cost

   62    54    58    5     6    5  

Interest cost

   105    108    110    23     22    22  

Expected return on pension scheme assets

   (104  (98  (111             

Past service costs

   1        1    3         (5

(Gains)/losses on settlements/curtailments

   (1      (4       (7  3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expense

   63    64    54    31     21    25  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

– Recognised in employee benefits expense

   62    54    55    8     6    3  

– Recognised in net finance costs

   1    10    (1  23     22    22  

– Recognised in other income

                    (7    

Statement of Comprehensive Income (SOCI) disclosures

The amounts recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income are as follows:

   Defined benefit pension schemes  Post-retirement medical schemes 
   2011  2010  2009  2011   2010   2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M   US$M   US$M 

Actuarial losses/(gains)

   51    (1  239    68     25       

Limit on net assets and other adjustments

   (6  14    (12              
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amount recognised in the SOCI

   45    13    227    68     25       
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cumulative amount recognised in the SOCI (a)

   313    268    255    120     52     27  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

Cumulative amounts are calculated from the transition to IFRS on 1 July 2004.

The actual return on assets for the defined benefit pension schemes is as follows:

   Defined benefit pension schemes 
   2011   2010   2009 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Actual return on assets

   136     175     (117

The changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations are as follows:

   Defined benefit pension schemes  Post-retirement medical schemes 
   2011  2010  2011  2010 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the financial year

   1,762    1,736    343    310  

Current service cost

   62    54    5    6  

Interest cost

   105    108    23    22  

Contributions by scheme participants

   3    3          

Actuarial losses on benefit obligation

   83    76    68    25  

Benefits paid to participants

   (159  (164  (22  (18

Past service costs

   1        3      

Curtailment gains

   (1          (7

Exchange variations

   187    2    19    5  

Other adjustments

       (53  (2    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligation at the end of the financial year

   2,043    1,762    437    343  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The changes in the fair value of scheme assets for defined benefit pension schemes are as follows:

   Defined benefit pension schemes 
   2011  2010 
   US$M  US$M 

Fair value of scheme assets at the beginning of the financial year

   1,547    1,455  

Expected return on scheme assets

   104    98  

Actuarial gains on scheme assets

   32    77  

Employer contributions

   159    162  

Contributions by scheme participants

   3    3  

Benefits paid

   (159  (164

Exchange variations

   157    (1

Other adjustments

   23    (83
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of scheme assets at the end of the financial year

   1,866    1,547  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The fair values of defined benefit pension scheme assets segregated by major asset class are as follows:

   Fair Value 
   2011   2010 
   US$M   US$M 

Asset class

    

Bonds

   1,193     884  

Equities

   393     391  

Property

   19     22  

Cash and net current assets

   61     49  

Insured annuities

   190     187  

Other

   10     14  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   1,866     1,547  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Scheme assets classified as ‘Other’ as at 30 June 2011 primarily comprise investments in private equity in Australia.

The fair value of scheme assets includes no amounts relating to any of the Group’s own financial instruments or any of the property occupied by or other assets used by the Group.

The investment strategy is determined by each plan’s fiduciary body in consultation with the Group. In general, the investment strategy for each plan is set by reference to the duration and risk profile of the plan, as well as the plan’s solvency level.

Actuarial assumptions

The principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages) for defined benefit pension schemes are as follows:

   Australia   Americas   Europe   South Africa 
   2011   2010   2011   2010   2011   2010   2011   2010 
   %   %   %   %   %   %   %   % 

Discount rate

   5.1     5.4     5.0     5.5     5.6     5.3     8.6     8.8  

Future salary increases

   4.3     4.0     4.6     4.5     5.0     4.7     7.6     6.9  

Future pension increases

   n/a     n/a     4.0     4.0     2.7     2.6     6.1     5.9  

Expected rate of return on pension scheme assets

   5.9     5.8     5.2     5.9     5.3     5.6     8.7     9.4  

The principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages) for post-retirement medical schemes are as follows:

   Americas   South Africa 
   2011   2010   2011   2010 
   %   %   %   % 

Discount rate

   4.8     5.2     8.6     9.0  

Medical cost trend rate (ultimate)

   4.2     4.2     7.7     7.3  

Assumptions regarding future mortality can be material depending upon the size and nature of the plan liabilities. Post-retirement mortality assumptions in the Americas, Europe and South Africa are based on post-retirement mortality tables that are standard in these regions.

The overall expected rate of return on assets is the weighted average of the expected rate of return on each applicable asset class and reflects the long-term target asset allocation as at the reporting date. For bonds, the expected rate of return reflects the redemption yields available on corporate and government bonds, as applicable, as at the reporting date. For all other asset classes, the expected rate of return reflects the rate of return expected over the long-term.

For the main funds, these tables imply the following expected future lifetimes (in years) for employees aged 65 as at the balance sheet date: US males 19.8, US females 21.6; Canadian males 19.4, Canadian females 21.8; Netherlands males 21.4, Netherlands females 23.9; UK males 22.5, UK females 24.9; South African males 18.0, South African females 22.3.

The present value of defined benefit obligations, fair value of scheme assets and associated experience adjustments for the defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical schemes are shown for the current year and the previous four years as follows:

   Defined benefit pension schemes 
   2011  2010  2009  2008  2007 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Present value of defined benefit obligation

   2,043    1,762    1,736    1,889    1,787  

Fair value of defined benefit scheme assets

   (1,866  (1,547  (1,455  (1,768  (1,756
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deficit in the schemes

   177    215    281    121    31  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Experience gain/(loss) adjustments to scheme liabilities

   1    16    (2  (8  7  

Experience gain/(loss) adjustments to scheme assets

   32    77    (228  (130  101  

   Post-retirement medical schemes 
   2011  2010  2009   2008   2007 
   US$M  US$M  US$M   US$M   US$M 

Present value of defined benefit obligation

   437    343    310     328     380  

Experience (loss)/gain adjustments to scheme liabilities

   (3  (7  4     8     1  

Experience adjustments to scheme liabilities do not include the effect of changes in actuarial assumptions.

Estimated contributions for the defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical schemes are as follows:

   Defined benefit
pension schemes
   Post-retirement
medical schemes
 
   US$M   US$M 

Estimated employer contributions for the year ending 30 June 2012

   125     25  

Estimated contributions by scheme participants for the year ending 30 June 2012

   3       

The impact of a one percentage point variation in the medical cost trend rate (for the post-retirement medical schemes) on the Group’s results is as follows:

   2011  2010 
   US$M  US$M 

Effect of an increase in the medical cost trend of 1% point on:

   

Total of current service and interest cost

   5    3  

Defined benefit obligation

   49    31  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of a decrease in the medical cost trend of 1% point on:

   

Total of current service and interest cost

   (4  (3

Defined benefit obligation

   (40  (26

30    Key Management Personnel

Key Management Personnel compensation comprises:

   2011   2010   2009 
   US$   US$   US$ 

Short-term employee benefits

   22,482,359     21,851,956     20,015,590  

Post-employment benefits

   3,270,906     5,281,930     2,870,982  

Share-based payments

   28,682,260     23,196,103     19,127,612  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   54,435,525     50,329,989     42,014,184  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity Instrument disclosures relating to Key Management Personnel

BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares under award

  

Scheme

 At 30 June
2009
  Granted  Lapsed  Exercised
/Matched
  At 30  June
2010
  Granted  Lapsed  Exercised/
Matched
  At 30  June
2011
  Vested during
the year ended

30 June 2010
  Vested during
the year ended

30 June 2011
  Vested at
30 June
2010(a)
  Vested at
30 June
2011(a)
 

Marius Kloppers

 

LTIP Performance

  833,327    250,000            1,083,327    200,000            1,283,327                  
 

GIS Deferred

  123,429    46,951        27,582    142,798    54,831        95,847    101,782    27,582    95,847          
 

Shareplus

  328    194        160    362    131        168    325    160    168          
 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Marcus Randolph

 

LTIP Performance

  817,676    120,000        110,000    827,676    105,000        110,000    822,676    110,000    110,000          
 

GIS Deferred

  68,675    25,126        23,648    70,153    30,819        45,027    55,945    23,648    45,027          
 

Shareplus

  329    190        157    362    132        172    322    157    172          
 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Alex Vanselow

 

LTIP Performance

  867,676    120,000        110,000    877,676    105,000        110,000    872,676    110,000    110,000          
 

GIS Deferred

  24,847    27,727        24,847    27,727    26,365            54,092    24,847              
 

Shareplus

  325    193        157    361    132        168    325    157    168          
 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Karen Wood

 

LTIP Performance

  664,187    90,000        80,000    674,187    75,000        80,000    669,187    80,000    80,000          
 

GIS Deferred

  89,150    23,686        58,372    54,464    23,197        30,778    46,883    19,643    30,778          
 

PSP

  25,846            25,846                                      
 

Shareplus

  325    193        157    361    132        168    325    157    168          
 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

J. Michael Yeager

 

LTIP Performance

  962,702    120,000            1,082,702    105,000        325,000    862,702        325,000          
 

GIS Deferred

  82,833    29,877        26,460    86,250    31,442        56,373    61,319    26,460    56,373          
 

Shareplus

  344    138        134    348    108        210    246    134    210          
 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
 

Total

  4,561,999    854,275        487,520    4,928,754    757,289        853,911    4,832,132    422,945    853,911          
 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Limited ordinary shares under option

  

Scheme

 At 30  June
2009
  Granted  Lapsed  Exercised  At 30 June
2010
  Granted  Lapsed  Exercised  At 30  June
2011
  Vested during
the year ended

30 June 2010
  Vested during
the year ended

30 June 2011
  Vested at
30 June
2010(a)
  Vested at
30 June
2011(a)
 

Alex Vanselow

 

GIS Options

  153,768                153,768            153,768            153,768          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
 

Total

  153,768                153,768            153,768            153,768          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares under award

  

Scheme

 At 30  June
2009
  Granted  Lapsed  Exercised/
Matched
  At 30  June
2010
  Granted  Lapsed  Exercised/
Matched
  At 30  June
2011
  Vested during
the year ended

30 June 2010
  Vested during
the year ended

30 June 2011
  Vested at
30  June
2010(a)
  Vested at
30 June
2011(a)
 

Marius Kloppers

 

LTIP Performance

  675,000            225,000    450,000            225,000    225,000    225,000    225,000          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Alberto Calderon

 

LTIP Performance

  556,993    120,000            676,993    120,000        40,000    756,993        40,000          
 

GIS Deferred

  29,133    33,343        29,133    33,343    30,495            63,838    17,207              
 

Shareplus

  344    193        156    381    149        188    342    156    188          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Andrew Mackenzie

 

LTIP Performance

  325,839    120,000            445,839    120,000            565,839                  
 

GIS Deferred

      12,476            12,476    22,700            35,176                  
 

Shareplus

      175            175    136            311                  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
 

Total

  1,587,309    286,187        254,289    1,619,207    293,480        265,188    1,647,499    242,363    265,188          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc ordinary shares under option

  

Scheme

 At 30  June
2009
  Granted  Lapsed  Exercised  At 30 June
2010
  Granted  Lapsed  Exercised  At 30  June
2011
  Vested during
the year ended

30 June 2010
  Vested during
the year ended

30 June 2011
  Vested at
30  June
2010(a)
  Vested at
30 June
2011(a)
 

Alberto Calderon

 

GIS Options

  143,227                143,227            143,227            143,227          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Andrew Mackenzie

 

GIS Options

      16,119            16,119    30,389            46,508                  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
 

Total

  143,227    16,119            159,346    30,389        143,227    46,508        143,227          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)

All awards and options that are vested are exercisable.

No options have been granted to Key Management Personnel since the end of the financial year. Further information on options and rights, including grant dates and exercise dates regarding options granted to Key Management Personnel under the employee share ownership plan, is set out in note 32.

Equity holdings and transactions

The movement during the financial year in the number of ordinary shares of the Group held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each specified Key Management Personnel, including their personally related entities were as follows:

BHP Billiton Limited shares (a)

 Held at 30 June
2009(b)
  Purchases  Received on
exercise/matching of
options or rights
  Disposals  Held at 30 June
2010(b)
  Purchases  Received on
exercise/matching of
options or rights
  Disposals  Held at 30 June
2011(b)
 

Marius Kloppers

  328    194    27,742        28,264    131    96,015    36    124,374  

Marcus Randolph

  117,420    190    133,805    60,000    191,415    132    155,199    155,000    191,746  

Alex Vanselow

  99,888    193    135,004    60,822    174,263    132    263,936    167,406    270,925  

Karen Wood

  71,959    193    164,375    127,394    109,133    132    110,946    58,297    161,914  

J. Michael Yeager

  6,958    138    26,594    9,710    23,980    108    381,583    141,165    264,506  

Paul Anderson

  106,000                106,000      

Don Argus

  321,890    7,300            329,190      

Alan Boeckmann

      3,150            3,150    1,180            4,330  

Malcolm Broomhead(c)

  9,000                9,000                9,000  

Carlos Cordeiro

  6,550                6,550                6,550  

David Crawford

  33,127                33,127                33,127  

E. Gail de Planque

  5,180                5,180      

Carolyn Hewson(c)

  2,000                2,000    1,500            3,500  

David Jenkins

  2,066                2,066      

Lindsay Maxsted

                        

David Morgan

  156,758                156,758      

Wayne Murdy

  4,030                4,030                4,030  

Jacques Nasser

  5,600                5,600                5,600  

John Schubert

  23,675                23,675                23,675  

BHP Billiton Plc shares(a)

 Held at 30 June
2009(b)
  Purchases  Received on
exercise/matching of
options or rights
  Disposals  Held at 30 June
2010(b)
  Purchases  Received on
exercise/matching of
options or rights
  Disposals  Held at 30 June
2011(b)
 

Marius Kloppers

  443,520        225,000    119,842    548,678        225,000    165,087    608,591  

Alberto Calderon

  344    193    29,289    11,999    17,827    149    183,415    111,376    90,015  

Andrew Mackenzie

  55,000    175            55,175    136            55,311  

Paul Anderson

  4,000                4,000      

Don Argus

      21,740            21,740      

Alan Boeckmann

      3,680            3,680    2,200            5,880  

John Buchanan

  20,000                20,000                20,000  

David Crawford

      6,000            6,000                6,000  

David Jenkins

  10,000                10,000      

Wayne Murdy

      3,512            3,512                3,512  

Jacques Nasser

                      40,000            40,000  

Keith Rumble

  12,200                12,200                12,200  

Baroness Shriti Vadera(d)

      5,000                5,000  

(a)

All interests are beneficial and includes holdings of American depositary shares and shares held in the name of the spouse, superannuation fund and/or nominee.

(b)

Closing balances represent the holding at year end or the holding at date of appointment or resignation as a KMP.

(c)

Ms Hewson’s and Mr Broomhead’s balance reflects their holdings at appointment date, 31 March 2010.

(d)

Baroness Vadera’s balance reflects her holding at appointment date, 1 January 2011.

Directors and their personally related entities receive the same dividends and bonus share entitlements as those available to other holders of the same class of shares.

Refer to note 32 for details of the employee share ownership plans referred to above.

Transactions with Key Management Personnel

During the year, there were no purchases from the Group (2010: US$ nil; 2009: Alex Vanselow US$29,613).

There are no amounts payable at 30 June 2011 (2010: US$ nil).

Loans with Key Management Personnel

There are US$ nil loans (2010: US$ nil) with Key Management Personnel.

Transactions with personally related entities

A number of Directors or former Directors of the Group hold or have held positions in other companies, where it is considered they control or significantly influence the financial or operating policies of those entities. One of those entities, Fluor Corporation, was considered to be a personally related entity of Mr Alan Boeckmann until Mr Boeckmann’s resignation as an Executive Director of Fluor Corporation on 2 February 2011. During the period in which Fluor Corporation was considered a personally related entity, Fluor Corporation provided products and services to the Group totalling US$244.767 million (2010: US$426.368 million; 2009: US$222.821 million) in accordance with normal terms and conditions. As at 30 June 2011, no amounts were owed by the Group to personally related entities (2010: Fluor Corporation US$7.083 million).

31    Related party transactions

Subsidiaries

The percentage of ordinary shares held in significant subsidiaries is disclosed in note 25 to the financial statements.

Jointly controlled entities

The percentage interest held in significant jointly controlled entities is disclosed in note 26 to the financial statements.

Key Management Personnel

Disclosures relating to Key Management Personnel are set out in note 30 to the financial statements.

Transactions with related parties

   Jointly controlled entities (a)   Other related parties (b) 
         2011               2010               2011               2010       
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Sales of goods/services

   295.683     233.026     1.841       

Purchases of goods/services

   434.758     346.156            

Interest income

   31.319     20.970            

Loans made to related parties

   292.247     323.688            

(a)

Disclosures in respect of transactions with jointly controlled entities represent the amount of such transactions which do not eliminate on proportionate consolidation.

(b)

Excludes transactions with post-employment benefit plans for the benefit of Group employees. These are shown in note 29.

Transactions between each parent company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of that company, are eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.

Outstanding balances with related parties

   Jointly controlled entities (a)   Other related parties 
         2011               2010               2011               2010       
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Trade amounts owing to related parties

   228.852     44.561            

Other amounts owing to related parties

   41.544                 

Trade amounts owing from related parties

   96.604     38.566            

Other amounts owing from related parties

   657.456     323.688            

(a)

Disclosures in respect of amounts owing to/from jointly controlled entities represent those balances which do not eliminate upon proportionate consolidation.

Terms and conditions

Sales to and purchases from related parties of goods and services are made in arm’s length transactions at normal market prices and on normal commercial terms.

Outstanding balances at year end are unsecured and settlement occurs in cash.

Other amounts owing from related parties represent secured loans made to jointly controlled entities under co-funding arrangements. Such loans are made on an arm’s length basis with interest charged at market rates and are due to be repaid between 22 December 2014 and 30 June 2030.

No guarantees are provided or received for any related party receivables or payables.

No provision for doubtful debts has been recognised in relation to any outstanding balances and no expense has been recognised in respect of bad or doubtful debts due from related parties.

32    Employee share ownership plans

Employee share awards – current plans

2011

 Number of
awards on
issue at the
beginning of
the financial
year
  Number of
awards
issued
during the
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercised
  Number of
awards
lapsed
  Number of
awards
remaining at
the end of
the financial
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercisable
at the end of
the financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

Group Incentive Scheme Deferred Shares (a)

  2,591,472    166,654    1,747,477    31,117    979,532    659,511  

Group Incentive Scheme Options (a)

  1,605,668        663,815    6,493    935,360    935,360  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  31.51        28.77    29.15    33.47    33.47  

– weighted average share price – A$

    42.25     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

         

Group Incentive Scheme Performance Shares (a)

  3,541        3,541              

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Deferred Shares(a)

  867,717    939,359    118,628    38,926    1,649,522      

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Options (a)

  247,906    87,254            335,160      

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  38.41    41.78            39.29      

– weighted average share price – A$

         

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      150   

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares (a)

  17,790,696    590,000    4,382,309    466,968    13,531,419    1,223,312  

Management Award Plan Restricted Shares (a)

  4,408,244    2,452,996    283,648    369,983    6,207,609      

Shareplus Matched Shares(b)

  2,432,760    1,076,579    1,095,254    259,901    2,154,184      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

Group Incentive Scheme Deferred Shares

  842,747    53,195    522,227    14,974    358,741    259,727  

Group Incentive Scheme Options

  1,248,847    30,389    766,831    22,262    490,143    443,635  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  11.38    23.71    11.22    8.82    12.51    11.52  

– weighted average share price – £

    20.95     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      293   

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Deferred Shares

  420,997    359,440    58,953    6,174    715,310      

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Options

  29,457    66,555            96,012      

– weighted average exercise price – £

  16.44    22.08            20.35      

– weighted average share price – £

         

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      307   

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares

  7,024,705    240,000    1,616,087    187,245    5,461,373    712,042  

Management Award Plan Restricted Shares

  1,810,541    848,950    101,921    199,490    2,358,080      

Shareplus Matched Shares

  607,931    260,990    285,382    66,748    516,791      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value and assumptions in the calculation of fair value

2011

 Weighted average
fair value of awards
granted during the
year(c) US$
  Risk-free
interest
rate(d)
  Estimated life
of awards
  Share
price at
grant date
  Estimated
volatility of
share price (e)
  Dividend
yield
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

Group Incentive Scheme Deferred Shares

  31.71    n/a    3 years   A$37.11    n/a    2.69

Group Incentive Scheme Options

                        

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Deferred Shares

  31.71    n/a    3 years   A$37.11    n/a    2.69

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Options

  8.84    4.80  3 years   A$37.11    30.0  2.69

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares

  19.48    1.85  5 years   A$37.11    33.0  2.69

Management Award Plan Restricted Shares

  30.84    n/a    3 years   A$37.11    n/a    2.69

Shareplus Matched Shares

  39.02    4.26  3 years   A$47.29    n/a    2.87
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

Group Incentive Scheme Deferred
Shares

  25.98    n/a    3 years   £16.95    n/a    2.91

Group Incentive Scheme Options

  6.98    2.23  3 years   £16.95    35.0  2.91

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Deferred Shares

  25.98    n/a    3 years   £16.95    n/a    2.91

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Options

  6.98    2.23  3 years   £16.95    35.0  2.91

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares

  15.93    1.85  5 years   £16.95    33.0  2.91

Management Award Plan Restricted Shares

  25.21    n/a    3 years   £16.95    n/a    2.91

Shareplus Matched Shares

  35.45    3.19  3 years   £22.95    n/a    3.24
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards – current plans

2010

 Number of
awards on
issue at the
beginning of
the financial
year
  Number of
awards
issued
during the
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercised
  Number of
awards
lapsed
  Number of
awards
remaining at
the end of
the financial
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercisable
at the end of
the financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

Group Incentive Scheme Deferred Shares

  3,709,437    153,367    1,249,998    21,334    2,591,472    671,873  

Group Incentive Scheme Options

  1,985,321        321,509    58,144    1,605,668    525,536  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  29.92        22.14    29.15    31.51    36.36  

– weighted average share price – A$

    44.76     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      56   

Group Incentive Scheme Performance Shares

  77,651        63,242    10,868    3,541    3,541  

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Deferred Shares

      891,037    20,081    3,239    867,717      

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Options

      268,558        20,652    247,906      

– weighted average exercise price – A$

      38.41        38.41    38.41      

– weighted average share price – A$

         

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      420   

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares

  20,331,131    700,000    2,771,669    468,766    17,790,696    760,150  

Management Award Plan Restricted Shares

  2,352,947    2,413,149    129,160    228,692    4,408,244      

Shareplus Matched Shares

  2,082,831    1,469,556    952,917    166,710    2,432,760      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

Group Incentive Scheme Deferred Shares

  1,468,731    45,819    666,987    4,816    842,747    206,894  

Group Incentive Scheme Options

  1,413,717    16,119    144,884    36,105    1,248,847    296,106  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  11.14    18.68    10.72    8.09    11.38    12.53  

– weighted average share price – £

    18.11     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      56   

Group Incentive Scheme Performance Shares

  41,022        36,188    4,834          

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Deferred Shares

      424,555        3,558    420,997      

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Options

      32,989        3,532    29,457      

– weighted average exercise price – £

      16.44        16.44    16.44      

– weighted average share price – £

         

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      420   

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares

  8,258,750    240,000    1,185,345    288,700    7,024,705    338,954  

Management Award Plan Restricted Shares

  959,610    962,000    21,151    89,918    1,810,541      

Shareplus Matched Shares

  616,595    332,151    292,899    47,916    607,931      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value and assumptions in the calculation of fair value

2010

 Weighted average
fair value of awards
granted during the
year(c)
  Risk-free
interest

rate(d)
  Estimated life
of awards
  Share
price at
grant date
  Estimated
volatility
of share

price (e)
  Dividend
yield
 
  US$                

BHP Billiton Limited

      

Group Incentive Scheme Deferred
Shares

  25.22    n/a    3 years   A$33.90    n/a    3.98

Group Incentive Scheme Options

                        

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Deferred Shares

  25.22    n/a    3 years   A$33.90    n/a    3.98

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Options

  7.37    5.35  3 years   A$33.90    35.0  3.98

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares

  9.49    2.58  5 years   A$33.90    31.0  3.98

Management Award Plan Restricted Shares

  24.21    n/a    3 years   A$33.90    n/a    3.98

Shareplus Matched Shares

  33.59    2.51  3 years   A$44.29    n/a    3.28
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

Group Incentive Scheme Deferred
Shares

  21.83    n/a    3 years   £14.25    n/a    3.58

Group Incentive Scheme Options

  6.59    3.02  3 years   £14.25    40.0  3.58

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Deferred Shares

  21.83    n/a    3 years   £14.25    n/a    3.58

Group Short Term Incentive Plan Options

  6.59    3.02  3 years   £14.25    40.0  3.58

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares

  8.32    2.58  5 years   £14.25    31.0  3.58

Management Award Plan Restricted Shares

  21.04    n/a    3 years   £14.25    n/a    3.58

Shareplus Matched Shares

  28.63    3.42  3 years   £19.44    n/a    2.97
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards – current plans

2009

 Number of
awards on
issue at the
beginning of
the financial
year
  Number of
awards
issued
during the
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercised
  Number of
awards
lapsed
  Number of
awards
remaining at
the end of
the financial
year
  Number of
awards
vested and
exercisable
at the end of
the financial
year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

      

Group Incentive Scheme Deferred
Shares

  3,422,157    1,980,820    1,621,584    71,956    3,709,437    874,599  

Group Incentive Scheme Options

  1,331,293    1,182,159    522,906    5,225    1,985,321    483,068  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

  25.05    29.15    15.95    11.11    29.92    22.74  

– weighted average share price – A$

    35.14     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      340   

Group Incentive Scheme Performance Shares

  639,287        523,548    38,088    77,651    77,651  

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares

  20,260,877    1,350,000    7,750    1,271,996    20,331,131      

Management Award Plan Restricted Shares

      2,484,233    15,556    115,730    2,352,947      

Shareplus Matched Shares

  985,333    1,270,067    91,125    81,444    2,082,831      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

      

Group Incentive Scheme Deferred Shares 

  1,456,483    679,170    599,621    67,301    1,468,731    367,762  

Group Incentive Scheme Options

  641,124    957,588    172,951    12,044    1,413,717    289,088  

– weighted average exercise price – £

  10.60    10.89    7.90    8.59    11.14    8.81  

– weighted average share price – £

    14.34     

– weighted average contractual term for outstanding options – days

      364   

Group Incentive Scheme Performance Shares

  150,687        101,865    7,800    41,022    41,022  

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares

  8,194,079    550,839        486,168    8,258,750      

Management Award Plan Restricted Shares

      1,052,500    8,666    84,224    959,610      

Shareplus Matched Shares

  305,468    405,841    68,280    26,434    616,595      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value and assumptions in the calculation of fair value

2009

  Weighted average
fair value of awards
granted during the
year(c)
   Risk-free
interest

rate(d)
  Estimated life
of awards
   Share
price at
grant date
   Estimated
volatility of
share price (e)
  Dividend
yield
 
   US$                   

BHP Billiton Limited

          

Group Incentive Scheme Deferred Shares

   24.94     6.39  3 years     n/a     n/a    n/a  

Group Incentive Scheme Options

   8.46     6.39  3 years    A$44.40     30.0  2.05

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares

   15.74     3.30  5 years    A$44.40     28.9  2.05

Management Award Plan Restricted Shares

   39.97     n/a    3 years    A$44.40     n/a    2.05

Shareplus Matched Shares

   23.79     5.93  3 years    A$42.06     n/a    1.47
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

          

Group Incentive Scheme Deferred Shares

   19.90     5.69  3 years     n/a     n/a    n/a  

Group Incentive Scheme Options

   6.34     5.69  3 years    £18.41     35.0  1.65

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares

   13.55     3.30  5 years    £18.41     28.9  1.65

Management Award Plan Restricted Shares

   34.84     n/a    3 years    £18.41     n/a    1.65

Shareplus Matched Shares

   19.82     6.52  3 years    £17.44     n/a    1.53
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Employee share awards – past plans(f)

2011

  Number of
awards at the
beginning of
the financial
year
   Number of
awards
issued
   Number of
awards
exercised
   Number of
awards
lapsed
   Number of
awards
remaining at

the end of the
financial year
   Number of
awards
exercisable at
the end of the
financial year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

            

Employee Share Plan Options

   865,295          580,445          284,850     284,850  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

   8.37          8.41          8.30     8.30  

Employee Share Plan Shares

   8,210,218          1,249,799          6,960,419     6,960,419  

Executive Share Scheme Partly Paid Shares

   189,918          189,918                 

Performance Share Plan Performance Rights

   58,563                    58,563     58,563  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

            

Co-Investment Plan

   22,996          4,640     16,111     2,245     2,245  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2010

  Number of
awards at the
beginning of
the financial
year
   Number of
awards
issued
   Number of
awards
exercised
   Number  of
awards

lapsed
   Number of
awards
remaining at
the end of the
financial year
   Number of
awards
exercisable at
the end of the
financial year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

            

Employee Share Plan Options

   1,632,133          766,838          865,295     865,295  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

   8.38          8.39          8.37     8.37  

Employee Share Plan Shares

   9,134,763          924,545          8,210,218     8,210,218  

Executive Share Scheme Partly Paid Shares

   189,918                    189,918     189,918  

Performance Share Plan Performance Rights

   95,038          36,475          58,563     58,563  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

            

Co-Investment Plan

   24,047          1,051          22,996     22,996  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2009

  Number of
awards at the
beginning of
the financial
year
   Number of
awards
issued
   Number of
awards
exercised
   Number  of
awards

lapsed
   Number of
awards
remaining at
the end of the
financial year
   Number of
awards
exercisable at
the end of the
financial year
 

BHP Billiton Limited

            

Employee Share Plan Options

   4,620,131          2,229,098     758,900     1,632,133     1,632,133  

– weighted average exercise price – A$

   7.59          7.25     6.10     8.38     8.38  

Employee Share Plan Shares

   11,039,818          1,905,055          9,134,763     9,134,763  

Executive Share Scheme Partly Paid Shares

   274,918          85,000          189,918     189,918  

Performance Share Plan Performance Rights

   357,607          262,569          95,038     95,038  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BHP Billiton Plc

            

Co-Investment Plan

   27,776          3,729          24,047     24,047  

Restricted Share Scheme

   76,633          26,915     49,718            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Employee share awards – summary(h) (i)

  Awards outstanding at:    

Month of issue

 30 June 2011  6 September 2011  Exercise price (g)  Exercise period/release date 

BHP Billiton Limited

    

Employee Share Plan Options

    

November 2001

  247,590    247,590   A$8.30    Oct 2004 – Sep 2011  

November 2001

  37,260    37,260   A$8.29    Oct 2004 – Sep 2011  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  
  284,850    284,850    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Employee Share Plan Shares

    

October 1997

  1,257,026    1,232,245        Oct 1997 – Oct 2017  

May 1995

  2,088,436    2,061,589        May 1995 – May 2015  

May 1994

  1,465,808    1,443,092        May 1994 – May 2014  

May 1993

  1,171,944    1,153,358        May 1993 – May 2013  

May 1992

  977,205    966,880        May 1992 – May 2012  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  6,960,419    6,857,164    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Group Incentive Scheme

    

Deferred Shares

    

December 2010

  166,654    166,654        Aug 2012 – Aug 2015  

December 2009

  153,367            Aug 2011 – Aug 2014  

December 2008

  431,398    385,211        Aug 2010 – Aug 2013  

December 2007

  172,905    148,403        Aug 2009 – Aug 2012  

December 2006

  55,208            Aug 2008 – Aug 2011  

Options

    

December 2008

  652,626    638,078   A$29.15    Aug 2010 – Aug 2013  

December 2007

  280,171    280,171   A$43.61    Aug 2009 – Aug 2012  

December 2006

  2,563       A$26.28    Aug 2008 – Aug 2011  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  1,914,892    1,618,517    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Group Short Term Incentive Plan

    

Deferred Shares

    

December 2010

  895,530    887,571        Aug 2012 – Aug 2015  

December 2009

  753,992    480,135        Aug 2011 – Aug 2014  

Options

    

December 2010

  87,254    87,254   A$41.78    Aug 2012 – Aug 2015  

December 2009

  247,906    247,906   A$38.41    Aug 2011 – Aug 2014  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  1,984,682    1,702,866    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares

    

December 2010

  590,000    590,000        Aug 2015 – Aug 2020  

December 2009

  700,000    700,000        Aug 2014 – Aug 2019  

December 2008

  1,350,000    1,350,000        Aug 2013 – Aug 2018  

December 2007

  4,914,986    4,906,318        Aug 2012 – Aug 2017  

December 2006

  4,753,121    2,049,987        Aug 2011 – Aug 2016  

December 2005

  888,647    752,272        Aug 2010 – Aug 2015  

December 2004

  334,665    321,065        Aug 2009 – Aug 2014  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  13,531,419    10,669,642    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Management Award Plan

    

December 2010

  2,354,574    2,324,170        Aug 2013 – Aug 2016  

December 2009

  2,064,218    2,013,441        Aug 2012 – Aug 2015  

November 2008 and March 2009

  1,788,817    1,073,329        Aug 2011 – Aug 2014  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  6,207,609    5,410,940    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Performance Share Plan Performance Rights

    

November 2001 (LTI)

  58,563            Oct 2004 – Aug 2011  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  58,563        
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Shareplus

    

September 2010 to June 2011

  1,018,079    1,000,601        Apr 2013  

September 2009 to June 2010

  1,136,105    1,121,243        Apr 2012  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  2,154,184    2,121,844    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

  Awards outstanding at:   

Month of issue

 30 June 2011  6 September 2011  Exercise price (g)  

Exercise period/release date

BHP Billiton Plc

    

Co-Investment Plan

    

October 2001

  2,245    1,739       Oct 2003 – Sep 2011
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  2,245    1,739    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Group Incentive Scheme

    

Deferred Shares

    

December 2010

  53,195    53,195       Aug 2012 – Aug 2015

December 2009

  45,819           Aug 2011 – Aug 2014

December 2008

  176,212    170,185       Aug 2010 – Aug 2013

December 2007

  74,678    66,332       Aug 2009 – Aug 2012

December 2006

  8,837           Aug 2008 – Aug 2011

Options

    

December 2010

  30,389    30,389   £23.71   Aug 2012 – Aug 2015

December 2009

  16,119    16,119   £18.68   Aug 2011 – Aug 2014

December 2008

  355,021    338,249   £10.89   Aug 2010 – Aug 2013

December 2007

  56,566    56,566   £16.51   Aug 2009 – Aug 2012

December 2006

  32,048       £9.72   Aug 2008 – Aug 2011
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  848,884    731,035    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Group Short Term Incentive Plan

    

Deferred Shares

    

December 2010

  341,196    341,196       Aug 2012 – Aug 2015

December 2009

  374,114    226,914       Aug 2011 – Aug 2014

Options

    

December 2010

  66,555    66,555   £22.08   Aug 2012 – Aug 2015

December 2009

  29,457    29,457   £16.44   Aug 2011 – Aug 2014
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  811,322    664,122    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Long Term Incentive Plan Performance Shares

    

December 2010

  240,000    240,000       Aug 2015 – Aug 2020

December 2009

  240,000    240,000       Aug 2014 – Aug 2019

December 2008

  550,839    550,839       Aug 2013 – Aug 2018

December 2007

  1,818,784    1,808,701       Aug 2012 – Aug 2017

December 2006

  1,899,708    1,034,129       Aug 2011 – Aug 2016

December 2005

  505,125    460,375       Aug 2010 – Aug 2015

December 2004

  206,917    187,917       Aug 2009 – Aug 2014
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  5,461,373    4,521,961    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Management Award Plan

    

December 2010

  813,150    808,994       Aug 2013 – Aug 2016

December 2009

  806,722    803,278       Aug 2012 – Aug 2015

November 2008 and March 2009

  738,208    497,500       Aug 2011 – Aug 2014
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  2,358,080    2,109,772    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Shareplus

    

September 2010 to June 2011

  246,437    239,306       Apr 2013

September 2009 to June 2010

  270,354    263,764       Apr 2012
 

 

 

  

 

 

   
  516,791    503,070    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

(a)

Awards were made to senior management under four active employee ownership plans in BHP Billiton for the year ended 30 June 2011: the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), Group Incentive Scheme (GIS), Management Award Plan (MAP) and Group Short Term Incentive Plan (GSTIP). These awards take the form of Performance Shares, Deferred Shares and/or Options, and Restricted Shares in either BHP Billiton Limited or BHP Billiton Plc. Awards made are subject to performance hurdles (LTIP) and service conditions (all plans). Subject to the performance conditions and service conditions being met and the extent to which they are met, the awards will vest and the participant will become entitled to the appropriate number of ordinary shares or, if relevant, entitled to exercise options over the relevant number of ordinary shares. Awards under the plans do not confer any rights to participate in a share issue; however, there is discretion under each of the plans to adjust the awards in response to a variation of BHP Billiton’s share capital. A description of the plans follows:

(i)

GIS and GSTIP

The GIS awards are split equally between a cash award (being a percentage of base salary) and a grant of Deferred Shares and/or Options. The GSTIP is a replacement plan to the GIS for certain employees below the GMC and was first introduced during

the year ended 30 June 2009. Awards are split equally between a cash award (being a percentage of base salary) and a grant of Deferred Shares and/or Options. Deferred Shares and/or Options are subject to a two-year vesting period before they can be exercised. If, during that period, an individual resigns without the Remuneration Committee’s consent, or is dismissed for cause, their entitlement is forfeited. Deferred Shares and/or Options in respect of the year ended 30 June 2011 will be awarded during the year ending 30 June 2012.

(ii)

LTIP and MAP

The LTIP awards are in the form of Performance Shares, and are awarded annually. The performance hurdle applicable to the awards granted requires the Group’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over a five-year performance period to be greater than a combination of the weighted average TSR of a peer group of companies and of the Morgan Stanley Capital Index World. To the extent that the performance hurdle is not achieved, awards are forfeited. There is no retesting. For all Performance Shares to vest, the Group’s TSR must exceed the weighted average TSR of the Index by a specified percentage, determined each year by the Remuneration Committee. Since the establishment of the LTIP in 2004, this percentage has been set each year at 5.5 per cent. For performance between the weighted average TSR of the Index and 5.5 per cent per annum above the Index, vesting occurs on a sliding scale.

The MAP is a replacement plan to the LTIP for employees below the GMC. Under the MAP participants receive an Award of Restricted Shares, the number of which is determined by role, performance and organisational level. There are no performance conditions attached to the Award and all the shares that have been granted will vest at the end of three years providing participants remain in employment over that time.

Participants in all award plans are eligible to receive a payment equal to the dividend amount that would have been earned on the underlying shares represented by the Deferred Shares, Options, Restricted Shares and Performance Shares awarded to those participants (the Dividend Equivalent Payment). The Dividend Equivalent Payment is made to the participants once the underlying shares are issued or transferred to them. No Dividend Equivalent Payment is made in respect of Deferred Shares, Options and Performance Shares that lapse.

(b)

Shareplus, an all-employee share purchase plan, commenced in April 2007. Employees may contribute up to US$5,000 to acquire shares (Acquired Shares) in any Plan year. On the third anniversary of the start of a Plan year, the Company will match the number of Acquired Shares held by the employee at that time with Matched Shares. The employees have no beneficial entitlement to the Matched Shares until they are awarded. Acquired Shares are purchased on a quarterly basis. Employees can sell their Acquired Shares at any time. If, prior to the third anniversary, an individual sells their Acquired Shares, resigns without the Remuneration Committee’s consent or is dismissed for cause, their entitlement to Matched Shares is forfeited.

(c)

The fair value of awards as presented in the tables above represents the fair value at grant date. The fair values of awards granted were estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation methodology, Black-Scholes option pricing technique and net present value technique.

(d)

The risk-free interest rate used is an applicable government bond rate.

(e)

Historical volatility has been used to estimate the volatility of the share price.

(f)

Awards issued under these plans occurred before 7 November 2002 and as such are exempt from the provisions of IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’. Details of these plans have been provided here for information purposes only.

(g)

Exercise price on awards issued is equal to the exercise price as per awards outstanding.

(h)

Shares issued on exercise of BHP Billiton’s employee share ownership plans include shares purchased on-market.

(i)

In respect of employee share awards, the Group utilises the following trusts:

(i)

The Billiton Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust is a discretionary trust for the benefit of all employees of BHP Billiton Plc and its subsidiaries. The trustee is an independent company, resident in Jersey. The trust uses funds provided by BHP Billiton Plc and/or its subsidiaries as appropriate to acquire ordinary shares to enable awards to be made or satisfied under the LTIP, MAP, GIS, GSTIP, RSS, CIP, Shareplus and other employee share schemes operated by BHP Billiton Plc from time to time. The ordinary shares may be acquired by purchase in the market or by subscription at not less than nominal value. The Trust has waived its rights to dividends on shares held to meet future awards under Shareplus.

(ii)

The BHP Performance Share Plan Trust is a discretionary trust established to distribute shares under selected BHP Billiton Limited employee share plan schemes. The trustee of the trust is BHP Billiton Employee Plan Pty Ltd, an Australian company. The trust uses funds provided by BHP Billiton Limited and/or its subsidiaries to acquire shares on market to satisfy exercises made under the LTIP, MAP, GIS, GSTIP and PSP.

(iii)

The BHP Billiton Limited Executive Incentive Scheme Trust is a discretionary trust established for the purposes of holding shares in BHP Billiton Limited to satisfy exercises made under the LTIP, MAP, GIS, GSTIP, Shareplus and other employee share schemes operated by BHP Billiton Limited from time to time.

33    Employees

   2011
Number
   2010
Number
   2009
Number
 

Average number of employees(a)

      

Petroleum

   2,308     2,178     2,105  

Aluminium

   4,599     4,471     4,938  

Base Metals

   7,602     7,434     7,731  

Diamonds and Specialty Products

   1,737     1,689     1,923  

Stainless Steel Materials

   3,412     3,481     4,039  

Iron Ore

   4,047     3,624     3,254  

Manganese

   2,426     2,549     2,532  

Metallurgical Coal

   4,019     3,533     3,892  

Energy Coal

   8,752     8,762     8,437  

Group and unallocated

   1,855     1,849     2,139  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   40,757     39,570     40,990  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

Average employee numbers include Executive Directors, 100 per cent of employees of subsidiary companies, and our share of proportionately consolidated entities and operations. Part-time employees are included on a full-time equivalent basis. Employees of businesses acquired or disposed of during the year are included for the period of ownership. People employed by contractors are not included.

34    Auditor’s remuneration

   2011   2010   2009 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for audit services

      

Audit of the Group’s annual report

   4.216     4.135     4.011  

Audit of subsidiaries and associates pursuant to legislation(a)

   10.069     10.428     11.312  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total audit services

   14.285     14.563     15.323  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for other services

      

Other services pursuant to legislation(b)

   7.034     5.744     6.050  

Other services relating to taxation(c)

        0.065     0.068  

Other services relating to corporate finance(d)

   1.243     2.308     3.571  

All other services(e)

   1.104     1.021     0.762  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other services

   9.381     9.138     10.451  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fees

   23.666     23.701     25.774  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All amounts were paid to KPMG or KPMG affiliated firms.

(a)

This amount primarily includes the statutory audit of subsidiaries and other audit work performed in relation to the Group’s Annual Report by KPMG non-head office teams, as well as audit fees of US$0.045 million (2010: US$0.093 million; 2009: US$0.079 million) for pension funds. For UK purposes this would be classified as a separate component of ‘other services’.

(b)

Mainly comprises review of half year reports, audit work in relation to compliance with section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act and assurance in respect of the Group’s sustainability reporting.

(c)

Mainly comprises tax compliance services.

(d)

Mainly comprises services in connection with acquisitions, divestments and debt raising transactions.

(e)

Mainly comprises advice on accounting matters and performing other procedures of an audit nature.

35    Subsequent events

On 9 August 2011, the Group signed a Heads of Agreement with Leighton Holdings to acquire the HWE Mining subsidiaries that provide contract mining services to its Western Australia Iron Ore operations. The Heads of Agreement relates to the mining equipment, people and related assets that service the Area C, Yandi and Orebody 23/25 operations. These operations collectively account for almost 70 per cent of Western Australia Iron Ore’s total material movement. The purchase price is US$735 million (A$705 million), subject to working capital adjustments. Subject to due diligence, definitive agreements and relevant internal and regulatory approvals, the transaction is expected to close during the fourth quarter of calendar year 2011.

On 18 August 2011, the Group arranged a new unsecured 364-day multicurrency term and revolving credit facility for an amount of US$7.5 billion consisting of two tranches: a US$5 billion term loan and US$2.5 billion revolving credit facility.

On 21 August 2011, the Group announced that all conditions to the closing of the tender offer to acquire all of the issued and outstanding shares of Petrohawk have been satisfied and on 25 August 2011, the Group announced that the acquisition was completed. Refer to note 24 for more information.

Other than the matters outlined above or elsewhere in these financial statements, no matters or circumstances have arisen since the end of the financial year that have significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations, results of operations or state of affairs of the Group in subsequent accounting periods.

Directors’ declaration

In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of the BHP Billiton Group the Directors declare that:

(a)in the Directors’ opinion the financial statements and notes, set out on pages F1 to F101 are in accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006 and the Australian Corporations Act 2001, including:

(i)Complying with the applicable Accounting Standards; and

(ii)Giving a true and fair view of the financial position of each of BHP Billiton Limited, BHP Billiton Plc, the BHP Billiton Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole as at 30 June 2011 and of their performance for the year ended 30 June 2011;

(b)the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards, as disclosed in note 1;

(c)the Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the financial position of the BHP Billiton Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that the Group faces; and

(d)in the Directors’ opinion there are reasonable grounds to believe that each of the BHP Billiton Group, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 fromprincipal risks and uncertainties that the Chief Executive OfficerGroup faces; and Chief Financial Officer for

(d)in the financial year ended 30 June 2011.

Signed in accordance with a resolutionDirectors’ opinion there are reasonable grounds to believe that each of the Board of Directors.

Jacques Nasser AO

Chairman

Marius Kloppers

Chief Executive Officer

Dated this 6th day of September 2011BHP Billiton Group, BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton Plc will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 from the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer for the financial year ended 30 June 2014.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors.

Jac Nasser AO

Chairman

Andrew Mackenzie

Chief Executive Officer

Dated this 11th day of September 2014

7.4Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and the Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. References to the ‘Group and parent company financial statements’ are made in relation to the Group and individual parent company financial statements of BHP Billiton Plc.

UK company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. The Directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU and applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance with UK Accounting Standards and applicable law (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

The Group financial statements must, in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU and applicable law, present fairly the financial position and performance of the Group; references in the UK Companies Act 2006 to such financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.

The parent company financial statements must, in accordance with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the parent company at the end of the financial year and of the profit or loss of the parent company for the financial year.

In preparing each of the Group and parent company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

for the Group financial statements, state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU;

for the parent company financial statements, state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the parent company financial statements; and

prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the parent company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the UK Companies Act 2006. They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement that complies with that law and those regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the company’s

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. References to the ‘Group and parent company financial statements’ are made in relation to the Group and individual parent company financial statements of BHP Billiton Plc.

UK company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. The Directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU and applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance with UK Accounting Standards and applicable law (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

The Group financial statements must, in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU and applicable law, present fairly the financial position and performance of the Group; references in the UK Companies Act 2006 to such financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.

The parent company financial statements must, in accordance with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the parent company at the end of the financial year and of the profit or loss of the parent company for the financial year.

In preparing each of the Group and parent company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

for the Group financial statements, state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU;

for the parent company financial statements, state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the parent company financial statements; and

prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the parent company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the UK Companies Act 2006. They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement that complies with that law and those regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms7.5

To the members of BHP Billiton Plc and BHP Billiton Limited:

We have audited the BHP Billiton Group’s (comprising BHP Billiton Plc, BHP Billiton Limited and their respective subsidiaries) internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). BHP Billiton Group’s management is responsible

Not required for maintaining effective internal control over financialUS reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying section 5.5.1 Risk and Audit Committee Report. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the BHP Billiton Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the BHP Billiton Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the BHP Billiton Group as of 30 June 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2011, and our report dated 21 September 2011

7.6    Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

To the members of BHP Billiton Plc and BHP Billiton Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of the BHP Billiton Group (comprising BHP Billiton Plc, BHP Billiton Limited and their respective subsidiaries) as of 30 June 2014, and the related consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statement for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the BHP Billiton Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the BHP Billiton Group as of 30 June 2013 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended 30 June 2013, were audited by other auditors whose report thereon dated 25 September 2013, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements, before the restatement described in note 37 to the consolidated financial statements.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the BHP Billiton Group as of 30 June 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2014, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We also have audited the adjustments described in notes 1 and 37 that were applied to restate the 2013 and 2012 consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. KPMG LLP was not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2013 consolidated financial statements of the BHP Billiton Group other than with respect to the adjustments and, accordingly, it does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on the 2013 or 2012 consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the BHP Billiton Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated 25 September 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the BHP Billiton Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

25 September 2014

/s/ KPMG

KPMG

Melbourne, Australia

25 September 2014

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

To the members of BHP Billiton Plc and BHP Billiton Limited:

We have audited, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in accounting described in note 37, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of the BHP Billiton Group (comprising BHP Billiton Plc, BHP Billiton Limited and their respective subsidiaries) as of 30 June 2013, and the related consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statement for each of the years in the two-year period ended 30 June 2013. The 2013 and 2012 financial statements before the effects of the adjustments discussed in note 37 are not presented herein. The 2013 and 2012 consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the BHP Billiton Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the 2013 and 2012 financial statements, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in accounting described in notes 1 and 37, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the BHP Billiton Group as of 30 June 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended 30 June 2013 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

KPMG Audit Plc was not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in accounting described in notes 1 and 37 and, accordingly, it does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance about whether such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. Those adjustments were audited by a successor auditor.

/s/ KPMG Audit Plc

KPMG Audit Plc

London, United Kingdom

25 September 2013

/s/ KPMG

KPMG

Melbourne, Australia

25 September 2013

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

To the members of BHP Billiton Plc and BHP Billiton Limited:

We have audited the BHP Billiton Group’s (comprising BHP Billiton Plc, BHP Billiton Limited and their respective subsidiaries) internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The BHP Billiton Group’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying section 3.14.1 Risk and Audit Committee Report. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the BHP Billiton Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the BHP Billiton Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of the BHP Billiton Group as of 30 June 2014, and the related consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statement for the year then ended, and our report dated 25 September 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. We have also audited the adjustments described in notes 1 and 37 that were applied to restate the 2013 and 2012 consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

25 September 2014

/s/ KPMG

KPMG

Melbourne, Australia

25 September 2014

7.7    Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited

In accordance with the requirements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification ‘Extractive Activities-Oil and Gas’ (Topic 932) and SEC requirements set out in Subpart 1200 of Regulation S-K, the Group is presenting certain disclosures about its oil and gas activities. These disclosures are presented below as supplementary oil and gas information, in addition to information disclosed in section 1.12.2 ‘Petroleum and Potash Business’, section 2.1.1 ‘Petroleum and Potash Business’, section 2.2.1 ‘Production – Petroleum’ and section 2.3.1 ‘Petroleum reserves’.

The information set out in this section is referred to as unaudited as it is not included in the scope of the audit opinion of the independent auditor on the Consolidated Financial Statements, refer section 7.6 Independent Auditors’ reports.

Reserves and production

Proved oil and gas reserves and net crude oil and condensate, natural gas, LNG and NGL production information is included in section 2.2.1 ‘Production – Petroleum’ and section 2.3.1 ‘Petroleum reserves’ of this Annual Report.

Capitalised costs relating to oil and gas production activities

The following table shows the aggregate capitalised costs relating to oil and gas exploration and production activities and related accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation allowances.

 

   Australia  United
States
  Other (b)  Total 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Capitalised cost

     

2014

     

Unproved properties

   344    7,355    200    7,899  

Proved properties

   14,801    34,963    2,388    52,152  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total costs

   15,145    42,318    2,588    60,051  

Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation allowances

   (7,135  (13,269  (2,021  (22,425
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net capitalised costs

   8,010    29,049    567    37,626  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2013(a)

     

Unproved properties

   279    7,875    154    8,308  

Proved properties

   13,870    29,781    3,871    47,522  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total costs

   14,149    37,656    4,025    55,830  

Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation allowances

   (6,512  (10,258  (3,314  (20,084
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net capitalised costs

   7,637    27,398    711    35,746  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2012(a)

     

Unproved properties

   363    11,800    155    12,318  

Proved properties

   12,572    19,850    3,846    36,268  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total costs

   12,935    31,650    4,001    48,586  

Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation allowances

   (5,973  (7,413  (3,211  (16,597
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net capitalised costs

   6,962    24,237    790    31,989  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Comparative information for 2013 and 2012 has been restated on account of adoption of IFRS 10 and 11. The impact to net capitalised costs was a reduction of US$121 million in 2013 and US$124 million in 2012.
/s/ KPMG Audit Plc/s/ KPMG
KPMG Audit PlcKPMG
London, United KingdomMelbourne, Australia
21 September 201121 September 2011

Report
(b)Other is primarily comprised of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

To the members of BHP Billiton PlcAlgeria, Brazil, Pakistan, Trinidad and BHP Billiton Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of the BHP Billiton Group (comprising BHP Billiton Plc, BHP Billiton Limited and their respective subsidiaries) as of 30 June 2011 and 2010,Tobago and the related consolidatedUnited Kingdom.

Costs incurred relating to oil and gas property acquisition, exploration and development activities

The following table shows costs incurred relating to oil and gas property acquisition, exploration and development activities (whether charged to expense or capitalised). Amounts shown include interest capitalised.

   Australia   United States   Other (c)   Total 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

2014

        

Acquisitions of proved property

                    

Acquisitions of unproved property

   35     217     42     294  

Exploration(a)

   185     242     97     524  

Development

   949     5,034     75     6,058  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs(b)

   1,169     5,493     214     6,876  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013

        

Acquisitions of proved property

                    

Acquisitions of unproved property

        123          123  

Exploration(a)

   125     373     221     719  

Development

   1,410     5,698     66     7,174  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs(b)

   1,535     6,194     287     8,016  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2012

        

Acquisitions of proved property

        4,746          4,746  

Acquisitions of unproved property

   5     10,366          10,371  

Exploration(a)

   251     690     331     1,272  

Development

   1,663     4,460     102     6,225  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs(b)

   1,919     20,262     433     22,614  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Represents gross exploration expenditure, including capitalised exploration expenditure, in addition to exploration and evaluation costs charged to income statements, consolidated statementsas incurred.

(b)Total costs include US$6,387 million (2013: US$7,393 million; 2012: US$6,905 million) capitalised during the year.

(c)Other is primarily comprised of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equityAlgeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the BHP Billiton Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the BHP Billiton Group as of 30 June 2011 and 2010,Tobago and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2011, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the BHP Billiton Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 21 September 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of BHP Billiton Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG Audit Plc/s/ KPMG
KPMG Audit PlcKPMG
London, United KingdomMelbourne, Australia
21 September 201121 September 2011United Kingdom.

Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited

Reserves and production

Proved oil and gas reserves and net crude oil and condensate, natural gas, LNG and NGL production information is included in the ‘Petroleum Reserves’ and ‘Production’ sections of this Annual Report.

Capitalised costs relating to oil and gas production activities

The following table shows the aggregate capitalised costs relating to oil and gas exploration and production activities and related accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation allowances.

   Australia  United States  Other (a)  Total 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Capitalised cost

     

2011

     

Unproved properties

   321    3,143    116    3,580  

Proved properties

   10,935    9,248    4,304    24,487  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total costs

   11,256    12,391    4,420    28,067  

Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation allowances

   (5,285  (3,183  (3,601  (12,069
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net capitalised costs

   5,971    9,208    819    15,998  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2010

     

Unproved properties

   276    711    61    1,048  

Proved properties

   9,578    6,373    4,071    20,022  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total costs

   9,854    7,084    4,132    21,070  

Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation allowances

   (4,608  (2,373  (3,237  (10,218
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net capitalised costs

   5,246    4,711    895    10,852  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2009

     

Unproved properties

   224    606    24    854  

Proved properties

   8,269    5,818    4,115    18,202  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total costs

   8,493    6,424    4,139    19,056  

Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation allowances

   (4,008  (1,216  (3,232  (8,456
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net capitalised costs

   4,485    5,208    907    10,600  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)

See section 2.2.2 for a description of Petroleum’s activities.

Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited (continued)

Costs incurred relating to oil and gas property acquisition, exploration and development activities

The following table shows costs incurred relating to oil and gas property acquisition, exploration and development activities (whether charged to expense or capitalised). Amounts shown include interest capitalised.

Property acquisition costs represent costs incurred to purchase or lease oil and gas properties. Exploration costs include costs of geological and geophysical activities and drilling of exploratory wells. Development costs were all incurred to develop booked proved undeveloped reserves.

   Australia   United States   Other   Total 
   US$M   US$M   US$M   US$M 

2011

        

Acquisitions of proved property

        2,334          2,334  

Acquisitions of unproved property

   30     2,469     8     2,507  

Exploration(a)

   187     137     351     675  

Development

   1,454     558     127     2,139  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs(b)

   1,671     5,498     486     7,655  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2010

        

Acquisitions of proved property

                    

Acquisitions of unproved property

        40          40  

Exploration(a)

   109     371     371     851  

Development

   1,297     525     184     2,006  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs(b)

   1,406     936     555     2,897  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2009

        

Acquisitions of proved property

                    

Acquisitions of unproved property

        60          60  

Exploration(a)

   86     183     219     488  

Development

   1,153     807     115     2,075  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs(b)

   1,239     1,050     334     2,623  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

Represents gross exploration expenditure.

(b)

Total costs include US$7,095 million (2010: US$2,260 million; 2009: US$2,223 million) capitalised during the year.

Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited (continued)

Results of operations from oil and gas producing activities

The following information is similar to the disclosures in note 2 to the disclosures in note 2 ‘Segment reporting’ of the BHP Billiton Group financial statements, ‘Segment reporting’ but differs in several respects as to the level of detail and geographic information. Amounts shown in the following table exclude financial income, financial expenses, and general corporate overheads.

Income taxes were determined by applying the applicable statutory rates to pre-tax income with adjustments for permanent differences and tax credits.

  Australia  United States  Other (g)  Total 
  US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

2014

    

Oil and gas revenue(a)

  5,722    7,517    1,045    14,284  

Production costs

  (740  (2,129  (246  (3,115

Exploration expenses

  (157  (233  (99  (489

Depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provision(b)

  (617  (3,465  (172  (4,254

Production taxes(c)

  (340      (29  (369
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  3,868    1,690    499    6,057  

Income taxes

  (1,025  (353  (413  (1,791

Royalty-related taxes(d)

  (662      8    (654
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Results of oil and gas producing activities(e)

  2,181    1,337    94    3,612  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2013(f)

    

Oil and gas revenue(a)

  5,794    5,807    1,332    12,933  

Production costs

  (753  (1,693  (256  (2,702

Exploration expenses

  (122  (278  (223  (623

Depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provision(b)

  (561  (2,809  (141  (3,511

Production taxes(c)

  (362      1    (361
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  3,996    1,027    713    5,736  

Income taxes

  (1,265  (162  (637  (2,064

Royalty-related taxes(d)

  (822      8    (814
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Results of oil and gas producing activities(e)

  1,909    865    84    2,858  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2012(f)

    

Oil and gas revenue(a)

  6,233    4,889    1,580    12,702  

Production costs

  (684  (1,225  (354  (2,263

Exploration expenses

  (156  (275  (304  (735

Depreciation, depletion, amortisation and valuation provision(b)

  (707  (4,961  (218  (5,886

Production taxes(c)

  (342      (30  (372
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  4,344    (1,572  674    3,446  

Income taxes

  (1,332  745    (534  (1,121

Royalty-related taxes(d)

  (641      (3  (644
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Results of oil and gas producing activities(e)

  2,371    (827  137    1,681  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Includes sales to affiliated companies of US$262 million (2013: US$ nil; 2012: US$ nil).

(b)Includes a valuation provision of US$309 million (2013: US$447 million; 2012: US$2,986 million).

(c)Includes royalties and excise duty.

(d)Includes petroleum resource rent tax and petroleum revenue tax where applicable.

(e)Amounts shown exclude financial income, financial expenses and general corporate overheads.

Income taxes were determined by applying the applicable statutory rates to pre-tax income with adjustments for permanent differencesoverheads and, tax credits. Certain allocations of tax provisions among geographic areas were necessary and are based on management’s assessmentaccordingly, do not represent all of the principal factors giving riseoperations attributable to the tax obligation.

Revenues include sales to affiliates but amounts are not significant.

   Australia  United States  Other  Total 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

2011

     

Oil and gas revenue

   6,370    2,938    1,302    10,610  

Production costs

   (590  (353  (231  (1,174

Exploration expenses

   (159  (104  (296  (559

Depreciation, depletion and amortisation

   (851  (893  (230  (1,974

Production taxes(a)

   (332      (38  (370
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   4,438    1,588    507    6,533  

Income taxes

   (1,068  (566  (452  (2,086

Royalty related taxes(b)

   (734      (9  (743
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Results of oil and gas producing activities(c)

   2,636    1,022    46    3,704  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2010

     

Oil and gas revenue

   4,321    3,177    1,198    8,696  

Production costs

   (586  (275  (216  (1,077

Exploration expenses

   (60  (248  (329  (637

Depreciation, depletion and amortisation

   (597  (1,179  (212  (1,988

Production taxes(a)

   (264      (8  (272
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2,814    1,475    433    4,722  

Income taxes

   (815  (516  (326  (1,657

Royalty related taxes(b)

   (397      14    (383
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Results of oil and gas producing activities(c)

   1,602    959    121    2,682  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2009

     

Oil and gas revenue

   4,337    1,439    1,243    7,019  

Production costs

   (376  (172  (206  (754

Exploration expenses

   (55  (123  (222  (400

Depreciation, depletion and amortisation

   (553  (560  (248  (1,361

Production taxes(a)

   (293      (9  (302
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   3,060    584    558    4,202  

Income taxes

   (928  (214  (347  (1,489

Royalty related taxes(b)

   (470      (11  (481
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Results of oil and gas producing activities(c)

   1,662    370    200    2,232  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)

Includes royalties and excise duty.

(b)

Includes petroleum resource rent tax and petroleum revenue tax where applicable.

(c)

Amounts shown exclude financial income, financial expenses and general corporate overheads and, accordingly, do not represent all of the operations attributable to the Petroleum and Potash segment presented in note 2 to the financial statements. There are no non-controlling equity interests.

Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited (continued)

Standardised measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves (Standardised measure)

The purpose of this disclosure is to provide data with respect to the estimated future net cash flows from future production of proved developed and undeveloped reserves of crude oil, condensate, natural gas liquids and natural gas.

The Standardised measure is based on the Group’s estimated proved reserves, (as presented in section 2.14.1 ‘Petroleum Reserves’) and this data should be read in conjunction with that disclosure, which is hereby incorporated by reference into this section. The Standardised measure is prepared on a basis which presumes that year-end economic and operating conditions will continue over the periods in which year end proved reserves would be produced. The effects of future inflation, future changes in exchange rates, expected future changes in technology, taxes, operating practices and any regulatory changes have not been included.

The Standardised measure is prepared by projecting the estimated future annual production of proved reserves owned at period end and pricing that future production to derive future cash inflows. Estimates of future cash flows for 2011 and 2010 are computed using the average first-day-of-the-month price during the 12-month period for 2011 and 2010 respectively and using the year-end prices for 2009. Future price increases for all periods presented are considered only to the extent that they are provided by fixed and determinable contractual arrangements in effect at year end and are not dependent upon future inflation or exchange rate changes.

Future cash inflows for all periods presented are then reduced by future costs of producing and developing the year-end proved reserves based on costs in effect at year end without regard to future inflation or changes in technology or operating practices. Future development costs include the costs of drilling and equipping development wells and construction of platforms and production facilities to gain access to proved reserves owned at year end. They also include future costs, net of residual salvage value, associated with the abandonment of wells, dismantling of production platforms and rehabilitation of drilling sites. Future cash inflows are further reduced by future income taxes based on tax rates in effect at year end and after considering the future deductions and credits applicable to proved properties owned at year end. The resultant annual future net cash flows (after deductions of operating costs including resource rent taxes, development costs and income taxes) are discounted at 10 per cent per annum to derive the Standardised measure.

Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited (continued)

Standardised measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves (Standardised measure) continued

There are many important variables, assumptions and imprecisions inherent in developing the Standardised measure, the most important of which are the level of proved reserves and the rate of production thereof. The Standardised measure is not an estimate of the fair market value of the BHP Billiton Group’s oil and gas reserves. An estimate of fair value would also take into account, among other things, the expected recovery of reserves in excess of proved reserves, anticipated future changes in prices, costs and exchange rates, anticipated future changes in secondary tax and income tax rates and alternative discount factors representing the time value of money and adjustments for risks inherent in producing oil and gas.

   Australia  United States  Other  Total 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Standardised measure

     

2011

     

Future cash inflows

   51,067    35,004    6,109    92,180  

Future production costs

   (18,143  (8,757  (1,247  (28,147

Future development costs

   (8,935  (6,909  (530  (16,374

Future income taxes

   (5,481  (4,699  (2,121  (12,301
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Future net cash flows

   18,508    14,639    2,211    35,358  

Discount at 10 per cent per annum

   (7,955  (6,937  (546  (15,438
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Standardised measure

   10,553    7,702    1,665    19,920  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2010

     

Future cash inflows

   41,544    19,792    5,810    67,146  

Future production costs

   (15,618  (3,060  (1,336  (20,014

Future development costs

   (6,933  (3,733  (607  (11,273

Future income taxes

   (4,502  (3,888  (1,852  (10,242
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Future net cash flows

   14,491    9,111    2,015    25,617  

Discount at 10 per cent per annum

   (6,092  (3,560  (538  (10,190
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Standardised measure

   8,399    5,551    1,477    15,427  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2009

     

Future cash inflows

   36,016    13,463    6,354    55,833  

Future production costs

   (14,198  (1,778  (1,340  (17,316

Future development costs

   (7,699  (2,053  (672  (10,424

Future income taxes

   (3,314  (2,647  (1,989  (7,950
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Future net cash flows

   10,805    6,985    2,353    20,143  

Discount at 10 per cent per annum

   (4,877  (2,619  (642  (8,138
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Standardised measure

   5,928    4,366    1,711    12,005  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited (continued)

Standardised measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves (Standardised measure) continued

Changes in the Standardised measure are presented in the following table. The beginning of year and end of year totals are shown after reduction for income taxes and these, together with the changes in income tax amounts, are shown as discounted amounts (at 10 per cent per annum). All other items of change represent discounted amounts before consideration of income tax effects.

   2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Changes in the Standardised measure

    

Standardised measure at the beginning of the year

   15,427    12,005    26,616  

Revisions:

    

Prices, net of production costs

   8,667    4,029    (21,588

Revisions of quantity estimates(a)

   2,879    2,716    1,100  

Accretion of discount

   2,233    1,751    3,998  

Changes in production timing and other (b)

   (3,866  (89  (3,690
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   25,340    20,412    6,436  

Sales of oil and gas, net of production costs

   (8,375  (6,964  (5,421

Acquisitions of reserves-in-place

   1,079          

Sales of reserves-in-place

             

Development costs incurred which reduced previously estimated development costs

   2,138    2,006    2,075  

Extensions, discoveries, and improved recoveries, net of future costs

   855    1,375    1,056  

Changes in future income taxes

   (1,117  (1,402  7,859  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Standardised measure at the end of the year

   19,920    15,427    12,005  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)

Changes in reserves quantities are shown in the Petroleum Reserves tables in section 2.14.1.

(b)

Includes the effect of foreign exchange and changes in future development costs.

Accounting for suspended exploratory well costs

Refer to Accounting Policies ‘Exploration and evaluation expenditure’ for a discussion of the accounting policy applied to the cost of exploratory wells. Suspended wells are also reviewed in this context.

The following tables provide the changes to capitalised exploratory well costs that were pending the determination of proved reserves for the three years ended 30 June 2011, 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2009.

   2011  2010  2009 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Movement in capitalised exploratory well costs

    

Balance at the beginning of the year

   482.3    299.7    245.9  

Additions to capitalised exploratory well costs pending the determination of proved reserves

   114.2    214.8    122.4  

Capitalised exploratory well costs charged to expense

   (47.1  1.0    (68.6

Capitalised exploratory well costs reclassified to wells, equipment, and facilities based on the determination of proved reserves

       (33.2    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

   549.4    482.3    299.7  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited (continued)

Accounting for suspended exploratory well costs continued

The following table provides an ageing of capitalised exploratory well costs, based on the date the drilling was completed, and the number of projects for which exploratory well costs has been capitalised for a period greater than one year since the completion of drilling.

   2011   2010   2009 
   US$M   US$M   US$M 

Ageing of capitalised exploratory well costs

      

Exploratory well costs capitalised for a period of one year or less

   114.2     213.0     83.0  

Exploratory well costs capitalised for a period greater than one year

   435.2     269.3     216.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

   549.4     482.3     299.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2011       2010       2009   

Number of projects that have been capitalised for a period greater than one year

   11     8     7  

Drilling and other exploratory and development activities

The number of crude oil and natural gas wells drilled and completed for each of the last three years was as follows:

   Net Exploratory Wells   Net Development Wells     
   Productive   Dry   Total   Productive   Dry   Total   Total 

Year ended 30 June 2011

              

Australia

       —         2         2         5         1         6         8  

United States

                  21     1     22     22  

Other

        1     1     1          1     2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        3     3     27     2     29     32  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2010

              

Australia

   1          1     11     1     12     13  

United States

        1     1     1          1     2  

Other

        2     2     1          1     3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   1     3     4     13     1     14     18  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2009

              

Australia

        1     1     8          8     9  

United States

        1     1     6     1     7     8  

Other

                  4          4     4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        2     2     18     1     19     21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The number of wells drilled refers to the number of wells completed at any time during the respective year, regardless of when drilling was initiated. Completion refers to the installation of permanent equipment for production of oil or gas, or, in the case of a dry well, tonote 2 Segment reporting to the appropriate authority that the well has been abandoned.

An exploratory well is a well drilled to find and produce oil or gas in an unproved area, to find a new reservoir in a field previously found to be productive of oil or gas in another reservoir, or to extend a known reservoir. A development well is a well drilled within the proved area of an oil or gas reservoir to the depth of a stratigraphic horizon known to be productive.

Supplementary oil and gas information – unaudited (continued)

Drilling and other exploratory and development activities continued

A productive well is an exploratory, development or extension well that is not a dry well. A dry well (hole) is an exploratory, development, or extension well that proves to be incapable of producing either oil or gas in sufficient quantities to justify completion as an oil or gas well.

Oil and gas properties, wells, operations, and acreage

The following tables show the number of gross and net productive crude oil and natural gas wells and total gross and net developed and undeveloped oil and natural gas acreage as at 30 June 2011. A gross well or acre is one in which a working interest is owned, while a net well or acre exists when the sum of fractional working interests owned in gross wells or acres equals one. Productive wells are producing wells and wells mechanically capable of production. Developed acreage is comprised of leased acres that are within an area by or assignable to a productive well. Undeveloped acreage is comprised of leased acres on which wells have not been drilled or completed to a point that would permit the production of economic quantities of oil and gas, regardless of whether such acres contain proved reserves.

The number of productive crude oil and natural gas wells in which we held an interest at 30 June 2011 was as follows:

   Crude Oil Wells   Natural Gas Wells   Total 
   Gross   Net       Gross           Net       Gross   Net 

Australia

   280     139     103     36     383     175  

United States

   51     16     3,017     693     3,068     709  

Other

   72     31     82     29     154     60  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   403     186     3,202     758     3,605     944  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of the productive crude oil and natural gas wells, 34 (Net: 15) had multiple completions.

Developed and undeveloped acreage (including both leases and concessions) held at 30 June 2011 was as follows:

   Developed Acreage   Undeveloped Acreage 

Thousands of acres

      Gross           Net           Gross           Net     

Australia

   2,093     840     4,788     2,325  

United States

   698     291     2,099     1,292  

Other(a)

   435     182     48,861     27,203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(b)

   3,226     1,313     55,748     30,820  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)

Primarily consists of acreage in South Africa, Colombia, Philippines, Malaysia, Vietnam and India.

(b)

Approximately 9,618,769 gross acres (6,165,000 net acres) will expire in 2012, 725,000 gross acres (304,000 net acres) will expire in 2013 and 22,510,000 gross acres (12,241,000 net acres) will expire in 2014.

financial statements.

 

F-113
(f)Comparative information for 2013 and 2012 has been restated on account of adoption of IFRS 10 and 11. The impact to net results of operations was negative US$2 million in 2013 and US$ nil in 2012.

(g)Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

Standardised measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves (Standardised measure)

The purpose of this disclosure is to provide data with respect to the estimated future net cash flows from future production of proved developed and undeveloped reserves of crude oil, condensate, natural gas liquids and natural gas.

The Standardised measure is based on the Group’s estimated proved reserves (as presented in section 2.3.1 ‘Petroleum reserves’) and this data should be read in conjunction with that disclosure, which is hereby incorporated by reference into this section. The Standardised measure is prepared on a basis which presumes that year-end economic and operating conditions will continue over the periods in which year-end proved reserves would be produced. The effects of future inflation, future changes in exchange rates, expected future changes in technology, taxes, operating practices and any regulatory changes have not been included.

The Standardised measure is prepared by projecting the estimated future annual production of proved reserves owned at period end and pricing that future production to derive future cash inflows. Estimates of future cash flows for 2014, 2013 and 2012 are computed using the average first-day-of-the-month price during the 12-month period. Future price increases for all periods presented are considered only to the extent that they are provided by fixed and determinable contractual arrangements in effect at year-end and are not dependent upon future inflation or exchange rate changes.

Future cash inflows for all periods presented are then reduced by future costs of producing and developing the year-end proved reserves based on costs in effect at year-end without regard to future inflation or changes in technology or operating practices. Future development costs include the costs of drilling and equipping development wells and construction of platforms and production facilities to gain access to proved reserves owned at year-end. They also include future costs, net of residual salvage value, associated with the abandonment of wells, dismantling of production platforms and rehabilitation of drilling sites. Future cash inflows are further reduced by future income taxes based on tax rates in effect at year-end and after considering the future deductions and credits applicable to proved properties owned at year-end. The resultant annual future net cash flows (after deductions of operating costs including resource rent taxes, development costs and income taxes) are discounted at 10 per cent per annum to derive the Standardised measure.

There are many important variables, assumptions and imprecisions inherent in developing the Standardised measure, the most important of which are the level of proved reserves and the rate of production thereof. The Standardised measure is not an estimate of the fair market value of the Group’s oil and gas reserves. An estimate of fair value would also take into account, among other things, the expected recovery of reserves in excess of proved reserves, anticipated future changes in prices, costs and exchange rates, anticipated future changes in secondary tax and income tax rates and alternative discount factors representing the time value of money and adjustments for risks inherent in producing oil and gas.

   Australia  United States  Other (a)  Total 
   US$M  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Standardised measure

     

2014

     

Future cash inflows

   47,633    70,958    3,820    122,411  

Future production costs

   (11,355  (19,732  (717  (31,804

Future development costs

   (5,772  (12,953  (516  (19,241

Future income taxes

   (12,240  (10,527  (1,394  (24,161
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Future net cash flows

   18,266    27,746    1,193    47,205  

Discount at 10 per cent per annum

   (6,880  (10,866  (295  (18,041
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Standardised measure

   11,386    16,880    898    29,164  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2013

     

Future cash inflows

   48,862    71,836    5,194    125,892  

Future production costs

   (12,818  (19,194  (1,147  (33,159

Future development costs

   (6,801  (11,946  (473  (19,220

Future income taxes

   (11,321  (12,185  (1,913  (25,419
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Future net cash flows

   17,922    28,511    1,661    48,094  

Discount at 10 per cent per annum

   (6,176  (12,785  (360  (19,321
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Standardised measure

   11,746    15,726    1,301    28,773  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2012

     

Future cash inflows

   52,777    67,811    6,293    126,881  

Future production costs

   (12,646  (17,582  (1,339  (31,567

Future development costs

   (8,612  (13,212  (450  (22,274

Future income taxes

   (11,882  (10,414  (2,345  (24,641
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Future net cash flows

   19,637    26,603    2,159    48,399  

Discount at 10 per cent per annum

   (7,363  (13,090  (469  (20,922
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Standardised measure

   12,274    13,513    1,690    27,477  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

Changes in the Standardised measure are presented in the following table. The beginning of the year and end of the year totals are shown after reduction for income taxes and these, together with the changes in income tax amounts, are shown as discounted amounts (at 10 per cent per annum). All other items of change represent discounted amounts before consideration of income tax effects.

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Changes in the Standardised measure

    

Standardised measure at the beginning of the year

   28,773    27,477    19,920  

Revisions:

    

Prices, net of production costs

   4,366    189    4,132  

Changes in future development costs

   (841  940    (987

Revisions of quantity estimates(a)

   (3,871  (4,396  5,265  

Accretion of discount

   4,564    4,323    3,134  

Changes in production timing and other

   (1,170  260    426  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   31,821    28,793    31,890  

Sales of oil and gas, net of production costs

   (10,800  (9,876  (10,093

Acquisitions of reserves-in-place

           5,661  

Sales of reserves-in-place

   (107      (16

Previously estimated development costs incurred

   2,683    3,710    3,416  

Extensions, discoveries, and improved recoveries, net of future costs

   3,946    7,272    946  

Changes in future income taxes

   1,621    (1,126  (4,327
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Standardised measure at the end of the year

   29,164    28,773    27,477  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Changes in reserves quantities are shown in the Petroleum reserves tables in section 2.3.1.

Accounting for suspended exploratory well costs

Refer to note 1 ‘Accounting policies’ (Exploration and evaluation expenditure) of the BHP Billiton Group financial statements for a discussion of the accounting policy applied to the cost of exploratory wells. Suspended wells are also reviewed in this context.

The following tables provide the changes to capitalised exploratory well costs that were pending the determination of proved reserves for the three years ended 30 June 2014, 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012.

   2014  2013  2012 
   US$M  US$M  US$M 

Movement in capitalised exploratory well costs

    

At the beginning of the year

   603    703    550  

Additions to capitalised exploratory well costs pending the determination of proved reserves

   28    97    455  

Capitalised exploratory well costs charged to expense

   (194  (99  (144

Capitalised exploratory well costs reclassified to wells, equipment, and facilities based on the determination of proved reserves

   (48  (56  (158

Other

   (1  (42    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the year

   388    603    703  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following table provides an ageing of capitalised exploratory well costs, based on the date the drilling was completed, and the number of projects for which exploratory well costs have been capitalised for a period greater than one year since the completion of drilling.

  2014  2013  2012 
  US$M  US$M  US$M 

Ageing of capitalised exploratory well costs

   

Exploratory well costs capitalised for a period of one year or less

  31    96    340  

Exploratory well costs capitalised for a period greater than one year

  357    507    363  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At the end of the year

  388    603    703  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   
  2014  2013  2012 

Number of projects that have been capitalised for a period greater than one year

  17    15    10  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Drilling and other exploratory and development activities

The number of crude oil and natural gas wells drilled and completed for each of the last three years was as follows:

   Net Exploratory Wells   Net Development Wells     
   Productive   Dry   Total   Productive   Dry   Total   Total 

Year ended 30 June 2014

              

Australia

   1     2     3     3          3     6  

United States(a)

        2     2     401     15     416     418  

Other(b)

                  1          1     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   1     4     5     405     15     420     425  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2013

              

Australia

        1     1                    1  

United States(a)

        1     1     352     16     368     369  

Other(b)

                  2          2     2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        2     2     354     16     370     372  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2012

              

Australia

                  1          1     1  

United States

 �� 4     3     7     190     1     191     198  

Other(b)

        1     1     2     1     3     4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   4     4     8     193     2     195     203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Dry net development wells include four net wells (2013: 13 net wells) that encountered problems during drilling and/or completion and were not pursued further.

(b)Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

The number of wells drilled refers to the number of wells completed at any time during the respective year, regardless of when drilling was initiated. Completion refers to the installation of permanent equipment for production of oil or gas, or, in the case of a dry well, to reporting to the appropriate authority that the well has been abandoned.

An exploratory well is a well drilled to find oil or gas in a new field or to find a new reservoir in a field previously found to be productive of oil or gas in another reservoir. A development well is a well drilled within the limits of a known oil or gas reservoir to the depth of a stratigraphic horizon known to be productive.

A productive well is an exploratory, development or extension well that is not a dry well. A dry well (hole) is an exploratory, development, or extension well that proves to be incapable of producing either oil or gas in sufficient quantities to justify completion as an oil or gas well.

Oil and gas properties, wells, operations and acreage

The following tables show the number of gross and net productive crude oil and natural gas wells and total gross and net developed and undeveloped oil and natural gas acreage as at 30 June 2014. A gross well or acre is one in which a working interest is owned, while a net well or acre exists when the sum of fractional working interests owned in gross wells or acres equals one. Productive wells are producing wells and wells mechanically capable of production. Developed acreage is comprised of leased acres that are within an area by or assignable to a productive well. Undeveloped acreage is comprised of leased acres on which wells have not been drilled or completed to a point that would permit the production of economic quantities of oil and gas, regardless of whether such acres contain proved reserves.

The number of productive crude oil and natural gas wells in which we held an interest at 30 June 2014 was as follows:

   Crude Oil Wells   Natural Gas Wells   Total 
   Gross   Net   Gross   Net   Gross   Net 

Australia

   354     176     127     48     481     224  

United States

   391     214     7,362     2,431     7,753     2,645  

Other(a)

   60     24     46     10     106     34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   805     414     7,535     2,489     8,340     2,903  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Other is primarily comprised of Algeria, Pakistan, Trinidad and Tobago and the United Kingdom.

Of the productive crude oil and natural gas wells, 25 (net: 10) operated wells had multiple completions.

Developed and undeveloped acreage (including both leases and concessions) held at 30 June 2014 was as follows:

   Developed Acreage   Undeveloped Acreage 

Thousands of acres

  Gross   Net   Gross   Net 

Australia

   2,072     811     7,125     4,463  

United States

   1,157     674     2,220     1,510  

Other(a)

   307     115     13,825     9,955  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(b)

   3,536     1,600     23,170     15,928  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Undeveloped acreage primarily consists of acreage in Brazil, Trinidad and Tobago, South Africa, Philippines and Malaysia.

(b)Approximately 1,470,807 gross acres (1,276,339 net acres), 1,937,729 gross acres (1,110,992 net acres) and 5,196,953 gross acres (4,914,905 net acres) of undeveloped acreage will expire in the years ending 30 June 2015, 2016 and 2017 respectively, if the Company does not establish production or take any other action to extend the terms of the licenses and concessions.

F-137